1# Maintained by:
2#	Eric S. Raymond <mailto:esr@thyrsus.com>
3#	Steven Cole <mailto:elenstev@mesatop.com>
4#
5# Translations of this file available on the WWW:
6#
7#   - Japanese, maintained by the JF Project <mailto:JF@linux.or.jp>, at
8#     <http://www.linux.or.jp/JF/JFdocs/Configure.help/>
9#   - Russian, by <mailto:kaf@linux.nevod.perm.su>, at
10#     <http://nevod.perm.su/service/linux/doc/kernel/Configure.help>
11#   - French, by Pierre Tane <mailto:tanep@bigfoot.com>, at
12#     <http://www.traduc.org/kernelfr/>
13#   - Polish, by Dominik Mierzejewski <mailto:dominik@piorunek.pl>, at
14#     <http://www.piorunek.pl/~dominik/linux/kernel/>
15#   - German, by SuSE, at <http://www.suse.de/~ke/kernel/>. This patch
16#     also includes infrastructure to support different languages.
17#   - Catalan, by Antoni Bella <mailto:bella5@teleline.es>, at
18#     <http://www.terra.es/personal7/bella5/traduccions.htm>
19#
20# Information about what a kernel is, what it does, how to patch and
21# compile it and much more is contained in the Kernel-HOWTO, available
22# at <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Before you start
23# compiling, make sure that you have the necessary versions of all
24# programs and libraries required to compile and run this kernel; they
25# are listed in the <file:Documentation/Changes>. Make sure to read the
26# toplevel kernel README file as well.
27#
28# Format of this file: description<nl>variable<nl>help text<nl><nl>.
29# The help texts may contain empty lines, but every non-empty line must
30# be indented two positions.  Order of the help texts does not matter,
31# however, no variable should be documented twice: if it is, only the
32# first occurrence will be used. We try to keep the help texts of related
33# variables close together. Lines starting with `#' are ignored. To be
34# nice to menuconfig, limit your line length to 70 characters. Use emacs'
35# kfill.el to edit and ispell.el to spell check this file or you lose.
36#
37# Comments of the form "# Choice:" followed by a menu name are used
38# internally by the maintainers' consistency-checking tools.
39#
40# If you add a help text to this file, please try to be as gentle as
41# possible. Don't use unexplained acronyms and generally write for the
42# hypothetical ignorant but intelligent user who has just bought a PC,
43# removed Windows, installed Linux and is now recompiling the kernel
44# for the first time. Tell them what to do if they're unsure. Technical
45# information should go in a README in the Documentation directory.
46#
47# Mention all the relevant READMEs and HOWTOs in the help text.
48# Make them file URLs relative to the top level of the source tree so
49# that help browsers can turn them into hotlinks.  All URLs should be
50# surrounded by <>.
51#
52# Repetitions are fine since the help texts are not meant to be read
53# in sequence.  It is good style to include URLs pointing to more
54# detailed technical information, pictures of the hardware, etc.
55#
56# The most important thing to include in a help entry is *motivation*.
57# Explain why someone configuring a kernel might want to select your
58# option.
59#
60# All this was shamelessly stolen from numerous different sources. Many
61# thanks to all the contributors. Feel free to use these help texts in
62# your own kernel configuration tools. The texts are copyrighted (c)
63# 1995-2000 by Axel Boldt and many others and are governed by the GNU
64# General Public License.
65
66Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers
67CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
68  Some of the various things that Linux supports (such as network
69  drivers, file systems, network protocols, etc.) can be in a state
70  of development where the functionality, stability, or the level of
71  testing is not yet high enough for general use. This is usually
72  known as the "alpha-test" phase among developers. If a feature is
73  currently in alpha-test, then the developers usually discourage
74  uninformed widespread use of this feature by the general public to
75  avoid "Why doesn't this work?" type mail messages. However, active
76  testing and use of these systems is welcomed. Just be aware that it
77  may not meet the normal level of reliability or it may fail to work
78  in some special cases. Detailed bug reports from people familiar
79  with the kernel internals are usually welcomed by the developers
80  (before submitting bug reports, please read the documents
81  <file:README>, <file:MAINTAINERS>, <file:REPORTING-BUGS>,
82  <file:Documentation/BUG-HUNTING>, and
83  <file:Documentation/oops-tracing.txt> in the kernel source).
84
85  This option will also make obsoleted drivers available. These are
86  drivers that have been replaced by something else, and/or are
87  scheduled to be removed in a future kernel release.
88
89  Unless you intend to help test and develop a feature or driver that
90  falls into this category, or you have a situation that requires
91  using these features, you should probably say N here, which will
92  cause the configurator to present you with fewer choices. If
93  you say Y here, you will be offered the choice of using features or
94  drivers that are currently considered to be in the alpha-test phase.
95
96Prompt for drivers for obsolete features and hardware
97CONFIG_OBSOLETE
98  Obsolete drivers have usually been replaced by more recent software
99  that can talk to the same hardware.  Obsolete hardware is things
100  like MGA monitors that you are very unlikely to see on today's
101  systems.
102
103Prompt for advanced kernel configuration options
104CONFIG_ADVANCED_OPTIONS
105  This option will enable prompting for a variety of advanced kernel
106  configuration options.  These options can cause the kernel to not
107  work if they are set incorrectly, but can be used to optimize certain
108  aspects of kernel memory management.
109
110  Unless you know what you are doing you *should not* enable this option.
111
112Symmetric Multi-Processing support
113CONFIG_SMP
114  This enables support for systems with more than one CPU. If you have
115  a system with only one CPU, like most personal computers, say N. If
116  you have a system with more than one CPU, say Y.
117
118  If you say N here, the kernel will run on single and multiprocessor
119  machines, but will use only one CPU of a multiprocessor machine. If
120  you say Y here, the kernel will run on many, but not all,
121  single machines. On a singleprocessor machine, the kernel
122  will run faster if you say N here.
123
124  Note that if you say Y here and choose architecture "586" or
125  "Pentium" under "Processor family", the kernel will not work on 486
126  architectures. Similarly, multiprocessor kernels for the "PPro"
127  architecture may not work on all Pentium based boards.
128
129  People using multiprocessor machines who say Y here should also say
130  Y to "Enhanced Real Time Clock Support", below. The "Advanced Power
131  Management" code will be disabled if you say Y here.
132
133  See also the <file:Documentation/smp.tex>,
134  <file:Documentation/smp.txt>, <file:Documentation/i386/IO-APIC.txt>,
135  <file:Documentation/nmi_watchdog.txt> and the SMP-HOWTO available at
136  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
137
138  If you don't know what to do here, say N.
139
140Maximum number of CPUs
141CONFIG_NR_CPUS
142  This allows you to specify the maximum number of CPUs which this
143  kernel will support.  The maximum supported value is 32 and the
144  mimimum value which makes sense is 2.
145
146  This is purely to save memory - each supported CPU adds
147  approximately eight kilobytes to the kernel image.
148
149Intel or compatible 80x86 processor
150CONFIG_X86
151  This is Linux's home port.  Linux was originally native to the Intel
152  386, and runs on all the later x86 processors including the Intel
153  486, 586, Pentiums, and various instruction-set-compatible chips by
154  AMD, Cyrix, and others.
155
156Alpha processor
157CONFIG_ALPHA
158  The Alpha is a 64-bit general-purpose processor designed and
159  marketed by the Digital Equipment Corporation of blessed memory, now
160  Compaq.  Alpha Linux dates from 1995-1996 and was the first non-x86
161  port. The Alpha Linux project has a home page at
162  <http://www.alphalinux.org/>.
163
16432-bit Sun Sparc
165CONFIG_SPARC32
166  SPARC is a family of RISC microprocessors designed and marketed by
167  Sun Microsystems, incorporated.  They are very widely found in Sun
168  workstations and clones. This port covers the original 32-bit SPARC;
169  it is old and stable and usually considered one of the "big three"
170  along with the Intel and Alpha ports.  The UltraLinux project
171  maintains both the SPARC32 and SPARC64 ports; its web page is
172  available at <http://www.ultralinux.org/>.
173
17464-bit Sun Sparc
175CONFIG_SPARC64
176  SPARC is a family of RISC microprocessors designed and marketed by
177  Sun Microsystems, incorporated.  This port covers the newer 64-bit
178  UltraSPARC.  The UltraLinux project maintains both the SPARC32 and
179  SPARC64 ports; its web page is available at
180  <http://www.ultralinux.org/>.
181
182Power PC processor
183CONFIG_PPC
184  The PowerPC is a very capable 32-bit RISC processor from Motorola,
185  the successor to their 68000 and 88000 series.  It powers recent
186  Macintoshes and also a widely-used series of single-board computers
187  from Motorola.  The Linux PowerPC port has a home page at
188  <http://penguinppc.org/>.
189
190Motorola 68K processors
191CONFIG_M68K
192  The Motorola 68K microprocessors are now obsolete, having been
193  superseded by the PowerPC line also from Motorola.  But they powered
194  the first wave of workstation hardware in the 1980s, including Sun
195  workstations; they were also the basis of the original Amiga and
196  later Atari personal computers.  A lot of this hardware is still
197  around.  The m68k project has a home page at
198  <http://www.linux-m68k.org/>.
199
200ARM processors
201CONFIG_ARM
202  The ARM series is a line of low-power-consumption RISC chip designs
203  licensed by ARM ltd and targeted at embedded applications and
204  handhelds such as the Compaq IPAQ.  ARM-based PCs are no longer
205  manufactured, but  legacy ARM-based PC hardware remains popular in
206  Europe.  There is an ARM Linux project with a web page at
207  <http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/>.
208
209SuperH processors
210CONFIG_SUPERH
211  The SuperH is a RISC processor targeted for use in embedded systems
212  and consumer electronics; it was also used in the Sega Dreamcast
213  gaming console.  The SuperH port has a home page at
214  <http://www.sh-linux.org/>.
215
216IA64 processors, including Intel Itanium
217CONFIG_IA64
218  The Itanium is Intel's 64-bit successor to the 32-bit X86 line.  As
219  of early 2001 it is not yet in widespread production use.  The Linux
220  IA-64 project has a home page at <http://www.linuxia64.org/>.
221
222HP PA-RISC processor
223CONFIG_PARISC
224  The PA-RISC microprocessor is a RISC chip designed by
225  Hewlett-Packard and used in their line of workstations.  The PA-RISC
226  Linux project has a home page at <www.parisc-linux.org>.
227
228IBM System/390
229CONFIG_S390
230  Linux now runs on the venerable System/390 mainframe from IBM, in a
231  guest partition under VM.  In fact, over 40,000 simultaneous Linux
232  images have been run on a single mainframe!  The S390 Linux project
233  has a home page at <http://linux.s390.org/>.
234
235Axis Communications ETRAX 100LX embedded network CPU
236CONFIG_CRIS
237  Linux has been ported to run on the Axis Communications ETRAX 100LX
238  CPU and the single-board computers built around it, targeted for
239  network and embedded applications.  For more information see the
240  Axis Communication site, <http://developer.axis.com/>.
241
242Unsynced TSC support
243CONFIG_X86_TSC_DISABLE
244  This option is used for getting Linux to run on a NUMA multi-node
245  boxes, laptops and other systems suffering from unsynced TSCs or
246  TSC drift, which can cause gettimeofday to return non-monotonic values.
247  Choosing this option will disable the CONFIG_X86_TSC optimization,
248  and allows you to then specify "notsc" as a boot option regardless of
249  which processor you have compiled for.
250
251  NOTE: If your system hangs when init should run, you are probably
252  using a i686 compiled glibc which reads the TSC without checking for
253  availability. Boot without "notsc" and install a i386 compiled glibc
254  to solve the problem.
255
256  If unsure, say N.
257
258Multiquad support for NUMAQ systems
259CONFIG_X86_NUMAQ
260  This option is used for getting Linux to run on a (IBM/Sequent) NUMA
261  multiquad box. This changes the way that processors are bootstrapped,
262  and uses Clustered Logical APIC addressing mode instead of Flat Logical.
263  You will need a new lynxer.elf file to flash your firmware with - send
264  email to Martin.Bligh@us.ibm.com
265
266Support for IBM Summit (EXA) systems
267CONFIG_X86_SUMMIT
268  This option is needed for IBM systems that use the Summit/EXA chipset.
269  (EXA: Extendable Xseries Architecture)In particular, it is needed for
270  the x440 (even for the 4-CPU model).
271
272  If you don't have this computer, you may safely say N.
273
274IO-APIC support on uniprocessors
275CONFIG_X86_UP_IOAPIC
276  An IO-APIC (I/O Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) is an
277  SMP-capable replacement for PC-style interrupt controllers. Most
278  SMP systems and a small number of uniprocessor systems have one.
279  If you have a single-CPU system with an IO-APIC, you can say Y here
280  to use it. If you say Y here even though your machine doesn't have
281  an IO-APIC, then the kernel will still run with no slowdown at all.
282
283  If you have a system with several CPUs, you do not need to say Y
284  here: the IO-APIC will be used automatically.
285
286Local APIC Support on Uniprocessors
287CONFIG_X86_UP_APIC
288  A local APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) is an
289  integrated interrupt controller in the CPU. If you have a single-CPU
290  system which has a processor with a local APIC, you can say Y here to
291  enable and use it. If you say Y here even though your machine doesn't
292  have a local APIC, then the kernel will still run with no slowdown at
293  all. The local APIC supports CPU-generated self-interrupts (timer,
294  performance counters), and the NMI watchdog which detects hard lockups.
295
296  If you have a system with several CPUs, you do not need to say Y
297  here: the local APIC will be used automatically.
298
299Kernel math emulation
300CONFIG_MATH_EMULATION
301  Linux can emulate a math coprocessor (used for floating point
302  operations) if you don't have one. 486DX and Pentium processors have
303  a math coprocessor built in, 486SX and 386 do not, unless you added
304  a 487DX or 387, respectively. (The messages during boot time can
305  give you some hints here ["man dmesg"].) Everyone needs either a
306  coprocessor or this emulation.
307
308  If you don't have a math coprocessor, you need to say Y here; if you
309  say Y here even though you have a coprocessor, the coprocessor will
310  be used nevertheless. (This behaviour can be changed with the kernel
311  command line option "no387", which comes handy if your coprocessor
312  is broken. Try "man bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot
313  loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to the kernel at
314  boot time.) This means that it is a good idea to say Y here if you
315  intend to use this kernel on different machines.
316
317  More information about the internals of the Linux math coprocessor
318  emulation can be found in <file:arch/i386/math-emu/README>.
319
320  If you are not sure, say Y; apart from resulting in a 66 KB bigger
321  kernel, it won't hurt.
322
323Timer and CPU usage LEDs
324CONFIG_LEDS
325  If you say Y here, the LEDs on your machine will be used
326  to provide useful information about your current system status.
327
328  If you are compiling a kernel for a NetWinder or EBSA-285, you will
329  be able to select which LEDs are active using the options below. If
330  you are compiling a kernel for the EBSA-110 or the LART however, the
331  red LED will simply flash regularly to indicate that the system is
332  still functional. It is safe to say Y here if you have a CATS
333  system, but the driver will do nothing.
334
335Timer LED
336CONFIG_LEDS_TIMER
337  If you say Y here, one of the system LEDs (the green one on the
338  NetWinder, the amber one on the EBSA285, or the red one on the LART)
339  will flash regularly to indicate that the system is still
340  operational. This is mainly useful to kernel hackers who are
341  debugging unstable kernels.
342
343  The LART uses the same LED for both Timer LED and CPU usage LED
344  functions. You may choose to use both, but the Timer LED function
345  will overrule the CPU usage LED.
346
347CPU usage LED
348CONFIG_LEDS_CPU
349  If you say Y here, the red LED will be used to give a good real
350  time indication of CPU usage, by lighting whenever the idle task
351  is not currently executing.
352
353  The LART uses the same LED for both Timer LED and CPU usage LED
354  functions. You may choose to use both, but the Timer LED function
355  will overrule the CPU usage LED.
356
357Kernel FP software completion
358CONFIG_MATHEMU
359  This option is required for IEEE compliant floating point arithmetic
360  on the Alpha. The only time you would ever not say Y is to say M in
361  order to debug the code. Say Y unless you know what you are doing.
362
363# Choice: himem
364High Memory support
365CONFIG_NOHIGHMEM
366  Linux can use up to 64 Gigabytes of physical memory on x86 systems.
367  However, the address space of 32-bit x86 processors is only 4
368  Gigabytes large. That means that, if you have a large amount of
369  physical memory, not all of it can be "permanently mapped" by the
370  kernel. The physical memory that's not permanently mapped is called
371  "high memory".
372
373  If you are compiling a kernel which will never run on a machine with
374  more than 960 megabytes of total physical RAM, answer "off" here (default
375  choice and suitable for most users). This will result in a "3GB/1GB"
376  split: 3GB are mapped so that each process sees a 3GB virtual memory
377  space and the remaining part of the 4GB virtual memory space is used
378  by the kernel to permanently map as much physical memory as
379  possible.
380
381  If the machine has between 1 and 4 Gigabytes physical RAM, then
382  answer "4GB" here.
383
384  If more than 4 Gigabytes is used then answer "64GB" here. This
385  selection turns Intel PAE (Physical Address Extension) mode on.
386  PAE implements 3-level paging on IA32 processors. PAE is fully
387  supported by Linux, PAE mode is implemented on all recent Intel
388  processors (Pentium Pro and better). NOTE: If you say "64GB" here,
389  then the kernel will not boot on CPUs that don't support PAE!
390
391  The actual amount of total physical memory will either be auto
392  detected or can be forced by using a kernel command line option such
393  as "mem=256M". (Try "man bootparam" or see the documentation of your
394  boot loader (grub, lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to the
395  kernel at boot time.)
396
397  If unsure, say "off".
398
3994GB
400CONFIG_HIGHMEM4G
401  Select this if you have a 32-bit processor and between 1 and 4
402  gigabytes of physical RAM.
403
40464GB
405CONFIG_HIGHMEM64G
406  Select this if you have a 32-bit processor and more than 4
407  gigabytes of physical RAM.
408
409HIGHMEM I/O support
410CONFIG_HIGHIO
411  If you want to be able to do I/O to high memory pages, say Y.
412  Otherwise low memory pages are used as bounce buffers causing a
413  degrade in performance.
414
415OOM killer support
416CONFIG_OOM_KILLER
417   This option selects the kernel behaviour during total out of memory
418   condition.
419
420   The default behaviour is to, as soon as no freeable memory and no swap
421   space are available, kill the task which tries to allocate memory.
422   The default behaviour is very reliable.
423
424   If you select this option, as soon as no freeable memory is available,
425   the kernel will try to select the "best" task to be killed.
426
427   If unsure, say N.
428
429Normal floppy disk support
430CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FD
431  If you want to use the floppy disk drive(s) of your PC under Linux,
432  say Y. Information about this driver, especially important for IBM
433  Thinkpad users, is contained in <file:Documentation/floppy.txt>.
434  That file also contains the location of the Floppy driver FAQ as
435  well as location of the fdutils package used to configure additional
436  parameters of the driver at run time.
437
438  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
439  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
440  The module will be called floppy.o. If you want to compile it as a
441  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
442
443iSeries Virtual I/O Disk Support
444CONFIG_VIODASD
445  If you are running on an iSeries system and you want to use
446  virtual disks created and managed by OS/400, say Y.
447
448iSeries Virtual I/O Disk IDE Emulation
449CONFIG_VIODASD_IDE
450  This causes the iSeries virtual disks to look like IDE disks.
451  If you have programs or utilities that only support certain
452  kinds of disks, this option will cause iSeries virtual disks
453  to pretend to be IDE disks, which may satisfy the program.
454
455Support for PowerMac floppy
456CONFIG_MAC_FLOPPY
457  If you have a SWIM-3 (Super Woz Integrated Machine 3; from Apple)
458  floppy controller, say Y here. Most commonly found in PowerMacs.
459
460RAM disk support
461CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM
462  Saying Y here will allow you to use a portion of your RAM memory as
463  a block device, so that you can make file systems on it, read and
464  write to it and do all the other things that you can do with normal
465  block devices (such as hard drives). It is usually used to load and
466  store a copy of a minimal root file system off of a floppy into RAM
467  during the initial install of Linux.
468
469  Note that the kernel command line option "ramdisk=XX" is now
470  obsolete. For details, read <file:Documentation/ramdisk.txt>.
471
472  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
473  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
474  say M and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be
475  called rd.o.
476
477  Most normal users won't need the RAM disk functionality, and can
478  thus say N here.
479
480Default RAM disk size
481CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_SIZE
482  The default value is 4096. Only change this if you know what are
483  you doing. If you are using IBM S/390, then set this to 8192.
484
485Initial RAM disk (initrd) support
486CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD
487  The initial RAM disk is a RAM disk that is loaded by the boot loader
488  (loadlin or lilo) and that is mounted as root before the normal boot
489  procedure. It is typically used to load modules needed to mount the
490  "real" root file system, etc. See <file:Documentation/initrd.txt>
491  for details.
492
493Embed root filesystem ramdisk into the kernel
494CONFIG_EMBEDDED_RAMDISK
495  Select this option if you want to build the ramdisk image into the
496  the final kernel binary.
497
498Filename of gziped ramdisk image
499CONFIG_EMBEDDED_RAMDISK_IMAGE
500  This is the filename of the ramdisk image to be built into the
501  kernel.  Relative pathnames are relative to arch/mips/ramdisk/.
502  The ramdisk image is not part of the kernel distribution; you must
503  provide one yourself.
504
505Loopback device support
506CONFIG_BLK_DEV_LOOP
507  Saying Y here will allow you to use a regular file as a block
508  device; you can then create a file system on that block device and
509  mount it just as you would mount other block devices such as hard
510  drive partitions, CD-ROM drives or floppy drives. The loop devices
511  are block special device files with major number 7 and typically
512  called /dev/loop0, /dev/loop1 etc.
513
514  This is useful if you want to check an ISO 9660 file system before
515  burning the CD, or if you want to use floppy images without first
516  writing them to floppy. Furthermore, some Linux distributions avoid
517  the need for a dedicated Linux partition by keeping their complete
518  root file system inside a DOS FAT file using this loop device
519  driver.
520
521  The loop device driver can also be used to "hide" a file system in a
522  disk partition, floppy, or regular file, either using encryption
523  (scrambling the data) or steganography (hiding the data in the low
524  bits of, say, a sound file). This is also safe if the file resides
525  on a remote file server. If you want to do this, you will first have
526  to acquire and install a kernel patch from
527  <ftp://ftp.kerneli.org/pub/kerneli/>, and then you need to
528  say Y to this option.
529
530  Note that alternative ways to use encrypted file systems are
531  provided by the cfs package, which can be gotten from
532  <ftp://ftp.kerneli.org/pub/kerneli/net-source/>, and the newer tcfs
533  package, available at <http://tcfs.dia.unisa.it/>. You do not need
534  to say Y here if you want to use one of these. However, using cfs
535  requires saying Y to "NFS file system support" below while using
536  tcfs requires applying a kernel patch. An alternative steganography
537  solution is provided by StegFS, also available from
538  <ftp://ftp.kerneli.org/pub/kerneli/net-source/>.
539
540  To use the loop device, you need the losetup utility and a recent
541  version of the mount program, both contained in the util-linux
542  package. The location and current version number of util-linux is
543  contained in the file <file:Documentation/Changes>.
544
545  Note that this loop device has nothing to do with the loopback
546  device used for network connections from the machine to itself.
547
548  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
549  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
550  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module
551  will be called loop.o.
552
553  Most users will answer N here.
554
555Micro Memory MM5415 Battery Backed RAM support (EXPERIMENTAL)
556CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UMEM
557  Saying Y here will include support for the MM5415 family of
558  battery backed (Non-volatile) RAM cards.
559  <http://www.umem.com/>
560
561  The cards appear as block devices that can be partitioned into
562  as many as 15 partitions.
563
564  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
565  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
566  say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
567  called umem.o.
568
569  The umem driver has been allocated block major number 116.
570  See Documentation/devices.txt for recommended device naming.
571
572Promise SATA SX8 support
573CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SX8
574   Saying Y or M here will enable support for the
575   Promise SATA SX8 controllers.
576
577  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
578  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
579  say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
580  called sx8.o.
581
582  The sx8 driver has been allocated block major numbers 160, 161.
583  See Documentation/devices.txt for recommended device naming.
584
585Network block device support
586CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NBD
587  Saying Y here will allow your computer to be a client for network
588  block devices, i.e. it will be able to use block devices exported by
589  servers (mount file systems on them etc.). Communication between
590  client and server works over TCP/IP networking, but to the client
591  program this is hidden: it looks like a regular local file access to
592  a block device special file such as /dev/nd0.
593
594  Network block devices also allows you to run a block-device in
595  userland (making server and client physically the same computer,
596  communicating using the loopback network device).
597
598  Read <file:Documentation/nbd.txt> for more information, especially
599  about where to find the server code, which runs in user space and
600  does not need special kernel support.
601
602  Note that this has nothing to do with the network file systems NFS
603  or Coda; you can say N here even if you intend to use NFS or Coda.
604
605  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
606  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
607  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module
608  will be called nbd.o.
609
610  If unsure, say N.
611
612Per partition statistics in /proc/partitions
613CONFIG_BLK_STATS
614  If you say yes here, your kernel will keep statistical information
615  for every partition. The information includes things as numbers of
616  read and write accesses, the number of merged requests etc.
617
618  This is required for the full functionality of sar(8) and interesting
619  if you want to do performance tuning, by tweaking the elevator, e.g.
620  On the other hand, it will cause random and mysterious failures for
621  fdisk, mount and other programs reading /proc/partitions.
622
623  If unsure, say N.
624
625ATA/IDE/MFM/RLL support
626CONFIG_IDE
627  If you say Y here, your kernel will be able to manage low cost mass
628  storage units such as ATA/(E)IDE and ATAPI units. The most common
629  cases are IDE hard drives and ATAPI CD-ROM drives.
630
631  If your system is pure SCSI and doesn't use these interfaces, you
632  can say N here.
633
634  Integrated Disk Electronics (IDE aka ATA-1) is a connecting standard
635  for mass storage units such as hard disks. It was designed by
636  Western Digital and Compaq Computer in 1984. It was then named
637  ST506. Quite a number of disks use the IDE interface.
638
639  AT Attachment (ATA) is the superset of the IDE specifications.
640  ST506 was also called ATA-1.
641
642  Fast-IDE is ATA-2 (also named Fast ATA), Enhanced IDE (EIDE) is
643  ATA-3. It provides support for larger disks (up to 8.4GB by means of
644  the LBA standard), more disks (4 instead of 2) and for other mass
645  storage units such as tapes and cdrom. UDMA/33 (aka UltraDMA/33) is
646  ATA-4 and provides faster (and more CPU friendly) transfer modes
647  than previous PIO (Programmed processor Input/Output) from previous
648  ATA/IDE standards by means of fast DMA controllers.
649
650  ATA Packet Interface (ATAPI) is a protocol used by EIDE tape and
651  CD-ROM drives, similar in many respects to the SCSI protocol.
652
653  SMART IDE (Self Monitoring, Analysis and Reporting Technology) was
654  designed in order to prevent data corruption and disk crash by
655  detecting pre hardware failure conditions (heat, access time, and
656  the like...). Disks built since June 1995 may follow this standard.
657  The kernel itself don't manage this; however there are quite a
658  number of user programs such as smart that can query the status of
659  SMART parameters disk.
660
661  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
662  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
663  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module
664  will be called ide.o.
665
666  For further information, please read <file:Documentation/ide.txt>.
667
668  If unsure, say Y.
669
670Enhanced IDE/MFM/RLL disk/cdrom/tape/floppy support
671CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE
672  If you say Y here, you will use the full-featured IDE driver to
673  control up to ten ATA/IDE interfaces, each being able to serve a
674  "master" and a "slave" device, for a total of up to twenty ATA/IDE
675  disk/cdrom/tape/floppy drives.
676
677  Useful information about large (>540 MB) IDE disks, multiple
678  interfaces, what to do if ATA/IDE devices are not automatically
679  detected, sound card ATA/IDE ports, module support, and other
680  topics, is contained in <file:Documentation/ide.txt>. For detailed
681  information about hard drives, consult the Disk-HOWTO and the
682  Multi-Disk-HOWTO, available from
683  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
684
685  To fine-tune ATA/IDE drive/interface parameters for improved
686  performance, look for the hdparm package at
687  <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/hardware/>.
688
689  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
690  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
691  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and
692  <file:Documentation/ide.txt>. The module will be called ide-mod.o.
693  Do not compile this driver as a module if your root file system (the
694  one containing the directory /) is located on an IDE device.
695
696  If you have one or more IDE drives, say Y or M here. If your system
697  has no IDE drives, or if memory requirements are really tight, you
698  could say N here, and select the "Old hard disk driver" below
699  instead to save about 13 KB of memory in the kernel.
700
701Support for SATA (deprecated; conflicts with libata SATA driver)
702CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_SATA
703  There are two drivers for Serial ATA controllers.
704
705  The main driver, "libata", exists inside the SCSI subsystem
706  and supports most modern SATA controllers.
707
708  The IDE driver (which you are currently configuring) supports
709  a few first-generation SATA controllers.
710
711  In order to eliminate conflicts between the two subsystems,
712  this config option enables the IDE driver's SATA support.
713  Normally this is disabled, as it is preferred that libata
714  supports SATA controllers, and this (IDE) driver supports
715  PATA controllers.
716
717  If unsure, say N.
718
719Old hard disk (MFM/RLL/IDE) driver
720CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HD_ONLY
721  There are two drivers for MFM/RLL/IDE hard disks. Most people use
722  the newer enhanced driver, but this old one is still around for two
723  reasons. Some older systems have strange timing problems and seem to
724  work only with the old driver (which itself does not work with some
725  newer systems). The other reason is that the old driver is smaller,
726  since it lacks the enhanced functionality of the new one. This makes
727  it a good choice for systems with very tight memory restrictions, or
728  for systems with only older MFM/RLL/ESDI drives. Choosing the old
729  driver can save 13 KB or so of kernel memory.
730
731  If you are unsure, then just choose the Enhanced IDE/MFM/RLL driver
732  instead of this one. For more detailed information, read the
733  Disk-HOWTO, available from
734  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
735
736Use old disk-only driver on primary interface
737CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HD_IDE
738  There are two drivers for MFM/RLL/IDE disks.  Most people use just
739  the new enhanced driver by itself.  This option however installs the
740  old hard disk driver to control the primary IDE/disk interface in
741  the system, leaving the new enhanced IDE driver to take care of only
742  the 2nd/3rd/4th IDE interfaces.  Doing this will prevent you from
743  having an IDE/ATAPI CD-ROM or tape drive connected to the primary
744  IDE interface.  Choosing this option may be useful for older systems
745  which have MFM/RLL/ESDI controller+drives at the primary port
746  address (0x1f0), along with IDE drives at the secondary/3rd/4th port
747  addresses.
748
749  Normally, just say N here; you will then use the new driver for all
750  4 interfaces.
751
752Include IDE/ATA-2 DISK support
753CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK
754  This will include enhanced support for MFM/RLL/IDE hard disks.  If
755  you have a MFM/RLL/IDE disk, and there is no special reason to use
756  the old hard disk driver instead, say Y.  If you have an SCSI-only
757  system, you can say N here.
758
759  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
760  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
761  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
762  will be called ide-disk.o.  Do not compile this driver as a module
763  if your root file system (the one containing the directory /) is
764  located on the IDE disk. If unsure, say Y.
765
766Use multi-mode by default
767CONFIG_IDEDISK_MULTI_MODE
768  If you get this error, try to say Y here:
769
770  hda: set_multmode: status=0x51 { DriveReady SeekComplete Error }
771  hda: set_multmode: error=0x04 { DriveStatusError }
772
773  If in doubt, say N.
774
775PCMCIA IDE support
776CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDECS
777  Support for outboard IDE disks, tape drives, and CD-ROM drives
778  connected through a  PCMCIA card.
779
780  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
781  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
782  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
783  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
784  ide-cs.o
785
786Cardbus IDE support (Delkin/ASKA/Workbit)
787CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DELKIN
788  Support for Delkin/ASKA/Workbit cardbus CompactFlash Adapters.
789  This may also work for similar SD and XD adapters.  If you want
790  to be able to use one of these, then say M here.  The module will
791  be called delkin_cb.o
792
793Include IDE/ATAPI CD-ROM support
794CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDECD
795  If you have a CD-ROM drive using the ATAPI protocol, say Y. ATAPI is
796  a newer protocol used by IDE CD-ROM and TAPE drives, similar to the
797  SCSI protocol. Most new CD-ROM drives use ATAPI, including the
798  NEC-260, Mitsumi FX400, Sony 55E, and just about all non-SCSI
799  double(2X) or better speed drives.
800
801  If you say Y here, the CD-ROM drive will be identified at boot time
802  along with other IDE devices, as "hdb" or "hdc", or something
803  similar (check the boot messages with dmesg). If this is your only
804  CD-ROM drive, you can say N to all other CD-ROM options, but be sure
805  to say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system support".
806
807  Note that older versions of LILO (LInux LOader) cannot properly deal
808  with IDE/ATAPI CD-ROMs, so install LILO 16 or higher, available from
809  <ftp://brun.dyndns.org/pub/linux/lilo/>.
810
811  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
812  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
813  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
814  will be called ide-cd.o.
815
816Include IDE/ATAPI TAPE support
817CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDETAPE
818  If you have an IDE tape drive using the ATAPI protocol, say Y.
819  ATAPI is a newer protocol used by IDE tape and CD-ROM drives,
820  similar to the SCSI protocol.  If you have an SCSI tape drive
821  however, you can say N here.
822
823  You should also say Y if you have an OnStream DI-30 tape drive; this
824  will not work with the SCSI protocol, until there is support for the
825  SC-30 and SC-50 versions.
826
827  If you say Y here, the tape drive will be identified at boot time
828  along with other IDE devices, as "hdb" or "hdc", or something
829  similar, and will be mapped to a character device such as "ht0"
830  (check the boot messages with dmesg).  Be sure to consult the
831  <file:drivers/ide/ide-tape.c> and <file:Documentation/ide.txt> files
832  for usage information.
833
834  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
835  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
836  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
837  will be called ide-tape.o.
838
839Include IDE/ATAPI FLOPPY support
840CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEFLOPPY
841  If you have an IDE floppy drive which uses the ATAPI protocol,
842  answer Y.  ATAPI is a newer protocol used by IDE CD-ROM/tape/floppy
843  drives, similar to the SCSI protocol.
844
845  The LS-120 and the IDE/ATAPI Iomega ZIP drive are also supported by
846  this driver. For information about jumper settings and the question
847  of when a ZIP drive uses a partition table, see
848  <http://www.win.tue.nl/~aeb/linux/zip/zip-1.html>.
849  (ATAPI PD-CD/CDR drives are not supported by this driver; support
850  for PD-CD/CDR drives is available if you answer Y to
851  "SCSI emulation support", below).
852
853  If you say Y here, the FLOPPY drive will be identified along with
854  other IDE devices, as "hdb" or "hdc", or something similar (check
855  the boot messages with dmesg).
856
857  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
858  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
859  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
860  will be called ide-floppy.o.
861
862AWARD Bios Work-Around
863CONFIG_IDEDISK_STROKE
864  Should you have a system w/ an AWARD Bios and your drives are larger
865  than 32GB and it will not boot, one is required to perform a few OEM
866  operations first.  The option is called "STROKE" because it allows
867  one to "soft clip" the drive to work around a barrier limit.  For
868  Maxtor drives it is called "jumpon.exe".  Please search Maxtor's
869  web-site for "JUMPON.EXE".  IBM has a similar tool at:
870  <http://www.storage.ibm.com/hdd/support/download.htm>.
871
872  If you are unsure, say N here.
873
874Raw Access to Media
875CONFIG_IDE_TASK_IOCTL
876  This is a direct raw access to the media.  It is a complex but
877  elegant solution to test and validate the domain of the hardware and
878  perform below the driver data recover if needed.  This is the most
879  basic form of media-forensics.
880
881  If you are unsure, say N here.
882
883Use Taskfile I/O
884CONFIG_IDE_TASKFILE_IO
885  This is the "Jewel" of the patch.  It will go away and become the new
886  driver core.  Since all the chipsets/host side hardware deal w/ their
887  exceptions in "their local code" currently, adoption of a
888  standardized data-transport is the only logical solution.
889  Additionally we packetize the requests and gain rapid performance and
890  a reduction in system latency.  Additionally by using a memory struct
891  for the commands we can redirect to a MMIO host hardware in the next
892  generation of controllers, specifically second generation Ultra133
893  and Serial ATA.
894
895  Since this is a major transition, it was deemed necessary to make the
896  driver paths buildable in separate models.  Therefore if using this
897  option fails for your arch then we need to address the needs for that
898  arch.
899
900  If you want to test this functionality, say Y here.
901
902Force DMA
903CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_FORCED
904  This is an old piece of lost code from Linux 2.0 Kernels.
905
906  Generally say N here.
907
908DMA Only on Disks
909CONFIG_IDEDMA_ONLYDISK
910  This is used if you know your ATAPI Devices are going to fail DMA
911  Transfers.
912
913  Generally say N here.
914
915SCSI emulation support
916CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDESCSI
917  This will provide SCSI host adapter emulation for IDE ATAPI devices,
918  and will allow you to use a SCSI device driver instead of a native
919  ATAPI driver.
920
921  This is useful if you have an ATAPI device for which no native
922  driver has been written (for example, an ATAPI PD-CD or CDR drive);
923  you can then use this emulation together with an appropriate SCSI
924  device driver. In order to do this, say Y here and to "SCSI support"
925  and "SCSI generic support", below. You must then provide the kernel
926  command line "hdx=scsi" (try "man bootparam" or see the
927  documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to
928  pass options to the kernel at boot time) for devices if you want the
929  native EIDE sub-drivers to skip over the native support, so that
930  this SCSI emulation can be used instead. This is required for use of
931  CD-RW's.
932
933  Note that this option does NOT allow you to attach SCSI devices to a
934  box that doesn't have a SCSI host adapter installed.
935
936  If both this SCSI emulation and native ATAPI support are compiled
937  into the kernel, the native support will be used.
938
939  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
940  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
941  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
942  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
943  ide-scsi.o
944
945Use the NOOP Elevator (WARNING)
946CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ELEVATOR_NOOP
947  If you are using a raid class top-level driver above the ATA/IDE core,
948  one may find a performance boost by preventing a merging and re-sorting
949  of the new requests.
950
951  If unsure, say N.
952
953ISA-PNP EIDE support
954CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ISAPNP
955  If you have an ISA EIDE card that is PnP (Plug and Play) and
956  requires setup first before scanning for devices, say Y here.
957
958  If unsure, say N.
959
960CMD640 chipset bugfix/support
961CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD640
962  The CMD-Technologies CMD640 IDE chip is used on many common 486 and
963  Pentium motherboards, usually in combination with a "Neptune" or
964  "SiS" chipset. Unfortunately, it has a number of rather nasty
965  design flaws that can cause severe data corruption under many common
966  conditions. Say Y here to include code which tries to automatically
967  detect and correct the problems under Linux. This option also
968  enables access to the secondary IDE ports in some CMD640 based
969  systems.
970
971  This driver will work automatically in PCI based systems (most new
972  systems have PCI slots). But if your system uses VESA local bus
973  (VLB) instead of PCI, you must also supply a kernel boot parameter
974  to enable the CMD640 bugfix/support: "ide0=cmd640_vlb". (Try "man
975  bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about how to
976  pass options to the kernel.)
977
978  The CMD640 chip is also used on add-in cards by Acculogic, and on
979  the "CSA-6400E PCI to IDE controller" that some people have. For
980  details, read <file:Documentation/ide.txt>.
981
982CMD640 enhanced support
983CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD640_ENHANCED
984  This option includes support for setting/autotuning PIO modes and
985  prefetch on CMD640 IDE interfaces.  For details, read
986  <file:Documentation/ide.txt>. If you have a CMD640 IDE interface
987  and your BIOS does not already do this for you, then say Y here.
988  Otherwise say N.
989
990RZ1000 chipset bugfix/support
991CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RZ1000
992  The PC-Technologies RZ1000 IDE chip is used on many common 486 and
993  Pentium motherboards, usually along with the "Neptune" chipset.
994  Unfortunately, it has a rather nasty design flaw that can cause
995  severe data corruption under many conditions. Say Y here to include
996  code which automatically detects and corrects the problem under
997  Linux. This may slow disk throughput by a few percent, but at least
998  things will operate 100% reliably.
999
1000Generic PCI IDE chipset support
1001CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEPCI
1002  Say Y here for PCI systems which use IDE drive(s).
1003  This option helps the IDE driver to automatically detect and
1004  configure all PCI-based IDE interfaces in your system.
1005
1006Support for sharing PCI IDE interrupts
1007CONFIG_IDEPCI_SHARE_IRQ
1008  Some ATA/IDE chipsets have hardware support which allows for
1009  sharing a single IRQ with other cards. To enable support for
1010  this in the ATA/IDE driver, say Y here.
1011
1012  It is safe to say Y to this question, in most cases.
1013  If unsure, say N.
1014
1015Generic PCI bus-master DMA support
1016CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PCI
1017  If your PCI system uses IDE drive(s) (as opposed to SCSI, say) and
1018  is capable of bus-master DMA operation (most Pentium PCI systems),
1019  you will want to say Y here to reduce CPU overhead. You can then use
1020  the "hdparm" utility to enable DMA for drives for which it was not
1021  enabled automatically. By default, DMA is not enabled automatically
1022  for these drives, but you can change that by saying Y to the
1023  following question "Use DMA by default when available". You can get
1024  the latest version of the hdparm utility from
1025  <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/hardware/>.
1026
1027  Read the comments at the beginning of <file:drivers/ide/ide-dma.c>
1028  and the file <file:Documentation/ide.txt> for more information.
1029
1030  It is safe to say Y to this question.
1031
1032Good-Bad DMA Model-Firmware (WIP)
1033CONFIG_IDEDMA_NEW_DRIVE_LISTINGS
1034  If you say Y here, the model and firmware revision of your drive
1035  will be compared against a blacklist of buggy drives that claim to
1036  be (U)DMA capable but aren't. This is a blanket on/off test with no
1037  speed limit options.
1038
1039  Straight GNU GCC 2.7.3/2.8.X compilers are known to be safe;
1040  whereas, many versions of EGCS have a problem and miscompile if you
1041  say Y here.
1042
1043  If in doubt, say N.
1044
1045Attempt to HACK around Chipsets that TIMEOUT (WIP)
1046CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_TIMEOUT
1047  If you say Y here, this is a NASTY UGLY HACK!
1048
1049  We have to issue an abort and requeue the request DMA engine got
1050  turned off by a goofy ASIC, and we have to clean up the mess, and
1051  here is as good as any.  Do it globally for all chipsets.
1052
1053  If in doubt, say N.
1054
1055Boot off-board chipsets first support
1056CONFIG_BLK_DEV_OFFBOARD
1057  Normally, IDE controllers built into the motherboard (on-board
1058  controllers) are assigned to ide0 and ide1 while those on add-in PCI
1059  cards (off-board controllers) are relegated to ide2 and ide3.
1060  Answering Y here will allow you to reverse the situation, with
1061  off-board controllers on ide0/1 and on-board controllers on ide2/3.
1062  This can improve the usability of some boot managers such as lilo
1063  when booting from a drive on an off-board controller.
1064
1065  If you say Y here, and you actually want to reverse the device scan
1066  order as explained above, you also need to issue the kernel command
1067  line option "ide=reverse". (Try "man bootparam" or see the
1068  documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to
1069  pass options to the kernel at boot time.)
1070
1071  Note that, if you do this, the order of the hd* devices will be
1072  rearranged which may require modification of fstab and other files.
1073
1074  If in doubt, say N.
1075
1076Use PCI DMA by default when available
1077CONFIG_IDEDMA_PCI_AUTO
1078  Prior to kernel version 2.1.112, Linux used to automatically use
1079  DMA for IDE drives and chipsets which support it. Due to concerns
1080  about a couple of cases where buggy hardware may have caused damage,
1081  the default is now to NOT use DMA automatically. To revert to the
1082  previous behaviour, say Y to this question.
1083
1084  If you suspect your hardware is at all flakey, say N here.
1085  Do NOT email the IDE kernel people regarding this issue!
1086
1087  It is normally safe to answer Y to this question unless your
1088  motherboard uses a VIA VP2 chipset, in which case you should say N.
1089
1090IGNORE word93 Validation BITS
1091CONFIG_IDEDMA_IVB
1092  There are unclear terms in ATA-4 and ATA-5 standards how certain
1093  hardware (an 80c ribbon) should be detected. Different interpretations
1094  of the standards have been released in hardware. This causes problems:
1095  for example, a host with Ultra Mode 4 (or higher) will not run
1096  in that mode with an 80c ribbon.
1097
1098  If you are experiencing compatibility or performance problems, you
1099  MAY try to answering Y here. However, it does not necessarily solve
1100  any of your problems, it could even cause more of them.
1101
1102  It is normally safe to answer Y; however, the default is N.
1103
1104ATA Work(s) In Progress (EXPERIMENTAL)
1105CONFIG_IDEDMA_PCI_WIP
1106  If you enable this you will be able to use and test highly
1107  developmental projects. If you say N, the configurator will
1108  simply skip those options.
1109
1110  It is SAFEST to say N to this question.
1111
1112Asynchronous DMA support (EXPERIMENTAL)
1113CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ADMA
1114  Please read the comments at the top of
1115  <file:drivers/ide/ide-adma.c>.
1116
1117Pacific Digital A-DMA support (EXPERIMENTAL)
1118CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PDC_ADMA
1119  Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/setup-pci.c>.
1120
11213ware Hardware ATA-RAID support
1122CONFIG_BLK_DEV_3W_XXXX_RAID
1123  3ware is the only hardware ATA-Raid product in Linux to date.
1124  This card is 2,4, or 8 channel master mode support only.
1125  SCSI support required!!!
1126
1127  <http://www.3ware.com/>
1128
1129  Please read the comments at the top of
1130  <file:drivers/scsi/3w-xxxx.c>.
1131
1132  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
1133  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
1134  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
1135  will be called 3w-xxxx.o.
1136
1137AEC62XX chipset support
1138CONFIG_BLK_DEV_AEC62XX
1139  This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single
1140  interrupt. This add-on card is a bootable PCI UDMA controller. In
1141  order to get this card to initialize correctly in some cases, you
1142  should say Y here, and preferably also to "Use DMA by default when
1143  available".
1144
1145  The ATP850U/UF is an UltraDMA 33 chipset base.
1146  The ATP860 is an UltraDMA 66 chipset base.
1147  The ATP860M(acintosh) version is an UltraDMA 66 chipset base.
1148
1149  Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/aec62xx.c>.
1150  If you say Y here, then say Y to "Use DMA by default when available"
1151  as well.
1152
1153AEC62XX Tuning support
1154CONFIG_AEC62XX_TUNING
1155  Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/aec62xx.c>.
1156  If unsure, say N.
1157
1158ALI M15x3 chipset support
1159CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ALI15X3
1160  This driver ensures (U)DMA support for ALI 1533, 1543 and 1543C
1161  onboard chipsets.  It also tests for Simplex mode and enables
1162  normal dual channel support.
1163
1164  If you say Y here, you also need to say Y to "Use DMA by default
1165  when available", above.  Please read the comments at the top of
1166  <file:drivers/ide/pci/alim15x3.c>.
1167
1168  If unsure, say N.
1169
1170ALI M15x3 WDC support (DANGEROUS)
1171CONFIG_WDC_ALI15X3
1172  This allows for UltraDMA support for WDC drives that ignore CRC
1173  checking. You are a fool for enabling this option, but there have
1174  been requests. DO NOT COMPLAIN IF YOUR DRIVE HAS FS CORRUPTION, IF
1175  YOU ENABLE THIS! No one will listen, just laugh for ignoring this
1176  SERIOUS WARNING.
1177
1178  Using this option can allow WDC drives to run at ATA-4/5 transfer
1179  rates with only an ATA-2 support structure.
1180
1181  SAY N!
1182
1183AMD and nVidia IDE support
1184CONFIG_BLK_DEV_AMD74XX
1185  This driver adds explicit support for AMD-7xx and AMD-8111 chips
1186  and also for the nVidia nForce chip.  This allows the kernel to
1187  change PIO, DMA and UDMA speeds and to configure the chip to
1188  optimum performance.
1189
1190  If you say Y here, you also need to say Y to "Use DMA by default
1191  when available", above.
1192  Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/amd74xx.c>.
1193
1194  If unsure, say N.
1195
1196AMD Viper ATA-66 Override support (WIP)
1197CONFIG_AMD74XX_OVERRIDE
1198  This option auto-forces the ata66 flag.
1199  This effect can be also invoked by calling "idex=ata66"
1200  If unsure, say N.
1201
1202ATI IXP chipset IDE support
1203CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ATIIXP
1204  This driver adds explicit support for ATI IXP chipset.
1205  This allows the kernel to change PIO, DMA and UDMA speeds
1206  and to configure the chip to optimum performance.
1207
1208  Say Y here if you have an ATI IXP chipset IDE controller.
1209
1210CMD64X/CMD680 chipset support
1211CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD64X
1212  Say Y here if you have an IDE controller which uses any of these
1213  chipsets: CMD643, CMD646 and CMD648.
1214
1215Compaq Triflex IDE support
1216CONFIG_BLK_DEV_TRIFLEX
1217  Say Y here if you have a Compaq Triflex IDE controller, such
1218  as those commonly found on Compaq Pentium-Pro systems
1219
1220  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
1221  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
1222  triflex.o.
1223
1224CY82C693 chipset support
1225CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CY82C693
1226  This driver adds detection and support for the CY82C693 chipset
1227  used on Digital's PC-Alpha 164SX boards.
1228
1229  If you say Y here, you need to say Y to "Use DMA by default
1230  when available" as well.
1231
1232Cyrix CS5530 MediaGX chipset support
1233CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CS5530
1234  Include support for UDMA on the Cyrix MediaGX 5530 chipset. This
1235  will automatically be detected and configured if found.
1236
1237  It is safe to say Y to this question.
1238
1239  People with SCSI-only systems should say N here. If unsure, say Y.
1240
1241HPT34X chipset support
1242CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HPT34X
1243  This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single
1244  interrupt. The HPT343 chipset in its current form is a non-bootable
1245  controller; the HPT345/HPT363 chipset is a bootable (needs BIOS FIX)
1246  PCI UDMA controllers. This driver requires dynamic tuning of the
1247  chipset during the ide-probe at boot time. It is reported to support
1248  DVD II drives, by the manufacturer.
1249
1250HPT34X AUTODMA support (WIP)
1251CONFIG_HPT34X_AUTODMA
1252  This is a dangerous thing to attempt currently! Please read the
1253  comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/hpt34x.c>.  If you say Y
1254  here, then say Y to "Use DMA by default when available" as well.
1255
1256  If unsure, say N.
1257
1258HPT36X/37X chipset support
1259CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HPT366
1260  HPT366 is an Ultra DMA chipset for ATA-66.
1261  HPT368 is an Ultra DMA chipset for ATA-66 RAID Based.
1262  HPT370 is an Ultra DMA chipset for ATA-100.
1263  HPT372 is an Ultra DMA chipset for ATA-133.
1264  HPT374 is an Ultra DMA chipset for ATA-133.
1265
1266  This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single
1267  interrupt.
1268
1269  The HPT366 chipset in its current form is bootable. One solution
1270  for this problem are special LILO commands for redirecting the
1271  reference to device 0x80. The other solution is to say Y to "Boot
1272  off-board chipsets first support" (CONFIG_BLK_DEV_OFFBOARD) unless
1273  your mother board has the chipset natively mounted. Regardless one
1274  should use the fore mentioned option and call at LILO or include
1275  "ide=reverse" in LILO's append-line.
1276
1277  This driver requires dynamic tuning of the chipset during the
1278  ide-probe at boot. It is reported to support DVD II drives, by the
1279  manufacturer.
1280
1281NS87415 chipset support (EXPERIMENTAL)
1282CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NS87415
1283  This driver adds detection and support for the NS87415 chip
1284  (used in SPARC64, among others).
1285
1286  Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/ns87415.c>.
1287
1288OPTi 82C621 chipset enhanced support (EXPERIMENTAL)
1289CONFIG_BLK_DEV_OPTI621
1290  This is a driver for the OPTi 82C621 EIDE controller.
1291  Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/opti621.c>.
1292
1293National SCx200 chipset support
1294CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SC1200
1295  This driver adds support for the built in IDE on the National
1296  SCx200 series of embedded x86 "Geode" systems
1297
1298  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
1299  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
1300  sc1200.o.
1301
1302ServerWorks OSB4/CSB5 chipset support
1303CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SVWKS
1304  This driver adds PIO/(U)DMA support for the ServerWorks OSB4/CSB5
1305  chipsets.
1306
1307SGI IOC4 chipset support
1308CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SGIIOC4
1309  This driver adds PIO & MultiMode DMA-2 support for the SGI IOC4
1310  chipset.  Please say Y here, if you have an Altix System from
1311  Silicon Graphics Inc.
1312
1313Intel PIIXn chipsets support
1314CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PIIX
1315  This driver adds PIO mode setting and tuning for all PIIX IDE
1316  controllers by Intel.  Since the BIOS can sometimes improperly tune
1317  PIO 0-4 mode settings, this allows dynamic tuning of the chipset
1318  via the standard end-user tool 'hdparm'.
1319
1320  Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/piix.c>.
1321
1322  If unsure, say N.
1323
1324Promise PDC202{46|62|65|67} support
1325CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PDC202XX_OLD
1326  Promise Ultra 33 [PDC20246]
1327  Promise Ultra 66 [PDC20262]
1328  Promise FastTrak 66 [PDC20263]
1329  Promise MB Ultra 100 [PDC20265]
1330  Promise Ultra 100 [PDC20267]
1331
1332  This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single
1333  interrupt. This add-on card is a bootable PCI UDMA controller. Since
1334  multiple cards can be installed and there are BIOS ROM problems that
1335  happen if the BIOS revisions of all installed cards (three-max) do
1336  not match, the driver attempts to do dynamic tuning of the chipset
1337  at boot-time for max-speed.  Ultra33 BIOS 1.25 or newer is required
1338  for more than one card. This card may require that you say Y to
1339  "Force (U)DMA burst transfers" (old name: "Special UDMA Feature").
1340
1341  If you say Y here, you need to say Y to "Use DMA by default when
1342  available" as well.
1343
1344  Please read the comments at the top of
1345  <file:drivers/ide/pci/pdc202xx_old.c>.
1346
1347  If unsure, say N.
1348
1349Promise PDC202{68|69|70|71|75|76|77} support
1350CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PDC202XX_NEW
1351  Promise Ultra 100 TX2 [PDC20268]
1352  Promise Ultra 133 PTX2 [PDC20269]
1353  Promise FastTrak LP/TX2/TX4 [PDC20270]
1354  Promise FastTrak TX2000 [PDC20271]
1355  Promise MB Ultra 133 [PDC20275]
1356  Promise MB FastTrak 133 [PDC20276]
1357  Promise FastTrak 133 [PDC20277]
1358
1359  This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single
1360  interrupt. This device is a bootable PCI UDMA controller. Since
1361  multiple cards can be installed and there are BIOS ROM problems that
1362  happen if the BIOS revisions of all installed cards (max of five) do
1363  not match, the driver attempts to do dynamic tuning of the chipset
1364  at boot-time for max speed.
1365
1366  If you say Y here, you need to say Y to "Use DMA by default when
1367  available" as well.
1368
1369  If unsure, say N.
1370
1371Force (U)DMA burst transfers
1372CONFIG_PDC202XX_BURST
1373  This option causes the pdc202xx_old driver to enable UDMA modes on the
1374  PDC202xx even when the PDC202xx BIOS has not done so.
1375
1376  It was originally designed for the PDC20246/Ultra33, whose BIOS will
1377  only setup UDMA on the first two PDC20246 cards.  It has also been
1378  used successfully on a PDC20265/Ultra100, allowing use of UDMA modes
1379  when the PDC20265 BIOS has been disabled (for faster boot up).
1380
1381  Please read the comments at the top of
1382  <file:drivers/ide/pci/pdc202xx_old.c>.
1383
1384  If unsure, say N.
1385
1386Ignore BIOS port disabled setting on FastTrak
1387CONFIG_PDC202XX_FORCE
1388  Chipsets affected:
1389
1390  PDC202{46|62|63|65|67}
1391  (pdc202xx_old driver)
1392
1393  PDC202{70|76}
1394  (pdc202xx_new driver)
1395
1396  Say Y unless you want to use Promise proprietary driver.
1397
1398SiS5513 chipset support
1399CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SIS5513
1400  This driver ensures (U)DMA support for SIS5513 chipset family based
1401  mainboards.
1402
1403  The following chipsets are supported:
1404  ATA16:  SiS5511, SiS5513
1405  ATA33:  SiS5591, SiS5597, SiS5598, SiS5600
1406  ATA66:  SiS530, SiS540, SiS620, SiS630, SiS640
1407  ATA100: SiS635, SiS645, SiS650, SiS730, SiS735, SiS740,
1408          SiS745, SiS750
1409
1410  If you say Y here, you need to say Y to "Use DMA by default when
1411  available" as well.
1412
1413  Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/sis5513.c>.
1414
1415Silicon Image chipset support
1416CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SIIMAGE
1417  This driver provides (U)DMA support for the SII3112 SATA controllers and
1418  for the CMD/SI680 UDMA/DMA ATA controller.
1419
1420SLC90E66 chipset support
1421CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SLC90E66
1422  This driver ensures (U)DMA support for Victroy66 SouthBridges for
1423  SMsC with Intel NorthBridges.  This is an Ultra66 based chipset.
1424  The nice thing about it is that you can mix Ultra/DMA/PIO devices
1425  and it will handle timing cycles.  Since this is an improved
1426  look-a-like to the PIIX4 it should be a nice addition.
1427
1428  If you say Y here, you need to say Y to "Use DMA by default when
1429  available" as well.
1430
1431  Please read the comments at the top of
1432  <file:drivers/ide/pci/slc90e66.c>.
1433
1434Winbond SL82c105 support
1435CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SL82C105
1436  If you have a Winbond SL82c105 IDE controller, say Y here to enable
1437  special configuration for this chip. This is common on various CHRP
1438  motherboards, but could be used elsewhere. If in doubt, say Y.
1439
1440Tekram TRM290 chipset support
1441CONFIG_BLK_DEV_TRM290
1442  This driver adds support for bus master DMA transfers
1443  using the Tekram TRM290 PCI IDE chip. Volunteers are
1444  needed for further tweaking and development.
1445  Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/trm290.c>.
1446
1447VIA82CXXX chipset support
1448CONFIG_BLK_DEV_VIA82CXXX
1449  This allows you to configure your chipset for a better use while
1450  running PIO/(U)DMA, it will allow you to enable efficiently the
1451  second channel dma usage, as it may not be set by BIOS.  It will try
1452  to set fifo configuration at its best.  It will allow you to get
1453  information from /proc/ide/via provided you enabled "/proc file
1454  system" support.
1455
1456  Please read the comments at the top of
1457  <file:drivers/ide/pci/via82cxxx.c>.
1458
1459  If you say Y here, then say Y to "Use DMA by default when available"
1460  as well.
1461
1462  If unsure, say N.
1463
1464RapIDE interface support
1465CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_RAPIDE
1466  Say Y here if you want to support the Yellowstone RapIDE controller
1467  manufactured for use with Acorn computers.
1468
1469Other IDE chipset support
1470CONFIG_IDE_CHIPSETS
1471  Say Y here if you want to include enhanced support for various IDE
1472  interface chipsets used on motherboards and add-on cards. You can
1473  then pick your particular IDE chip from among the following options.
1474  This enhanced support may be necessary for Linux to be able to
1475  access the 3rd/4th drives in some systems. It may also enable
1476  setting of higher speed I/O rates to improve system performance with
1477  these chipsets. Most of these also require special kernel boot
1478  parameters to actually turn on the support at runtime; you can find
1479  a list of these in the file <file:Documentation/ide.txt>.
1480
1481  People with SCSI-only systems can say N here.
1482
1483Generic 4 drives/port support
1484CONFIG_BLK_DEV_4DRIVES
1485  Certain older chipsets, including the Tekram 690CD, use a single set
1486  of I/O ports at 0x1f0 to control up to four drives, instead of the
1487  customary two drives per port. Support for this can be enabled at
1488  runtime using the "ide0=four" kernel boot parameter if you say Y
1489  here.
1490
1491ALI M14xx support
1492CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ALI14XX
1493  This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=ali14xx" kernel
1494  boot parameter.  It enables support for the secondary IDE interface
1495  of the ALI M1439/1443/1445/1487/1489 chipsets, and permits faster
1496  I/O speeds to be set as well.  See the files
1497  <file:Documentation/ide.txt> and <file:drivers/ide/legacy/ali14xx.c> for
1498  more info.
1499
1500DTC-2278 support
1501CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DTC2278
1502  This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=dtc2278" kernel
1503  boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface
1504  of the DTC-2278 card, and permits faster I/O speeds to be set as
1505  well. See the <file:Documentation/ide.txt> and
1506  <file:drivers/ide/legacy/dtc2278.c> files for more info.
1507
1508Holtek HT6560B support
1509CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HT6560B
1510  This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=ht6560b" kernel
1511  boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface
1512  of the Holtek card, and permits faster I/O speeds to be set as well.
1513  See the <file:Documentation/ide.txt> and
1514  <file:drivers/ide/legacy/ht6560b.c> files for more info.
1515
1516PROMISE DC4030 support (EXPERIMENTAL)
1517CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PDC4030
1518  This driver provides support for the secondary IDE interface and
1519  cache of Promise IDE chipsets, e.g. DC4030 and DC5030.  This driver
1520  is known to incur timeouts/retries during heavy I/O to drives
1521  attached to the secondary interface.  CD-ROM and TAPE devices are
1522  not supported yet.  This driver is enabled at runtime using the
1523  "ide0=dc4030" kernel boot parameter.  See the
1524  <file:Documentation/ide.txt> and <file:drivers/ide/legacy/pdc4030.c> files
1525  for more info.
1526
1527QDI QD65XX support
1528CONFIG_BLK_DEV_QD65XX
1529  This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=qd65xx" kernel
1530  boot parameter.  It permits faster I/O speeds to be set.  See the
1531  <file:Documentation/ide.txt> and <file:drivers/ide/legacy/qd65xx.c> for
1532  more info.
1533
1534UMC 8672 support
1535CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UMC8672
1536  This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=umc8672" kernel
1537  boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface
1538  of the UMC-8672, and permits faster I/O speeds to be set as well.
1539  See the files <file:Documentation/ide.txt> and
1540  <file:drivers/ide/legacy/umc8672.c> for more info.
1541
1542Amiga Gayle IDE interface support
1543CONFIG_BLK_DEV_GAYLE
1544  This is the IDE driver for the Amiga Gayle IDE interface. It supports
1545  both the `A1200 style' and `A4000 style' of the Gayle IDE interface,
1546  This includes builtin IDE interfaces on some Amiga models (A600,
1547  A1200, A4000, and A4000T), and IDE interfaces on the Zorro expansion
1548  bus (M-Tech E-Matrix 530 expansion card).
1549  Say Y if you have an Amiga with a Gayle IDE interface and want to use
1550  IDE devices (hard disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected to it.
1551  Note that you also have to enable Zorro bus support if you want to
1552  use Gayle IDE interfaces on the Zorro expansion bus.
1553
1554Falcon IDE interface support
1555CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FALCON_IDE
1556  This is the IDE driver for the builtin IDE interface on the Atari
1557  Falcon. Say Y if you have a Falcon and want to use IDE devices (hard
1558  disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected to the builtin IDE
1559  interface.
1560
1561Amiga Buddha/Catweasel/X-Surf IDE interface support (EXPERIMENTAL)
1562CONFIG_BLK_DEV_BUDDHA
1563  This is the IDE driver for the IDE interfaces on the Buddha,
1564  Catweasel and X-Surf expansion boards.  It supports up to two interfaces
1565  on the Buddha, three on the Catweasel and two on the X-Surf.
1566
1567  Say Y if you have a Buddha or Catweasel expansion board and want to
1568  use IDE devices (hard disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected
1569  to one of its IDE interfaces.
1570
1571Amiga IDE Doubler support (EXPERIMENTAL)
1572CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDOUBLER
1573  This driver provides support for the so-called `IDE doublers' (made
1574  by various manufacturers, e.g. Eyetech) that can be connected to the
1575  builtin IDE interface of some Amiga models. Using such an IDE
1576  doubler, you can connect up to four instead of two IDE devices on
1577  the Amiga's builtin IDE interface.
1578
1579  Note that the normal Amiga Gayle IDE driver may not work correctly
1580  if you have an IDE doubler and don't enable this driver!
1581
1582  Say Y if you have an IDE doubler.  The driver is enabled at kernel
1583  runtime using the "ide=doubler" kernel boot parameter.
1584
1585Builtin PowerMac IDE support
1586CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_PMAC
1587  This driver provides support for the built-in IDE controller on
1588  most of the recent Apple Power Macintoshes and PowerBooks.
1589  If unsure, say Y.
1590
1591PowerMac IDE DMA support
1592CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PMAC
1593  This option allows the driver for the built-in IDE controller on
1594  Power Macintoshes and PowerBooks to use DMA (direct memory access)
1595  to transfer data to and from memory.  Saying Y is safe and improves
1596  performance.
1597
1598Broadcom SiByte onboard IDE support
1599CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_SIBYTE
1600  Include the driver for on-board IDE on the SiByte Generic Bus.  Note
1601  that this limits the number of IDE devices to 4 (ide0...ide3).
1602
1603Use DMA by default
1604CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PMAC_AUTO
1605  This option allows the driver for the built-in IDE controller on
1606  Power Macintoshes and PowerBooks to use DMA automatically, without
1607  it having to be explicitly enabled.  This option is provided because
1608  of concerns about a couple of cases where using DMA on buggy PC
1609  hardware may have caused damage.  Saying Y should be safe on all
1610  Apple machines.
1611
1612Macintosh Quadra/Powerbook IDE interface support
1613CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MAC_IDE
1614  This is the IDE driver for the builtin IDE interface on some m68k
1615  Macintosh models. It supports both the `Quadra style' (used in
1616  Quadra/ Centris 630 and Performa 588 models) and `Powerbook style'
1617  (used in the Powerbook 150 and 190 models) IDE interface.
1618
1619  Say Y if you have such an Macintosh model and want to use IDE
1620  devices (hard disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected to the
1621  builtin IDE interface.
1622
1623ICS IDE interface support
1624CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_ICSIDE
1625  On Acorn systems, say Y here if you wish to use the ICS IDE
1626  interface card.  This is not required for ICS partition support.
1627  If you are unsure, say N to this.
1628
1629ICS DMA support
1630CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_ICS
1631  Say Y here if you want to add DMA (Direct Memory Access) support to
1632  the ICS IDE driver.
1633
1634Use ICS DMA by default
1635CONFIG_IDEDMA_ICS_AUTO
1636  Prior to kernel version 2.1.112, Linux used to automatically use
1637  DMA for IDE drives and chipsets which support it. Due to concerns
1638  about a couple of cases where buggy hardware may have caused damage,
1639  the default is now to NOT use DMA automatically. To revert to the
1640  previous behaviour, say Y to this question.
1641
1642  If you suspect your hardware is at all flakey, say N here.
1643  Do NOT email the IDE kernel people regarding this issue!
1644
1645XT hard disk support
1646CONFIG_BLK_DEV_XD
1647  Very old 8 bit hard disk controllers used in the IBM XT computer
1648  will be supported if you say Y here.
1649
1650  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
1651  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
1652  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module
1653  will be called xd.o.
1654
1655  It's pretty unlikely that you have one of these: say N.
1656
1657PS/2 ESDI hard disk support
1658CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PS2
1659  Say Y here if you have a PS/2 machine with a MCA bus and an ESDI
1660  hard disk.
1661
1662  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
1663  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
1664  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
1665  will be called ps2esdi.o.
1666
1667Mylex DAC960/DAC1100 PCI RAID Controller support
1668CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DAC960
1669  This driver adds support for the Mylex DAC960, AcceleRAID, and
1670  eXtremeRAID PCI RAID controllers.  See the file
1671  <file:Documentation/README.DAC960> for further information about
1672  this driver.
1673
1674  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
1675  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
1676  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
1677  will be called DAC960.o.
1678
1679Parallel port IDE device support
1680CONFIG_PARIDE
1681  There are many external CD-ROM and disk devices that connect through
1682  your computer's parallel port. Most of them are actually IDE devices
1683  using a parallel port IDE adapter. This option enables the PARIDE
1684  subsystem which contains drivers for many of these external drives.
1685  Read <file:Documentation/paride.txt> for more information.
1686
1687  If you have said Y to the "Parallel-port support" configuration
1688  option, you may share a single port between your printer and other
1689  parallel port devices. Answer Y to build PARIDE support into your
1690  kernel, or M if you would like to build it as a loadable module. If
1691  your parallel port support is in a loadable module, you must build
1692  PARIDE as a module. If you built PARIDE support into your kernel,
1693  you may still build the individual protocol modules and high-level
1694  drivers as loadable modules. If you build this support as a module,
1695  it will be called paride.o.
1696
1697  To use the PARIDE support, you must say Y or M here and also to at
1698  least one high-level driver (e.g. "Parallel port IDE disks",
1699  "Parallel port ATAPI CD-ROMs", "Parallel port ATAPI disks" etc.) and
1700  to at least one protocol driver (e.g. "ATEN EH-100 protocol",
1701  "MicroSolutions backpack protocol", "DataStor Commuter protocol"
1702  etc.).
1703
1704Parallel port IDE disks
1705CONFIG_PARIDE_PD
1706  This option enables the high-level driver for IDE-type disk devices
1707  connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE
1708  support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
1709  parallel port IDE driver, otherwise you should answer M to build
1710  it as a loadable module. The module will be called pd.o. You
1711  must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in your
1712  system. Among the devices supported by this driver are the SyQuest
1713  EZ-135, EZ-230 and SparQ drives, the Avatar Shark and the backpack
1714  hard drives from MicroSolutions.
1715
1716Parallel port ATAPI CD-ROMs
1717CONFIG_PARIDE_PCD
1718  This option enables the high-level driver for ATAPI CD-ROM devices
1719  connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE
1720  support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
1721  parallel port ATAPI CD-ROM driver, otherwise you should answer M to
1722  build it as a loadable module. The module will be called pcd.o. You
1723  must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in your
1724  system. Among the devices supported by this driver are the
1725  MicroSolutions backpack CD-ROM drives and the Freecom Power CD. If
1726  you have such a CD-ROM drive, you should also say Y or M to "ISO
1727  9660 CD-ROM file system support" below, because that's the file
1728  system used on CD-ROMs.
1729
1730Parallel port ATAPI disks
1731CONFIG_PARIDE_PF
1732  This option enables the high-level driver for ATAPI disk devices
1733  connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE
1734  support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
1735  parallel port ATAPI disk driver, otherwise you should answer M
1736  to build it as a loadable module. The module will be called pf.o.
1737  You must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in
1738  your system. Among the devices supported by this driver are the
1739  MicroSolutions backpack PD/CD drive and the Imation Superdisk
1740  LS-120 drive.
1741
1742Parallel port ATAPI tapes
1743CONFIG_PARIDE_PT
1744  This option enables the high-level driver for ATAPI tape devices
1745  connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE
1746  support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
1747  parallel port ATAPI disk driver, otherwise you should answer M
1748  to build it as a loadable module. The module will be called pt.o.
1749  You must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in
1750  your system. Among the devices supported by this driver is the
1751  parallel port version of the HP 5GB drive.
1752
1753Parallel port generic ATAPI devices
1754CONFIG_PARIDE_PG
1755  This option enables a special high-level driver for generic ATAPI
1756  devices connected through a parallel port. The driver allows user
1757  programs, such as cdrtools, to send ATAPI commands directly to a
1758  device.
1759
1760  If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you may
1761  answer Y here to build in the parallel port generic ATAPI driver,
1762  otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The
1763  module will be called pg.o.
1764
1765  You must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in
1766  your system.
1767
1768  This driver implements an API loosely related to the generic SCSI
1769  driver. See <file:include/linux/pg.h>. for details.
1770
1771  You can obtain the most recent version of cdrtools from
1772  <ftp://ftp.fokus.gmd.de/pub/unix/cdrecord/>. Versions 1.6.1a3 and
1773  later fully support this driver.
1774
1775ATEN EH-100 protocol
1776CONFIG_PARIDE_ATEN
1777  This option enables support for the ATEN EH-100 parallel port IDE
1778  protocol. This protocol is used in some inexpensive low performance
1779  parallel port kits made in Hong Kong. If you chose to build PARIDE
1780  support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
1781  protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a
1782  loadable module. The module will be called aten.o. You must also
1783  have a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to
1784  support.
1785
1786Micro Solutions BACKPACK Series 5 protocol
1787CONFIG_PARIDE_BPCK
1788  This option enables support for the Micro Solutions BACKPACK
1789  parallel port Series 5 IDE protocol.  (Most BACKPACK drives made
1790  before 1999 were Series 5) Series 5 drives will NOT always have the
1791  Series noted on the bottom of the drive. Series 6 drivers will.
1792
1793  In other words, if your BACKPACK drive dosen't say "Series 6" on the
1794  bottom, enable this option.
1795
1796  If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you may
1797  answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you should
1798  answer M to build it as a loadable module.  The module will be
1799  called bpck.o.  You must also have a high-level driver for the type
1800  of device that you want to support.
1801
1802Micro Solutions BACKPACK Series 6 protocol
1803CONFIG_PARIDE_BPCK6
1804  This option enables support for the Micro Solutions BACKPACK
1805  parallel port Series 6 IDE protocol.  (Most BACKPACK drives made
1806  after 1999 were Series 6) Series 6 drives will have the Series noted
1807  on the bottom of the drive.  Series 5 drivers don't always have it
1808  noted.
1809
1810  In other words, if your BACKPACK drive says "Series 6" on the
1811  bottom, enable this option.
1812
1813  If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you may
1814  answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you should
1815  answer M to build it as a loadable module.  The module will be
1816  called bpck6.o.  You must also have a high-level driver for the type
1817  of device that you want to support.
1818
1819DataStor Commuter protocol
1820CONFIG_PARIDE_COMM
1821  This option enables support for the Commuter parallel port IDE
1822  protocol from DataStor. If you chose to build PARIDE support
1823  into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol
1824  driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable
1825  module. The module will be called comm.o. You must also have
1826  a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to support.
1827
1828DataStor EP-2000 protocol
1829CONFIG_PARIDE_DSTR
1830  This option enables support for the EP-2000 parallel port IDE
1831  protocol from DataStor. If you chose to build PARIDE support
1832  into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol
1833  driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable
1834  module. The module will be called dstr.o. You must also have
1835  a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to support.
1836
1837Shuttle EPAT/EPEZ protocol
1838CONFIG_PARIDE_EPAT
1839  This option enables support for the EPAT parallel port IDE protocol.
1840  EPAT is a parallel port IDE adapter manufactured by Shuttle
1841  Technology and widely used in devices from major vendors such as
1842  Hewlett-Packard, SyQuest, Imation and Avatar. If you chose to build
1843  PARIDE support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in
1844  the protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a
1845  loadable module. The module will be called epat.o. You must also
1846  have a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to
1847  support.
1848
1849Shuttle EPAT c7/c8 extension
1850CONFIG_PARIDE_EPATC8
1851  This option enables support for the newer Shuttle EP1284 (aka c7 and
1852  c8) chip. You need this if you are using any recent Imation SuperDisk
1853  (LS-120) drive.
1854
1855Shuttle EPIA protocol
1856CONFIG_PARIDE_EPIA
1857  This option enables support for the (obsolete) EPIA parallel port
1858  IDE protocol from Shuttle Technology. This adapter can still be
1859  found in some no-name kits. If you chose to build PARIDE support
1860  into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol
1861  driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable
1862  module. The module will be called epia.o. You must also have a
1863  high-level driver for the type of device that you want to support.
1864
1865FIT TD-2000 protocol
1866CONFIG_PARIDE_FIT2
1867  This option enables support for the TD-2000 parallel port IDE
1868  protocol from Fidelity International Technology. This is a simple
1869  (low speed) adapter that is used in some portable hard drives. If
1870  you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you may answer Y
1871  here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M
1872  to build it as a loadable module. The module will be called fit2.o.
1873  You must also have a high-level driver for the type of device that
1874  you want to support.
1875
1876FIT TD-3000 protocol
1877CONFIG_PARIDE_FIT3
1878  This option enables support for the TD-3000 parallel port IDE
1879  protocol from Fidelity International Technology. This protocol is
1880  used in newer models of their portable disk, CD-ROM and PD/CD
1881  devices. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
1882  may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
1883  should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be
1884  called fit3.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type
1885  of device that you want to support.
1886
1887Freecom IQ ASIC-2 protocol
1888CONFIG_PARIDE_FRIQ
1889  This option enables support for version 2 of the Freecom IQ parallel
1890  port IDE adapter.  This adapter is used by the Maxell Superdisk
1891  drive.  If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
1892  may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
1893  should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be
1894  called friq.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type
1895  of device that you want to support.
1896
1897FreeCom power protocol
1898CONFIG_PARIDE_FRPW
1899  This option enables support for the Freecom power parallel port IDE
1900  protocol. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
1901  may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
1902  should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be
1903  called frpw.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type
1904  of device that you want to support.
1905
1906KingByte KBIC-951A/971A protocols
1907CONFIG_PARIDE_KBIC
1908  This option enables support for the KBIC-951A and KBIC-971A parallel
1909  port IDE protocols from KingByte Information Corp. KingByte's
1910  adapters appear in many no-name portable disk and CD-ROM products,
1911  especially in Europe. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your
1912  kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver,
1913  otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The
1914  module will be called kbic.o. You must also have a high-level driver
1915  for the type of device that you want to support.
1916
1917KT PHd protocol
1918CONFIG_PARIDE_KTTI
1919  This option enables support for the "PHd" parallel port IDE protocol
1920  from KT Technology. This is a simple (low speed) adapter that is
1921  used in some 2.5" portable hard drives. If you chose to build PARIDE
1922  support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
1923  protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a
1924  loadable module. The module will be called ktti.o. You must also
1925  have a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to
1926  support.
1927
1928OnSpec 90c20 protocol
1929CONFIG_PARIDE_ON20
1930  This option enables support for the (obsolete) 90c20 parallel port
1931  IDE protocol from OnSpec (often marketed under the ValuStore brand
1932  name). If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
1933  may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
1934  should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will
1935  be called on20.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the
1936  type of device that you want to support.
1937
1938OnSpec 90c26 protocol
1939CONFIG_PARIDE_ON26
1940  This option enables support for the 90c26 parallel port IDE protocol
1941  from OnSpec Electronics (often marketed under the ValuStore brand
1942  name). If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
1943  may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
1944  should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be
1945  called on26.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type
1946  of device that you want to support.
1947
1948Logical Volume Manager (LVM) support
1949CONFIG_BLK_DEV_LVM
1950  This driver lets you combine several hard disks, hard disk
1951  partitions, multiple devices or even loop devices (for evaluation
1952  purposes) into a volume group.  Imagine a volume group as a kind of
1953  virtual disk. Logical volumes, which can be thought of as virtual
1954  partitions, can be created in the volume group.  You can resize
1955  volume groups and logical volumes after creation time, corresponding
1956  to new capacity needs.  Logical volumes are accessed as block
1957  devices named /dev/VolumeGroupName/LogicalVolumeName.
1958
1959  For details see <file:Documentation/LVM-HOWTO>.  You will need
1960  supporting user space software; location is in
1961  <file:Documentation/Changes>.
1962
1963  If you want to compile this support as a module ( = code which can
1964  be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
1965  want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The
1966  module will be called lvm-mod.o.
1967
1968Multiple devices driver support (RAID and LVM)
1969CONFIG_MD
1970  Support multiple physical spindles through a single logical device.
1971  Required for RAID and logical volume management (LVM).
1972
1973Multiple devices driver support
1974CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MD
1975  This driver lets you combine several hard disk partitions into one
1976  logical block device. This can be used to simply append one
1977  partition to another one or to combine several redundant hard disks
1978  into a RAID1/4/5 device so as to provide protection against hard
1979  disk failures. This is called "Software RAID" since the combining of
1980  the partitions is done by the kernel. "Hardware RAID" means that the
1981  combining is done by a dedicated controller; if you have such a
1982  controller, you do not need to say Y here.
1983
1984  More information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the
1985  Software RAID mini-HOWTO, available from
1986  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. There you will also learn
1987  where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools.
1988
1989  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
1990  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
1991  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
1992  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
1993  md.o
1994
1995  If unsure, say N.
1996
1997Linear (append) mode
1998CONFIG_MD_LINEAR
1999  If you say Y here, then your multiple devices driver will be able to
2000  use the so-called linear mode, i.e. it will combine the hard disk
2001  partitions by simply appending one to the other.
2002
2003  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
2004  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
2005  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
2006  will be called linear.o.
2007
2008  If unsure, say Y.
2009
2010RAID-0 (striping) mode
2011CONFIG_MD_RAID0
2012  If you say Y here, then your multiple devices driver will be able to
2013  use the so-called raid0 mode, i.e. it will combine the hard disk
2014  partitions into one logical device in such a fashion as to fill them
2015  up evenly, one chunk here and one chunk there. This will increase
2016  the throughput rate if the partitions reside on distinct disks.
2017
2018  Information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the
2019  Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available from
2020  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. There you will also
2021  learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools.
2022
2023  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
2024  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
2025  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
2026  will be called raid0.o.
2027
2028  If unsure, say Y.
2029
2030RAID-1 (mirroring) mode
2031CONFIG_MD_RAID1
2032  A RAID-1 set consists of several disk drives which are exact copies
2033  of each other.  In the event of a mirror failure, the RAID driver
2034  will continue to use the operational mirrors in the set, providing
2035  an error free MD (multiple device) to the higher levels of the
2036  kernel.  In a set with N drives, the available space is the capacity
2037  of a single drive, and the set protects against a failure of (N - 1)
2038  drives.
2039
2040  Information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the
2041  Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available from
2042  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  There you will also
2043  learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools.
2044
2045  If you want to use such a RAID-1 set, say Y. This code is also
2046  available as a module called raid1.o ( = code which can be inserted
2047  in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).  If you
2048  want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2049  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
2050
2051  If unsure, say Y.
2052
2053RAID-4/RAID-5 mode
2054CONFIG_MD_RAID5
2055  A RAID-5 set of N drives with a capacity of C MB per drive provides
2056  the capacity of C * (N - 1) MB, and protects against a failure
2057  of a single drive. For a given sector (row) number, (N - 1) drives
2058  contain data sectors, and one drive contains the parity protection.
2059  For a RAID-4 set, the parity blocks are present on a single drive,
2060  while a RAID-5 set distributes the parity across the drives in one
2061  of the available parity distribution methods.
2062
2063  Information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the
2064  Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available from
2065  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. There you will also
2066  learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools.
2067
2068  If you want to use such a RAID-4/RAID-5 set, say Y. This code is
2069  also available as a module called raid5.o ( = code which can be
2070  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
2071  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2072  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
2073
2074  If unsure, say Y.
2075
2076Multipath I/O support
2077CONFIG_MD_MULTIPATH
2078  Multipath-IO is the ability of certain devices to address the same
2079  physical disk over multiple 'IO paths'. The code ensures that such
2080  paths can be defined and handled at runtime, and ensures that a
2081  transparent failover to the backup path(s) happens if a IO errors
2082  arrives on the primary path.
2083
2084  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
2085  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
2086  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2087  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
2088  multipath.o
2089
2090  If unsure, say N.
2091
2092Support for IDE Raid controllers
2093CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ATARAID
2094  Say Y or M if you have an IDE Raid controller and want linux
2095  to use its softwareraid feature.  You must also select an
2096  appropriate for your board low-level driver below.
2097
2098  Note, that Linux does not use the Raid implementation in BIOS, and
2099  the main purpose for this feature is to retain compatibility and
2100  data integrity with other OS-es, using the same disk array. Linux
2101  has its own Raid drivers, which you should use if you need better
2102  performance.
2103
2104  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
2105  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
2106  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2107  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
2108  ataraid.o
2109
2110Support Promise software RAID (Fasttrak(tm))
2111CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ATARAID_PDC
2112  Say Y or M if you have a Promise Fasttrak (tm) Raid controller
2113  and want linux to use the softwareraid feature of this card.
2114  This driver uses /dev/ataraid/dXpY (X and Y numbers) as device
2115  names.
2116
2117  If you choose to compile this as a module, the module will be called
2118  pdcraid.o.
2119
2120Highpoint 370 software RAID
2121CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ATARAID_HPT
2122  Say Y or M if you have a Highpoint HPT 370 Raid controller
2123  and want linux to use the softwareraid feature of this card.
2124  This driver uses /dev/ataraid/dXpY (X and Y numbers) as device
2125  names.
2126
2127  If you choose to compile this as a module, the module will be called
2128  hptraid.o.
2129
2130CMD/Silicon Image Medley Software RAID
2131CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ATARAID_MEDLEY
2132  Say Y or M if you have a Silicon Image 3112 SATA RAID controller,
2133  a CMD680 based controller, or another IDE RAID controller that uses
2134  CMD's Medley software RAID, and want Linux to use the software RAID
2135  feature of this card.  This driver uses /dev/ataraid/dXpY (X and Y
2136  numbers) as device names.
2137
2138  This driver currently only supports RAID0 (striped) mode, so if you
2139  are using RAID1 (mirroring) this will not work for you. In that
2140  case, you may want to try the Silicon Image Medley Software RAID
2141  driver (below).
2142
2143  Support for mirroring is planned in the future.
2144
2145  If you choose to compile this as a module, the module will be called
2146  medley.o.
2147
2148Silicon Image Medley Software RAID (old driver)
2149CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ATARAID_SII
2150  Say Y or M if you have a Silicon Image SATARaid controller
2151  and want Linux to use the softwareraid feature of this card.
2152  This driver uses /dev/ataraid/dXpY (X and Y numbers) as device
2153  names.
2154
2155  This driver does not reliably detect all Medley RAID sets, and could
2156  be dangerous if you have a striped set with disks of different size.
2157
2158  You should use the new Medley RAID driver (above), unless you use
2159  RAID1 (mirroring), which the new driver does not yet support.
2160
2161  If you choose to compile this as a module, the module will be called
2162  silraid.o.
2163
2164Support for Acer PICA 1 chipset
2165CONFIG_ACER_PICA_61
2166  This is a machine with a R4400 133/150 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux
2167  kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux on
2168  the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at
2169  <http://www.linux-mips.org/>.
2170
2171Support for Algorithmics P4032 (EXPERIMENTAL)
2172CONFIG_ALGOR_P4032
2173  This is an evaluation board of the British company Algorithmics.
2174  The board uses the R4300 and a R5230 CPUs.  For more information
2175  about this board see <http://www.algor.co.uk/>.
2176
2177SGI SN2 L1 serial port support
2178CONFIG_SGI_L1_SERIAL
2179  If you have an SGI SN2 and you want to use the serial port connected
2180  to the system controller (you want this!), say Y.  Otherwise, say N.
2181
2182SGI SN2 L1 serial console support
2183CONFIG_SGI_L1_SERIAL_CONSOLE
2184  If you have an SGI SN2 and you would like to use the system
2185  controller serial port as your console (you want this!), say Y.
2186  Otherwise, say N.
2187
2188Support for BAGET MIPS series
2189CONFIG_BAGET_MIPS
2190  This enables support for the Baget, a Russian embedded system.  For
2191  more details about the Baget see the Linux/MIPS FAQ on
2192  <http://www.linux-mips.org/>.
2193
2194Baget AMD LANCE support
2195CONFIG_BAGETLANCE
2196  Say Y to enable kernel support for AMD Lance Ethernet cards on the
2197  MIPS-32-based Baget embedded system.  This chipset is better known
2198  via the NE2100 cards.
2199
2200Support for DECstations
2201CONFIG_DECSTATION
2202  This enables support for DEC's MIPS based workstations.  For details
2203  see the Linux/MIPS FAQ on <http://www.linux-mips.org/> and the
2204  DECstation porting pages on <http://decstation.unix-ag.org/>.
2205
2206  If you have one of the following DECstation Models you definitely
2207  want to choose R4xx0 for the CPU Type:
2208
2209	DECstation 5000/50
2210	DECstation 5000/150
2211	DECstation 5000/260
2212	DECsystem 5900/260
2213
2214  otherwise choose R3000.
2215
2216Support for Cobalt Micro Server
2217CONFIG_COBALT_MICRO_SERVER
2218  Support for MIPS-based Cobalt boxes (they have been bought by Sun
2219  and are now the "Server Appliance Business Unit") including the 2700
2220  series -- versions 1 of the Qube and Raq.  To compile a Linux kernel
2221  for this hardware, say Y here.
2222
2223Support for Cobalt 2800
2224CONFIG_COBALT_28
2225  Support for the second generation of MIPS-based Cobalt boxes (they
2226  have been bought by Sun and are now the "Server Appliance Business
2227  Unit") including the 2800 series -- versions 2 of the Qube and Raq.
2228  To compile a Linux kernel for this hardware, say Y here.
2229
2230Support for the Momentum Computer Ocelot SBC
2231CONFIG_MOMENCO_OCELOT
2232  The Ocelot is a MIPS-based Single Board Computer (SBC) made by
2233  Momentum Computer <http://www.momenco.com/>.
2234
2235Support for NEC DDB Vrc-5074
2236CONFIG_DDB5074
2237  This enables support for the VR5000-based NEC DDB Vrc-5074
2238  evaluation board.
2239
2240Support for NEC DDB Vrc-5476
2241CONFIG_DDB5476
2242  This enables support for the R5432-based NEC DDB Vrc-5476
2243  evaluation board.
2244
2245  Features : kernel debugging, serial terminal, NFS root fs, on-board
2246  ether port (Need an additional patch at <http://linux.junsun.net/>),
2247  USB, AC97, PCI, PCI VGA card & framebuffer console, IDE controller,
2248  PS2 keyboard, PS2 mouse, etc.
2249
2250Support for NEC DDB Vrc-5477
2251CONFIG_DDB5477
2252  This enables support for the R5432-based NEC DDB Vrc-5477
2253  evaluation board.
2254
2255  Features : kernel debugging, serial terminal, NFS root fs, on-board
2256  ether port (Need an additional patch at <http://linux.junsun.net/>),
2257  USB, AC97, PCI, etc.
2258
2259Support for MIPS Atlas board
2260CONFIG_MIPS_ATLAS
2261  This enables support for the QED R5231-based MIPS Atlas evaluation
2262  board.
2263
2264Support for MIPS Malta board
2265CONFIG_MIPS_MALTA
2266  This enables support for the VR5000-based MIPS Malta evaluation
2267  board.
2268
2269# Choice: bcmboard
2270Support for Broadcom SiByte boards
2271CONFIG_SIBYTE_SWARM
2272  Enable support for boards based on the Broadcom SiByte family:
2273
2274  BCM91250A-SWARM    BCM1250 ATX size Eval Board (BCM91250A-SWARM)
2275
2276  BCM91250E-Sentosa  BCM1250 PCI card Eval Board (BCM91250E-Sentosa)
2277
2278  BCM91125E-Rhone    BCM1125 PCI card Eval Board (BCM91125E-Rhone)
2279
2280  Other              Non-Broadcom SiByte-based platform
2281
2282# Choice: bcmsoc
2283Support for Broadcom BCM1xxx SOCs
2284CONFIG_SIBYTE_SB1250
2285
2286  BCM1250     Dual-CPU SB1 with PCI and HyperTransport.
2287
2288  BCM1120     Uniprocessor SB1.
2289
2290  BCM1125     Uniprocessor SB1 with PCI (and HyperTransport for 1125H).
2291
2292BCM1250 Stepping
2293CONFIG_CPU_SB1_PASS_1
2294  Which pass of the SOC is supported (see the "system_revision"
2295  register in the User Manual for more discussion of revisions):
2296
2297  Pass1    1250 "Pass 1"
2298
2299  An       1250 "Pass 2"
2300
2301  Bn       1250 "Pass 2.2"
2302
2303  Cn       1250 "Pass 3"
2304
2305BCM112x Stepping
2306CONFIG_CPU_SB1_PASS_2
2307  Which pass of the SOC is supported (see the "system_revision"
2308  register in the User Manual for more discussion of revisions):
2309
2310  Hybrid   1250 "Pass 2"
2311
2312  An       112x "Pass 1"
2313
2314Booting from CFE
2315CONFIG_SIBYTE_CFE
2316  Make use of the CFE API for enumerating available memory,
2317  controlling secondary CPUs, and possibly console output.
2318
2319Use firmware console
2320CONFIG_SIBYTE_CFE_CONSOLE
2321  Use the CFE API's console write routines during boot.  Other console
2322  options (VT console, sb1250 duart console, etc.) should not be
2323  configured.
2324
2325Support for Bus Watcher statistics
2326CONFIG_SIBYTE_BUS_WATCHER
2327  Handle and keep statistics on the bus error interrupts (COR_ECC,
2328  BAD_ECC, IO_BUS).
2329
2330Bus trace dump on bus error
2331CONFIG_SIBYTE_BW_TRACE
2332  Run a continuous bus trace, dumping the raw data as soon as a ZBbus
2333  error is detected.  Cannot work if ZBbus profiling is turned on, and
2334  also will interfere with JTAG-based trace buffer activity.  Raw
2335  buffer data is dumped to console, and must be processed off-line.
2336
2337Corelis Debugger
2338CONFIG_SB1XXX_CORELIS
2339  Select compile flags that produce code that can be processed by the
2340  Corelis mksym utility and UDB Emulator.
2341
2342DMA for page clear and copy
2343CONFIG_SIBYTE_DMA_PAGEOPS
2344  Instead of using the CPU to zero and copy pages, use a Data Mover
2345  channel.  These DMA channels are otherwise unused by the standard
2346  SiByte Linux port.  Seems to give a small performance benefit.
2347
2348Support for Galileo Evaluation board or CoSine Orion
2349CONFIG_ORION
2350  Say Y if configuring for the Galileo evaluation board
2351  or CoSine Orion.  More information is available at
2352  <http://tochna.technion.ac.il/project/linux/html/linux.html>.
2353
2354  Otherwise, say N.
2355
2356Support for Mips Magnum 4000
2357CONFIG_MIPS_MAGNUM_4000
2358  This is a machine with a R4000 100 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux
2359  kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux on
2360  the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at
2361  <http://www.linux-mips.org/>.
2362
2363Enable Qtronix 990P Keyboard Support
2364CONFIG_QTRONIX_KEYBOARD
2365  Images of Qtronix keyboards are at
2366  <http://www.qtronix.com/keyboard.html>.
2367
2368Support for Olivetti M700
2369CONFIG_OLIVETTI_M700
2370  This is a machine with a R4000 100 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux
2371  kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux on
2372  the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at
2373  <http://www.linux-mips.org/>.
2374
2375Support for SNI RM200 PCI
2376CONFIG_SNI_RM200_PCI
2377  The SNI RM200 PCI was a MIPS-based platform manufactured by Siemens
2378  Nixdorf Informationssysteme (SNI), parent company of Pyramid
2379  Technology and now in turn merged with Fujitsu.  Say Y here to
2380  support this machine type.
2381
2382Support for SGI-IP22 (Indy/Indigo2)
2383CONFIG_SGI_IP22
2384  This are the SGI Indy, Challenge S and Indigo2, as well as certain
2385  OEM variants like the Tandem CMN B006S. To compile a Linux kernel
2386  that runs on these, say Y here.
2387
2388Support for SGI IP27 (Origin200/2000)
2389CONFIG_SGI_IP27
2390  This are the SGI Origin 200, Origin 2000 and Onyx 2 Graphics
2391  workstations.  To compile a Linux kernel that runs on these, say Y
2392  here.
2393
2394IP27 N-Mode
2395CONFIG_SGI_SN0_N_MODE
2396  The nodes of Origin 200, Origin 2000 and Onyx 2 systems can be
2397  configured in either N-Modes which allows for more nodes or M-Mode
2398  which allows for more memory.  Your system is most probably
2399  running in M-Mode, so you should say N here.
2400
2401Lasi Ethernet
2402CONFIG_LASI_82596
2403  Say Y here to support the on-board Intel 82596 ethernet controller
2404  built into Hewlett-Packard PA-RISC machines.
2405
2406MIPS JAZZ onboard SONIC Ethernet support
2407CONFIG_MIPS_JAZZ_SONIC
2408  This is the driver for the onboard card of MIPS Magnum 4000,
2409  Acer PICA, Olivetti M700-10 and a few other identical OEM systems.
2410
2411MIPS JAZZ FAS216 SCSI support
2412CONFIG_JAZZ_ESP
2413  This is the driver for the onboard SCSI host adapter of MIPS Magnum
2414  4000, Acer PICA, Olivetti M700-10 and a few other identical OEM
2415  systems.
2416
2417MIPS GT96100 Ethernet support
2418CONFIG_MIPS_GT96100ETH
2419  Say Y here to support the Ethernet subsystem on your GT96100 card.
2420
2421Zalon SCSI support
2422CONFIG_SCSI_ZALON
2423  The Zalon is an interface chip that sits between the PA-RISC
2424  processor and the NCR 53c720 SCSI controller on K-series PA-RISC
2425  boards (these are used, among other places, on some HP 780
2426  workstations).  Say Y here to make sure it gets initialized
2427  correctly before the Linux kernel tries to talk to the controller.
2428
2429SGI PROM Console Support
2430CONFIG_SGI_PROM_CONSOLE
2431  Say Y here to set up the boot console on serial port 0.
2432
2433DECstation serial support
2434CONFIG_SERIAL_DEC
2435  This selects whether you want to be asked about drivers for
2436  DECstation serial ports.
2437
2438  Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
2439  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
2440  the questions about DECstation serial ports.
2441
2442  If unsure, say Y.
2443
2444Support for console on a DECstation serial port
2445CONFIG_SERIAL_DEC_CONSOLE
2446  If you say Y here, it will be possible to use a serial port as the
2447  system console (the system console is the device which receives all
2448  kernel messages and warnings and which allows logins in single user
2449  mode).  Note that the firmware uses ttyS0 as the serial console on
2450  the Maxine and ttyS2 on the others.
2451
2452  If unsure, say Y.
2453
2454DZ11 Serial Support
2455CONFIG_DZ
2456  DZ11-family serial controllers for VAXstations, including the
2457  DC7085, M7814, and M7819.
2458
2459TURBOchannel support
2460CONFIG_TC
2461  TurboChannel is a DEC (now Compaq) bus for Alpha and MIPS processors.
2462  Documentation on writing device drivers for TurboChannel is available at:
2463  <http://www.cs.arizona.edu/computer.help/policy/DIGITAL_unix/AA-PS3HD-TET1_html/TITLE.html>.
2464
2465# Choice: galileo_clock
246675
2467CONFIG_SYSCLK_75
2468  Configure the kernel for clock speed of your Galileo board.
2469  The choices are 75MHz, 83.3MHz, and 100MHz.
2470
247183.3
2472CONFIG_SYSCLK_83
2473  Configure the Galileo kernel for a clock speed of 83.3 MHz.
2474
2475100
2476CONFIG_SYSCLK_100
2477  Configure the Galileo kernel for a clock speed of 100 MHz.
2478
2479Z85C30 Serial Support
2480CONFIG_ZS
2481  Documentation on the Zilog 85C350 serial communications controller
2482  is downloadable at <http://www.zilog.com/pdfs/serial/z85c30.pdf>.
2483
2484PCMCIA SCSI adapter support
2485CONFIG_SCSI_PCMCIA
2486  Say Y here if you intend to attach a PCMCIA or CardBus card to your
2487  computer which acts as a SCSI host adapter. These are credit card
2488  size devices often used with laptops.
2489
2490  Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
2491  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
2492  the questions PCMCIA SCSI host adapters.
2493
2494Adaptec APA1480 CardBus support
2495CONFIG_PCMCIA_APA1480
2496  Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of CardBus SCSI host
2497  adapter to your computer.
2498
2499  This driver is also available as a module called apa1480_cb.o ( =
2500  code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
2501  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
2502  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
2503
2504NinjaSCSI-3 / NinjaSCSI-32Bi (16bit) PCMCIA support
2505CONFIG_PCMCIA_NINJA_SCSI
2506  If you intend to attach this type of PCMCIA SCSI host adapter to
2507  your computer, say Y here and read
2508  <file:Documentation/README.nsp_cs.eng>.
2509
2510  This driver is also available as a module called nsp_cs.o ( =
2511  code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
2512  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
2513  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
2514
2515Adaptec AHA152X PCMCIA support
2516CONFIG_PCMCIA_AHA152X
2517  Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of PCMCIA SCSI host
2518  adapter to your computer.
2519
2520  This driver is also available as a module called aha152x_cs.o ( =
2521  code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
2522  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
2523  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
2524
2525Qlogic PCMCIA support
2526CONFIG_PCMCIA_QLOGIC
2527  Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of PCMCIA SCSI host
2528  adapter to your computer.
2529
2530  This driver is also available as a module called qlogic_cs.o ( =
2531  code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
2532  whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
2533  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
2534
2535Future Domain PCMCIA support
2536CONFIG_PCMCIA_FDOMAIN
2537  Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of PCMCIA SCSI host
2538  adapter to your computer.
2539
2540  This driver is also available as a module called fdomain_cs.o ( =
2541  code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
2542  whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
2543  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
2544
2545# Choice: mipstype
2546CPU type
2547CONFIG_CPU_MIPS32
2548  Please make sure to pick the right CPU type. Linux/MIPS is not
2549  designed to be generic, i.e. kernels compiled for R3000 CPUs will
2550  *not* work on R4000 machines and vice versa.  However, since most
2551  of the supported machines have an R4000 (or similar) CPU, R4x00
2552  might be a safe bet.  If the resulting kernel does not work,
2553  try to recompile with R3000.
2554
2555  R3000    MIPS Technologies R3000-series processors,
2556           including the 3041, 3051, and 3081.
2557
2558  R6000    MIPS Technologies R6000-series processors,
2559           including the 64474, 64475, 64574 and 64575.
2560
2561  R4300    MIPS Technologies R4300-series processors.
2562
2563  R4x00    MIPS Technologies R4000-series processors other than 4300,
2564           including the 4640, 4650, and 4700.
2565
2566  R5000    MIPS Technologies R5000-series processors other than the
2567           Nevada.
2568
2569  R52xx    MIPS Technologies R52xx-series ("Nevada") processors.
2570
2571  R10000   MIPS Technologies R10000-series processors.
2572
2573  SB1      Broadcom SiByte SB1 processor.
2574
2575R6000
2576CONFIG_CPU_R6000
2577  MIPS Technologies R6000-series processors, including the 64474,
2578  64475, 64574 and 64575.
2579
2580R4300
2581CONFIG_CPU_R4300
2582  MIPS Technologies R4300-series processors.
2583
2584R4x00
2585CONFIG_CPU_R4X00
2586  MIPS Technologies R4000-series processors other than 4300, including
2587  the 4640, 4650, and 4700.
2588
2589R5000
2590CONFIG_CPU_R5000
2591  MIPS Technologies R5000-series processors other than the Nevada.
2592
2593R52x0
2594CONFIG_CPU_NEVADA
2595  MIPS Technologies R52x0-series ("Nevada") processors.
2596
2597R8000
2598CONFIG_CPU_R8000
2599  MIPS Technologies R8000-series processors.
2600
2601R10000
2602CONFIG_CPU_R10000
2603  MIPS Technologies R10000-series processors.
2604
2605SB1
2606CONFIG_CPU_SB1
2607  Broadcom SiByte SB1 processor.
2608
2609Discontiguous Memory Support
2610CONFIG_DISCONTIGMEM
2611  Say Y to support efficient handling of discontiguous physical memory,
2612  for architectures which are either NUMA (Non-Uniform Memory Access)
2613  or have huge holes in the physical address space for other reasons.
2614  See <file:Documentation/vm/numa> for more.
2615
2616Mapped kernel support
2617CONFIG_MAPPED_KERNEL
2618  Change the way a Linux kernel is loaded unto memory on a MIPS64
2619  machine.  This is required in order to support text replication and
2620  NUMA.  If you need to understand it, read the source code.
2621
2622Kernel text replication support
2623CONFIG_REPLICATE_KTEXT
2624  Say Y here to enable replicating the kernel text across multiple
2625  nodes in a NUMA cluster.  This trades memory for speed.
2626
2627Exception handler replication support
2628CONFIG_REPLICATE_EXHANDLERS
2629  Say Y here to enable replicating the kernel exception handlers
2630  across multiple nodes in a NUMA cluster. This trades memory for
2631  speed.
2632
2633NUMA support?
2634CONFIG_NUMA
2635  Say Y to compile the kernel to support NUMA (Non-Uniform Memory
2636  Access).  This option is for configuring high-end multiprocessor
2637  server machines.  If in doubt, say N.
2638
2639R41xx
2640CONFIG_CPU_VR41XX
2641  The options selects support for the NEC VR41xx series of processors.
2642  Only choose this option if you have one of these processors as a
2643  kernel built with this option will not run on any other type of
2644  processor or vice versa.
2645
2646CPU feature configuration
2647CONFIG_CPU_ADVANCED
2648  Saying yes here allows you to select support for various features
2649  your CPU may or may not have.  Most people should say N here.
2650
2651ll and sc instructions available
2652CONFIG_CPU_HAS_LLSC
2653  MIPS R4000 series and later provide the Load Linked (ll)
2654  and Store Conditional (sc) instructions. More information is
2655  available at <http://www.go-ecs.com/mips/miptek1.htm>.
2656
2657  Say Y here if your CPU has the ll and sc instructions.  Say Y here
2658  for better performance, N if you don't know.  You must say Y here
2659  for multiprocessor machines.
2660
2661lld and scd instructions available
2662CONFIG_CPU_HAS_LLDSCD
2663  Say Y here if your CPU has the lld and scd instructions, the 64-bit
2664  equivalents of ll and sc.  Say Y here for better performance, N if
2665  you don't know.  You must say Y here for multiprocessor machines.
2666
2667Writeback Buffer available
2668CONFIG_CPU_HAS_WB
2669  Say N here for slightly better performance.  You must say Y here for
2670  machines which require flushing of write buffers in software.  Saying
2671  Y is the safe option; N may result in kernel malfunction and crashes.
2672
2673Use 64-bit ELF format for building
2674CONFIG_BUILD_ELF64
2675  A 64-bit kernel is usually built using the 64-bit ELF binary object
2676  format as it's one that allows arbitrary 64-bit constructs.  For
2677  kernels that are loaded within the KSEG compatibility segments the
2678  32-bit ELF format can optionally be used resulting in a somewhat
2679  smaller binary, but this option is not explicitly supported by the
2680  toolchain and since binutils 2.14 it does not even work at all.
2681
2682  Say Y to use the 64-bit format or N to use the 32-bit one.
2683
2684  If unsure say Y.
2685
2686Support for large 64-bit configurations
2687CONFIG_MIPS_INSANE_LARGE
2688  MIPS R10000 does support a 44 bit / 16TB address space as opposed to
2689  previous 64-bit processors which only supported 40 bit / 1TB. If you
2690  need processes of more than 1TB virtual address space, say Y here.
2691  This will result in additional memory usage, so it is not
2692  recommended for normal users.
2693
2694Generate little endian code
2695CONFIG_CPU_LITTLE_ENDIAN
2696  Some MIPS machines can be configured for either little or big endian
2697  byte order. These modes require different kernels. Say Y if your
2698  machine is little endian, N if it's a big endian machine.
2699
2700Use power LED as a heartbeat
2701CONFIG_HEARTBEAT
2702  Use the power-on LED on your machine as a load meter.  The exact
2703  behaviour is platform-dependent, but normally the flash frequency is
2704  a hyperbolic function of the 5-minute load average.
2705
2706Networking support
2707CONFIG_NET
2708  Unless you really know what you are doing, you should say Y here.
2709  The reason is that some programs need kernel networking support even
2710  when running on a stand-alone machine that isn't connected to any
2711  other computer. If you are upgrading from an older kernel, you
2712  should consider updating your networking tools too because changes
2713  in the kernel and the tools often go hand in hand. The tools are
2714  contained in the package net-tools, the location and version number
2715  of which are given in <file:Documentation/Changes>.
2716
2717  For a general introduction to Linux networking, it is highly
2718  recommended to read the NET-HOWTO, available from
2719  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
2720
2721Socket filtering
2722CONFIG_FILTER
2723  The Linux Socket Filter is derived from the Berkeley Packet Filter.
2724  If you say Y here, user-space programs can attach a filter to any
2725  socket and thereby tell the kernel that it should allow or disallow
2726  certain types of data to get through the socket.  Linux Socket
2727  Filtering works on all socket types except TCP for now.  See the
2728  text file <file:Documentation/networking/filter.txt> for more
2729  information.
2730
2731  You need to say Y here if you want to use PPP packet filtering
2732  (see the CONFIG_PPP_FILTER option below).
2733
2734  If unsure, say N.
2735
2736Network packet filtering (replaces ipchains)
2737CONFIG_NETFILTER
2738  Netfilter is a framework for filtering and mangling network packets
2739  that pass through your Linux box.
2740
2741  The most common use of packet filtering is to run your Linux box as
2742  a firewall protecting a local network from the Internet. The type of
2743  firewall provided by this kernel support is called a "packet
2744  filter", which means that it can reject individual network packets
2745  based on type, source, destination etc. The other kind of firewall,
2746  a "proxy-based" one, is more secure but more intrusive and more
2747  bothersome to set up; it inspects the network traffic much more
2748  closely, modifies it and has knowledge about the higher level
2749  protocols, which a packet filter lacks. Moreover, proxy-based
2750  firewalls often require changes to the programs running on the local
2751  clients. Proxy-based firewalls don't need support by the kernel, but
2752  they are often combined with a packet filter, which only works if
2753  you say Y here.
2754
2755  You should also say Y here if you intend to use your Linux box as
2756  the gateway to the Internet for a local network of machines without
2757  globally valid IP addresses. This is called "masquerading": if one
2758  of the computers on your local network wants to send something to
2759  the outside, your box can "masquerade" as that computer, i.e. it
2760  forwards the traffic to the intended outside destination, but
2761  modifies the packets to make it look like they came from the
2762  firewall box itself. It works both ways: if the outside host
2763  replies, the Linux box will silently forward the traffic to the
2764  correct local computer. This way, the computers on your local net
2765  are completely invisible to the outside world, even though they can
2766  reach the outside and can receive replies. It is even possible to
2767  run globally visible servers from within a masqueraded local network
2768  using a mechanism called portforwarding. Masquerading is also often
2769  called NAT (Network Address Translation).
2770
2771  Another use of Netfilter is in transparent proxying: if a machine on
2772  the local network tries to connect to an outside host, your Linux
2773  box can transparently forward the traffic to a local server,
2774  typically a caching proxy server.
2775
2776  Various modules exist for netfilter which replace the previous
2777  masquerading (ipmasqadm), packet filtering (ipchains), transparent
2778  proxying, and portforwarding mechanisms. Please see
2779  <file:Documentation/Changes> under "iptables" for the location of
2780  these packages.
2781
2782  Make sure to say N to "Fast switching" below if you intend to say Y
2783  here, as Fast switching currently bypasses netfilter.
2784
2785  Chances are that you should say Y here if you compile a kernel which
2786  will run as a router and N for regular hosts. If unsure, say N.
2787
2788Network packet filtering debugging
2789CONFIG_NETFILTER_DEBUG
2790  You can say Y here if you want to get additional messages useful in
2791  debugging the netfilter code.
2792
2793Connection tracking (required for masq/NAT)
2794CONFIG_IP_NF_CONNTRACK
2795  Connection tracking keeps a record of what packets have passed
2796  through your machine, in order to figure out how they are related
2797  into connections.
2798
2799  This is required to do Masquerading or other kinds of Network
2800  Address Translation (except for Fast NAT).  It can also be used to
2801  enhance packet filtering (see `Connection state match support'
2802  below).
2803
2804  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2805  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
2806
2807Amanda protocol support
2808CONFIG_IP_NF_AMANDA
2809  If you are running the Amanda backup package (http://www.amanda.org/)
2810  on this machine or machines that will be MASQUERADED through this
2811  machine, then you may want to enable this feature.  This allows the
2812  connection tracking and natting code to allow the sub-channels that
2813  Amanda requires for communication of the backup data, messages and
2814  index.
2815
2816  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2817  Documentation/modules.txt.  If unsure, say `N'.
2818
2819
2820IRC Send/Chat protocol support
2821CONFIG_IP_NF_IRC
2822  There is a commonly-used extension to IRC called
2823  Direct Client-to-Client Protocol (DCC).  This enables users to send
2824  files to each other, and also chat to each other without the need
2825  of a server.  DCC Sending is used anywhere you send files over IRC,
2826  and DCC Chat is most commonly used by Eggdrop bots.  If you are
2827  using NAT, this extension will enable you to send files and initiate
2828  chats.  Note that you do NOT need this extension to get files or
2829  have others initiate chats, or everything else in IRC.
2830
2831  If you want to compile it as a module, say 'M' here and read
2832  Documentation/modules.txt.  If unsure, say 'N'.
2833
2834TFTP protocol support
2835CONFIG_IP_NF_TFTP
2836  TFTP connection tracking helper, this is required depending
2837  on how restrictive your ruleset is.
2838  If you are using a tftp client behind -j SNAT or -j MASQUERADING
2839  you will need this.
2840
2841  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2842  Documentation/modules.txt.  If unsure, say `Y'.
2843
2844FTP protocol support
2845CONFIG_IP_NF_FTP
2846  Tracking FTP connections is problematic: special helpers are
2847  required for tracking them, and doing masquerading and other forms
2848  of Network Address Translation on them.
2849
2850  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2851  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `Y'.
2852
2853User space queueing via NETLINK
2854CONFIG_IP_NF_QUEUE
2855  Netfilter has the ability to queue packets to user space: the
2856  netlink device can be used to access them using this driver.
2857
2858  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2859  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
2860
2861IP tables support (required for filtering/masq/NAT)
2862CONFIG_IP_NF_IPTABLES
2863  iptables is a general, extensible packet identification framework.
2864  The packet filtering and full NAT (masquerading, port forwarding,
2865  etc) subsystems now use this: say `Y' or `M' here if you want to use
2866  either of those.
2867
2868  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2869  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
2870
2871recent match support
2872CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_RECENT
2873  This match is used for creating one or many lists of recently
2874  used addresses and then matching against that/those list(s).
2875
2876  Short options are available by using 'iptables -m recent -h'
2877  Official Website: <http://snowman.net/projects/ipt_recent/>
2878
2879  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2880  Documentation/modules.txt.  If unsure, say `N'.
2881
2882limit match support
2883CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_LIMIT
2884  limit matching allows you to control the rate at which a rule can be
2885  matched: mainly useful in combination with the LOG target ("LOG
2886  target support", below) and to avoid some Denial of Service attacks.
2887
2888  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2889  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
2890
2891skb->pkt_type packet match support
2892CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_PKTTYPE
2893  This patch allows you to match packet in accrodance
2894  to its "class", eg. BROADCAST, MULTICAST, ...
2895
2896  Typical usage:
2897  iptables -A INPUT -m pkttype --pkt-type broadcast -j LOG
2898
2899  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2900  Documentation/modules.txt.  If unsure, say `N'.
2901
2902MAC address match support
2903CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_MAC
2904  MAC matching allows you to match packets based on the source
2905  Ethernet address of the packet.
2906
2907  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2908  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
2909
2910Netfilter MARK match support
2911CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_MARK
2912  Netfilter mark matching allows you to match packets based on the
2913  `nfmark' value in the packet.  This can be set by the MARK target
2914  (see below).
2915
2916  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2917  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
2918
2919Multiple port match support
2920CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_MULTIPORT
2921  Multiport matching allows you to match TCP or UDP packets based on
2922  a series of source or destination ports: normally a rule can only
2923  match a single range of ports.
2924
2925  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2926  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
2927
2928TTL match support
2929CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TTL
2930  This adds CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TTL option, which enabled the user
2931  to match packets by their TTL value.
2932
2933  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2934  Documentation/modules.txt.  If unsure, say `N'.
2935
2936LENGTH match support
2937CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_LENGTH
2938  This option allows you to match the length of a packet against a
2939  specific value or range of values.
2940
2941  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2942  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
2943
2944AH/ESP match support
2945CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_AH_ESP
2946  These two match extensions (`ah' and `esp') allow you to match a
2947  range of SPIs inside AH or ESP headers of IPSec packets.
2948
2949  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2950  Documentation/modules.txt.  If unsure, say `N'.
2951
2952DSCP match support
2953CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_DSCP
2954  This option adds a `DSCP' match, which allows you to match against
2955  the IPv4 header DSCP field (DSCP codepoint).
2956
2957  The DSCP codepoint can have any value between 0x0 and 0x4f.
2958
2959  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2960  Documentation/modules.txt.  If unsure, say `N'.
2961
2962
2963
2964ECN match support
2965CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_ECN
2966  This option adds a `ECN' match, which allows you to match against
2967  the IPv4 and TCP header ECN fields.
2968
2969  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2970  Documentation/modules.txt.  If unsure, say `N'.
2971
2972
2973
2974TOS match support
2975CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TOS
2976  TOS matching allows you to match packets based on the Type Of
2977  Service fields of the IP packet.
2978
2979  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2980  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
2981
2982conntrack match support
2983CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_CONNTRACK
2984  This is a general conntrack match module, a superset of the state match.
2985
2986  It allows matching on additional conntrack information, which is
2987  useful in complex configurations, such as NAT gateways with multiple
2988  internet links or tunnels.
2989
2990  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
2991  Documentation/modules.txt.  If unsure, say `N'.
2992
2993
2994Connection state match support
2995CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_STATE
2996  Connection state matching allows you to match packets based on their
2997  relationship to a tracked connection (ie. previous packets).  This
2998  is a powerful tool for packet classification.
2999
3000  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3001  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3002
3003Unclean match support
3004CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_UNCLEAN
3005  Unclean packet matching matches any strange or invalid packets, by
3006  looking at a series of fields in the IP, TCP, UDP and ICMP headers.
3007
3008  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3009  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3010
3011Owner match support
3012CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_OWNER
3013  Packet owner matching allows you to match locally-generated packets
3014  based on who created them: the user, group, process or session.
3015
3016  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3017  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3018
3019Packet filtering
3020CONFIG_IP_NF_FILTER
3021  Packet filtering defines a table `filter', which has a series of
3022  rules for simple packet filtering at local input, forwarding and
3023  local output.  See the man page for iptables(8).
3024
3025  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3026  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3027
3028REJECT target support
3029CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_REJECT
3030  The REJECT target allows a filtering rule to specify that an ICMP
3031  error should be issued in response to an incoming packet, rather
3032  than silently being dropped.
3033
3034  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3035  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3036
3037MIRROR target support
3038CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MIRROR
3039  The MIRROR target allows a filtering rule to specify that an
3040  incoming packet should be bounced back to the sender.
3041
3042  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3043  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3044
3045Full NAT (Network Address Translation)
3046CONFIG_IP_NF_NAT
3047  The Full NAT option allows masquerading, port forwarding and other
3048  forms of full Network Address Port Translation.  It is controlled by
3049  the `nat' table in iptables: see the man page for iptables(8).
3050
3051  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3052  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3053
3054MASQUERADE target support
3055CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE
3056  Masquerading is a special case of NAT: all outgoing connections are
3057  changed to seem to come from a particular interface's address, and
3058  if the interface goes down, those connections are lost.  This is
3059  only useful for dialup accounts with dynamic IP address (ie. your IP
3060  address will be different on next dialup).
3061
3062  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3063  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3064
3065Basic SNMP-ALG support
3066CONFIG_IP_NF_NAT_SNMP_BASIC
3067
3068  This module implements an Application Layer Gateway (ALG) for
3069  SNMP payloads.  In conjunction with NAT, it allows a network
3070  management system to access multiple private networks with
3071  conflicting addresses.  It works by modifying IP addresses
3072  inside SNMP payloads to match IP-layer NAT mapping.
3073
3074  This is the "basic" form of SNMP-ALG, as described in RFC 2962
3075
3076  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3077  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3078
3079REDIRECT target support
3080CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_REDIRECT
3081  REDIRECT is a special case of NAT: all incoming connections are
3082  mapped onto the incoming interface's address, causing the packets to
3083  come to the local machine instead of passing through.  This is
3084  useful for transparent proxies.
3085
3086  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3087  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3088
3089Packet mangling
3090CONFIG_IP_NF_MANGLE
3091  This option adds a `mangle' table to iptables: see the man page for
3092  iptables(8).  This table is used for various packet alterations
3093  which can effect how the packet is routed.
3094
3095  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3096  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3097
3098DSCP target support
3099CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_DSCP
3100  This option adds a `DSCP' target, which allows you to create rules in
3101  the iptables mangle table. The selected packet has the DSCP field set
3102  to the hex value provided on the command line; unlike the TOS target
3103  which will only set the legal values within ip.h.
3104
3105  The DSCP field can be set to any value between 0x0 and 0x4f. It does
3106  take into account that bits 6 and 7 are used by ECN.
3107
3108  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3109  Documentation/modules.txt.  If unsure, say `N'.
3110
3111
3112
3113ECN target support
3114CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_ECN
3115  This option adds a `ECN' target, which can be used in the iptables mangle
3116  table.
3117
3118  You can use this target to remove the ECN bits from the IPv4 header of
3119  an IP packet.  This is particularly useful, if you need to work around
3120  existing ECN blackholes on the internet, but don't want to disable
3121  ECN support in general.
3122
3123  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3124  Documentation/modules.txt.  If unsure, say `N'.
3125
3126
3127
3128TOS target support
3129CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_TOS
3130  This option adds a `TOS' target, which allows you to create rules in
3131  the `mangle' table which alter the Type Of Service field of an IP
3132  packet prior to routing.
3133
3134  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3135  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3136
3137MARK target support
3138CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MARK
3139  This option adds a `MARK' target, which allows you to create rules
3140  in the `mangle' table which alter the netfilter mark (nfmark) field
3141  associated with the packet prior to routing. This can change
3142  the routing method (see `Use netfilter MARK value as routing
3143  key') and can also be used by other subsystems to change their
3144  behaviour.
3145
3146  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3147  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3148
3149TCPMSS target support
3150CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_TCPMSS
3151  This option adds a `TCPMSS' target, which allows you to alter the
3152  MSS value of TCP SYN packets, to control the maximum size for that
3153  connection (usually limiting it to your outgoing interface's MTU
3154  minus 40).
3155
3156  This is used to overcome criminally braindead ISPs or servers which
3157  block ICMP Fragmentation Needed packets.  The symptoms of this
3158  problem are that everything works fine from your Linux
3159  firewall/router, but machines behind it can never exchange large
3160  packets:
3161	1) Web browsers connect, then hang with no data received.
3162	2) Small mail works fine, but large emails hang.
3163	3) ssh works fine, but scp hangs after initial handshaking.
3164
3165  Workaround: activate this option and add a rule to your firewall
3166  configuration like:
3167
3168        iptables -A FORWARD -p tcp --tcp-flags SYN,RST SYN \
3169		 -j TCPMSS --clamp-mss-to-pmtu
3170
3171  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3172  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3173
3174Helper match support
3175CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_HELPER
3176  Helper matching allows you to match packets in dynamic connections
3177  tracked by a conntrack-helper, ie. ip_conntrack_ftp
3178
3179  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3180  Documentation/modules.txt.  If unsure, say `Y'.
3181
3182TCPMSS match support
3183CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TCPMSS
3184  This option adds a `tcpmss' match, which allows you to examine the
3185  MSS value of TCP SYN packets, which control the maximum packet size
3186  for that connection.
3187
3188  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3189  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3190
3191ULOG target support
3192CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_ULOG
3193  This option adds a `ULOG' target, which allows you to create rules in
3194  any iptables table. The packet is passed to a userspace logging
3195  daemon using netlink multicast sockets; unlike the LOG target
3196  which can only be viewed through syslog.
3197
3198  The appropriate userspace logging daemon (ulogd) may be obtained from
3199  <http://www.gnumonks.org/projects/ulogd>
3200
3201  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3202  Documentation/modules.txt.  If unsure, say `N'.
3203
3204LOG target support
3205CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_LOG
3206  This option adds a `LOG' target, which allows you to create rules in
3207  any iptables table which records the packet header to the syslog.
3208
3209  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3210  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3211
3212CLASSIFY target support
3213CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_CLASSIFY
3214  This option adds a `CLASSIFY' target, which enables the user to set
3215  the priority of a packet. Some qdiscs can use this value for classification,
3216  among these are:
3217
3218  atm, cbq, dsmark, pfifo_fast, htb, prio
3219
3220  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3221  Documentation/modules.txt.  If unsure, say `N'.
3222
3223ipchains (2.2-style) support
3224CONFIG_IP_NF_COMPAT_IPCHAINS
3225  This option places ipchains (with masquerading and redirection
3226  support) back into the kernel, using the new netfilter
3227  infrastructure.  It is not recommended for new installations (see
3228  `Packet filtering').  With this enabled, you should be able to use
3229  the ipchains tool exactly as in 2.2 kernels.
3230
3231  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3232  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3233
3234ipfwadm (2.0-style) support
3235CONFIG_IP_NF_COMPAT_IPFWADM
3236  This option places ipfwadm (with masquerading and redirection
3237  support) back into the kernel, using the new netfilter
3238  infrastructure.  It is not recommended for new installations (see
3239  `Packet filtering').  With this enabled, you should be able to use
3240  the ipfwadm tool exactly as in 2.0 kernels.
3241
3242  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3243  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3244
3245EUI64 address check (EXPERIMENTAL)
3246CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_EUI64
3247  This module performs checking on the IPv6 source address
3248  Compares the last 64 bits with the EUI64 (delivered
3249  from the MAC address) address
3250
3251  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3252  Documentation/modules.txt.  If unsure, say `N'.
3253
3254MAC address match support
3255CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_MAC
3256  mac matching allows you to match packets based on the source
3257  Ethernet address of the packet.
3258
3259  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3260  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3261
3262length match support
3263CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_LENGTH
3264  This option allows you to match the length of a packet against a
3265  specific value or range of values.
3266
3267  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3268  Documentation/modules.txt.  If unsure, say `N'.
3269
3270Netfilter MARK match support
3271CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_MARK
3272  Netfilter mark matching allows you to match packets based on the
3273  `nfmark' value in the packet.  This can be set by the MARK target
3274  (see below).
3275
3276  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3277  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3278
3279Multiple port match support
3280CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_MULTIPORT
3281  Multiport matching allows you to match TCP or UDP packets based on
3282  a series of source or destination ports: normally a rule can only
3283  match a single range of ports.
3284
3285  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3286  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3287
3288IPV6 queue handler (EXPERIMENTAL)
3289CONFIG_IP6_NF_QUEUE
3290
3291  This option adds a queue handler to the kernel for IPv6
3292  packets which lets us to receive the filtered packets
3293  with QUEUE target using libiptc as we can do with
3294  the IPv4 now.
3295
3296  (C) Fernando Anton 2001
3297  IPv64 Project - Work based in IPv64 draft by Arturo Azcorra.
3298  Universidad Carlos III de Madrid
3299  Universidad Politecnica de Alcala de Henares
3300  email: fanton@it.uc3m.es
3301
3302  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3303  Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'.
3304
3305Owner match support
3306CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_OWNER
3307  Packet owner matching allows you to match locally-generated packets
3308  based on who created them: the user, group, process or session.
3309
3310  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3311  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3312
3313Packet filtering
3314CONFIG_IP6_NF_FILTER
3315  Packet filtering defines a table `filter', which has a series of
3316  rules for simple packet filtering at local input, forwarding and
3317  local output.  See the man page for iptables(8).
3318
3319  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3320  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3321
3322Packet mangling
3323CONFIG_IP6_NF_MANGLE
3324  This option adds a `mangle' table to iptables: see the man page for
3325  iptables(8).  This table is used for various packet alterations
3326  which can effect how the packet is routed.
3327
3328  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3329  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3330
3331MARK target support
3332CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_MARK
3333  This option adds a `MARK' target, which allows you to create rules
3334  in the `mangle' table which alter the netfilter mark (nfmark) field
3335  associated with the packet packet prior to routing. This can change
3336  the routing method (see `Use netfilter MARK value as routing
3337  key') and can also be used by other subsystems to change their
3338  behaviour.
3339
3340  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3341  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3342
3343ARP tables support
3344CONFIG_IP_NF_ARPTABLES
3345  arptables is a general, extensible packet identification framework.
3346  The ARP packet filtering and mangling (manipulation)subsystems
3347  use this: say Y or M here if you want to use either of those.
3348
3349  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3350  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3351
3352ARP packet filtering
3353CONFIG_IP_NF_ARPFILTER
3354  ARP packet filtering defines a table `filter', which has a series of
3355  rules for simple ARP packet filtering at local input and
3356  local output.  See the man page for arptables(8).
3357
3358  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3359  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3360
3361ARP payload mangling
3362CONFIG_IP_NF_ARP_MANGLE
3363  Allows altering the ARP packet payload: source and destination
3364  hardware and network addresses.
3365
3366  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3367  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3368
3369TCP Explicit Congestion Notification support
3370CONFIG_INET_ECN
3371  Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) allows routers to notify
3372  clients about network congestion, resulting in fewer dropped packets
3373  and increased network performance.  This option adds ECN support to
3374  the Linux kernel, as well as a sysctl (/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_ecn)
3375  which allows ECN support to be disabled at runtime.
3376
3377  Note that, on the Internet, there are many broken firewalls which
3378  refuse connections from ECN-enabled machines, and it may be a while
3379  before these firewalls are fixed.  Until then, to access a site
3380  behind such a firewall (some of which are major sites, at the time
3381  of this writing) you will have to disable this option, either by
3382  saying N now or by using the sysctl.
3383
3384  If in doubt, say N.
3385
3386IPv6 tables support (required for filtering/masq/NAT)
3387CONFIG_IP6_NF_IPTABLES
3388  ip6tables is a general, extensible packet identification framework.
3389  Currently only the packet filtering and packet mangling subsystem
3390  for IPv6 use this, but connection tracking is going to follow.
3391  Say 'Y' or 'M' here if you want to use either of those.
3392
3393  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3394  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3395
3396IPv6 limit match support
3397CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_LIMIT
3398  limit matching allows you to control the rate at which a rule can be
3399  matched: mainly useful in combination with the LOG target ("LOG
3400  target support", below) and to avoid some Denial of Service attacks.
3401
3402  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3403  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3404
3405LOG target support
3406CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_LOG
3407  This option adds a `LOG' target, which allows you to create rules in
3408  any iptables table which records the packet header to the syslog.
3409
3410  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3411  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure, say `N'.
3412
3413IP: virtual server support
3414CONFIG_IP_VS
3415  IP Virtual Server support will let you build a high-performance
3416  virtual server based on cluster of two or more real servers. This
3417  option must be enabled for at least one of the clustered computers
3418  that will take care of intercepting incomming connections to a
3419  single IP address and scheduling them to real servers.
3420
3421  Three request dispatching techniques are implemented, they are
3422  virtual server via NAT, virtual server via tunneling and virtual
3423  server via direct routing. The several scheduling algorithms can
3424  be used to choose which server the connection is directed to,
3425  thus load balancing can be achieved among the servers.  For more
3426  information and its administration program, please visit the
3427  following URL:
3428	http://www.linuxvirtualserver.org/
3429
3430  If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile
3431  it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If
3432  unsure, say N.
3433
3434IP virtual server debugging
3435CONFIG_IP_VS_DEBUG
3436  Say Y here if you want to get additional messages useful in
3437  debugging the IP virtual server code. You can change the debug
3438  level in /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/debug_level
3439
3440IPVS connection hash table size (the Nth power of 2)
3441CONFIG_IP_VS_TAB_BITS
3442  The IPVS connection hash table uses the chaining scheme to handle
3443  hash collisions. Using a big IPVS connection hash table will greatly
3444  reduce conflicts when there are hundreds of thousands of connections
3445  in the hash table.
3446
3447  Note the table size must be power of 2. The table size will be the
3448  value of 2 to the your input number power. The number to choose is
3449  from 8 to 20, the default number is 12, which means the table size
3450  is 4096. Don't input the number too small, otherwise you will lose
3451  performance on it. You can adapt the table size yourself, according
3452  to your virtual server application. It is good to set the table size
3453  not far less than the number of connections per second multiplying
3454  average lasting time of connection in the table.  For example, your
3455  virtual server gets 200 connections per second, the connection lasts
3456  for 200 seconds in average in the connection table, the table size
3457  should be not far less than 200x200, it is good to set the table
3458  size 32768 (2**15).
3459
3460  Another note that each connection occupies 128 bytes effectively and
3461  each hash entry uses 8 bytes, so you can estimate how much memory is
3462  needed for your box.
3463
3464IPVS: round-robin scheduling
3465CONFIG_IP_VS_RR
3466  The robin-robin scheduling algorithm simply directs network
3467  connections to different real servers in a round-robin manner.
3468
3469  If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile
3470  it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If
3471  unsure, say N.
3472
3473IPVS: weighted round-robin scheduling
3474CONFIG_IP_VS_WRR
3475  The weighted robin-robin scheduling algorithm directs network
3476  connections to different real servers based on server weights
3477  in a round-robin manner. Servers with higher weights receive
3478  new connections first than those with less weights, and servers
3479  with higher weights get more connections than those with less
3480  weights and servers with equal weights get equal connections.
3481
3482  If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile
3483  it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If
3484  unsure, say N.
3485
3486IPVS: least-connection scheduling
3487CONFIG_IP_VS_LC
3488  The least-connection scheduling algorithm directs network
3489  connections to the server with the least number of active
3490  connections.
3491
3492  If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile
3493  it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If
3494  unsure, say N.
3495
3496IPVS: weighted least-connection scheduling
3497CONFIG_IP_VS_WLC
3498  The weighted least-connection scheduling algorithm directs network
3499  connections to the server with the least active connections
3500  normalized by the server weight.
3501
3502  If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile
3503  it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If
3504  unsure, say N.
3505
3506IPVS: locality-based least-connection scheduling
3507CONFIG_IP_VS_LBLC
3508  The locality-based least-connection scheduling algorithm is for
3509  destination IP load balancing. It is usually used in cache cluster.
3510  This algorithm usually directs packet destined for an IP address to
3511  its server if the server is alive and under load. If the server is
3512  overloaded (its active connection numbers is larger than its weight)
3513  and there is a server in its half load, then allocate the weighted
3514  least-connection server to this IP address.
3515
3516  If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile
3517  it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If
3518  unsure, say N.
3519
3520IPVS: locality-based least-connection with replication scheduling
3521CONFIG_IP_VS_LBLCR
3522  The locality-based least-connection with replication scheduling
3523  algorithm is also for destination IP load balancing. It is
3524  usually used in cache cluster. It differs from the LBLC scheduling
3525  as follows: the load balancer maintains mappings from a target
3526  to a set of server nodes that can serve the target. Requests for
3527  a target are assigned to the least-connection node in the target's
3528  server set. If all the node in the server set are over loaded,
3529  it picks up a least-connection node in the cluster and adds it
3530  in the sever set for the target. If the server set has not been
3531  modified for the specified time, the most loaded node is removed
3532  from the server set, in order to avoid high degree of replication.
3533
3534  If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile
3535  it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If
3536  unsure, say N.
3537
3538IPVS: destination hashing scheduling
3539CONFIG_IP_VS_DH
3540  The destination hashing scheduling algorithm assigns network
3541  connections to the servers through looking up a statically assigned
3542  hash table by their destination IP addresses.
3543
3544  If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile
3545  it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If
3546  unsure, say N.
3547
3548IPVS: source hashing scheduling
3549CONFIG_IP_VS_SH
3550  The source hashing scheduling algorithm assigns network
3551  connections to the servers through looking up a statically assigned
3552  hash table by their source IP addresses.
3553
3554  If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile
3555  it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If
3556  unsure, say N.
3557
3558IPVS: shortest expected delay scheduling
3559CONFIG_IP_VS_SED
3560  The shortest expected delay scheduling algorithm assigns network
3561  connections to the server with the shortest expected delay. The
3562  expected delay that the job will experience is (Ci + 1) / Ui if
3563  sent to the ith server, in which Ci is the number of connections
3564  on the the ith server and Ui is the fixed service rate (weight)
3565  of the ith server.
3566
3567  If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile
3568  it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If
3569  unsure, say N.
3570
3571IPVS: never queue scheduling
3572CONFIG_IP_VS_NQ
3573  The never queue scheduling algorithm adopts a two-speed model.
3574  When there is an idle server available, the job will be sent to
3575  the idle server, instead of waiting for a fast one. When there
3576  is no idle server available, the job will be sent to the server
3577  that minimize its expected delay (The Shortest Expected Delay
3578  scheduling algorithm).
3579
3580  If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile
3581  it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If
3582  unsure, say N.
3583
3584IPVS: FTP protocol helper
3585CONFIG_IP_VS_FTP
3586  FTP is a protocol that transfers IP address and/or port number in
3587  the payload. In the virtual server via Network Address Translation,
3588  the IP address and port number of real servers cannot be sent to
3589  clients in ftp connections directly, so FTP protocol helper is
3590  required for tracking the connection and mangling it back to that of
3591  virtual service.
3592
3593  If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile
3594  it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If
3595  unsure, say N.
3596
3597AH/ESP match support (EXPERIMENTAL)
3598CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_AHESP
3599  This module allows one to match AH and ESP packets.
3600
3601  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3602  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The modules will be called
3603  ip6t_ah.o and ip6t_esp.o.
3604
3605  If unsure, say 'N'.
3606
3607Routing header match support
3608CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_RT
3609  rt matching allows you to match packets based on the routing
3610  header of the packet.
3611
3612  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3613  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
3614  ip6t_rt.o.
3615
3616  If unsure, say 'N'.
3617
3618Hop-by-hop and Dst opts header match support
3619CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_OPTS
3620  This allows one to match packets based on the hop-by-hop
3621  and destination options headers of a packet.
3622
3623  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3624  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The modules will be called
3625  ip6t_hbh.o and ip6t_dst.o.
3626
3627  If unsure, say 'N'.
3628
3629Fragmentation header match support
3630CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_FRAG
3631  frag matching allows you to match packets based on the fragmentation
3632  header of the packet.
3633
3634  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3635  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
3636  ip6t_frag.o.
3637
3638  If unsure, say 'N'.
3639
3640HL match support
3641CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_HL
3642  HL matching allows you to match packets based on the hop
3643  limit of the packet.
3644
3645  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3646  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
3647  ip6t_hl.o.
3648
3649  If unsure, say 'N'.
3650
3651IPv6 Extension Headers Match (EXPERIMENTAL)
3652CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_IPV6HEADER
3653  This module allows one to match packets based upon
3654  the ipv6 extension headers.
3655
3656  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3657  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
3658  ip6t_ipv6header.o.
3659
3660  If unsure, say 'N'.
3661
3662SYN flood protection
3663CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES
3664  Normal TCP/IP networking is open to an attack known as "SYN
3665  flooding". This denial-of-service attack prevents legitimate remote
3666  users from being able to connect to your computer during an ongoing
3667  attack and requires very little work from the attacker, who can
3668  operate from anywhere on the Internet.
3669
3670  SYN cookies provide protection against this type of attack. If you
3671  say Y here, the TCP/IP stack will use a cryptographic challenge
3672  protocol known as "SYN cookies" to enable legitimate users to
3673  continue to connect, even when your machine is under attack. There
3674  is no need for the legitimate users to change their TCP/IP software;
3675  SYN cookies work transparently to them. For technical information
3676  about SYN cookies, check out <http://cr.yp.to/syncookies.html>.
3677
3678  If you are SYN flooded, the source address reported by the kernel is
3679  likely to have been forged by the attacker; it is only reported as
3680  an aid in tracing the packets to their actual source and should not
3681  be taken as absolute truth.
3682
3683  SYN cookies may prevent correct error reporting on clients when the
3684  server is really overloaded. If this happens frequently better turn
3685  them off.
3686
3687  If you say Y here, note that SYN cookies aren't enabled by default;
3688  you can enable them by saying Y to "/proc file system support" and
3689  "Sysctl support" below and executing the command
3690
3691    echo 1 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies
3692
3693  at boot time after the /proc file system has been mounted.
3694
3695  If unsure, say N.
3696
3697# Choice: alphatype
3698Alpha system type
3699CONFIG_ALPHA_GENERIC
3700  This is the system type of your hardware.  A "generic" kernel will
3701  run on any supported Alpha system. However, if you configure a
3702  kernel for your specific system, it will be faster and smaller.
3703
3704  To find out what type of Alpha system you have, you may want to
3705  check out the Linux/Alpha FAQ, accessible on the WWW from
3706  <http://www.alphalinux.org/>. In summary:
3707
3708  Alcor/Alpha-XLT     AS 600
3709  Alpha-XL            XL-233, XL-266
3710  AlphaBook1          Alpha laptop
3711  Avanti              AS 200, AS 205, AS 250, AS 255, AS 300, AS 400
3712  Cabriolet           AlphaPC64, AlphaPCI64
3713  DP264               DP264
3714  EB164               EB164 21164 evaluation board
3715  EB64+               EB64+ 21064 evaluation board
3716  EB66                EB66 21066 evaluation board
3717  EB66+               EB66+ 21066 evaluation board
3718  Jensen              DECpc 150, DEC 2000 model 300,
3719                      DEC 2000 model 500
3720  LX164               AlphaPC164-LX
3721  Miata               Personal Workstation 433a, 433au, 500a,
3722                      500au, 600a, or 600au
3723  Mikasa              AS 1000
3724  Noname              AXPpci33, UDB (Multia)
3725  Noritake            AS 1000A, AS 600A, AS 800
3726  PC164               AlphaPC164
3727  Rawhide             AS 1200, AS 4000, AS 4100
3728  Ruffian             RPX164-2, AlphaPC164-UX, AlphaPC164-BX
3729  SX164               AlphaPC164-SX
3730  Sable               AS 2000, AS 2100
3731  Shark		      DS 20L
3732  Takara              Takara
3733  Titan               Privateer
3734  Wildfire            AlphaServer GS 40/80/160/320
3735
3736  If you don't know what to do, choose "generic".
3737
3738# Most of the information on these variants is from
3739# <http://www.alphalinux.org/docs/alpha-howto.html>
3740Alcor/Alpha-XLT
3741CONFIG_ALPHA_ALCOR
3742  For systems using the Digital ALCOR chipset: 5 chips (4, 64-bit data
3743  slices (Data Switch, DSW) - 208-pin PQFP and 1 control (Control, I/O
3744  Address, CIA) - a 383 pin plastic PGA).  It provides a DRAM
3745  controller (256-bit memory bus) and a PCI interface.  It also does
3746  all the work required to support an external Bcache and to maintain
3747  memory coherence when a PCI device DMAs into (or out of) memory.
3748
3749Alpha-XL
3750CONFIG_ALPHA_XL
3751  XL-233 and XL-266-based Alpha systems.
3752
3753AlphaBook1
3754CONFIG_ALPHA_BOOK1
3755  Dec AlphaBook1/Burns Alpha-based laptops.
3756
3757Avanti
3758CONFIG_ALPHA_AVANTI
3759  Avanti AS 200, AS 205, AS 250, AS 255, AS 300, and AS 400-based
3760  Alphas. Info at
3761  <http://www.unix-ag.org/Linux-Alpha/Architectures/Avanti.html>.
3762
3763Cabriolet
3764CONFIG_ALPHA_CABRIOLET
3765  Cabriolet AlphaPC64, AlphaPCI64 systems.  Derived from EB64+ but now
3766  baby-AT with Flash boot ROM, no on-board SCSI or Ethernet. 3 ISA
3767  slots, 4 PCI slots (one pair are on a shared slot), uses plug-in
3768  Bcache SIMMs.  Requires power supply with 3.3V output.
3769
3770DP264
3771CONFIG_ALPHA_DP264
3772  Various 21264 systems with the tsunami core logic chipset.
3773  API Networks: 264DP, UP2000(+), CS20;
3774  Compaq: DS10(E,L), XP900, XP1000, DS20(E), ES40.
3775
3776EB164
3777CONFIG_ALPHA_EB164
3778  EB164 21164 evaluation board from DEC.  Uses 21164 and ALCOR.  Has
3779  ISA and PCI expansion (3 ISA slots, 2 64-bit PCI slots (one is
3780  shared with an ISA slot) and 2 32-bit PCI slots.  Uses plus-in
3781  Bcache SIMMs. I/O sub-system provides SuperI/O (2S, 1P, FD), KBD,
3782  MOUSE (PS2 style), RTC/NVRAM.  Boot ROM is Flash.  PC-AT-sized
3783  motherboard.  Requires power supply with 3.3V output.
3784
3785EB64+
3786CONFIG_ALPHA_EB64P
3787  Uses 21064 or 21064A and APECs.  Has ISA and PCI expansion (3 ISA,
3788  2 PCI, one pair are on a shared slot). Supports 36-bit DRAM SIMs.
3789  ISA bus generated by Intel SaturnI/O PCI-ISA bridge. On-board SCSI
3790  (NCR 810 on PCI) Ethernet (Digital 21040), KBD, MOUSE (PS2 style),
3791  SuperI/O (2S, 1P, FD), RTC/NVRAM. Boot ROM is EPROM.  PC-AT size.
3792  Runs from standard PC power supply.
3793
3794EB66
3795CONFIG_ALPHA_EB66
3796  A Digital DS group board.  Uses 21066 or 21066A.  I/O sub-system is
3797  identical to EB64+.  Baby PC-AT size.  Runs from standard PC power
3798  supply.  The EB66 schematic was published as a marketing poster
3799  advertising the 21066 as "the first microprocessor in the world with
3800  embedded PCI".
3801
3802EB66+
3803CONFIG_ALPHA_EB66P
3804  Later variant of the EB66 board.
3805
3806Eiger
3807CONFIG_ALPHA_EIGER
3808  Apparently an obscure OEM single-board computer based on the
3809  Typhoon/Tsunami chipset family. Information on it is scanty.
3810
3811Jensen
3812CONFIG_ALPHA_JENSEN
3813  DEC PC 150 AXP (aka Jensen): This is a very old Digital system - one
3814  of the first-generation Alpha systems. A number of these systems
3815  seem to be available on the second- hand market. The Jensen is a
3816  floor-standing tower system which originally used a 150MHz 21064 It
3817  used programmable logic to interface a 486 EISA I/O bridge to the
3818  CPU.
3819
3820LX164
3821CONFIG_ALPHA_LX164
3822  A technical overview of this board is available at
3823  <http://www.unix-ag.org/Linux-Alpha/Architectures/LX164.html>.
3824
3825Miata
3826CONFIG_ALPHA_MIATA
3827  The Digital PersonalWorkStation (PWS 433a, 433au, 500a, 500au, 600a,
3828  or 600au).  There is an Installation HOWTO for this hardware at
3829  <http://members.brabant.chello.nl/~s.vandereijk/miata.html>.
3830
3831Mikasa
3832CONFIG_ALPHA_MIKASA
3833  AlphaServer 1000-based Alpha systems.
3834
3835Nautilus
3836CONFIG_ALPHA_NAUTILUS
3837  Alpha systems based on the AMD 751 & ALI 1543C chipsets.
3838
3839Noname
3840CONFIG_ALPHA_NONAME
3841  The AXPpci33 (aka NoName), is based on the EB66 (includes the Multia
3842  UDB).  This design was produced by Digital's Technical OEM (TOEM)
3843  group. It uses the 21066 processor running at 166MHz or 233MHz. It
3844  is a baby-AT size, and runs from a standard PC power supply. It has
3845  5 ISA slots and 3 PCI slots (one pair are a shared slot). There are
3846  2 versions, with either PS/2 or large DIN connectors for the
3847  keyboard.
3848
3849Noritake
3850CONFIG_ALPHA_NORITAKE
3851  AlphaServer 1000A, AlphaServer 600A, and AlphaServer 800-based
3852  systems.
3853
3854Rawhide
3855CONFIG_ALPHA_RAWHIDE
3856  AlphaServer 1200, AlphaServer 4000 and AlphaServer 4100 machines.
3857  See HOWTO at
3858  <http://www.alphalinux.org/docs/rawhide/4100_install.shtml>.
3859
3860Ruffian
3861CONFIG_ALPHA_RUFFIAN
3862  Samsung APC164UX.  There is a page on known problems and workarounds
3863  at <http://www.alphalinux.org/faq/FAQ-11.html>.
3864
3865Sable
3866CONFIG_ALPHA_SABLE
3867  Digital AlphaServer 2000 and 2100-based systems.
3868
3869Takara
3870CONFIG_ALPHA_TAKARA
3871  Alpha 11164-based OEM single-board computer.
3872
3873Wildfire
3874CONFIG_ALPHA_WILDFIRE
3875  AlphaServer GS 40/80/160/320 SMP based on the EV67 core.
3876
3877EV5 CPU daughtercard (model 5/xxx)
3878CONFIG_ALPHA_PRIMO
3879  Say Y if you have an AS 1000 5/xxx or an AS 1000A 5/xxx.
3880
3881EV5 CPU(s) (model 5/xxx)
3882CONFIG_ALPHA_GAMMA
3883  Say Y if you have an AS 2000 5/xxx or an AS 2100 5/xxx.
3884
3885EV67 (or later) CPU (speed > 600MHz)?
3886CONFIG_ALPHA_EV67
3887  Is this a machine based on the EV67 core?  If in doubt, select N here
3888  and the machine will be treated as an EV6.
3889
3890Use SRM as bootloader
3891CONFIG_ALPHA_SRM
3892  There are two different types of booting firmware on Alphas: SRM,
3893  which is command line driven, and ARC, which uses menus and arrow
3894  keys. Details about the Linux/Alpha booting process are contained in
3895  the Linux/Alpha FAQ, accessible on the WWW from
3896  <http://www.alphalinux.org/>.
3897
3898  The usual way to load Linux on an Alpha machine is to use MILO
3899  (a bootloader that lets you pass command line parameters to the
3900  kernel just like lilo does for the x86 architecture) which can be
3901  loaded either from ARC or can be installed directly as a permanent
3902  firmware replacement from floppy (which requires changing a certain
3903  jumper on the motherboard). If you want to do either of these, say N
3904  here. If MILO doesn't work on your system (true for Jensen
3905  motherboards), you can bypass it altogether and boot Linux directly
3906  from an SRM console; say Y here in order to do that. Note that you
3907  won't be able to boot from an IDE disk using old versions of SRM.
3908
3909  If unsure, say N.
3910
3911Legacy kernel start address
3912CONFIG_ALPHA_LEGACY_START_ADDRESS
3913  The 2.4 kernel changed the kernel start address from 0x310000
3914  to 0x810000 to make room for the Wildfire's larger SRM console.
3915
3916  If you're using aboot 0.7 or later, the bootloader will examine the
3917  ELF headers to determine where to transfer control. Unfortunately,
3918  most older bootloaders -- APB or MILO -- hardcoded the kernel start
3919  address rather than examining the ELF headers, and the result is a
3920  hard lockup.
3921
3922  Say Y if you have a broken bootloader.  Say N if you do not, or if
3923  you wish to run on Wildfire.
3924
3925Large VMALLOC support
3926CONFIG_ALPHA_LARGE_VMALLOC
3927  Process creation and other aspects of virtual memory management can
3928  be streamlined if we restrict the kernel to one PGD for all vmalloc
3929  allocations.  This equates to about 8GB.
3930
3931  Under normal circumstances, this is so far and above what is needed
3932  as to be laughable.  However, there are certain applications (such
3933  as benchmark-grade in-kernel web serving) that can make use of as
3934  much vmalloc space as is available.
3935
3936  Say N unless you know you need gobs and gobs of vmalloc space.
3937
3938Non-standard serial port support
3939CONFIG_SERIAL_NONSTANDARD
3940  Say Y here if you have any non-standard serial boards -- boards
3941  which aren't supported using the standard "dumb" serial driver.
3942  This includes intelligent serial boards such as Cyclades,
3943  Digiboards, etc. These are usually used for systems that need many
3944  serial ports because they serve many terminals or dial-in
3945  connections.
3946
3947  Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
3948  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
3949  the questions about non-standard serial boards.
3950
3951  Most people can say N here.
3952
3953Extended dumb serial driver options
3954CONFIG_SERIAL_EXTENDED
3955  If you wish to use any non-standard features of the standard "dumb"
3956  driver, say Y here. This includes HUB6 support, shared serial
3957  interrupts, special multiport support, support for more than the
3958  four COM 1/2/3/4 boards, etc.
3959
3960  Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
3961  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
3962  the questions about serial driver options. If unsure, say N.
3963
3964Support more than 4 serial ports
3965CONFIG_SERIAL_MANY_PORTS
3966  Say Y here if you have dumb serial boards other than the four
3967  standard COM 1/2/3/4 ports. This may happen if you have an AST
3968  FourPort, Accent Async, Boca (read the Boca mini-HOWTO, available
3969  from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>), or other custom
3970  serial port hardware which acts similar to standard serial port
3971  hardware. If you only use the standard COM 1/2/3/4 ports, you can
3972  say N here to save some memory. You can also say Y if you have an
3973  "intelligent" multiport card such as Cyclades, Digiboards, etc.
3974
3975Support for sharing serial interrupts
3976CONFIG_SERIAL_SHARE_IRQ
3977  Some serial boards have hardware support which allows multiple dumb
3978  serial ports on the same board to share a single IRQ. To enable
3979  support for this in the serial driver, say Y here.
3980
3981Auto-detect IRQ on standard ports (unsafe)
3982CONFIG_SERIAL_DETECT_IRQ
3983  Say Y here if you want the kernel to try to guess which IRQ
3984  to use for your serial port.
3985
3986  This is considered unsafe; it is far better to configure the IRQ in
3987  a boot script using the setserial command.
3988
3989  If unsure, say N.
3990
3991Support special multiport boards
3992CONFIG_SERIAL_MULTIPORT
3993  Some multiport serial ports have special ports which are used to
3994  signal when there are any serial ports on the board which need
3995  servicing. Say Y here to enable the serial driver to take advantage
3996  of those special I/O ports.
3997
3998SGI IP22 Zilog85C30 serial support
3999CONFIG_IP22_SERIAL
4000  If you want to use your IP22's built-in serial ports under Linux,
4001  answer Y.
4002
4003SGI Newport Console support
4004CONFIG_SGI_NEWPORT_CONSOLE
4005  Say Y here if you want the console on the Newport aka XL graphics
4006  card of your Indy.  Most people say Y here.
4007
4008SGI DS1286 RTC support
4009CONFIG_SGI_DS1286
4010  If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/rtc with
4011  major number 10 and minor number 135 using mknod ("man mknod"), you
4012  will get access to the real time clock built into your computer.
4013  Every SGI has such a clock built in. It reports status information
4014  via the file /proc/rtc and its behaviour is set by various ioctls on
4015  /dev/rtc.
4016
4017Dallas DS1742 RTC Support
4018CONFIG_DS1742
4019  If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/rtc with
4020  major number 10 and minor number 135 using mknod ("man mknod"), you
4021  will get access to the real time clock present on various Toshiba
4022  MIPS-based boards. It reports status information via the file
4023  /proc/driver/rtc and its behaviour is set by various ioctls on
4024  /dev/rtc or /dev/misc/rtc if using devfs.
4025
4026  For technical information and application notes, please see the
4027  Dallas Semiconductor website:
4028  <http://www.dalsemi.com/quick_view2.cfm?qv_pk=2768>.
4029
4030  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4031  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4032  The module is called ds1742.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
4033  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
4034
4035Indy/I2 Hardware Watchdog
4036CONFIG_INDYDOG
4037  Hardwaredriver for the Indy's/I2's watchdog. This is a
4038  watchdog timer that will reboot the machine after a 60 second
4039  timer expired and no process has written to /dev/watchdog during
4040  that time.
4041
4042Support the Bell Technologies HUB6 card
4043CONFIG_HUB6
4044  Say Y here to enable support in the dumb serial driver to support
4045  the HUB6 card.
4046
4047PCMCIA serial device support
4048CONFIG_PCMCIA_SERIAL_CS
4049  Say Y here to enable support for 16-bit PCMCIA serial devices,
4050  including serial port cards, modems, and the modem functions of
4051  multi-function Ethernet/modem cards. (PCMCIA- or PC-cards are
4052  credit-card size devices often used with laptops.)
4053
4054  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4055  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4056  The module will be called serial_cs.o.  If you want to compile it as
4057  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
4058  If unsure, say N.
4059
4060CONFIG_SYNCLINK_CS
4061  Enable support for the SyncLink PC Card serial adapter, running
4062  asynchronous and HDLC communications up to 512Kbps. The port is
4063  selectable for RS-232, V.35, RS-449, RS-530, and X.21
4064
4065  This driver may be built as a module ( = code which can be
4066  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4067  The module will be called synclinkmp.o.  If you want to do that, say M
4068  here.
4069
4070ACP Modem (Mwave) support
4071CONFIG_MWAVE
4072  The ACP modem (Mwave) for Linux is a WinModem. It is composed of a
4073  kernel driver and a user level application. Together these components
4074  support direct attachment to public switched telephone networks (PSTNs)
4075  and support selected world wide countries.
4076
4077  This version of the ACP Modem driver supports the IBM Thinkpad 600E,
4078  600, and 770 that include on board ACP modem hardware.
4079
4080  The modem also supports the standard communications port interface
4081  (ttySx) and is compatible with the Hayes AT Command Set.
4082
4083  The user level application needed to use this driver can be found at
4084  the IBM Linux Technology Center (LTC) web site:
4085  <http://www.ibm.com/linux/ltc/>.
4086
4087  If you own one of the above IBM Thinkpads which has the Mwave chipset
4088  in it, say Y.
4089
4090  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4091  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4092  The module will be called mwave.o. If you want to compile it as
4093  a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4094
4095/dev/agpgart (AGP Support)
4096CONFIG_AGP
4097  AGP (Accelerated Graphics Port) is a bus system mainly used to
4098  connect graphics cards to the rest of the system.
4099
4100  If you have an AGP system and you say Y here, it will be possible to
4101  use the AGP features of your 3D rendering video card. This code acts
4102  as a sort of "AGP driver" for the motherboard's chipset.
4103
4104  If you need more texture memory than you can get with the AGP GART
4105  (theoretically up to 256 MB, but in practice usually 64 or 128 MB
4106  due to kernel allocation issues), you could use PCI accesses
4107  and have up to a couple gigs of texture space.
4108
4109  Note that this is the only means to have XFree4/GLX use
4110  write-combining with MTRR support on the AGP bus. Without it, OpenGL
4111  direct rendering will be a lot slower but still faster than PIO.
4112
4113  You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to
4114  use GLX or DRI.  If unsure, say N.
4115
4116  This driver is available as a module.  If you want to compile it as
4117  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The
4118  module will be called agpgart.o.
4119
4120Intel 440LX/BX/GX/815/820/830/840/845/850/860 support
4121CONFIG_AGP_INTEL
4122  This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of the
4123  XFree86 4.x on Intel 440LX/BX/GX, 815, 820, 830, 840, 845, 850 and 860 chipsets.
4124
4125  You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to
4126  use GLX or DRI.  If unsure, say N.
4127
4128Intel 460GX support
4129CONFIG_AGP_I460
4130  This option gives you AGP support for the Intel 460GX chipset.  This
4131  chipset, the first to support Intel Itanium processors, is new and
4132  this option is correspondingly a little experimental.
4133
4134  If you don't have a 460GX based machine (such as BigSur) with an AGP
4135  slot then this option isn't going to do you much good.  If you're
4136  dying to do Direct Rendering on IA-64, this is what you're looking for.
4137
4138Intel I810/I815 DC100/I810e support
4139CONFIG_AGP_I810
4140  This option gives you AGP support for the Xserver on the Intel 810
4141  815 and 830m chipset boards for their on-board integrated graphics. This
4142  is required to do any useful video modes with these boards.
4143
4144VIA chipset support
4145CONFIG_AGP_VIA
4146  This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of the
4147  XFree86 4.x on VIA MPV3/Apollo Pro chipsets.
4148
4149  You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to
4150  use GLX or DRI.  If unsure, say N.
4151
4152AMD Irongate, 761, and 762 support
4153CONFIG_AGP_AMD
4154  This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of the
4155  XFree86 4.x on AMD Irongate, 761, and 762 chipsets.
4156
4157  You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to
4158  use GLX or DRI.  If unsure, say N.
4159
4160CONFIG_AGP_AMD_K8
4161  This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of
4162  XFree86 on an AMD Opteron/Athlon64 using the on-CPU GART.
4163
4164  You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to
4165  use GLX or DRI.  If unsure, say N.
4166
4167Generic SiS support
4168CONFIG_AGP_SIS
4169  This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of
4170  XFree86 4.x on Silicon Integrated Systems [SiS] chipsets.
4171
4172  Note that 5591/5592 AGP chipsets are NOT specifically supported;
4173  However, the driver works well on these, too.
4174
4175  You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to
4176  use GLX or DRI.  If unsure, say N.
4177
4178Serverworks LE/HE support
4179CONFIG_AGP_SWORKS
4180  Say Y here to support the Serverworks AGP card.  See
4181  <http://www.serverworks.com/> for product descriptions and images.
4182
4183NVIDIA chipset support
4184CONFIG_AGP_NVIDIA
4185  This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of the
4186  XFree86 4.x on NVIDIA nForce/nForce2 chipsets.
4187
4188  You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to
4189  use GLX or DRI.  If unsure, say N.
4190
4191ALI chipset support
4192CONFIG_AGP_ALI
4193  This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of the
4194  XFree86 4.x on the following ALi chipsets.  The supported chipsets
4195  include M1541, M1621, M1631, M1632, M1641,M1647,and M1651.
4196  For the ALi-chipset question, ALi suggests you refer to
4197  <http://www.ali.com.tw/eng/support/index.shtml>.
4198
4199  The M1541 chipset can do AGP 1x and 2x, but note that there is an
4200  acknowledged incompatibility with Matrox G200 cards. Due to
4201  timing issues, this chipset cannot do AGP 2x with the G200.
4202  This is a hardware limitation. AGP 1x seems to be fine, though.
4203
4204  You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to
4205  use GLX or DRI.  If unsure, say N.
4206
4207CONFIG_AGP_HP_ZX1
4208  This option gives you AGP GART support for the HP ZX1 chipset
4209  for IA64 processors.
4210
4211CONFIG_AGP_ATI
4212  This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of
4213  XFree86 4.x on the ATI RadeonIGP family of chipsets.
4214
4215  You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to
4216  use GLX or DRI.  If unsure, say N.
4217
4218Support for ISA-bus hardware
4219CONFIG_ISA
4220  Find out whether you have ISA slots on your motherboard.  ISA is the
4221  name of a bus system, i.e. the way the CPU talks to the other stuff
4222  inside your box.  Other bus systems are PCI, EISA, MicroChannel
4223  (MCA) or VESA.  ISA is an older system, now being displaced by PCI;
4224  newer boards don't support it.  If you have ISA, say Y, otherwise N.
4225
4226Support for PCI bus hardware
4227CONFIG_PCI
4228  Find out whether you have a PCI motherboard. PCI is the name of a
4229  bus system, i.e. the way the CPU talks to the other stuff inside
4230  your box. Other bus systems are ISA, EISA, MicroChannel (MCA) or
4231  VESA. If you have PCI, say Y, otherwise N.
4232
4233  The PCI-HOWTO, available from
4234  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, contains valuable
4235  information about which PCI hardware does work under Linux and which
4236  doesn't.
4237
4238PCI support
4239CONFIG_PCI_INTEGRATOR
4240  Find out whether you have a PCI motherboard. PCI is the name of a
4241  bus system, i.e. the way the CPU talks to the other stuff inside
4242  your box. Other bus systems are ISA, EISA, MicroChannel (MCA) or
4243  VESA. If you have PCI, say Y, otherwise N.
4244
4245  The PCI-HOWTO, available from
4246  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, contains valuable
4247  information about which PCI hardware does work under Linux and which
4248  doesn't.
4249
4250QSpan PCI
4251CONFIG_PCI_QSPAN
4252  Find out whether you have a PCI motherboard. PCI is the name of a
4253  bus system, i.e. the way the CPU talks to the other stuff inside
4254  your box. Other bus systems are ISA, EISA, MicroChannel (MCA) or
4255  VESA. If you have PCI, say Y, otherwise N.
4256
4257  The PCI-HOWTO, available from
4258  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, contains valuable
4259  information about which PCI hardware does work under Linux and which
4260  doesn't.
4261
4262# Choice: pci_access
4263PCI access mode
4264CONFIG_PCI_GOBIOS
4265  On PCI systems, the BIOS can be used to detect the PCI devices and
4266  determine their configuration. However, some old PCI motherboards
4267  have BIOS bugs and may crash if this is done. Also, some embedded
4268  PCI-based systems don't have any BIOS at all. Linux can also try to
4269  detect the PCI hardware directly without using the BIOS.
4270
4271  With this option, you can specify how Linux should detect the PCI
4272  devices. If you choose "BIOS", the BIOS will be used, if you choose
4273  "Direct", the BIOS won't be used, and if you choose "Any", the
4274  kernel will try the direct access method and falls back to the BIOS
4275  if that doesn't work. If unsure, go with the default, which is
4276  "Any".
4277
4278PCI device name database
4279CONFIG_PCI_NAMES
4280  By default, the kernel contains a database of all known PCI device
4281  names to make the information in /proc/pci, /proc/ioports and
4282  similar files comprehensible to the user. This database increases
4283  size of the kernel image by about 80KB, but it gets freed after the
4284  system boots up, so it doesn't take up kernel memory. Anyway, if you
4285  are building an installation floppy or kernel for an embedded system
4286  where kernel image size really matters, you can disable this feature
4287  and you'll get device ID numbers instead of names.
4288
4289  When in doubt, say Y.
4290
4291Generic PCI hotplug support
4292CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI
4293  Say Y here if you have a motherboard with a PCI Hotplug controller.
4294  This allows you to add and remove PCI cards while the machine is
4295  powered up and running.  The file system pcihpfs must be mounted
4296  in order to interact with any PCI Hotplug controllers.
4297
4298  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4299  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4300  The module will be called pci_hotplug.o. If you want to compile it
4301  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
4302
4303  When in doubt, say N.
4304
4305Compaq PCI Hotplug driver
4306CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_COMPAQ
4307  Say Y here if you have a motherboard with a Compaq PCI Hotplug
4308  controller.
4309
4310  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4311  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4312  The module will be called cpqphp.o. If you want to compile it
4313  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
4314
4315  When in doubt, say N.
4316
4317PCI Compaq Hotplug controller NVRAM support
4318CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_COMPAQ_NVRAM
4319  Say Y here if you have a Compaq server that has a PCI Hotplug
4320  controller.  This will allow the PCI Hotplug driver to store the PCI
4321  system configuration options in NVRAM.
4322
4323  When in doubt, say N.
4324
4325ACPI PCI Hotplug driver
4326CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_ACPI
4327  Say Y here if you have a system that supports PCI Hotplug using
4328  ACPI.
4329
4330  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4331  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4332  The module will be called acpiphp.o. If you want to compile it
4333  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
4334
4335CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_SHPC
4336  Say Y here if you have a motherboard with a SHPC PCI Hotplug
4337  controller.
4338
4339  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4340  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4341  The module will be called shpchp.o. If you want to compile it
4342  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
4343
4344  When in doubt, say N.
4345
4346CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_SHPC_POLL_EVENT_MODE
4347  Say Y here if you want to use the polling mechanism for hot-plug
4348  events for early platform testing.
4349
4350  When in doubt, say N.
4351
4352CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_SHPC_PHPRM_LEGACY
4353  Say Y here for AMD SHPC. You have to select this option if you are
4354  using this driver on platform with AMD SHPC.
4355
4356  When in doubt, say N.
4357
4358CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_PCIE
4359  Say Y here if you have a motherboard that supports PCI Express Native
4360  Hotplug
4361
4362  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4363  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4364  The module will be called pciehp.o. If you want to compile it
4365  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
4366
4367  When in doubt, say N.
4368
4369CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_PCIE_POLL_EVENT_MODE
4370  Say Y here if you want to use the polling mechanism for hot-plug
4371  events for early platform testing.
4372
4373  When in doubt, say N.
4374
4375MCA support
4376CONFIG_MCA
4377  MicroChannel Architecture is found in some IBM PS/2 machines and
4378  laptops.  It is a bus system similar to PCI or ISA. See
4379  <file:Documentation/mca.txt> (and especially the web page given
4380  there) before attempting to build an MCA bus kernel.
4381
4382Support for EISA-bus hardware
4383CONFIG_EISA
4384  The Extended Industry Standard Architecture (EISA) bus was
4385  developed as an open alternative to the IBM MicroChannel bus.
4386
4387  The EISA bus provided some of the features of the IBM MicroChannel
4388  bus while maintaining backward compatibility with cards made for
4389  the older ISA bus.  The EISA bus saw limited use between 1988 and
4390  1995 when it was made obsolete by the PCI bus.
4391
4392  Say Y here if you are building a kernel for an EISA-based machine.
4393
4394  Otherwise, say N.
4395
4396SGI Visual Workstation support
4397CONFIG_VISWS
4398  The SGI Visual Workstation series is an IA32-based workstation
4399  based on SGI systems chips with some legacy PC hardware attached.
4400  Say Y here to create a kernel to run on the SGI 320 or 540.
4401  A kernel compiled for the Visual Workstation will not run on other
4402  PC boards and vice versa.
4403  See <file:Documentation/sgi-visws.txt> for more.
4404
4405SGI Visual Workstation framebuffer support
4406CONFIG_FB_SGIVW
4407  SGI Visual Workstation support for framebuffer graphics.
4408
4409I2O support
4410CONFIG_I2O
4411  The Intelligent Input/Output (I2O) architecture allows hardware
4412  drivers to be split into two parts: an operating system specific
4413  module called the OSM and an hardware specific module called the
4414  HDM. The OSM can talk to a whole range of HDM's, and ideally the
4415  HDM's are not OS dependent. This allows for the same HDM driver to
4416  be used under different operating systems if the relevant OSM is in
4417  place. In order for this to work, you need to have an I2O interface
4418  adapter card in your computer. This card contains a special I/O
4419  processor (IOP), thus allowing high speeds since the CPU does not
4420  have to deal with I/O.
4421
4422  If you say Y here, you will get a choice of interface adapter
4423  drivers and OSM's with the following questions.
4424
4425  This support is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4426  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4427  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
4428  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  You will get modules called
4429  i2o_core.o and i2o_config.o.
4430
4431  If unsure, say N.
4432
4433I2O PCI support
4434CONFIG_I2O_PCI
4435  Say Y for support of PCI bus I2O interface adapters. Currently this
4436  is the only variety supported, so you should say Y.
4437
4438  This support is also available as a module called i2o_pci.o ( = code
4439  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
4440  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
4441  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
4442
4443I2O Block OSM
4444CONFIG_I2O_BLOCK
4445  Include support for the I2O Block OSM. The Block OSM presents disk
4446  and other structured block devices to the operating system.
4447
4448  This support is also available as a module called i2o_block.o ( =
4449  code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
4450  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
4451  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
4452
4453I2O LAN OSM
4454CONFIG_I2O_LAN
4455  Include support for the LAN OSM. You will also need to include
4456  support for token ring or FDDI if you wish to use token ring or FDDI
4457  I2O cards with this driver.
4458
4459  This support is also available as a module called i2o_lan.o ( = code
4460  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
4461  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
4462  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
4463
4464I2O SCSI OSM
4465CONFIG_I2O_SCSI
4466  Allows direct SCSI access to SCSI devices on a SCSI or FibreChannel
4467  I2O controller. You can use both the SCSI and Block OSM together if
4468  you wish.
4469
4470  This support is also available as a module called i2o_scsi.o ( =
4471  code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
4472  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
4473  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
4474
4475I2O /proc support
4476CONFIG_I2O_PROC
4477  If you say Y here and to "/proc file system support", you will be
4478  able to read I2O related information from the virtual directory
4479  /proc/i2o.
4480
4481  This support is also available as a module called i2o_proc.o ( =
4482  code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
4483  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
4484  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
4485
4486Plug and Play support
4487CONFIG_PNP
4488  Plug and Play (PnP) is a standard for peripherals which allows those
4489  peripherals to be configured by software, e.g. assign IRQ's or other
4490  parameters. No jumpers on the cards are needed, instead the values
4491  are provided to the cards from the BIOS, from the operating system,
4492  or using a user-space utility.
4493
4494  Say Y here if you would like Linux to configure your Plug and Play
4495  devices. You should then also say Y to "ISA Plug and Play support",
4496  below. Alternatively, you can say N here and configure your PnP
4497  devices using the user space utilities contained in the isapnptools
4498  package.
4499
4500  This support is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4501  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4502  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
4503  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
4504
4505ISA Plug and Play support
4506CONFIG_ISAPNP
4507  Say Y here if you would like support for ISA Plug and Play devices.
4508  Some information is in <file:Documentation/isapnp.txt>.
4509
4510  This support is also available as a module called isapnp.o ( =
4511  code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
4512  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
4513  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
4514
4515  If unsure, say Y.
4516
4517PNPBIOS support
4518CONFIG_PNPBIOS
4519  Linux uses the PNPBIOS as defined in "Plug and Play BIOS
4520  Specification Version 1.0A May 5, 1994" to autodetect built-in
4521  mainboard resources (e.g. parallel port resources).
4522
4523  Other features (e.g. change resources, ESCD, event notification,
4524  Docking station information, ISAPNP services) are not used.
4525
4526  Note: ACPI is expected to supersede PNPBIOS some day, currently it
4527  co-exists nicely.
4528
4529  See latest pcmcia-cs (stand-alone package) for a nice "lspnp" tools,
4530  or have a look at /proc/bus/pnp.
4531
4532  If unsure, say Y.
4533
4534Support for hot-pluggable devices
4535CONFIG_HOTPLUG
4536  Say Y here if you want to plug devices into your computer while
4537  the system is running, and be able to use them quickly.  In many
4538  cases, the devices can likewise be unplugged at any time too.
4539
4540  One well known example of this is PCMCIA- or PC-cards, credit-card
4541  size devices such as network cards, modems or hard drives which are
4542  plugged into slots found on all modern laptop computers.  Another
4543  example, used on modern desktops as well as laptops, is USB.
4544
4545  Enable HOTPLUG and KMOD, and build a modular kernel.  Get agent
4546  software (at <http://linux-hotplug.sourceforge.net/>) and install it.
4547  Then your kernel will automatically call out to a user mode "policy
4548  agent" (/sbin/hotplug) to load modules and set up software needed
4549  to use devices as you hotplug them.
4550
4551PCMCIA/CardBus support
4552CONFIG_PCMCIA
4553  Say Y here if you want to attach PCMCIA- or PC-cards to your Linux
4554  computer.  These are credit-card size devices such as network cards,
4555  modems or hard drives often used with laptops computers.  There are
4556  actually two varieties of these cards: the older 16 bit PCMCIA cards
4557  and the newer 32 bit CardBus cards.  If you want to use CardBus
4558  cards, you need to say Y here and also to "CardBus support" below.
4559
4560  To use your PC-cards, you will need supporting software from David
4561  Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes>
4562  for location).  Please also read the PCMCIA-HOWTO, available from
4563  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
4564
4565  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4566  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4567  When compiled this way, there will be modules called pcmcia_core.o
4568  and ds.o.  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and
4569  read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
4570
4571CardBus card and (Yenta) bridge support
4572CONFIG_CARDBUS
4573  CardBus is a bus mastering architecture for PC-cards, which allows
4574  for 32 bit PC-cards (the original PCMCIA standard specifies only
4575  a 16 bit wide bus). Many newer PC-cards are actually CardBus cards.
4576
4577  This option enables support for CardBus PC Cards, as well as support
4578  for CardBus host bridges.  Virtually all modern PCMCIA bridges are
4579  CardBus compatible.  A "bridge" is the hardware inside your computer
4580  that PCMCIA cards are plugged into.
4581
4582  To use your PC-cards, you will need supporting software from David
4583  Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes>
4584  for location).
4585
4586  If unsure, say Y.
4587
4588i82092 compatible bridge support
4589CONFIG_I82092
4590  This provides support for the Intel I82092AA PCI-to-PCMCIA bridge device,
4591  found in some older laptops and more commonly in evaluation boards for the
4592  chip.
4593
4594i82365 compatible host bridge support
4595CONFIG_I82365
4596  Say Y here to include support for ISA-bus PCMCIA host bridges that
4597  are register compatible with the Intel i82365.  These are found on
4598  older laptops and ISA-bus card readers for desktop systems.  A
4599  "bridge" is the hardware inside your computer that PCMCIA cards are
4600  plugged into. If unsure, say N.
4601
4602Databook TCIC host bridge support
4603CONFIG_TCIC
4604  Say Y here to include support for the Databook TCIC family of PCMCIA
4605  host bridges. These are only found on a handful of old systems.
4606  "Bridge" is the name used for the hardware inside your computer that
4607  PCMCIA cards are plugged into. If unsure, say N.
4608
4609CONFIG_PCMCIA_SIBYTE
4610  Say Y here to include support for the SiByte SOC's built-in PCMCIA
4611  interface.  Only ATA cards and CompactFlash are currently
4612  supported.
4613
4614System V IPC
4615CONFIG_SYSVIPC
4616  Inter Process Communication is a suite of library functions and
4617  system calls which let processes (running programs) synchronize and
4618  exchange information. It is generally considered to be a good thing,
4619  and some programs won't run unless you say Y here. In particular, if
4620  you want to run the DOS emulator dosemu under Linux (read the
4621  DOSEMU-HOWTO, available from
4622  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>), you'll need to say Y
4623  here.
4624
4625  You can find documentation about IPC with "info ipc" and also in
4626  section 6.4 of the Linux Programmer's Guide, available from
4627  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#guide>.
4628
4629BSD Process Accounting
4630CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT
4631  If you say Y here, a user level program will be able to instruct the
4632  kernel (via a special system call) to write process accounting
4633  information to a file: whenever a process exits, information about
4634  that process will be appended to the file by the kernel.  The
4635  information includes things such as creation time, owning user,
4636  command name, memory usage, controlling terminal etc. (the complete
4637  list is in the struct acct in <file:include/linux/acct.h>).  It is
4638  up to the user level program to do useful things with this
4639  information.  This is generally a good idea, so say Y.
4640
4641Sysctl support
4642CONFIG_SYSCTL
4643  The sysctl interface provides a means of dynamically changing
4644  certain kernel parameters and variables on the fly without requiring
4645  a recompile of the kernel or reboot of the system.  The primary
4646  interface consists of a system call, but if you say Y to "/proc
4647  file system support", a tree of modifiable sysctl entries will be
4648  generated beneath the /proc/sys directory. They are explained in the
4649  files in <file:Documentation/sysctl/>.  Note that enabling this
4650  option will enlarge the kernel by at least 8 KB.
4651
4652  As it is generally a good thing, you should say Y here unless
4653  building a kernel for install/rescue disks or your system is very
4654  limited in memory.
4655
4656# Choice: kcore
4657Kernel core (/proc/kcore) format
4658CONFIG_KCORE_ELF
4659  If you enabled support for /proc file system then the file
4660  /proc/kcore will contain the kernel core image. This can be used
4661  in gdb:
4662
4663  $ cd /usr/src/linux ; gdb vmlinux /proc/kcore
4664
4665  You have two choices here: ELF and A.OUT. Selecting ELF will make
4666  /proc/kcore appear in ELF core format as defined by the Executable
4667  and Linking Format specification. Selecting A.OUT will choose the
4668  old "a.out" format which may be necessary for some old versions
4669  of binutils or on some architectures.
4670
4671  This is especially useful if you have compiled the kernel with the
4672  "-g" option to preserve debugging information. It is mainly used
4673  for examining kernel data structures on the live kernel so if you
4674  don't understand what this means or are not a kernel hacker, just
4675  leave it at its default value ELF.
4676
4677Select a.out format for /proc/kcore
4678CONFIG_KCORE_AOUT
4679  Not necessary unless you're using a very out-of-date binutils
4680  version.  You probably want KCORE_ELF.
4681
4682Kernel support for ELF binaries
4683CONFIG_BINFMT_ELF
4684  ELF (Executable and Linkable Format) is a format for libraries and
4685  executables used across different architectures and operating
4686  systems. Saying Y here will enable your kernel to run ELF binaries
4687  and enlarge it by about 13 KB. ELF support under Linux has now all
4688  but replaced the traditional Linux a.out formats (QMAGIC and ZMAGIC)
4689  because it is portable (this does *not* mean that you will be able
4690  to run executables from different architectures or operating systems
4691  however) and makes building run-time libraries very easy. Many new
4692  executables are distributed solely in ELF format. You definitely
4693  want to say Y here.
4694
4695  Information about ELF is contained in the ELF HOWTO available from
4696  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
4697
4698  If you find that after upgrading from Linux kernel 1.2 and saying Y
4699  here, you still can't run any ELF binaries (they just crash), then
4700  you'll have to install the newest ELF runtime libraries, including
4701  ld.so (check the file <file:Documentation/Changes> for location and
4702  latest version).
4703
4704Kernel support for a.out binaries
4705CONFIG_BINFMT_AOUT
4706  A.out (Assembler.OUTput) is a set of formats for libraries and
4707  executables used in the earliest versions of UNIX. Linux used the
4708  a.out formats QMAGIC and ZMAGIC until they were replaced with the
4709  ELF format.
4710
4711  As more and more programs are converted to ELF, the use for a.out
4712  will gradually diminish. If you disable this option it will reduce
4713  your kernel by one page. This is not much and by itself does not
4714  warrant removing support. However its removal is a good idea if you
4715  wish to ensure that absolutely none of your programs will use this
4716  older executable format. If you don't know what to answer at this
4717  point then answer Y. If someone told you "You need a kernel with
4718  QMAGIC support" then you'll have to say Y here. You may answer M to
4719  compile a.out support as a module and later load the module when you
4720  want to use a program or library in a.out format. The module will be
4721  called binfmt_aout.o. Saying M or N here is dangerous though,
4722  because some crucial programs on your system might still be in A.OUT
4723  format.
4724
4725OSF/1 v4 readv/writev compatibility
4726CONFIG_OSF4_COMPAT
4727  Say Y if you are using OSF/1 binaries (like Netscape and Acrobat)
4728  with v4 shared libraries freely available from Compaq. If you're
4729  going to use shared libraries from Tru64 version 5.0 or later, say N.
4730
4731Kernel support for Linux/Intel ELF binaries
4732CONFIG_BINFMT_EM86
4733  Say Y here if you want to be able to execute Linux/Intel ELF
4734  binaries just like native Alpha binaries on your Alpha machine. For
4735  this to work, you need to have the emulator /usr/bin/em86 in place.
4736
4737  You can get the same functionality by saying N here and saying Y to
4738  "Kernel support for MISC binaries".
4739
4740  You may answer M to compile the emulation support as a module and
4741  later load the module when you want to use a Linux/Intel binary. The
4742  module will be called binfmt_em86.o. If unsure, say Y.
4743
4744Kernel support for SOM binaries
4745CONFIG_BINFMT_SOM
4746  SOM is a binary executable format inherited from HP/UX.  Say Y here
4747  to be able to load and execute SOM binaries directly.
4748
4749Kernel support for MISC binaries
4750CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC
4751  If you say Y here, it will be possible to plug wrapper-driven binary
4752  formats into the kernel. You will like this especially when you use
4753  programs that need an interpreter to run like Java, Python or
4754  Emacs-Lisp. It's also useful if you often run DOS executables under
4755  the Linux DOS emulator DOSEMU (read the DOSEMU-HOWTO, available from
4756  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>). Once you have
4757  registered such a binary class with the kernel, you can start one of
4758  those programs simply by typing in its name at a shell prompt; Linux
4759  will automatically feed it to the correct interpreter.
4760
4761  You can do other nice things, too. Read the file
4762  <file:Documentation/binfmt_misc.txt> to learn how to use this
4763  feature, and <file:Documentation/java.txt> for information about how
4764  to include Java support.
4765
4766  You must say Y to "/proc file system support" (CONFIG_PROC_FS) to
4767  use this part of the kernel.
4768
4769  You may say M here for module support and later load the module when
4770  you have use for it; the module is called binfmt_misc.o. If you
4771  don't know what to answer at this point, say Y.
4772
4773Kernel support for JAVA binaries
4774CONFIG_BINFMT_JAVA
4775  If you say Y here, the kernel will load and execute Java J-code
4776  binaries directly.  Note: this option is obsolete and scheduled for
4777  removal, use CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC instead.
4778
4779Solaris binary emulation
4780CONFIG_SOLARIS_EMUL
4781  This is experimental code which will enable you to run (many)
4782  Solaris binaries on your SPARC Linux machine.
4783
4784  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4785  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4786  The module will be called solaris.o. If you want to compile it as a
4787  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
4788
4789SUN SME environment monitoring
4790CONFIG_ENVCTRL
4791  Kernel support for temperature and fan monitoring on Sun SME
4792  machines.
4793
4794  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4795  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4796  The module will be called envctrl.o. If you want to compile it as a
4797  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
4798
4799# Choice: x86type
4800Processor family
4801CONFIG_M386
4802  This is the processor type of your CPU. This information is used for
4803  optimizing purposes. In order to compile a kernel that can run on
4804  all x86 CPU types (albeit not optimally fast), you can specify
4805  "386" here.
4806
4807  The kernel will not necessarily run on earlier architectures than
4808  the one you have chosen, e.g. a Pentium optimized kernel will run on
4809  a PPro, but not necessarily on a i486.
4810
4811  Here are the settings recommended for greatest speed:
4812   - "386" for the AMD/Cyrix/Intel 386DX/DXL/SL/SLC/SX, Cyrix/TI
4813     486DLC/DLC2, UMC 486SX-S and NexGen Nx586.  Only "386" kernels
4814     will run on a 386 class machine.
4815   - "486" for the AMD/Cyrix/IBM/Intel 486DX/DX2/DX4 or
4816     SL/SLC/SLC2/SLC3/SX/SX2 and UMC U5D or U5S.
4817   - "586" for generic Pentium CPUs, possibly lacking the TSC
4818     (time stamp counter) register.
4819   - "Pentium-Classic" for the Intel Pentium.
4820   - "Pentium-MMX" for the Intel Pentium MMX.
4821   - "Pentium-Pro" for the Intel Pentium Pro/Celeron/Pentium II.
4822   - "Pentium-III" for the Intel Pentium III
4823     and Celerons based on the Coppermine core.
4824   - "Pentium-4" for the Intel Pentium 4.
4825   - "K6" for the AMD K6, K6-II and K6-III (aka K6-3D).
4826   - "Athlon" for the AMD K7 family (Athlon/Duron/Thunderbird).
4827   - "Elan" for the AMD Elan family (Elan SC400/SC410).
4828   - "Crusoe" for the Transmeta Crusoe series.
4829   - "Winchip-C6" for original IDT Winchip.
4830   - "Winchip-2" for IDT Winchip 2.
4831   - "Winchip-2A" for IDT Winchips with 3dNow! capabilities.
4832   - "CyrixIII" for VIA Cyrix III or VIA C3.
4833   - "VIA C3-2 for VIA C3-2 "Nehemiah" (model 9 and above).
4834   - "Geode GX/LX" for AMD/NSC Geode GX and AMD Geode LX.
4835
4836  If you don't know what to do, choose "386".
4837
4838486
4839CONFIG_M486
4840  Select this for a x486 processor, ether Intel or one of the
4841  compatible processors from AMD, Cyrix, IBM, or Intel.  Includes DX,
4842  DX2, and DX4 variants; also SL/SLC/SLC2/SLC3/SX/SX2 and UMC U5D or
4843  U5S.
4844
4845586/K5/5x86/6x86/6x86MX
4846CONFIG_M586
4847  Select this for an x586 or x686 processor such as the AMD K5, the
4848  Intel 5x86 or 6x86, or the Intel 6x86MX.  This choice does not
4849  assume the RDTSC instruction.
4850
4851Pentium Classic
4852CONFIG_M586TSC
4853  Select this for a Pentium Classic processor with the RDTSC (Read
4854  Time Stamp Counter) instruction for benchmarking.
4855
4856VIA C3-2 (Nehemiah)
4857CONFIG_MVIAC3_2
4858  Select this for a VIA C3 "Nehemiah". Selecting this enables usage of SSE
4859  and tells gcc to treat the CPU as a 686.
4860
4861  Note, this kernel will not boot on older (pre model 9) C3s.
4862
486332-bit PDC
4864CONFIG_PDC_NARROW
4865  Saying Y here will allow developers with a C180, C200, C240, C360,
4866  J200, J210, and/or a J2240 to test 64-bit kernels by providing a
4867  wrapper for the 32-bit PDC calls.  Since the machines which require
4868  this option do not support over 4G of RAM, this option is targeted
4869  for developers of these machines wishing to test changes on both
4870  32-bit and 64-bit configurations.
4871
4872  If unsure, say N.
4873
4874VGA text console
4875CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE
4876  Saying Y here will allow you to use Linux in text mode through a
4877  display that complies with the generic VGA standard. Virtually
4878  everyone wants that.
4879
4880  The program SVGATextMode can be used to utilize SVGA video cards to
4881  their full potential in text mode. Download it from
4882  <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/utils/console/>.
4883
4884  Say Y.
4885
4886Distribute interrupts on all CPUs by default
4887CONFIG_IRQ_ALL_CPUS
4888  This option gives the kernel permission to distribute IRQs across
4889  multiple CPUs.  Saying N here will route all IRQs to the first
4890  CPU. Generally SMP PowerMacs can answer Y. SMP IBM CHRP boxes or
4891  Power3 boxes should say N for now.
4892
4893Video mode selection support
4894CONFIG_VIDEO_SELECT
4895  This enables support for text mode selection on kernel startup. If
4896  you want to take advantage of some high-resolution text mode your
4897  card's BIOS offers, but the traditional Linux utilities like
4898  SVGATextMode don't, you can say Y here and set the mode using the
4899  "vga=" option from your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) or set
4900  "vga=ask" which brings up a video mode menu on kernel startup. (Try
4901  "man bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about
4902  how to pass options to the kernel.)
4903
4904  Read the file <file:Documentation/svga.txt> for more information
4905  about the Video mode selection support. If unsure, say N.
4906
4907Support for frame buffer devices
4908CONFIG_FB
4909  The frame buffer device provides an abstraction for the graphics
4910  hardware. It represents the frame buffer of some video hardware and
4911  allows application software to access the graphics hardware through
4912  a well-defined interface, so the software doesn't need to know
4913  anything about the low-level (hardware register) stuff.
4914
4915  Frame buffer devices work identically across the different
4916  architectures supported by Linux and make the implementation of
4917  application programs easier and more portable; at this point, an X
4918  server exists which uses the frame buffer device exclusively.
4919  On several non-X86 architectures, the frame buffer device is the
4920  only way to use the graphics hardware.
4921
4922  The device is accessed through special device nodes, usually located
4923  in the /dev directory, i.e. /dev/fb*.
4924
4925  You need an utility program called fbset to make full use of frame
4926  buffer devices. Please read <file:Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt>
4927  and the Framebuffer-HOWTO at
4928  <http://www.tahallah.demon.co.uk/programming/prog.html> for more
4929  information.
4930
4931  Say Y here and to the driver for your graphics board below if you
4932  are compiling a kernel for a non-x86 architecture.
4933
4934  If you are compiling for the x86 architecture, you can say Y if you
4935  want to play with it, but it is not essential. Please note that
4936  running graphical applications that directly touch the hardware
4937  (e.g. an accelerated X server) and that are not frame buffer
4938  device-aware may cause unexpected results. If unsure, say N.
4939
4940Acorn VIDC support
4941CONFIG_FB_ACORN
4942  This is the frame buffer device driver for the Acorn VIDC graphics
4943  hardware found in Acorn RISC PCs and other ARM-based machines.  If
4944  unsure, say N.
4945
4946Permedia2 support
4947CONFIG_FB_PM2
4948  This is the frame buffer device driver for the Permedia2 AGP frame
4949  buffer card from ASK, aka `Graphic Blaster Exxtreme'.  There is a
4950  product page at
4951  <http://www.ask.com.hk/product/Permedia%202/permedia2.htm>.
4952
4953Enable FIFO disconnect feature
4954CONFIG_FB_PM2_FIFO_DISCONNECT
4955  Support the Permedia2 FIFOI disconnect feature (see CONFIG_FB_PM2).
4956
4957Generic Permedia2 PCI board support
4958CONFIG_FB_PM2_PCI
4959  Say Y to enable support for Permedia2 AGP frame buffer card from
4960  3Dlabs (aka `Graphic Blaster Exxtreme') on the PCI bus.
4961
4962Phase5 CVisionPPC/BVisionPPC support
4963CONFIG_FB_PM2_CVPPC
4964  Say Y to enable support for the Amiga Phase 5 CVisionPPC BVisionPPC
4965  framebuffer cards.  Phase 5 is no longer with us, alas.
4966
4967Amiga native chipset support
4968CONFIG_FB_AMIGA
4969  This is the frame buffer device driver for the builtin graphics
4970  chipset found in Amigas.
4971
4972  The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4973  inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The
4974  module will be called amifb.o. If you want to compile it as a
4975  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
4976
4977Amiga OCS chipset support
4978CONFIG_FB_AMIGA_OCS
4979  This enables support for the original Agnus and Denise video chips,
4980  found in the Amiga 1000 and most A500's and A2000's. If you intend
4981  to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y; otherwise say N.
4982
4983Amiga ECS chipset support
4984CONFIG_FB_AMIGA_ECS
4985  This enables support for the Enhanced Chip Set, found in later
4986  A500's, later A2000's, the A600, the A3000, the A3000T and CDTV. If
4987  you intend to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y; otherwise
4988  say N.
4989
4990Amiga AGA chipset support
4991CONFIG_FB_AMIGA_AGA
4992  This enables support for the Advanced Graphics Architecture (also
4993  known as the AGA or AA) Chip Set, found in the A1200, A4000, A4000T
4994  and CD32. If you intend to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y;
4995  otherwise say N.
4996
4997Amiga CyberVision support
4998CONFIG_FB_CYBER
4999  This enables support for the Cybervision 64 graphics card from
5000  Phase5. Please note that its use is not all that intuitive (i.e. if
5001  you have any questions, be sure to ask!). Say N unless you have a
5002  Cybervision 64 or plan to get one before you next recompile the
5003  kernel. Please note that this driver DOES NOT support the
5004  Cybervision 64 3D card, as they use incompatible video chips.
5005
5006CyberPro 20x0 support
5007CONFIG_FB_CYBER2000
5008  This enables support for the Integraphics CyberPro 20x0 and 5000
5009  VGA chips used in the Rebel.com Netwinder and other machines.
5010  Say Y if you have a NetWinder or a graphics card containing this
5011  device, otherwise say N.
5012
5013Amiga CyberVision3D support
5014CONFIG_FB_VIRGE
5015  This enables support for the Cybervision 64/3D graphics card from
5016  Phase5. Please note that its use is not all that intuitive (i.e. if
5017  you have any questions, be sure to ask!). Say N unless you have a
5018  Cybervision 64/3D or plan to get one before you next recompile the
5019  kernel. Please note that this driver DOES NOT support the older
5020  Cybervision 64 card, as they use incompatible video chips.
5021
5022Amiga RetinaZ3 support
5023CONFIG_FB_RETINAZ3
5024  This enables support for the Retina Z3 graphics card. Say N unless
5025  you have a Retina Z3 or plan to get one before you next recompile
5026  the kernel.
5027
5028Cirrus Logic generic driver
5029CONFIG_FB_CLGEN
5030  This enables support for Cirrus Logic GD542x/543x based boards on
5031  Amiga: SD64, Piccolo, Picasso II/II+, Picasso IV, or EGS Spectrum.
5032
5033  If you have a PCI-based system, this enables support for these
5034  chips: GD-543x, GD-544x, GD-5480.
5035
5036  Please read the file <file:Documentation/fb/clgenfb.txt>.
5037
5038  Say N unless you have such a graphics board or plan to get one
5039  before you next recompile the kernel.
5040
5041Apollo support
5042CONFIG_APOLLO
5043  Say Y here if you want to run Linux on an MC680x0-based Apollo
5044  Domain workstation such as the DN3500.
5045
5046Apollo 3c505 "EtherLink Plus" support
5047CONFIG_APOLLO_ELPLUS
5048  Say Y or M here if your Apollo has a 3Com 3c505 ISA Ethernet card.
5049  If you don't have one made for Apollos, you can use one from a PC,
5050  except that your Apollo won't be able to boot from it (because the
5051  code in the ROM will be for a PC).
5052
5053Atari native chipset support
5054CONFIG_FB_ATARI
5055  This is the frame buffer device driver for the builtin graphics
5056  chipset found in Ataris.
5057
5058Amiga FrameMaster II/Rainbow II support
5059CONFIG_FB_FM2
5060  This is the frame buffer device driver for the Amiga FrameMaster
5061  card from BSC (exhibited 1992 but not shipped as a CBM product).
5062
5063Open Firmware frame buffer device support
5064CONFIG_FB_OF
5065  Say Y if you want support with Open Firmware for your graphics
5066  board.
5067
5068S3 Trio frame buffer device support
5069CONFIG_FB_S3TRIO
5070  If you have a S3 Trio say Y. Say N for S3 Virge.
5071
50723Dfx Banshee/Voodoo3 display support
5073CONFIG_FB_3DFX
5074  This driver supports graphics boards with the 3Dfx Banshee/Voodoo3
5075  chips. Say Y if you have such a graphics board.
5076
5077  The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5078  inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The
5079  module will be called tdfxfb.o. If you want to compile it as a
5080  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
5081
5082nVidia Riva support
5083CONFIG_FB_RIVA
5084  This driver supports graphics boards with the nVidia Riva/Geforce
5085  chips.
5086  Say Y if you have such a graphics board.
5087
5088  The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5089  inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The
5090  module will be called rivafb.o. If you want to compile it as a
5091  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
5092
5093Trident Blade/Image support
5094CONFIG_FB_TRIDENT
5095  This driver is supposed to support graphics boards with the
5096  Trident CyberXXXX/Image/CyberBlade chips mostly found in laptops
5097  but also on some motherboards.Read <file:Documentation/fb/tridentfb.txt>
5098
5099  Say Y if you have such a graphics board.
5100
5101  The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5102  inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The
5103  module will be called tridentfb.o. If you want to compile it as a
5104  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
5105
5106ATI Mach64 display support
5107CONFIG_FB_ATY
5108  This driver supports graphics boards with the ATI Mach64 chips.
5109  Say Y if you have such a graphics board.
5110
5111  The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5112  inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The
5113  module will be called atyfb.o. If you want to compile it as a
5114  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
5115
5116ATI Rage128 display support
5117CONFIG_FB_ATY128
5118  This driver supports graphics boards with the ATI Rage128 chips.
5119  Say Y if you have such a graphics board and read
5120  <file:Documentation/fb/aty128fb.txt>.
5121
5122  The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5123  inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The
5124  module will be called aty128fb.o. If you want to compile it as a
5125  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
5126
5127Maxine (Personal DECstation) onboard framebuffer support
5128CONFIG_FB_MAXINE
5129  Support for the onboard framebuffer (1024x768x8) in the Personal
5130  DECstation series (Personal DECstation 5000/20, /25, /33, /50,
5131  Codename "Maxine").
5132
5133PMAG-AA TURBOchannel framebuffer support
5134CONFIG_FB_PMAG_AA
5135  Support for the PMAG-AA TURBOchannel framebuffer card (1280x1024x1)
5136  used mainly in the MIPS-based DECstation series.
5137
5138PMAG-BA TURBOchannel framebuffer support
5139CONFIG_FB_PMAG_BA
5140  Support for the PMAG-BA TURBOchannel framebuffer card (1024x864x8)
5141  used mainly in the MIPS-based DECstation series.
5142
5143PMAGB-B TURBOchannel framebuffer support
5144CONFIG_FB_PMAGB_B
5145  Support for the PMAGB-B TURBOchannel framebuffer card used mainly
5146  in the MIPS-based DECstation series. The card is currently only
5147  supported in 1280x1024x8 mode.
5148
5149FutureTV PCI card
5150CONFIG_ARCH_FTVPCI
5151  Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on a FutureTV (nee Nexus
5152  Electronics) StrongARM PCI card.
5153
5154ANAKIN Vehicle Telematics Platform
5155CONFIG_ARCH_ANAKIN
5156  The Anakin is a StrongArm based SA110 - 2 DIN Vehicle Telematics Platform.
5157  64MB SDRAM - 4 Mb Flash - Compact Flash Interface - 1 MB VRAM
5158
5159  On board peripherals:
5160        * Front display: 400x234 16 bit TFT touchscreen
5161        * External independent second screen interface
5162        * CAN controller SJA1000
5163        * USB host controller
5164        * 6 channel video codec with hardware overlay
5165        * Smartcard reader
5166        * IrDa
5167
5168  Modules interfaced over the Multi Media Extension slots:
5169        * A communication card
5170                Wavecom GPRS modem
5171                uBlock GPS
5172                Bosch DAB module
5173        * An audio card ( 4 * 40W, AC97 Codec, I2S)
5174
5175Altera Excalibur XA10 Dev Board
5176ARCH_CAMELOT
5177  This enables support for Altera's Excalibur XA10 development board.
5178  If you would like to build your kernel to run on one of these boards
5179  then you must say 'Y' here. Otherwise say 'N'
5180
5181Link-Up Systems LCD support
5182CONFIG_FB_L7200
5183  This driver supports the L7200 Color LCD.
5184  Say Y if you want graphics support.
5185
5186NeoMagic display support (EXPERIMENTAL)
5187CONFIG_FB_NEOMAGIC
5188  This driver supports notebooks with NeoMagic PCI chips.
5189  Say Y if you have such a graphics card.
5190
5191  The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5192  inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The
5193  module will be called neofb.o. If you want to compile it as a
5194  module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5195
5196PowerMac "control" frame buffer device support
5197CONFIG_FB_CONTROL
5198  This driver supports a frame buffer for the graphics adapter in the
5199  Power Macintosh 7300 and others.
5200
5201PowerMac "platinum" frame buffer device support
5202CONFIG_FB_PLATINUM
5203  This driver supports a frame buffer for the "platinum" graphics
5204  adapter in some Power Macintoshes.
5205
5206PowerMac "valkyrie" frame buffer device support
5207CONFIG_FB_VALKYRIE
5208  This driver supports a frame buffer for the "valkyrie" graphics
5209  adapter in some Power Macintoshes.
5210
5211Chips 65550 display support
5212CONFIG_FB_CT65550
5213  This is the frame buffer device driver for the Chips & Technologies
5214  65550 graphics chip in PowerBooks.
5215
5216TGA/SFB+ frame buffer support
5217CONFIG_FB_TGA
5218  This is the frame buffer device driver for generic TGA and SFB+
5219  graphic cards.  These include DEC ZLXp-E1, E2 and E3 PCI cards,
5220  also known as PBXGA-A, B and C, and DEC ZLX-E2 and E3 TURBOchannel
5221  cards, also known as PMAGD-B and C.  The DEC ZLX-E1 or PMAGD-A card
5222  is currently unsupported.  Due to hardware limitations ZLX-E2 and
5223  E3 cards are only supported for DECstation 5000/1xx and Personal
5224  DECstation 5000/xx systems.
5225
5226  Say Y if you have one of those.
5227
5228VESA VGA graphics console
5229CONFIG_FB_VESA
5230  This is the frame buffer device driver for generic VESA 2.0
5231  compliant graphic cards. The older VESA 1.2 cards are not supported.
5232  You will get a boot time penguin logo at no additional cost. Please
5233  read <file:Documentation/fb/vesafb.txt>. If unsure, say Y.
5234
5235VGA 16-color planar support
5236CONFIG_FBCON_VGA_PLANES
5237  This low level frame buffer console driver enable the kernel to use
5238  the 16-color planar modes of the old VGA cards where the bits of
5239  each pixel are separated into 4 planes.
5240
5241  Only answer Y here if you have a (very old) VGA card that isn't VESA
5242  2 compatible.
5243
5244VGA 16-color graphics console
5245CONFIG_FB_VGA16
5246  This is the frame buffer device driver for VGA 16 color graphic
5247  cards. Say Y if you have such a card.
5248
5249  This code is also available as a module. If you want to compile it
5250  as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
5251  running kernel whenever you want), say M here and read
5252  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
5253  vga16fb.o.
5254
5255Generic STI frame buffer device support
5256CONFIG_FB_STI
5257  STI refers to the HP "Standard Text Interface" which is a set of
5258  BIOS routines contained in a ROM chip in HP PA-RISC based machines.
5259  Enabling this option will implement the linux framebuffer device and
5260  an fbcon color text console using calls to the STI BIOS routines.
5261  The HP framebuffer device is sometimes planar, using a strange memory
5262  layout, and changing the plane mask to create colored pixels
5263  can require a call to the STI routines, so /dev/fb may not actually
5264  be useful.  However, on some systems packed pixel formats are supported.
5265  It is sufficient for basic text console functions, including fonts.
5266
5267  You should probably enable this option, unless you are having
5268  trouble getting video when booting the kernel (make sure it isn't
5269  just that you are running the console on the serial port, though).
5270  Really old HP boxes may not have STI, and must use the PDC BIOS
5271  console or the IODC BIOS.
5272
5273Select other compiled-in fonts
5274CONFIG_FBCON_FONTS
5275  Say Y here if you would like to use fonts other than the default
5276  your frame buffer console usually use.
5277
5278  Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
5279  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
5280  the questions about foreign fonts.
5281
5282  If unsure, say N (the default choices are safe).
5283
5284VGA 8x16 font
5285CONFIG_FONT_8x16
5286  This is the "high resolution" font for the VGA frame buffer (the one
5287  provided by the VGA text console 80x25 mode.
5288
5289  If unsure, say Y.
5290
5291Support only 8 pixels wide fonts
5292CONFIG_FBCON_FONTWIDTH8_ONLY
5293  Answer Y here will make the kernel provide only the 8x8 fonts (these
5294  are the less readable).
5295
5296  If unsure, say N.
5297
5298Sparc console 8x16 font
5299CONFIG_FONT_SUN8x16
5300  This is the high resolution console font for Sun machines. Say Y.
5301
5302Sparc console 12x22 font (not supported by all drivers)
5303CONFIG_FONT_SUN12x22
5304  This is the high resolution console font for Sun machines with very
5305  big letters (like the letters used in the SPARC PROM). If the
5306  standard font is unreadable for you, say Y, otherwise say N.
5307
5308VGA 8x8 font
5309CONFIG_FONT_8x8
5310  This is the "high resolution" font for the VGA frame buffer (the one
5311  provided by the text console 80x50 (and higher) modes).
5312
5313  Note that this is a poor quality font. The VGA 8x16 font is quite a
5314  lot more readable.
5315
5316  Given the resolution provided by the frame buffer device, answer N
5317  here is safe.
5318
5319Mac console 6x11 font (not supported by all drivers)
5320CONFIG_FONT_6x11
5321  Small console font with Macintosh-style high-half glyphs.  Some Mac
5322  framebuffer drivers don't support this one at all.
5323
5324Pearl (old m68k) console 8x8 font
5325CONFIG_FONT_PEARL_8x8
5326  Small console font with PC-style control-character and high-half
5327  glyphs.
5328
5329Acorn console 8x8 font
5330CONFIG_FONT_ACORN_8x8
5331  Small console font with PC-style control characters and high-half
5332  glyphs.
5333
5334Backward compatibility mode for Xpmac
5335CONFIG_FB_COMPAT_XPMAC
5336  If you use the Xpmac X server (common with mklinux), you'll need to
5337  say Y here to use X. You should consider changing to XFree86 which
5338  includes a server that supports the frame buffer device directly
5339  (XF68_FBDev).
5340
5341Hercules (HGA) mono graphics support
5342CONFIG_FB_HGA
5343  Say Y here if you have a Hercules mono graphics card.
5344
5345  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5346  inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5347  The module will be called hgafb.o. If you want to compile it as
5348  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
5349
5350  As this card technology is 15 years old, most people will answer N
5351  here.
5352
5353Epson 1355 framebuffer support
5354CONFIG_FB_E1355
5355  Build in support for the SED1355 Epson Research Embedded RAMDAC
5356  LCD/CRT Controller (since redesignated as the S1D13505) as a
5357  framebuffer.  Product specs at
5358  <http://www.erd.epson.com/vdc/html/products.htm>.
5359
5360Dreamcast Frame Buffer support
5361CONFIG_FB_DC
5362  Say Y here to enable support for the framebuffer on the Sega
5363  Dreamcast.  This driver is also available as a module, dcfb.o.
5364
5365Register Base Address
5366CONFIG_E1355_REG_BASE
5367  Epson SED1355/S1D13505 LCD/CRT controller register base address.
5368  See the manuals at
5369  <http://www.erd.epson.com/vdc/html/contents/S1D13505.htm> for
5370  discussion.
5371
5372Framebuffer Base Address
5373CONFIG_E1355_FB_BASE
5374  Epson SED1355/S1D13505 LCD/CRT controller memory base address.  See
5375  the manuals at
5376  <http://www.erd.epson.com/vdc/html/contents/S1D13505.htm> for
5377  discussion.
5378
5379NEC PowerVR 2 display support
5380CONFIG_FB_PVR2
5381  Say Y here if you have a PowerVR 2 card in your box.  If you plan to
5382  run linux on your Dreamcast, you will have to say Y here.
5383  This driver may or may not work on other PowerVR 2 cards, but is
5384  totally untested.  Use at your own risk.  If unsure, say N.
5385
5386  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5387  inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5388  The module will be called pvr2fb.o.  If you want to compile it as
5389  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
5390
5391  You can pass several parameters to the driver at boot time or at
5392  module load time.  The parameters look like "video=pvr2:XXX", where
5393  the meaning of XXX can be found at the end of the main source file
5394  (<file:drivers/video/pvr2fb.c>). Please see the file
5395  <file:Documentation/fb/pvr2fb.txt>.
5396
5397Debug pvr2fb
5398CONFIG_FB_PVR2_DEBUG
5399  Say Y here if you wish for the pvr2fb driver to print out debugging
5400  messages. Most people will want to say N here. If unsure, you will
5401  also want to say N.
5402
5403Matrox unified accelerated driver
5404CONFIG_FB_MATROX
5405  Say Y here if you have a Matrox Millennium, Millennium II, Mystique,
5406  Mystique 220, Productiva G100, Mystique G200, Millennium G200,
5407  Matrox G400, G450 or G550 card in your box. At this time, support for
5408  the G-series digital output is almost non-existant.
5409
5410  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5411  inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5412  The module will be called matroxfb.o. If you want to compile it as
5413  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
5414
5415  You can pass several parameters to the driver at boot time or at
5416  module load time. The parameters look like "video=matrox:XXX", and
5417  are described in <file:Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt>.
5418
5419Matrox Millennium I/II support
5420CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MILLENIUM
5421  Say Y here if you have a Matrox Millennium or Matrox Millennium II
5422  video card. If you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options" below,
5423  you should check 4 bpp packed pixel, 8 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp
5424  packed pixel, 24 bpp packed pixel and 32 bpp packed pixel. You can
5425  also use font widths different from 8.
5426
5427Matrox Mystique support
5428CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MYSTIQUE
5429  Say Y here if you have a Matrox Mystique or Matrox Mystique 220
5430  video card. If you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options" below,
5431  you should check 8 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp packed pixel, 24 bpp
5432  packed pixel and 32 bpp packed pixel. You can also use font widths
5433  different from 8.
5434
5435CONFIG_FB_MATROX_G450
5436  Say Y here if you have a Matrox G100, G200, G400, G450 or G550 based
5437  video card. If you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options", you
5438  should check 8 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp packed pixel, 24 bpp packed
5439  pixel and 32 bpp packed pixel. You can also use font widths
5440  different from 8.
5441
5442  If you need support for G400 secondary head, you must first say Y to
5443  "I2C support" and "I2C bit-banging support" in the character devices
5444  section, and then to "Matrox I2C support" and "G400 second head
5445  support" here in the framebuffer section. G450/G550 secondary head
5446  and digital output are supported without additional modules.
5447
5448  The driver starts in monitor mode. You must use the matroxset tool
5449  (available at <ftp://platan.vc.cvut.cz/pub/linux/matrox-latest/>) to
5450  swap primary and secondary head outputs, or to change output mode.
5451  Secondary head driver always start in 640x480 resolution and you
5452  must use fbset to change it.
5453
5454  Do not forget that second head supports only 16 and 32 bpp
5455  packed pixels, so it is a good idea to compile them into the kernel
5456  too. You can use only some font widths, as the driver uses generic
5457  painting procedures (the secondary head does not use acceleration
5458  engine).
5459
5460  G450/G550 hardware can display TV picture only from secondary CRTC,
5461  and it performs no scaling, so picture must have 525 or 625 lines.
5462
5463CONFIG_FB_MATROX_G100A
5464  Say Y here if you have a Matrox G100, G200 or G400 based
5465  video card. If you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options", you
5466  should check 8 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp packed pixel, 24 bpp packed
5467  pixel and 32 bpp packed pixel. You can also use font widths
5468  different from 8.
5469
5470  If you need support for G400 secondary head, you must first say Y to
5471  "I2C support" and "I2C bit-banging support" in the character devices
5472  section, and then to "Matrox I2C support" and "G400 second head
5473  support" here in the framebuffer section.
5474
5475CONFIG_FB_MATROX_I2C
5476  This drivers creates I2C buses which are needed for accessing the
5477  DDC (I2C) bus present on all Matroxes, an I2C bus which
5478  interconnects Matrox optional devices, like MGA-TVO on G200 and
5479  G400, and the secondary head DDC bus, present on G400 only.
5480
5481  You can say Y or M here if you want to experiment with monitor
5482  detection code. You must say Y or M here if you want to use either
5483  second head of G400 or MGA-TVO on G200 or G400.
5484
5485  If you compile it as module, it will create a module named
5486  i2c-matroxfb.o.
5487
5488Matrox G400 second head support
5489CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MAVEN
5490  WARNING !!! This support does not work with G450 !!!
5491
5492  Say Y or M here if you want to use a secondary head (meaning two
5493  monitors in parallel) on G400 or MGA-TVO add-on on G200. Secondary
5494  head is not compatible with accelerated XFree 3.3.x SVGA servers -
5495  secondary head output is blanked while you are in X. With XFree
5496  3.9.17 preview you can use both heads if you use SVGA over fbdev or
5497  the fbdev driver on first head and the fbdev driver on second head.
5498
5499  If you compile it as module, two modules are created,
5500  matroxfb_crtc2.o and matroxfb_maven.o. Matroxfb_maven is needed for
5501  both G200 and G400, matroxfb_crtc2 is needed only by G400. You must
5502  also load i2c-matroxfb to get it to run.
5503
5504  The driver starts in monitor mode and you must use the matroxset
5505  tool (available at
5506  <ftp://platan.vc.cvut.cz/pub/linux/matrox-latest/>) to switch it to
5507  PAL or NTSC or to swap primary and secondary head outputs.
5508  Secondary head driver also always start in 640x480 resolution, you
5509  must use fbset to change it.
5510
5511  Also do not forget that second head supports only 16 and 32 bpp
5512  packed pixels, so it is a good idea to compile them into the kernel
5513  too.  You can use only some font widths, as the driver uses generic
5514  painting procedures (the secondary head does not use acceleration
5515  engine).
5516
5517CONFIG_FB_MATROX_PROC
5518  Say Y or M here if you want to access some informations about driver
5519  state through /proc interface.
5520
5521  You should download matrox_pins tool (available at
5522  <ftp://platan.vc.cvut.cz/pub/linux/matrox-latest/>) to get human
5523  readable output.
5524
5525CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MULTIHEAD
5526  Say Y here if you have more than one (supported) Matrox device in
5527  your computer and you want to use all of them for different monitors
5528  ("multihead"). If you have only one device, you should say N because
5529  the driver compiled with Y is larger and a bit slower, especially on
5530  ia32 (ix86).
5531
5532  If you said M to "Matrox unified accelerated driver" and N here, you
5533  will still be able to use several Matrox devices simultaneously:
5534  insert several instances of the module matroxfb.o into the kernel
5535  with insmod, supplying the parameter "dev=N" where N is 0, 1, etc.
5536  for the different Matrox devices. This method is slightly faster but
5537  uses 40 KB of kernel memory per Matrox card.
5538
5539  There is no need for enabling 'Matrox multihead support' if you have
5540  only one Matrox card in the box.
5541
55423Dfx Voodoo Graphics / Voodoo2 frame buffer support
5543CONFIG_FB_VOODOO1
5544  Say Y here if you have a 3Dfx Voodoo Graphics (Voodoo1/sst1) or
5545  Voodoo2 (cvg) based graphics card.
5546
5547  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5548  inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5549  The module will be called sstfb.o. If you want to compile it as
5550  a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5551
5552  WARNING: Do not use any application that uses the 3D engine
5553  (namely glide) while using this driver.
5554  Please read the file Documentation/fb/README-sstfb.txt for supported
5555  options and other important info  support.
5556
5557MDA text console (dual-headed)
5558CONFIG_MDA_CONSOLE
5559  Say Y here if you have an old MDA or monochrome Hercules graphics
5560  adapter in your system acting as a second head ( = video card). You
5561  will then be able to use two monitors with your Linux system. Do not
5562  say Y here if your MDA card is the primary card in your system; the
5563  normal VGA driver will handle it.
5564
5565  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5566  inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5567  The module will be called mdacon.o. If you want to compile it as
5568  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
5569
5570  If unsure, say N.
5571
5572SBUS and UPA framebuffers
5573CONFIG_FB_SBUS
5574  Say Y if you want support for SBUS or UPA based frame buffer device.
5575
5576Creator/Creator3D support
5577CONFIG_FB_CREATOR
5578  This is the frame buffer device driver for the Creator and Creator3D
5579  graphics boards.
5580
5581CGsix (GX,TurboGX) support
5582CONFIG_FB_CGSIX
5583  This is the frame buffer device driver for the CGsix (GX, TurboGX)
5584  frame buffer.
5585
5586BWtwo support
5587CONFIG_FB_BWTWO
5588  This is the frame buffer device driver for the BWtwo frame buffer.
5589
5590CGthree support
5591CONFIG_FB_CGTHREE
5592  This is the frame buffer device driver for the CGthree frame buffer.
5593
5594CGfourteen (SX) support
5595CONFIG_FB_CGFOURTEEN
5596  This is the frame buffer device driver for the CGfourteen frame
5597  buffer on Desktop SPARCsystems with the SX graphics option.
5598
5599P9100 (Sparcbook 3 only) support
5600CONFIG_FB_P9100
5601  This is the frame buffer device driver for the P9100 card
5602  supported on Sparcbook 3 machines.
5603
5604Leo (ZX) support
5605CONFIG_FB_LEO
5606  This is the frame buffer device driver for the SBUS-based Sun ZX
5607  (leo) frame buffer cards.
5608
5609IGA 168x display support
5610CONFIG_FB_IGA
5611  This is the framebuffer device for the INTERGRAPHICS 1680 and
5612  successor frame buffer cards.
5613
5614TCX (SS4/SS5 only) support
5615CONFIG_FB_TCX
5616  This is the frame buffer device driver for the TCX 24/8bit frame
5617  buffer.
5618
5619HD64461 Frame Buffer support
5620CONFIG_FB_HIT
5621  This is the frame buffer device driver for the Hitachi HD64461 LCD
5622  frame buffer card.
5623
5624SIS display support
5625CONFIG_FB_SIS
5626  This is the frame buffer device driver for the SiS 300, 315 and 330
5627  series chipsets.  Documentation available at the maintainer's site
5628  at <http://www.winischhofer.net/linuxsisvga.shtml>.
5629
5630SIS 300 series support
5631CONFIG_FB_SIS_300
5632  This enables support for SiS 300 series chipsets (300/305, 540, 630,
5633  630S, 730S). Documentation available at the maintainer's website at
5634  <http://www.winischhofer.net/linuxsisvga.shtml>.
5635
5636SIS 315/330 series support
5637CONFIG_FB_SIS_315
5638  This enables support for SiS 315/330 series chipsets (315, 315PRO,
5639  55x, (M)650, 651, (M)661FX, 661MX, 740, (M)741(GX), (M)760, 330).
5640  Documentation available at the maintainer's website at
5641  <http://www.winischhofer.net/linuxsisvga.shtml>.
5642
5643IMS Twin Turbo display support
5644CONFIG_FB_IMSTT
5645  The IMS Twin Turbo is a PCI-based frame buffer card bundled with
5646  many Macintosh and compatible computers.
5647
5648CONFIG_FB_TX3912
5649  The TX3912 is a Toshiba RISC processor based on the MIPS 3900 core;
5650  see <http://www.toshiba.com/taec/components/Generic/risc/tx3912.htm>.
5651
5652  Say Y here to enable kernel support for the on-board framebuffer.
5653
5654Virtual Frame Buffer support (ONLY FOR TESTING!)
5655CONFIG_FB_VIRTUAL
5656  This is a `virtual' frame buffer device. It operates on a chunk of
5657  unswappable kernel memory instead of on the memory of a graphics
5658  board. This means you cannot see any output sent to this frame
5659  buffer device, while it does consume precious memory. The main use
5660  of this frame buffer device is testing and debugging the frame
5661  buffer subsystem. Do NOT enable it for normal systems! To protect
5662  the innocent, it has to be enabled explicitly at boot time using the
5663  kernel option `video=vfb:'.
5664
5665  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5666  inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The
5667  module will be called vfb.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
5668  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
5669
5670  If unsure, say N.
5671
5672Mach64 CT/VT/GT/LT (incl. 3D RAGE) support
5673CONFIG_FB_ATY_CT
5674  Say Y here to support use of ATI's 64-bit Rage boards (or other
5675  boards based on the Mach64 CT, VT, GT, and LT chipsets) as a
5676  framebuffer device.  The ATI product support page for these boards
5677  is at <http://support.ati.com/products/pc/mach64/>.
5678
5679Sony Vaio Picturebook laptop LCD panel support
5680CONFIG_FB_ATY_CT_VAIO_LCD
5681  Say Y here if you want to use the full width of the Sony Vaio
5682  Picturebook laptops LCD panels (you will get a 128x30 console).
5683
5684  Note that you need to activate this mode using the 'vga=0x301'
5685  option from your boot loader (lilo or loadlin).  See the
5686  documentation of your boot loader about how to pass options to the
5687  kernel.
5688
5689Mach64 GX support
5690CONFIG_FB_ATY_GX
5691  Say Y here to support use of the ATI Mach64 Graphics Expression
5692  board (or other boards based on the Mach64 GX chipset) as a
5693  framebuffer device.  The ATI product support page for these boards
5694  is at
5695  <http://support.ati.com/products/pc/mach64/graphics_xpression.html>.
5696
5697Mach64 Generic LCD support
5698CONFIG_FB_ATY_GENERIC_LCD
5699  Enabling this option enables the Atyfb driver to drive LCD panels. It
5700  will autodetect the resulution and format of your display and emulate
5701  other resolutions using the hardware stretcher on the chip.
5702  Say Y here if you have computer with a Rage LT Pro, Rage Mobility M1,
5703  Rage XC or Rage XL chip and a laptop LCD display or any other LCD display
5704  that needs to be digitally driven. It is not necessary to enable this
5705  option if you are using an LCD display with a normal VGA connector,
5706  but it won't hurt if you do.
5707
5708ATI Radeon display support
5709CONFIG_FB_RADEON
5710  Choose this option if you want to use an ATI Radeon graphics card as
5711  a framebuffer device.  There are both PCI and AGP versions.  You
5712  don't need to choose this to run the Radeon in plain VGA mode.
5713  There is a product page at
5714  <http://www.ati.com/na/pages/products/pc/radeon32/index.html>.
5715
5716SA-1100 LCD support
5717CONFIG_FB_SA1100
5718  This is a framebuffer device for the SA-1100 LCD Controller.
5719  See <http://www.linux-fbdev.org/> for information on framebuffer
5720  devices.
5721
5722  If you plan to use the LCD display with your SA-1100 system, say
5723  Y here.
5724
5725Advanced low level driver options
5726CONFIG_FBCON_ADVANCED
5727  The frame buffer console uses character drawing routines that are
5728  tailored to the specific organization of pixels in the memory of
5729  your graphics hardware. These are called the low level frame buffer
5730  console drivers. Note that they are used for text console output
5731  only; they are NOT needed for graphical applications.
5732
5733  If you say N here, the needed low level drivers are automatically
5734  enabled, depending on what frame buffer devices you selected above.
5735  This is recommended for most users.
5736
5737  If you say Y here, you have more fine-grained control over which low
5738  level drivers are enabled. You can e.g. leave out low level drivers
5739  for color depths you do not intend to use for text consoles.
5740
5741  Low level frame buffer console drivers can be modules ( = code which
5742  can be inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you
5743  want). The modules will be called fbcon-*.o. If you want to compile
5744  (some of) them as modules, read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
5745
5746  If unsure, say N.
5747
5748Monochrome support
5749CONFIG_FBCON_MFB
5750  This is the low level frame buffer console driver for monochrome
5751  (2 colors) packed pixels.
5752
57532 bpp packed pixels support
5754CONFIG_FBCON_CFB2
5755  This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 2 bits per
5756  pixel (4 colors) packed pixels.
5757
57584 bpp packed pixels support
5759CONFIG_FBCON_CFB4
5760  This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 4 bits per
5761  pixel (16 colors) packed pixels.
5762
57638 bpp packed pixels support
5764CONFIG_FBCON_CFB8
5765  This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 8 bits per
5766  pixel (256 colors) packed pixels.
5767
576816 bpp packed pixels support
5769CONFIG_FBCON_CFB16
5770  This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 15 or 16 bits
5771  per pixel (32K or 64K colors, also known as `hicolor') packed
5772  pixels.
5773
577424 bpp packed pixels support
5775CONFIG_FBCON_CFB24
5776  This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 24 bits per
5777  pixel (16M colors, also known as `truecolor') packed pixels. It is
5778  NOT for `sparse' 32 bits per pixel mode.
5779
578032 bpp packed pixels support
5781CONFIG_FBCON_CFB32
5782  This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 32 bits per
5783  pixel (16M colors, also known as `truecolor') sparse packed pixels.
5784
5785Amiga bitplanes support
5786CONFIG_FBCON_AFB
5787  This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 1 to 8
5788  bitplanes (2 to 256 colors) on Amiga.
5789
5790Amiga interleaved bitplanes support
5791CONFIG_FBCON_ILBM
5792  This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 1 to 8
5793  interleaved bitplanes (2 to 256 colors) on Amiga.
5794
5795Atari interleaved bitplanes (2 planes) support
5796CONFIG_FBCON_IPLAN2P2
5797  This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 2 interleaved
5798  bitplanes (4 colors) on Atari.
5799
5800Atari interleaved bitplanes (4 planes) support
5801CONFIG_FBCON_IPLAN2P4
5802  This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 4 interleaved
5803  bitplanes (16 colors) on Atari.
5804
5805Atari interleaved bitplanes (8 planes) support
5806CONFIG_FBCON_IPLAN2P8
5807  This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 8 interleaved
5808  bitplanes (256 colors) on Atari.
5809
5810Mac variable bpp packed pixels support
5811CONFIG_FBCON_MAC
5812  This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 1/2/4/8/16/32
5813  bits per pixel packed pixels on Mac. It supports variable font
5814  widths for low resolution screens.
5815
5816Permedia3 support (EXPERIMENTAL)
5817CONFIG_FB_PM3
5818  This is the frame buffer device driver for the 3DLabs Permedia3
5819  chipset, used in Formac ProFormance III, 3DLabs Oxygen VX1 &
5820  similar boards, 3DLabs Permedia3 Create!, Appian Jeronimo 2000
5821  and maybe other boards.
5822
5823HGA monochrome support
5824CONFIG_FBCON_HGA
5825  This is the low level frame buffer console driver for Hercules mono
5826  graphics cards.
5827
5828VGA characters/attributes support
5829CONFIG_FBCON_VGA
5830  This is the low level frame buffer console driver for VGA text mode;
5831  it is used by frame buffer device drivers that support VGA text
5832  mode.
5833
5834Parallel-port support
5835CONFIG_PARPORT
5836  If you want to use devices connected to your machine's parallel port
5837  (the connector at the computer with 25 holes), e.g. printer, ZIP
5838  drive, PLIP link (Parallel Line Internet Protocol is mainly used to
5839  create a mini network by connecting the parallel ports of two local
5840  machines) etc., then you need to say Y here; please read
5841  <file:Documentation/parport.txt> and
5842  <file:drivers/parport/BUGS-parport>.
5843
5844  For extensive information about drivers for many devices attaching
5845  to the parallel port see <http://www.torque.net/linux-pp.html> on
5846  the WWW.
5847
5848  It is possible to share a single parallel port among several devices
5849  and it is safe to compile all the corresponding drivers into the
5850  kernel.  If you want to compile parallel port support as a module
5851  ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running
5852  kernel whenever you want), say M here and read
5853  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
5854  parport.o.  If you have more than one parallel port and want to
5855  specify which port and IRQ to be used by this driver at module load
5856  time, take a look at <file:Documentation/parport.txt>.
5857
5858  If unsure, say Y.
5859
5860PC-style hardware
5861CONFIG_PARPORT_PC
5862  You should say Y here if you have a PC-style parallel port. All IBM
5863  PC compatible computers and some Alphas have PC-style parallel
5864  ports.
5865
5866  This code is also available as a module.  If you want to compile it
5867  as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
5868  running kernel whenever you want), say M here and read
5869  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
5870  parport_pc.o.
5871
5872  If unsure, say Y.
5873
5874Parallel+serial PCI multi-IO card support
5875CONFIG_PARPORT_SERIAL
5876  This adds support for multi-IO PCI cards that have parallel and
5877  serial ports.  You should say Y or M here.  If you say M, the module
5878  will be called parport_serial.o.
5879
5880Use FIFO/DMA if available
5881CONFIG_PARPORT_PC_FIFO
5882  Many parallel port chipsets provide hardware that can speed up
5883  printing. Say Y here if you want to take advantage of that.
5884
5885  As well as actually having a FIFO, or DMA capability, the kernel
5886  will need to know which IRQ the parallel port has.  By default,
5887  parallel port interrupts will not be used, and so neither will the
5888  FIFO.  See <file:Documentation/parport.txt> to find out how to
5889  specify which IRQ/DMA to use.
5890
5891SuperIO chipset support
5892CONFIG_PARPORT_PC_SUPERIO
5893  Saying Y here enables some probes for Super-IO chipsets in order to
5894  find out things like base addresses, IRQ lines and DMA channels.  It
5895  is safe to say N.
5896
5897Support for PCMCIA management for PC-style ports
5898CONFIG_PARPORT_PC_PCMCIA
5899  Say Y here if you need PCMCIA support for your PC-style parallel
5900  ports. If unsure, say N.
5901
5902  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5903  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5904  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
5905  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
5906  parport_cs.o
5907
5908Support foreign hardware
5909CONFIG_PARPORT_OTHER
5910  Say Y here if you want to be able to load driver modules to support
5911  other non-standard types of parallel ports. This causes a
5912  performance loss, so most people say N.
5913
5914Amiga built-in parallel port support
5915CONFIG_PARPORT_AMIGA
5916  Say Y here if you need support for the parallel port hardware on
5917  Amiga machines. This code is also available as a module (say M),
5918  called parport_amiga.o. If in doubt, saying N is the safe plan.
5919
5920Atari built-in parallel port support
5921CONFIG_PARPORT_ATARI
5922  Say Y here if you need support for the parallel port hardware on
5923  Atari machines. This code is also available as a module (say M),
5924  called parport_atari.o. If in doubt, saying N is the safe plan.
5925
5926Multiface III parallel port support
5927CONFIG_PARPORT_MFC3
5928  Say Y here if you need parallel port support for the MFC3 card.
5929  This code is also available as a module (say M), called
5930  parport_mfc3.o. If in doubt, saying N is the safe plan.
5931
5932Support IEEE 1284 status readback
5933CONFIG_PRINTER_READBACK
5934  If you have a device on your parallel port that support this
5935  protocol, this option will allow the device to report its status. It
5936  is safe to say Y.
5937
5938IEEE 1284 transfer modes
5939CONFIG_PARPORT_1284
5940  If you have a printer that supports status readback or device ID, or
5941  want to use a device that uses enhanced parallel port transfer modes
5942  such as EPP and ECP, say Y here to enable advanced IEEE 1284
5943  transfer modes. Also say Y if you want device ID information to
5944  appear in /proc/sys/dev/parport/*/autoprobe*. It is safe to say N.
5945
5946Enable loadable module support
5947CONFIG_MODULES
5948  Kernel modules are small pieces of compiled code which can be
5949  inserted in or removed from the running kernel, using the programs
5950  insmod and rmmod. This is described in the file
5951  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>, including the fact that you have
5952  to say "make modules" in order to compile the modules that you chose
5953  during kernel configuration.  Modules can be device drivers, file
5954  systems, binary executable formats, and so on. If you think that you
5955  may want to make use of modules with this kernel in the future, then
5956  say Y here.  If unsure, say Y.
5957
5958Set version information on all symbols for modules
5959CONFIG_MODVERSIONS
5960  Usually, modules have to be recompiled whenever you switch to a new
5961  kernel.  Saying Y here makes it possible, and safe, to use the
5962  same modules even after compiling a new kernel; this requires the
5963  program modprobe. All the software needed for module support is in
5964  the modutils package (check the file <file:Documentation/Changes>
5965  for location and latest version).  NOTE: if you say Y here but don't
5966  have the program genksyms (which is also contained in the above
5967  mentioned modutils package), then the building of your kernel will
5968  fail.  If you are going to use modules that are generated from
5969  non-kernel sources, you would benefit from this option.  Otherwise
5970  it's not that important.  So, N ought to be a safe bet.
5971
5972Kernel module loader support
5973CONFIG_KMOD
5974  Normally when you have selected some drivers and/or file systems to
5975  be created as loadable modules, you also have the responsibility to
5976  load the corresponding modules (using the programs insmod or
5977  modprobe) before you can use them. If you say Y here however, the
5978  kernel will be able to load modules for itself: when a part of the
5979  kernel needs a module, it runs modprobe with the appropriate
5980  arguments, thereby loading the module if it is available. (This is a
5981  replacement for kerneld.) Say Y here and read about configuring it
5982  in <file:Documentation/kmod.txt>.
5983
5984ARP daemon support
5985CONFIG_ARPD
5986  Normally, the kernel maintains an internal cache which maps IP
5987  addresses to hardware addresses on the local network, so that
5988  Ethernet/Token Ring/ etc. frames are sent to the proper address on
5989  the physical networking layer. For small networks having a few
5990  hundred directly connected hosts or less, keeping this address
5991  resolution (ARP) cache inside the kernel works well. However,
5992  maintaining an internal ARP cache does not work well for very large
5993  switched networks, and will use a lot of kernel memory if TCP/IP
5994  connections are made to many machines on the network.
5995
5996  If you say Y here, the kernel's internal ARP cache will never grow
5997  to more than 256 entries (the oldest entries are expired in a LIFO
5998  manner) and communication will be attempted with the user space ARP
5999  daemon arpd. Arpd then answers the address resolution request either
6000  from its own cache or by asking the net.
6001
6002  This code is experimental and also obsolete. If you want to use it,
6003  you need to find a version of the daemon arpd on the net somewhere,
6004  and you should also say Y to "Kernel/User network link driver",
6005  below. If unsure, say N.
6006
6007TCP/IP networking
6008CONFIG_INET
6009  These are the protocols used on the Internet and on most local
6010  Ethernets. It is highly recommended to say Y here (this will enlarge
6011  your kernel by about 144 KB), since some programs (e.g. the X window
6012  system) use TCP/IP even if your machine is not connected to any
6013  other computer. You will get the so-called loopback device which
6014  allows you to ping yourself (great fun, that!).
6015
6016  For an excellent introduction to Linux networking, please read the
6017  NET-3-HOWTO, available from
6018  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
6019
6020  This option is also necessary if you want to use the full power of
6021  term (term is a program which gives you almost full Internet
6022  connectivity if you have a regular dial up shell account on some
6023  Internet connected Unix computer; for more information, read
6024  <http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html>).
6025
6026  If you say Y here and also to "/proc file system support" and
6027  "Sysctl support" below, you can change various aspects of the
6028  behaviour of the TCP/IP code by writing to the (virtual) files in
6029  /proc/sys/net/ipv4/*; the options are explained in the file
6030  <file:Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt>.
6031
6032  Short answer: say Y.
6033
6034IP multicasting
6035CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST
6036  This is code for addressing several networked computers at once,
6037  enlarging your kernel by about 2 KB. You need multicasting if you
6038  intend to participate in the MBONE, a high bandwidth network on top
6039  of the Internet which carries audio and video broadcasts. More
6040  information about the MBONE is on the WWW at
6041  <http://www-itg.lbl.gov/mbone/>. Information about the multicast
6042  capabilities of the various network cards is contained in
6043  <file:Documentation/networking/multicast.txt>. For most people, it's
6044  safe to say N.
6045
6046Advanced router
6047CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER
6048  If you intend to run your Linux box mostly as a router, i.e. as a
6049  computer that forwards and redistributes network packets, say Y; you
6050  will then be presented with several options that allow more precise
6051  control about the routing process.
6052
6053  The answer to this question won't directly affect the kernel:
6054  answering N will just cause the configurator to skip all the
6055  questions about advanced routing.
6056
6057  Note that your box can only act as a router if you enable IP
6058  forwarding in your kernel; you can do that by saying Y to "/proc
6059  file system support" and "Sysctl support" below and executing the
6060  line
6061
6062    echo "1" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
6063
6064  at boot time after the /proc file system has been mounted.
6065
6066  If you turn on IP forwarding, you will also get the rp_filter, which
6067  automatically rejects incoming packets if the routing table entry
6068  for their source address doesn't match the network interface they're
6069  arriving on. This has security advantages because it prevents the
6070  so-called IP spoofing, however it can pose problems if you use
6071  asymmetric routing (packets from you to a host take a different path
6072  than packets from that host to you) or if you operate a non-routing
6073  host which has several IP addresses on different interfaces. To turn
6074  rp_filter on use:
6075
6076        echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/<device>/rp_filter
6077  and
6078        echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/rp_filter
6079
6080  If unsure, say N here.
6081
6082Policy routing
6083CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES
6084  Normally, a router decides what to do with a received packet based
6085  solely on the packet's final destination address. If you say Y here,
6086  the Linux router will also be able to take the packet's source
6087  address into account. Furthermore, if you also say Y to "Use TOS
6088  value as routing key" below, the TOS (Type-Of-Service) field of the
6089  packet can be used for routing decisions as well. In addition, if
6090  you say Y here and to "Fast network address translation" below,
6091  the router will also be able to modify source and destination
6092  addresses of forwarded packets.
6093
6094  If you are interested in this, please see the preliminary
6095  documentation at <http://www.compendium.com.ar/policy-routing.txt>
6096  and <ftp://post.tepkom.ru/pub/vol2/Linux/docs/advanced-routing.tex>.
6097  You will need supporting software from
6098  <ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/>.
6099
6100  If unsure, say N.
6101
6102Equal cost multipath
6103CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_MULTIPATH
6104  Normally, the routing tables specify a single action to be taken in
6105  a deterministic manner for a given packet. If you say Y here
6106  however, it becomes possible to attach several actions to a packet
6107  pattern, in effect specifying several alternative paths to travel
6108  for those packets. The router considers all these paths to be of
6109  equal "cost" and chooses one of them in a non-deterministic fashion
6110  if a matching packet arrives.
6111
6112Use TOS value as routing key
6113CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_TOS
6114  The header of every IP packet carries a TOS (Type Of Service) value
6115  with which the packet requests a certain treatment, e.g. low
6116  latency (for interactive traffic), high throughput, or high
6117  reliability.  If you say Y here, you will be able to specify
6118  different routes for packets with different TOS values.
6119
6120Use netfilter MARK value as routing key
6121CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_FWMARK
6122  If you say Y here, you will be able to specify different routes for
6123  packets with different mark values (see iptables(8), MARK target).
6124
6125Verbose route monitoring
6126CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_VERBOSE
6127  If you say Y here, which is recommended, then the kernel will print
6128  verbose messages regarding the routing, for example warnings about
6129  received packets which look strange and could be evidence of an
6130  attack or a misconfigured system somewhere. The information is
6131  handled by the klogd daemon which is responsible for kernel messages
6132  ("man klogd").
6133
6134Fast network address translation
6135CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_NAT
6136  If you say Y here, your router will be able to modify source and
6137  destination addresses of packets that pass through it, in a manner
6138  you specify.  General information about Network Address Translation
6139  can be gotten from the document
6140  <http://www.csn.tu-chemnitz.de/~mha/linux-ip-nat/diplom/nat.html>.
6141
6142Kernel level IP autoconfiguration
6143CONFIG_IP_PNP
6144  This enables automatic configuration of IP addresses of devices and
6145  of the routing table during kernel boot, based on either information
6146  supplied on the kernel command line or by BOOTP or RARP protocols.
6147  You need to say Y only for diskless machines requiring network
6148  access to boot (in which case you want to say Y to "Root file system
6149  on NFS" as well), because all other machines configure the network
6150  in their startup scripts.
6151
6152BOOTP support
6153CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP
6154  If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root file system (the
6155  one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the
6156  net via NFS and you want the IP address of your computer to be
6157  discovered automatically at boot time using the BOOTP protocol (a
6158  special protocol designed for doing this job), say Y here. In case
6159  the boot ROM of your network card was designed for booting Linux and
6160  does BOOTP itself, providing all necessary information on the kernel
6161  command line, you can say N here. If unsure, say Y. Note that if you
6162  want to use BOOTP, a BOOTP server must be operating on your network.
6163  Read <file:Documentation/nfsroot.txt> for details.
6164
6165DHCP support
6166CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP
6167  If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root file system (the
6168  one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the
6169  net via NFS and you want the IP address of your computer to be
6170  discovered automatically at boot time using the DHCP protocol (a
6171  special protocol designed for doing this job), say Y here. In case
6172  the boot ROM of your network card was designed for booting Linux and
6173  does DHCP itself, providing all necessary information on the kernel
6174  command line, you can say N here.
6175
6176  If unsure, say Y. Note that if you want to use DHCP, a DHCP server
6177  must be operating on your network.  Read
6178  <file:Documentation/nfsroot.txt> for details.
6179
6180RARP support
6181CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP
6182  If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root file system (the
6183  one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the
6184  net via NFS and you want the IP address of your computer to be
6185  discovered automatically at boot time using the RARP protocol (an
6186  older protocol which is being obsoleted by BOOTP and DHCP), say Y
6187  here. Note that if you want to use RARP, a RARP server must be
6188  operating on your network. Read <file:Documentation/nfsroot.txt> for
6189  details.
6190
6191IP tunneling
6192CONFIG_NET_IPIP
6193  Tunneling means encapsulating data of one protocol type within
6194  another protocol and sending it over a channel that understands the
6195  encapsulating protocol. This particular tunneling driver implements
6196  encapsulation of IP within IP, which sounds kind of pointless, but
6197  can be useful if you want to make your (or some other) machine
6198  appear on a different network than it physically is, or to use
6199  mobile-IP facilities (allowing laptops to seamlessly move between
6200  networks without changing their IP addresses).
6201
6202  Saying Y to this option will produce two modules ( = code which can
6203  be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
6204  want). Most people won't need this and can say N.
6205
6206  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6207  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6208  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
6209  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
6210  ipip.o
6211
6212GRE tunnels over IP
6213CONFIG_NET_IPGRE
6214  Tunneling means encapsulating data of one protocol type within
6215  another protocol and sending it over a channel that understands the
6216  encapsulating protocol. This particular tunneling driver implements
6217  GRE (Generic Routing Encapsulation) and at this time allows
6218  encapsulating of IPv4 or IPv6 over existing IPv4 infrastructure.
6219  This driver is useful if the other endpoint is a Cisco router: Cisco
6220  likes GRE much better than the other Linux tunneling driver ("IP
6221  tunneling" above). In addition, GRE allows multicast redistribution
6222  through the tunnel.
6223
6224  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6225  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6226  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
6227  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
6228  ip_gre.o
6229
6230Broadcast GRE over IP
6231CONFIG_NET_IPGRE_BROADCAST
6232  One application of GRE/IP is to construct a broadcast WAN (Wide Area
6233  Network), which looks like a normal Ethernet LAN (Local Area
6234  Network), but can be distributed all over the Internet. If you want
6235  to do that, say Y here and to "IP multicast routing" below.
6236
6237IP multicast routing
6238CONFIG_IP_MROUTE
6239  This is used if you want your machine to act as a router for IP
6240  packets that have several destination addresses. It is needed on the
6241  MBONE, a high bandwidth network on top of the Internet which carries
6242  audio and video broadcasts. In order to do that, you would most
6243  likely run the program mrouted. Information about the multicast
6244  capabilities of the various network cards is contained in
6245  <file:Documentation/networking/multicast.txt>. If you haven't heard
6246  about it, you don't need it.
6247
6248PIM-SM version 1 support
6249CONFIG_IP_PIMSM_V1
6250  Kernel side support for Sparse Mode PIM (Protocol Independent
6251  Multicast) version 1. This multicast routing protocol is used widely
6252  because Cisco supports it. You need special software to use it
6253  (pimd-v1). Please see <http://netweb.usc.edu/pim/> for more
6254  information about PIM.
6255
6256  Say Y if you want to use PIM-SM v1. Note that you can say N here if
6257  you just want to use Dense Mode PIM.
6258
6259PIM-SM version 2 support
6260CONFIG_IP_PIMSM_V2
6261  Kernel side support for Sparse Mode PIM version 2. In order to use
6262  this, you need an experimental routing daemon supporting it (pimd or
6263  gated-5). This routing protocol is not used widely, so say N unless
6264  you want to play with it.
6265
6266Unix domain sockets
6267CONFIG_UNIX
6268  If you say Y here, you will include support for Unix domain sockets;
6269  sockets are the standard Unix mechanism for establishing and
6270  accessing network connections.  Many commonly used programs such as
6271  the X Window system and syslog use these sockets even if your
6272  machine is not connected to any network.  Unless you are working on
6273  an embedded system or something similar, you therefore definitely
6274  want to say Y here.
6275
6276  However, the socket support is also available as a module ( = code
6277  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
6278  whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
6279  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be
6280  called unix.o.  If you try building this as a module and you have
6281  said Y to "Kernel module loader support" above, be sure to add
6282  'alias net-pf-1 unix' to your /etc/modules.conf file. Note that
6283  several important services won't work correctly if you say M here
6284  and then neglect to load the module.
6285
6286  Say Y unless you know what you are doing.
6287
6288The IPv6 protocol
6289CONFIG_IPV6
6290  This is experimental support for the next version of the Internet
6291  Protocol: IP version 6 (also called IPng "IP next generation").
6292  Features of this new protocol include: expanded address space,
6293  authentication and privacy, and seamless interoperability with the
6294  current version of IP (IP version 4). For general information about
6295  IPv6, see <http://playground.sun.com/pub/ipng/html/ipng-main.html>;
6296  for specific information about IPv6 under Linux read the HOWTO at
6297  <http://www.bieringer.de/linux/IPv6/> and the file net/ipv6/README
6298  in the kernel source.
6299
6300  If you want to use IPv6, please upgrade to the newest net-tools as
6301  given in <file:Documentation/Changes>. You will still be able to do
6302  regular IPv4 networking as well.
6303
6304  This protocol support is also available as a module ( = code which
6305  can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
6306  want). The module will be called ipv6.o. If you want to compile it
6307  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
6308
6309  It is safe to say N here for now.
6310
6311The SCTP Protocol (EXPERIMENTAL)
6312CONFIG_IP_SCTP
6313  Stream Control Transmission Protocol
6314
6315  From RFC 2960 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2960.txt)
6316
6317  "SCTP is a reliable transport protocol operating on top of a
6318  connectionless packet network such as IP.  It offers the following
6319  services to its users:
6320
6321  -- acknowledged error-free non-duplicated transfer of user data,
6322  -- data fragmentation to conform to discovered path MTU size,
6323  -- sequenced delivery of user messages within multiple streams,
6324  with an option for order-of-arrival delivery of individual user
6325  messages,
6326  -- optional bundling of multiple user messages into a single SCTP
6327  packet, and
6328  -- network-level fault tolerance through supporting of multi-
6329  homing at either or both ends of an association."
6330
6331  This protocol support is also available as a module ( = code which
6332  can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
6333  want). The module will be called sctp. If you want to compile it
6334  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
6335
6336  If in doubt, say N.
6337
6338SCTP: Debug messages
6339CONFIG_SCTP_DBG_MSG
6340  If you say Y, this will enable verbose debugging messages.
6341
6342  If unsure, say N.  However, if you are running into problems, use
6343  this option to gather detailed trace information
6344
6345SCTP: Debug object counts
6346CONFIG_SCTP_DBG_OBJCNT
6347  If you say Y, this will enable debugging support for counting the
6348  type of objects that are currently allocated.  This is useful for
6349  identifying memory leaks.   If the /proc filesystem is enabled this
6350  debug information can be viewed by
6351  'cat /proc/net/sctp/sctp_dbg_objcnt'
6352
6353  If unsure, say N
6354
6355#choice
6356SCTP: HMAC algorithm
6357CONFIG_SCTP_HMAC_NONE
6358  Choose an HMAC algorithm to be used during association establishment.
6359  It can be one of SHA1, MD5 or NONE. It is advised to use either HMAC-MD5
6360  or HMAC-SHA1.
6361  See configuration for Cryptographic API and enable these algorithms
6362  to make usable by SCTP.
6363
6364SCTP: SHA1 HMAC algorithm
6365CONFIG_SCTP_HMAC_SHA1
6366  Enable the use of HMAC-SHA1 during association establishment.  It
6367  is advised to use either HMAC-MD5 or HMAC-SHA1.
6368  See configuration for Cryptographic API and enable these algorithms
6369  to make usable by SCTP.
6370
6371SCTP: MD5 HMAC algorithm
6372config SCTP_HMAC_MD5
6373  Enable the use of HMAC-MD5 during association establishment.  It is
6374  advised to use either HMAC-MD5 or HMAC-SHA1.
6375  See configuration for Cryptographic API and enable these algorithms
6376  to make usable by SCTP.
6377
6378Kernel httpd acceleration
6379CONFIG_KHTTPD
6380  The kernel httpd acceleration daemon (kHTTPd) is a (limited) web
6381  server built into the kernel. It is limited since it can only serve
6382  files from the file system and cannot deal with executable content
6383  such as CGI scripts. Serving files is sped up if you use kHTTPd.
6384  If kHTTPd is not able to fulfill a request, it can transparently
6385  pass it through to a user space web server such as apache.
6386
6387  Saying "M" here builds the kHTTPd module; this is NOT enough to have
6388  a working kHTTPd. For safety reasons, the module has to be activated
6389  by doing a "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/khttpd/start" after inserting the
6390  module.
6391
6392  Before using this, read the README in net/khttpd !
6393
6394  The kHTTPd is experimental. Be careful when using it on a production
6395  machine. Also note that kHTTPd doesn't support virtual servers yet.
6396
6397The IPX protocol
6398CONFIG_IPX
6399  This is support for the Novell networking protocol, IPX, commonly
6400  used for local networks of Windows machines.  You need it if you
6401  want to access Novell NetWare file or print servers using the Linux
6402  Novell client ncpfs (available from
6403  <ftp://platan.vc.cvut.cz/pub/linux/ncpfs/>) or from
6404  within the Linux DOS emulator DOSEMU (read the DOSEMU-HOWTO,
6405  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>).  In order
6406  to do the former, you'll also have to say Y to "NCP file system
6407  support", below.
6408
6409  IPX is similar in scope to IP, while SPX, which runs on top of IPX,
6410  is similar to TCP. There is also experimental support for SPX in
6411  Linux (see "SPX networking", below).
6412
6413  To turn your Linux box into a fully featured NetWare file server and
6414  IPX router, say Y here and fetch either lwared from
6415  <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/network/daemons/> or
6416  mars_nwe from <ftp://www.compu-art.de/mars_nwe/>. For more
6417  information, read the IPX-HOWTO available from
6418  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
6419
6420  General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and
6421  Macs is on the WWW at <http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html>.
6422
6423  The IPX driver would enlarge your kernel by about 16 KB. This driver
6424  is also available as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and
6425  removed from the running kernel whenever you want).  The module will
6426  be called ipx.o.  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
6427  and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  Unless you want to
6428  integrate your Linux box with a local Novell network, say N.
6429
6430Full internal IPX network
6431CONFIG_IPX_INTERN
6432  Every IPX network has an address that identifies it. Sometimes it is
6433  useful to give an IPX "network" address to your Linux box as well
6434  (for example if your box is acting as a file server for different
6435  IPX networks: it will then be accessible from everywhere using the
6436  same address). The way this is done is to create a virtual internal
6437  "network" inside your box and to assign an IPX address to this
6438  network. Say Y here if you want to do this; read the IPX-HOWTO at
6439  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> for details.
6440
6441  The full internal IPX network enables you to allocate sockets on
6442  different virtual nodes of the internal network. This is done by
6443  evaluating the field sipx_node of the socket address given to the
6444  bind call. So applications should always initialize the node field
6445  to 0 when binding a socket on the primary network. In this case the
6446  socket is assigned the default node that has been given to the
6447  kernel when the internal network was created. By enabling the full
6448  internal IPX network the cross-forwarding of packets targeted at
6449  'special' sockets to sockets listening on the primary network is
6450  disabled. This might break existing applications, especially RIP/SAP
6451  daemons. A RIP/SAP daemon that works well with the full internal net
6452  can be found on <ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/linux/misc/ncpfs/>.
6453
6454  If you don't know what you are doing, say N.
6455
6456#(We're told this will come back someday)
6457
6458SPX networking
6459CONFIG_SPX
6460  * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Petr Vandrovec     *
6461  * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact *
6462  * the Configure.help maintainers.                             *
6463  The Sequenced Packet eXchange protocol is a transport layer protocol
6464  built on top of IPX. It is used in Novell NetWare systems for
6465  client-server applications and is similar to TCP (which runs on top
6466  of IP).
6467
6468  Note that Novell NetWare file sharing does not use SPX; it uses a
6469  protocol called NCP, for which separate Linux support is available
6470  ("NCP file system support" below for the client side, and the user
6471  space programs lwared or mars_nwe for the server side).
6472
6473  Say Y here if you have use for SPX; read the IPX-HOWTO at
6474  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> for details.
6475
6476  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6477  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6478  The module will be called af_spx.o. If you want to compile it as a
6479  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
6480
6481DECnet networking
6482CONFIG_DECNET
6483  The DECnet networking protocol was used in many products made by
6484  Digital (now Compaq).  It provides reliable stream and sequenced
6485  packet communications over which run a variety of services similar
6486  to those which run over TCP/IP.
6487
6488  To find some tools to use with the kernel layer support, please
6489  look at Patrick Caulfield's web site:
6490  <http://linux.dreamtime.org/decnet/>.
6491
6492  More detailed documentation is available in
6493  <file:Documentation/networking/decnet.txt>.
6494
6495  Be sure to say Y to "/proc file system support" and "Sysctl support"
6496  below when using DECnet, since you will need sysctl support to aid
6497  in configuration at run time.
6498
6499  The DECnet code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6500  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6501  The module is called decnet.o.
6502
6503DECnet SIOCFIGCONF support
6504CONFIG_DECNET_SIOCGIFCONF
6505  This option should only be turned on if you are really sure that
6506  you know what you are doing. It can break other applications which
6507  use this system call and the proper way to get the information
6508  provided by this call is to use rtnetlink.
6509
6510  If unsure, say N.
6511
6512DECnet router support
6513CONFIG_DECNET_ROUTER
6514  Add support for turning your DECnet Endnode into a level 1 or 2
6515  router.  This is an unfinished option for developers only.  If you
6516  do say Y here, then make sure that you also say Y to "Kernel/User
6517  network link driver", "Routing messages" and "Network packet
6518  filtering".  The first two are required to allow configuration via
6519  rtnetlink (currently you need Alexey Kuznetsov's iproute2 package
6520  from <ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/>). The "Network packet filtering" option
6521  will be required for the forthcoming routing daemon to work.
6522
6523  See <file:Documentation/networking/decnet.txt> for more information.
6524
6525Use FWMARK value as DECnet routing key
6526CONFIG_DECNET_ROUTE_FWMARK
6527  If you say Y here, you will be able to specify different routes for
6528  packets with different FWMARK ("firewalling mark") values
6529  (see ipchains(8), "-m" argument).
6530
6531AppleTalk interfaces support
6532CONFIG_DEV_APPLETALK
6533  AppleTalk is the protocol that Apple computers can use to communicate
6534  on a network.  If your Linux box is connected to such a network, and wish
6535  to do IP over it, or you have a LocalTalk card and wish to use it to
6536  connect to the AppleTalk network, say Y.
6537
6538AppleTalk protocol support
6539CONFIG_ATALK
6540  AppleTalk is the protocol that Apple computers can use to communicate
6541  on a network.  If your Linux box is connected to such a network and you
6542  wish to connect to it, say Y.  You will need to use the netatalk package
6543  so that your Linux box can act as a print and file server for Macs as
6544  well as access AppleTalk printers.  Check out
6545  <http://www.zettabyte.net/netatalk/> on the WWW for details.
6546  EtherTalk is the name used for AppleTalk over Ethernet and the
6547  cheaper and slower LocalTalk is AppleTalk over a proprietary Apple
6548  network using serial links.  EtherTalk and LocalTalk are fully
6549  supported by Linux.
6550
6551  General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and
6552  Macs is on the WWW at <http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html>.  The
6553  NET-3-HOWTO, available from
6554  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, contains valuable
6555  information as well.
6556
6557  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6558  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6559  The module is called appletalk.o.  If you want to compile it as a
6560  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  You
6561  almost certainly want to compile it as a module so you can restart
6562  your AppleTalk stack without rebooting your machine.  I hear that
6563  the GNU boycott of Apple is over, so even politically correct people
6564  are allowed to say Y here.
6565
6566AppleTalk-IP driver support
6567CONFIG_IPDDP
6568  This allows IP networking for users who only have AppleTalk
6569  networking available. This feature is experimental. With this
6570  driver, you can encapsulate IP inside AppleTalk (e.g. if your Linux
6571  box is stuck on an AppleTalk only network) or decapsulate (e.g. if
6572  you want your Linux box to act as an Internet gateway for a zoo of
6573  AppleTalk connected Macs). Please see the file
6574  <file:Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt> for more information.
6575
6576  If you say Y here, the AppleTalk-IP support will be compiled into
6577  the kernel. In this case, you can either use encapsulation or
6578  decapsulation, but not both. With the following two questions, you
6579  decide which one you want.
6580
6581  If you say M here, the AppleTalk-IP support will be compiled as a
6582  module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
6583  running kernel whenever you want, read
6584  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>).  The module is called ipddp.o.
6585  In this case, you will be able to use both encapsulation and
6586  decapsulation simultaneously, by loading two copies of the module
6587  and specifying different values for the module option ipddp_mode.
6588
6589IP to AppleTalk-IP Encapsulation support
6590CONFIG_IPDDP_ENCAP
6591  If you say Y here, the AppleTalk-IP code will be able to encapsulate
6592  IP packets inside AppleTalk frames; this is useful if your Linux box
6593  is stuck on an AppleTalk network (which hopefully contains a
6594  decapsulator somewhere). Please see
6595  <file:Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt> for more information. If
6596  you said Y to "AppleTalk-IP driver support" above and you say Y
6597  here, then you cannot say Y to "AppleTalk-IP to IP Decapsulation
6598  support", below.
6599
6600AppleTalk-IP to IP Decapsulation support
6601CONFIG_IPDDP_DECAP
6602  If you say Y here, the AppleTalk-IP code will be able to decapsulate
6603  AppleTalk-IP frames to IP packets; this is useful if you want your
6604  Linux box to act as an Internet gateway for an AppleTalk network.
6605  Please see <file:Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt> for more
6606  information.  If you said Y to "AppleTalk-IP driver support" above
6607  and you say Y here, then you cannot say Y to "IP to AppleTalk-IP
6608  Encapsulation support", above.
6609
6610Apple/Farallon LocalTalk PC card support
6611CONFIG_LTPC
6612  This allows you to use the AppleTalk PC card to connect to LocalTalk
6613  networks. The card is also known as the Farallon PhoneNet PC card.
6614  If you are in doubt, this card is the one with the 65C02 chip on it.
6615  You also need version 1.3.3 or later of the netatalk package.
6616  This driver is experimental, which means that it may not work.
6617  See the file <file:Documentation/networking/ltpc.txt>.
6618
6619  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6620  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6621  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
6622  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
6623  ltpc.o
6624
6625COPS LocalTalk PC card support
6626CONFIG_COPS
6627  This allows you to use COPS AppleTalk cards to connect to LocalTalk
6628  networks. You also need version 1.3.3 or later of the netatalk
6629  package. This driver is experimental, which means that it may not
6630  work. This driver will only work if you choose "AppleTalk DDP"
6631  networking support, above.
6632  Please read the file <file:Documentation/networking/cops.txt>.
6633
6634  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6635  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6636  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
6637  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
6638  cops.o
6639
6640Dayna firmware support
6641CONFIG_COPS_DAYNA
6642  Support COPS compatible cards with Dayna style firmware (Dayna
6643  DL2000/ Daynatalk/PC (half length), COPS LT-95, Farallon PhoneNET PC
6644  III, Farallon PhoneNET PC II).
6645
6646Tangent firmware support
6647CONFIG_COPS_TANGENT
6648  Support COPS compatible cards with Tangent style firmware (Tangent
6649  ATB_II, Novell NL-1000, Daystar Digital LT-200.
6650
6651Amateur Radio support
6652CONFIG_HAMRADIO
6653  If you want to connect your Linux box to an amateur radio, answer Y
6654  here. You want to read <http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html> and
6655  the AX25-HOWTO, available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
6656
6657  Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
6658  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
6659  the questions about amateur radio.
6660
6661Amateur Radio AX.25 Level 2 protocol
6662CONFIG_AX25
6663  This is the protocol used for computer communication over amateur
6664  radio. It is either used by itself for point-to-point links, or to
6665  carry other protocols such as tcp/ip. To use it, you need a device
6666  that connects your Linux box to your amateur radio. You can either
6667  use a low speed TNC (a Terminal Node Controller acts as a kind of
6668  modem connecting your computer's serial port to your radio's
6669  microphone input and speaker output) supporting the KISS protocol or
6670  one of the various SCC cards that are supported by the generic Z8530
6671  or the DMA SCC driver. Another option are the Baycom modem serial
6672  and parallel port hacks or the sound card modem (supported by their
6673  own drivers). If you say Y here, you also have to say Y to one of
6674  those drivers.
6675
6676  Information about where to get supporting software for Linux amateur
6677  radio as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is
6678  contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available from
6679  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. You might also want to
6680  check out the file <file:Documentation/networking/ax25.txt> in the
6681  kernel source. More information about digital amateur radio in
6682  general is on the WWW at
6683  <http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html>.
6684
6685  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6686  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6687  The module will be called ax25.o. If you want to compile it as a
6688  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
6689
6690AX.25 DAMA Slave support
6691CONFIG_AX25_DAMA_SLAVE
6692  DAMA is a mechanism to prevent collisions when doing AX.25
6693  networking. A DAMA server (called "master") accepts incoming traffic
6694  from clients (called "slaves") and redistributes it to other slaves.
6695  If you say Y here, your Linux box will act as a DAMA slave; this is
6696  transparent in that you don't have to do any special DAMA
6697  configuration. (Linux cannot yet act as a DAMA server.) If unsure,
6698  say N.
6699
6700AX.25 DAMA Master support
6701CONFIG_AX25_DAMA_MASTER
6702  DAMA is a mechanism to prevent collisions when doing AX.25
6703  networking. A DAMA server (called "master") accepts incoming traffic
6704  from clients (called "slaves") and redistributes it to other
6705  slaves. If you say Y here, your Linux box will act as a DAMA server.
6706  If unsure, say N.
6707
6708Amateur Radio NET/ROM support
6709CONFIG_NETROM
6710  NET/ROM is a network layer protocol on top of AX.25 useful for
6711  routing.
6712
6713  A comprehensive listing of all the software for Linux amateur radio
6714  users as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is
6715  contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available from
6716  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. You also might want to
6717  check out the file <file:Documentation/networking/ax25.txt>. More
6718  information about digital amateur radio in general is on the WWW at
6719  <http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html>.
6720
6721  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6722  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6723  The module will be called netrom.o. If you want to compile it as a
6724  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
6725
6726Amateur Radio X.25 PLP (Rose)
6727CONFIG_ROSE
6728  The Packet Layer Protocol (PLP) is a way to route packets over X.25
6729  connections in general and amateur radio AX.25 connections in
6730  particular, essentially an alternative to NET/ROM.
6731
6732  A comprehensive listing of all the software for Linux amateur radio
6733  users as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is
6734  contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available from
6735  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  You also might want to
6736  check out the file <file:Documentation/networking/ax25.txt>. More
6737  information about digital amateur radio in general is on the WWW at
6738  <http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html>.
6739
6740  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6741  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6742  The module will be called rose.o. If you want to compile it as a
6743  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
6744
6745Serial port KISS driver for AX.25
6746CONFIG_MKISS
6747  KISS is a protocol used for the exchange of data between a computer
6748  and a Terminal Node Controller (a small embedded system commonly
6749  used for networking over AX.25 amateur radio connections; it
6750  connects the computer's serial port with the radio's microphone
6751  input and speaker output).
6752
6753  Although KISS is less advanced than the 6pack protocol, it has
6754  the advantage that it is already supported by most modern TNCs
6755  without the need for a firmware upgrade.
6756
6757  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
6758  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6759  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
6760  will be called mkiss.o.
6761
6762Serial port 6PACK driver for AX.25
6763CONFIG_6PACK
6764  6pack is a transmission protocol for the data exchange between your
6765  PC and your TNC (the Terminal Node Controller acts as a kind of
6766  modem connecting your computer's serial port to your radio's
6767  microphone input and speaker output). This protocol can be used as
6768  an alternative to KISS for networking over AX.25 amateur radio
6769  connections, but it has some extended functionality.
6770
6771  Note that this driver is still experimental and might cause
6772  problems. For details about the features and the usage of the
6773  driver, read <file:Documentation/networking/6pack.txt>.
6774
6775  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
6776  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6777  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
6778  will be called 6pack.o.
6779
6780BPQ Ethernet driver
6781CONFIG_BPQETHER
6782  AX.25 is the protocol used for computer communication over amateur
6783  radio. If you say Y here, you will be able to send and receive AX.25
6784  traffic over Ethernet (also called "BPQ AX.25"), which could be
6785  useful if some other computer on your local network has a direct
6786  amateur radio connection.
6787
6788  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
6789  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6790  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
6791  will be called bpqether.o.
6792
6793High-speed (DMA) SCC driver for AX.25
6794CONFIG_DMASCC
6795  This is a driver for high-speed SCC boards, i.e. those supporting
6796  DMA on one port. You usually use those boards to connect your
6797  computer to an amateur radio modem (such as the WA4DSY 56kbps
6798  modem), in order to send and receive AX.25 packet radio network
6799  traffic.
6800
6801  Currently, this driver supports Ottawa PI/PI2, Paccomm/Gracilis
6802  PackeTwin, and S5SCC/DMA boards. They are detected automatically.
6803  If you have one of these cards, say Y here and read the AX25-HOWTO,
6804  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
6805
6806  This driver can operate multiple boards simultaneously. If you
6807  compile it as a module (by saying M instead of Y), it will be called
6808  dmascc.o. If you don't pass any parameter to the driver, all
6809  possible I/O addresses are probed. This could irritate other devices
6810  that are currently not in use. You may specify the list of addresses
6811  to be probed by "dmascc=addr1,addr2,..." (when compiled into the
6812  kernel image) or "io=addr1,addr2,..." (when loaded as a module). The
6813  network interfaces will be called dmascc0 and dmascc1 for the board
6814  detected first, dmascc2 and dmascc3 for the second one, and so on.
6815
6816  Before you configure each interface with ifconfig, you MUST set
6817  certain parameters, such as channel access timing, clock mode, and
6818  DMA channel. This is accomplished with a small utility program,
6819  dmascc_cfg, available at
6820  <http://www.nt.tuwien.ac.at/~kkudielk/Linux/>. Please be sure to get
6821  at least version 1.27 of dmascc_cfg, as older versions will not
6822  work with the current driver.
6823
6824Z8530 SCC driver for AX.25
6825CONFIG_SCC
6826  These cards are used to connect your Linux box to an amateur radio
6827  in order to communicate with other computers. If you want to use
6828  this, read <file:Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt> and the
6829  AX25-HOWTO, available from
6830  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Also make sure to say Y
6831  to "Amateur Radio AX.25 Level 2" support.
6832
6833  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6834  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6835  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
6836  will be called scc.o.
6837
6838Support for TRX that feedback the tx signal to rx
6839CONFIG_SCC_TRXECHO
6840  Some transmitters feed the transmitted signal back to the receive
6841  line.  Say Y here to foil this by explicitly disabling the receiver
6842  during data transmission.  If in doubt, say Y.
6843
6844Additional delay for PA0HZP OptoSCC compatible boards
6845CONFIG_SCC_DELAY
6846  Say Y here if you experience problems with the SCC driver not
6847  working properly; please read
6848  <file:Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt> for details. If unsure,
6849  say N.
6850
6851YAM driver for AX.25
6852CONFIG_YAM
6853  The YAM is a modem for packet radio which connects to the serial
6854  port and includes some of the functions of a Terminal Node
6855  Controller. If you have one of those, say Y here.
6856
6857  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
6858  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6859  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
6860  will be called yam.o.
6861
6862BAYCOM picpar and par96 driver for AX.25
6863CONFIG_BAYCOM_PAR
6864  This is a driver for Baycom style simple amateur radio modems that
6865  connect to a parallel interface. The driver supports the picpar and
6866  par96 designs. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc utility
6867  available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For information on
6868  the modems, see <http://www.baycom.de/> and the file
6869  <file:Documentation/networking/baycom.txt>.
6870
6871  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
6872  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6873  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  This is
6874  recommended.  The module will be called baycom_par.o.
6875
6876BAYCOM EPP driver for AX.25
6877CONFIG_BAYCOM_EPP
6878  This is a driver for Baycom style simple amateur radio modems that
6879  connect to a parallel interface. The driver supports the EPP
6880  designs. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc utility available
6881  in the standard ax25 utilities package. For information on the
6882  modems, see <http://www.baycom.de/> and the file
6883  <file:Documentation/networking/baycom.txt>.
6884
6885  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
6886  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6887  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  This is
6888  recommended.  The module will be called baycom_par.o.
6889
6890BAYCOM ser12 full-duplex driver for AX.25
6891CONFIG_BAYCOM_SER_FDX
6892  This is one of two drivers for Baycom style simple amateur radio
6893  modems that connect to a serial interface. The driver supports the
6894  ser12 design in full-duplex mode. In addition, it allows the
6895  baudrate to be set between 300 and 4800 baud (however not all modems
6896  support all baudrates). This is the preferred driver. The next
6897  driver, "BAYCOM ser12 half-duplex driver for AX.25" is the old
6898  driver and still provided in case this driver does not work with
6899  your serial interface chip. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc
6900  utility available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For
6901  information on the modems, see <http://www.baycom.de/> and
6902  <file:Documentation/networking/baycom.txt>.
6903
6904  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
6905  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6906  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  This is
6907  recommended.  The module will be called baycom_ser_fdx.o.
6908
6909BAYCOM ser12 half-duplex driver for AX.25
6910CONFIG_BAYCOM_SER_HDX
6911  This is one of two drivers for Baycom style simple amateur radio
6912  modems that connect to a serial interface. The driver supports the
6913  ser12 design in full-duplex mode. This is the old driver.  It is
6914  still provided in case your serial interface chip does not work with
6915  the full-duplex driver. This driver is depreciated.  To configure
6916  the driver, use the sethdlc utility available in the standard ax25
6917  utilities package. For information on the modems, see
6918  <http://www.baycom.de/> and
6919  <file:Documentation/networking/baycom.txt>.
6920
6921  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
6922  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6923  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  This is
6924  recommended.  The module will be called baycom_ser_hdx.o.
6925
6926Sound card modem driver for AX.25
6927CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM
6928  This experimental driver allows a standard Sound Blaster or
6929  WindowsSoundSystem compatible sound card to be used as a packet
6930  radio modem (NOT as a telephone modem!), to send digital traffic
6931  over amateur radio.
6932
6933  To configure the driver, use the sethdlc, smdiag and smmixer
6934  utilities available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For
6935  information on how to key the transmitter, see
6936  <http://www.ife.ee.ethz.ch/~sailer/pcf/ptt_circ/ptt.html> and
6937  <file:Documentation/networking/soundmodem.txt>.
6938
6939  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
6940  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6941  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  This is
6942  recommended.  The module will be called soundmodem.o.
6943
6944Sound card modem support for Sound Blaster and compatible cards
6945CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_SBC
6946  This option enables the soundmodem driver to use Sound Blaster and
6947  compatible cards. If you have a dual mode card (i.e. a WSS cards
6948  with a Sound Blaster emulation) you should say N here and Y to
6949  "Sound card modem support for WSS and Crystal cards", below, because
6950  this usually results in better performance. This option also
6951  supports SB16/32/64 in full-duplex mode.
6952
6953Sound card modem support for WSS and Crystal cards
6954CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_WSS
6955  This option enables the soundmodem driver to use WindowsSoundSystem
6956  compatible cards. These cards feature a codec chip from either
6957  Analog Devices (such as AD1848, AD1845, AD1812) or Crystal
6958  Semiconductors (such as CS4248, CS423x). This option also supports
6959  the WSS full-duplex operation which currently works with Crystal
6960  CS423x chips. If you don't need full-duplex operation, do not enable
6961  it to save performance.
6962
6963Sound card modem support for 1200 baud AFSK modulation
6964CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK1200
6965  This option enables the soundmodem driver 1200 baud AFSK modem,
6966  compatible to popular modems using TCM3105 or AM7911. The
6967  demodulator requires about 12% of the CPU power of a Pentium 75 CPU
6968  per channel.
6969
6970Sound card modem support for 2400 baud AFSK modulation (7.3728MHz crystal)
6971CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2400_7
6972  This option enables the soundmodem driver 2400 baud AFSK modem,
6973  compatible to TCM3105 modems (over-)clocked with a 7.3728MHz
6974  crystal. Note that the availability of this driver does _not_ imply
6975  that I recommend building such links. It is only here since users
6976  especially in eastern Europe have asked me to do so. In fact this
6977  modulation scheme has many disadvantages, mainly its incompatibility
6978  with many transceiver designs and the fact that the TCM3105 (if
6979  used) is operated widely outside its specifications.
6980
6981Sound card modem support for 2400 baud AFSK modulation (8MHz crystal)
6982CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2400_8
6983  This option enables the soundmodem driver 2400 baud AFSK modem,
6984  compatible to TCM3105 modems (over-)clocked with an 8MHz crystal.
6985  Note that the availability of this driver does _not_ imply that I
6986  recommend building such links. It is only here since users
6987  especially in eastern Europe have asked me to do so. In fact this
6988  modulation scheme has many disadvantages, mainly its incompatibility
6989  with many transceiver designs and the fact that the TCM3105 (if
6990  used) is operated widely outside its specifications.
6991
6992Sound card modem support for 2666 baud AFSK modulation
6993CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2666
6994  This option enables the soundmodem driver 2666 baud AFSK modem.
6995  This modem is experimental, and not compatible to anything
6996  else I know of.
6997
6998Sound card modem support for 4800 baud 8PSK modulation
6999CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_PSK4800
7000  This option enables the soundmodem driver 4800 baud 8PSK modem.
7001  This modem is experimental, and not compatible to anything
7002  else I know of.
7003
7004Sound card modem support for 4800 baud HAPN-1 modulation
7005CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_HAPN4800
7006  This option enables the soundmodem driver 4800 baud HAPN-1
7007  compatible modem. This modulation seems to be widely used 'down
7008  under' and in the Netherlands. Here, nobody uses it, so I could not
7009  test if it works. It is compatible to itself, however :-)
7010
7011Sound card modem support for 9600 baud FSK G3RUH modulation
7012CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_FSK9600
7013  This option enables the soundmodem driver 9600 baud FSK modem,
7014  compatible to the G3RUH standard. The demodulator requires about 4%
7015  of the CPU power of a Pentium 75 CPU per channel. You can say Y to
7016  both 1200 baud AFSK and 9600 baud FSK if you want (but obviously you
7017  can only use one protocol at a time, depending on what the other end
7018  can understand).
7019
7020CCITT X.25 Packet Layer
7021CONFIG_X25
7022  X.25 is a set of standardized network protocols, similar in scope to
7023  frame relay; the one physical line from your box to the X.25 network
7024  entry point can carry several logical point-to-point connections
7025  (called "virtual circuits") to other computers connected to the X.25
7026  network. Governments, banks, and other organizations tend to use it
7027  to connect to each other or to form Wide Area Networks (WANs). Many
7028  countries have public X.25 networks. X.25 consists of two
7029  protocols: the higher level Packet Layer Protocol (PLP) (say Y here
7030  if you want that) and the lower level data link layer protocol LAPB
7031  (say Y to "LAPB Data Link Driver" below if you want that).
7032
7033  You can read more about X.25 at <http://www.sangoma.com/x25.htm> and
7034  <http://www.cisco.com/univercd/data/doc/software/11_0/rpcg/cx25.htm>.
7035  Information about X.25 for Linux is contained in the files
7036  <file:Documentation/networking/x25.txt> and
7037  <file:Documentation/networking/x25-iface.txt>.
7038
7039  One connects to an X.25 network either with a dedicated network card
7040  using the X.21 protocol (not yet supported by Linux) or one can do
7041  X.25 over a standard telephone line using an ordinary modem (say Y
7042  to "X.25 async driver" below) or over Ethernet using an ordinary
7043  Ethernet card and either the 802.2 LLC protocol (say Y to "802.2
7044  LLC" below) or LAPB over Ethernet (say Y to "LAPB Data Link Driver"
7045  and "LAPB over Ethernet driver" below).
7046
7047  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
7048  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
7049  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
7050  will be called x25.o. If unsure, say N.
7051
7052LAPB Data Link Driver
7053CONFIG_LAPB
7054  Link Access Procedure, Balanced (LAPB) is the data link layer (i.e.
7055  the lower) part of the X.25 protocol. It offers a reliable
7056  connection service to exchange data frames with one other host, and
7057  it is used to transport higher level protocols (mostly X.25 Packet
7058  Layer, the higher part of X.25, but others are possible as well).
7059  Usually, LAPB is used with specialized X.21 network cards, but Linux
7060  currently supports LAPB only over Ethernet connections. If you want
7061  to use LAPB connections over Ethernet, say Y here and to "LAPB over
7062  Ethernet driver" below. Read
7063  <file:Documentation/networking/lapb-module.txt> for technical
7064  details.
7065
7066  If you want to compile this driver as a module though ( = code which
7067  can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7068  want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The
7069  module will be called lapb.o.  If unsure, say N.
7070
7071802.2 LLC
7072CONFIG_LLC
7073  This is a Logical Link Layer protocol used for X.25 connections over
7074  Ethernet, using ordinary Ethernet cards.
7075
7076Frame Diverter
7077CONFIG_NET_DIVERT
7078  The Frame Diverter allows you to divert packets from the
7079  network, that are not aimed at the interface receiving it (in
7080  promisc. mode). Typically, a Linux box setup as an Ethernet bridge
7081  with the Frames Diverter on, can do some *really* transparent www
7082  caching using a Squid proxy for example.
7083
7084  This is very useful when you don't want to change your router's
7085  config (or if you simply don't have access to it).
7086
7087  The other possible usages of diverting Ethernet Frames are
7088  numberous:
7089   - reroute smtp traffic to another interface
7090   - traffic-shape certain network streams
7091   - transparently proxy smtp connections
7092   - etc...
7093
7094  For more informations, please refer to:
7095    <http://diverter.sourceforge.net/>
7096    <http://perso.wanadoo.fr/magpie/EtherDivert.html>
7097
7098  If unsure, say N.
7099
7100802.1d Ethernet Bridging
7101CONFIG_BRIDGE
7102  If you say Y here, then your Linux box will be able to act as an
7103  Ethernet bridge, which means that the different Ethernet segments it
7104  is connected to will appear as one Ethernet to the participants.
7105  Several such bridges can work together to create even larger
7106  networks of Ethernets using the IEEE 802.1 spanning tree algorithm.
7107  As this is a standard, Linux bridges will cooperate properly with
7108  other third party bridge products.
7109
7110  In order to use the Ethernet bridge, you'll need the bridge
7111  configuration tools; see <file:Documentation/networking/bridge.txt>
7112  for location. Please read the Bridge mini-HOWTO for more
7113  information.
7114
7115  Note that if your box acts as a bridge, it probably contains several
7116  Ethernet devices, but the kernel is not able to recognize more than
7117  one at boot time without help; for details read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
7118  available from in <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
7119
7120  If you want to compile this code as a module ( = code which can be
7121  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
7122  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
7123  will be called bridge.o.
7124
7125  If unsure, say N.
7126
7127Packet socket
7128CONFIG_PACKET
7129  The Packet protocol is used by applications which communicate
7130  directly with network devices without an intermediate network
7131  protocol implemented in the kernel, e.g. tcpdump.  If you want them
7132  to work, choose Y.
7133
7134  This driver is also available as a module called af_packet.o ( =
7135  code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
7136  whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
7137  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>; if you use modprobe
7138  or kmod, you may also want to add "alias net-pf-17 af_packet" to
7139  /etc/modules.conf.
7140
7141  If unsure, say Y.
7142
7143Packet socket: mmapped IO
7144CONFIG_PACKET_MMAP
7145  If you say Y here, the Packet protocol driver can use a faster and
7146  more efficient capture method. This feature also allows bigger
7147  receive buffers. To take advantage of this method who have to use
7148  a libpcap library that supports it. For more info see
7149  <file:Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt>.
7150
7151  If unsure, say N.
7152
7153Netlink device emulation
7154CONFIG_NETLINK_DEV
7155  This option will be removed soon. Any programs that want to use
7156  character special nodes like /dev/tap0 or /dev/route (all with major
7157  number 36) need this option, and need to be rewritten soon to use
7158  the real netlink socket.
7159  This is a backward compatibility option, choose Y for now.
7160
7161  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7162  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7163  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
7164  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
7165  netlink_dev.o
7166
7167Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)
7168CONFIG_ATM
7169  ATM is a high-speed networking technology for Local Area Networks
7170  and Wide Area Networks.  It uses a fixed packet size and is
7171  connection oriented, allowing for the negotiation of minimum
7172  bandwidth requirements.
7173
7174  In order to participate in an ATM network, your Linux box needs an
7175  ATM networking card. If you have that, say Y here and to the driver
7176  of your ATM card below.
7177
7178  Note that you need a set of user-space programs to actually make use
7179  of ATM.  See the file <file:Documentation/networking/atm.txt> for
7180  further details.
7181
7182Classical IP over ATM
7183CONFIG_ATM_CLIP
7184  Classical IP over ATM for PVCs and SVCs, supporting InARP and
7185  ATMARP. If you want to communication with other IP hosts on your ATM
7186  network, you will typically either say Y here or to "LAN Emulation
7187  (LANE)" below.
7188
7189Do NOT send ICMP if no neighbour
7190CONFIG_ATM_CLIP_NO_ICMP
7191  Normally, an "ICMP host unreachable" message is sent if a neighbour
7192  cannot be reached because there is no VC to it in the kernel's
7193  ATMARP table. This may cause problems when ATMARP table entries are
7194  briefly removed during revalidation. If you say Y here, packets to
7195  such neighbours are silently discarded instead.
7196
7197RFC1483/2684 Bridged protocols
7198CONFIG_ATM_BR2684
7199  ATM PVCs can carry ethernet PDUs according to rfc2684 (formerly 1483)
7200  This device will act like an ethernet from the kernels point of view,
7201  with the traffic being carried by ATM PVCs (currently 1 PVC/device).
7202  This is sometimes used over DSL lines.  If in doubt, say N.
7203
7204Per-VC IP filter kludge
7205CONFIG_ATM_BR2684_IPFILTER
7206  This is an experimental mechanism for users who need to terminating a
7207  large number of IP-only vcc's.  Do not enable this unless you are sure
7208  you know what you are doing.
7209
7210LAN Emulation (LANE) support
7211CONFIG_ATM_LANE
7212  LAN Emulation emulates services of existing LANs across an ATM
7213  network. Besides operating as a normal ATM end station client, Linux
7214  LANE client can also act as an proxy client bridging packets between
7215  ELAN and Ethernet segments. You need LANE if you want to try MPOA.
7216
7217Multi-Protocol Over ATM (MPOA) support
7218CONFIG_ATM_MPOA
7219  Multi-Protocol Over ATM allows ATM edge devices such as routers,
7220  bridges and ATM attached hosts establish direct ATM VCs across
7221  subnetwork boundaries. These shortcut connections bypass routers
7222  enhancing overall network performance.
7223
7224ATM over TCP
7225CONFIG_ATM_TCP
7226  ATM over TCP driver. Useful mainly for development and for
7227  experiments. If unsure, say N.
7228
7229Efficient Networks ENI155P
7230CONFIG_ATM_ENI
7231  Driver for the Efficient Networks ENI155p series and SMC ATM
7232  Power155 155 Mbps ATM adapters. Both, the versions with 512KB and
7233  2MB on-board RAM (Efficient calls them "C" and "S", respectively),
7234  and the FPGA and the ASIC Tonga versions of the board are supported.
7235  The driver works with MMF (-MF or ...F) and UTP-5 (-U5 or ...D)
7236  adapters.
7237
7238  This driver is also available as a module.  If you want to compile
7239  it as a module, say M here and read
7240  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called eni.o.
7241
7242Enable extended debugging
7243CONFIG_ATM_ENI_DEBUG
7244  Extended debugging records various events and displays that list
7245  when an inconsistency is detected. This mechanism is faster than
7246  generally using printks, but still has some impact on performance.
7247  Note that extended debugging may create certain race conditions
7248  itself. Enable this ONLY if you suspect problems with the driver.
7249
7250Fine-tune burst settings
7251CONFIG_ATM_ENI_TUNE_BURST
7252  In order to obtain good throughput, the ENI NIC can transfer
7253  multiple words of data per PCI bus access cycle. Such a multi-word
7254  transfer is called a burst.
7255
7256  The default settings for the burst sizes are suitable for most PCI
7257  chipsets. However, in some cases, large bursts may overrun buffers
7258  in the PCI chipset and cause data corruption. In such cases, large
7259  bursts must be disabled and only (slower) small bursts can be used.
7260  The burst sizes can be set independently in the send (TX) and
7261  receive (RX) direction.
7262
7263  Note that enabling many different burst sizes in the same direction
7264  may increase the cost of setting up a transfer such that the
7265  resulting throughput is lower than when using only the largest
7266  available burst size.
7267
7268  Also, sometimes larger bursts lead to lower throughput, e.g. on an
7269  Intel 440FX board, a drop from 135 Mbps to 103 Mbps was observed
7270  when going from 8W to 16W bursts.
7271
7272Enable 16W TX bursts (discouraged)
7273CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_16W
7274  Burst sixteen words at once in the send direction. This may work
7275  with recent PCI chipsets, but is known to fail with older chipsets.
7276
7277Enable 8W TX bursts (recommended)
7278CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_8W
7279  Burst eight words at once in the send direction. This is the default
7280  setting.
7281
7282Enable 4W TX bursts (optional)
7283CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_4W
7284  Burst four words at once in the send direction. You may want to try
7285  this if you have disabled 8W bursts. Enabling 4W if 8W is also set
7286  may or may not improve throughput.
7287
7288Enable 2W TX bursts (optional)
7289CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_2W
7290  Burst two words at once in the send direction. You may want to try
7291  this if you have disabled 4W and 8W bursts. Enabling 2W if 4W or 8W
7292  are also set may or may not improve throughput.
7293
7294Enable 16W RX bursts (discouraged)
7295CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_16W
7296  Burst sixteen words at once in the receive direction. This may work
7297  with recent PCI chipsets, but is known to fail with older chipsets.
7298
7299Enable 8W RX bursts (discouraged)
7300CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_8W
7301  Burst eight words at once in the receive direction. This may work
7302  with recent PCI chipsets, but is known to fail with older chipsets,
7303  such as the Intel Neptune series.
7304
7305Enable 4W RX bursts (recommended)
7306CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_4W
7307  Burst four words at once in the receive direction. This is the
7308  default setting. Enabling 4W if 8W is also set may or may not
7309  improve throughput.
7310
7311Enable 2W RX bursts (optional)
7312CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_2W
7313  Burst two words at once in the receive direction. You may want to
7314  try this if you have disabled 4W and 8W bursts. Enabling 2W if 4W or
7315  8W are also set may or may not improve throughput.
7316
7317ZeitNet ZN1221/ZN1225
7318CONFIG_ATM_ZATM
7319  Driver for the ZeitNet ZN1221 (MMF) and ZN1225 (UTP-5) 155 Mbps ATM
7320  adapters.
7321
7322  This driver is also available as a module.  If you want to compile
7323  it as a module, say M here and read
7324  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called zatm.o.
7325
7326Enable extended debugging
7327CONFIG_ATM_ZATM_DEBUG
7328  Extended debugging records various events and displays that list
7329  when an inconsistency is detected. This mechanism is faster than
7330  generally using printks, but still has some impact on performance.
7331  Note that extended debugging may create certain race conditions
7332  itself. Enable this ONLY if you suspect problems with the driver.
7333
7334Fujitsu FireStream (FS50/FS155)
7335CONFIG_ATM_FIRESTREAM
7336  Driver for the Fujitsu FireStream 155 (MB86697) and
7337  FireStream 50 (MB86695) ATM PCI chips.
7338
7339  This driver is also available as a module.  If you want to compile
7340  it as a module, say M here and read
7341  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
7342  firestream.o.
7343
7344Enable usec resolution timestamps
7345CONFIG_ATM_ZATM_EXACT_TS
7346  The uPD98401 SAR chip supports a high-resolution timer (approx. 30
7347  MHz) that is used for very accurate reception timestamps. Because
7348  that timer overflows after 140 seconds, and also to avoid timer
7349  drift, time measurements need to be periodically synchronized with
7350  the normal system time. Enabling this feature will add some general
7351  overhead for timer synchronization and also per-packet overhead for
7352  time conversion.
7353
7354IDT 77201/11 (NICStAR) (ForeRunnerLE)
7355CONFIG_ATM_NICSTAR
7356  The NICStAR chipset family is used in a large number of ATM NICs for
7357  25 and for 155 Mbps, including IDT cards and the Fore ForeRunnerLE
7358  series. Say Y if you have one of those.
7359
7360  This driver is also available as a module.  If you want to compile
7361  it as a module, say M here and read
7362  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
7363  nicstar.o.
7364
7365Use suni PHY driver (155Mbps)
7366CONFIG_ATM_NICSTAR_USE_SUNI
7367  Support for the S-UNI and compatible PHYsical layer chips. These are
7368  found in most 155Mbps NICStAR based ATM cards, namely in the
7369  ForeRunner LE155 cards. This driver provides detection of cable~
7370  removal and reinsertion and provides some statistics. This driver
7371  doesn't have removal capability when compiled as a module, so if you
7372  need that capability don't include S-UNI support (it's not needed to
7373  make the card work).
7374
7375Use IDT77015 PHY driver (25Mbps)
7376CONFIG_ATM_NICSTAR_USE_IDT77105
7377  Support for the PHYsical layer chip in ForeRunner LE25 cards. In
7378  addition to cable removal/reinsertion detection, this driver allows
7379  you to control the loopback mode of the chip via a dedicated IOCTL.
7380  This driver is required for proper handling of temporary carrier
7381  loss, so if you have a 25Mbps NICStAR based ATM card you must say Y.
7382
7383IDT 77252 (NICStAR II)
7384CONFIG_ATM_IDT77252
7385  Driver for the IDT 77252 ATM PCI chips.
7386
7387  This driver is also available as a module.  If you want to compile
7388  it as a module, say M here and read
7389  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called idt77252.o
7390
7391Enable debugging messages
7392CONFIG_ATM_IDT77252_DEBUG
7393  Somewhat useful debugging messages are available. The choice of
7394  messages is controlled by a bitmap.  This may be specified as a
7395  module argument.  See the file <file:drivers/atm/idt77252.h> for
7396  the meanings of the bits in the mask.
7397
7398  When active, these messages can have a significant impact on the
7399  speed of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! When
7400  inactive, they will have only a modest impact on performance.
7401
7402Receive ALL cells in raw queue
7403CONFIG_ATM_IDT77252_RCV_ALL
7404  Enable receiving of all cells on the ATM link, that do not match
7405  an open connection in the raw cell queue of the driver.  Useful
7406  for debugging or special applications only, so the safe answer is N.
7407
7408Madge Ambassador (Collage PCI 155 Server)
7409CONFIG_ATM_AMBASSADOR
7410  This is a driver for ATMizer based ATM card produced by Madge
7411  Networks Ltd. Say Y (or M to compile as a module named ambassador.o)
7412  here if you have one of these cards.
7413
7414Enable debugging messages
7415CONFIG_ATM_AMBASSADOR_DEBUG
7416  Somewhat useful debugging messages are available. The choice of
7417  messages is controlled by a bitmap.  This may be specified as a
7418  module argument (kernel command line argument as well?), changed
7419  dynamically using an ioctl (not yet) or changed by sending the
7420  string "Dxxxx" to VCI 1023 (where x is a hex digit).  See the file
7421  <file:drivers/atm/ambassador.h> for the meanings of the bits in the
7422  mask.
7423
7424  When active, these messages can have a significant impact on the
7425  speed of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! When
7426  inactive, they will have only a modest impact on performance.
7427
7428Madge Horizon [Ultra] (Collage PCI 25 and Collage PCI 155 Client)
7429CONFIG_ATM_HORIZON
7430  This is a driver for the Horizon chipset ATM adapter cards once
7431  produced by Madge Networks Ltd. Say Y (or M to compile as a module
7432  named horizon.o) here if you have one of these cards.
7433
7434Enable debugging messages
7435CONFIG_ATM_HORIZON_DEBUG
7436  Somewhat useful debugging messages are available. The choice of
7437  messages is controlled by a bitmap.  This may be specified as a
7438  module argument (kernel command line argument as well?), changed
7439  dynamically using an ioctl (not yet) or changed by sending the
7440  string "Dxxxx" to VCI 1023 (where x is a hex digit).  See the file
7441  <file:drivers/atm/horizon.h> for the meanings of the bits in the
7442  mask.
7443
7444  When active, these messages can have a significant impact on the
7445  speed of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! When
7446  inactive, they will have only a modest impact on performance.
7447
7448Interphase ATM PCI x575/x525/x531
7449CONFIG_ATM_IA
7450  This is a driver for the Interphase (i)ChipSAR adapter cards
7451  which include a variety of variants in term of the size of the
7452  control memory (128K-1KVC, 512K-4KVC), the size of the packet
7453  memory (128K, 512K, 1M), and the PHY type (Single/Multi mode OC3,
7454  UTP155, UTP25, DS3 and E3). Go to:
7455  	<http://www.iphase.com/products/ClassSheet.cfm?ClassID=ATM>
7456  for more info about the cards. Say Y (or M to compile as a module
7457  named iphase.o) here if you have one of these cards.
7458
7459  See the file <file:Documentation/networking/iphase.txt> for further
7460  details.
7461
7462Enable debugging messages
7463CONFIG_ATM_IA_DEBUG
7464  Somewhat useful debugging messages are available. The choice of
7465  messages is controlled by a bitmap. This may be specified as a
7466  module argument (kernel command line argument as well?), changed
7467  dynamically using an ioctl (Get the debug utility, iadbg, from
7468  <ftp://ftp.iphase.com/pub/atm/pci/>).
7469
7470  See the file <file:drivers/atm/iphase.h> for the meanings of the
7471  bits in the mask.
7472
7473  When active, these messages can have a significant impact on the
7474  speed of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! When
7475  inactive, they will have only a modest impact on performance.
7476
7477Efficient Networks Speedstream 3010
7478CONFIG_ATM_LANAI
7479  Supports ATM cards based on the Efficient Networks "Lanai"
7480  chipset such as the Speedstream 3010 and the ENI-25p.  The
7481  Speedstream 3060 is currently not supported since we don't
7482  have the code to drive the on-board Alcatel DSL chipset (yet).
7483
7484Linux telephony support
7485CONFIG_PHONE
7486  Say Y here if you have a telephony card, which for example allows
7487  you to use a regular phone for voice-over-IP applications.
7488
7489  Note: this has nothing to do with modems.  You do not need to say Y
7490  here in order to be able to use a modem under Linux.
7491
7492  This support is also available as a module.  If you want to compile
7493  it as a module, say M here and read
7494  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
7495  phonedev.o.
7496
7497Compaq Smart Array support
7498CONFIG_BLK_CPQ_CISS_DA
7499  This is the driver for Compaq Smart Array 5xxx controllers.
7500  Everyone using these boards should say Y here.
7501  See <file:Documentation/cciss.txt> for the current list of
7502  boards supported by this driver, and for further information
7503  on the use of this driver.
7504
7505  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7506  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7507  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
7508  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
7509  cciss.o
7510
7511SCSI tape drive support for Smart Array 5xxx
7512CONFIG_CISS_SCSI_TAPE
7513  When enabled (Y), this option allows SCSI tape drives and SCSI medium
7514  changers (tape robots) to be accessed via a Compaq 5xxx array
7515  controller.  (See <file:Documentation/cciss.txt> for more details.)
7516
7517  "SCSI support" and "SCSI tape support" must also be enabled for this
7518  option to work.
7519
7520  When this option is disabled (N), the SCSI portion of the driver
7521  is not compiled.
7522
7523Enable monitor thread
7524CONFIG_CISS_MONITOR_THREAD
7525  Intended for use with multipath configurations (see the md driver).
7526  This option allows a per-adapter monitoring thread to periodically
7527  poll the adapter to detect failure modes in which the processor
7528  is unable to receive interrupts from the adapter, thus enabling
7529  fail-over to an alternate adapter in such situations.  See
7530  <file:Documentation/cciss.txt> for more details.
7531
7532QuickNet Internet LineJack/PhoneJack support
7533CONFIG_PHONE_IXJ
7534  Say M if you have a telephony card manufactured by Quicknet
7535  Technologies, Inc.  These include the Internet PhoneJACK and
7536  Internet LineJACK Telephony Cards. You will get a module called
7537  ixj.o.
7538
7539  For the ISA versions of these products, you can configure the
7540  cards using the isapnp tools (pnpdump/isapnp) or you can use the
7541  isapnp support.  Please read <file:Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt>.
7542
7543  For more information on these cards, see Quicknet's web site at:
7544  <http://www.quicknet.net/>.
7545
7546  If you do not have any Quicknet telephony cards, you can safely
7547  say N here.
7548
7549QuickNet Internet LineJack/PhoneJack PCMCIA support
7550CONFIG_PHONE_IXJ_PCMCIA
7551  Say Y here to configure in PCMCIA service support for the Quicknet
7552  cards manufactured by Quicknet Technologies, Inc.  This builds an
7553  additional support module for the PCMCIA version of the card.
7554
7555FORE Systems 200E-series
7556CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_MAYBE
7557  This is a driver for the FORE Systems 200E-series ATM adapter
7558  cards. It simultaneously supports PCA-200E and SBA-200E models
7559  on PCI and SBUS hosts. Say Y (or M to compile as a module
7560  named fore_200e.o) here if you have one of these ATM adapters.
7561
7562  Note that the driver will actually be compiled only if you
7563  additionally enable the support for PCA-200E and/or SBA-200E
7564  cards.
7565
7566  See the file <file:Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt> for
7567  further details.
7568
7569Enable PCA-200E card support on PCI-based hosts
7570CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_PCA
7571  Say Y here if you want your PCA-200E cards to be probed.
7572
7573Use default PCA-200E firmware
7574CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_PCA_DEFAULT_FW
7575  Use the default PCA-200E firmware data shipped with the driver.
7576
7577  Normal users do not have to deal with the firmware stuff, so
7578  they should say Y here.
7579
7580Pathname of user-supplied binary firmware
7581CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_PCA_FW
7582  This defines the pathname of an alternative PCA-200E binary
7583  firmware image supplied by the user. This pathname may be
7584  absolute or relative to the drivers/atm directory.
7585
7586  The driver comes with an adequate firmware image, so normal users do
7587  not have to supply an alternative one. They just say Y to "Use
7588  default PCA-200E firmware" instead.
7589
7590Enable SBA-200E card support on SBUS-based hosts
7591CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_SBA
7592  Say Y here if you want your SBA-200E cards to be probed.
7593
7594Use default SBA-200E firmware
7595CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_SBA_DEFAULT_FW
7596  Use the default SBA-200E firmware data shipped with the driver.
7597
7598  Normal users do not have to deal with the firmware stuff, so
7599  they should say Y here.
7600
7601Pathname of user-supplied binary firmware
7602CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_SBA_FW
7603  This defines the pathname of an alternative SBA-200E binary
7604  firmware image supplied by the user. This pathname may be
7605  absolute or relative to the drivers/atm directory.
7606
7607  The driver comes with an adequate firmware image, so normal users do
7608  not have to supply an alternative one. They just say Y to "Use
7609  default SBA-200E firmware", above.
7610
7611CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_USE_TASKLET
7612  This defers work to be done by the interrupt handler to a
7613  tasklet instead of handling everything at interrupt time.  This
7614  may improve the responsiveness of the host.
7615
7616Maximum number of tx retries
7617CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_TX_RETRY
7618  Specifies the number of times the driver attempts to transmit
7619  a message before giving up, if the transmit queue of the ATM card
7620  is transiently saturated.
7621
7622  Saturation of the transmit queue may occur only under extreme
7623  conditions, e.g. when a fast host continuously submits very small
7624  frames (<64 bytes) or raw AAL0 cells (48 bytes) to the ATM adapter.
7625
7626  Note that under common conditions, it is unlikely that you encounter
7627  a saturation of the transmit queue, so the retry mechanism never
7628  comes into play.
7629
7630Debugging level (0-3)
7631CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_DEBUG
7632  Specifies the level of debugging messages issued by the driver.
7633  The verbosity of the driver increases with the value of this
7634  parameter.
7635
7636  When active, these messages can have a significant impact on
7637  the performances of the driver, and the size of your syslog files!
7638  Keep the debugging level to 0 during normal operations.
7639
7640ForeRunner HE Series
7641CONFIG_ATM_HE
7642  This is a driver for the Marconi ForeRunner HE-series ATM adapter
7643  cards. It simultaneously supports the 155 and 622 versions.
7644
7645Use S/UNI PHY driver
7646  Support for the S/UNI-Ultra and S/UNI-622 found in the ForeRunner
7647  HE cards.  This driver provides carrier detection some statistics.
7648
7649PPP over ATM
7650CONFIG_PPPOATM
7651  Support PPP (Point to Point Protocol) encapsulated in ATM frames.
7652  This implementation does not yet comply with section 8 of RFC2364,
7653  which can lead to bad results idf the ATM peer loses state and
7654  changes its encapsulation unilaterally.
7655
7656Fusion MPT device support
7657CONFIG_FUSION
7658  LSI Logic Fusion(TM) Message Passing Technology (MPT) device support
7659  provides high performance SCSI host initiator, and LAN [1] interface
7660  services to a host system.  The Fusion architecture is capable of
7661  duplexing these protocols on high-speed Fibre Channel
7662  (up to 2 GHz x 2 ports = 4 GHz) and parallel SCSI (up to Ultra-320)
7663  physical medium.
7664
7665          [1] LAN is not supported on parallel SCSI medium.
7666
7667  These drivers require a Fusion MPT compatible PCI adapter installed
7668  in the host system.  MPT adapters contain specialized I/O processors
7669  to handle I/O workload, and more importantly to offload this work
7670  from the host CPU(s).
7671
7672  If you have Fusion MPT hardware and want to use it, you can say
7673  Y or M here to add MPT (base + ScsiHost) drivers.
7674    <Y> = build lib (fusion.o), and link [static] into the kernel [2]
7675          proper
7676    <M> = compiled as [dynamic] modules [3] named: (mptbase.o,
7677          mptscsih.o)
7678
7679          [2] In order enable capability to boot the linux kernel
7680              natively from a Fusion MPT target device, you MUST
7681               answer Y here! (currently requires CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SD)
7682          [3] This support is also available as a module ( = code
7683              which can be inserted in and removed from the running
7684              kernel whenever you want).  If you want to compile as
7685              modules, say M here and read
7686              <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
7687
7688  If unsure, say N.
7689
7690  If you say Y or M here you will get a choice of these
7691  additional protocol and support module options:         Module Name:
7692    <M>   Enhanced SCSI error reporting                     (isense.o)
7693    <M>   Fusion MPT misc device (ioctl) driver             (mptctl.o)
7694    <M>   Fusion MPT LAN driver                             (mptlan.o)
7695
7696  ---
7697  Fusion MPT is trademark of LSI Logic Corporation, and its
7698  architecture is based on LSI Logic's Message Passing Interface (MPI)
7699  specification.
7700
7701Maximum number of scatter gather entries
7702CONFIG_FUSION_MAX_SGE
7703  This option allows you to specify the maximum number of scatter-
7704  gather entries per I/O. The driver defaults to 40, a reasonable number
7705  for most systems. However, the user may increase this up to 128.
7706  Increasing this parameter will require significantly more memory
7707  on a per controller instance. Increasing the parameter is not
7708  necessary (or recommended) unless the user will be running
7709  large I/O's via the raw interface.
7710
7711Fusion MPT enhanced SCSI error reporting [optional] module
7712CONFIG_FUSION_ISENSE
7713  The isense module (roughly stands for Interpret SENSE data) is
7714  completely optional.  It simply provides extra English readable
7715  strings in SCSI Error Report(s) that might be generated from the
7716  Fusion MPT SCSI Host driver, for example when a target device
7717  returns a SCSI check condition on a I/O.  Without this module
7718  loaded you might see:
7719
7720    SCSI Error Report =-=-= (ioc0,scsi5:0)
7721      SCSI_Status=02h (CHECK_CONDITION)
7722      Original_CDB[]: 2A 00 00 00 00 41 00 00 02 00
7723      SenseData[12h]: 70 00 02 00 00 00 00 0A 00 00 00 00 04 02 02 00 00 00
7724      SenseKey=2h (NOT READY); FRU=02h
7725      ASC/ASCQ=29h/00h
7726
7727  Where otherwise, if this module had been loaded, you would see:
7728
7729    SCSI Error Report =-=-= (ioc0,scsi5:0)
7730      SCSI_Status=02h (CHECK_CONDITION)
7731      Original_CDB[]: 2A 00 00 00 00 41 00 00 02 00 - "WRITE(10)"
7732      SenseData[12h]: 70 00 02 00 00 00 00 0A 00 00 00 00 04 02 02 00 00 00
7733      SenseKey=2h (NOT READY); FRU=02h
7734      ASC/ASCQ=29h/00h "LOGICAL UNIT NOT READY, INITIALIZING CMD. REQUIRED"
7735
7736  Say M for "Enhanced SCSI error reporting" to compile this optional module,
7737  creating a driver named: isense.o.
7738
7739  NOTE: Support for building this feature into the kernel is not
7740  available, due to kernel size considerations.
7741
7742Fusion MPT misc device (ioctl) driver [optional] module
7743CONFIG_FUSION_CTL
7744  The Fusion MPT misc device driver provides specialized control
7745  of MPT adapters via system ioctl calls.  Use of ioctl calls to
7746  the MPT driver requires that you create and use a misc device
7747  node ala:
7748    mknod /dev/mptctl c 10 220
7749
7750  One use of this ioctl interface is to perform an upgrade (reflash)
7751  of the MPT adapter firmware.  Refer to readme file(s) distributed
7752  with the Fusion MPT linux driver for additional details.
7753
7754  If enabled by saying M to this, a driver named: mptctl.o
7755  will be compiled.
7756
7757  If unsure whether you really want or need this, say N.
7758
7759Fusion MPT LAN driver [optional]
7760CONFIG_FUSION_LAN
7761  This module supports LAN IP traffic over Fibre Channel port(s)
7762  on Fusion MPT compatible hardware (LSIFC9xx chips).
7763  The physical interface used is defined in RFC 2625.
7764  Please refer to that document for details.
7765
7766  Installing this driver requires the knowledge to configure and
7767  activate a new network interface, "fc0", using standard Linux tools.
7768
7769  If enabled by saying M to this, a driver named: mptlan.o
7770  will be compiled.
7771
7772  If unsure whether you really want or need this, say N.
7773
7774  NOTES: This feature is NOT available nor supported for linux-2.2.x
7775  kernels.  You must be building a linux-2.3.x or linux-2.4.x kernel
7776  in order to configure this option.
7777  Support for building this feature into the linux kernel is not
7778  yet available.
7779
7780SCSI support
7781CONFIG_SCSI
7782  If you want to use a SCSI hard disk, SCSI tape drive, SCSI CD-ROM or
7783  any other SCSI device under Linux, say Y and make sure that you know
7784  the name of your SCSI host adapter (the card inside your computer
7785  that "speaks" the SCSI protocol, also called SCSI controller),
7786  because you will be asked for it.
7787
7788  You also need to say Y here if you want support for the parallel
7789  port version of the 100 MB IOMEGA ZIP drive.
7790
7791  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7792  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7793  The module will be called scsi_mod.o.  If you want to compile it as
7794  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and
7795  <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>.  However, do not compile this as a
7796  module if your root file system (the one containing the directory /)
7797  is located on a SCSI device.
7798
7799SCSI disk support
7800CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SD
7801  If you want to use a SCSI hard disk or the SCSI or parallel port
7802  version of the IOMEGA ZIP drive under Linux, say Y and read the
7803  SCSI-HOWTO, the Disk-HOWTO and the Multi-Disk-HOWTO, available from
7804  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. This is NOT for SCSI
7805  CD-ROMs.
7806
7807  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7808  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7809  The module will be called sd_mod.o.  If you want to compile it as a
7810  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and
7811  <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>.  Do not compile this driver as a
7812  module if your root file system (the one containing the directory /)
7813  is located on a SCSI disk. In this case, do not compile the driver
7814  for your SCSI host adapter (below) as a module either.
7815
7816Maximum number of SCSI disks that can be loaded as modules
7817CONFIG_SD_EXTRA_DEVS
7818  This controls the amount of additional space allocated in tables for
7819  drivers that are loaded as modules after the kernel is booted.  In
7820  the event that the SCSI core itself was loaded as a module, this
7821  value is the number of additional disks that can be loaded after the
7822  first host driver is loaded.
7823
7824  Admittedly this isn't pretty, but there are tons of race conditions
7825  involved with resizing the internal arrays on the fly.  Someday this
7826  flag will go away, and everything will work automatically.
7827
7828  If you don't understand what's going on, go with the default.
7829
7830Maximum number of SCSI tapes that can be loaded as modules
7831CONFIG_ST_EXTRA_DEVS
7832  This controls the amount of additional space allocated in tables for
7833  drivers that are loaded as modules after the kernel is booted.  In
7834  the event that the SCSI core itself was loaded as a module, this
7835  value is the number of additional tapes that can be loaded after the
7836  first host driver is loaded.
7837
7838  Admittedly this isn't pretty, but there are tons of race conditions
7839  involved with resizing the internal arrays on the fly.  Someday this
7840  flag will go away, and everything will work automatically.
7841
7842  If you don't understand what's going on, go with the default.
7843
7844SCSI tape support
7845CONFIG_CHR_DEV_ST
7846  If you want to use a SCSI tape drive under Linux, say Y and read the
7847  SCSI-HOWTO, available from
7848  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, and
7849  <file:drivers/scsi/README.st> in the kernel source.  This is NOT for
7850  SCSI CD-ROMs.
7851
7852  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7853  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7854  The module will be called st.o. If you want to compile it as a
7855  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and
7856  <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>.
7857
7858OnStream SC-x0 SCSI tape support
7859CONFIG_CHR_DEV_OSST
7860  The OnStream SC-x0 SCSI tape drives can not be driven by the
7861  standard st driver, but instead need this special osst driver and
7862  use the  /dev/osstX char device nodes (major 206).  Via usb-storage
7863  and ide-scsi, you may be able to drive the USB-x0 and DI-x0 drives
7864  as well.  Note that there is also a second generation of OnStream
7865  tape drives (ADR-x0) that supports the standard SCSI-2 commands for
7866  tapes (QIC-157) and can be driven by the standard driver st.
7867  For more information, you may have a look at the SCSI-HOWTO
7868  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>  and
7869  <file:drivers/scsi/README.osst>  in the kernel source.
7870  More info on the OnStream driver may be found on
7871  <http://linux1.onstream.nl/test/>
7872  Please also have a look at the standard st docu, as most of it
7873  applies to osst as well.
7874
7875  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7876  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7877  The module will be called osst.o. If you want to compile it as a
7878  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and
7879  <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>.
7880
7881SCSI CD-ROM support
7882CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR
7883  If you want to use a SCSI CD-ROM under Linux, say Y and read the
7884  SCSI-HOWTO and the CD-ROM-HOWTO at
7885  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Also make sure to say Y
7886  or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system support" later.
7887
7888  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7889  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7890  The module will be called sr_mod.o. If you want to compile it as a
7891  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and
7892  <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>.
7893
7894Maximum number of CD-ROM devices that can be loaded as modules
7895CONFIG_SR_EXTRA_DEVS
7896  This controls the amount of additional space allocated in tables for
7897  drivers that are loaded as modules after the kernel is booted. In
7898  the event that the SCSI core itself was loaded as a module, this
7899  value is the number of additional CD-ROMs that can be loaded after
7900  the first host driver is loaded.
7901
7902  Admittedly this isn't pretty, but there are tons of race conditions
7903  involved with resizing the internal arrays on the fly.  Someday this
7904  flag will go away, and everything will work automatically.
7905
7906  If you don't understand what's going on, go with the default.
7907
7908Enable vendor-specific extensions (for SCSI CD-ROM)
7909CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR_VENDOR
7910  This enables the usage of vendor specific SCSI commands. This is
7911  required to support multisession CDs with old NEC/TOSHIBA cdrom
7912  drives (and HP Writers). If you have such a drive and get the first
7913  session only, try saying Y here; everybody else says N.
7914
7915SCSI generic support
7916CONFIG_CHR_DEV_SG
7917  If you want to use SCSI scanners, synthesizers or CD-writers or just
7918  about anything having "SCSI" in its name other than hard disks,
7919  CD-ROMs or tapes, say Y here. These won't be supported by the kernel
7920  directly, so you need some additional software which knows how to
7921  talk to these devices using the SCSI protocol:
7922
7923  For scanners, look at SANE (<http://www.mostang.com/sane/>). For CD
7924  writer software look at Cdrtools
7925  (<http://www.fokus.gmd.de/research/cc/glone/employees/joerg.schilling/private/cdrecord.html>)
7926  and for burning a "disk at once": CDRDAO
7927  (<http://cdrdao.sourceforge.net/>). Cdparanoia is a high
7928  quality digital reader of audio CDs (<http://www.xiph.org/paranoia/>).
7929  For other devices, it's possible that you'll have to write the
7930  driver software yourself. Please read the file
7931  <file:Documentation/scsi-generic.txt> for more information.
7932
7933  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
7934  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
7935  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and
7936  <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. The module will be called sg.o. If unsure,
7937  say N.
7938
7939Probe all LUNs on each SCSI device
7940CONFIG_SCSI_MULTI_LUN
7941  If you have a SCSI device that supports more than one LUN (Logical
7942  Unit Number), e.g. a CD jukebox, and only one LUN is detected, you
7943  can say Y here to force the SCSI driver to probe for multiple LUNs.
7944  A SCSI device with multiple LUNs acts logically like multiple SCSI
7945  devices. The vast majority of SCSI devices have only one LUN, and
7946  so most people can say N here and should in fact do so, because it
7947  is safer.
7948
7949Verbose SCSI error reporting (kernel size +=12K)
7950CONFIG_SCSI_CONSTANTS
7951  The error messages regarding your SCSI hardware will be easier to
7952  understand if you say Y here; it will enlarge your kernel by about
7953  12 KB. If in doubt, say Y.
7954
7955SCSI logging facility
7956CONFIG_SCSI_LOGGING
7957  This turns on a logging facility that can be used to debug a number
7958  of SCSI related problems.
7959
7960  If you say Y here, no logging output will appear by default, but you
7961  can enable logging by saying Y to "/proc file system support" and
7962  "Sysctl support" below and executing the command
7963
7964     echo "scsi log token [level]" > /proc/scsi/scsi
7965
7966  at boot time after the /proc file system has been mounted.
7967
7968  There are a number of things that can be used for 'token' (you can
7969  find them in the source: <file:drivers/scsi/scsi.c>), and this
7970  allows you to select the types of information you want, and the
7971  level allows you to select the level of verbosity.
7972
7973  If you say N here, it may be harder to track down some types of SCSI
7974  problems. If you say Y here your kernel will be somewhat larger, but
7975  there should be no noticeable performance impact as long as you have
7976  logging turned off.
7977
7978QDIO base support for IBM S/390 and zSeries
7979CONFIG_QDIO
7980  This driver provides the Queued Direct I/O base support for the
7981  IBM S/390 (G5 and G6) and eServer zSeries (z800, z900 and z990).
7982
7983  For details please refer to the documentation provided by IBM at
7984  <http://www10.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390>
7985
7986  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7987  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7988  The module will be called qdio.o. If you want to compile it as a
7989  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
7990
7991  If unsure, say Y.
7992
7993Performance statistics for QDIO base support
7994CONFIG_QDIO_PERF_STATS
7995  Say Y here to get performance statistics in /proc/qdio_perf
7996
7997  If unsure, say N.
7998
7999IBM S/390 and zSeries OSA-Express and HiperSockets device driver
8000CONFIG_QETH
8001  This driver supports the IBM S/390 and zSeries OSA Express adapters
8002  in QDIO mode (all media types), HiperSockets interfaces and VM GuestLAN
8003  interfaces in QDIO and HIPER mode.
8004
8005  For details please refer to the documentation provided by IBM at
8006  <http://www10.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390>
8007
8008  This driver is also available as a module (code which can be
8009  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
8010  want). If you want to compile it as a module, say 'M' here and
8011  read file Documentation/modules.txt.
8012
8013IPv6 support for qeth
8014CONFIG_QETH_IPV6
8015  If CONFIG_QETH is switched on, this option will include IPv6
8016  support in the qeth device driver.
8017
8018IEEE 802.1q VLAN support for qeth
8019CONFIG_QETH_VLAN
8020  If CONFIG_QETH is switched on, this option will include IEEE
8021  802.1q VLAN support in the qeth device driver.
8022
8023Performance statistics for the qeth drivers
8024CONFIG_QETH_PERF_STATS
8025  When switched on, this option will add a file in the proc-fs
8026  (/proc/qeth_perf_stats) containing performance statistics. It
8027  may slightly impact performance, so this is only recommended for
8028  internal tuning of the device driver.
8029
8030SGI WD93C93 SCSI Driver
8031CONFIG_SCSI_SGIWD93
8032  Say Y here to support the on-board WD93C93 SCSI controller found (a)
8033  on the Indigo2 and other MIPS-based SGI machines, and (b) on ARCS
8034  ARM-based machines.
8035
8036DEC NCR53C94 SCSI Driver
8037CONFIG_SCSI_DECNCR
8038  Say Y here to support the NCR53C94 SCSI controller chips on IOASIC
8039  based TURBOchannel DECstations and TURBOchannel PMAZ-A cards.
8040
8041AdvanSys SCSI support
8042CONFIG_SCSI_ADVANSYS
8043  This is a driver for all SCSI host adapters manufactured by
8044  AdvanSys. It is documented in the kernel source in
8045  <file:drivers/scsi/advansys.c>.
8046
8047  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8048  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8049  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
8050  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
8051  advansys.o.
8052
8053Adaptec AHA152X/2825 support
8054CONFIG_SCSI_AHA152X
8055  This is a driver for the AHA-1510, AHA-1520, AHA-1522, and AHA-2825
8056  SCSI host adapters. It also works for the AVA-1505, but the IRQ etc.
8057  must be manually specified in this case.
8058
8059  It is explained in section 3.3 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
8060  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. You might also want to
8061  read the file <file:drivers/scsi/README.aha152x>.
8062
8063  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8064  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8065  The module will be called aha152x.o. If you want to compile it as a
8066  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
8067
8068Adaptec AHA1542 support
8069CONFIG_SCSI_AHA1542
8070  This is support for a SCSI host adapter.  It is explained in section
8071  3.4 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
8072  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  Note that Trantor was
8073  purchased by Adaptec, and some former Trantor products are being
8074  sold under the Adaptec name.  If it doesn't work out of the box, you
8075  may have to change some settings in <file:drivers/scsi/aha1542.h>.
8076
8077  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8078  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8079  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
8080  will be called aha1542.o.
8081
8082Adaptec AHA1740 support
8083CONFIG_SCSI_AHA1740
8084  This is support for a SCSI host adapter.  It is explained in section
8085  3.5 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
8086  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  If it doesn't work out
8087  of the box, you may have to change some settings in
8088  <file:drivers/scsi/aha1740.h>.
8089
8090  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8091  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8092  The module will be called aha1740.o.  If you want to compile it as a
8093  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
8094
8095Adaptec AIC7xxx support
8096CONFIG_SCSI_AIC7XXX
8097  This driver supports all of Adaptec's Fast through Ultra 160 PCI
8098  based SCSI controllers as well as the aic7770 based EISA and VLB
8099  SCSI controllers (the 274x and 284x series).  For AAA and ARO based
8100  configurations, only SCSI functionality is provided.
8101
8102  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
8103  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8104  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
8105  will be called aic7xxx.o.
8106
8107Maximum number of TCQ commands per device
8108CONFIG_AIC7XXX_CMDS_PER_DEVICE
8109  Specify the number of commands you would like to allocate per SCSI
8110  device when Tagged Command Queueing (TCQ) is enabled on that device.
8111
8112  This is an upper bound value for the number of tagged transactions
8113  to be used for any device.  The aic7xxx driver will automatically
8114  vary this number based on device behavior.  For devices with a
8115  fixed maximum, the driver will eventually lock to this maximum
8116  and display a console message indicating this value.
8117
8118  Due to resource allocation issues in the Linux SCSI mid-layer, using
8119  a high number of commands per device may result in memory allocation
8120  failures when many devices are attached to the system.  For this reason,
8121  the default is set to 32.  Higher values may result in higer performance
8122  on some devices.  The upper bound is 253. 0 disables tagged queueing.
8123
8124  Per device tag depth can be controlled via the kernel command line
8125  "tag_info" option.  See drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/README.aic7xxx
8126  for details.
8127
8128  Default: 32
8129
8130Initial bus reset delay in milli-seconds
8131CONFIG_AIC7XXX_RESET_DELAY_MS
8132  The number of milliseconds to delay after an initial bus reset.
8133  The bus settle delay following all error recovery actions is
8134  dictated by the SCSI layer and is not affected by this value.
8135
8136  Default: 15000 (15 seconds)
8137
8138Probe for EISA and VL AIC7XXX Adapters
8139CONFIG_AIC7XXX_PROBE_EISA_VL
8140   Probe for EISA and VLB Aic7xxx controllers.  In many newer systems,
8141   the invasive probes necessary to detect these controllers can cause
8142   other devices to fail.  For this reason, the non-PCI probe code is
8143   disabled by default.  The current value of this option can be "toggled"
8144   via the no_probe kernel command line option.
8145
8146CONFIG_AIC7XXX_BUILD_FIRMWARE
8147  This option should only be enabled if you are modifying the firmware
8148  source to the aic7xxx driver and wish to have the generated firmware
8149  include files updated during a normal kernel build.  The assembler
8150  for the firmware requires lex and yacc or their equivalents, as well
8151  as the db v1 library.  You may have to install additional packages
8152  or modify the assembler Makefile or the files it includes if your
8153  build environment is different than that of the author.
8154
8155Compile in Debugging Code
8156CONFIG_AIC7XXX_DEBUG_ENABLE
8157  Compile in aic7xxx debugging code that can be useful in diagnosing
8158  driver errors.
8159
8160Debug code enable mask (2048 for all debugging)
8161CONFIG_AIC7XXX_DEBUG_MASK
8162  Bit mask of debug options that is only valid if the
8163  CONFIG_AIC7XXX_DEBUG_ENABLE option is enabled.  The bits in this mask
8164  are defined in the drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/aic7xxx.h - search for the
8165  variable ahc_debug in that file to find them.
8166
8167  Default: 0
8168
8169Decode registers during diagnostics
8170CONFIG_AIC7XXX_REG_PRETTY_PRINT
8171  Compile in register value tables for the output of expanded register
8172  contents in diagnostics.  This make it much easier to understand debug
8173  output without having to refer to a data book and/or the aic7xxx.reg file.
8174
8175Old Adaptec AIC7xxx support
8176CONFIG_SCSI_AIC7XXX_OLD
8177  WARNING This driver is an older aic7xxx driver and is no longer
8178  under active development.  Adaptec, Inc. is writing a new driver to
8179  take the place of this one, and it is recommended that whenever
8180  possible, people should use the new Adaptec written driver instead
8181  of this one.  This driver will eventually be phased out entirely.
8182
8183  This is support for the various aic7xxx based Adaptec SCSI
8184  controllers. These include the 274x EISA cards; 284x VLB cards;
8185  2902, 2910, 293x, 294x, 394x, 3985 and several other PCI and
8186  motherboard based SCSI controllers from Adaptec. It does not support
8187  the AAA-13x RAID controllers from Adaptec, nor will it likely ever
8188  support them. It does not support the 2920 cards from Adaptec that
8189  use the Future Domain SCSI controller chip. For those cards, you
8190  need the "Future Domain 16xx SCSI support" driver.
8191
8192  In general, if the controller is based on an Adaptec SCSI controller
8193  chip from the aic777x series or the aic78xx series, this driver
8194  should work. The only exception is the 7810 which is specifically
8195  not supported (that's the RAID controller chip on the AAA-13x
8196  cards).
8197
8198  Note that the AHA2920 SCSI host adapter is *not* supported by this
8199  driver; choose "Future Domain 16xx SCSI support" instead if you have
8200  one of those.
8201
8202  Information on the configuration options for this controller can be
8203  found by checking the help file for each of the available
8204  configuration options. You should read
8205  <file:drivers/scsi/aic7xxx_old/README.aic7xxx> at a minimum before
8206  contacting the maintainer with any questions.  The SCSI-HOWTO,
8207  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, can also
8208  be of great help.
8209
8210  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
8211  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8212  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
8213  will be called aic7xxx_old.o.
8214
8215Enable tagged command queueing (TCQ) by default
8216CONFIG_AIC7XXX_OLD_TCQ_ON_BY_DEFAULT
8217  This option causes the aic7xxx driver to attempt to use Tagged
8218  Command Queueing (TCQ) on all devices that claim to support it.
8219
8220  TCQ is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host
8221  adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if
8222  previous commands haven't finished yet.  Because the device is
8223  intelligent, it can optimize its operations (like head positioning)
8224  based on its own request queue.  Not all devices implement this
8225  correctly.
8226
8227  If you say Y here, you can still turn off TCQ on troublesome devices
8228  with the use of the tag_info boot parameter.  See the file
8229  <file:drivers/scsi/README.aic7xxx> for more information on that and
8230  other aic7xxx setup commands.  If this option is turned off, you may
8231  still enable TCQ on known good devices by use of the tag_info boot
8232  parameter.
8233
8234  If you are unsure about your devices then it is safest to say N
8235  here.
8236
8237  However, TCQ can increase performance on some hard drives by as much
8238  as 50% or more, so it is recommended that if you say N here, you
8239  should at least read the <file:drivers/scsi/README.aic7xxx> file so
8240  you will know how to enable this option manually should your drives
8241  prove to be safe in regards to TCQ.
8242
8243  Conversely, certain drives are known to lock up or cause bus resets
8244  when TCQ is enabled on them.  If you have a Western Digital
8245  Enterprise SCSI drive for instance, then don't even bother to enable
8246  TCQ on it as the drive will become unreliable, and it will actually
8247  reduce performance.
8248
8249Default number of TCQ commands per device
8250CONFIG_AIC7XXX_OLD_CMDS_PER_DEVICE
8251  Specify the number of commands you would like to allocate per SCSI
8252  device when Tagged Command Queueing (TCQ) is enabled on that device.
8253
8254  Reasonable figures are in the range of 8 to 24 commands per device,
8255  but depending on hardware could be increased or decreased from that
8256  figure. If the number is too high for any particular device, the
8257  driver will automatically compensate usually after only 10 minutes
8258  of uptime. It will not hinder performance if some of your devices
8259  eventually have their command depth reduced, but is a waste of
8260  memory if all of your devices end up reducing this number down to a
8261  more reasonable figure.
8262
8263  NOTE: Certain very broken drives are known to lock up when given
8264  more commands than they like to deal with. Quantum Fireball drives
8265  are the most common in this category. For the Quantum Fireball
8266  drives it is suggested to use no more than 8 commands per device.
8267
8268  Default: 8
8269
8270Collect statistics to report in /proc
8271CONFIG_AIC7XXX_OLD_PROC_STATS
8272  This option tells the driver to keep track of how many commands have
8273  been sent to each particular device and report that information to
8274  the user via the /proc/scsi/aic7xxx/n file, where n is the number of
8275  the aic7xxx controller you want the information on. This adds a
8276  small amount of overhead to each and every SCSI command the aic7xxx
8277  driver handles, so if you aren't really interested in this
8278  information, it is best to leave it disabled. This will only work if
8279  you also say Y to "/proc file system support", below.
8280
8281  If unsure, say N.
8282
8283CONFIG_SCSI_AIC79XX
8284  This driver supports all of Adaptec's Ultra 320 PCI-X based SCSI controllers.
8285
8286CONFIG_AIC79XX_CMDS_PER_DEVICE 32
8287  Specify the number of commands you would like to allocate per SCSI
8288  device when Tagged Command Queueing (TCQ) is enabled on that device.
8289
8290  This is an upper bound value for the number of tagged transactions
8291  to be used for any device.  The aic7xxx driver will automatically
8292  vary this number based on device behavior.  For devices with a
8293  fixed maximum, the driver will eventually lock to this maximum
8294  and display a console message indicating this value.
8295
8296  Due to resource allocation issues in the Linux SCSI mid-layer, using
8297  a high number of commands per device may result in memory allocation
8298  failures when many devices are attached to the system.  For this reason,
8299  the default is set to 32.  Higher values may result in higer performance
8300  on some devices.  The upper bound is 253.
8301
8302  Per device tag depth can be controlled via the kernel command line
8303  "tag_info" option.  See drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/README.aic79xx
8304  for details.
8305
8306  Default: 32
8307
8308CONFIG_AIC79XX_RESET_DELAY_MS 15000
8309  The number of milliseconds to delay after an initial bus reset.
8310  The bus settle delay following all error recovery actions is
8311  dictated by the SCSI layer and is not affected by this value.
8312
8313  Default: 15000 (15 seconds)
8314
8315CONFIG_AIC79XX_BUILD_FIRMWARE
8316  This option should only be enabled if you are modifying the firmware
8317  source to the aic7xxx driver and wish to have the generated firmware
8318  include files updated during a normal kernel build.  The assembler
8319  for the firmware requires lex and yacc or their equivalents, as well
8320  as the db v1 library.  You may have to install additional packages
8321  or modify the assembler Makefile or the files it includes if your
8322  build environment is different than that of the author.
8323
8324CONFIG_AIC79XX_ENABLE_RD_STRM
8325  Read Streaming is a U320 protocol option that should enhance performance.
8326  Early U320 drive firmware actually performs slower with read streaming
8327  enabled so it is disabled by default.  Read Streaming can be configured
8328  in much the same way as tagged queueing using the "rd_strm" command line
8329  option.  See drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/README.aic79xx for details.
8330
8331CONFIG_AIC79XX_DEBUG_ENABLE
8332  Compile in aic79xx debugging code that can be useful in diagnosing
8333  driver errors.
8334
8335CONFIG_AIC79XX_DEBUG_MASK
8336  Bit mask of debug options that is only valid if the
8337  CONFIG_AIC79XX_DEBUG_ENABLE option is enabled.  The bits in this mask
8338  are defined in the drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/aic79xx.h - search for the
8339  variable ahd_debug in that file to find them.
8340
8341  Default: 0
8342
8343CONFIG_AIC79XX_REG_PRETTY_PRINT
8344  Compile in register value tables for the output of expanded register
8345  contents in diagnostics.  This make it much easier to understand debug
8346  output without having to refer to a data book and/or the aic7xxx.reg file.
8347
8348Adaptec I2O RAID support
8349CONFIG_SCSI_DPT_I2O
8350  This driver supports all of Adaptec's I2O based RAID controllers as
8351  well as the DPT SmartRaid V cards.  This is an Adaptec maintained
8352  driver by Deanna Bonds.  See <file:drivers/scsi/README.dpti>.
8353
8354  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8355  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8356  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
8357  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
8358  dpt_i2o.o.
8359
8360IBM ServeRAID support
8361CONFIG_SCSI_IPS
8362  This is support for the IBM ServeRAID hardware RAID controllers.
8363  See <http://www.developer.ibm.com/welcome/netfinity/serveraid.html>
8364  for more information.  If this driver does not work correctly
8365  without modification please contact the author by email at
8366  ipslinux@us.ibm.com.
8367
8368  You can build this driver as a module ( = code which can be
8369  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8370  but only a single instance may be loaded. If you want to compile it
8371  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
8372  The module will be called ips.o.
8373
8374BusLogic SCSI support
8375CONFIG_SCSI_BUSLOGIC
8376  This is support for BusLogic MultiMaster and FlashPoint SCSI Host
8377  Adapters. Consult the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
8378  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, and the files
8379  <file:drivers/scsi/README.BusLogic> and
8380  <file:drivers/scsi/README.FlashPoint> for more information. If this
8381  driver does not work correctly without modification, please contact
8382  the author, Leonard N. Zubkoff, by email to lnz@dandelion.com.
8383
8384  You can also build this driver as a module ( = code which can be
8385  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8386  but only a single instance may be loaded. If you want to compile it
8387  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
8388  The module will be called BusLogic.o.
8389
8390Omit BusLogic SCSI FlashPoint support
8391CONFIG_SCSI_OMIT_FLASHPOINT
8392  This option allows you to omit the FlashPoint support from the
8393  BusLogic SCSI driver. The FlashPoint SCCB Manager code is
8394  substantial, so users of MultiMaster Host Adapters may wish to omit
8395  it.
8396
8397Compaq Fibre Channel 64-bit/66Mhz HBA support
8398CONFIG_SCSI_CPQFCTS
8399  Say Y here to compile in support for the Compaq StorageWorks Fibre
8400  Channel 64-bit/66Mhz Host Bus Adapter.
8401
8402  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
8403  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8404  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
8405  will be called cpqfc.o.
8406
8407DMX3191D SCSI support
8408CONFIG_SCSI_DMX3191D
8409  This is support for Domex DMX3191D SCSI Host Adapters.
8410
8411  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8412  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8413  The module will be called dmx3191d.o.  If you want to compile it as
8414  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
8415
8416DTC3180/3280 SCSI support
8417CONFIG_SCSI_DTC3280
8418  This is support for DTC 3180/3280 SCSI Host Adapters.  Please read
8419  the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
8420  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, and the file
8421  <file:drivers/scsi/README.dtc3x80>.
8422
8423  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8424  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8425  The module will be called dtc.o.  If you want to compile it as a
8426  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
8427
8428EATA-DMA [Obsolete] (DPT, NEC, AT&T, SNI, AST, Olivetti, Alphatronix) support
8429CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_DMA
8430  This is support for the EATA-DMA protocol compliant SCSI Host
8431  Adapters like the SmartCache III/IV, SmartRAID controller families
8432  and the DPT PM2011B and PM2012B controllers.
8433
8434  Note that this driver is obsolete; if you have one of the above
8435  SCSI Host Adapters, you should normally say N here and Y to "EATA
8436  ISA/EISA/PCI support", below.  Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available
8437  from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
8438
8439  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8440  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8441  The module will be called eata_dma.o.  If you want to compile it as
8442  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
8443
8444EATA-PIO (old DPT PM2001, PM2012A) support
8445CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_PIO
8446  This driver supports all EATA-PIO protocol compliant SCSI Host
8447  Adapters like the DPT PM2001 and the PM2012A.  EATA-DMA compliant
8448  host adapters could also use this driver but are discouraged from
8449  doing so, since this driver only supports hard disks and lacks
8450  numerous features.  You might want to have a look at the SCSI-HOWTO,
8451  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
8452
8453  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8454  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8455  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
8456  will be called eata_pio.o.
8457
8458UltraStor 14F/34F support
8459CONFIG_SCSI_U14_34F
8460  This is support for the UltraStor 14F and 34F SCSI-2 host adapters.
8461  The source at <file:drivers/scsi/u14-34f.c> contains some
8462  information about this hardware.  If the driver doesn't work out of
8463  the box, you may have to change some settings in
8464  <file: drivers/scsi/u14-34f.c>.  Read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
8465  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  Note that there is also
8466  another driver for the same hardware: "UltraStor SCSI support",
8467  below.  You should say Y to both only if you want 24F support as
8468  well.
8469
8470  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8471  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8472  The module will be called u14-34f.o.  If you want to compile it as a
8473  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
8474
8475enable elevator sorting
8476CONFIG_SCSI_U14_34F_LINKED_COMMANDS
8477  This option enables elevator sorting for all probed SCSI disks and
8478  CD-ROMs. It definitely reduces the average seek distance when doing
8479  random seeks, but this does not necessarily result in a noticeable
8480  performance improvement: your mileage may vary...
8481
8482  The safe answer is N.
8483
8484maximum number of queued commands
8485CONFIG_SCSI_U14_34F_MAX_TAGS
8486  This specifies how many SCSI commands can be maximally queued for
8487  each probed SCSI device. You should reduce the default value of 8
8488  only if you have disks with buggy or limited tagged command support.
8489  Minimum is 2 and maximum is 14. This value is also the window size
8490  used by the elevator sorting option above. The effective value used
8491  by the driver for each probed SCSI device is reported at boot time.
8492
8493Future Domain 16xx SCSI/AHA-2920A support
8494CONFIG_SCSI_FUTURE_DOMAIN
8495  This is support for Future Domain's 16-bit SCSI host adapters
8496  (TMC-1660/1680, TMC-1650/1670, TMC-3260, TMC-1610M/MER/MEX) and
8497  other adapters based on the Future Domain chipsets (Quantum
8498  ISA-200S, ISA-250MG; Adaptec AHA-2920A; and at least one IBM board).
8499  It is explained in section 3.7 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
8500  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
8501
8502  NOTE: Newer Adaptec AHA-2920C boards use the Adaptec AIC-7850 chip
8503  and should use the aic7xxx driver ("Adaptec AIC7xxx chipset SCSI
8504  controller support"). This Future Domain driver works with the older
8505  Adaptec AHA-2920A boards with a Future Domain chip on them.
8506
8507  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8508  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8509  The module will be called fdomain.o. If you want to compile it as a
8510  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
8511
8512Future Domain MCS-600/700 SCSI support
8513CONFIG_SCSI_FD_MCS
8514  This is support for Future Domain MCS 600/700 MCA SCSI adapters.
8515  Some PS/2 computers are equipped with IBM Fast SCSI Adapter/A which
8516  is identical to the MCS 700 and hence also supported by this driver.
8517  This driver also supports the Reply SB16/SCSI card (the SCSI part).
8518  It supports multiple adapters in the same system.
8519
8520  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8521  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8522  The module will be called fd_mcs.o. If you want to compile it as a
8523  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
8524
8525Generic NCR5380/53c400 SCSI support
8526CONFIG_SCSI_GENERIC_NCR5380
8527  This is the generic NCR family of SCSI controllers, not to be
8528  confused with the NCR 53c7 or 8xx controllers.  It is explained in
8529  section 3.8 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
8530  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  If it doesn't work out
8531  of the box, you may have to change some settings in
8532  <file:drivers/scsi/g_NCR5380.h>.
8533
8534  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8535  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8536  The module will be called g_NCR5380.o.  If you want to compile it as
8537  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
8538
8539Enable NCR53c400 extensions
8540CONFIG_SCSI_GENERIC_NCR53C400
8541  This enables certain optimizations for the NCR53c400 SCSI cards.
8542  You might as well try it out.  Note that this driver will only probe
8543  for the Trantor T130B in its default configuration; you might have
8544  to pass a command line option to the kernel at boot time if it does
8545  not detect your card.  See the file
8546  <file:drivers/scsi/README.g_NCR5380> for details.
8547
8548# Choice: ncr5380
8549NCR5380/53c400 mapping method (use Port for T130B)
8550CONFIG_SCSI_G_NCR5380_PORT
8551  The NCR5380 and NCR53c400 SCSI controllers come in two varieties:
8552  port or memory mapped. You should know what you have. The most
8553  common card, Trantor T130B, uses port mapped mode.
8554
8555NCR Dual 700 MCA SCSI support
8556CONFIG_SCSI_NCR_D700
8557  This is a driver for the MicroChannel Dual 700 card produced by
8558  NCR and commonly used in 345x/35xx/4100 class machines.  It always
8559  tries to negotiate sync and uses tag command queueing.
8560
8561  Unless you have an NCR manufactured machine, the chances are that
8562  you do not have this SCSI card, so say N.
8563
8564  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
8565  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8566  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
8567  will be called NCR_D700.o.
8568
8569HP LASI SCSI support for 53c700/710
8570CONFIG_SCSI_LASI700
8571  This is a driver for the lasi baseboard in some parisc machines
8572  which is based on the 53c700 chip.  Will also support LASI subsystems
8573  based on the 710 chip using 700 emulation mode.
8574
8575  Unless you know you have a 53c700 or 53c710 based lasi, say N here
8576
8577NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support
8578CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx
8579  This is a driver for the 53c7 and 8xx NCR family of SCSI
8580  controllers, not to be confused with the NCR 5380 controllers.  It
8581  is explained in section 3.8 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
8582  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  If it doesn't work out
8583  of the box, you may have to change some settings in
8584  <file:drivers/scsi/53c7,8xx.h>.  Please read
8585  <file:drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c7xx> for the available boot time
8586  command line options.
8587
8588  Note: there is another driver for the 53c8xx family of controllers
8589  ("NCR53C8XX SCSI support" below).  If you want to use them both, you
8590  need to say M to both and build them as modules, but only one may be
8591  active at a time. If you have a 53c8xx board, it's better to use the
8592  other driver.
8593
8594  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8595  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8596  The module will be called 53c7,8xx.o.  If you want to compile it as
8597  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
8598
8599Always negotiate synchronous transfers
8600CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_sync
8601  In general, this is good; however, it is a bit dangerous since there
8602  are some broken SCSI devices out there. Take your chances. Safe bet
8603  is N.
8604
8605Allow FAST-SCSI [10MHz]
8606CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_FAST
8607  This will enable 10MHz FAST-SCSI transfers with your host
8608  adapter. Some systems have problems with that speed, so it's safest
8609  to say N here.
8610
8611Allow DISCONNECT
8612CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_DISCONNECT
8613  This enables the disconnect/reconnect feature of the NCR SCSI
8614  controller. When you say Y here, a slow SCSI device will not lock
8615  the SCSI bus while processing a request, allowing simultaneous use
8616  of e.g. a SCSI hard disk and SCSI tape or CD-ROM drive, and
8617  providing much better performance when using slow and fast SCSI
8618  devices at the same time. Some devices, however, do not operate
8619  properly with this option enabled, and will cause your SCSI system
8620  to hang, which might cause a system crash. The safe answer
8621  therefore is to say N.
8622
8623SYM53C8XX Version 2 SCSI support
8624CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_2
8625  This driver supports the whole NCR53C8XX/SYM53C8XX family of
8626  PCI-SCSI controllers. It also supports the subset of LSI53C10XX
8627  Ultra-160 controllers that are based on the SYM53C8XX SCRIPTS
8628  language. It does not support LSI53C10XX Ultra-320 PCI-X SCSI
8629  controllers.
8630
8631  If your system has problems using this new major version of the
8632  SYM53C8XX driver, you may switch back to driver version 1.
8633
8634  Please read <file:drivers/scsi/sym53c8xx_2/Documentation.txt> for more
8635  information.
8636
8637  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
8638  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8639  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
8640  will be called sym53c8xx_2.o.
8641
8642PCI DMA addressing mode
8643CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_DMA_ADDRESSING_MODE
8644  This option only applies to PCI-SCSI chip that are PCI DAC capable
8645  (875A, 895A, 896, 1010-33, 1010-66, 1000).
8646
8647  When set to 0, only PCI 32 bit DMA addressing (SAC) will be performed.
8648  When set to 1, 40 bit DMA addressing (with upper 24 bits of address
8649  set to zero) is supported. The addressable range is here 1 TB.
8650  When set to 2, full 64 bits of address for DMA are supported, but only
8651  16 segments of 4 GB can be addressed. The addressable range is so
8652  limited to 64 GB.
8653
8654  The safest value is 0 (32 bit DMA addressing) that is guessed to still
8655  fit most of real machines.
8656
8657  The preferred value 1 (40 bit DMA addressing) should make happy
8658  properly engineered PCI DAC capable host bridges. You may configure
8659  this option for Intel platforms with more than 4 GB of memory.
8660
8661  The still experimental value 2 (64 bit DMA addressing with 16 x 4GB
8662  segments limitation) can be used on systems that require PCI address
8663  bits past bit 39 to be set for the addressing of memory using PCI
8664  DAC cycles.
8665
8666use normal IO
8667CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_IOMAPPED
8668  If you say Y here, the driver will preferently use normal IO rather than
8669  memory mapped IO.
8670
8671maximum number of queued commands
8672CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_MAX_TAGS
8673  This option allows you to specify the maximum number of commands
8674  that can be queued to any device, when tagged command queuing is
8675  possible. The driver supports up to 256 queued commands per device.
8676  This value is used as a compiled-in hard limit.
8677
8678default tagged command queue depth
8679CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_DEFAULT_TAGS
8680  This is the default value of the command queue depth the driver will
8681  announce to the generic SCSI layer for devices that support tagged
8682  command queueing. This value can be changed from the boot command line.
8683  This is a soft limit that cannot exceed CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_MAX_TAGS.
8684
8685NCR53C8XX SCSI support
8686CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX
8687  This is the BSD ncr driver adapted to Linux for the NCR53C8XX family
8688  of PCI-SCSI controllers.  This driver supports parity checking,
8689  tagged command queuing and fast synchronous data transfers up to 80
8690  MB/s with wide FAST-40 LVD devices and controllers.
8691
8692  Recent versions of the 53C8XX chips are better supported by the
8693  option "SYM53C8XX SCSI support", below.
8694
8695  Note: there is yet another driver for the 53c8xx family of
8696  controllers ("NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support" above).  If you want to use
8697  them both, you need to say M to both and build them as modules, but
8698  only one may be active at a time.  If you have a 53c8xx board, you
8699  probably do not want to use the "NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support".
8700
8701  Please read <file:drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c8xx> for more
8702  information.
8703
8704  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
8705  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8706  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
8707  will be called ncr53c8xx.o.
8708
8709SYM53C8XX Version 1 SCSI support
8710CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX
8711  This driver supports all the features of recent 53C8XX chips (used
8712  in PCI SCSI controllers), notably the hardware phase mismatch
8713  feature of the SYM53C896.
8714
8715  Older versions of the 53C8XX chips are not supported by this
8716  driver.  If your system uses either a 810 rev. < 16, a 815, or a 825
8717  rev. < 16 PCI SCSI processor, you must use the generic NCR53C8XX
8718  driver ("NCR53C8XX SCSI support" above) or configure both the
8719  NCR53C8XX and this SYM53C8XX drivers either as module or linked to
8720  the kernel image.
8721
8722  When both drivers are linked into the kernel, the SYM53C8XX driver
8723  is called first at initialization and you can use the 'excl=ioaddr'
8724  driver boot option to exclude attachment of adapters by the
8725  SYM53C8XX driver.  For example, entering
8726  'sym53c8xx=excl:0xb400,excl=0xc000' at the lilo prompt prevents
8727  adapters at io address 0xb400 and 0xc000 from being attached by the
8728  SYM53C8XX driver, thus allowing the NCR53C8XX driver to attach them.
8729  The 'excl' option is also supported by the NCR53C8XX driver.
8730
8731  Please read <file:drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c8xx> for more
8732  information.
8733
8734  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
8735  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8736  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
8737  will be called sym53c8xx.o.
8738
8739Synchronous transfer frequency in MHz
8740CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYNC
8741  The SCSI Parallel Interface-2 Standard defines 5 classes of transfer
8742  rates: FAST-5, FAST-10, FAST-20, FAST-40 and FAST-80.  The numbers
8743  are respectively the maximum data transfer rates in mega-transfers
8744  per second for each class.  For example, a FAST-20 Wide 16 device is
8745  able to transfer data at 20 million 16 bit packets per second for a
8746  total rate of 40 MB/s.
8747
8748  You may specify 0 if you want to only use asynchronous data
8749  transfers. This is the safest and slowest option. Otherwise, specify
8750  a value between 5 and 80, depending on the capability of your SCSI
8751  controller.  The higher the number, the faster the data transfer.
8752  Note that 80 should normally be ok since the driver decreases the
8753  value automatically according to the controller's capabilities.
8754
8755  Your answer to this question is ignored for controllers with NVRAM,
8756  since the driver will get this information from the user set-up.  It
8757  also can be overridden using a boot setup option, as follows
8758  (example): 'ncr53c8xx=sync:12' will allow the driver to negotiate
8759  for FAST-20 synchronous data transfer (20 mega-transfers per
8760  second).
8761
8762  The normal answer therefore is not to go with the default but to
8763  select the maximum value 80 allowing the driver to use the maximum
8764  value supported by each controller. If this causes problems with
8765  your SCSI devices, you should come back and decrease the value.
8766
8767  There is no safe option other than using good cabling, right
8768  terminations and SCSI conformant devices.
8769
8770Use normal IO
8771CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_IOMAPPED
8772  If you say Y here, the driver will use normal IO, as opposed to
8773  memory mapped IO. Memory mapped IO has less latency than normal IO
8774  and works for most Intel-based hardware. Under Linux/Alpha only
8775  normal IO is currently supported by the driver and so, this option
8776  has no effect on those systems.
8777
8778  The normal answer therefore is N; try Y only if you encounter SCSI
8779  related problems.
8780
8781Not allow targets to disconnect
8782CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_NO_DISCONNECT
8783  This option is only provided for safety if you suspect some SCSI
8784  device of yours to not support properly the target-disconnect
8785  feature. In that case, you would say Y here. In general however, to
8786  not allow targets to disconnect is not reasonable if there is more
8787  than 1 device on a SCSI bus. The normal answer therefore is N.
8788
8789Default tagged command queue depth
8790CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_DEFAULT_TAGS
8791  "Tagged command queuing" is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves
8792  performance: the host adapter can send several SCSI commands to a
8793  device's queue even if previous commands haven't finished yet.
8794  Because the device is intelligent, it can optimize its operations
8795  (like head positioning) based on its own request queue. Some SCSI
8796  devices don't implement this properly; if you want to disable this
8797  feature, enter 0 or 1 here (it doesn't matter which).
8798
8799  The default value is 8 and should be supported by most hard disks.
8800  This value can be overridden from the boot command line using the
8801  'tags' option as follows (example):
8802  'ncr53c8xx=tags:4/t2t3q16/t0u2q10' will set default queue depth to
8803  4, set queue depth to 16 for target 2 and target 3 on controller 0
8804  and set queue depth to 10 for target 0 / lun 2 on controller 1.
8805
8806  The normal answer therefore is to go with the default 8 and to use
8807  a boot command line option for devices that need to use a different
8808  command queue depth.
8809
8810  There is no safe option other than using good SCSI devices.
8811
8812Maximum number of queued commands
8813CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_MAX_TAGS
8814  This option allows you to specify the maximum number of commands
8815  that can be queued to any device, when tagged command queuing is
8816  possible. The default value is 32. Minimum is 2, maximum is 64.
8817  Modern hard disks are able to support 64 tags and even more, but
8818  do not seem to be faster when more than 32 tags are being used.
8819
8820  So, the normal answer here is to go with the default value 32 unless
8821  you are using very large hard disks with large cache (>= 1 MB) that
8822  are able to take advantage of more than 32 tagged commands.
8823
8824  There is no safe option and the default answer is recommended.
8825
8826Assume boards are SYMBIOS compatible
8827CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYMBIOS_COMPAT
8828  This option allows you to enable some features depending on GPIO
8829  wiring. These General Purpose Input/Output pins can be used for
8830  vendor specific features or implementation of the standard SYMBIOS
8831  features. Genuine SYMBIOS controllers use GPIO0 in output for
8832  controller LED and GPIO3 bit as a flag indicating
8833  singled-ended/differential interface. The Tekram DC-390U/F boards
8834  uses a different GPIO wiring.
8835
8836  Your answer to this question is ignored if all your controllers have
8837  NVRAM, since the driver is able to detect the board type from the
8838  NVRAM format.
8839
8840  If all the controllers in your system are genuine SYMBIOS boards or
8841  use BIOS and drivers from SYMBIOS, you would want to say Y here,
8842  otherwise N. N is the safe answer.
8843
8844Enable traffic profiling
8845CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_PROFILE
8846  This option allows you to enable profiling information gathering.
8847  These statistics are not very accurate due to the low frequency
8848  of the kernel clock (100 Hz on i386) and have performance impact
8849  on systems that use very fast devices.
8850
8851  The normal answer therefore is N.
8852
8853Include support for the NCR PQS/PDS SCSI card
8854CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_PQS_PDS
8855  Say Y here if you have a special SCSI adapter produced by NCR
8856  corporation called a PCI Quad SCSI or PCI Dual SCSI. You do not need
8857  this if you do not have one of these adapters. However, since this
8858  device is detected as a specific PCI device, this option is quite
8859  safe.
8860
8861  The common answer here is N, but answering Y is safe.
8862
8863Workbit NinjaSCSI-32Bi/UDE support
8864CONFIG_SCSI_NSP32
8865  This is support for the Workbit NinjaSCSI-32Bi/UDE PCI/Cardbus
8866  SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
8867  <http://www.linuxdoc.org/docs.html#howto>.
8868
8869  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8870  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8871  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
8872  will be called nsp32.o.
8873
8874IBMMCA SCSI support
8875CONFIG_SCSI_IBMMCA
8876  This is support for the IBM SCSI adapter found in many of the PS/2
8877  series computers.  These machines have an MCA bus, so you need to
8878  answer Y to "MCA support" as well and read
8879  <file:Documentation/mca.txt>.
8880
8881  If the adapter isn't found during boot (a common problem for models
8882  56, 57, 76, and 77) you'll need to use the 'ibmmcascsi=<pun>' kernel
8883  option, where <pun> is the id of the SCSI subsystem (usually 7, but
8884  if that doesn't work check your reference diskette).  Owners of
8885  model 95 with a LED-matrix-display can in addition activate some
8886  activity info like under OS/2, but more informative, by setting
8887  'ibmmcascsi=display' as an additional kernel parameter.  Try "man
8888  bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about how to
8889  pass options to the kernel.
8890
8891  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
8892  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8893  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
8894  will be called ibmmca.o.
8895
8896Standard SCSI-order
8897CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD
8898  In the PC-world and in most modern SCSI-BIOS-setups, SCSI-hard disks
8899  are assigned to the drive letters, starting with the lowest SCSI-id
8900  (physical number -- pun) to be drive C:, as seen from DOS and
8901  similar operating systems. When looking into papers describing the
8902  ANSI-SCSI-standard, this assignment of drives appears to be wrong.
8903  The SCSI-standard follows a hardware-hierarchy which says that id 7
8904  has the highest priority and id 0 the lowest. Therefore, the host
8905  adapters are still today everywhere placed as SCSI-id 7 by default.
8906  In the SCSI-standard, the drive letters express the priority of the
8907  disk. C: should be the hard disk, or a partition on it, with the
8908  highest priority. This must therefore be the disk with the highest
8909  SCSI-id (e.g. 6) and not the one with the lowest! IBM-BIOS kept the
8910  original definition of the SCSI-standard as also industrial- and
8911  process-control-machines, like VME-CPUs running under realtime-OSes
8912  (e.g. LynxOS, OS9) do.
8913
8914  If you like to run Linux on your MCA-machine with the same
8915  assignment of hard disks as seen from e.g. DOS or OS/2 on your
8916  machine, which is in addition conformant to the SCSI-standard, you
8917  must say Y here. This is also necessary for MCA-Linux users who want
8918  to keep downward compatibility to older releases of the
8919  IBM-MCA-SCSI-driver (older than driver-release 2.00 and older than
8920  June 1997).
8921
8922  If you like to have the lowest SCSI-id assigned as drive C:, as
8923  modern SCSI-BIOSes do, which does not conform to the standard, but
8924  is widespread and common in the PC-world of today, you must say N
8925  here. If unsure, say Y.
8926
8927Reset SCSI-devices at boot time
8928CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_DEV_RESET
8929  By default, SCSI-devices are reset when the machine is powered on.
8930  However, some devices exist, like special-control-devices,
8931  SCSI-CNC-machines, SCSI-printer or scanners of older type, that do
8932  not reset when switched on. If you say Y here, each device connected
8933  to your SCSI-bus will be issued a reset-command after it has been
8934  probed, while the kernel is booting. This may cause problems with
8935  more modern devices, like hard disks, which do not appreciate these
8936  reset commands, and can cause your system to hang. So say Y only if
8937  you know that one of your older devices needs it; N is the safe
8938  answer.
8939
8940NCR MCA 53C9x SCSI support
8941CONFIG_SCSI_MCA_53C9X
8942  Some MicroChannel machines, notably the NCR 35xx line, use a SCSI
8943  controller based on the NCR 53C94.  This driver will allow use of
8944  the controller on the 3550, and very possibly others.
8945
8946  If you want to compile this as a module (= code which can be
8947  inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say
8948  M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will
8949  be called mca_53c9x.o.
8950
8951Always IN2000 SCSI support
8952CONFIG_SCSI_IN2000
8953  This is support for an ISA bus SCSI host adapter.  You'll find more
8954  information in <file:drivers/scsi/README.in2000>. If it doesn't work
8955  out of the box, you may have to change the jumpers for IRQ or
8956  address selection.
8957
8958  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8959  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8960  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
8961  will be called in2000.o.
8962
8963Initio 91XXU(W) SCSI support
8964CONFIG_SCSI_INITIO
8965  This is support for the Initio 91XXU(W) SCSI host adapter.  Please
8966  read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
8967  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
8968
8969  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8970  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8971  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
8972  will be called initio.o.
8973
8974PAS16 SCSI support
8975CONFIG_SCSI_PAS16
8976  This is support for a SCSI host adapter.  It is explained in section
8977  3.10 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
8978  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  If it doesn't work out
8979  of the box, you may have to change some settings in
8980  <file:drivers/scsi/pas16.h>.
8981
8982  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8983  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8984  The module will be called pas16.o.  If you want to compile it as a
8985  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
8986
8987Initio INI-A100U2W SCSI support
8988CONFIG_SCSI_INIA100
8989  This is support for the Initio INI-A100U2W SCSI host adapter.
8990  Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
8991  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
8992
8993  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8994  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8995  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
8996  will be called a100u2w.o.
8997
8998PCI2000 support
8999CONFIG_SCSI_PCI2000
9000  This is support for the PCI2000I EIDE interface card which acts as a
9001  SCSI host adapter.  Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
9002  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
9003
9004  This driver is also available as a module called pci2000.o ( = code
9005  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
9006  whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
9007  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
9008
9009PCI2220i support
9010CONFIG_SCSI_PCI2220I
9011  This is support for the PCI2220i EIDE interface card which acts as a
9012  SCSI host adapter.  Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
9013  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
9014
9015  This driver is also available as a module called pci2220i.o ( = code
9016  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
9017  whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
9018  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
9019
9020PSI240i support
9021CONFIG_SCSI_PSI240I
9022  This is support for the PSI240i EIDE interface card which acts as a
9023  SCSI host adapter.  Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
9024  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
9025
9026  This driver is also available as a module called psi240i.o ( = code
9027  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
9028  whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
9029  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
9030
9031Qlogic FAS SCSI support
9032CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FAS
9033  This is a driver for the ISA, VLB, and PCMCIA versions of the Qlogic
9034  FastSCSI! cards as well as any other card based on the FASXX chip
9035  (including the Control Concepts SCSI/IDE/SIO/PIO/FDC cards).
9036
9037  This driver does NOT support the PCI versions of these cards. The
9038  PCI versions are supported by the Qlogic ISP driver ("Qlogic ISP
9039  SCSI support"), below.
9040
9041  Information about this driver is contained in
9042  <file:drivers/scsi/README.qlogicfas>.  You should also read the
9043  SCSI-HOWTO, available from
9044  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
9045
9046  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9047  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9048  The module will be called qlogicfas.o. If you want to compile it as
9049  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
9050
9051Qlogic ISP SCSI support
9052CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_ISP
9053  This driver works for all QLogic PCI SCSI host adapters (IQ-PCI,
9054  IQ-PCI-10, IQ_PCI-D) except for the PCI-basic card.  (This latter
9055  card is supported by the "AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI" driver.)
9056
9057  If you say Y here, make sure to choose "BIOS" at the question "PCI
9058  access mode".
9059
9060  Please read the file <file:drivers/scsi/README.qlogicisp>.  You
9061  should also read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
9062  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
9063
9064  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9065  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9066  The module will be called qlogicisp.o.  If you want to compile it as
9067  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
9068
9069Qlogic ISP FC SCSI support
9070CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FC
9071  This is a driver for the QLogic ISP2100 SCSI-FCP host adapter.
9072
9073  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9074  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9075  The module will be called qlogicfc.o.  If you want to compile it as
9076  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
9077
9078Include loadable firmware in driver
9079CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FC_FIRMWARE
9080  Say Y to include ISP2100 Fabric Initiator/Target Firmware, with
9081  expanded LUN addressing and FcTape (FCP-2) support, in the
9082  Qlogic QLA 1280 driver. This is required on some platforms.
9083
9084Qlogic QLA 1280 SCSI support
9085CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_1280
9086  Say Y if you have a QLogic ISP1x80/1x160 SCSI host adapter.
9087
9088  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9089  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9090  The module will be called qla1280.o. If you want to compile it as
9091  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
9092
9093Seagate ST-02 and Future Domain TMC-8xx SCSI support
9094CONFIG_SCSI_SEAGATE
9095  These are 8-bit SCSI controllers; the ST-01 is also supported by
9096  this driver.  It is explained in section 3.9 of the SCSI-HOWTO,
9097  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  If it
9098  doesn't work out of the box, you may have to change some settings in
9099  <file:drivers/scsi/seagate.h>.
9100
9101  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9102  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9103  The module will be called seagate.o.  If you want to compile it as a
9104  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
9105
9106Trantor T128/T128F/T228 SCSI support
9107CONFIG_SCSI_T128
9108  This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section
9109  3.11 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
9110  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  If it doesn't work out
9111  of the box, you may have to change some settings in
9112  <file:drivers/scsi/t128.h>.  Note that Trantor was purchased by
9113  Adaptec, and some former Trantor products are being sold under the
9114  Adaptec name.
9115
9116  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9117  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9118  The module will be called t128.o.  If you want to compile it as a
9119  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
9120
9121UltraStor SCSI support
9122CONFIG_SCSI_ULTRASTOR
9123  This is support for the UltraStor 14F, 24F and 34F SCSI-2 host
9124  adapter family.  This driver is explained in section 3.12 of the
9125  SCSI-HOWTO, available from
9126  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  If it doesn't work out
9127  of the box, you may have to change some settings in
9128  <file:drivers/scsi/ultrastor.h>.
9129
9130  Note that there is also another driver for the same hardware:
9131  "UltraStor 14F/34F support", above.
9132
9133  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9134  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9135  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9136  will be called ultrastor.o.
9137
91387000FASST SCSI support
9139CONFIG_SCSI_7000FASST
9140  This driver supports the Western Digital 7000 SCSI host adapter
9141  family.  Some information is in the source:
9142  <file:drivers/scsi/wd7000.c>.
9143
9144  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9145  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9146  The module will be called wd7000.o.  If you want to compile it as a
9147  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
9148
9149ACARD SCSI support
9150CONFIG_SCSI_ACARD
9151  This driver supports the ACARD 870U/W SCSI host adapter.
9152
9153  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9154  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9155  The module will be called atp870u.o. If you want to compile it as a
9156  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
9157
9158EATA ISA/EISA/PCI (DPT and generic EATA/DMA-compliant boards) support
9159CONFIG_SCSI_EATA
9160  This driver supports all EATA/DMA-compliant SCSI host adapters.  DPT
9161  ISA and all EISA I/O addresses are probed looking for the "EATA"
9162  signature.  If you chose "BIOS" at the question "PCI access mode",
9163  the addresses of all the PCI SCSI controllers reported by the PCI
9164  subsystem are probed as well.
9165
9166  You want to read the start of <file:drivers/scsi/eata.c> and the
9167  SCSI-HOWTO, available from
9168  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
9169
9170  Note that there is also another driver for the same hardware
9171  available: "EATA-DMA [Obsolete] (DPT, NEC, AT&T, SNI, AST, Olivetti,
9172  Alphatronix) support". You should say Y to only one of them.
9173
9174  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9175  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9176  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9177  will be called eata.o.
9178
9179enable tagged command queueing
9180CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_TAGGED_QUEUE
9181  This is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host
9182  adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if
9183  previous commands haven't finished yet. Most EATA adapters negotiate
9184  this feature automatically with the device, even if your answer is
9185  N. The safe answer is N.
9186
9187enable elevator sorting
9188CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_LINKED_COMMANDS
9189  This option enables elevator sorting for all probed SCSI disks and
9190  CD-ROMs. It definitely reduces the average seek distance when doing
9191  random seeks, but this does not necessarily result in a noticeable
9192  performance improvement: your mileage may vary...
9193  The safe answer is N.
9194
9195maximum number of queued commands
9196CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_MAX_TAGS
9197  This specifies how many SCSI commands can be maximally queued for
9198  each probed SCSI device. You should reduce the default value of 16
9199  only if you have disks with buggy or limited tagged command support.
9200  Minimum is 2 and maximum is 62. This value is also the window size
9201  used by the elevator sorting option above. The effective value used
9202  by the driver for each probed SCSI device is reported at boot time.
9203
9204NCR53c406a SCSI support
9205CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C406A
9206  This is support for the NCR53c406a SCSI host adapter.  For user
9207  configurable parameters, check out <file:drivers/scsi/NCR53c406a.c>
9208  in the kernel source.  Also read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
9209  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
9210
9211  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
9212  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9213  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9214  will be called NCR53c406.o.
9215
9216Symbios 53c416 SCSI support
9217CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C416
9218  This is support for the sym53c416 SCSI host adapter, the SCSI
9219  adapter that comes with some HP scanners. This driver requires that
9220  the sym53c416 is configured first using some sort of PnP
9221  configuration program (e.g. isapnp) or by a PnP aware BIOS. If you
9222  are using isapnp then you need to compile this driver as a module
9223  and then load it using insmod after isapnp has run. The parameters
9224  of the configured card(s) should be passed to the driver. The format
9225  is:
9226
9227    insmod sym53c416 sym53c416=<base>,<irq> [sym53c416_1=<base>,<irq>]
9228
9229  There is support for up to four adapters. If you want to compile
9230  this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and
9231  removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and
9232  read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
9233  sym53c416.o.
9234
9235Simple 53c710 SCSI support (Compaq, NCR machines)
9236CONFIG_SCSI_SIM710
9237  This is a simple driver for NCR53c710 based SCSI host adapters.
9238
9239  More complex drivers for this chip are available ("NCR53c7,8xx SCSI
9240  support", above), but they require that the scsi chip be able to do
9241  DMA block moves between memory and on-chip registers, which can
9242  cause problems under certain conditions.  This driver is designed to
9243  avoid these problems and is intended to work with any Intel machines
9244  using 53c710 chips, including various Compaq and NCR machines.
9245
9246  Please read the comments at the top of the file
9247  <file:drivers/scsi/sim710.c> for more information.
9248
9249  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
9250  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9251  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9252  will be called sim710.o.
9253
9254Tekram DC390(T) and Am53/79C974 SCSI support
9255CONFIG_SCSI_DC390T
9256  This driver supports PCI SCSI host adapters based on the Am53C974A
9257  chip, e.g. Tekram DC390(T), DawiControl 2974 and some onboard
9258  PCscsi/PCnet (Am53/79C974) solutions.
9259
9260  Documentation can be found in <file:drivers/scsi/README.tmscsim>.
9261
9262  Note that this driver does NOT support Tekram DC390W/U/F, which are
9263  based on NCR/Symbios chips. Use "NCR53C8XX SCSI support" for those.
9264  Also note that there is another generic Am53C974 driver,
9265  "AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI support" below.  You can pick either one.
9266
9267  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
9268  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9269  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9270  will be called tmscsim.o.
9271
9272Omit support for other Am53/79C974 based SCSI adapters
9273CONFIG_SCSI_DC390T_NOGENSUPP
9274  If you say N here, the DC390(T) SCSI driver relies on the DC390
9275  EEPROM to get initial values for its settings, such as speed,
9276  termination, etc.  If it can't find this EEPROM, it will use
9277  defaults or the user supplied boot/module parameters.  For details
9278  on driver configuration see <file:drivers/scsi/README.tmscsim>.
9279
9280  If you say Y here and if no EEPROM is found, the driver gives up and
9281  thus only supports Tekram DC390(T) adapters.  This can be useful if
9282  you have a DC390(T) and another Am53C974 based adapter, which, for
9283  some reason, you want to drive with the other AM53C974 driver.
9284
9285  If unsure, say N.
9286
9287AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI support
9288CONFIG_SCSI_AM53C974
9289  This is support for the AM53/79C974 SCSI host adapters.  Please read
9290  <file:drivers/scsi/README.AM53C974> for details.  Also, the
9291  SCSI-HOWTO, available from
9292  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, is for you.
9293
9294  Note that there is another driver for AM53C974 based adapters:
9295  "Tekram DC390(T) and Am53/79C974 (PCscsi) SCSI support", above.  You
9296  can pick either one.
9297
9298  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
9299  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9300  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9301  will be called AM53C974.o.
9302
9303AMI MegaRAID support (old driver)
9304CONFIG_SCSI_MEGARAID
9305  This driver supports the AMI MegaRAID 418, 428, 438, 466, 762, 490,
9306  467, 471 and 493 SCSI host adapters.
9307
9308  This is the old and very heavily tested driver but lacks features
9309  like clustering.
9310
9311  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
9312  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9313  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9314  will be called megaraid.o.
9315
9316AMI MegaRAID support (new driver)
9317CONFIG_SCSI_MEGARAID2
9318  This driver supports the AMI MegaRAID 418, 428, 438, 466, 762, 490,
9319  467, 471, 493 and new Ultra320(518, 520, 531, 532) SCSI host adapters.
9320
9321  This is the newer less tested but more featureful driver.
9322
9323  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
9324  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9325  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9326  will be called megaraid2.o.
9327
9328CONFIG_SCSI_SATA
9329  This driver family supports Serial ATA host controllers
9330  and devices.
9331
9332  If unsure, say N.
9333
9334CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_AHCI
9335  This option enables support for AHCI Serial ATA.
9336
9337  If unsure, say N.
9338
9339CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_SVW
9340  This option enables support for Broadcom/Serverworks/Apple K2
9341  SATA support.
9342
9343  If unsure, say N.
9344
9345CONFIG_SCSI_ATA_PIIX
9346  This option enables support for ICH5 Serial ATA.
9347
9348  If unsure, say N.
9349
9350CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_NV
9351  This option enables support for NVIDIA Serial ATA.
9352
9353  If unsure, say N.
9354
9355CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_PROMISE
9356  This option enables support for Promise Serial ATA TX2/TX4.
9357
9358  If unsure, say N.
9359
9360CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_QSTOR
9361  This option enables support for Pacific Digital Serial ATA QStor.
9362
9363  If unsure, say N.
9364
9365CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_SX4
9366  This option enables support for Promise Serial ATA SX4.
9367
9368  If unsure, say N.
9369
9370CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_SIL
9371  This option enables support for Silicon Image Serial ATA.
9372
9373  If unsure, say N.
9374
9375CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_SIS
9376  This option enables support for SiS Serial ATA 964/180.
9377
9378  If unsure, say N.
9379
9380CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_ULI
9381  This option enables support for ULi Electronics SATA.
9382
9383  If unsure, say N.
9384
9385CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_VIA
9386  This option enables support for VIA Serial ATA.
9387
9388  If unsure, say N.
9389
9390CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_VITESSE
9391  This option enables support for Vitesse VSC7174 Serial ATA.
9392
9393  If unsure, say N.
9394
9395Intel/ICP (former GDT SCSI Disk Array) RAID Controller support
9396CONFIG_SCSI_GDTH
9397  Formerly called GDT SCSI Disk Array Controller Support.
9398
9399  This is a driver for RAID/SCSI Disk Array Controllers (EISA/ISA/PCI)
9400  manufactured by Intel/ICP vortex (an Intel Company). It is documented
9401  in the kernel source in <file:drivers/scsi/gdth.c> and
9402  <file:drivers/scsi/gdth.h.>
9403
9404  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
9405  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9406  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9407  will be called gdth.o.
9408
9409IOMEGA parallel port (ppa - older drives)
9410CONFIG_SCSI_PPA
9411  This driver supports older versions of IOMEGA's parallel port ZIP
9412  drive (a 100 MB removable media device).
9413
9414  Note that you can say N here if you have the SCSI version of the ZIP
9415  drive: it will be supported automatically if you said Y to the
9416  generic "SCSI disk support", above.
9417
9418  If you have the ZIP Plus drive or a more recent parallel port ZIP
9419  drive (if the supplied cable with the drive is labeled "AutoDetect")
9420  then you should say N here and Y to "IOMEGA parallel port (imm -
9421  newer drives)", below.
9422
9423  For more information about this driver and how to use it you should
9424  read the file <file:drivers/scsi/README.ppa>.  You should also read
9425  the SCSI-HOWTO, which is available from
9426  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  If you use this driver,
9427  you will still be able to use the parallel port for other tasks,
9428  such as a printer; it is safe to compile both drivers into the
9429  kernel.
9430
9431  This driver is also available as a module which can be inserted in
9432  and removed from the running kernel whenever you want.  To compile
9433  this driver as a module, say M here and read
9434  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called ppa.o.
9435
9436IOMEGA parallel port (imm - newer drives)
9437CONFIG_SCSI_IMM
9438  This driver supports newer versions of IOMEGA's parallel port ZIP
9439  drive (a 100 MB removable media device).
9440
9441  Note that you can say N here if you have the SCSI version of the ZIP
9442  drive: it will be supported automatically if you said Y to the
9443  generic "SCSI disk support", above.
9444
9445  If you have the ZIP Plus drive or a more recent parallel port ZIP
9446  drive (if the supplied cable with the drive is labeled "AutoDetect")
9447  then you should say Y here; if you have an older ZIP drive, say N
9448  here and Y to "IOMEGA Parallel Port (ppa - older drives)", above.
9449
9450  For more information about this driver and how to use it you should
9451  read the file <file:drivers/scsi/README.ppa>.  You should also read
9452  the SCSI-HOWTO, which is available from
9453  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  If you use this driver,
9454  you will still be able to use the parallel port for other tasks,
9455  such as a printer; it is safe to compile both drivers into the
9456  kernel.
9457
9458  This driver is also available as a module which can be inserted in
9459  and removed from the running kernel whenever you want.  To compile
9460  this driver as a module, say M here and read
9461  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called imm.o.
9462
9463Force the Iomega ZIP drivers to use EPP-16
9464CONFIG_SCSI_IZIP_EPP16
9465  EPP (Enhanced Parallel Port) is a standard for parallel ports which
9466  allows them to act as expansion buses that can handle up to 64
9467  peripheral devices.
9468
9469  Some parallel port chipsets are slower than their motherboard, and
9470  so we have to control the state of the chipset's FIFO queue every
9471  now and then to avoid data loss. This will be done if you say Y
9472  here.
9473
9474  Generally, saying Y is the safe option and slows things down a bit.
9475
9476Assume slow parallel port control register
9477CONFIG_SCSI_IZIP_SLOW_CTR
9478  Some parallel ports are known to have excessive delays between
9479  changing the parallel port control register and good data being
9480  available on the parallel port data/status register. This option
9481  forces a small delay (1.0 usec to be exact) after changing the
9482  control register to let things settle out. Enabling this option may
9483  result in a big drop in performance but some very old parallel ports
9484  (found in 386 vintage machines) will not work properly.
9485
9486  Generally, saying N is fine.
9487
9488SCSI debugging host simulator
9489CONFIG_SCSI_DEBUG
9490  This is a host adapter simulator that can be programmed to simulate
9491  a large number of conditions that could occur on a real bus. The
9492  advantage is that many hard to reproduce problems can be tested in a
9493  controlled environment where there is reduced risk of losing
9494  important data. This is primarily of use to people trying to debug
9495  the middle and upper layers of the SCSI subsystem. If unsure, say N.
9496
9497  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
9498  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9499  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9500  will be called scsi_debug.o.
9501
9502Fibre Channel and FC4 SCSI support
9503CONFIG_FC4
9504  Fibre Channel is a high speed serial protocol mainly used to
9505  connect large storage devices to the computer; it is compatible with
9506  and intended to replace SCSI.
9507
9508  This is an experimental support for storage arrays connected to your
9509  computer using optical fibre cables and the "X3.269-199X Fibre
9510  Channel Protocol for SCSI" specification. If you want to use this,
9511  you need to say Y here and to "SCSI support" as well as to the
9512  drivers for the storage array itself and for the interface adapter
9513  such as SOC or SOC+. This subsystem could even serve for IP
9514  networking, with some code extensions.
9515
9516  If unsure, say N.
9517
9518Sun SOC/Sbus
9519CONFIG_FC4_SOC
9520  Serial Optical Channel is an interface card with one or two Fibre
9521  Optic ports, each of which can be connected to a disk array. Note
9522  that if you have older firmware in the card, you'll need the
9523  microcode from the Solaris driver to make it work.
9524
9525  This support is also available as a module called soc.o ( = code
9526  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
9527  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
9528  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
9529
9530Sun SOC+ (aka SOCAL)
9531CONFIG_FC4_SOCAL
9532  Serial Optical Channel Plus is an interface card with up to two
9533  Fibre Optic ports. This card supports FC Arbitrated Loop (usually
9534  A5000 or internal FC disks in E[3-6]000 machines through the
9535  Interface Board). You'll probably need the microcode from the
9536  Solaris driver to make it work.
9537
9538  This support is also available as a module called socal.o ( = code
9539  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
9540  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
9541  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
9542
9543SparcSTORAGE Array 100 and 200 series
9544CONFIG_SCSI_PLUTO
9545  If you never bought a disk array made by Sun, go with N.
9546
9547  This support is also available as a module called pluto.o ( = code
9548  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
9549  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
9550  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
9551
9552Sun Enterprise Network Array (A5000 and EX500)
9553CONFIG_SCSI_FCAL
9554  This driver drives FC-AL disks connected through a Fibre Channel
9555  card using the drivers/fc4 layer (currently only SOCAL). The most
9556  common is either A5000 array or internal disks in E[3-6]000
9557  machines.
9558
9559  This support is also available as a module called fcal.o ( = code
9560  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
9561  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
9562  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say N.
9563
9564Acorn SCSI card (aka30) support
9565CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_3
9566  This enables support for the Acorn SCSI card (aka30). If you have an
9567  Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
9568
9569Support SCSI 2 Tagged queueing
9570CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_TAGGED_QUEUE
9571  Say Y here to enable tagged queuing support on the Acorn SCSI card.
9572
9573  This is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host
9574  adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if
9575  previous commands haven't finished yet. Some SCSI devices don't
9576  implement this properly, so the safe answer is N.
9577
9578Support SCSI 2 Synchronous Transfers
9579CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_SYNC
9580  Say Y here to enable synchronous transfer negotiation with all
9581  targets on the Acorn SCSI card.
9582
9583  In general, this improves performance; however some SCSI devices
9584  don't implement it properly, so the safe answer is N.
9585
9586ARXE SCSI support
9587CONFIG_SCSI_ARXESCSI
9588  Around 1991, Arxe Systems Limited released a high density floppy
9589  disc interface for the Acorn Archimedes range, to allow the use of
9590  HD discs from the then new A5000 on earlier models. This interface
9591  was either sold on its own or with an integral SCSI controller.
9592  Technical details on this NCR53c94-based device are available at
9593  <http://www.cryton.demon.co.uk/acornbits/scsi_arxe.html>
9594  Say Y here to compile in support for the SCSI controller.
9595
9596Oak SCSI support
9597CONFIG_SCSI_OAK1
9598  This enables support for the Oak SCSI card. If you have an Acorn
9599  system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
9600
9601Cumana SCSI I support
9602CONFIG_SCSI_CUMANA_1
9603  This enables support for the Cumana SCSI I card. If you have an
9604  Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
9605
9606Cumana SCSI II support
9607CONFIG_SCSI_CUMANA_2
9608  This enables support for the Cumana SCSI II card. If you have an
9609  Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
9610
9611EcoSCSI support
9612CONFIG_SCSI_ECOSCSI
9613  This enables support for the EcoSCSI card -- a small card that sits
9614  in the Econet socket. If you have an Acorn system with one of these,
9615  say Y. If unsure, say N.
9616
9617EESOX SCSI support
9618CONFIG_SCSI_EESOXSCSI
9619  This enables support for the EESOX SCSI card. If you have an Acorn
9620  system with one of these, say Y, otherwise say N.
9621
9622PowerTec SCSI support
9623CONFIG_SCSI_POWERTECSCSI
9624  This enables support for the Powertec SCSI card on Acorn systems. If
9625  you have one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
9626
9627IEEE 1394 (FireWire) support
9628CONFIG_IEEE1394
9629  IEEE 1394 describes a high performance serial bus, which is also
9630  known as FireWire(tm) or i.Link(tm) and is used for connecting all
9631  sorts of devices (most notably digital video cameras) to your
9632  computer.
9633
9634  If you have FireWire hardware and want to use it, say Y here.  This
9635  is the core support only, you will also need to select a driver for
9636  your IEEE 1394 adapter.
9637
9638  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9639  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9640  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9641  will be called ieee1394.o.
9642
9643Texas Instruments PCILynx support
9644CONFIG_IEEE1394_PCILYNX
9645  Say Y here if you have an IEEE-1394 controller with the Texas
9646  Instruments PCILynx chip.  Note: this driver is written for revision
9647  2 of this chip and may not work with revision 0.
9648
9649  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9650  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9651  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9652  will be called pcilynx.o.
9653
9654Use local RAM on PCILynx board
9655CONFIG_IEEE1394_PCILYNX_LOCALRAM
9656  This option makes the PCILynx driver use local RAM available on some
9657  PCILynx setups for Packet Control Lists. Local RAM is random access
9658  memory which resides on the PCILynx board as opposed to on your
9659  computer's motherboard. Local RAM may speed up command processing
9660  because no PCI transfers are necessary during use of the Packet
9661  Control Lists.
9662
9663  Note that there are no known PCILynx systems providing local RAM
9664  except for the evaluation boards by Texas Instruments and that the
9665  PCILynx does not reliably report missing RAM. This means that it is
9666  dangerous to say Y here if you are not absolutely sure that your
9667  board provides 64KB of local RAM.
9668
9669  If unsure, say N.
9670
9671Support for non-IEEE1394 local ports
9672CONFIG_IEEE1394_PCILYNX_PORTS
9673  This option enables driver code to access the RAM, ROM and AUX ports
9674  of the PCILynx through character devices in /dev.  If you don't know
9675  what this is about then you won't need it.
9676
9677  If unsure, say N.
9678
9679#Adaptec AIC-5800 IEEE 1394 support
9680#CONFIG_IEEE1394_AIC5800
9681#  Say Y here if you have a IEEE 1394 controller using the Adaptec
9682#  AIC-5800 chip.  All Adaptec host adapters (89xx series) use this
9683#  chip, as well as miro's DV boards.
9684#
9685#  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9686#  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9687#  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9688#  will be called aic5800.o.
9689#
9690OHCI-1394 (Open Host Controller Interface) support
9691CONFIG_IEEE1394_OHCI1394
9692  Enable this driver if you have an IEEE 1394 controller based on the
9693  OHCI-1394 specification. The current driver is only tested with OHCI
9694  chipsets made by Texas Instruments and NEC. Most third-party vendors
9695  use one of these chipsets.  It should work with any OHCI-1394
9696  compliant card, however.
9697
9698  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9699  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9700  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9701  will be called ohci1394.o.
9702
9703OHCI-1394 Video support
9704CONFIG_IEEE1394_VIDEO1394
9705  This option enables video device usage for OHCI-1394 cards.  Enable
9706  this option only if you have an IEEE 1394 video device connected to
9707  an OHCI-1394 card.
9708
9709SBP-2 support (Harddisks etc.)
9710CONFIG_IEEE1394_SBP2
9711  This option enables you to use SBP-2 devices connected to your IEEE
9712  1394 bus.  SBP-2 devices include harddrives and DVD devices.
9713
9714Raw IEEE 1394 I/O support
9715CONFIG_IEEE1394_RAWIO
9716  Say Y here if you want support for the raw device. This is generally
9717  a good idea, so you should say Y here. The raw device enables
9718  direct communication of user programs with the IEEE 1394 bus and
9719  thus with the attached peripherals.
9720
9721  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9722  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9723  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9724  will be called raw1394.o.
9725
9726Excessive debugging output
9727CONFIG_IEEE1394_VERBOSEDEBUG
9728  If you say Y here, you will get very verbose debugging logs from the
9729  subsystem which includes a dump of the header of every sent and
9730  received packet.  This can amount to a high amount of data collected
9731  in a very short time which is usually also saved to disk by the
9732  system logging daemons.
9733
9734  Say Y if you really want or need the debugging output, everyone else
9735  says N.
9736
9737CONFIG_IEEE1394_OUI_DB
9738  If you say Y here, then an OUI list (vendor unique ID's) will be
9739  compiled into the ieee1394 module. This doesn't really do much
9740  except being able to display the vendor of a hardware node. The
9741  downside is that it adds about 300k to the size of the module,
9742  or kernel (depending on whether you compile ieee1394 as a
9743  module, or static in the kernel).
9744
9745  This option is not needed for userspace programs like gscanbus
9746  to show this information.
9747
9748Network device support
9749CONFIG_NETDEVICES
9750  You can say N here if you don't intend to connect your Linux box to
9751  any other computer at all or if all your connections will be over a
9752  telephone line with a modem either via UUCP (UUCP is a protocol to
9753  forward mail and news between unix hosts over telephone lines; read
9754  the UUCP-HOWTO, available from
9755  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>) or dialing up a shell
9756  account or a BBS, even using term (term is a program which gives you
9757  almost full Internet connectivity if you have a regular dial up
9758  shell account on some Internet connected Unix computer. Read
9759  <http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html>).
9760
9761  You'll have to say Y if your computer contains a network card that
9762  you want to use under Linux (make sure you know its name because you
9763  will be asked for it and read the Ethernet-HOWTO (especially if you
9764  plan to use more than one network card under Linux)) or if you want
9765  to use SLIP (Serial Line Internet Protocol is the protocol used to
9766  send Internet traffic over telephone lines or null modem cables) or
9767  CSLIP (compressed SLIP) or PPP (Point to Point Protocol, a better
9768  and newer replacement for SLIP) or PLIP (Parallel Line Internet
9769  Protocol is mainly used to create a mini network by connecting the
9770  parallel ports of two local machines) or AX.25/KISS (protocol for
9771  sending Internet traffic over amateur radio links).
9772
9773  Make sure to read the NET-3-HOWTO. Eventually, you will have to read
9774  Olaf Kirch's excellent and free book "Network Administrator's
9775  Guide", to be found in <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#guide>. If
9776  unsure, say Y.
9777
9778Dummy net driver support
9779CONFIG_DUMMY
9780  This is essentially a bit-bucket device (i.e. traffic you send to
9781  this device is consigned into oblivion) with a configurable IP
9782  address. It is most commonly used in order to make your currently
9783  inactive SLIP address seem like a real address for local programs.
9784  If you use SLIP or PPP, you might want to say Y here. Since this
9785  thing often comes in handy, the default is Y. It won't enlarge your
9786  kernel either. What a deal. Read about it in the Network
9787  Administrator's Guide, available from
9788  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#guide>.
9789
9790  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9791  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9792  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9793  will be called dummy.o.  If you want to use more than one dummy
9794  device at a time, you need to compile this driver as a module.
9795  Instead of 'dummy', the devices will then be called 'dummy0',
9796  'dummy1' etc.
9797
9798Bonding driver support
9799CONFIG_BONDING
9800  Say 'Y' or 'M' if you wish to be able to 'bond' multiple Ethernet
9801  Channels together. This is called 'Etherchannel' by Cisco,
9802  'Trunking' by Sun, and 'Bonding' in Linux.
9803
9804  If you have two Ethernet connections to some other computer, you can
9805  make them behave like one double speed connection using this driver.
9806  Naturally, this has to be supported at the other end as well, either
9807  with a similar Bonding Linux driver, a Cisco 5500 switch or a
9808  SunTrunking SunSoft driver.
9809
9810  This is similar to the EQL driver, but it merges Ethernet segments
9811  instead of serial lines.
9812
9813  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9814  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9815  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9816  will be called bonding.o.
9817
9818SLIP (serial line) support
9819CONFIG_SLIP
9820  Say Y if you intend to use SLIP or CSLIP (compressed SLIP) to
9821  connect to your Internet service provider or to connect to some
9822  other local Unix box or if you want to configure your Linux box as a
9823  Slip/CSlip server for other people to dial in. SLIP (Serial Line
9824  Internet Protocol) is a protocol used to send Internet traffic over
9825  serial connections such as telephone lines or null modem cables;
9826  nowadays, the protocol PPP is more commonly used for this same
9827  purpose.
9828
9829  Normally, your access provider has to support SLIP in order for you
9830  to be able to use it, but there is now a SLIP emulator called SLiRP
9831  around (available from
9832  <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/network/serial/>) which
9833  allows you to use SLIP over a regular dial up shell connection. If
9834  you plan to use SLiRP, make sure to say Y to CSLIP, below. The
9835  NET-3-HOWTO, available from
9836  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, explains how to
9837  configure SLIP. Note that you don't need this option if you just
9838  want to run term (term is a program which gives you almost full
9839  Internet connectivity if you have a regular dial up shell account on
9840  some Internet connected Unix computer. Read
9841  <http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html>). SLIP
9842  support will enlarge your kernel by about 4 KB. If unsure, say N.
9843
9844  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9845  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9846  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
9847  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be
9848  called slip.o.
9849
9850CSLIP compressed headers
9851CONFIG_SLIP_COMPRESSED
9852  This protocol is faster than SLIP because it uses compression on the
9853  TCP/IP headers (not on the data itself), but it has to be supported
9854  on both ends. Ask your access provider if you are not sure and
9855  answer Y, just in case. You will still be able to use plain SLIP. If
9856  you plan to use SLiRP, the SLIP emulator (available from
9857  <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/network/serial/>) which
9858  allows you to use SLIP over a regular dial up shell connection, you
9859  definitely want to say Y here. The NET-3-HOWTO, available from
9860  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, explains how to configure
9861  CSLIP. This won't enlarge your kernel.
9862
9863Keepalive and linefill
9864CONFIG_SLIP_SMART
9865  Adds additional capabilities to the SLIP driver to support the
9866  RELCOM line fill and keepalive monitoring. Ideal on poor quality
9867  analogue lines.
9868
9869Six bit SLIP encapsulation
9870CONFIG_SLIP_MODE_SLIP6
9871  Just occasionally you may need to run IP over hostile serial
9872  networks that don't pass all control characters or are only seven
9873  bit. Saying Y here adds an extra mode you can use with SLIP:
9874  "slip6". In this mode, SLIP will only send normal ASCII symbols over
9875  the serial device. Naturally, this has to be supported at the other
9876  end of the link as well. It's good enough, for example, to run IP
9877  over the async ports of a Camtec JNT Pad. If unsure, say N.
9878
9879PPP (point-to-point protocol) support
9880CONFIG_PPP
9881  PPP (Point to Point Protocol) is a newer and better SLIP.  It serves
9882  the same purpose: sending Internet traffic over telephone (and other
9883  serial) lines.  Ask your access provider if they support it, because
9884  otherwise you can't use it; most Internet access providers these
9885  days support PPP rather than SLIP.
9886
9887  To use PPP, you need an additional program called pppd as described
9888  in the PPP-HOWTO, available at
9889  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  Make sure that you have
9890  the version of pppd recommended in <file:Documentation/Changes>.
9891  The PPP option enlarges your kernel by about 16 KB.
9892
9893  There are actually two versions of PPP: the traditional PPP for
9894  asynchronous lines, such as regular analog phone lines, and
9895  synchronous PPP which can be used over digital ISDN lines for
9896  example.  If you want to use PPP over phone lines or other
9897  asynchronous serial lines, you need to say Y (or M) here and also to
9898  the next option, "PPP support for async serial ports".  For PPP over
9899  synchronous lines, you should say Y (or M) here and to "Support
9900  synchronous PPP", below.
9901
9902  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9903  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9904  If you said Y to "Version information on all symbols" above, then
9905  you cannot compile the PPP driver into the kernel; you can then only
9906  compile it as a module.  The module will be called ppp_generic.o.
9907  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
9908  <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
9909  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
9910
9911PPP multilink support
9912CONFIG_PPP_MULTILINK
9913  PPP multilink is a protocol (defined in RFC 1990) which allows you
9914  to combine several (logical or physical) lines into one logical PPP
9915  connection, so that you can utilize your full bandwidth.
9916
9917  This has to be supported at the other end as well and you need a
9918  version of the pppd daemon which understands the multilink protocol.
9919
9920  If unsure, say N.
9921
9922PPP filtering
9923CONFIG_PPP_FILTER
9924  Say Y here if you want to be able to filter the packets passing over
9925  PPP interfaces.  This allows you to control which packets count as
9926  activity (i.e. which packets will reset the idle timer or bring up
9927  a demand-dialled link) and which packets are to be dropped entirely.
9928  You need to say Y here if you wish to use the pass-filter and
9929  active-filter options to pppd.
9930
9931  If unsure, say N.
9932
9933PPP support for async serial ports
9934CONFIG_PPP_ASYNC
9935  Say Y (or M) here if you want to be able to use PPP over standard
9936  asynchronous serial ports, such as COM1 or COM2 on a PC.  If you use
9937  a modem (not a synchronous or ISDN modem) to contact your ISP, you
9938  need this option.
9939
9940  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
9941  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9942  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9943  will be called ppp_async.o.
9944
9945  If unsure, say Y.
9946
9947PPP support for sync tty ports
9948CONFIG_PPP_SYNC_TTY
9949  Say Y (or M) here if you want to be able to use PPP over synchronous
9950  (HDLC) tty devices, such as the SyncLink adapter. These devices
9951  are often used for high-speed leased lines like T1/E1.
9952
9953  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
9954  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9955  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9956  will be called ppp_synctty.o.
9957
9958PPP Deflate compression
9959CONFIG_PPP_DEFLATE
9960  Support for the Deflate compression method for PPP, which uses the
9961  Deflate algorithm (the same algorithm that gzip uses) to compress
9962  each PPP packet before it is sent over the wire.  The machine at the
9963  other end of the PPP link (usually your ISP) has to support the
9964  Deflate compression method as well for this to be useful.  Even if
9965  they don't support it, it is safe to say Y here.
9966
9967  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
9968  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9969  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
9970  will be called ppp_deflate.o.
9971
9972PPP BSD-Compress compression
9973CONFIG_PPP_BSDCOMP
9974  Support for the BSD-Compress compression method for PPP, which uses
9975  the LZW compression method to compress each PPP packet before it is
9976  sent over the wire. The machine at the other end of the PPP link
9977  (usually your ISP) has to support the BSD-Compress compression
9978  method as well for this to be useful. Even if they don't support it,
9979  it is safe to say Y here.
9980
9981  The PPP Deflate compression method ("PPP Deflate compression",
9982  above) is preferable to BSD-Compress, because it compresses better
9983  and is patent-free.
9984
9985  Note that the BSD compression code will always be compiled as a
9986  module; it is called bsd_comp.o and will show up in the directory
9987  modules once you have said "make modules". If unsure, say N.
9988
9989PPP over Ethernet
9990CONFIG_PPPOE
9991  Support for PPP over Ethernet.
9992
9993  This driver requires a ppp release >= 2.4.2.
9994
9995Wireless LAN (non-hamradio)
9996CONFIG_NET_RADIO
9997  Support for wireless LANs and everything having to do with radio,
9998  but not with amateur radio or FM broadcasting.
9999
10000  Saying Y here also enables the Wireless Extensions (creates
10001  /proc/net/wireless and enables ifconfig access). The Wireless
10002  Extension is a generic API allowing a driver to expose to the user
10003  space configuration and statistics specific to common Wireless LANs.
10004  The beauty of it is that a single set of tool can support all the
10005  variations of Wireless LANs, regardless of their type (as long as
10006  the driver supports Wireless Extension). Another advantage is that
10007  these parameters may be changed on the fly without restarting the
10008  driver (or Linux). If you wish to use Wireless Extensions with
10009  wireless PCMCIA (PC-) cards, you need to say Y here; you can fetch
10010  the tools from
10011  <http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Jean_Tourrilhes/Linux/Tools.html>.
10012
10013  Some user-level drivers for scarab devices which don't require
10014  special kernel support are available from
10015  <ftp://shadow.cabi.net/pub/Linux/>.
10016
10017STRIP (Metricom Starmode radio IP)
10018CONFIG_STRIP
10019  Say Y if you have a Metricom radio and intend to use Starmode Radio
10020  IP. STRIP is a radio protocol developed for the MosquitoNet project
10021  (on the WWW at <http://mosquitonet.stanford.edu/>) to send Internet
10022  traffic using Metricom radios.  Metricom radios are small, battery
10023  powered, 100kbit/sec packet radio transceivers, about the size and
10024  weight of a cellular telephone. (You may also have heard them called
10025  "Metricom modems" but we avoid the term "modem" because it misleads
10026  many people into thinking that you can plug a Metricom modem into a
10027  phone line and use it as a modem.)
10028
10029  You can use STRIP on any Linux machine with a serial port, although
10030  it is obviously most useful for people with laptop computers. If you
10031  think you might get a Metricom radio in the future, there is no harm
10032  in saying Y to STRIP now, except that it makes the kernel a bit
10033  bigger.
10034
10035  You can also compile this as a module ( = code which can be inserted
10036  in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M
10037  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be
10038  called strip.o.
10039
10040AT&T WaveLAN & DEC RoamAbout DS support
10041CONFIG_WAVELAN
10042  The Lucent WaveLAN (formerly NCR and AT&T; or DEC RoamAbout DS) is
10043  a Radio LAN (wireless Ethernet-like Local Area Network) using the
10044  radio frequencies 900 MHz and 2.4 GHz.
10045
10046  This driver support the ISA version of the WaveLAN card.  A separate
10047  driver for the PCMCIA (PC-card) hardware is available in David
10048  Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes>
10049  for location).
10050
10051  If you want to use an ISA WaveLAN card under Linux, say Y and read
10052  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
10053  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Some more specific
10054  information is contained in
10055  <file:Documentation/networking/wavelan.txt> and in the source code
10056  <file:drivers/net/wavelan.p.h>.
10057
10058  You will also need the wireless tools package available from
10059  <http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Jean_Tourrilhes/Linux/Tools.html>.
10060  Please read the man pages contained therein.
10061
10062  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10063  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10064  The module will be called wavelan.o.  If you want to compile it as a
10065  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
10066  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
10067
10068Aironet Arlan 655 & IC2200 DS support
10069CONFIG_ARLAN
10070  Aironet makes Arlan, a class of wireless LAN adapters. These use the
10071  www.Telxon.com chip, which is also used on several similar cards.
10072  This driver is tested on the 655 and IC2200 series cards. Look at
10073  <http://www.ylenurme.ee/~elmer/655/> for the latest information.
10074
10075  The driver is built as two modules, arlan and arlan-proc. The latter
10076  is the /proc interface and is not needed most of time.
10077
10078  On some computers the card ends up in non-valid state after some
10079  time. Use a ping-reset script to clear it.
10080
10081Aironet 4500/4800 series adapters
10082CONFIG_AIRONET4500
10083  www.aironet.com (recently bought by Cisco) makes these 802.11 DS
10084  adapters.  Driver by Elmer Joandi (elmer@ylenurme.ee).
10085
10086  Say Y here if you have such an adapter, and then say Y below to
10087  the option that applies to your particular type of card (PCI, ISA,
10088  or PCMCIA).
10089
10090  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10091  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10092  The module will be called aironet4500_core.o. If you want to
10093  compile it as a module, say M here and read
10094  <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
10095  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
10096
10097  quick config parameters:
10098	SSID=tsunami - "The Password"
10099	adhoc=1  	there are no Access Points around
10100	master=1 	Adhoc master (the one who creates network
10101                        sync)
10102	slave=1		Adhoc slave (btw, it is still forming own net
10103			sometimes, and has problems with firmware...
10104			change IbssJoinNetTimeout from /proc...)
10105	channel=1..? 	meaningful in adhoc mode
10106
10107  If you have problems with screwing up card, both_bap_lock=1 is a
10108  conservative value (performance hit 15%).
10109
10110  All other parameters can be set via the proc interface.
10111
10112Aironet 4500/4800 ISA/PCI/PNP/365 support
10113CONFIG_AIRONET4500_NONCS
10114  If you have an ISA, PCI or PCMCIA Aironet 4500/4800 wireless LAN
10115  card, say Y here, and then also to the options below that apply
10116  to you.
10117
10118  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10119  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10120  The module will be called aironet4500_card.o.  If you want to
10121  compile it as a module, say M here and read
10122  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10123
10124Aironet 4500/4800 PNP support
10125CONFIG_AIRONET4500_PNP
10126  If you have an ISA Aironet 4500/4800 card which you want to use in
10127  PnP (Plug and Play) mode, say Y here. This is the recommended mode
10128  for ISA cards. Remember however to enable the PnP jumper on the
10129  board if you say Y here.
10130
10131Aironet 4500/4800 PCI support
10132CONFIG_AIRONET4500_PCI
10133  If you have an PCI Aironet 4500/4800 card, say Y here.
10134
10135Aironet 4500/4800 ISA broken support
10136CONFIG_AIRONET4500_ISA
10137  If you have an ISA Aironet 4500/4800 card which you want to run in
10138  non-PnP mode, say Y here. This is not recommended and does not work
10139  correctly at this point. Say N.
10140
10141Aironet 4500/4800 I365 broken support
10142CONFIG_AIRONET4500_I365
10143  If you have a PCMCIA Aironet 4500/4800 card which you want to use
10144  without the standard PCMCIA cardservices provided by the pcmcia-cs
10145  package, say Y here. This is not recommended, so say N.
10146
10147Aironet 4500/4800 PCMCIA support
10148CONFIG_AIRONET4500_CS
10149  Say Y here if you have a PCMCIA Aironet 4500/4800 card which you
10150  want to use with the standard PCMCIA cardservices provided by the
10151  pcmcia-cs package.
10152
10153  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10154  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10155  The module will be called aironet4500_cs.o. If you want to
10156  compile it as a module, say M here and read
10157  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10158
10159Intersil 802.11(a/b/g) Prism GT/Duette/Indigo support
10160CONFIG_PRISM54
10161  Enable PCI and Cardbus support for the following chipset based cards:
10162
10163  ISL3880 - Prism GT		802.11 b/g
10164  ISL3877 - Prism Indigo	802.11 a
10165  ISL3890 - Prism Duette	802.11 a/b/g
10166
10167  For a complete list of supported cards visit <http://prism54.org>.
10168  Here is the latest confirmed list of supported cards:
10169
10170  3com OfficeConnect 11g Cardbus Card aka 3CRWE154G72
10171  Allnet ALL0271 PCI Card
10172  Compex WL54G Cardbus Card
10173  Corega CG-WLCB54GT Cardbus Card
10174  D-Link Air Plus Xtreme G A1 Cardbus Card aka DWL-g650
10175  I-O Data WN-G54/CB Cardbus Card
10176  Kobishi XG-300 aka Z-Com Cardbus Card
10177  Netgear WG511 Cardbus Card
10178  Ovislink WL-5400PCI PCI Card
10179  Peabird WLG-PCI PCI Card
10180  Sitecom WL-100i Cardbus Card
10181  Sitecom WL-110i PCI Card
10182  SMC2802W - EZ Connect g 2.4GHz 54 Mbps Wireless PCI Card
10183  SMC2835W - EZ Connect g 2.4GHz 54 Mbps Wireless Cardbus Card
10184  Z-Com XG-900 PCI Card
10185  Zyxel G-100 Cardbus Card
10186
10187  If you enable this, you require a firmware file as well.
10188  You will need to copy this to /usr/lib/hotplug/firmware/isl3890.
10189  You can get this non-GPL'd firmware file from the Prism54 project page:
10190  <http://prism54.org>.
10191  You will also need the /etc/hotplug/firmware.agent script from
10192  a current hotplug package.
10193
10194
10195  Note: You need a motherboard with DMA support to use any of these cards
10196
10197  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
10198  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10199  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
10200  will be called prism54.o.
10201
10202Aironet 4500/4800 PROC interface
10203CONFIG_AIRONET4500_PROC
10204  If you say Y here (and to the "/proc file system" below), you will
10205  be able to configure your Aironet card via the
10206  /proc/sys/aironet4500 interface.
10207
10208  Additional info: look in <file:drivers/net/aironet4500_rid.c>.
10209
10210  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10211  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10212  The module will be called aironet4500_proc.o. If you want to
10213  compile it as a module, say M here and read
10214  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10215
10216  NOTE: the proc interface uses a lot of memory, so it is recommended
10217        to compile it as a module and remove the module after
10218        configuration.
10219
10220LAPB over Ethernet driver
10221CONFIG_LAPBETHER
10222  This is a driver for a pseudo device (typically called /dev/lapb0)
10223  which allows you to open an LAPB point-to-point connection to some
10224  other computer on your Ethernet network.  In order to do this, you
10225  need to say Y or M to the driver for your Ethernet card as well as
10226  to "LAPB Data Link Driver".
10227
10228  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
10229  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10230  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
10231  will be called lapbether.o.  If unsure, say N.
10232
10233X.25 async driver
10234CONFIG_X25_ASY
10235  This is a driver for sending and receiving X.25 frames over regular
10236  asynchronous serial lines such as telephone lines equipped with
10237  ordinary modems.  Experts should note that this driver doesn't
10238  currently comply with the asynchronous HDLS framing protocols in
10239  CCITT recommendation X.25.
10240
10241  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
10242  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10243  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
10244  will be called x25_asy.o.  If unsure, say N.
10245
10246PCMCIA network device support
10247CONFIG_NET_PCMCIA
10248  Say Y if you would like to include support for any PCMCIA or CardBus
10249  network adapters, then say Y to the driver for your particular card
10250  below.  PCMCIA- or PC-cards are credit-card size devices often used
10251  with laptops computers; CardBus is the newer and faster version of
10252  PCMCIA.
10253
10254  To use your PC-cards, you will need supporting software from David
10255  Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes>
10256  for location).  You also want to check out the PCMCIA-HOWTO,
10257  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
10258
10259  If unsure, say N.
10260
102613Com 3c589 PCMCIA support
10262CONFIG_PCMCIA_3C589
10263  Say Y here if you intend to attach a 3Com 3c589 or compatible PCMCIA
10264  (PC-card) Ethernet card to your computer.
10265
10266  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10267  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10268  The module will be called 3c589_cs.o.  If you want to compile it as
10269  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If
10270  unsure, say N.
10271
102723Com 3c574 PCMCIA support
10273CONFIG_PCMCIA_3C574
10274  Say Y here if you intend to attach a 3Com 3c574 or compatible PCMCIA
10275  (PC-card) Fast Ethernet card to your computer.
10276
10277  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10278  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10279  The module will be called 3c574_cs.o.  If you want to compile it as
10280  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If
10281  unsure, say N.
10282
10283Fujitsu FMV-J18x PCMCIA support
10284CONFIG_PCMCIA_FMVJ18X
10285  Say Y here if you intend to attach a Fujitsu FMV-J18x or compatible
10286  PCMCIA (PC-card) Ethernet card to your computer.
10287
10288  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10289  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10290  The module will be called fmvj18x_cs.o.  If you want to compile it
10291  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10292  If unsure, say N.
10293
10294NE2000 compatible PCMCIA support
10295CONFIG_PCMCIA_PCNET
10296  Say Y here if you intend to attach an NE2000 compatible PCMCIA
10297  (PC-card) Ethernet or Fast Ethernet card to your computer.
10298
10299  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10300  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10301  The module will be called pcnet_cs.o.  If you want to compile it as
10302  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If
10303  unsure, say N.
10304
10305Asix AX88190 PCMCIA support
10306CONFIG_PCMCIA_AXNET
10307  Say Y here if you intend to attach an Asix AX88190-based PCMCIA
10308  (PC-card) Fast Ethernet card to your computer.  These cards are
10309  nearly NE2000 compatible but need a separate driver due to a few
10310  misfeatures.
10311
10312  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10313  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10314  The module will be called axnet_cs.o.  If you want to compile it as
10315  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If
10316  unsure, say N.
10317
10318New Media PCMCIA support
10319CONFIG_PCMCIA_NMCLAN
10320  Say Y here if you intend to attach a New Media Ethernet or LiveWire
10321  PCMCIA (PC-card) Ethernet card to your computer.
10322
10323  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10324  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10325  The module will be called nmclan_cs.o.  If you want to compile it as
10326  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If
10327  unsure, say N.
10328
10329SMC 91Cxx PCMCIA support
10330CONFIG_PCMCIA_SMC91C92
10331  Say Y here if you intend to attach an SMC 91Cxx compatible PCMCIA
10332  (PC-card) Ethernet or Fast Ethernet card to your computer.
10333
10334  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10335  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10336  The module will be called smc91c92_cs.o.  If you want to compile it
10337  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10338  If unsure, say N.
10339
10340Xircom 16-bit PCMCIA support
10341CONFIG_PCMCIA_XIRC2PS
10342  Say Y here if you intend to attach a Xircom 16-bit PCMCIA (PC-card)
10343  Ethernet or Fast Ethernet card to your computer.
10344
10345  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10346  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10347  The module will be called xirc2ps_cs.o.  If you want to compile it
10348  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10349  If unsure, say N.
10350
10351COM20020 ARCnet PCMCIA support
10352CONFIG_ARCNET_COM20020_CS
10353  Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of ARCnet PCMCIA card
10354  to your computer.
10355
10356  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10357  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10358  The module will be called com20020_cs.o.  If you want to compile it
10359  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10360  If unsure, say N.
10361
10362IBM PCMCIA Token Ring adapter support
10363CONFIG_PCMCIA_IBMTR
10364  Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of Token Ring PCMCIA
10365  card to your computer. You then also need to say Y to "Token Ring
10366  driver support".
10367
10368  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10369  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10370  The module will be called ibmtr_cs.o.  If you want to compile it as
10371  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10372
10373Xircom Tulip-like CardBus support (old driver)
10374CONFIG_PCMCIA_XIRTULIP
10375  This driver is for the Digital "Tulip" Ethernet CardBus adapters.
10376  It should work with most DEC 21*4*-based chips/ethercards, as well
10377  as with work-alike chips from Lite-On (PNIC) and Macronix (MXIC) and
10378  ASIX.
10379
10380  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10381  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10382  The module will be called xircom_tulip_cb.o.  If you want to compile
10383  it as a module, say M here and read
10384  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say N.
10385
10386Xircom CardBus support (new driver)
10387CONFIG_PCMCIA_XIRCOM
10388  This driver is for the Digital "Tulip" Ethernet CardBus adapters.
10389  It should work with most DEC 21*4*-based chips/ethercards, as well
10390  as with work-alike chips from Lite-On (PNIC) and Macronix (MXIC) and
10391  ASIX.
10392
10393  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10394  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10395  The module will be called xircom_cb.o.  If you want to compile
10396  it as a module, say M here and read
10397  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say N.
10398
10399PCMCIA Wireless LAN
10400CONFIG_NET_PCMCIA_RADIO
10401  Say Y here if you would like to use a PCMCIA (PC-card) device to
10402  connect to a wireless local area network. Then say Y to the driver
10403  for your particular card below.
10404
10405  To use your PC-cards, you will need supporting software from David
10406  Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes>
10407  for location). You also want to check out the PCMCIA-HOWTO,
10408  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
10409
10410Hermes chipset 802.11b support (Orinoco/Prism2/Symbol cards)
10411CONFIG_HERMES
10412  A driver for 802.11b wireless cards based based on the "Hermes" or
10413  Intersil HFA384x (Prism 2) MAC controller.  This includes the vast
10414  majority of the PCMCIA 802.11b cards (which are nearly all rebadges)
10415  - except for the Cisco/Aironet cards.  Cards supported include the
10416  Apple Airport (not a PCMCIA card), WavelanIEEE/Orinoco,
10417  Cabletron/EnteraSys Roamabout, ELSA AirLancer, MELCO Buffalo, Avaya,
10418  IBM High Rate Wireless, Farralon Syyline, Samsung MagicLAN, Netgear
10419  MA401, LinkSys WPC-11, D-Link DWL-650, 3Com AirConnect, Intel
10420  PRO/Wireless, and Symbol Spectrum24 High Rate amongst others.
10421
10422  This option includes the guts of the driver, but in order to
10423  actually use a card you will also need to enable support for PCMCIA
10424  Hermes cards, PLX9052 based PCI adaptors or the Apple Airport below.
10425
10426  You will also very likely also need the Wireless Tools in order to
10427  configure your card and that /etc/pcmcia/wireless.opts works :
10428  <http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Jean_Tourrilhes/Linux/Tools.html>
10429
10430  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
10431  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10432  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
10433  will be called hermes.o.
10434
10435Hermes 802.11b in PLX9052 based PCI adaptor support
10436CONFIG_PLX_HERMES
10437  Enable support for PCMCIA cards supported by the "Hermes" (aka
10438  orinoco_cs) driver when used in PLX9052 based PCI adaptors.  These
10439  adaptors are not a full PCMCIA controller but act as a more limited
10440  PCI <-> PCMCIA bridge.  Several vendors sell such adaptors so that
10441  802.11b PCMCIA cards can be used in desktop machines.  The Netgear
10442  MA301 is such an adaptor.
10443
10444  Support for these adaptors is so far still incomplete and buggy.
10445  You have been warned.
10446
10447Hermes 802.11b in TMD7160/NCP130 based PCI adaptor support
10448CONFIG_TMD_HERMES
10449  Enable support for PCMCIA cards supported by the "Hermes" (aka
10450  orinoco) driver when used in TMD7160 based PCI adaptors.  These
10451  adaptors are not a full PCMCIA controller but act as a more limited
10452  PCI <-> PCMCIA bridge.  Several vendors sell such adaptors so that
10453  802.11b PCMCIA cards can be used in desktop machines.
10454
10455  Support for these adaptors is so far still incomplete and buggy.
10456  You have been warned.
10457
10458Prism 2.5 PCI 802.11b adaptor support
10459CONFIG_PCI_HERMES
10460  Enable support for PCI and mini-PCI 802.11b wireless NICs based on
10461  the Prism 2.5 chipset.  These are true PCI cards, not the 802.11b
10462  PCMCIA cards bundled with PCI<->PCMCIA adaptors which are also
10463  common.  Some of the built-in wireless adaptors in laptops are of
10464  this variety.
10465
10466Hermes support (Orinoco/WavelanIEEE/PrismII/Symbol 802.11b cards)
10467CONFIG_PCMCIA_HERMES
10468  A driver for "Hermes" chipset based PCMCIA wireless adaptors, such
10469  as the Lucent WavelanIEEE/Orinoco cards and their OEM (Cabletron/
10470  EnteraSys RoamAbout 802.11, ELSA Airlancer, Melco Buffalo and
10471  others).  It should also be usable on various Prism II based cards
10472  such as the Linksys, D-Link and Farallon Skyline.  It should also
10473  work on Symbol cards such as the 3Com AirConnect and Ericsson WLAN.
10474
10475  To use your PC-cards, you will need supporting software from David
10476  Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes>
10477  for location).  You also want to check out the PCMCIA-HOWTO,
10478  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
10479
10480  You will also very likely also need the Wireless Tools in order to
10481  configure your card and that /etc/pcmcia/wireless.opts works:
10482  <http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Jean_Tourrilhes/Linux/Tools.html>.
10483
10484  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
10485  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10486  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
10487  will be called orinoco_cs.o.
10488
10489Cisco/Aironet 34X/35X/4500/4800 ISA and PCI cards
10490CONFIG_AIRO
10491  This is the standard Linux driver to support Cisco/Aironet ISA and
10492  PCI 802.11 wireless cards.
10493  It supports the new 802.11b cards from Cisco (Cisco 34X, Cisco 35X
10494  - with or without encryption) as well as card before the Cisco
10495  acquisition (Aironet 4500, Aironet 4800, Aironet 4800B).
10496
10497  This driver support both the standard Linux Wireless Extensions
10498  and Cisco proprietary API, so both the Linux Wireless Tools and the
10499  Cisco Linux utilities can be used to configure the card.
10500
10501  The driver can be compiled as a module and will be named "airo.o".
10502
10503Cisco/Aironet 34X/35X/4500/4800 PCMCIA cards
10504CONFIG_AIRO_CS
10505  This is the standard Linux driver to support Cisco/Aironet PCMCIA
10506  802.11 wireless cards.  This driver is the same as the Aironet
10507  driver part of the Linux Pcmcia package.
10508  It supports the new 802.11b cards from Cisco (Cisco 34X, Cisco 35X
10509  - with or without encryption) as well as card before the Cisco
10510  acquisition (Aironet 4500, Aironet 4800, Aironet 4800B). It also
10511  supports OEM of Cisco such as the DELL TrueMobile 4800 and Xircom
10512  802.11b cards.
10513
10514  This driver support both the standard Linux Wireless Extensions
10515  and Cisco proprietary API, so both the Linux Wireless Tools and the
10516  Cisco Linux utilities can be used to configure the card.
10517
10518  To use your PC-cards, you will need supporting software from David
10519  Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes>
10520  for location).  You also want to check out the PCMCIA-HOWTO,
10521  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
10522
10523  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
10524  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10525  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
10526  will be called airo_cs.o.
10527
10528Atmel at76c502/at76c504 PCMCIA cards
10529CONFIG_PCMCIA_ATMEL
10530  A driver for PCMCIA 802.11 wireless cards based on the
10531  Atmel fast-vnet chips. This driver supports standard
10532  Linux wireless extensions.
10533
10534  Many  cards based on this chipset do not have flash memory
10535  and need their firmware loaded at start-up. If yours is
10536  one of these, you will need to provide a firmware image
10537  to be loaded into the card by the driver. The Atmel
10538  firmware package can be downloaded from
10539  http://www.thekelleys.org.uk/atmel/atmel_firmware.tar.gz
10540
10541Aviator/Raytheon 2.4MHz wireless support
10542CONFIG_PCMCIA_RAYCS
10543  Say Y here if you intend to attach an Aviator/Raytheon PCMCIA
10544  (PC-card) wireless Ethernet networking card to your computer.
10545  Please read the file <file:Documentation/networking/ray_cs.txt> for
10546  details.
10547
10548  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10549  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10550  The module will be called ray_cs.o.  If you want to compile it as a
10551  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If
10552  unsure, say N.
10553
10554Apple Airport support (built-in)
10555CONFIG_APPLE_AIRPORT
10556  Say Y here to support the Airport 802.11b wireless Ethernet hardware
10557  built into the Macintosh iBook and other recent PowerPC-based
10558  Macintosh machines. This is essentially a Lucent Orinoco card with
10559  a non-standard interface
10560
10561Xircom Netwave AirSurfer wireless support
10562CONFIG_PCMCIA_NETWAVE
10563  Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of PCMCIA (PC-card)
10564  wireless Ethernet networking card to your computer.
10565
10566  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10567  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10568  The module will be called netwave_cs.o.  If you want to compile it
10569  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10570  If unsure, say N.
10571
10572AT&T/Lucent Wavelan wireless support
10573CONFIG_PCMCIA_WAVELAN
10574  Say Y here if you intend to attach an AT&T/Lucent Wavelan PCMCIA
10575  (PC-card) wireless Ethernet networking card to your computer.  This
10576  driver is for the non-IEEE-802.11 Wavelan cards.
10577
10578  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10579  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10580  The module will be called wavelan_cs.o.  If you want to compile it
10581  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10582  If unsure, say N.
10583
10584PLIP (parallel port) support
10585CONFIG_PLIP
10586  PLIP (Parallel Line Internet Protocol) is used to create a
10587  reasonably fast mini network consisting of two (or, rarely, more)
10588  local machines.  A PLIP link from a Linux box is a popular means to
10589  install a Linux distribution on a machine which doesn't have a
10590  CD-ROM drive (a minimal system has to be transferred with floppies
10591  first). The kernels on both machines need to have this PLIP option
10592  enabled for this to work.
10593
10594  The PLIP driver has two modes, mode 0 and mode 1.  The parallel
10595  ports (the connectors at the computers with 25 holes) are connected
10596  with "null printer" or "Turbo Laplink" cables which can transmit 4
10597  bits at a time (mode 0) or with special PLIP cables, to be used on
10598  bidirectional parallel ports only, which can transmit 8 bits at a
10599  time (mode 1); you can find the wiring of these cables in
10600  <file:Documentation/networking/PLIP.txt>.  The cables can be up to
10601  15m long.  Mode 0 works also if one of the machines runs DOS/Windows
10602  and has some PLIP software installed, e.g. the Crynwr PLIP packet
10603  driver (<http://oak.oakland.edu/simtel.net/msdos/pktdrvr-pre.html>)
10604  and winsock or NCSA's telnet.
10605
10606  If you want to use PLIP, say Y and read the PLIP mini-HOWTO as well
10607  as the NET-3-HOWTO, both available from
10608  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  Note that the PLIP
10609  protocol has been changed and this PLIP driver won't work together
10610  with the PLIP support in Linux versions 1.0.x.  This option enlarges
10611  your kernel by about 8 KB.
10612
10613  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
10614  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10615  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
10616  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.  The module will be
10617  called plip.o.  If unsure, say Y or M, in case you buy a laptop
10618  later.
10619
10620EQL (serial line load balancing) support
10621CONFIG_EQUALIZER
10622  If you have two serial connections to some other computer (this
10623  usually requires two modems and two telephone lines) and you use
10624  SLIP (the protocol for sending Internet traffic over telephone
10625  lines) or PPP (a better SLIP) on them, you can make them behave like
10626  one double speed connection using this driver.  Naturally, this has
10627  to be supported at the other end as well, either with a similar EQL
10628  Linux driver or with a Livingston Portmaster 2e.
10629
10630  Say Y if you want this and read
10631  <file:Documentation/networking/eql.txt>.  You may also want to read
10632  section 6.2 of the NET-3-HOWTO, available from
10633  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
10634
10635  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10636  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10637  The module will be called eql.o.  If you want to compile it as a
10638  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If
10639  unsure, say N.
10640
10641Universal TUN/TAP device driver support
10642CONFIG_TUN
10643  TUN/TAP provides packet reception and transmission for user space
10644  programs.  It can be viewed as a simple Point-to-Point or Ethernet
10645  device, which instead of receiving packets from a physical media,
10646  receives them from user space program and instead of sending packets
10647  via physical media writes them to the user space program.
10648
10649  When a program opens /dev/net/tun, driver creates and registers
10650  corresponding net device tunX or tapX.  After a program closed above
10651  devices, driver will automatically delete tunXX or tapXX device and
10652  all routes corresponding to it.
10653
10654  Please read <file:Documentation/networking/tuntap.txt> for more
10655  information.
10656
10657  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10658  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10659  The module will be called tun.o.  If you want to compile it as a
10660  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10661
10662  If you don't know what to use this for, you don't need it.
10663
10664Ethertap network tap (OBSOLETE)
10665CONFIG_ETHERTAP
10666  If you say Y here (and have said Y to "Kernel/User network link
10667  driver", above) and create a character special file /dev/tap0 with
10668  major number 36 and minor number 16 using mknod ("man mknod"), you
10669  will be able to have a user space program read and write raw
10670  Ethernet frames from/to that special file.  tap0 can be configured
10671  with ifconfig and route like any other Ethernet device but it is not
10672  connected to any physical LAN; everything written by the user to
10673  /dev/tap0 is treated by the kernel as if it had come in from a LAN
10674  to the device tap0; everything the kernel wants to send out over the
10675  device tap0 can instead be read by the user from /dev/tap0: the user
10676  mode program replaces the LAN that would be attached to an ordinary
10677  Ethernet device. Please read the file
10678  <file:Documentation/networking/ethertap.txt> for more information.
10679
10680  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10681  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10682  The module will be called ethertap.o. If you want to compile it as a
10683  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10684
10685  If you don't know what to use this for, you don't need it.
10686
10687Sealevel Systems 4021 support
10688CONFIG_SEALEVEL_4021
10689  This is a driver for the Sealevel Systems ACB 56 serial I/O adapter.
10690
10691  This driver can only be compiled as a module ( = code which can be
10692  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10693  If you want to do that, say M here. The module will be called
10694  sealevel.o.
10695
10696TMPTX3912/PR31700 serial port support
10697CONFIG_SERIAL_TX3912
10698  The TX3912 is a Toshiba RISC processor based o the MIPS 3900 core;
10699  see <http://www.toshiba.com/taec/components/Generic/risc/tx3912.htm>.
10700  Say Y here to enable kernel support for the on-board serial port.
10701
10702Console on TMPTX3912/PR31700 serial port
10703CONFIG_SERIAL_TX3912_CONSOLE
10704  The TX3912 is a Toshiba RISC processor based o the MIPS 3900 core;
10705  see <http://www.toshiba.com/taec/components/Generic/risc/tx3912.htm>.
10706  Say Y here to direct console I/O to the on-board serial port.
10707
10708Enable Au1000 serial console
10709CONFIG_AU1000_SERIAL_CONSOLE
10710  If you have an Alchemy AU1000 processor (MIPS based) and you want
10711  to use a console on a serial port, say Y.  Otherwise, say N.
10712
10713Enable Au1000 UART Support
10714CONFIG_AU1000_UART
10715  If you have an Alchemy AU1000 processor (MIPS based) and you want
10716  to use serial ports, say Y.  Otherwise, say N.
10717
10718SyncLink HDLC/SYNCPPP support
10719CONFIG_SYNCLINK_SYNCPPP
10720  Enables HDLC/SYNCPPP support for the SyncLink WAN driver.
10721  Normally the SyncLink WAN driver works with the main PPP
10722  driver (ppp.c) and pppd program. HDLC/SYNCPPP support allows use
10723  of the Cisco HDLC/PPP driver (syncppp.c).
10724  The SyncLink WAN driver (in character devices) must also be enabled.
10725
10726  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
10727  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10728  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
10729  will be called syncppp.o.
10730
10731FarSync T-Series X.21 (and V.35/V.24) cards
10732CONFIG_FARSYNC
10733  This driver supports the FarSync T-Series X.21 (and V.35/V.24) cards
10734  from FarSite Communications Ltd.
10735  Synchronous communication is supported on all ports at speeds up to
10736  8Mb/s (128K on V.24) using synchronous PPP, Cisco HDLC, raw HDLC,
10737  Frame Relay or X.25/LAPB.
10738
10739  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
10740  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want)
10741  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10742  The module will be called farsync.o and if you want the module to be
10743  automatically loaded when the interface is referenced then you
10744  should add "alias hdlcX farsync" to /etc/modules.conf for each
10745  interface, where X is 0, 1, 2, ...
10746
10747Frame Relay (DLCI) support
10748CONFIG_DLCI
10749  This is support for the frame relay protocol; frame relay is a fast
10750  low-cost way to connect to a remote Internet access provider or to
10751  form a private wide area network. The one physical line from your
10752  box to the local "switch" (i.e. the entry point to the frame relay
10753  network, usually at the phone company) can carry several logical
10754  point-to-point connections to other computers connected to the frame
10755  relay network. For a general explanation of the protocol, check out
10756  <http://www.frforum.com/> on the WWW. To use frame relay, you need
10757  supporting hardware (called FRAD) and certain programs from the
10758  net-tools package as explained in
10759  <file:Documentation/networking/framerelay.txt>.
10760
10761  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10762  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10763  The module will be called dlci.o. If you want to compile it as a
10764  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10765
10766Max open DLCI
10767CONFIG_DLCI_COUNT
10768  This is the maximal number of logical point-to-point frame relay
10769  connections (the identifiers of which are called DCLIs) that
10770  the driver can handle. The default is probably fine.
10771
10772Max DLCI per device
10773CONFIG_DLCI_MAX
10774  You can specify here how many logical point-to-point frame relay
10775  connections (the identifiers of which are called DCLIs) should be
10776  handled by each of your hardware frame relay access devices. Go with
10777  the default.
10778
10779SDLA (Sangoma S502/S508) support
10780CONFIG_SDLA
10781  Say Y here if you need a driver for the Sangoma S502A, S502E, and
10782  S508 Frame Relay Access Devices. These are multi-protocol cards, but
10783  only frame relay is supported by the driver at this time. Please
10784  read <file:Documentation/framerelay.txt>.
10785
10786  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10787  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10788  The module will be called sdla.o. If you want to compile it as a
10789  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10790
10791Acorn Econet/AUN protocols
10792CONFIG_ECONET
10793  Econet is a fairly old and slow networking protocol mainly used by
10794  Acorn computers to access file and print servers. It uses native
10795  Econet network cards. AUN is an implementation of the higher level
10796  parts of Econet that runs over ordinary Ethernet connections, on
10797  top of the UDP packet protocol, which in turn runs on top of the
10798  Internet protocol IP.
10799
10800  If you say Y here, you can choose with the next two options whether
10801  to send Econet/AUN traffic over a UDP Ethernet connection or over
10802  a native Econet network card.
10803
10804  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10805  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10806  The module will be called econet.o. If you want to compile it as a
10807  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10808
10809AUN over UDP
10810CONFIG_ECONET_AUNUDP
10811  Say Y here if you want to send Econet/AUN traffic over a UDP
10812  connection (UDP is a packet based protocol that runs on top of the
10813  Internet protocol IP) using an ordinary Ethernet network card.
10814
10815Native Econet
10816CONFIG_ECONET_NATIVE
10817  Say Y here if you have a native Econet network card installed in
10818  your computer.
10819
10820WAN router
10821CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER
10822  Wide Area Networks (WANs), such as X.25, frame relay and leased
10823  lines, are used to interconnect Local Area Networks (LANs) over vast
10824  distances with data transfer rates significantly higher than those
10825  achievable with commonly used asynchronous modem connections.
10826  Usually, a quite expensive external device called a `WAN router' is
10827  needed to connect to a WAN.
10828
10829  As an alternative, WAN routing can be built into the Linux kernel.
10830  With relatively inexpensive WAN interface cards available on the
10831  market, a perfectly usable router can be built for less than half
10832  the price of an external router.  If you have one of those cards and
10833  wish to use your Linux box as a WAN router, say Y here and also to
10834  the WAN driver for your card, below.  You will then need the
10835  wan-tools package which is available from <ftp://ftp.sangoma.com/>.
10836  Read <file:Documentation/networking/wan-router.txt> for more
10837  information.
10838
10839  The WAN routing support is also available as a module called
10840  wanrouter.o ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
10841  running kernel whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a
10842  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10843
10844  If unsure, say N.
10845
10846Fast switching (read help!)
10847CONFIG_NET_FASTROUTE
10848  Saying Y here enables direct NIC-to-NIC (NIC = Network Interface
10849  Card) data transfers on the local network, which is fast.
10850
10851  IMPORTANT NOTE: This option is NOT COMPATIBLE with "Network packet
10852  filtering" (CONFIG_NETFILTER). Say N here if you say Y there.
10853
10854  However, it will work with all options in the "Advanced router"
10855  section (except for "Use TOS value as routing key" and
10856  "Use FWMARK value as routing key").
10857
10858  At the moment, few devices support fast switching (tulip is one of
10859  them, a modified 8390 driver can be found at
10860  <ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/fastroute/fastroute-8390.tar.gz>).
10861
10862  If unsure, say N.
10863
10864Forwarding between high speed interfaces
10865CONFIG_NET_HW_FLOWCONTROL
10866  This option enables NIC (Network Interface Card) hardware throttling
10867  during periods of extremal congestion. At the moment only a couple
10868  of device drivers support it (really only one -- tulip, a modified
10869  8390 driver can be found at
10870  <ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/fastroute/fastroute-8390.tar.gz>).
10871
10872  Really, this option is applicable to any machine attached to a fast
10873  enough network, and even a 10 Mb NIC is able to kill a not very slow
10874  box, such as a 120MHz Pentium.
10875
10876  However, do not say Y here if you did not experience any serious
10877  problems.
10878
10879QoS and/or fair queueing
10880CONFIG_NET_SCHED
10881  When the kernel has several packets to send out over a network
10882  device, it has to decide which ones to send first, which ones to
10883  delay, and which ones to drop. This is the job of the packet
10884  scheduler, and several different algorithms for how to do this
10885  "fairly" have been proposed.
10886
10887  If you say N here, you will get the standard packet scheduler, which
10888  is a FIFO (first come, first served). If you say Y here, you will be
10889  able to choose from among several alternative algorithms which can
10890  then be attached to different network devices. This is useful for
10891  example if some of your network devices are real time devices that
10892  need a certain minimum data flow rate, or if you need to limit the
10893  maximum data flow rate for traffic which matches specified criteria.
10894  This code is considered to be experimental.
10895
10896  To administer these schedulers, you'll need the user-level utilities
10897  from the package iproute2+tc at <ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/>.
10898  That package also contains some documentation; for more, check out
10899  <http://snafu.freedom.org/linux2.2/iproute-notes.html>.
10900
10901  This Quality of Service (QoS) support will enable you to use
10902  Differentiated Services (diffserv) and Resource Reservation Protocol
10903  (RSVP) on your Linux router if you also say Y to "QoS support",
10904  "Packet classifier API" and to some classifiers below. Documentation
10905  and software is at <http://icawww1.epfl.ch/linux-diffserv/>.
10906
10907  If you say Y here and to "/proc file system" below, you will be able
10908  to read status information about packet schedulers from the file
10909  /proc/net/psched.
10910
10911  The available schedulers are listed in the following questions; you
10912  can say Y to as many as you like. If unsure, say N now.
10913
10914CBQ packet scheduler
10915CONFIG_NET_SCH_CBQ
10916  Say Y here if you want to use the Class-Based Queueing (CBQ) packet
10917  scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices.  This
10918  algorithm classifies the waiting packets into a tree-like hierarchy
10919  of classes; the leaves of this tree are in turn scheduled by
10920  separate algorithms (called "disciplines" in this context).
10921
10922  See the top of <file:net/sched/sch_cbq.c> for references about the
10923  CBQ algorithm.
10924
10925  CBQ is a commonly used scheduler, so if you're unsure, you should
10926  say Y here. Then say Y to all the queueing algorithms below that you
10927  want to use as CBQ disciplines.  Then say Y to "Packet classifier
10928  API" and say Y to all the classifiers you want to use; a classifier
10929  is a routine that allows you to sort your outgoing traffic into
10930  classes based on a certain criterion.
10931
10932  This code is also available as a module called sch_cbq.o ( = code
10933  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
10934  whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
10935  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10936
10937CONFIG_NET_SCH_HTB
10938  Say Y here if you want to use the Hierarchical Token Buckets (HTB)
10939  packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices. See
10940  URL <http://luxik.cdi.cz/~devik/qos/htb/> for complete manual and
10941  in-depth articles.
10942
10943  HTB is very similar to the CBQ regarding its goals however is has
10944  different properties and different algorithm.
10945
10946  This code is also available as a module called sch_htb.o ( = code
10947  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
10948  whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
10949  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10950
10951CONFIG_NET_SCH_HFSC
10952  Say Y here if you want to use the Hierarchical Fair Service Curve
10953  (HFSC) packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices.
10954
10955  This code is also available as a module called sch_hfsc.o ( = code
10956  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
10957  whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
10958  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10959
10960CSZ packet scheduler
10961CONFIG_NET_SCH_CSZ
10962  Say Y here if you want to use the Clark-Shenker-Zhang (CSZ) packet
10963  scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices.  At the
10964  moment, this is the only algorithm that can guarantee service for
10965  real-time applications (see the top of <file:net/sched/sch_csz.c>
10966  for details and references about the algorithm).
10967
10968  Note: this scheduler is currently broken.
10969
10970  This code is also available as a module called sch_csz.o ( = code
10971  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
10972  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
10973  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10974
10975ATM pseudo-scheduler
10976CONFIG_NET_SCH_ATM
10977  Say Y here if you want to use the ATM pseudo-scheduler.  This
10978  provides a framework for invoking classifiers (aka "filters"), which
10979  in turn select classes of this queuing discipline.  Each class maps
10980  the flow(s) it is handling to a given virtual circuit (see the top of
10981  <file:net/sched/sch_atm.c>).
10982
10983  This code is also available as a module called sch_atm.o ( = code
10984  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
10985  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
10986  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10987
10988The simplest PRIO pseudo-scheduler
10989CONFIG_NET_SCH_PRIO
10990  Say Y here if you want to use an n-band priority queue packet
10991  "scheduler" for some of your network devices or as a leaf discipline
10992  for the CBQ scheduling algorithm. If unsure, say Y.
10993
10994  This code is also available as a module called sch_prio.o ( = code
10995  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
10996  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
10997  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
10998
10999Diffserv field marker
11000CONFIG_NET_SCH_DSMARK
11001  Say Y if you want to schedule packets according to the
11002  Differentiated Services architecture proposed in RFC 2475.
11003  Technical information on this method, with pointers to associated
11004  RFCs, is available at <http://www.gta.ufrj.br/diffserv/>.
11005
11006  This code is also available as a module called sch_dsmark.o ( = code
11007  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11008  whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11009  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11010
11011GRED queue
11012CONFIG_NET_SCH_GRED
11013  Say Y here if you want to use the Generic Random Early Detection
11014  (RED) packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices
11015  (see the top of <file:net/sched/sch_red.c> for details and
11016  references about the algorithm).
11017
11018  This code is also available as a module called sch_gred.o ( = code
11019  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11020  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11021  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11022
11023RED queue
11024CONFIG_NET_SCH_RED
11025  Say Y here if you want to use the Random Early Detection (RED)
11026  packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices (see
11027  the top of <file:net/sched/sch_red.c> for details and references
11028  about the algorithm).
11029
11030  This code is also available as a module called sch_red.o ( = code
11031  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11032  whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11033  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11034
11035SFQ queue
11036CONFIG_NET_SCH_SFQ
11037  Say Y here if you want to use the Stochastic Fairness Queueing (SFQ)
11038  packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a
11039  leaf discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm (see the top of
11040  <file:net/sched/sch_sfq.c> for details and references about the SFQ
11041  algorithm).
11042
11043  This code is also available as a module called sch_sfq.o ( = code
11044  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11045  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11046  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11047
11048TEQL queue
11049CONFIG_NET_SCH_TEQL
11050  Say Y here if you want to use the True Link Equalizer (TLE) packet
11051  scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a leaf
11052  discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm. This queueing
11053  discipline allows the combination of several physical devices into
11054  one virtual device. (see the top of <file:net/sched/sch_teql.c> for
11055  details).
11056
11057  This code is also available as a module called sch_teql.o ( = code
11058  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11059  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11060  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11061
11062TBF queue
11063CONFIG_NET_SCH_TBF
11064  Say Y here if you want to use the Simple Token Bucket Filter (TBF)
11065  packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a
11066  leaf discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm (see the top of
11067  <file:net/sched/sch_tbf.c> for a description of the TBF algorithm).
11068
11069  This code is also available as a module called sch_tbf.o ( = code
11070  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11071  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11072  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11073
11074CONFIG_NET_SCH_NETEM
11075  Say Y if you want to emulate network delay, loss, and packet
11076  re-ordering. This is often useful to simulate networks when
11077  testing applications or protocols.
11078
11079  To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the module
11080  will be called sch_netem.
11081
11082  If unsure, say N.
11083
11084Ingress Qdisc
11085CONFIG_NET_SCH_INGRESS
11086  If you say Y here, you will be able to police incoming bandwidth
11087  and drop packets when this bandwidth exceeds your desired rate.
11088  If unsure, say Y.
11089
11090  This code is also available as a module called cls_ingress.o
11091  ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running
11092  kernel whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module,
11093  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11094
11095QoS support
11096CONFIG_NET_QOS
11097  Say Y here if you want to include Quality Of Service scheduling
11098  features, which means that you will be able to request certain
11099  rate-of-flow limits for your network devices.
11100
11101  This Quality of Service (QoS) support will enable you to use
11102  Differentiated Services (diffserv) and Resource Reservation Protocol
11103  (RSVP) on your Linux router if you also say Y to "Packet classifier
11104  API" and to some classifiers below. Documentation and software is at
11105  <http://icawww1.epfl.ch/linux-diffserv/>.
11106
11107  Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
11108  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
11109  the questions about QoS support.
11110
11111Rate estimator
11112CONFIG_NET_ESTIMATOR
11113  In order for Quality of Service scheduling to work, the current
11114  rate-of-flow for a network device has to be estimated; if you say Y
11115  here, the kernel will do just that.
11116
11117Packet classifier API
11118CONFIG_NET_CLS
11119  The CBQ scheduling algorithm requires that network packets which are
11120  scheduled to be sent out over a network device be classified
11121  according to some criterion. If you say Y here, you will get a
11122  choice of several different packet classifiers with the following
11123  questions.
11124
11125  This will enable you to use Differentiated Services (diffserv) and
11126  Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) on your Linux router.
11127  Documentation and software is at
11128  <http://icawww1.epfl.ch/linux-diffserv/>.
11129
11130Traffic policing (needed for in/egress)
11131CONFIG_NET_CLS_POLICE
11132  Say Y to support traffic policing (bandwidth limits).  Needed for
11133  ingress and egress rate limiting.
11134
11135TC index classifier
11136CONFIG_NET_CLS_TCINDEX
11137  If you say Y here, you will be able to classify outgoing packets
11138  according to the tc_index field of the skb. You will want this
11139  feature if you want to implement Differentiated Services using
11140  sch_dsmark. If unsure, say Y.
11141
11142  This code is also available as a module called cls_tcindex.o
11143  ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running
11144  kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module,
11145  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11146
11147Routing tables based classifier
11148CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE4
11149  If you say Y here, you will be able to classify outgoing packets
11150  according to the route table entry they matched. If unsure, say Y.
11151
11152  This code is also available as a module called cls_route.o ( = code
11153  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11154  whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11155  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11156
11157Firewall based classifier
11158CONFIG_NET_CLS_FW
11159  If you say Y here, you will be able to classify outgoing packets
11160  according to firewall criteria you specified.
11161
11162  This code is also available as a module called cls_fw.o ( = code
11163  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11164  whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11165  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11166
11167U32 classifier
11168CONFIG_NET_CLS_U32
11169  If you say Y here, you will be able to classify outgoing packets
11170  according to their destination address. If unsure, say Y.
11171
11172  This code is also available as a module called cls_u32.o ( = code
11173  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11174  whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11175  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11176
11177Special RSVP classifier
11178CONFIG_NET_CLS_RSVP
11179  The Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) permits end systems to
11180  request a minimum and maximum data flow rate for a connection; this
11181  is important for real time data such as streaming sound or video.
11182
11183  Say Y here if you want to be able to classify outgoing packets based
11184  on their RSVP requests.
11185
11186  This code is also available as a module called cls_rsvp.o ( = code
11187  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11188  whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11189  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11190
11191Special RSVP classifier for IPv6
11192CONFIG_NET_CLS_RSVP6
11193  The Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) permits end systems to
11194  request a minimum and maximum data flow rate for a connection; this
11195  is important for real time data such as streaming sound or video.
11196
11197  Say Y here if you want to be able to classify outgoing packets based
11198  on their RSVP requests and you are using the new Internet Protocol
11199  IPv6 as opposed to the older and more common IPv4.
11200
11201  This code is also available as a module called cls_rsvp6.o ( = code
11202  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11203  whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11204  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11205
11206Network code profiler
11207CONFIG_NET_PROFILE
11208  If you say Y here and to "/proc file system support" below, some
11209  obscure and undocumented information about the network code's
11210  performance will be written to /proc/net/profile. If you don't know
11211  what it is about, you don't need it: say N.
11212
11213Network packet generator
11214CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN
11215  This module will inject preconfigured packets, at a configurable
11216  rate, out of a given interface.  It is used for network interface
11217  stress testing and performance analysis.  If you don't understand
11218  what was just said, you don't need it: say N.
11219
11220  Documentation on how to use the packet generator can be found
11221  at <file:Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt>.
11222
11223  This code is also available as a module called pktgen.o ( = code
11224  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11225  whenever you want).  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11226  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11227
11228Wan interfaces support
11229CONFIG_WAN
11230  Wide Area Networks (WANs), such as X.25, frame relay and leased
11231  lines, are used to interconnect Local Area Networks (LANs) over vast
11232  distances with data transfer rates significantly higher than those
11233  achievable with commonly used asynchronous modem connections.
11234  Usually, a quite expensive external device called a `WAN router' is
11235  needed to connect to a WAN.
11236
11237  As an alternative, a relatively inexpensive WAN interface card can
11238  allow your Linux box to directly connect to a WAN. If you have one
11239  of those cards and wish to use it under Linux, say Y here and also
11240  to the WAN driver for your card, below.
11241
11242  If unsure, say N.
11243
11244Comtrol Hostess SV-11 support
11245CONFIG_HOSTESS_SV11
11246  This is a network card for low speed synchronous serial links, at
11247  up to 256Kbps. It supports both PPP and Cisco HDLC.
11248
11249  At this point, the driver can only be compiled as a module.
11250
11251  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
11252  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11253  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
11254  will be called hostess_sv11.o.
11255
11256COSA/SRP sync serial board support
11257CONFIG_COSA
11258  This is a driver for COSA and SRP synchronous serial boards. These
11259  boards allow to connect synchronous serial devices (for example
11260  base-band modems, or any other device with the X.21, V.24, V.35 or
11261  V.36 interface) to your Linux box. The cards can work as the
11262  character device, synchronous PPP network device, or the Cisco HDLC
11263  network device.
11264
11265  To actually use the COSA or SRP board, you will need user-space
11266  utilities for downloading the firmware to the cards and to set them
11267  up. Look at the <http://www.fi.muni.cz/~kas/cosa/> for more
11268  information about the cards (including the pointer to the user-space
11269  utilities). You can also read the comment at the top of the
11270  <file:drivers/net/wan/cosa.c> for details about the cards and the driver
11271  itself.
11272
11273  The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be
11274  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11275  The module will be called cosa.o. For general information about
11276  modules read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11277
11278Etinc PCISYNC serial board support
11279CONFIG_DSCC4
11280  This is a driver for Etinc PCISYNC boards based on the Infineon
11281  (ex. Siemens) DSCC4 chipset. It is supposed to work with the four
11282  ports card. Take a look at <http://www.cogenit.fr/dscc4/>
11283  for further informations about the driver and his configuration.
11284
11285  The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be
11286  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11287  The module will be called dscc4.o. For general information about
11288  modules read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11289
11290PCISYNC feature
11291CONFIG_DSCC4_PCISYNC
11292  Due to Etinc's design choice for its PCISYNC cards, some operations
11293  are only allowed on specific ports of the DSCC4. This option is the
11294  only way for the driver to know that it shouldn't return a success
11295  code for these operations.
11296
11297  Please say Y if your card is an Etinc's PCISYNC.
11298
11299Hard reset support
11300CONFIG_DSCC4_PCI_RST
11301  Various DSCC4 bug forbid any reliable software reset of the asic.
11302  As a replacement, some vendors provide a way to assert the PCI #RST
11303  pin of DSCC4 through the GPIO port of the card. If you choose Y, the
11304  driver will make use of this feature before module removal (i.e. rmmod).
11305  This feature is known to exist on Commtech's cards.
11306  Contact your manufacturer for details.
11307
11308  Say Y if yout card supports this feature.
11309
11310LanMedia Corp. serial boards (SSI/V.35, T1/E1, HSSI, T3)
11311CONFIG_LANMEDIA
11312  This is a driver for the following Lan Media family of serial
11313  boards.
11314
11315  LMC 1000 board allows you to connect synchronous serial devices (for
11316  example base-band modems, or any other device with the X.21, V.24,
11317  V.35 or V.36 interface) to your Linux box.
11318
11319  LMC 1200 with on board DSU board allows you to connect your Linux
11320  box directly to a T1 or E1 circuit.
11321
11322  LMC 5200 board provides a HSSI interface capable of running up to
11323  52 mbits per second.
11324
11325  LMC 5245 board connects directly to a T3 circuit saving the
11326  additional external hardware.
11327
11328  To change setting such as syncPPP vs cisco HDLC or clock source you
11329  will need lmcctl.  It is available at <ftp://ftp.lanmedia.com/>.
11330
11331  This code is also available as a module called lmc.o ( = code
11332  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11333  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11334  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11335
11336Fibre Channel driver support
11337CONFIG_NET_FC
11338  Fibre Channel is a high speed serial protocol mainly used to connect
11339  large storage devices to the computer; it is compatible with and
11340  intended to replace SCSI.
11341
11342  If you intend to use Fibre Channel, you need to have a Fibre channel
11343  adaptor card in your computer; say Y here and to the driver for your
11344  adaptor below. You also should have said Y to "SCSI support" and
11345  "SCSI generic support".
11346
11347Interphase 5526 Tachyon chipset based adaptor support
11348CONFIG_IPHASE5526
11349  Say Y here if you have a Fibre Channel adaptor of this kind.
11350
11351  The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11352  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11353  The module will be called iph5526.o. For general information about
11354  modules read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11355
11356Red Creek Hardware VPN
11357CONFIG_RCPCI
11358  This is a driver for hardware which provides a Virtual Private
11359  Network (VPN). Say Y if you have it.
11360
11361  This code is also available as a module called rcpci.o ( = code
11362  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11363  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11364  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11365
11366Granch SBNI12 Leased Line adapter driver
11367CONFIG_SBNI
11368  This is a driver for ISA SBNI12-xx cards which are low cost
11369  alternatives to leased line modems. Say Y if you want to insert
11370  the driver into the kernel or say M to compile it as a module (the
11371  module will be called sbni.o).
11372
11373  You can find more information and last versions of drivers and
11374  utilities at <http://www.granch.ru/>. If you have any question you
11375  can send email to sbni@granch.ru.
11376
11377  Say N if unsure.
11378
11379SBNI multiple-line feature support
11380CONFIG_SBNI_MULTILINE
11381  Schedule traffic for some parallel lines, via SBNI12 adapters.
11382  If you have two computers connected with two parallel lines it's
11383  possible to increase transfer rate nearly twice. You should have
11384  a program named 'sbniconfig' to configure adapters.
11385
11386  Say N if unsure.
11387
11388WAN router drivers
11389CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER_DRIVERS
11390  If you have a WAN interface card and you want your Linux box to act
11391  as a WAN router, thereby connecting you Local Area Network to the
11392  outside world over the WAN connection, say Y here and then to the
11393  driver for your card below. In addition, you need to say Y to "Wan
11394  Router".
11395
11396  You will need the wan-tools package which is available from
11397  <ftp://ftp.sangoma.com/>. Read
11398  <file:Documentation/networking/wan-router.txt> for more information.
11399
11400  Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
11401  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
11402  the questions about WAN router drivers. If unsure, say N.
11403
11404Sangoma WANPIPE(tm) multiprotocol cards
11405CONFIG_VENDOR_SANGOMA
11406  WANPIPE from Sangoma Technologies Inc. (<http://www.sangoma.com/>)
11407  is a family of intelligent multiprotocol WAN adapters with data
11408  transfer rates up to 4Mbps. They are also known as Synchronous
11409  Data Link Adapters (SDLA) and are designated as S514-PCI or
11410  S508-ISA.  These cards support
11411
11412    - X.25, Frame Relay, PPP, Cisco HDLC protocols.
11413
11414    - API support for protocols like HDLC (LAPB),
11415      HDLC Streaming, X.25, Frame Relay and BiSync.
11416
11417    - Ethernet Bridging over Frame Relay protocol.
11418
11419    - MULTILINK PPP
11420
11421    - Async PPP (Modem Dialup)
11422
11423  If you have one or more of these cards, say M to this option; you
11424  may then also want to read the file
11425  <file:Documentation/networking/wanpipe.txt>.  The next questions
11426  will ask you about the protocols you want the driver to support.
11427
11428  The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be
11429  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11430  The module will be called wanpipe.o.  For general information about
11431  modules read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11432
11433WANPIPE X.25 support
11434CONFIG_WANPIPE_X25
11435  Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card
11436  to an X.25 network.  Note, this feature also includes the X.25 API
11437  support used to develop custom applications over the X.25 protocol.
11438  If you say N, the X.25 support will not be included in the driver.
11439  The X.25 option is supported on S514-PCI and S508-ISA cards.
11440
11441WANPIPE Frame Relay support
11442CONFIG_WANPIPE_FR
11443  Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card
11444  to a frame relay network, or use frame relay API to develop
11445  custom applications over the Frame  Relay protocol.
11446  This feature also contains the Ethernet Bridging over Frame Relay,
11447  where a WANPIPE frame relay link can be directly connected to the
11448  Linux kernel bridge.  If you say N, the frame relay support will
11449  not be included in the driver. The Frame Relay option is
11450  supported on S514-PCI and S508-ISA cards.
11451
11452WANPIPE PPP support
11453CONFIG_WANPIPE_PPP
11454  Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card
11455  to a leased line using Point-to-Point protocol (PPP). If you say N,
11456  the PPP support will not be included in the driver. The PPP option
11457  is supported on S514-PCI/S508-ISA cards.
11458
11459WANPIPE Multi-Port PPP support
11460CONFIG_WANPIPE_MULTPPP
11461  Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card
11462  to a leased line using Point-to-Point protocol (PPP).  Note, the
11463  MultiPort PPP uses the Linux Kernel SyncPPP protocol over the
11464  Sangoma HDLC Streaming adapter.  In this case each Sangoma adapter
11465  port can support an independent PPP connection.  For example, a
11466  single Quad-Port PCI adapter can support up to four independent
11467  PPP links. If you say N,the PPP support will not be included in the
11468  driver.  The PPP option is supported on S514-PCI/S508-ISA cards.
11469
11470WANPIPE Cisco HDLC support
11471CONFIG_WANPIPE_CHDLC
11472  Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card
11473  to a leased line using the Cisco HDLC protocol. This now supports
11474  Dual Port Cisco HDLC on the S514-PCI/S508-ISA cards.
11475  This support also allows user to build applications using the
11476  HDLC streaming API.
11477
11478  CHDLC Streaming driver also supports MULTILINK PPP
11479  support that can bind multiple WANPIPE T1 cards into
11480  a single logical channel.
11481
11482  If you say  N, the Cisco HDLC support and
11483  HDLC streaming API and MULTILINK PPP will not be
11484  included in the driver.
11485
11486MultiGate (COMX) synchronous serial board support
11487CONFIG_COMX
11488  Say Y if you want to use any board from the MultiGate (COMX) family.
11489  These boards are synchronous serial adapters for the PC,
11490  manufactured by ITConsult-Pro Co, Hungary.
11491
11492  Read <file:Documentation/networking/comx.txt> for help on
11493  configuring and using COMX interfaces.  Further info on these cards
11494  can be found at <http://www.itc.hu/> or <info@itc.hu>.
11495
11496  You must say Y to "/proc file system support" (CONFIG_PROC_FS) to
11497  use this driver.
11498
11499Support for COMX/CMX/HiCOMX boards
11500CONFIG_COMX_HW_COMX
11501  Hardware driver for the 'CMX', 'COMX' and 'HiCOMX' boards from the
11502  MultiGate family. Say Y if you have one of these.
11503
11504  You will need additional firmware to use these cards, which are
11505  downloadable from <ftp://ftp.itc.hu/>.
11506
11507  If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read
11508  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
11509  comx-hw-comx.o.
11510
11511Support for LoCOMX board
11512CONFIG_COMX_HW_LOCOMX
11513  Hardware driver for the 'LoCOMX' board from the MultiGate family.
11514  Say Y if you have a board like this.
11515
11516  If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read
11517  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
11518  comx-hw-locomx.o.
11519
11520Support for MixCOM board
11521CONFIG_COMX_HW_MIXCOM
11522  Hardware driver for the 'MixCOM' board from the MultiGate family.
11523  Say Y if you have a board like this.
11524
11525  If you want to use the watchdog device on this card, you should
11526  select it in the Watchdog Cards section of the Character Devices
11527  configuration. The ISDN interface of this card is Teles 16.3
11528  compatible, you should enable it in the ISDN configuration menu. The
11529  driver for the flash ROM of this card is available separately on
11530  <ftp://ftp.itc.hu/>.
11531
11532  If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read
11533  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
11534  comx-hw-mixcom.o.
11535
11536i810 TCO timer/watchdog support
11537CONFIG_I810_TCO
11538  Hardware driver for the TCO timer built into the Intel i810 and i815
11539  chipset family.  The TCO (Total Cost of Ownership) timer is a
11540  watchdog timer that will reboot the machine after its second
11541  expiration. The expiration time can be configured by command
11542  argument "i810_margin=<n>" where <n> is the counter initial value.
11543  It is decremented every 0.6 secs, the default is 50 which gives a
11544  timeout of 30 seconds and one minute until reset.
11545
11546  On some motherboards the driver may fail to reset the chipset's
11547  NO_REBOOT flag which prevents the watchdog from rebooting the
11548  machine. If this is the case you will get a kernel message like
11549  "i810tco init: failed to reset NO_REBOOT flag".
11550
11551  If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read
11552  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
11553  i810-tco.o.
11554
11555SliceCOM/PciCOM board support
11556CONFIG_COMX_HW_MUNICH
11557  Hardware driver for the 'SliceCOM' (channelized E1) and 'PciCOM'
11558  boards (X21) from the MultiGate family.
11559
11560  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11561  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11562  The module will be called comx-hw-munich.o. If you want to compile it
11563  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11564
11565  Read linux/Documentation/networking/slicecom.txt for help on
11566  configuring and using SliceCOM interfaces. Further info on these cards
11567  can be found at <http://www.itc.hu> or <info@itc.hu>.
11568
11569Support for HDLC and syncPPP protocols on MultiGate boards
11570CONFIG_COMX_PROTO_PPP
11571  Cisco-HDLC and synchronous PPP protocol driver for all MultiGate
11572  boards. Say Y if you want to use either protocol on your MultiGate
11573  boards.
11574
11575  If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read
11576  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
11577  comx-proto-ppp.o.
11578
11579Support for LAPB protocol on MultiGate boards
11580CONFIG_COMX_PROTO_LAPB
11581  LAPB protocol driver for all MultiGate boards. Say Y if you
11582  want to use this protocol on your MultiGate boards.
11583
11584  If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read
11585  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
11586  comx-proto-lapb.o.
11587
11588Support for Frame Relay on MultiGate boards
11589CONFIG_COMX_PROTO_FR
11590  Frame Relay protocol driver for all MultiGate boards. Say Y if you
11591  want to use this protocol on your MultiGate boards.
11592
11593  If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read
11594  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
11595  comx-proto-fr.o.
11596
11597Cyclom 2X(tm) multiprotocol cards
11598CONFIG_CYCLADES_SYNC
11599  Cyclom 2X from Cyclades Corporation (<http://www.cyclades.com/> and
11600  <http://www.cyclades.com.br/>) is an intelligent multiprotocol WAN
11601  adapter with data transfer rates up to 512 Kbps. These cards support
11602  the X.25 and SNA related protocols. If you have one or more of these
11603  cards, say Y to this option. The next questions will ask you about
11604  the protocols you want the driver to support (for now only X.25 is
11605  supported).
11606
11607  While no documentation is available at this time please grab the
11608  wanconfig tarball in
11609  <http://www.conectiva.com.br/~acme/cycsyn-devel/> (with minor changes
11610  to make it compile with the current wanrouter include files; efforts
11611  are being made to use the original package available at
11612  <ftp://ftp.sangoma.com/>).
11613
11614  Feel free to contact me or the cycsyn-devel mailing list at
11615  acme@conectiva.com.br and cycsyn-devel@bazar.conectiva.com.br for
11616  additional details, I hope to have documentation available as soon
11617  as possible. (Cyclades Brazil is writing the Documentation).
11618
11619  The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be
11620  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11621  The module will be called cyclomx.o. For general information about
11622  modules read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
11623
11624Cyclom 2X X.25 support
11625CONFIG_CYCLOMX_X25
11626  Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a Cyclom 2X card
11627  to an X.25 network.
11628
11629  If you say N, the X.25 support will not be included in the driver
11630  (saves about 11 KB of kernel memory).
11631
11632Generic HDLC driver
11633CONFIG_HDLC
11634  Say Y to this option if your Linux box contains a WAN card supported
11635  by this driver and you are planning to connect the box to a WAN
11636  ( = Wide Area Network). You will need supporting software from
11637  <http://hq.pm.waw.pl/hdlc/>.
11638  Generic HDLC driver currently supports raw HDLC, Cisco HDLC, Frame
11639  Relay, synchronous Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) and X.25.
11640
11641  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
11642  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11643  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
11644  will be called hdlc.o.
11645
11646  If unsure, say N here.
11647
11648Raw HDLC support
11649CONFIG_HDLC_RAW
11650  Say Y to this option if you want generic HDLC driver to support
11651  raw HDLC over WAN (Wide Area Network) connections.
11652
11653  If unsure, say N here.
11654
11655Raw HDLC Ethernet device support
11656CONFIG_HDLC_RAW_ETH
11657  Say Y to this option if you want generic HDLC driver to support
11658  raw HDLC Ethernet device emulation over WAN (Wide Area Network)
11659  connections.
11660  You will need it for Ethernet over HDLC bridges.
11661
11662  If unsure, say N here.
11663
11664Cisco HDLC support
11665CONFIG_HDLC_CISCO
11666  Say Y to this option if you want generic HDLC driver to support
11667  Cisco HDLC over WAN (Wide Area Network) connections.
11668
11669  If unsure, say N here.
11670
11671Frame-Relay HDLC support
11672CONFIG_HDLC_FR
11673  Say Y to this option if you want generic HDLC driver to support
11674  Frame-Relay protocol over WAN (Wide Area Network) connections.
11675
11676  If unsure, say N here.
11677
11678Synchronous Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) support
11679CONFIG_HDLC_PPP
11680  Say Y to this option if you want generic HDLC driver to support
11681  PPP over WAN (Wide Area Network) connections.
11682
11683  If unsure, say N here.
11684
11685CCITT X.25 over HDLC support
11686CONFIG_HDLC_X25
11687  Say Y to this option if you want generic HDLC driver to support
11688  X.25 protocol over WAN (Wide Area Network) connections.
11689
11690  If unsure, say N here.
11691
11692Cyclades-PC300 support
11693CONFIG_PC300
11694  This is a driver for the Cyclades-PC300 synchronous communication
11695  boards. These boards provide synchronous serial interfaces to your
11696  Linux box (interfaces currently available are RS-232/V.35, X.21 and
11697  T1/E1). If you wish to support Multilink PPP, please select the
11698  option below this one and read the file README.mlppp provided by PC300
11699  package.
11700
11701  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
11702  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11703  say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11704  called pc300.o.
11705
11706  If you haven't heard about it, it's safe to say N.
11707
11708Cyclades-PC300 Sync TTY (to MLPPP) support
11709CONFIG_PC300_MLPPP
11710  Say 'Y' to this option if you are planning to use Multilink PPP over the
11711  PC300 synchronous communication boards.
11712
11713CONFIG_PCI200SYN
11714  This driver is for PCI200SYN cards made by Goramo sp. j.
11715  If you have such a card, say Y or M here and see
11716  <http://hq.pm.waw.pl/pub/hdlc/>
11717
11718  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
11719  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11720  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
11721  will be called pci200syn.o.
11722
11723  If unsure, say N here.
11724
11725SDL RISCom/N2 support
11726CONFIG_N2
11727  This driver is for RISCom/N2 single or dual channel ISA cards
11728  made by SDL Communications Inc.  If you have such a card,
11729  say Y here and see <http://hq.pm.waw.pl/pub/hdlc/>.
11730
11731  Note that N2csu and N2dds cards are not supported by this driver.
11732
11733  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
11734  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11735  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
11736  will be called n2.o.
11737
11738  If unsure, say N here.
11739
11740Moxa C101 support
11741CONFIG_C101
11742  This driver is for C101 SuperSync ISA cards made by Moxa
11743  Technologies Co., Ltd. If you have such a card,
11744  say Y here and see <http://hq.pm.waw.pl/pub/hdlc/>
11745
11746  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
11747  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11748  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
11749  will be called c101.o.
11750
11751  If unsure, say N here.
11752
11753Ethernet (10 or 100Mbit)
11754CONFIG_NET_ETHERNET
11755  Ethernet (also called IEEE 802.3 or ISO 8802-2) is the most common
11756  type of Local Area Network (LAN) in universities and companies.
11757
11758  Common varieties of Ethernet are: 10BASE-2 or Thinnet (10 Mbps over
11759  coaxial cable, linking computers in a chain), 10BASE-T or twisted
11760  pair (10 Mbps over twisted pair cable, linking computers to central
11761  hubs), 10BASE-F (10 Mbps over optical fiber links, using hubs),
11762  100BASE-TX (100 Mbps over two twisted pair cables, using hubs),
11763  100BASE-T4 (100 Mbps over 4 standard voice-grade twisted pair
11764  cables, using hubs), 100BASE-FX (100 Mbps over optical fiber links)
11765  [the 100BASE varieties are also known as Fast Ethernet], and Gigabit
11766  Ethernet (1 Gbps over optical fiber or short copper links).
11767
11768  If your Linux machine will be connected to an Ethernet and you have
11769  an Ethernet network interface card (NIC) installed in your computer,
11770  say Y here and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
11771  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. You will then also have
11772  to say Y to the driver for your particular NIC.
11773
11774  Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
11775  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
11776  the questions about Ethernet network cards. If unsure, say N.
11777
11778Western Digital/SMC cards
11779CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_SMC
11780  If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to this class, say Y
11781  and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
11782  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
11783
11784  Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
11785  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
11786  the questions about Western Digital cards. If you say Y, you will be
11787  asked for your specific card in the following questions.
11788
11789WD80*3 support
11790CONFIG_WD80x3
11791  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
11792  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
11793  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
11794
11795  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11796  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11797  The module will be called wd.o.  If you want to compile it as a
11798  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
11799  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
11800
11801SMC Ultra MCA support
11802CONFIG_ULTRAMCA
11803  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type and are running
11804  an MCA based system (PS/2), say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
11805  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
11806
11807  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11808  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11809  The module will be called smc-mca.o.  If you want to compile it as a
11810  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
11811  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
11812
11813SMC Ultra support
11814CONFIG_ULTRA
11815  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
11816  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
11817  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
11818
11819  Important: There have been many reports that, with some motherboards
11820  mixing an SMC Ultra and an Adaptec AHA154x SCSI card (or compatible,
11821  such as some BusLogic models) causes corruption problems with many
11822  operating systems. The Linux smc-ultra driver has a work-around for
11823  this but keep it in mind if you have such a SCSI card and have
11824  problems.
11825
11826  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11827  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11828  The module will be called smc-ultra.o.  If you want to compile it as
11829  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as
11830  well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
11831
11832SMC Ultra32 EISA support
11833CONFIG_ULTRA32
11834  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
11835  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
11836  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
11837
11838  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11839  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11840  The module will be called smc-ultra32.o.  If you want to compile it
11841  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as
11842  well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
11843
11844SMC 9194 support
11845CONFIG_SMC9194
11846  This is support for the SMC9xxx based Ethernet cards. Choose this
11847  option if you have a DELL laptop with the docking station, or
11848  another SMC9192/9194 based chipset.  Say Y if you want it compiled
11849  into the kernel, and read the file
11850  <file:Documentation/networking/smc9.txt> and the Ethernet-HOWTO,
11851  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
11852
11853  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11854  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11855  The module will be called smc9194.o.  If you want to compile it as a
11856  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
11857  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
11858
11859PCI NE2000 and clones support
11860CONFIG_NE2K_PCI
11861  This driver is for NE2000 compatible PCI cards. It will not work
11862  with ISA NE2000 cards (they have their own driver, "NE2000/NE1000
11863  support" below). If you have a PCI NE2000 network (Ethernet) card,
11864  say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
11865  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
11866
11867  This driver also works for the following NE2000 clone cards:
11868    RealTek RTL-8029  Winbond 89C940  Compex RL2000  KTI ET32P2
11869    NetVin NV5000SC   Via 86C926      SureCom NE34   Winbond
11870    Holtek HT80232    Holtek HT80229
11871
11872  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11873  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11874  The module will be called ne2k-pci.o.  If you want to compile it as
11875  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as
11876  well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
11877
11878Racal-Interlan (Micom) NI cards
11879CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_RACAL
11880  If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to this class, such
11881  as the NI5010, NI5210 or NI6210, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
11882  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
11883
11884  Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
11885  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
11886  the questions about NI cards. If you say Y, you will be asked for
11887  your specific card in the following questions.
11888
11889NI5010 support
11890CONFIG_NI5010
11891  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
11892  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
11893  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Note that this is still
11894  experimental code.
11895
11896  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11897  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11898  The module will be called ni5010.o.  If you want to compile it as a
11899  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
11900  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
11901
11902NI5210 support
11903CONFIG_NI52
11904  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
11905  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
11906  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
11907
11908  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11909  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11910  The module will be called ni52.o.  If you want to compile it as a
11911  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
11912  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
11913
11914NI6510 support
11915CONFIG_NI65
11916  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
11917  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
11918  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
11919
11920  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11921  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11922  The module will be called ni65.o.  If you want to compile it as a
11923  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
11924  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
11925
11926RealTek RTL-8139C+ 10/100 PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter support
11927CONFIG_8139CP
11928  This is a driver for the Fast Ethernet PCI network cards based on
11929  the RTL8139C+ chips. If you have one of those, say Y and read
11930  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
11931  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
11932
11933  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11934  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11935  say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
11936  The module will be called 8139cp.o.
11937
11938RealTek RTL-8139 PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter support
11939CONFIG_8139TOO
11940  This is a driver for the Fast Ethernet PCI network cards based on
11941  the RTL8139 chips. If you have one of those, say Y and read
11942  <file:Documentation/networking/8139too.txt> as well as the
11943  Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
11944  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
11945
11946  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11947  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11948  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  This is
11949  recommended.  The module will be called 8139too.o.
11950
11951Use PIO instead of MMIO
11952CONFIG_8139TOO_PIO
11953  This instructs the driver to use programmed I/O ports (PIO) instead
11954  of PCI shared memory (MMIO).  This can possibly solve some problems
11955  in case your mainboard has memory consistency issues.  If unsure,
11956  say N.
11957
11958Support for uncommon RTL-8139 rev. K (automatic channel equalization)
11959CONFIG_8139TOO_TUNE_TWISTER
11960  This implements a function which might come in handy in case you
11961  are using low quality on long cabling. It is required for RealTek
11962  RTL-8139 revision K boards, and totally unused otherwise.  It tries
11963  to match the transceiver to the cable characteristics. This is
11964  experimental since hardly documented by the manufacturer.
11965  If unsure, say Y.
11966
11967Support for older RTL-8129/8130 boards
11968CONFIG_8139TOO_8129
11969  This enables support for the older and uncommon RTL-8129 and
11970  RTL-8130 chips, which support MII via an external transceiver,
11971  instead of an internal one.  Disabling this option will save some
11972  memory by making the code size smaller.  If unsure, say Y.
11973
11974Use older RX-reset method
11975CONFIG_8139_OLD_RX_RESET
11976  The 8139too driver was recently updated to contain a more rapid
11977  reset sequence, in the face of severe receive errors.  This "new"
11978  RX-reset method should be adequate for all boards.  But if you
11979  experience problems, you can enable this option to restore the
11980  old RX-reset behavior.  If unsure, say N.
11981
11982SiS 900/7016 PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter support
11983CONFIG_SIS900
11984  This is a driver for the Fast Ethernet PCI network cards based on
11985  the SiS 900 and SiS 7016 chips. The SiS 900 core is also embedded in
11986  SiS 630 and SiS 540 chipsets.  If you have one of those, say Y and
11987  read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available at
11988  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  Please read
11989  <file:Documentation/networking/sis900.txt> and comments at the
11990  beginning of <file:drivers/net/sis900.c> for more information.
11991
11992  This driver also supports AMD 79C901 HomePNA so that you can use
11993  your phone line as a network cable.
11994
11995  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11996  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11997  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  This is
11998  recommended.  The module will be called sis900.o.
11999
12000Packet Engines Yellowfin Gigabit-NIC / Symbios 53c885 support
12001CONFIG_YELLOWFIN
12002  Say Y here if you have a Packet Engines G-NIC PCI Gigabit Ethernet
12003  adapter or the SYM53C885 Ethernet controller. The Gigabit adapter is
12004  used by the Beowulf Linux cluster project.  See
12005  <http://cesdis.gsfc.nasa.gov/linux/drivers/yellowfin.html> for more
12006  information about this driver in particular and Beowulf in general.
12007
12008  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
12009  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12010  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  This is
12011  recommended.  The module will be called yellowfin.o.
12012
12013Realtek 8169 Gigabit Ethernet support
12014CONFIG_R8169
12015  Say Y here if you have a Realtek 8169 PCI Gigabit Ethernet adapter.
12016
12017  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
12018  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12019  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  This is
12020  recommended.  The module will be called r8169.o.
12021
12022General Instruments Surfboard 1000
12023CONFIG_NET_SB1000
12024  This is a driver for the General Instrument (also known as
12025  NextLevel) SURFboard 1000 internal
12026  cable modem. This is an ISA card which is used by a number of cable
12027  TV companies to provide cable modem access. It's a one-way
12028  downstream-only cable modem, meaning that your upstream net link is
12029  provided by your regular phone modem.
12030
12031  At present this driver only compiles as a module, so say M here if
12032  you have this card. The module will be called sb1000.o. Then read
12033  <file:Documentation/networking/README.sb1000> for information on how
12034  to use this module, as it needs special ppp scripts for establishing
12035  a connection. Further documentation and the necessary scripts can be
12036  found at:
12037
12038  <http://www.jacksonville.net/~fventuri/>
12039  <http://home.adelphia.net/~siglercm/sb1000.html>
12040  <http://linuxpower.cx/~cable/>
12041
12042  If you don't have this card, of course say N.
12043
12044Adaptec Starfire support
12045CONFIG_ADAPTEC_STARFIRE
12046  Say Y here if you have an Adaptec Starfire (or DuraLAN) PCI network
12047  adapter. The DuraLAN chip is used on the 64 bit PCI boards from
12048  Adaptec e.g. the ANA-6922A. The older 32 bit boards use the tulip
12049  driver.
12050
12051  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
12052  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12053  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  This is
12054  recommended.  The module will be called starfire.o.
12055
12056Alteon AceNIC/3Com 3C985/NetGear GA620 Gigabit support
12057CONFIG_ACENIC
12058  Say Y here if you have an Alteon AceNIC, 3Com 3C985(B), NetGear
12059  GA620, SGI Gigabit or Farallon PN9000-SX PCI Gigabit Ethernet
12060  adapter. The driver allows for using the Jumbo Frame option (9000
12061  bytes/frame) however it requires that your switches can handle this
12062  as well. To enable Jumbo Frames, add `mtu 9000' to your ifconfig
12063  line.
12064
12065  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
12066  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12067  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  This is
12068  recommended.  The module will be called acenic.o.
12069
12070Omit support for old Tigon I based AceNICs
12071CONFIG_ACENIC_OMIT_TIGON_I
12072  Say Y here if you only have Tigon II based AceNICs and want to leave
12073  out support for the older Tigon I based cards which are no longer
12074  being sold (ie. the original Alteon AceNIC and 3Com 3C985 (non B
12075  version)).  This will reduce the size of the driver object by
12076  app. 100KB.  If you are not sure whether your card is a Tigon I or a
12077  Tigon II, say N here.
12078
12079  The safe and default value for this is N.
12080
12081Marvell Yukon / SysKonnect SK-98xx and SK-95xx Gigabit Ethernet Adapter family support
12082CONFIG_SK98LIN
12083  Say Y here if you have a Marvell Yukon or SysKonnect SK-98xx/SK-95xx
12084  compliant Gigabit Ethernet Adapter. The following adapters are supported
12085  by this driver:
12086	    - 3Com 3C940 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter
12087	    - 3Com 3C941 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter
12088	    - Allied Telesyn AT-2970LX Gigabit Ethernet Adapter
12089	    - Allied Telesyn AT-2970LX/2SC Gigabit Ethernet Adapter
12090	    - Allied Telesyn AT-2970SX Gigabit Ethernet Adapter
12091	    - Allied Telesyn AT-2970SX/2SC Gigabit Ethernet Adapter
12092	    - Allied Telesyn AT-2970TX Gigabit Ethernet Adapter
12093	    - Allied Telesyn AT-2970TX/2TX Gigabit Ethernet Adapter
12094	    - Allied Telesyn AT-2971SX Gigabit Ethernet Adapter
12095	    - Allied Telesyn AT-2971T Gigabit Ethernet Adapter
12096	    - DGE-530T Gigabit Ethernet Adapter
12097	    - EG1032 v2 Instant Gigabit Network Adapter
12098	    - EG1064 v2 Instant Gigabit Network Adapter
12099	    - Marvell 88E8001 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter (Abit)
12100	    - Marvell 88E8001 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter (Albatron)
12101	    - Marvell 88E8001 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter (Asus)
12102	    - Marvell 88E8001 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter (ECS)
12103	    - Marvell 88E8001 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter (Epox)
12104	    - Marvell 88E8001 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter (Foxconn)
12105	    - Marvell 88E8001 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter (Gigabyte)
12106	    - Marvell 88E8001 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter (Iwill)
12107	    - Marvell RDK-8001 Adapter
12108	    - Marvell RDK-8002 Adapter
12109	    - Marvell RDK-8003 Adapter
12110	    - Marvell RDK-8004 Adapter
12111	    - Marvell RDK-8006 Adapter
12112	    - Marvell RDK-8007 Adapter
12113	    - Marvell RDK-8008 Adapter
12114	    - Marvell RDK-8009 Adapter
12115	    - Marvell RDK-8010 Adapter
12116	    - Marvell RDK-8011 Adapter
12117	    - Marvell RDK-8012 Adapter
12118	    - Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000Base-T Adapter (32 bit)
12119	    - Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000Base-T Adapter (64 bit)
12120	    - N-Way PCI-Bus Giga-Card 1000/100/10Mbps(L)
12121	    - SK-9521 10/100/1000Base-T Adapter
12122	    - SK-9521 V2.0 10/100/1000Base-T Adapter
12123	    - SK-9821 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-T)
12124	    - SK-9821 V2.0 Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000Base-T Adapter
12125	    - SK-9822 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-T dual link)
12126	    - SK-9841 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-LX)
12127	    - SK-9841 V2.0 Gigabit Ethernet 1000Base-LX Adapter
12128	    - SK-9842 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-LX dual link)
12129	    - SK-9843 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-SX)
12130	    - SK-9843 V2.0 Gigabit Ethernet 1000Base-SX Adapter
12131	    - SK-9844 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-SX dual link)
12132	    - SK-9851 V2.0 Gigabit Ethernet 1000Base-SX Adapter
12133	    - SK-9861 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-SX Volition)
12134	    - SK-9861 V2.0 Gigabit Ethernet 1000Base-SX Adapter
12135	    - SK-9862 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-SX Volition dual link)
12136	    - SK-9871 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-ZX)
12137	    - SK-9871 V2.0 Gigabit Ethernet 1000Base-ZX Adapter
12138	    - SK-9872 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-ZX dual link)
12139	    - SMC EZ Card 1000 (SMC9452TXV.2)
12140
12141  The adapters support Jumbo Frames.
12142  The dual link adapters support link-failover and dual port features.
12143  Both Marvell Yukon and SysKonnect SK-98xx/SK-95xx adapters support
12144  the scatter-gather functionality with sendfile(). Please refer to
12145  Documentation/networking/sk98lin.txt for more information about
12146  optional driver parameters.
12147  Questions concerning this driver may be addressed to:
12148    linux@syskonnect.de
12149
12150  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
12151  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12152  say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
12153  The module will be called sk98lin.o.
12154
12155Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Adapter family support
12156CONFIG_SKGE
12157  This is an alternate driver for the Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet
12158  family. It is a backport of version 1.6 for kernel 2.6. The vendor's
12159  one is normally recommended (sk98lin), but under some circumstances, it
12160  is known to have trouble (eg: sending UDP only on old chips). This driver
12161  is not very fast an may lead to higher CPU loads than the original one
12162  since it does not support NAPI yet, but at least it is reported to work
12163  and is maintained in 2.6. Linking it with the kernel is not recommended
12164  since it may conflict with sk98lin.
12165
12166  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
12167  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12168  say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
12169  The module will be called skge.o.
12170
12171Marvell Yukon 2 Gigabit Ethernet Adapter family support
12172CONFIG_SKY2
12173  This is an alternate driver for the Marvell Yukon 2 Gigabit Ethernet
12174  family. It is a backport of version 1.5 for kernel 2.6. The vendor's
12175  one is normally recommended (sk98lin), but under some circumstances, it
12176  is known to have trouble (eg: sending UDP only on old chips). This driver
12177  is not very fast an may lead to higher CPU loads than the original one
12178  since it does not support NAPI yet, but at least it is reported to work
12179  and is maintained in 2.6. Linking it with the kernel is not recommended
12180  since it may conflict with sk98lin.
12181
12182  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
12183  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12184  say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
12185  The module will be called sky2.o.
12186
12187Sun GEM support
12188CONFIG_SUNGEM
12189  Support for the Sun GEM chip, aka Sun GigabitEthernet/P 2.0.  See also
12190  <http://www.sun.com/products-n-solutions/hardware/docs/pdf/806-3985-10.pdf>.
12191
12192  This chip is also used by Apple under the name GMAC in all their recent
12193  machines starting with the first iBook. This includes all AGP capable
12194  Apple machines except some early G4s and iMacs that still used a
12195  Tulip chip. This driver obsoletes the GMAC driver for these machines.
12196
12197  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
12198  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12199  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
12200  will be called sungem.o.
12201
12202Broadcom Tigon3 support
12203CONFIG_TIGON3
12204  This driver supports Broadcom Tigon3 based gigabit Ethernet cards.
12205
12206  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
12207  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12208  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  This is
12209  recommended.  The module will be called tg3.o.
12210
12211MV-64340 Ethernet support
12212CONFIG_MV64340_ETH
12213  This driver supports the Marvell Discovery II MV64340 device
12214  as an Ethernet controller.  Say Y here and select Port 0,1,2
12215  as needed.  Otherwise, say N.
12216
12217MV-64340 Port 0
12218CONFIG_MV64340_ETH_0
12219  Enable port 0 on the MV64340 Ethernet controller.
12220
12221MV-64340 Port 1
12222CONFIG_MV64340_ETH_1
12223  Enable port 1 on the MV64340 Ethernet controller.
12224
12225MV-64340 Port 2
12226CONFIG_MV64340_ETH_2
12227  Enable port 2 on the MV64340 Ethernet controller.
12228
12229MyriCOM Gigabit Ethernet support
12230CONFIG_MYRI_SBUS
12231  This driver supports MyriCOM Sbus gigabit Ethernet cards.
12232
12233  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
12234  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12235  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  This is
12236  recommended.  The module will be called myri_sbus.o.
12237
12238D-Link 2000-based Gigabit Ethernet support
12239CONFIG_DL2K
12240  This driver supports D-Link 2000-based gigabit ethernet cards, which
12241  includes
12242       D-Link DGE-550T Gigabit Ethernet Adapter.
12243       D-Link DL2000-based Gigabit Ethernet Adapter.
12244
12245  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
12246  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12247  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  This is
12248  recommended.  The module will be called dl2k.o.
12249
12250EtherExpress Pro/100 support (e100, Alternate Intel driver)
12251CONFIG_E100
12252  This driver supports Intel(R) PRO/100 family of adapters.
12253  To verify that your adapter is supported, find the board ID number
12254  on the adapter. Look for a label that has a barcode and a number
12255  in the format 123456-001 (six digits hyphen three digits).
12256
12257  Use the above information and the Adapter & Driver ID Guide at:
12258
12259  http://support.intel.com/support/network/adapter/pro100/21397.htm
12260
12261  to identify the adapter.
12262
12263  For the latest Intel PRO/100 network driver for Linux, see:
12264
12265    http://appsr.intel.com/scripts-df/support_intel.asp
12266
12267  More specific information on configuring the driver is in
12268  <file:Documentation/networking/e100.txt>.
12269
12270  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12271  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12272  The module will be called e100.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12273  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12274  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12275
12276Intel(R) PRO/1000 Gigabit Ethernet support
12277CONFIG_E1000
12278  This driver supports Intel(R) PRO/1000 gigabit ethernet family of
12279  adapters. For more information on how to identify your adapter, go to the
12280  Adapter & Driver ID Guide at:
12281
12282   <http://support.intel.com/support/network/adapter/pro100/21397.htm>
12283
12284  For general information and support, go to the Intel support
12285  website at:
12286
12287   <http://support.intel.com>
12288
12289  More specific information on configuring the driver is in
12290  <file:Documentation/networking/e1000.txt>.
12291
12292  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12293  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12294  The module will be called e1000.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12295  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12296  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12297
12298CONFIG_E1000_NAPI
12299  NAPI is a new driver API designed to reduce CPU and interrupt load
12300  when the driver is receiving lots of packets from the card. It is
12301  still somewhat experimental and thus not yet enabled by default.
12302
12303  If your estimated Rx load is 10kpps or more, or if the card will be
12304  deployed on potentially unfriendly networks (e.g. in a firewall),
12305  then say Y here.
12306
12307  See <file:Documentation/networking/NAPI_HOWTO.txt> for more
12308  information.
12309
12310  If in doubt, say N.
12311
12312AMD LANCE and PCnet (AT1500 and NE2100) support
12313CONFIG_LANCE
12314  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12315  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12316  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Some LinkSys cards are
12317  of this type.
12318
12319  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
12320  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12321  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  This is
12322  recommended.  The module will be called lance.o.
12323
12324SGI IOC3 Ethernet
12325CONFIG_SGI_IOC3_ETH
12326  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12327  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12328  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12329
12330National Semiconductor DP83902AV support
12331CONFIG_STNIC
12332  Support for cards based on the National Semiconductor DP83902AV
12333  ST-NIC Serial Network Interface Controller for Twisted Pair.  This
12334  is a 10Mbit/sec Ethernet controller.  Product overview and specs at
12335  <http://www.national.com/pf/DP/DP83902A.html>.
12336
12337  If unsure, say N.
12338
123393COM cards
12340CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_3COM
12341  If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to this class, say Y
12342  and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12343  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12344
12345  Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
12346  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
12347  the questions about 3COM cards. If you say Y, you will be asked for
12348  your specific card in the following questions.
12349
123503c501 "EtherLink" support
12351CONFIG_EL1
12352  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12353  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12354  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  Also, consider buying a
12355  new card, since the 3c501 is slow, broken, and obsolete: you will
12356  have problems.  Some people suggest to ping ("man ping") a nearby
12357  machine every minute ("man cron") when using this card.
12358
12359  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12360  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12361  The module will be called 3c501.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12362  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12363  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12364
123653c503 "EtherLink II" support
12366CONFIG_EL2
12367  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12368  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12369  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12370
12371  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12372  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12373  The module will be called 3c503.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12374  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12375  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12376
123773c505 "EtherLink Plus" support
12378CONFIG_ELPLUS
12379  Information about this network (Ethernet) card can be found in
12380  <file:Documentation/networking/3c505.txt>.  If you have a card of
12381  this type, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12382  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12383
12384  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
12385  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12386  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
12387  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.  The module will be
12388  called 3c505.o.
12389
123903c507 (EtherLink 16) support
12391CONFIG_EL16
12392  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12393  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12394  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12395
12396  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12397  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12398  The module will be called 3c507.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12399  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12400  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12401
124023c523 "EtherlinkMC" support
12403CONFIG_ELMC
12404  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12405  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12406  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12407
12408  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12409  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12410  The module will be called 3c523.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12411  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12412  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12413
124143c527 "EtherLink/MC 32" support
12415CONFIG_ELMC_II
12416  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12417  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12418  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12419
12420  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12421  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12422  The module will be called 3c527.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12423  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12424  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12425
124263c509/3c529 (MCA)/3c579 "EtherLink III"  support
12427CONFIG_EL3
12428  If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to the 3Com
12429  EtherLinkIII series, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available
12430  from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12431
12432  If your card is not working you may need to use the DOS
12433  setup disk to disable Plug & Play mode, and to select the default
12434  media type.
12435
12436  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
12437  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12438  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
12439  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.  The module will be
12440  called 3c509.o.
12441
124423c515 ISA Fast EtherLink
12443CONFIG_3C515
12444  If you have a 3Com ISA EtherLink XL "Corkscrew" 3c515 Fast Ethernet
12445  network card, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12446  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12447
12448  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
12449  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12450  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
12451  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.  The module will be
12452  called 3c515.o.
12453
124543c590/3c900 series (592/595/597) "Vortex/Boomerang/Cyclone" support
12455CONFIG_VORTEX
12456  This option enables driver support for a large number of 10mbps and
12457  10/100mbps EISA, PCI and PCMCIA 3Com network cards:
12458
12459  "Vortex"    (Fast EtherLink 3c590/3c592/3c595/3c597) EISA and PCI
12460  "Boomerang" (EtherLink XL 3c900 or 3c905)            PCI
12461  "Cyclone"   (3c540/3c900/3c905/3c980/3c575/3c656)    PCI and Cardbus
12462  "Tornado"   (3c905)                                  PCI
12463  "Hurricane" (3c555/3cSOHO)                           PCI
12464
12465  If you have such a card, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
12466  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. More
12467  specific information is in
12468  <file:Documentation/networking/vortex.txt> and in the comments at
12469  the beginning of <file:drivers/net/3c59x.c>.
12470
12471  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
12472  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12473  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
12474  will be called 3c59x.o.
12475
124763cr990 series "Typhoon" support
12477CONFIG_TYPHOON
12478  This option enables driver support for the 3cr990 series of cards:
12479
12480  3C990-TX, 3CR990-TX-95, 3CR990-TX-97, 3CR990-FX-95, 3CR990-FX-97,
12481  3CR990SVR, 3CR990SVR95, 3CR990SVR97, 3CR990-FX-95 Server,
12482  3CR990-FX-97 Server, 3C990B-TX-M, 3C990BSVR
12483
12484  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12485  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12486  <http://www.linuxdoc.org/docs.html#howto>.
12487
12488  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12489  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12490  The module will be called typhoon.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12491  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12492  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12493
12494Other ISA cards
12495CONFIG_NET_ISA
12496  If your network (Ethernet) card hasn't been mentioned yet and its
12497  bus system (that's the way the cards talks to the other components
12498  of your computer) is ISA (as opposed to EISA, VLB or PCI), say Y.
12499  Make sure you know the name of your card. Read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
12500  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12501
12502  If unsure, say Y.
12503
12504  Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
12505  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
12506  the remaining ISA network card questions. If you say Y, you will be
12507  asked for your specific card in the following questions.
12508
12509Generic ARCnet support
12510CONFIG_ARCNET
12511  If you have a network card of this type, say Y and check out the
12512  (arguably) beautiful poetry in
12513  <file:Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt>.
12514
12515  You need both this driver, and the driver for the particular ARCnet
12516  chipset of your card. If you don't know, then it's probably a
12517  COM90xx type card, so say Y (or M) to "ARCnet COM90xx chipset
12518  support" below.
12519
12520  You might also want to have a look at the Ethernet-HOWTO, available
12521  from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>(even though ARCnet
12522  is not really Ethernet).
12523
12524  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12525  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12526  The module will be called arcnet.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12527  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12528  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12529
12530Enable old ARCNet packet format (RFC 1051)
12531CONFIG_ARCNET_1051
12532  This allows you to use RFC1051 with your ARCnet card via the virtual
12533  arc0s device. You only need arc0s if you want to talk to ARCnet
12534  software complying with the "old" standard, specifically, the DOS
12535  arcnet.com packet driver, Amigas running AmiTCP, and some variants
12536  of NetBSD. You do not need to say Y here to communicate with
12537  industry-standard RFC1201 implementations, like the arcether.com
12538  packet driver or most DOS/Windows ODI drivers. RFC1201 is included
12539  automatically as the arc0 device. Please read the ARCnet
12540  documentation in <file:Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt> for more
12541  information about using arc0e and arc0s.
12542
12543  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
12544  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12545  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
12546  will be called rfc1051.o.
12547
12548Enable standard ARCNet packet format (RFC 1201)
12549CONFIG_ARCNET_1201
12550  This allows you to use RFC1201 with your ARCnet card via the virtual
12551  arc0 device.  You need to say Y here to communicate with
12552  industry-standard RFC1201 implementations, like the arcether.com
12553  packet driver or most DOS/Windows ODI drivers.  Please read the
12554  ARCnet documentation in <file:Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt>
12555  for more information about using arc0.
12556
12557  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
12558  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12559  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
12560  will be called rfc1201.o.
12561
12562Enable raw mode packet interface
12563CONFIG_ARCNET_RAW
12564  ARCnet "raw mode" packet encapsulation, no soft headers.  Unlikely
12565  to work unless talking to a copy of the same Linux arcnet driver,
12566  but perhaps marginally faster in that case.
12567
12568  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
12569  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12570  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
12571  will be called arc-rawmode.o.
12572
12573ARCnet COM90xx (normal) chipset driver
12574CONFIG_ARCNET_COM90xx
12575  This is the chipset driver for the standard COM90xx cards. If you
12576  have always used the old ARCnet driver without knowing what type of
12577  card you had, this is probably the one for you.
12578
12579  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12580  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12581  The module will be called com90xx.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12582  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12583  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12584
12585ARCnet COM90xx (IO mapped) chipset driver
12586CONFIG_ARCNET_COM90xxIO
12587  This is the chipset driver for the COM90xx cards, using them in
12588  IO-mapped mode instead of memory-mapped mode. This is slower than
12589  the normal driver. Only use it if your card doesn't support shared
12590  memory.
12591
12592  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12593  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12594  The module will be called com90io.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12595  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12596  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12597
12598ARCnet COM90xx (RIM I) chipset driver
12599CONFIG_ARCNET_RIM_I
12600  This is yet another chipset driver for the COM90xx cards, but this
12601  time only using memory-mapped mode, and no IO ports at all. This
12602  driver is completely untested, so if you have one of these cards,
12603  please mail dwmw2@infradead.org, especially if it works!
12604
12605  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12606  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
12607  want). The module will be called arc-rimi.o.  If you want to compile
12608  it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>
12609  as  well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12610
12611ARCnet COM20020 chipset driver
12612CONFIG_ARCNET_COM20020
12613  This is the driver for the new COM20020 chipset. It supports such
12614  things as promiscuous mode, so packet sniffing is possible, and
12615  extra diagnostic information.
12616
12617  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12618  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12619  The module will be called com20020.o.  If you want to compile it as
12620  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as
12621  well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12622
12623Cabletron E21xx support
12624CONFIG_E2100
12625  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12626  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12627  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12628
12629  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12630  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12631  The module will be called e2100.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12632  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12633  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12634
12635Broadcom 4400 ethernet support (EXPERIMENTAL)
12636CONFIG_B44
12637  If you have a network (Ethernet) controller of this type, say Y and
12638  read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12639  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12640
12641  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
12642  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12643  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
12644  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.  The module will be
12645  called b44.
12646
12647nForce Ethernet support (EXPERIMENTAL)
12648CONFIG_FORCEDETH
12649  If you have a network (Ethernet) controller of this type, say Y and
12650  read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12651  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12652
12653  To compile this driver as a module, choose M here and read
12654  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.  The module will be
12655  called forcedeth.o.
12656
12657CS89x0 support (Daynaport CS and LC cards)
12658CONFIG_CS89x0
12659  Support for CS89x0 chipset based Ethernet cards. If you have a
12660  network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read the
12661  Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12662  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> as well as
12663  <file:Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt>.
12664
12665  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
12666  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12667  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
12668  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.  The module will be
12669  called cs89x.o.
12670
12671DEPCA, DE10x, DE200, DE201, DE202, DE422 support
12672CONFIG_DEPCA
12673  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12674  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12675  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> as well as
12676  <file:drivers/net/depca.c>.
12677
12678  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
12679  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12680  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
12681  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.  The module will be
12682  called
12683  depca.o.
12684
12685EtherWORKS 3 (DE203, DE204, DE205) support
12686CONFIG_EWRK3
12687  This driver supports the DE203, DE204 and DE205 network (Ethernet)
12688  cards. If this is for you, say Y and read
12689  <file:Documentation/networking/ewrk3.txt> in the kernel source as
12690  well as the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12691  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12692
12693  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
12694  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12695  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
12696  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.  The module will be
12697  called ewrk3.o.
12698
12699SEEQ8005 support
12700CONFIG_SEEQ8005
12701  This is a driver for the SEEQ 8005 network (Ethernet) card.  If this
12702  is for you, read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12703  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12704
12705  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
12706  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12707  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
12708  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.  The module will be
12709  called ewrk3.o.
12710
12711AT1700/1720 support
12712CONFIG_AT1700
12713  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12714  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12715  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12716
12717  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12718  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12719  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
12720  <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
12721  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.  The module will be
12722  called at1700.o.
12723
12724FMV-181/182/183/184 support
12725CONFIG_FMV18X
12726  If you have a Fujitsu FMV-181/182/183/184 network (Ethernet) card,
12727  say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12728  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12729
12730  If you use an FMV-183 or FMV-184 and it is not working, you may need
12731  to disable Plug & Play mode of the card.
12732
12733  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12734  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12735  The module will be called fmv18x.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12736  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12737  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12738
12739EtherExpressPro and EtherExpress 10 (i82595) support
12740CONFIG_EEXPRESS_PRO
12741  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y. This
12742  driver supports intel i82595{FX,TX} based boards. Note however
12743  that the EtherExpress PRO/100 Ethernet card has its own separate
12744  driver.  Please read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12745  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12746
12747  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12748  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12749  The module will be called eepro.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12750  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12751  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12752
12753EtherExpress 16 support
12754CONFIG_EEXPRESS
12755  If you have an EtherExpress16 network (Ethernet) card, say Y and
12756  read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12757  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  Note that the Intel
12758  EtherExpress16 card used to be regarded as a very poor choice
12759  because the driver was very unreliable. We now have a new driver
12760  that should do better.
12761
12762  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
12763  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12764  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
12765  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.  The module will be
12766  called eexpress.o.
12767
12768Packet Engines Hamachi GNIC-II support
12769CONFIG_HAMACHI
12770  If you have a Gigabit Ethernet card of this type, say Y and read
12771  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12772  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12773
12774  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
12775  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12776  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
12777  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.  The module will be
12778  called hamachi.o.
12779
12780HP PCLAN+ (27247B and 27252A) support
12781CONFIG_HPLAN_PLUS
12782  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12783  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12784  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12785
12786  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12787  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12788  The module will be called hp-plus.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12789  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12790  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12791
12792HP PCLAN (27245 and other 27xxx series) support
12793CONFIG_HPLAN
12794  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12795  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12796  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12797
12798  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12799  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12800  The module will be called hp.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12801  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12802  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12803
12804HP 10/100VG PCLAN (ISA, EISA, PCI) support
12805CONFIG_HP100
12806  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12807  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12808  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12809
12810  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
12811  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12812  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
12813  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.  The module will be
12814  called hp100.o.
12815
12816NE2000/NE1000 support
12817CONFIG_NE2000
12818  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12819  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12820  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  Many Ethernet cards
12821  without a specific driver are compatible with NE2000.
12822
12823  If you have a PCI NE2000 card however, say N here and Y to "PCI
12824  NE2000 support", above. If you have a NE2000 card and are running on
12825  an MCA system (a bus system used on some IBM PS/2 computers and
12826  laptops), say N here and Y to "NE/2 (ne2000 MCA version) support",
12827  below.
12828
12829  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12830  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12831  The module will be called ne.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12832  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12833  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12834
12835National Semiconductor DP8381x series PCI Ethernet support
12836CONFIG_NATSEMI
12837  This driver is for the National Semiconductor DP83810 series,
12838  which is used in cards from PureData, NetGear, Linksys
12839  and others, including the 83815 chip.
12840  More specific information and updates are available from
12841  <http://www.scyld.com/network/natsemi.html>.
12842
12843  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
12844  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12845  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
12846  will be called natsemi.o.
12847
12848NatSemi workaround for high errors
12849CONFIG_NATSEMI_CABLE_MAGIC
12850  Some systems see lots of errors with NatSemi ethernet controllers
12851  on certain cables.  If you are seeing lots of errors, try turning
12852  this option on.  Some boards have incorrect values for supporting
12853  resistors that can cause this change to break.  If you turn this
12854  option on and your network suddenly stops working, turn this
12855  option off.
12856
12857SK_G16 support
12858CONFIG_SK_G16
12859  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12860  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12861  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12862
12863NE/2 (ne2000 MCA version) support
12864CONFIG_NE2_MCA
12865  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12866  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12867  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12868
12869  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12870  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12871  The module will be called ne2.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12872  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12873  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12874
12875SKnet MCA support
12876CONFIG_SKMC
12877  These are Micro Channel Ethernet adapters. You need to say Y to "MCA
12878  support" in order to use this driver.  Supported cards are the SKnet
12879  Junior MC2 and the SKnet MC2(+).  The driver automatically
12880  distinguishes between the two cards. Note that using multiple boards
12881  of different type hasn't been tested with this driver.  Say Y if you
12882  have one of these Ethernet adapters.
12883
12884  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12885  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12886  The module is called sk_mca.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12887  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12888  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12889
12890IBM LAN Adapter/A support
12891CONFIG_IBMLANA
12892  This is a Micro Channel Ethernet adapter.  You need to set
12893  CONFIG_MCA to use this driver.  It is both available as an in-kernel
12894  driver and as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed
12895  from the running kernel whenever you want).  If you want to compile
12896  it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>
12897  as well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The only
12898  currently supported card is the IBM LAN Adapter/A for Ethernet.  It
12899  will both support 16K and 32K memory windows, however a 32K window
12900  gives a better security against packet losses.  Usage of multiple
12901  boards with this driver should be possible, but has not been tested
12902  up to now due to lack of hardware.
12903
12904  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
12905  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12906  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
12907  will be called ibmlana.o.
12908
12909EISA, VLB, PCI and on board controllers
12910CONFIG_NET_PCI
12911  This is another class of network cards which attach directly to the
12912  bus. If you have one of those, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
12913  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12914
12915  Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
12916  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
12917  the questions about this class of network cards. If you say Y, you
12918  will be asked for your specific card in the following questions. If
12919  you are unsure, say Y.
12920
12921AMD PCnet32 (VLB and PCI) support
12922CONFIG_PCNET32
12923  If you have a PCnet32 or PCnetPCI based network (Ethernet) card,
12924  answer Y here and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12925  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12926
12927  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12928  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12929  The module will be called pcnet32.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12930  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12931  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12932
12933AMD 8111 (new PCI lance) support
12934CONFIG_AMD8111_ETH
12935  If you have an AMD 8111-based PCI lance ethernet card,
12936  answer Y here and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12937  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12938
12939  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12940  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12941  The module will be called amd8111e.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12942  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12943  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12944
12945Ansel Communications EISA 3200 support
12946CONFIG_AC3200
12947  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12948  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12949  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12950
12951  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12952  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12953  The module will be called ac3200.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12954  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12955  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12956
12957Mylex EISA LNE390A/LNE390B support
12958CONFIG_LNE390
12959  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12960  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12961  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12962
12963  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12964  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12965  The module will be called lne390.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12966  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12967  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12968
12969Novell/Eagle/Microdyne NE3210 EISA support
12970CONFIG_NE3210
12971  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
12972  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12973  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  Note that this driver
12974  will NOT WORK for NE3200 cards as they are completely different.
12975
12976  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
12977  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
12978  The module will be called ne3210.o.  If you want to compile it as a
12979  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
12980  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
12981
12982Apricot Xen-II on board Ethernet
12983CONFIG_APRICOT
12984  If you have a network (Ethernet) controller of this type, say Y and
12985  read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
12986  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
12987
12988  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
12989  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12990  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
12991  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.  The module will be
12992  called apricot.o.
12993
12994Generic DECchip & DIGITAL EtherWORKS PCI/EISA
12995CONFIG_DE4X5
12996  This is support for the DIGITAL series of PCI/EISA Ethernet cards.
12997  These include the DE425, DE434, DE435, DE450 and DE500 models.  If
12998  you have a network card of this type, say Y and read the
12999  Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
13000  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. More specific
13001  information is contained in
13002  <file:Documentation/networking/de4x5.txt>.
13003
13004  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13005  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13006  The module will be called de4x5.o.  If you want to compile it as a
13007  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
13008  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
13009
13010DECchip Tulip (dc21x4x) PCI support
13011CONFIG_TULIP
13012  This driver is developed for the SMC EtherPower series Ethernet
13013  cards and also works with cards based on the DECchip
13014  21040/21041/21140 (Tulip series) chips.  Some LinkSys PCI cards are
13015  of this type.  (If your card is NOT SMC EtherPower 10/100 PCI
13016  (smc9332dst), you can also try the driver for "Generic DECchip"
13017  cards, above.  However, most people with a network card of this type
13018  will say Y here.) Do read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
13019  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  More specific
13020  information is contained in
13021  <file:Documentation/networking/tulip.txt>.
13022
13023  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13024  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13025  The module will be called tulip.o.  If you want to compile it as a
13026  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
13027  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
13028
13029Use PCI shared memory for NIC registers
13030CONFIG_TULIP_MMIO
13031  Use PCI shared memory for the NIC registers, rather than going through
13032  the Tulip's PIO (programmed I/O ports).  Faster, but could produce
13033  obscure bugs if your mainboard has memory controller timing issues.
13034  If in doubt, say N.
13035
13036Digi Intl. RightSwitch SE-X support
13037CONFIG_DGRS
13038  This is support for the Digi International RightSwitch series of
13039  PCI/EISA Ethernet switch cards. These include the SE-4 and the SE-6
13040  models.  If you have a network card of this type, say Y and read the
13041  Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
13042  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.  More specific
13043  information is contained in <file:Documentation/networking/dgrs.txt>.
13044
13045  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13046  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13047  The module will be called dgrs.o.  If you want to compile it as a
13048  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
13049  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
13050
13051EtherExpress Pro/100 support
13052CONFIG_EEPRO100
13053  If you have an Intel EtherExpress PRO/100 PCI network (Ethernet)
13054  card, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
13055  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
13056
13057  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13058  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13059  The module will be called eepro100.o.  If you want to compile it as
13060  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as
13061  well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
13062
13063Use PIO instead of MMIO
13064CONFIG_EEPRO100_PIO
13065  This instructs the driver to use programmed I/O ports (PIO) instead
13066  of PCI shared memory (MMIO).  This can possibly solve some problems
13067  in case your mainboard has memory consistency issues.  If unsure,
13068  say N.
13069
13070Enable Power Management
13071CONFIG_EEPRO100_PM
13072  Many Intel EtherExpress PRO/100 PCI network cards are capable
13073  of providing power management capabilities.  To make use of these
13074  capabilities, say Y.
13075
13076  WARNING:  This option is intended for kernel developers and testers.
13077  It is still very experimental, with some people reporting complete
13078  lockups.
13079
13080  It is recommended to say N here.
13081
13082Myson MTD-8xx PCI Ethernet support
13083CONFIG_FEALNX
13084  Say Y here to support the Mysom MTD-800 family of PCI-based Ethernet
13085  cards. Specifications and data at
13086  <http://www.myson.com.hk/mtd/datasheet/>.
13087
13088  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
13089  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
13090  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
13091  will be called fealnx.o.
13092
13093LP486E on board Ethernet
13094CONFIG_LP486E
13095  Say Y here to support the 82596-based on-board Ethernet controller
13096  for the Panther motherboard, which is one of the two shipped in the
13097  Intel Professional Workstation.
13098
13099  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
13100  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
13101  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
13102  will be called lp486e.o.
13103
13104ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 support
13105CONFIG_ETH16I
13106  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
13107  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
13108  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
13109
13110  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13111  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13112  The module will be called eth16i.o.  If you want to compile it as a
13113  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
13114  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
13115
13116TI ThunderLAN support
13117CONFIG_TLAN
13118  If you have a PCI Ethernet network card based on the ThunderLAN chip
13119  which is supported by this driver, say Y and read the
13120  Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
13121  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
13122
13123  Devices currently supported by this driver are Compaq Netelligent,
13124  Compaq NetFlex and Olicom cards.  Please read the file
13125  <file:Documentation/networking/tlan.txt> for more details.
13126
13127  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13128  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13129  The module will be called tlan.o.  If you want to compile it as a
13130  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
13131  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
13132
13133  Please email feedback to  torben.mathiasen@compaq.com.
13134
13135VIA Rhine support
13136CONFIG_VIA_RHINE
13137  If you have a VIA "rhine" based network card (Rhine-I (3043) or
13138  Rhine-2 (VT86c100A)), say Y here.
13139
13140  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13141  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13142  The module will be called via-rhine.o.  If you want to compile it as
13143  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as
13144  well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
13145
13146VIA Rhine MMIO support (EXPERIMENTAL)
13147CONFIG_VIA_RHINE_MMIO
13148  This instructs the driver to use PCI shared memory (MMIO) instead of
13149  programmed I/O ports (PIO). Enabling this gives an improvement in
13150  processing time in parts of the driver.
13151
13152  It is not known if this works reliably on all "rhine" based cards,
13153  but it has been tested successfully on some DFE-530TX adapters.
13154
13155  If unsure, say N.
13156
13157Davicom DM910x/DM980x support
13158CONFIG_DM9102
13159  This driver is for DM9102(A)/DM9132/DM9801 compatible PCI cards from
13160  Davicom (<http://www.davicom.com.tw/>).  If you have such a network
13161  (Ethernet) card, say Y.  Some information is contained in the file
13162  <file:Documentation/networking/dmfe.txt>.
13163
13164  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13165  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13166  The module will be called dmfe.o.  If you want to compile it as a
13167  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
13168  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
13169
13170Racal-Interlan EISA ES3210 support
13171CONFIG_ES3210
13172  If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
13173  the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
13174  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
13175
13176  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13177  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13178  The module will be called es3210.o.  If you want to compile it as a
13179  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
13180  as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.
13181
13182SMC EtherPower II
13183CONFIG_EPIC100
13184  This driver is for the SMC EtherPower II 9432 PCI Ethernet NIC,
13185  which is based on the SMC83c17x (EPIC/100).
13186  More specific information and updates are available from
13187  <http://www.scyld.com/network/epic100.html>.
13188
13189  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
13190  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
13191  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
13192  will be called epic100.o.
13193
13194DEC LANCE Ethernet controller support
13195CONFIG_DECLANCE
13196  This driver is for the series of Ethernet controllers produced by
13197  DEC (now Compaq) based on the AMD Lance chipset, including the
13198  DEPCA series.  (This chipset is better known via the NE2100 cards.)
13199
13200SGI Seeq Ethernet controller support
13201CONFIG_SGISEEQ
13202  Say Y here if you have an Seeq based Ethernet network card. This is
13203  used in many Silicon Graphics machines.
13204
13205Sundance Alta PCI Ethernet support
13206CONFIG_SUNDANCE
13207  This driver is for the Sundance "Alta" chip.
13208  More specific information and updates are available from
13209  <http://www.scyld.com/network/sundance.html>.
13210
13211  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
13212  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
13213  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
13214  will be called sundance.o.
13215
13216Sundance Alta memory-mapped I/O support
13217CONFIG_SUNDANCE_MMIO
13218  Enable memory-mapped I/O for interaction with Sundance NIC registers.
13219  Do NOT enable this by default, PIO (enabled when MMIO is disabled)
13220  is known to solve bugs on certain chips.
13221
13222  If unsure, say N.
13223
13224Sun3/Sun3x on-board LANCE support
13225CONFIG_SUN3LANCE
13226  Most Sun3 and Sun3x motherboards (including the 3/50, 3/60 and 3/80)
13227  featured an AMD Lance 10Mbit Ethernet controller on board; say Y
13228  here to compile in the Linux driver for this and enable Ethernet.
13229  General Linux information on the Sun 3 and 3x series (now
13230  discontinued) is at
13231  <http://www.angelfire.com/ca2/tech68k/sun3.html>.
13232
13233  If you're not building a kernel for a Sun 3, say N.
13234
13235Sun3 on-board Intel 82586 support
13236CONFIG_SUN3_82586
13237  This driver enables support for the on-board Intel 82586 based
13238  Ethernet adapter found on Sun 3/1xx and 3/2xx motherboards.  Note
13239  that this driver does not support 82586-based adapters on additional
13240  VME boards.
13241
13242Winbond W89c840 PCI Ethernet support
13243CONFIG_WINBOND_840
13244  This driver is for the Winbond W89c840 chip.  It also works with
13245  the TX9882 chip on the Compex RL100-ATX board.
13246  More specific information and updates are available from
13247  <http://www.scyld.com/network/drivers.html>.
13248
13249Zenith Z-Note support
13250CONFIG_ZNET
13251  The Zenith Z-Note notebook computer has a built-in network
13252  (Ethernet) card, and this is the Linux driver for it. Note that the
13253  IBM Thinkpad 300 is compatible with the Z-Note and is also supported
13254  by this driver. Read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
13255  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
13256
13257Philips SAA9730 Ethernet support
13258CONFIG_LAN_SAA9730
13259  The SAA9730 is a combined multimedia and peripheral controller used
13260  in thin clients, Internet access terminals, and diskless
13261  workstations.
13262  See <http://www.semiconductors.philips.com/pip/SAA9730_flyer_1>.
13263
13264Pocket and portable adapters
13265CONFIG_NET_POCKET
13266  Cute little network (Ethernet) devices which attach to the parallel
13267  port ("pocket adapters"), commonly used with laptops. If you have
13268  one of those, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
13269  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
13270
13271  If you want to plug a network (or some other) card into the PCMCIA
13272  (or PC-card) slot of your laptop instead (PCMCIA is the standard for
13273  credit card size extension cards used by all modern laptops), you
13274  need the pcmcia-cs package (location contained in the file
13275  <file:Documentation/Changes>) and you can say N here.
13276
13277  Laptop users should read the Linux Laptop home page at
13278  <http://www.cs.utexas.edu/users/kharker/linux-laptop/>.
13279
13280  Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
13281  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
13282  the questions about this class of network devices. If you say Y, you
13283  will be asked for your specific device in the following questions.
13284
13285AT-LAN-TEC/RealTek pocket adapter support
13286CONFIG_ATP
13287  This is a network (Ethernet) device which attaches to your parallel
13288  port. Read <file:drivers/net/atp.c> as well as the Ethernet-HOWTO,
13289  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, if you
13290  want to use this.  If you intend to use this driver, you should have
13291  said N to the "Parallel printer support", because the two drivers
13292  don't like each other.
13293
13294  If you want to compile this driver as a module however ( = code
13295  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
13296  whenever you want), say M here and read
13297  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called atp.o.
13298
13299D-Link DE600 pocket adapter support
13300CONFIG_DE600
13301  This is a network (Ethernet) device which attaches to your parallel
13302  port. Read <file:Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt> as well as the
13303  Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
13304  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, if you want to use
13305  this. It is possible to have several devices share a single parallel
13306  port and it is safe to compile the corresponding drivers into the
13307  kernel.
13308
13309  If you want to compile this driver as a module however ( = code
13310  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
13311  whenever you want), say M here and read
13312  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13313  The module will be called de600.o.
13314
13315D-Link DE620 pocket adapter support
13316CONFIG_DE620
13317  This is a network (Ethernet) device which attaches to your parallel
13318  port. Read <file:Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt> as well as the
13319  Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
13320  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, if you want to use
13321  this. It is possible to have several devices share a single parallel
13322  port and it is safe to compile the corresponding drivers into the
13323  kernel.
13324
13325  If you want to compile this driver as a module however ( = code
13326  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
13327  whenever you want), say M here and read
13328  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13329  The module will be called de620.o.
13330
13331Token Ring driver support
13332CONFIG_TR
13333  Token Ring is IBM's way of communication on a local network; the
13334  rest of the world uses Ethernet. To participate on a Token Ring
13335  network, you need a special Token ring network card. If you are
13336  connected to such a Token Ring network and want to use your Token
13337  Ring card under Linux, say Y here and to the driver for your
13338  particular card below and read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO, available
13339  from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Most people can
13340  say N here.
13341
13342IBM Tropic chipset based adapter support
13343CONFIG_IBMTR
13344  This is support for all IBM Token Ring cards that don't use DMA. If
13345  you have such a beast, say Y and read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO,
13346  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
13347
13348  Warning: this driver will almost definitely fail if more than one
13349  active Token Ring card is present.
13350
13351  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13352  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13353  The module will be called ibmtr.o. If you want to compile it as a
13354  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13355
13356IBM Olympic chipset PCI adapter support
13357CONFIG_IBMOL
13358  This is support for all non-Lanstreamer IBM PCI Token Ring Cards.
13359  Specifically this is all IBM PCI, PCI Wake On Lan, PCI II, PCI II
13360  Wake On Lan, and PCI 100/16/4 adapters.
13361
13362  If you have such an adapter, say Y and read the Token-Ring
13363  mini-HOWTO, available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
13364
13365  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13366  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13367  The module will be called olympic.o. If you want to compile it
13368  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13369
13370  Also read <file:Documentation/networking/olympic.txt> or check the
13371  Linux Token Ring Project site for the latest information at
13372  <http://www.linuxtr.net/>.
13373
13374IBM Lanstreamer chipset PCI adapter support
13375CONFIG_IBMLS
13376  This is support for IBM Lanstreamer PCI Token Ring Cards.
13377
13378  If you have such an adapter, say Y and read the Token-Ring
13379  mini-HOWTO, available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
13380
13381  This driver is also available as a modules ( = code which can be
13382  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13383  The modules will be called lanstreamer.o. If you want to compile it
13384  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13385
13386Generic TMS380 Token Ring ISA/PCI/MCA/EISA adapter support
13387CONFIG_TMS380TR
13388  This driver provides generic support for token ring adapters
13389  based on the Texas Instruments TMS380 series chipsets.  This
13390  includes the SysKonnect TR4/16(+) ISA (SK-4190), SysKonnect
13391  TR4/16(+) PCI (SK-4590), SysKonnect TR4/16 PCI (SK-4591),
13392  Compaq 4/16 PCI, Thomas-Conrad TC4048 4/16 PCI, and several
13393  Madge adapters.  If you say Y here, you will be asked to select
13394  which cards to support below.  If you're using modules, each
13395  class of card will be supported by a separate module.
13396
13397  If you have such an adapter and would like to use it, say Y and
13398  read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO, available from
13399  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
13400
13401  Also read the file <file:Documentation/networking/tms380tr.txt> or
13402  check <http://www.auk.cx/tms380tr/>.
13403
13404  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13405  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13406  The module will be called tms380tr.o. If you want to compile it
13407  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13408
13409Generic TMS380 PCI support
13410CONFIG_TMSPCI
13411  This tms380 module supports generic TMS380-based PCI cards.
13412
13413  These cards are known to work:
13414     - Compaq 4/16 TR PCI
13415     - SysKonnect TR4/16 PCI (SK-4590/SK-4591)
13416     - Thomas-Conrad TC4048 PCI 4/16
13417     - 3Com Token Link Velocity
13418
13419  This driver is available as a module ( = code which can be
13420  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13421  The module will be called tmspci.o. If you want to compile it
13422  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13423
13424Generic TMS380 ISA support
13425CONFIG_TMSISA
13426  This tms380 module supports generic TMS380-based ISA cards.
13427
13428  These cards are known to work:
13429     - SysKonnect TR4/16 ISA (SK-4190)
13430
13431  This driver is available as a module ( = code which can be
13432  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13433  The module will be called tmsisa.o. If you want to compile it
13434  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13435
13436Madge Smart 16/4 PCI Mk2 support
13437CONFIG_ABYSS
13438  This tms380 module supports the Madge Smart 16/4 PCI Mk2
13439  cards (51-02).
13440
13441  This driver is available as a module ( = code which can be
13442  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13443  The module will be called abyss.o. If you want to compile it
13444  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13445
13446Madge Smart 16/4 Ringnode MicroChannel
13447CONFIG_MADGEMC
13448  This tms380 module supports the Madge Smart 16/4 MC16 and MC32
13449  MicroChannel adapters.
13450
13451  This driver is available as a module ( = code which can be
13452  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13453  The module will be called madgemc.o. If you want to compile it
13454  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13455
13456SMC ISA/MCA Token Ring adapter support
13457CONFIG_SMCTR
13458  This is support for the ISA and MCA SMC Token Ring cards,
13459  specifically SMC TokenCard Elite (8115T) and SMC TokenCard Elite/A
13460  (8115T/A) adapters.
13461
13462  If you have such an adapter and would like to use it, say Y or M and
13463  read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO, available from
13464  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> and the file
13465  <file:Documentation/networking/smctr.txt>.
13466
13467  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13468  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13469  The module will be called smctr.o. If you want to compile it
13470  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13471
134723COM 3C359 Token Link Velocity XL PCI adapter support
13473CONFIG_3C359
13474  This is support for the 3Com PCI Velocity XL cards, specifically
13475  the 3Com 3C359, please note this is not for the 3C339 cards, you
13476  should use the tms380 driver instead.
13477
13478  If you have such an adapter, say Y and read the Token-Ring
13479  mini-HOWTO, available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
13480
13481  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13482  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13483  The module will will be called 3c359.o. If you want to compile it
13484  as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
13485
13486  Also read the file <file:Documentation/networking/3c359.txt> or check the
13487  Linux Token Ring Project site for the latest information at
13488  <http://www.linuxtr.net>
13489
13490Sun Happy Meal 10/100baseT support
13491CONFIG_HAPPYMEAL
13492  This driver supports the "hme" interface present on most Ultra
13493  systems and as an option on older Sbus systems. This driver supports
13494  both PCI and Sbus devices. This driver also supports the "qfe" quad
13495  100baseT device available in both PCI and Sbus configurations.
13496
13497  This support is also available as a module called sunhme.o ( = code
13498  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
13499  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
13500  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13501
13502Sun Lance support
13503CONFIG_SUNLANCE
13504  This driver supports the "le" interface present on all 32-bit Sparc
13505  systems, on some older Ultra systems and as an Sbus option.  These
13506  cards are based on the AMD Lance chipset, which is better known
13507  via the NE2100 cards.
13508
13509  This support is also available as a module called sunlance.o ( =
13510  code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
13511  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
13512  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13513
13514Sun BigMAC 10/100baseT support
13515CONFIG_SUNBMAC
13516  This driver supports the "be" interface available as an Sbus option.
13517  This is Sun's older 100baseT Ethernet device.
13518
13519  This support is also available as a module called sunbmac.o ( = code
13520  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
13521  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
13522  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13523
13524Sun QuadEthernet support
13525CONFIG_SUNQE
13526  This driver supports the "qe" 10baseT Ethernet device, available as
13527  an Sbus option. Note that this is not the same as Quad FastEthernet
13528  "qfe" which is supported by the Happy Meal driver instead.
13529
13530  This support is also available as a module called sunqe.o ( = code
13531  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
13532  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
13533  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13534
13535Traffic Shaper
13536CONFIG_SHAPER
13537  The traffic shaper is a virtual network device that allows you to
13538  limit the rate of outgoing data flow over some other network device.
13539  The traffic that you want to slow down can then be routed through
13540  these virtual devices. See
13541  <file:Documentation/networking/shaper.txt> for more information.
13542
13543  An alternative to this traffic shaper is the experimental
13544  Class-Based Queueing (CBQ) scheduling support which you get if you
13545  say Y to "QoS and/or fair queueing" above.
13546
13547  To set up and configure shaper devices, you need the shapecfg
13548  program, available from <ftp://shadow.cabi.net/pub/Linux/> in the
13549  shaper package.
13550
13551  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13552  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13553  The module will be called shaper.o.  If you want to compile it as a
13554  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If
13555  unsure, say N.
13556
13557FDDI driver support
13558CONFIG_FDDI
13559  Fiber Distributed Data Interface is a high speed local area network
13560  design; essentially a replacement for high speed Ethernet. FDDI can
13561  run over copper or fiber. If you are connected to such a network and
13562  want a driver for the FDDI card in your computer, say Y here (and
13563  then also Y to the driver for your FDDI card, below). Most people
13564  will say N.
13565
13566Digital DEFTA/DEFEA/DEFPA adapter support
13567CONFIG_DEFXX
13568  This is support for the DIGITAL series of TURBOchannel (DEFTA), EISA
13569  (DEFEA) and PCI (DEFPA) controllers which can connect you to a local
13570  FDDI network.
13571
13572  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
13573  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
13574  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
13575  will be called defxx.o.
13576
13577SysKonnect FDDI PCI support
13578CONFIG_SKFP
13579  Say Y here if you have a SysKonnect FDDI PCI adapter.
13580  The following adapters are supported by this driver:
13581  - SK-5521 (SK-NET FDDI-UP)
13582  - SK-5522 (SK-NET FDDI-UP DAS)
13583  - SK-5541 (SK-NET FDDI-FP)
13584  - SK-5543 (SK-NET FDDI-LP)
13585  - SK-5544 (SK-NET FDDI-LP DAS)
13586  - SK-5821 (SK-NET FDDI-UP64)
13587  - SK-5822 (SK-NET FDDI-UP64 DAS)
13588  - SK-5841 (SK-NET FDDI-FP64)
13589  - SK-5843 (SK-NET FDDI-LP64)
13590  - SK-5844 (SK-NET FDDI-LP64 DAS)
13591  - Netelligent 100 FDDI DAS Fibre SC
13592  - Netelligent 100 FDDI SAS Fibre SC
13593  - Netelligent 100 FDDI DAS UTP
13594  - Netelligent 100 FDDI SAS UTP
13595  - Netelligent 100 FDDI SAS Fibre MIC
13596
13597  Read <file:Documentation/networking/skfp.txt> for information about
13598  the driver.
13599
13600  Questions concerning this driver can be addressed to:
13601    linux@syskonnect.de
13602
13603  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
13604  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
13605  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  This is
13606  recommended.  The module will be called skfp.o.
13607
13608HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI) support
13609CONFIG_HIPPI
13610  HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI) is a 800Mbit/sec and
13611  1600Mbit/sec dual-simplex switched or point-to-point network. HIPPI
13612  can run over copper (25m) or fiber (300m on multi-mode or 10km on
13613  single-mode). HIPPI networks are commonly used for clusters and to
13614  connect to super computers. If you are connected to a HIPPI network
13615  and have a HIPPI network card in your computer that you want to use
13616  under Linux, say Y here (you must also remember to enable the driver
13617  for your HIPPI card below). Most people will say N here.
13618
13619IBM PowerPC Virtual Ethernet driver support
13620CONFIG_IBMVETH
13621  This driver supports virtual ethernet adapters on newer IBM iSeries
13622  and pSeries systems.
13623
13624  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
13625  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
13626  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
13627  will be called ibmveth.o.
13628
13629Essential RoadRunner HIPPI PCI adapter support
13630CONFIG_ROADRUNNER
13631  Say Y here if this is your PCI HIPPI network card.
13632
13633  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13634  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13635  The module will be called rrunner.o. If you want to compile it as a
13636  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If
13637  unsure, say N.
13638
13639Use large TX/RX rings
13640CONFIG_ROADRUNNER_LARGE_RINGS
13641  If you say Y here, the RoadRunner driver will preallocate up to 2 MB
13642  of additional memory to allow for fastest operation, both for
13643  transmitting and receiving. This memory cannot be used by any other
13644  kernel code or by user space programs. Say Y here only if you have
13645  the memory.
13646
13647Acorn Ether1 support
13648CONFIG_ARM_ETHER1
13649  If you have an Acorn system with one of these (AKA25) network cards,
13650  you should say Y to this option if you wish to use it with Linux.
13651
13652Acorn/ANT Ether3 support
13653CONFIG_ARM_ETHER3
13654  If you have an Acorn system with one of these network cards, you
13655  should say Y to this option if you wish to use it with Linux.
13656
13657I-Cubed EtherH support
13658CONFIG_ARM_ETHERH
13659  If you have an Acorn system with one of these network cards, you
13660  should say Y to this option if you wish to use it with Linux.
13661
13662EBSA-110 Ethernet interface (AM79C961A)
13663CONFIG_ARM_AM79C961A
13664  If you wish to compile a kernel for the EBSA-110, then you should
13665  always answer Y to this.
13666
13667Support Thumb instructions
13668CONFIG_ARM_THUMB
13669  Say Y if you want to have kernel support for ARM Thumb instructions,
13670  fault handlers, and system calls.
13671
13672  The Thumb instruction set is a compressed form of the standard ARM
13673  instruction set resulting in smaller binaries at the expense of
13674  slightly less efficient code.
13675
13676  If you don't know what this all is, saying Y is a safe choice.
13677
13678Support CD-ROM drives that are not SCSI or IDE/ATAPI
13679CONFIG_CD_NO_IDESCSI
13680  If you have a CD-ROM drive that is neither SCSI nor IDE/ATAPI, say Y
13681  here, otherwise N. Read the CD-ROM-HOWTO, available from
13682  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
13683
13684  Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
13685  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
13686  the questions about these CD-ROM drives. If you are unsure what you
13687  have, say Y and find out whether you have one of the following
13688  drives.
13689
13690  For each of these drivers, a file Documentation/cdrom/{driver_name}
13691  exists. Especially in cases where you do not know exactly which kind
13692  of drive you have you should read there. Most of these drivers use a
13693  file drivers/cdrom/{driver_name}.h where you can define your
13694  interface parameters and switch some internal goodies.
13695
13696  All these CD-ROM drivers are also usable as a module ( = code which
13697  can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
13698  want). If you want to compile them as module, say M instead of Y and
13699  read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13700
13701  If you want to use any of these CD-ROM drivers, you also have to
13702  answer Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system support" below (this
13703  answer will get "defaulted" for you if you enable any of the Linux
13704  CD-ROM drivers).
13705
13706Sony CDU31A/CDU33A CD-ROM support
13707CONFIG_CDU31A
13708  These CD-ROM drives have a spring-pop-out caddyless drawer, and a
13709  rectangular green LED centered beneath it.  NOTE: these CD-ROM
13710  drives will not be auto detected by the kernel at boot time; you
13711  have to provide the interface address as an option to the kernel at
13712  boot time as described in <file:Documentation/cdrom/cdu31a> or fill
13713  in your parameters into <file:drivers/cdrom/cdu31a.c>.  Try "man
13714  bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or
13715  loadlin) about how to pass options to the kernel.
13716
13717  If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM
13718  file system support" below, because that's the file system used on
13719  CD-ROMs.
13720
13721  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13722  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13723  The module will be called cdu31a.o.  If you want to compile it as a
13724  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13725
13726Standard Mitsumi [no XA/Multisession] CD-ROM support
13727CONFIG_MCD
13728  This is the older of the two drivers for the older Mitsumi models
13729  LU-005, FX-001 and FX-001D. This is not the right driver for the
13730  FX-001DE and the triple or quad speed models (all these are
13731  IDE/ATAPI models). Please also the file
13732  <file:Documentation/cdrom/mcd>.
13733
13734  With the old LU-005 model, the whole drive chassis slides out for cd
13735  insertion. The FX-xxx models use a motorized tray type mechanism.
13736  Note that this driver does not support XA or MultiSession CDs
13737  (PhotoCDs). There is a new driver (next question) which can do
13738  this. If you want that one, say N here.
13739
13740  If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM
13741  file system support" below, because that's the file system used on
13742  CD-ROMs.
13743
13744  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13745  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13746  The module will be called mcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
13747  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13748
13749IRQ channel for Mitsumi CD-ROM
13750CONFIG_MCD_IRQ
13751  This allows you to specify the default value of the IRQ used by the
13752  driver. This setting can be overridden by passing the "mcd="
13753  parameter to the kernel at boot time (or at module load time if you
13754  said M to "Standard Mitsumi CD-ROM support").
13755
13756I/O base address for Mitsumi CD-ROM
13757CONFIG_MCD_BASE
13758  This allows you to specify the default value of the I/O base address
13759  used by the driver. This setting can be overridden by passing the
13760  "mcd=" parameter to the kernel at boot time (or at module load time
13761  if you said M to "Standard Mitsumi CD-ROM support").
13762
13763Mitsumi [XA/MultiSession] CD-ROM support
13764CONFIG_MCDX
13765  Use this driver if you want to be able to read XA or MultiSession
13766  CDs (PhotoCDs) as well as ordinary CDs with your Mitsumi LU-005,
13767  FX-001 or FX-001D CD-ROM drive. In addition, this driver uses much
13768  less kernel memory than the old one, if that is a concern. This
13769  driver is able to support more than one drive, but each drive needs
13770  a separate interface card. Please read the file
13771  <file:Documentation/cdrom/mcdx>.
13772
13773  If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM
13774  file system support" below, because that's the file system used on
13775  CD-ROMs.
13776
13777  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13778  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13779  The module will be called mcdx.o. If you want to compile it as a
13780  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13781
13782Matsushita/Panasonic/Creative, Longshine, TEAC CD-ROM support
13783CONFIG_SBPCD
13784  This driver supports most of the drives which use the Panasonic or
13785  Sound Blaster interface.  Please read the file
13786  <file:Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd>.
13787
13788  The Matsushita CR-521, CR-522, CR-523, CR-562, CR-563 drives
13789  (sometimes labeled "Creative"), the Creative Labs CD200, the
13790  Longshine LCS-7260, the "IBM External ISA CD-ROM" (in fact a CR-56x
13791  model), the TEAC CD-55A fall under this category.  Some other
13792  "electrically compatible" drives (Vertos, Genoa, some Funai models)
13793  are currently not supported; for the Sanyo H94A drive currently a
13794  separate driver (asked later) is responsible.  Most drives have a
13795  uniquely shaped faceplate, with a caddyless motorized drawer, but
13796  without external brand markings.  The older CR-52x drives have a
13797  caddy and manual loading/eject, but still no external markings.  The
13798  driver is able to do an extended auto-probing for interface
13799  addresses and drive types; this can help to find facts in cases you
13800  are not sure, but can consume some time during the boot process if
13801  none of the supported drives gets found.  Once your drive got found,
13802  you should enter the reported parameters into
13803  <file:drivers/cdrom/sbpcd.h> and set "DISTRIBUTION 0" there.
13804
13805  This driver can support up to four CD-ROM controller cards, and each
13806  card can support up to four CD-ROM drives; if you say Y here, you
13807  will be asked how many controller cards you have.  If compiled as a
13808  module, only one controller card (but with up to four drives) is
13809  usable.
13810
13811  If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM
13812  file system support" below, because that's the file system used on
13813  CD-ROMs.
13814
13815  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13816  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13817  The module will be called sbpcd.o.  If you want to compile it as a
13818  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13819
13820Matsushita/Panasonic, ... second CD-ROM controller support
13821CONFIG_SBPCD2
13822  Say Y here only if you have two CD-ROM controller cards of this type
13823  (usually only if you have more than four drives).  You should enter
13824  the parameters for the second, third and fourth interface card into
13825  <file:drivers/cdrom/sbpcd.h> before compiling the new kernel.  Read
13826  the file <file:Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd>.
13827
13828Matsushita/Panasonic, ... third CD-ROM controller support
13829CONFIG_SBPCD3
13830  Say Y here only if you have three CD-ROM controller cards of this
13831  type (usually only if you have more than six drives).  You should
13832  enter the parameters for the second, third and fourth interface card
13833  into <file:include/linux/sbpcd.h> before compiling the new kernel.
13834  Read the file <file:Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd>.
13835
13836Matsushita/Panasonic, ... fourth CD-ROM controller support
13837CONFIG_SBPCD4
13838  Say Y here only if you have four CD-ROM controller cards of this
13839  type (usually only if you have more than eight drives).  You should
13840  enter the parameters for the second, third and fourth interface card
13841  into <file:include/linux/sbpcd.h> before compiling the new kernel.
13842  Read the file <file:Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd>.
13843
13844Aztech/Orchid/Okano/Wearnes/TXC/CyDROM CD-ROM support
13845CONFIG_AZTCD
13846  This is your driver if you have an Aztech CDA268-01A, Orchid
13847  CD-3110, Okano or Wearnes CDD110, Conrad TXC, or CyCD-ROM CR520 or
13848  CR540 CD-ROM drive.  This driver -- just like all these CD-ROM
13849  drivers -- is NOT for CD-ROM drives with IDE/ATAPI interfaces, such
13850  as Aztech CDA269-031SE. Please read the file
13851  <file:Documentation/cdrom/aztcd>.
13852
13853  If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM
13854  file system support" below, because that's the file system used on
13855  CD-ROMs.
13856
13857  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13858  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13859  The module will be called aztcd.o.  If you want to compile it as a
13860  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13861
13862Sony CDU535 CD-ROM support
13863CONFIG_CDU535
13864  This is the driver for the older Sony CDU-535 and CDU-531 CD-ROM
13865  drives. Please read the file <file:Documentation/cdrom/sonycd535>.
13866
13867  If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM
13868  file system support" below, because that's the file system used on
13869  CD-ROMs.
13870
13871  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13872  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13873  The module will be called sonycd535.o. If you want to compile it as
13874  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13875
13876Goldstar R420 CD-ROM support
13877CONFIG_GSCD
13878  If this is your CD-ROM drive, say Y here.  As described in the file
13879  <file:Documentation/cdrom/gscd>, you might have to change a setting
13880  in the file <file:drivers/cdrom/gscd.h> before compiling the
13881  kernel.  Please read the file <file:Documentation/cdrom/gscd>.
13882
13883  If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM
13884  file system support" below, because that's the file system used on
13885  CD-ROMs.
13886
13887  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13888  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13889  The module will be called gscd.o.  If you want to compile it as a
13890  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13891
13892Philips/LMS CM206 CD-ROM support
13893CONFIG_CM206
13894  If you have a Philips/LMS CD-ROM drive cm206 in combination with a
13895  cm260 host adapter card, say Y here. Please also read the file
13896  <file:Documentation/cdrom/cm206>.
13897
13898  If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM
13899  file system support" below, because that's the file system used on
13900  CD-ROMs.
13901
13902  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13903  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13904  The module will be called cm206.o. If you want to compile it as a
13905  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13906
13907Optics Storage DOLPHIN 8000AT CD-ROM support
13908CONFIG_OPTCD
13909  This is the driver for the 'DOLPHIN' drive with a 34-pin Sony
13910  compatible interface. It also works with the Lasermate CR328A. If
13911  you have one of those, say Y. This driver does not work for the
13912  Optics Storage 8001 drive; use the IDE-ATAPI CD-ROM driver for that
13913  one. Please read the file <file:Documentation/cdrom/optcd>.
13914
13915  If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM
13916  file system support" below, because that's the file system used on
13917  CD-ROMs.
13918
13919  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13920  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13921  The module will be called optcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
13922  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13923
13924Sanyo CDR-H94A CD-ROM support
13925CONFIG_SJCD
13926  If this is your CD-ROM drive, say Y here and read the file
13927  <file:Documentation/cdrom/sjcd>. You should then also say Y or M to
13928  "ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system support" below, because that's the
13929  file system used on CD-ROMs.
13930
13931  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13932  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13933  The module will be called sjcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
13934  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13935
13936ISP16/MAD16/Mozart soft configurable cdrom interface support
13937CONFIG_ISP16_CDI
13938  These are sound cards with built-in cdrom interfaces using the OPTi
13939  82C928 or 82C929 chips. Say Y here to have them detected and
13940  possibly configured at boot time. In addition, You'll have to say Y
13941  to a driver for the particular cdrom drive you have attached to the
13942  card. Read <file:Documentation/cdrom/isp16> for details.
13943
13944  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13945  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13946  The module will be called isp16.o. If you want to compile it as a
13947  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
13948
13949iSeries Virtual I/O CD Support
13950CONFIG_VIOCD
13951  If you are running Linux on an IBM iSeries system and you want to
13952  read a CD drive owned by OS/400, say Y here.
13953
13954Quota support
13955CONFIG_QUOTA
13956  If you say Y here, you will be able to set per user limits for disk
13957  usage (also called disk quotas). Currently, it works only for the
13958  ext2 file system. You need additional software in order to use quota
13959  support (you can download sources from
13960  <http://www.sf.net/projects/linuxquota/>). For further details, read
13961  the Quota mini-HOWTO, available from
13962  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Probably the quota
13963  support is only useful for multi user systems. If unsure, say N.
13964
13965VFS v0 quota format support
13966CONFIG_QFMT_V2
13967  This quota format allows using quotas with 32-bit UIDs/GIDs. If you
13968  need this functionality say Y here. Note that you will need latest
13969  quota utilities for new quota format with this kernel.
13970
13971Memory Technology Device (MTD) support
13972CONFIG_MTD
13973  Memory Technology Devices are flash, RAM and similar chips, often
13974  used for solid state file systems on embedded devices. This option
13975  will provide the generic support for MTD drivers to register
13976  themselves with the kernel and for potential users of MTD devices
13977  to enumerate the devices which are present and obtain a handle on
13978  them. It will also allow you to select individual drivers for
13979  particular hardware and users of MTD devices. If unsure, say N.
13980
13981  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
13982  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
13983  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
13984  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
13985  mtdcore.o
13986
13987MTD debugging support
13988CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG
13989  This turns on low-level debugging for the entire MTD sub-system.
13990  Normally, you should say 'N'.
13991
13992MTD partitioning support
13993CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
13994  If you have a device which needs to divide its flash chip(s) up
13995  into multiple 'partitions', each of which appears to the user as
13996  a separate MTD device, you require this option to be enabled. If
13997  unsure, say 'Y'.
13998
13999  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14000  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14001  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14002  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14003  mtdpart.o
14004
14005  Note, however, that you don't need this option for the DiskOnChip
14006  devices. Partitioning on NFTL 'devices' is a different - that's the
14007  'normal' form of partitioning used on a block device.
14008
14009RedBoot partition table parsing
14010CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_PARTS
14011  RedBoot is a ROM monitor and bootloader which deals with multiple
14012  'images' in flash devices by putting a table in the last erase block
14013  of the device, similar to a partition table, which gives the
14014  offsets, lengths and names of all the images stored in the flash.
14015
14016  If you need code which can detect and parse this table, and register
14017  MTD 'partitions' corresponding to each image in the table, enable
14018  this option.
14019
14020  You will still need the parsing functions to be called by the driver
14021  for your particular device. It won't happen automatically. The
14022  SA1100 map driver (CONFIG_MTD_SA1100) has an option for this, for
14023  example.
14024
14025  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14026  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14027  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14028  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14029  redboot.o
14030
14031CONFIG_MTD_CMDLINE_PARTS
14032  Allow generic configuration of the MTD paritition tables via the kernel
14033  command line. Multiple flash resources are supported for hardware where
14034  different kinds of flash memory are available.
14035
14036  You will still need the parsing functions to be called by the driver
14037  for your particular device. It won't happen automatically. The
14038  SA1100 map driver (CONFIG_MTD_SA1100) has an option for this, for
14039  example.
14040
14041  The format for the command line is as follows:
14042
14043  mtdparts=<mtddef>[;<mtddef]
14044  <mtddef>  := <mtd-id>:<partdef>[,<partdef>]
14045  <partdef> := <size>[@offset][<name>][ro]
14046  <mtd-id>  := unique id used in mapping driver/device
14047  <size>    := standard linux memsize OR "-" to denote all
14048  remaining space
14049  <name>    := (NAME)
14050
14051  Due to the way Linux handles the command line, no spaces are
14052  allowed in the partition definition, including mtd id's and partition
14053  names.
14054
14055  Examples:
14056
14057  1 flash resource (mtd-id "sa1100"), with 1 single writable partition:
14058  mtdparts=sa1100:-
14059
14060  Same flash, but 2 named partitions, the first one being read-only:
14061  mtdparts=sa1100:256k(ARMboot)ro,-(root)
14062
14063  If unsure, say 'N'.
14064
14065MTD concatenating support
14066CONFIG_MTD_CONCAT
14067  Support for concatenating several MTD devices into a single
14068  (virtual) one. This allows you to have -for example- a JFFS(2)
14069  file system spanning multiple physical flash chips. If unsure,
14070  say 'Y'.
14071
14072  If compiled as a module, it will be called mtdconcat.o.
14073
14074ARM Firmware Suite flash layout / partition parsing
14075CONFIG_MTD_AFS_PARTS
14076  The ARM Firmware Suite allows the user to divide flash devices into
14077  multiple 'images'. Each such image has a header containing its name
14078  and offset/size etc.
14079
14080  If you need code which can detect and parse these tables, and
14081  register MTD 'partitions' corresponding to each image detected,
14082  enable this option.
14083
14084  You will still need the parsing functions to be called by the driver
14085  for your particular device.  It won't happen automatically.  The
14086  'armflash' map driver (CONFIG_MTD_ARMFLASH) does this, for example.
14087
14088MTD debugging verbosity (0 = quiet, 3 = noisy)
14089CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG_VERBOSE
14090  Determines the verbosity level of the MTD debugging messages.
14091
14092Direct chardevice access to MTD devices
14093CONFIG_MTD_CHAR
14094  This provides a character device for each MTD device present in
14095  the system, allowing the user to read and write directly to the
14096  memory chips, and also use ioctl() to obtain information about
14097  the device, or to erase parts of it.
14098
14099  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14100  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14101  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14102  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14103  mtdchar.o
14104
14105Caching block device access to MTD devices
14106CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK
14107  Although most flash chips have an erase size too large to be useful
14108  as block devices, it is possible to use MTD devices which are based
14109  on RAM chips in this manner. This block device is a user of MTD
14110  devices performing that function.
14111
14112  At the moment, it is also required for the Journalling Flash File
14113  System(s) to obtain a handle on the MTD device when it's mounted
14114  (although JFFS and JFFS2 don't actually use any of the functionality
14115  of the mtdblock device).
14116
14117  Later, it may be extended to perform read/erase/modify/write cycles
14118  on flash chips to emulate a smaller block size. Needless to say,
14119  this is very unsafe, but could be useful for file systems which are
14120  almost never written to.
14121
14122  You do not need this option for use with the DiskOnChip devices. For
14123  those, enable NFTL support (CONFIG_NFTL) instead.
14124
14125  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14126  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14127  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14128  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14129  mtdblock.o
14130
14131Readonly block device access to MTD devices
14132CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK_RO
14133  This allows you to mount read-only file systems (such as cramfs)
14134  from an MTD device, without the overhead (and danger) of the caching
14135  driver.
14136
14137  You do not need this option for use with the DiskOnChip devices. For
14138  those, enable NFTL support (CONFIG_NFTL) instead.
14139
14140  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14141  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14142  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14143  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14144  mtdblock_ro.o
14145
14146FTL (Flash Translation Layer) support
14147CONFIG_FTL
14148  This provides support for the original Flash Translation Layer which
14149  is part of the PCMCIA specification. It uses a kind of pseudo-
14150  file system on a flash device to emulate a block device with
14151  512-byte sectors, on top of which you put a 'normal' file system.
14152
14153  You may find that the algorithms used in this code are patented
14154  unless you live in the Free World where software patents aren't
14155  legal - in the USA you are only permitted to use this on PCMCIA
14156  hardware, although under the terms of the GPL you're obviously
14157  permitted to copy, modify and distribute the code as you wish. Just
14158  not use it.
14159
14160  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14161  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14162  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14163  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14164  ftl.o
14165
14166NFTL (NAND Flash Translation Layer) support
14167CONFIG_NFTL
14168  This provides support for the NAND Flash Translation Layer which is
14169  used on M-Systems' DiskOnChip devices. It uses a kind of pseudo-
14170  file system on a flash device to emulate a block device with
14171  512-byte sectors, on top of which you put a 'normal' file system.
14172
14173  You may find that the algorithms used in this code are patented
14174  unless you live in the Free World where software patents aren't
14175  legal - in the USA you are only permitted to use this on DiskOnChip
14176  hardware, although under the terms of the GPL you're obviously
14177  permitted to copy, modify and distribute the code as you wish. Just
14178  not use it.
14179
14180  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14181  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14182  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14183  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14184  nftl.o
14185
14186Write support for NFTL (EXPERIMENTAL)
14187CONFIG_NFTL_RW
14188  If you're lucky, this will actually work. Don't whinge if it
14189  doesn't.  Send mail to the MTD mailing list
14190  <linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org> if you want to help to make it more
14191  reliable.
14192
14193Detect flash chips by Common Flash Interface (CFI) probe
14194CONFIG_MTD_CFI
14195  The Common Flash Interface specification was developed by Intel,
14196  AMD and other flash manufactures that provides a universal method
14197  for probing the capabilities of flash devices. If you wish to
14198  support any device that is CFI-compliant, you need to enable this
14199  option. Visit <http://www.amd.com/products/nvd/overview/cfi.html>
14200  for more information on CFI.
14201
14202  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14203  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14204  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14205  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14206  cfi_probe.o
14207
14208CFI Advanced configuration options
14209CONFIG_MTD_CFI_ADV_OPTIONS
14210  If you need to specify a specific endianness for access to flash
14211  chips, or if you wish to reduce the size of the kernel by including
14212  support for only specific arrangements of flash chips, say 'Y'. This
14213  option does not directly affect the code, but will enable other
14214  configuration options which allow you to do so.
14215
14216  If unsure, say 'N'.
14217
14218Specific CFI Flash geometry selection
14219CONFIG_MTD_CFI_GEOMETRY
14220  This option does not affect the code directly, but will enable
14221  some other configuration options which would allow you to reduce
14222  the size of the kernel by including support for only certain
14223  arrangements of CFI chips. If unsure, say 'N' and all options
14224  which are supported by the current code will be enabled.
14225
14226Support 8-bit buswidth
14227CONFIG_MTD_CFI_B1
14228  If you wish to support CFI devices on a physical bus which is
14229  8 bits wide, say 'Y'.
14230
14231Support 16-bit buswidth
14232CONFIG_MTD_CFI_B2
14233  If you wish to support CFI devices on a physical bus which is
14234  16 bits wide, say 'Y'.
14235
14236Support 32-bit buswidth
14237CONFIG_MTD_CFI_B4
14238  If you wish to support CFI devices on a physical bus which is
14239  32 bits wide, say 'Y'.
14240
14241CONFIG_MTD_CFI_B8
14242  If you wish to support CFI devices on a physical bus which is
14243  64 bits wide, say 'Y'.
14244
14245Support 1-chip flash interleave
14246CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I1
14247  If your flash chips are not interleaved - i.e. you only have one
14248  flash chip addressed by each bus cycle, then say 'Y'.
14249
14250Support 2-chip flash interleave
14251CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I2
14252  If your flash chips are interleaved in pairs - i.e. you have two
14253  flash chips addressed by each bus cycle, then say 'Y'.
14254
14255Support 4-chip flash interleave
14256CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I4
14257  If your flash chips are interleaved in fours - i.e. you have four
14258  flash chips addressed by each bus cycle, then say 'Y'.
14259
14260CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I8
14261  If your flash chips are interleaved in eights - i.e. you have eight
14262  flash chips addressed by each bus cycle, then say 'Y'.
14263
14264# Choice: mtd_data_swap
14265Flash cmd/query data swapping
14266CONFIG_MTD_CFI_NOSWAP
14267  This option defines the way in which the CPU attempts to arrange
14268  data bits when writing the 'magic' commands to the chips. Saying
14269  'NO', which is the default when CONFIG_MTD_CFI_ADV_OPTIONS isn't
14270  enabled, means that the CPU will not do any swapping; the chips
14271  are expected to be wired to the CPU in 'host-endian' form.
14272  Specific arrangements are possible with the BIG_ENDIAN_BYTE and
14273  LITTLE_ENDIAN_BYTE, if the bytes are reversed.
14274
14275  If you have a LART, on which the data (and address) lines were
14276  connected in a fashion which ensured that the nets were as short
14277  as possible, resulting in a bit-shuffling which seems utterly
14278  random to the untrained eye, you need the LART_ENDIAN_BYTE option.
14279
14280  Yes, there really exists something sicker than PDP-endian :)
14281
14282CFI support for Intel/Sharp Extended Command Set chips
14283CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELEXT
14284  The Common Flash Interface defines a number of different command
14285  sets which a CFI-compliant chip may claim to implement. This code
14286  provides support for one of those command sets, used on Intel
14287  StrataFlash and other parts.
14288
14289CFI support for AMD/Fujitsu Standard Command Set chips
14290CONFIG_MTD_CFI_AMDSTD
14291  The Common Flash Interface defines a number of different command
14292  sets which a CFI-compliant chip may claim to implement. This code
14293  provides support for one of those command sets, used on chips
14294  chips including the AMD Am29LV320.
14295
14296CFI support for Intel/Sharp Standard Commands
14297CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELSTD
14298  The Common Flash Interface defines a number of different command
14299  sets which a CFI-compliant chip may claim to implement. This code
14300  provides support for one of those command sets.
14301
14302pre-CFI Sharp chip support
14303CONFIG_MTD_SHARP
14304  This option enables support for flash chips using Sharp-compatible
14305  commands, including some which are not CFI-compatible and hence
14306  cannot be used with the CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELxxx options.
14307
14308  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14309  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14310  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14311  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14312  sharp.o
14313
14314AMD compatible flash chip support (non-CFI)
14315CONFIG_MTD_AMDSTD
14316  This option enables support for flash chips using AMD-compatible
14317  commands, including some which are not CFI-compatible and hence
14318  cannot be used with the CONFIG_MTD_CFI_AMDSTD option.
14319
14320  It also works on AMD compatible chips that do conform to CFI.
14321
14322  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14323  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14324  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14325  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14326  amd_flash.o
14327
14328CONFIG_MTD_CFI_STAA
14329  The Common Flash Interface defines a number of different command
14330  sets which a CFI-compliant chip may claim to implement. This code
14331  provides support for one of those command sets.
14332
14333Support for RAM chips in bus mapping
14334CONFIG_MTD_RAM
14335  This option enables basic support for RAM chips accessed through
14336  a bus mapping driver.
14337
14338  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14339  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14340  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14341  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14342  map_ram.o
14343
14344Support for ROM chips in bus mapping
14345CONFIG_MTD_ROM
14346  This option enables basic support for ROM chips accessed through
14347  a bus mapping driver.
14348
14349  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14350  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14351  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14352  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14353  map_rom.o
14354
14355JEDEC device support
14356CONFIG_MTD_JEDEC
14357  Enable older older JEDEC flash interface devices for self
14358  programming flash.  It is commonly used in older AMD chips.  It is
14359  only called JEDEC because the JEDEC association
14360  <http://www.jedec.org/> distributes the identification codes for the
14361  chips. WARNING!!!! This code does not compile and is incomplete as
14362  are the specific JEDEC devices drivers.
14363
14364  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14365  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14366  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14367  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14368  jedec.o
14369
14370CFI Flash device mapped on StrongARM SA11x0
14371CONFIG_MTD_SA1100
14372  This enables access to the flash chips on most platforms based on
14373  the SA1100 and SA1110, including the Assabet and the Compaq iPAQ.
14374  If you have such a board, say 'Y'.
14375
14376Support for Compaq bootldr partition tables on SA11x0
14377CONFIG_MTD_SA1100_REDBOOT_PARTITIONS
14378  Enabling this option will cause the kernel to look for a RedBoot
14379  FIS (Flash Image System) table in the last erase block of the flash
14380  chips detected. If you are using RedBoot on your SA11x0-based board
14381  and want Linux to present 'partitions' matching the images which
14382  RedBoot has listed, say 'Y'.
14383
14384Support for Compaq bootldr partition tables on SA11x0
14385CONFIG_MTD_SA1100_BOOTLDR_PARTITIONS
14386  Enabling this option will cause the kernel to look for a Compaq
14387  bootldr partition table on the flash chips detected.  If you are
14388  using the Compaq bootldr on your SA11x0-based board and want Linux
14389  to present 'partitions' matching the images which the bootldr has
14390  listed, say 'Y'.
14391
14392Flash chip mapping in physical memory
14393CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP
14394  This provides a 'mapping' driver which allows the CFI probe and
14395  command set driver code to communicate with flash chips which
14396  are mapped physically into the CPU's memory. You will need to
14397  configure the physical address and size of the flash chips on
14398  your particular board as well as the bus width.
14399
14400  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14401  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14402  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14403  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14404  physmap.o
14405
14406Physical start location of flash chip mapping
14407CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_START
14408  This is the physical memory location at which the flash chips
14409  are mapped on your particular target board. Refer to the
14410  memory map which should hopefully be in the documentation for
14411  your board.
14412
14413Physical length of flash chip mapping
14414CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_LEN
14415  This is the total length of the mapping of the flash chips on
14416  your particular board. If there is space, or aliases, in the
14417  physical memory map between the chips, this could be larger
14418  than the total amount of flash present. Refer to the memory
14419  map which should hopefully be in the documentation for your
14420  board.
14421
14422Buswidth of flash in bytes
14423CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_BUSWIDTH
14424  This is the total width of the data bus of the flash devices
14425  in octets. For example, if you have a data bus width of 32
14426  bits, you would set the bus width octet value to 4. This is
14427  used internally by the CFI drivers.
14428
14429Flash chip mapping on Sun Microsystems boardsets
14430CONFIG_MTD_SUN_UFLASH
14431  This provides a 'mapping' driver which supports the way in
14432  which user-programmable flash chips are connected on various
14433  Sun Microsystems boardsets.  This driver will require CFI support
14434  in the kernel, so if you did not enable CFI previously, do that now.
14435
14436Flash chip mapping on Nora
14437CONFIG_MTD_NORA
14438  If you had to ask, you don't have one. Say 'N'.
14439
14440Flash chip mapping on Photron PNC-2000
14441CONFIG_MTD_PNC2000
14442  PNC-2000 is the name of Network Camera product from PHOTRON
14443  Ltd. in Japan. It uses CFI-compliant flash.
14444
14445Flash chip mapping on RPXlite or CLLF PPC board
14446CONFIG_MTD_RPXLITE
14447  The RPXLite PowerPC board has CFI-compliant chips mapped in
14448  a strange sparse mapping. This 'mapping' driver supports that
14449  arrangement, allowing the CFI probe and command set driver code
14450  to communicate with the chips on the RPXLite board. More at
14451  <http://www.embeddedplanet.com/rpx_lite_specification_sheet.htm>.
14452
14453Flash chip mapping on AMD SC520 CDP board
14454CONFIG_MTD_SC520CDP
14455  The SC520 CDP board has two banks of CFI-compliant chips and one
14456  Dual-in-line JEDEC chip. This 'mapping' driver supports that
14457  arrangement, implementing three MTD devices.
14458
14459  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14460  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14461  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14462  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14463  sc520cdp.o
14464
14465Flash chip mapping on Arcom Control Systems SBC-MediaGX
14466CONFIG_MTD_SBC_GXX
14467  This provides a driver for the on-board flash of Arcom Control
14468  Systems' SBC-GXn family of boards, formerly known as SBC-MediaGX.
14469  By default the flash is split into 3 partitions which are accessed
14470  as separate MTD devices.  This board utilizes Intel StrataFlash.
14471  More info at
14472  <http://www.arcomcontrols.com/products/icp/pc104/processors/>.
14473
14474CFI Flash device mapped on D-Box2
14475CONFIG_MTD_DBOX2
14476  This enables access routines for the flash chips on the Nokia/Sagem
14477  D-Box 2 board. If you have one of these boards and would like to use
14478  the flash chips on it, say 'Y'.
14479
14480CFI Flash devices mapped on IBM Redwood
14481CONFIG_MTD_REDWOOD
14482  This enables access routines for the flash chips on the IBM
14483  Redwood board. If you have one of these boards and would like to
14484  use the flash chips on it, say 'Y'.
14485
14486  If compiled as a module, it will be called redwood.o.
14487
14488CFI Flash device mapped on the XScale IQ80310 board
14489CONFIG_MTD_IQ80310
14490  This enables access routines for the flash chips on the Intel XScale
14491  IQ80310 evaluation board. If you have one of these boards and would
14492  like to use the flash chips on it, say 'Y'.
14493
14494CFI Flash device mapped on AMD NetSc520
14495CONFIG_MTD_NETSC520
14496  This enables access routines for the flash chips on the AMD NetSc520
14497  demonstration board. If you have one of these boards and would like
14498  to use the flash chips on it, say 'Y'.
14499
14500Flash chip mapping on Arcom Control Systems ELAN-104NC
14501CONFIG_MTD_ELAN_104NC
14502  This provides a driver for the on-board flash of the Arcom Control
14503  System's ELAN-104NC development board. By default the flash
14504  is split into 3 partitions which are accessed as separate MTD
14505  devices. This board utilizes Intel StrataFlash. More info at
14506  <http://www.arcomcontrols.com/products/icp/pc104/processors/>.
14507
14508Flash chip mapping on Compaq iPAQ/Bitsy
14509CONFIG_MTD_BITSY
14510  This provides a driver for the on-board flash found in Compaq's
14511  iPAQ Palm PC and their research prototype the Itsy. iPAQ info at
14512  <http://www5.compaq.com/products/handhelds/pocketpc/> and the
14513  Itsy <http://www.research.digital.com/wrl/projects/Itsy/index.html>.
14514
14515Flash chip mapping on Compaq iPAQ/Bitsy
14516CONFIG_MTD_DC21285
14517  This provides a driver for the flash accessed using Intel's
14518  21285 bridge used with Intel's StrongARM processors. More info at
14519  <http://developer.intel.com/design/bridge/quicklist/dsc-21285.htm>.
14520
14521Flash chip mapping on ITE QED-4N-S01B, Globespan IVR or custom board
14522CONFIG_MTD_CSTM_MIPS_IXX
14523  This provides a mapping driver for the Integrated Tecnology Express,
14524  Inc (ITE) QED-4N-S01B eval board and the Globespan IVR Reference
14525  Board.  It provides the necessary addressing, length, buswidth, vpp
14526  code and addition setup of the flash device for these boards.  In
14527  addition, this mapping driver can be used for other boards via
14528  setting of the CONFIG_MTD_CSTM_MIPS_IXX_START/LEN/BUSWIDTH
14529  parameters.  This mapping will provide one mtd device using one
14530  partition.  The start address can be offset from the beginning of
14531  flash and the len can be less than the total flash device size to
14532  allow a window into the flash.  Both CFI and JEDEC probes are
14533  called.
14534
14535Physical start location of flash chip mapping
14536CONFIG_MTD_CSTM_MIPS_IXX_START
14537  This is the physical memory location that the MTD driver will
14538  use for the flash chips on your particular target board.
14539  Refer to the memory map which should hopefully be in the
14540  documentation for your board.
14541
14542Physical length of flash chip mapping
14543CONFIG_MTD_CSTM_MIPS_IXX_LEN
14544  This is the total length that the MTD driver will use for the
14545  flash chips on your particular board.  Refer to the memory
14546  map which should hopefully be in the documentation for your
14547  board.
14548
14549Physical bus width of flash mapping in bytes
14550CONFIG_MTD_CSTM_MIPS_IXX_BUSWIDTH
14551  This is the total bus width of the mapping of the flash chips
14552  on your particular board.
14553
14554JEDEC Flash device mapped on Mixcom piggyback card
14555CONFIG_MTD_MIXMEM
14556  This supports the paging arrangement for access to flash chips
14557  on the MixCOM piggyback card, allowing the flash chip drivers
14558  to get on with their job of driving the flash chips without
14559  having to know about the paging. If you have one of these boards,
14560  you probably want to enable this mapping driver. More info is at
14561  <http://www.itc.hu/>.
14562
14563JEDEC Flash device mapped on Octagon 5066 SBC
14564CONFIG_MTD_OCTAGON
14565  This provides a 'mapping' driver which supports the way in which
14566  the flash chips are connected in the Octagon-5066 Single Board
14567  Computer. More information on the board is available at
14568  <http://www.octagonsystems.com/Products/5066/5066.html>.
14569
14570  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14571  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14572  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14573  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14574  octagon-5066.o
14575
14576JEDEC Flash device mapped on Tempustech VMAX SBC301
14577CONFIG_MTD_VMAX
14578  This provides a 'mapping' driver which supports the way in which
14579  the flash chips are connected in the Tempustech VMAX SBC301 Single
14580  Board Computer. More information on the board is available at
14581  <http://www.tempustech.com/tt301.htm>.
14582
14583  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14584  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14585  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14586  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14587  vmax301.o
14588
14589Support for NAND flash devices
14590CONFIG_MTD_NAND
14591  This enables support for accessing all type of NAND flash
14592  devices.
14593
14594  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14595  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14596  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14597  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14598  nand.o
14599
14600Support for software ECC algorithm
14601CONFIG_MTD_NAND_ECC
14602  This enables software-based ECC for use with NAND flash chips. It
14603  can detect and correct 1 bit errors per 256 byte blocks. This
14604  should be used to increase the reliability of the data stored and
14605  read on the device.
14606
14607Support for verify read after write
14608CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE
14609  This adds an extra check when data is written to the flash. The
14610  NAND flash device internally checks only bits transitioning
14611  from 1 to 0. There is a rare possibility that even though the
14612  device thinks the write was successful, a bit could have been
14613  flipped accidentally due to device wear, gamma rays, whatever.
14614  Enable this if you are really paranoid.
14615
14616Support for the SPIA board
14617CONFIG_MTD_NAND_SPIA
14618  If you had to ask, you don't have one. Say 'N'.
14619
14620SmartMediaCard on autronix autcpu12 board
14621CONFIG_MTD_NAND_AUTCPU12
14622  This enables the driver for the autronix autcpu12 board to
14623  access the SmartMediaCard.
14624
14625  If compiled as a module, it will be called autcpu12.o.
14626
14627Support for Cirrus Logic EBD7312 evaluation board
14628CONFIG_MTD_NAND_EDB7312
14629  This enables the driver for the Cirrus Logic EBD7312 evaluation
14630  board to access the onboard NAND Flash.
14631
14632  If compiled as a module, it will be called edb7312.o.
14633
14634M-Systems Disk-On-Chip 1000 support
14635CONFIG_MTD_DOC1000
14636  This provides an MTD device driver for the M-Systems DiskOnChip
14637  1000 devices, which are obsolete so you probably want to say 'N'.
14638
14639  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14640  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14641  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14642  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14643  doc1000.o
14644
14645M-Systems Disk-On-Chip 2000 and Millennium support
14646CONFIG_MTD_DOC2000
14647  This provides an MTD device driver for the M-Systems DiskOnChip
14648  2000 and Millennium devices.  Originally designed for the DiskOnChip
14649  2000, it also now includes support for the DiskOnChip Millennium.
14650  If you have problems with this driver and the DiskOnChip Millennium,
14651  you may wish to try the alternative Millennium driver below. To use
14652  the alternative driver, you will need to undefine DOC_SINGLE_DRIVER
14653  in the <file:drivers/mtd/devices/docprobe.c> source code.
14654
14655  If you use this device, you probably also want to enable the NFTL
14656  'NAND Flash Translation Layer' option below, which is used to
14657  emulate a block device by using a kind of file system on the flash
14658  chips.
14659
14660  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14661  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14662  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14663  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14664  doc2000.o
14665
14666Alternative Disk-On-Chip Millennium support
14667CONFIG_MTD_DOC2001
14668  This provides an alternative MTD device driver for the M-Systems
14669  DiskOnChip Millennium devices.  Use this if you have problems with
14670  the combined DiskOnChip 2000 and Millennium driver above.  To get
14671  the DiskOnChip probe code to load and use this driver instead of
14672  the other one, you will need to undefine DOC_SINGLE_DRIVER near
14673  the beginning of <file:drivers/mtd/devices/docprobe.c>.
14674
14675  If you use this device, you probably also want to enable the NFTL
14676  'NAND Flash Translation Layer' option below, which is used to
14677  emulate a block device by using a kind of file system on the flash
14678  chips.
14679
14680  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14681  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14682  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14683  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14684  doc2001.o
14685
14686Probe for DiskOnChip devices
14687CONFIG_MTD_DOCPROBE
14688  This isn't a real config option, it's derived.
14689
14690Advanced detection options for DiskOnChip
14691CONFIG_MTD_DOCPROBE_ADVANCED
14692  This option allows you to specify nonstandard address at which to
14693  probe for a DiskOnChip, or to change the detection options.  You
14694  are unlikely to need any of this unless you are using LinuxBIOS.
14695  Say 'N'.
14696
14697Probe for 0x55 0xAA BIOS Extension Signature
14698CONFIG_MTD_DOCPROBE_55AA
14699  Check for the 0x55 0xAA signature of a DiskOnChip, and do not
14700  continue with probing if it is absent.  The signature will always be
14701  present for a DiskOnChip 2000 or a normal DiskOnChip Millennium.
14702  Only if you have overwritten the first block of a DiskOnChip
14703  Millennium will it be  absent.  Enable this option if you are using
14704  LinuxBIOS or if you need to recover a DiskOnChip Millennium on which
14705  you have managed to wipe the first block.
14706
14707Physical address of DiskOnChip
14708CONFIG_MTD_DOCPROBE_ADDRESS
14709  By default, the probe for DiskOnChip devices will look for a
14710  DiskOnChip at every multiple of 0x2000 between 0xC8000 and 0xEE000.
14711  This option allows you to specify a single address at which to probe
14712  for the device, which is useful if you have other devices in that
14713  range which get upset when they are probed.
14714
14715  (Note that on PowerPC, the normal probe will only check at
14716  0xE4000000.)
14717
14718  Normally, you should leave this set to zero, to allow the probe at
14719  the normal addresses.
14720
14721Probe high addresses
14722CONFIG_MTD_DOCPROBE_HIGH
14723  By default, the probe for DiskOnChip devices will look for a
14724  DiskOnChip at every multiple of 0x2000 between 0xC8000 and 0xEE000.
14725  This option changes to make it probe between 0xFFFC8000 and
14726  0xFFFEE000.  Unless you are using LinuxBIOS, this is unlikely to be
14727  useful to you.  Say 'N'.
14728
14729Ramix PMC551 PCI Mezzanine ram card support
14730CONFIG_MTD_PMC551
14731  This provides a MTD device driver for the Ramix PMC551 RAM PCI card
14732  from Ramix Inc. <http://www.ramix.com/products/memory/pmc551.html>.
14733  These devices come in memory configurations from 32M - 1G.  If you
14734  have one, you probably want to enable this.
14735
14736  If this driver is compiled as a module you get the ability to select
14737  the size of the aperture window pointing into the devices memory.
14738  What this means is that if you have a 1G card, normally the kernel
14739  will use a 1G memory map as its view of the device.  As a module,
14740  you can select a 1M window into the memory and the driver will
14741  "slide" the window around the PMC551's memory.  This was
14742  particularly useful on the 2.2 kernels on PPC architectures as there
14743  was limited kernel space to deal with.
14744
14745  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14746  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14747  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14748  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14749  pmc551.o
14750
14751PMC551 256M DRAM Bugfix
14752CONFIG_MTD_PMC551_BUGFIX
14753  Some of Ramix's PMC551 boards with 256M configurations have invalid
14754  column and row mux values.  This option will fix them, but will
14755  break other memory configurations.  If unsure say N.
14756
14757PMC551 Debugging
14758CONFIG_MTD_PMC551_DEBUG
14759  This option makes the PMC551 more verbose during its operation and
14760  is only really useful if you are developing on this driver or
14761  suspect a possible hardware or driver bug.  If unsure say N.
14762
14763Use extra onboard system memory as MTD device
14764CONFIG_MTD_SLRAM
14765  If your CPU cannot cache all of the physical memory in your machine,
14766  you can still use it for storage or swap by using this driver to
14767  present it to the system as a Memory Technology Device.
14768
14769  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14770  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14771  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14772  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14773  slram.o
14774
14775DEC MS02-NV NVRAM module support
14776CONFIG_MTD_MS02NV
14777  This is an MTD driver for the DEC's MS02-NV (54-20948-01) battery
14778  backed-up NVRAM module.  The module was originally meant as an NFS
14779  accelerator.  Say Y here if you have a DECstation 5000/2x0 or a
14780  DECsystem 5900 equipped with such a module.
14781
14782  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
14783  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
14784  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will
14785  be called ms02-nv.o.
14786
14787Debugging RAM test driver
14788CONFIG_MTD_MTDRAM
14789  This enables a test MTD device driver which uses vmalloc() to
14790  provide storage.  You probably want to say 'N' unless you're
14791  testing stuff.
14792
14793  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14794  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14795  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14796  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14797  mtdram.o
14798
14799MTDRAM erase block size in KB
14800CONFIG_MTDRAM_ERASE_SIZE
14801  This allows you to configure the size of the erase blocks in the
14802  device emulated by the MTDRAM driver.  If the MTDRAM driver is built
14803  as a module, it is also possible to specify this as a parameter when
14804  loading the module.
14805
14806MTDRAM device size in KB
14807CONFIG_MTDRAM_TOTAL_SIZE
14808  This allows you to configure the total size of the MTD device
14809  emulated by the MTDRAM driver.  If the MTDRAM driver is built
14810  as a module, it is also possible to specify this as a parameter when
14811  loading the module.
14812
14813SRAM Hexadecimal Absolute position or 0
14814CONFIG_MTDRAM_ABS_POS
14815  If you have system RAM accessible by the CPU but not used by Linux
14816  in normal operation, you can give the physical address at which the
14817  available RAM starts, and the MTDRAM driver will use it instead of
14818  allocating space from Linux's available memory. Otherwise, leave
14819  this set to zero. Most people will want to leave this as zero.
14820
14821CFI Flash device mapping on the Flaga Digital Module
14822CONFIG_MTD_CFI_FLAGADM
14823  Mapping for the Flaga digital module.  If you don�t have one, ignore
14824  this setting.
14825
14826Momenco Ocelot boot flash device
14827CONFIG_MTD_OCELOT
14828  This enables access routines for the boot flash device and for the
14829  NVRAM on the Momenco Ocelot board.  If you have one of these boards
14830  and would like access to either of these, say 'Y'.
14831
14832Support for absent chips in bus mapping
14833CONFIG_MTD_ABSENT
14834  This option enables support for a dummy probing driver used to
14835  allocated placeholder MTD devices on systems that have socketed
14836  or removable media.  Use of this driver as a fallback chip probe
14837  preserves the expected registration order of MTD device nodes on
14838  the system regardless of media presence.  Device nodes created
14839  with this driver will return -ENODEV upon access.
14840
14841  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14842  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14843  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14844  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14845  map_absent.o
14846
14847MTD emulation using block device
14848CONFIG_MTD_BLKMTD
14849  This driver allows a block device to appear as an MTD. It would
14850  generally be used in the following cases:
14851
14852    Using Compact Flash as an MTD, these usually present themselves to
14853    the system as an ATA drive.
14854    Testing MTD users (eg JFFS2) on large media and media that might
14855    be removed during a write (using the floppy drive).
14856
14857  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14858  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14859  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14860  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14861  blkmtd.o
14862
14863Cirrus CDB89712 evaluation board mappings
14864CONFIG_MTD_CDB89712
14865  This enables access to the flash or ROM chips on the CDB89712 board.
14866  (This board has 8 MB of Intel Strataflash, a 128 byte boot ROM, and 48 KB of
14867  internal SRAM.  This driver provides MTD devices for all three components.)
14868  If you have such a board, say 'Y'.
14869
14870Detect non-CFI AMD/JEDEC-compatible flash chips
14871CONFIG_MTD_JEDECPROBE
14872  This option enables JEDEC-style probing of flash chips which are not
14873  compatible with the Common Flash Interface, but will use the common
14874  CFI-targetted flash drivers for any chips which are identified which
14875  are in fact compatible in all but the probe method. This actually
14876  covers most AMD/Fujitsu-compatible chips, and will shortly cover also
14877  non-CFI Intel chips (that code is in MTD CVS and should shortly be sent
14878  for inclusion in Linus' tree)
14879
14880  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14881  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14882  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14883  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14884  jedec_probe.o
14885
14886BIOS flash chip on Intel L440GX boards
14887CONFIG_MTD_L440GX
14888  Support for treating the BIOS flash chip on Intel L440GX motherboards
14889  as an MTD device - with this you can reprogram your BIOS.
14890
14891  BE VERY CAREFUL.
14892
14893  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14894  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14895  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
14896  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
14897  l440gx.o
14898
1489928F160xx flash driver for LART
14900CONFIG_MTD_LART
14901  This enables the flash driver for LART. Please note that you do
14902  not need any mapping/chip driver for LART. This one does it all
14903  for you, so go disable all of those if you enabled some of them (:
14904
14905Older (theoretically obsoleted now) drivers for non-CFI chips
14906CONFIG_MTD_OBSOLETE_CHIPS
14907  This option does not enable any code directly, but will allow you to
14908  select some other chip drivers which are now considered obsolete,
14909  because the generic CONFIG_JEDEC_PROBE code above should now detect
14910  the chips which are supported by these drivers, and allow the generic
14911  CFI-compatible drivers to drive the chips. Say 'N' here unless you have
14912  already tried the CONFIG_JEDEC_PROBE method and reported its failure
14913  to the MTD mailing list at <linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org>
14914
14915CFI Flash device mapped on Hitachi SolutionEngine
14916CONFIG_MTD_SOLUTIONENGINE
14917  This enables access to the flash chips on the Hitachi SolutionEngine and
14918  similar boards. Say 'Y' if you are building a kernel for such a board.
14919
14920CFI Flash device mapped on TQM8XXL PPC board
14921CONFIG_MTD_TQM8XXL
14922  The TQM8xxL PowerPC board has up to two banks of CFI-compliant
14923  chips, currently uses AMD one. This 'mapping' driver supports
14924  that arrangement, allowing the CFI probe and command set driver
14925  code to communicate with the chips on the TQM8xxL board. More at
14926  <http://www.denx.de/embedded-ppc-en.html>.
14927
14928Darkness
14929CONFIG_MEMORY_SET
14930  This is an option about which you will never be asked a question.
14931  Therefore, I conclude that you do not exist - go away.
14932
14933  There is a grue here.
14934
14935Physical memory size
14936CONFIG_MEMORY_SIZE
14937  This sets the default memory size assumed by your SH kernel. It can
14938  be overridden as normal by the 'mem=' argument on the kernel command
14939  line. If unsure, consult your board specifications or just leave it
14940  as 0x00400000 which was the default value before this became
14941  configurable.
14942
14943Cache and PCI noncoherent
14944CONFIG_SH_PCIDMA_NONCOHERENT
14945  Enable this option if your platform does not have a CPU cache which
14946  remains coherent with PCI DMA. It is safest to say 'Y', although you
14947  will see better performance if you can say 'N', because the PCI DMA
14948  code will not have to flush the CPU's caches. If you have a PCI host
14949  bridge integrated with your SH CPU, refer carefully to the chip specs
14950  to see if you can say 'N' here. Otherwise, leave it as 'Y'.
14951
14952USB (Universal Serial Bus) support
14953CONFIG_USB
14954  Universal Serial Bus (USB) is a specification for a serial bus
14955  subsystem which offers higher speeds and more features than the
14956  traditional PC serial port.  The bus supplies power to peripherals
14957  and allows for hot swapping.  Up to 127 USB peripherals can be
14958  connected to a single USB port in a tree structure.  The USB port is
14959  the root of the tree, the peripherals are the leaves and the inner
14960  nodes are special USB devices called hubs.  Many newer PC's have USB
14961  ports and newer peripherals such as scanners, keyboards, mice,
14962  modems, and printers support the USB protocol and can be connected
14963  to the PC via those ports.
14964
14965  Say Y here if your computer has a USB port and you want to use USB
14966  devices.  You then need to say Y to at least one of "UHCI support"
14967  or "OHCI support" below (the type of interface that the USB hardware
14968  in your computer provides to the operating system) and then choose
14969  from among the drivers for USB peripherals.  You may want to check
14970  out the information provided in <file:Documentation/usb/> and
14971  especially the links given in <file:Documentation/usb/usb-help.txt>.
14972
14973  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
14974  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
14975  The module will be called usbcore.o.  If you want to compile it as a
14976  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
14977
14978USB verbose debug messages
14979CONFIG_USB_DEBUG
14980  Say Y here if you want the USB core & hub drivers to produce a bunch
14981  of debug messages to the system log. Select this if you are having a
14982  problem with USB support and want to see more of what is going on.
14983
14984USB long timeout for slow-responding devices (some MGE Ellipse UPSes)
14985CONFIG_USB_LONG_TIMEOUT
14986  This option makes the standard time out a bit longer.  Basically,
14987  some devices are just slow to respond, so this makes usb more
14988  patient.  There should be no harm in selecting this, but it is
14989  needed for some MGE Ellipse UPSes.
14990
14991  If you have an MGE Ellipse UPS, or you see timeouts in HID
14992  transactions, say Y; otherwise say N.
14993
14994EHCI (USB 2.0) support
14995CONFIG_USB_EHCI_HCD
14996  The Enhanced Host Controller Interface (EHCI) is standard for USB 2.0
14997  "high speed" (480 Mbit/sec, 60 Mbyte/sec) host controller hardware.
14998  If your USB host controller supports USB 2.0, you will likely want to
14999  configure this Host Controller Driver.  At this writing, the primary
15000  implementation of EHCI is a chip from NEC, widely available in add-on
15001  PCI cards, but implementations are in the works from other vendors
15002  including Intel and Philips.  Motherboard support is appearing.
15003
15004  EHCI controllers are packaged with "companion" host controllers (OHCI
15005  or UHCI) to handle USB 1.1 devices connected to root hub ports.  Ports
15006  will connect to EHCI if it the device is high speed, otherwise they
15007  connect to a companion controller.  If you configure EHCI, you should
15008  probably configure the OHCI (for NEC and some other vendors) USB Host
15009  Controller Driver too.
15010
15011  You may want to read <file:Documentation/usb/ehci.txt>.
15012
15013  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15014  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15015  The module will be called ehci-hcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
15016  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15017
15018UHCI (Intel PIIX4, VIA, ...) support
15019CONFIG_USB_UHCI
15020  The Universal Host Controller Interface is a standard by Intel for
15021  accessing the USB hardware in the PC (which is also called the USB
15022  host controller). If your USB host controller conforms to this
15023  standard, you may want to say Y, but see below. All recent boards
15024  with Intel PCI chipsets (like intel 430TX, 440FX, 440LX, 440BX,
15025  i810, i820) conform to this standard. Also all VIA PCI chipsets
15026  (like VIA VP2, VP3, MVP3, Apollo Pro, Apollo Pro II or Apollo Pro
15027  133).
15028
15029  Currently there exist two drivers for UHCI host controllers: this
15030  one and the so-called JE driver, which you can get from
15031  "UHCI alternate (JE) support", below. You need only one.
15032
15033  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15034  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15035  The module will be called usb-uhci.o. If you want to compile it as a
15036  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15037
15038UHCI (Intel PIIX4, VIA, ...) alternate (JE) support
15039CONFIG_USB_UHCI_ALT
15040  The Universal Host Controller Interface is a standard by Intel for
15041  accessing the USB hardware in the PC (which is also called the USB
15042  host controller). If your USB host controller conforms to this
15043  standard, you may want to say Y, but see below. All recent boards
15044  with Intel PCI chipsets (like intel 430TX, 440FX, 440LX, 440BX,
15045  i810, i820) conform to this standard. Also all VIA PCI chipsets
15046  (like VIA VP2, VP3, MVP3, Apollo Pro, Apollo Pro II or Apollo Pro
15047  133). If unsure, say Y.
15048
15049  Currently there exist two drivers for UHCI host controllers: this
15050  so-called JE driver, and the one you get from "UHCI support", above.
15051  You need only one.
15052
15053  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15054  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15055  The module will be called uhci.o. If you want to compile it as a
15056  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15057
15058OHCI (Compaq, iMacs, OPTi, SiS, ALi, ...) support
15059CONFIG_USB_OHCI
15060  The Open Host Controller Interface is a standard by
15061  Compaq/Microsoft/National for accessing the USB PC hardware (also
15062  called USB host controller). If your USB host controller conforms to
15063  this standard, say Y. The USB host controllers on most non-Intel
15064  architectures and on several x86 compatibles with non-Intel chipsets
15065  -- like SiS (aktual 610, 610 and so on) or ALi (ALi IV, ALi V,
15066  Aladdin Pro..) -- conform to this standard.
15067
15068  You may want to read <file:Documentation/usb/ohci.txt>.
15069
15070  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15071  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15072  The module will be called usb-ohci.o. If you want to compile it
15073  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15074
15075SL811HS (x86, StrongARM) support
15076CONFIG_USB_SL811HS
15077  Embedded Open Host Controller SL811HS from CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR INC.
15078  <pbl@cypress.com>
15079
15080  Board USB1104 in i386 architecture with PC/104-bus.
15081  <http://www.ssv-embedded.de>
15082  <file:Documentation/usb/hc_sl811.txt>
15083
15084  StrongARM is currently not testet and not for PC/104-bus!
15085  StrongARM need a special hardware with Chip Select directly from CPU.
15086  See also SL811HS_ALT.
15087
15088SL811HS_ALT (x86, StrongARM) support
15089CONFIG_USB_SL811HS_ALT
15090  Embedded Open Host Controller SL811HS from CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR INC.
15091  Alternate with isochornous mode and better interrupt handling.
15092  See also SL811HS.
15093
15094USB Human Interface Device (full HID) support
15095CONFIG_USB_HID
15096  Say Y here if you want full HID support to connect keyboards,
15097  mice, joysticks, graphic tablets, or any other HID based devices
15098  to your computer via USB. You also need to select HID Input layer
15099  support (below) if you want to use keyboards, mice, joysticks and
15100  the like.
15101
15102  You can't use this driver and the HIDBP (Boot Protocol) keyboard
15103  and mouse drivers at the same time. More information is available:
15104  <file:Documentation/input/input.txt>.
15105
15106  If unsure, say Y.
15107
15108  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15109  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15110  The module will be called hid.o. If you want to compile it as a
15111  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15112
15113USB HID Input layer support
15114CONFIG_USB_HIDINPUT
15115  Say Y here if you want to use a USB keyboard, mouse or joystick,
15116  or any other HID input device. You also need Input layer support,
15117  (CONFIG_INPUT) which you select under "Input core support".
15118
15119  If unsure, say Y.
15120
15121/dev/usb/hiddev raw HID device support
15122CONFIG_USB_HIDDEV
15123  Say Y here if you want to support HID devices (from the USB
15124  specification standpoint) that aren't strictly user interface
15125  devices, like monitor controls and Uninterruptable Power Supplies.
15126
15127  This module supports these devices separately using a separate
15128  event interface on /dev/usb/hiddevX (char 180:96 to 180:111).
15129  This driver requires CONFIG_USB_HID.
15130
15131  If unsure, say Y.
15132
15133USB HIDBP Keyboard (basic) support
15134CONFIG_USB_KBD
15135  Say Y here only if you are absolutely sure that you don't want
15136  to use the generic HID driver for your USB keyboard and prefer
15137  to use the keyboard in its limited Boot Protocol mode instead.
15138
15139  This is almost certainly not what you want.
15140
15141  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15142  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15143  The module will be called usbkbd.o. If you want to compile it as a
15144  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15145
15146  If even remotely unsure, say N.
15147
15148USB HIDBP Mouse (basic) support
15149CONFIG_USB_MOUSE
15150  Say Y here only if you are absolutely sure that you don't want
15151  to use the generic HID driver for your USB mouse and prefer
15152  to use the mouse in its limited Boot Protocol mode instead.
15153
15154  This is almost certainly not what you want.
15155
15156  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15157  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15158  The module will be called usbmouse.o. If you want to compile it as
15159  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15160
15161  If even remotely unsure, say N.
15162
15163Wacom Intuos/Graphire tablet support
15164CONFIG_USB_WACOM
15165  Say Y here if you want to use the USB version of the Wacom Intuos
15166  or Graphire tablet.  Make sure to say Y to "Mouse support"
15167  (CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV) and/or "Event interface support"
15168  (CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV) as well.
15169
15170  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15171  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15172  The module will be called wacom.o.  If you want to compile it as a
15173  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15174
15175Griffin Technology PowerMate support
15176CONFIG_USB_POWERMATE
15177  Say Y here if you want to use the Griffin Technology, Inc. USB
15178  PowerMate device. This device is an aluminum dial which can
15179  measure clockwise and anticlockwise rotation. The dial also
15180  acts as a pushbutton. The base contains an LED which can be
15181  instructed to pulse or to switch to a particular intensity.
15182
15183  You can download userspace tools from http://sowerbutts.com/powermate/
15184
15185  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15186  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15187  The module will be called powermate.o. If you want to compile it as a
15188  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15189
15190Aiptek HyperPen tablet support
15191CONFIG_USB_AIPTEK
15192  Say Y here if you want to use the USB version of the Aiptek HyperPen
15193  Digital Tablet (models 4000U, 5000U, 6000U, 8000U, and 12000U.)
15194  Make sure to say Y to "Mouse support" (CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV) and/or
15195  "Event interface support" (CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV) as well.
15196
15197  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15198  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15199  The module will be called aiptek.o. If you want to compile it as a
15200  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15201
15202Use input layer for ADB devices
15203CONFIG_INPUT_ADBHID
15204  Say Y here if you want to have ADB (Apple Desktop Bus) HID devices
15205  such as keyboards, mice, joysticks, or graphic tablets handled by
15206  the input layer.  If you say Y here, make sure to say Y to the
15207  corresponding drivers "Keyboard support" (CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBDEV),
15208  "Mouse Support" (CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV) and "Event interface
15209  support" (CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV) as well.
15210
15211  If you say N here, you still have the option of using the old ADB
15212  keyboard and mouse drivers.
15213
15214  If unsure, say Y.
15215
15216HP OB600 C/CT Pop-Up Mouse
15217CONFIG_OBMOUSE
15218  Only add this driver if you have an Omnibook 600C or 600CT laptop.
15219  This driver has no probe routine and must assume ports 0x238-23b
15220  belong to the Pop-Up mouse. Depends on CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV.
15221
15222  Best is to use a module and load the obmouse driver at runtime.
15223  Say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15224
15225
15226Input core support
15227CONFIG_INPUT
15228  Say Y here if you want to enable any of the following options for
15229  USB Human Interface Device (HID) support.
15230
15231  Say Y here if you want to enable any of the USB HID options in the
15232  USB support section which require Input core support.
15233
15234  Otherwise, say N.
15235
15236Keyboard support
15237CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBDEV
15238  Say Y here if you want your USB HID keyboard (or an ADB keyboard
15239  handled by the input layer) to be able to serve as a system
15240  keyboard.
15241
15242  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15243  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15244  The module will be called keybdev.o.  If you want to compile it as a
15245  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15246
15247Mouse support
15248CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV
15249  Say Y here if you want your USB HID mouse (or ADB mouse handled by
15250  the input layer) to be accessible as char devices 13:32+ -
15251  /dev/input/mouseX and 13:63 - /dev/input/mice as an emulated ImPS/2
15252  mouse.  That way, all user space programs will be able to use your
15253  mouse.
15254
15255  If unsure, say Y.
15256
15257  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15258  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15259  The module will be called mousedev.o. If you want to compile it as
15260  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15261
15262Horizontal screen resolution
15263CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_X
15264  If you're using a digitizer, or a graphic tablet, and want to use
15265  it as a mouse then the mousedev driver needs to know the X window
15266  screen resolution you are using to correctly scale the data. If
15267  you're not using a digitizer, this value is ignored.
15268
15269Vertical screen resolution
15270CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_Y
15271  If you're using a digitizer, or a graphic tablet, and want to use
15272  it as a mouse then the mousedev driver needs to know the X window
15273  screen resolution you are using to correctly scale the data. If
15274  you're not using a digitizer, this value is ignored.
15275
15276Joystick support
15277CONFIG_INPUT_JOYDEV
15278  Say Y here if you want your USB HID joystick or gamepad to be
15279  accessible as char device 13:0+ - /dev/input/jsX device.
15280
15281  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15282  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15283  The module will be called joydev.o. If you want to compile it as a
15284  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15285
15286Dummy keyboard driver
15287CONFIG_DUMMY_KEYB
15288  What is this for?
15289
15290  Not all systems have keyboards.  Some don't even have a keyboard
15291  port.  However, some of those systems have video support and can
15292  use the virtual terminal support for display.  However, the virtual
15293  terminal code expects a keyboard of some kind.  This driver keeps
15294  the virtual terminal code happy by providing it a "keyboard", albeit
15295  a very quiet one.
15296
15297  If you want to use the virtual terminal support but your system
15298  does not support a keyboard, define CONFIG_DUMMY_KEYB along with
15299  CONFIG_VT.
15300
15301  This can also be selected lonesome without any VT support (i.e. no
15302  monitor or keyboard attached) - just define CONFIG_DUMMY_KEYB.
15303
15304Event interface support
15305CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV
15306  Say Y here if you want your USB or ADB HID device events be
15307  accessible under char device 13:64+ - /dev/input/eventX in a generic
15308  way.  This is the future ...
15309
15310CONFIG_INPUT_UINPUT
15311  Say Y here if you want to support user level drivers for input
15312  subsystem accessible under char device 10:223 - /dev/input/uinput.
15313
15314  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15315  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15316  The module will be called uinput.o.  If you want to compile it as a
15317  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15318
15319USB Scanner support
15320CONFIG_USB_SCANNER
15321  Say Y here if you want to connect a USB scanner to your computer's
15322  USB port. Please read <file:Documentation/usb/scanner.txt> for more
15323  information.
15324
15325  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15326  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15327  The module will be called scanner.o. If you want to compile it as
15328  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15329
15330HP 5300C scanner support
15331CONFIG_USB_HP5300
15332  Say Y here if you want to connect a HP5300C scanner to your
15333  computer's USB port.
15334
15335  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15336  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15337  The module will be called hp5300.o. If you want to compile it as
15338  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15339
15340USB Audio support
15341CONFIG_USB_AUDIO
15342  Say Y here if you want to connect USB audio equipment such as
15343  speakers to your computer's USB port.
15344
15345  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15346  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15347  The module will be called audio.o. If you want to compile it as a
15348  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15349
15350EMI 2|6 USB Audio interface support
15351CONFIG_USB_EMI26
15352  This driver loads firmware to Emagic EMI 2|6 low latency USB
15353  Audio interface.
15354
15355  After firmware load the device is handled with standard linux
15356  USB Audio driver.
15357
15358  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15359  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15360  The module will be called audio.o. If you want to compile it as a
15361  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15362
15363USB Modem (CDC ACM) support
15364CONFIG_USB_ACM
15365  This driver supports USB modems and ISDN adapters which support the
15366  Communication Device Class Abstract Control Model interface.
15367  Please read <file:Documentation/usb/acm.txt> for details.
15368
15369  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15370  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15371  The module will be called acm.o. If you want to compile it as a
15372  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15373
15374USB serial converter support
15375CONFIG_USB_SERIAL
15376  Say Y here if you have a USB device that provides normal serial
15377  ports, or acts like a serial device, and you want to connect it to
15378  your USB bus.
15379
15380  Please read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt> for more
15381  information on the specifics of the different devices that are
15382  supported, and on how to use them.
15383
15384  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15385  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15386  The module will be called usbserial.o. If you want to compile it
15387  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15388
15389USB Generic Serial Driver
15390CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_GENERIC
15391  Say Y here if you want to use the generic USB serial driver.  Please
15392  read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt> for more information on
15393  using this driver.  It is recommended that the "USB Serial converter
15394  support" be compiled as a module for this driver to be used
15395  properly.
15396
15397USB ConnectTech WhiteHEAT Serial Driver
15398CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_WHITEHEAT
15399  Say Y here if you want to use a ConnectTech WhiteHEAT 4 port
15400  USB to serial converter device.
15401
15402  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15403  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15404  The module will be called whiteheat.o.  If you want to compile it as
15405  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15406
15407USB Handspring Visor Driver
15408CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_VISOR
15409  Say Y here if you want to connect to your HandSpring Visor, Palm
15410  m500 or m505 through its USB docking station. See
15411  <http://usbvisor.sourceforge.net/> for more information on using this
15412  driver.
15413
15414  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15415  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15416  The module will be called visor.o. If you want to compile it as a
15417  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15418
15419USB PocketPC PDA Driver
15420CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_IPAQ
15421  Say Y here if you want to connect to your Compaq iPAQ, HP Jornada,
15422  or any other PDA running Windows CE 3.0 or PocketPC 2002 using a USB
15423  cradle/cable. For information on using the driver,
15424  read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt>.
15425
15426  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15427  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15428  The module will be called ipaq.o. If you want to compile it as a
15429  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15430
15431USB IR Dongle Serial Driver
15432CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_IR
15433  Say Y here if you want to enable simple serial support for USB IrDA
15434  devices.  This is useful if you do not want to use the full IrDA
15435  stack.
15436
15437  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15438  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15439  The module will be called ir-usb.o. If you want to compile it as a
15440  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15441
15442USB Belkin and Paracom Single Port Serial Driver
15443CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_BELKIN
15444  Say Y here if you want to use a Belkin USB Serial single port
15445  adaptor (F5U103 is one of the model numbers) or the Peracom single
15446  port USB to serial adapter.
15447
15448  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15449  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15450  The module will be called belkin_sa.o.  If you want to compile it as
15451  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15452
15453USB FTDI Single Port Serial Driver
15454CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_FTDI_SIO
15455  Say Y here if you want to use a FTDI SIO single port USB to serial
15456  converter device. The implementation I have is called the USC-1000.
15457  This driver has also be tested with the 245 and 232 devices.
15458
15459  See <http://ftdi-usb-sio.sourceforge.net/> for more
15460  information on this driver and the device.
15461
15462  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15463  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15464  The module will be called ftdi_sio.o.  If you want to compile it as
15465  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15466
15467USB Keyspan PDA Single Port Serial Driver
15468CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_PDA
15469  Say Y here if you want to use a Keyspan PDA single port USB to
15470  serial converter device.  This driver makes use of firmware
15471  developed from scratch by Brian Warner.
15472
15473  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15474  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15475  The module will be called keyspan_pda.o. If you want to compile it
15476  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15477
15478USB Xircom / Entregra Single Port Serial Driver
15479CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_XIRCOM
15480  Say Y here if you want to use a Xircom or Entregra single port USB to
15481  serial converter device.  This driver makes use of firmware
15482  developed from scratch by Brian Warner.
15483
15484  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15485  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15486  The module will be called keyspan_pda.o. If you want to compile it
15487  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15488
15489USB Keyspan USA-xxx Serial Driver
15490CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN
15491  Say Y here if you want to use Keyspan USB to serial converter
15492  devices.  This driver makes use of Keyspan's official firmware
15493  and was developed with their support.  You must also include
15494  firmware to support your particular device(s).
15495
15496  See <http://misc.nu/hugh/keyspan.html> for more information.
15497
15498  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15499  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15500  The module will be called keyspan.o. If you want to compile it as a
15501  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15502
15503USB Keyspan USA-28 Firmware
15504CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA28
15505  Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-28 converter.
15506
15507USB Keyspan USA-28X Firmware
15508CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA28X
15509  Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-28X converter.
15510  Be sure you have a USA-28X, there are also 28XA and 28XB
15511  models, the label underneath has the actual part number.
15512
15513USB Keyspan USA-28XA Firmware
15514CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA28XA
15515  Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-28XA converter.
15516  Be sure you have a USA-28XA, there are also 28X and 28XB
15517  models, the label underneath has the actual part number.
15518
15519USB Keyspan USA-28XB Firmware
15520CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA28XB
15521  Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-28XB converter.
15522  Be sure you have a USA-28XB, there are also 28X and 28XA
15523  models, the label underneath has the actual part number.
15524
15525USB Keyspan USA-19 Firmware
15526CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA19
15527  Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-19 converter.
15528
15529USB Keyspan USA-18X Firmware
15530CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA18X
15531  Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-18X converter.
15532
15533USB Keyspan USA-19W Firmware
15534CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA19W
15535  Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-19W converter.
15536
15537USB Keyspan USA-19QW Firmware
15538CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA19QW
15539  Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-19QW converter.
15540
15541USB Keyspan USA-19QI Firmware
15542CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA19QI
15543  Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-19QI converter.
15544
15545USB Keyspan USA-49W Firmware
15546CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA49W
15547  Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-49W converter.
15548
15549CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA49WLC
15550  Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-49WLC converter.
15551
15552USB ZyXEL omni.net LCD Plus Driver
15553CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_OMNINET
15554  Say Y here if you want to use a ZyXEL omni.net LCD ISDN TA.
15555
15556  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15557  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15558  The module will be called omninet.o. If you want to compile it as a
15559  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15560
15561USB Digi International AccelePort USB Serial Driver
15562CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_DIGI_ACCELEPORT
15563  Say Y here if you want to use Digi AccelePort USB 2 or 4 devices,
15564  2 port (plus parallel port) and 4 port USB serial converters.  The
15565  parallel port on the USB 2 appears as a third serial port on Linux.
15566  The Digi Acceleport USB 8 is not yet supported by this driver.
15567
15568  This driver works under SMP with the usb-uhci driver.  It does not
15569  work under SMP with the uhci driver.
15570
15571  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15572  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15573  The module will be called digi_acceleport.o.  If you want to compile
15574  it as a module, say M here and read
15575  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15576
15577USB Empeg empeg-car Mark I/II Driver
15578CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_EMPEG
15579  Say Y here if you want to connect to your Empeg empeg-car Mark I/II
15580  mp3 player via USB.  The driver uses a single ttyUSB{0,1,2,...}
15581  device node.  See <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt> for more
15582  tidbits of information.
15583
15584  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15585  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15586  The module will be called empeg.o. If you want to compile it as a
15587  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15588
15589USB MCT Single Port Serial Driver
15590CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_MCT_U232
15591  Say Y here if you want to use a USB Serial single port adapter from
15592  Magic Control Technology Corp. (U232 is one of the model numbers).
15593
15594  This driver also works with Sitecom U232-P25 and D-Link DU-H3SP USB
15595  BAY devices.
15596
15597  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15598  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15599  The module will be called mct_u232.o.  If you want to compile it as
15600  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15601
15602USB Prolific 2303 Single Port Serial Driver
15603CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_PL2303
15604  Say Y here if you want to use the PL2303 USB Serial single port
15605  adapter from Prolific.
15606
15607  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15608  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15609  The module will be called pl2303.o.  If you want to compile it as
15610  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15611
15612USB KOBIL chipcard reader
15613CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KOBIL_SCT
15614  Say Y here if you want to use one of the following KOBIL USB chipcard
15615  readers: TWIN, KAAN Standard Plus, SecOVID Reader Plus, B1 PRO, KAAN PRO
15616
15617  Note that you need a current CT-API.
15618  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15619  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15620  The module will be called kobil_sct.o. If you want to compile it as
15621  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15622
15623USB REINER SCT cyberJack pinpad/e-com chipcard reader
15624CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_CYBERJACK
15625  Say Y here if you want to use a cyberJack pinpad/e-com USB chipcard
15626  reader. This is an interface to ISO 7816 compatible contactbased
15627  chipcards, e.g. GSM SIMs.
15628
15629  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15630  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15631  The module will be called cyberjack.o. If you want to compile it as
15632  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15633
15634  If unsure, say N.
15635
15636USB Edgeport Serial Driver
15637CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_EDGEPORT
15638  Say Y here if you want to use any of the following devices from
15639  Inside Out Networks (Digi):
15640       Edgeport/4
15641       Rapidport/4
15642       Edgeport/4t
15643       Edgeport/2
15644       Edgeport/4i
15645       Edgeport/2i
15646       Edgeport/421
15647       Edgeport/21
15648       Edgeport/8
15649       Edgeport/8 Dual
15650       Edgeport/2D8
15651       Edgeport/4D8
15652       Edgeport/8i
15653       Edgeport/2 DIN
15654       Edgeport/4 DIN
15655       Edgeport/16 Dual
15656
15657  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15658  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15659  The module will be called io_edgeport.o.  If you want to compile it
15660  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15661
15662USB PalmConnect (and other KL5KUSB105-based) Single Port Serial Driver
15663CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KLSI
15664  Say Y here if you want to use a KL5KUSB105 - based single port
15665  serial adapter. The most widely known -- and currently the only
15666  tested -- device in this category is the PalmConnect USB Serial
15667  adapter sold by Palm Inc. for use with their Palm III and Palm V
15668  series PDAs.
15669
15670  Please read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt> for more
15671  information.
15672
15673  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15674  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15675  The module will be called kl5kusb105.o. If you want to compile it as
15676  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15677
15678USB Serial Converter verbose debug
15679CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_DEBUG
15680  Say Y here if you want verbose debug messages from the USB Serial
15681  Drivers sent to the kernel debug log.
15682
15683USB Printer support
15684CONFIG_USB_PRINTER
15685  Say Y here if you want to connect a USB printer to your computer's
15686  USB port.
15687
15688  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15689  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15690  The module will be called printer.o. If you want to compile it as a
15691  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15692
15693USB IBM (Xirlink) C-It Camera support
15694CONFIG_USB_IBMCAM
15695  Say Y here if you want to connect a IBM "C-It" camera, also known as
15696  "Xirlink PC Camera" to your computer's USB port.  For more
15697  information, read <file:Documentation/usb/ibmcam.txt>.
15698
15699  This driver uses the Video For Linux API.  You must enable
15700  (Y or M in config) Video For Linux (under Character Devices)
15701  to use this driver.  Information on this API and pointers to
15702  "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
15703  <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
15704
15705  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15706  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15707  The module will be called ibmcam.o.  If you want to compile it as a
15708  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This
15709  camera has several configuration options which can be specified when
15710  you load the module.  Read <file:Documentation/usb/ibmcam.txt> to
15711  learn more.
15712
15713CONFIG_USB_KONICAWC
15714  Say Y here if you want support for webcams based on a Konica
15715  chipset. This is known to work with the Intel YC76 webcam.
15716
15717  This driver uses the Video For Linux API.  You must enable
15718  (Y or M in config) Video For Linux (under Character Devices)
15719  to use this driver.  Information on this API and pointers to
15720  "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
15721  <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
15722
15723  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15724  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15725  The module will be called konicawc.o. If you want to compile it as
15726  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15727
15728USB OV511 Camera support
15729CONFIG_USB_OV511
15730  Say Y here if you want to connect this type of camera to your
15731  computer's USB port. See <file:Documentation/usb/ov511.txt> for more
15732  information and for a list of supported cameras.
15733
15734  This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must say Y or M to
15735  "Video For Linux" (under Character Devices) to use this driver.
15736  Information on this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found
15737  on the WWW at <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
15738
15739  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15740  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15741  The module will be called ov511.o. If you want to compile it as a
15742  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15743
15744USB W996[87]CF Camera support
15745CONFIG_USB_W9968CF
15746  Say Y here if you want support for cameras based on
15747  Winbond W9967CF/W9968CF JPEG USB Dual Mode Camera Chips.
15748
15749  This driver has an optional plugin, which is distributed as a
15750  separate module only (released under GPL). It contains code that
15751  allows you to use higher resolutions and framerates, and cannot
15752  be included in the official Linux kernel for performance purposes.
15753  At the moment the driver needs a third-party module for the CMOS
15754  sensors, which is available on internet: it is recommended to read
15755  <file:Documentation/usb/w9968cf.txt> for more informations and for
15756  a list of supported cameras.
15757
15758  This driver uses the Video For Linux and the I2C APIs.
15759  You must say Y or M to both "Video For Linux" and "I2C Support"
15760  to use this driver. Information on this API and pointers to "v4l"
15761  programs may be found on the WWW at
15762  <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
15763
15764  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15765  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15766  The module will be called w9968cf.o. If you want to compile it as a
15767  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15768
15769USB Communication Class Ethernet device support
15770CONFIG_USB_CDCETHER
15771  This driver supports devices conforming to the Communication Device
15772  Class Ethernet Control Model.  This is used in some cable modems.
15773  For more details on the specification, get the Communication Device
15774  Class specification from <http://www.usb.org/>.
15775
15776  This driver should work with the following devices:
15777        * Ericsson PipeRider (all variants)
15778        * Motorola (DM100 and SB4100)
15779        * Broadcom Cable Modem (reference design)
15780        * Toshiba PCX1100U and possibly other cable modems
15781        * Sharp Zaurus SL-5000D
15782
15783  The device creates a network device (ethX, where X depends on what
15784  other networking devices you have in use), as for a normal PCI
15785  or ISA based ethernet network card.
15786
15787  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15788  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15789  The module will be called CDCEther.o.  If you want to compile it as
15790  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15791
15792NetChip 1080-based USB Host-to-Host Link
15793CONFIG_USB_NET1080
15794  The NetChip 1080 is a USB 1.1 host controller.  NetChip has a web
15795  site with technical information at <http://www.netchip.com/>.
15796
15797Philips webcam support
15798CONFIG_USB_PWC
15799  Say Y or M here if you want to use one of these Philips USB webcams:
15800  PCA645, PCA646, PCVC675, PCVC680, PCVC690, PCVC730, PCVC740, or
15801  the Askey VC010. The PCA635, PCVC665 and PCVC720 are not supported
15802  by this driver and never will be.
15803
15804  This driver has an optional plugin, which is distributed as a binary
15805  module only.  It contains code that allow you to use higher
15806  resolutions and framerates but may not be distributed as source.
15807  But even without this plugin you can these cams for most
15808  applications.
15809
15810  See <file:Documentation/usb/philips.txt> for more information and
15811  installation instructions.
15812
15813  The built-in microphone is enabled by selecting USB Audio support.
15814
15815  This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must say Y or M to
15816  "Video For Linux" (under Character Devices) to use this driver.
15817  Information on this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found
15818  on the WWW at <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
15819
15820  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15821  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15822  The module will be called pwc.o.  If you want to compile it as a
15823  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15824
15825USB SE401 Camera support
15826CONFIG_USB_SE401
15827  Say Y here if you want to connect this type of camera to your
15828  computer's USB port. See <file:Documentation/usb/se401.txt> for more
15829  information and for a list of supported cameras.
15830
15831  This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must say Y or M to
15832  "Video For Linux" (under Multimedia Devices) to use this driver.
15833  Information on this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found
15834  on the WWW at <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
15835
15836  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15837  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15838  The module will be called se401.o. If you want to compile it as a
15839  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15840
15841USB STV680 (Pencam) Camera support
15842CONFIG_USB_STV680
15843  Say Y here if you want to connect this type of camera to your
15844  computer's USB port. This includes the Pencam line of cameras.
15845  See <file:Documentation/usb/stv680.txt> for more information and for
15846  a list of supported cameras.
15847
15848  This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must say Y or M to
15849  "Video For Linux" (under Multimedia Devices) to use this driver.
15850  Information on this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found
15851  on the WWW at <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
15852
15853  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15854  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15855  The module will be called stv680.o. If you want to compile it as a
15856  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15857
15858Vicam
15859CONFIG_USB_VICAM
15860  Say Y here if you have 3com homeconnect camera (vicam).
15861
15862  This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must say Y or M to
15863  "Video For Linux" (under Multimedia Devices) to use this driver.
15864  Information on this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found
15865  on the WWW at <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
15866
15867  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15868  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15869  The module will be called vicam.o. If you want to compile it as a
15870  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15871
15872
15873Pegasus/Pegasus II based USB-Ethernet device support
15874CONFIG_USB_PEGASUS
15875  Say Y here if you know you have Pegasus or Pegasus-II based adapter.
15876  If in doubt then look at linux/drivers/usb/pegasus.h for the complete
15877  list of supported devices.
15878  If your particular adapter is not in the list and you are _sure_ it
15879  is Pegasus or Pegasus-II based then send me (petkan@users.sourceforge.net)
15880  vendor and device IDs.
15881
15882  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15883  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15884  The module will be called pegasus.o. If you want to compile it as a
15885  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15886
15887Realtek RTL8150 based USB-Ethernet device support
15888CONFIG_USB_RTL8150
15889  Say Y here if you have RTL8150 based usb-ethernet adapter.
15890  Send me (petkan@users.sourceforge.net) any comments you may have.
15891  You can also check for updates at <http://pegasus2.sourceforge.net/>
15892
15893  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15894  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15895  The module will be called rtl8150.o. If you want to compile it as a
15896  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15897
15898USB KLSI KL5USB101-based Ethernet device support
15899CONFIG_USB_KAWETH
15900  Say Y here if you want to use one of the following 10Mbps only
15901  USB Ethernet adapters based on the KLSI KL5KUSB101B chipset:
15902       3Com 3C19250
15903       ADS USB-10BT
15904       ATEN USB Ethernet
15905       ASANTE USB To Ethernet Adapter
15906       AOX Endpoints USB Ethernet
15907       Correga K.K.
15908       D-Link DSB-650C and DU-E10
15909       Entrega / Portgear E45
15910       I-O DATA USB-ET/T
15911       Jaton USB Ethernet Device Adapter
15912       Kingston Technology USB Ethernet Adapter
15913       Linksys USB10T
15914       Mobility USB-Ethernet Adapter
15915       NetGear EA-101
15916       Peracom Enet and Enet2
15917       Portsmith Express Ethernet Adapter
15918       Shark Pocket Adapter
15919       SMC 2202USB
15920       Sony Vaio port extender
15921
15922  This driver is likely to work with most 10Mbps only USB Ethernet
15923  adapters, including some "no brand" devices. It does NOT work on
15924  SmartBridges smartNIC or on Belkin F5U111 devices - you should use
15925  the CATC NetMate driver for those. If you are not sure which one
15926  you need, select both, and the correct one should be selected for
15927  you.
15928
15929  This driver makes the adapter appear as a normal Ethernet interface,
15930  typically on eth0, if it is the only ethernet device, or perhaps on
15931  eth1, if you have a PCI or ISA ethernet card installed.
15932
15933  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15934  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15935  The module will be called kaweth.o. If you want to compile it as a
15936  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15937
15938USB CATC NetMate-based Ethernet device support
15939CONFIG_USB_CATC
15940  Say Y if you want to use one of the following 10Mbps USB Ethernet
15941  device based on the EL1210A chip. Supported devices are:
15942    Belkin F5U011
15943    Belkin F5U111
15944    CATC NetMate
15945    CATC NetMate II
15946    smartBridges smartNIC
15947
15948  This driver makes the adapter appear as a normal Ethernet interface,
15949  typically on eth0, if it is the only ethernet device, or perhaps on
15950  eth1, if you have a PCI or ISA ethernet card installed.
15951
15952  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15953  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15954  The module will be called catc.o. If you want to compile it as a
15955  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15956
15957USB Kodak DC-2xx Camera support
15958CONFIG_USB_DC2XX
15959  Say Y here if you want to connect this type of still camera to your
15960  computer's USB port.  See <file:Documentation/usb/dc2xx.txt> for
15961  more information; some non-Kodak cameras may also work with this
15962  driver, given application support (such as <http://www.gphoto.org/>).
15963
15964  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15965  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15966  The module will be called dc2xx.o. If you want to compile it as a
15967  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15968
15969USB Mustek MDC800 Digital Camera support
15970CONFIG_USB_MDC800
15971  Say Y here if you want to connect this type of still camera to
15972  your computer's USB port. This driver can be used with gphoto 0.4.3
15973  and higher (look at <http://www.gphoto.org/>).
15974  To use it create a device node with "mknod /dev/mustek c 180 32" and
15975  configure it in your software.
15976
15977  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15978  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15979  The module will be called mdc800.o. If you want to compile it as a
15980  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15981
15982USB Mass Storage support
15983CONFIG_USB_STORAGE
15984  Say Y here if you want to connect USB mass storage devices to your
15985  computer's USB port.
15986
15987  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
15988  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
15989  The module will be called usb-storage.o. If you want to compile it
15990  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
15991
15992USB Mass Storage verbose debug
15993CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_DEBUG
15994  Say Y here in order to have the USB Mass Storage code generate
15995  verbose debugging messages.
15996
15997ISD-200 USB/ATA Bridge support
15998CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_ISD200
15999  Say Y here if you want to use USB Mass Store devices based
16000  on the In-Systems Design ISD-200 USB/ATA bridge.
16001
16002  Some of the products that use this chip are:
16003
16004    - Archos Jukebox 6000
16005    - ISD SmartCable for Storage
16006    - Taiwan Skymaster CD530U/DEL-0241 IDE bridge
16007    - Sony CRX10U CD-R/RW drive
16008    - CyQ've CQ8060A CDRW drive
16009    - Planex eXtreme Drive RX-25HU USB-IDE cable (not model RX-25U)
16010
16011USS720 parport driver
16012CONFIG_USB_USS720
16013  This driver is for USB parallel port adapters that use the Lucent
16014  Technologies USS-720 chip. These cables are plugged into your USB
16015  port and provide USB compatibility to peripherals designed with
16016  parallel port interfaces.
16017
16018  The chip has two modes: automatic mode and manual mode. In automatic
16019  mode, it looks to the computer like a standard USB printer. Only
16020  printers may be connected to the USS-720 in this mode. The generic
16021  USB printer driver ("USB Printer support", above) may be used in
16022  that mode, and you can say N here if you want to use the chip only
16023  in this mode.
16024
16025  Manual mode is not limited to printers, any parallel port
16026  device should work. This driver utilizes manual mode.
16027  Note however that some operations are three orders of magnitude
16028  slower than on a PCI/ISA Parallel Port, so timing critical
16029  applications might not work.
16030
16031  Say Y here if you own an USS-720 USB->Parport cable and intend to
16032  connect anything other than a printer to it.
16033
16034  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
16035  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
16036  The module will be called uss720.o. If you want to compile it as a
16037  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
16038
16039USB device file system
16040CONFIG_USB_DEVICEFS
16041  If you say Y here (and to "/proc file system support" in the "File
16042  systems section, above), you will get a file /proc/bus/usb/devices
16043  which lists the devices currently connected to your USB bus or
16044  busses, a file /proc/bus/usb/drivers which lists the USB kernel
16045  client drivers currently loaded, and for every connected device a
16046  file named  "/proc/bus/usb/xxx/yyy", where xxx is the bus number and
16047  yyy the device number; the latter files can be used by user space
16048  programs to talk directly to the device. These files are "virtual",
16049  meaning they are generated on the fly and not stored on the hard
16050  drive.
16051
16052  You may need to mount the usbdevfs file system to see the files, use
16053   mount -t usbdevfs none /proc/bus/usb
16054
16055  For the format of the various /proc/bus/usb/ files, please read
16056  <file:Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt>.
16057
16058  Please note that this code is completely unrelated to devfs, the
16059  "/dev file system support".
16060
16061  Most users want to say Y here.
16062
16063Enforce USB bandwidth allocation
16064CONFIG_USB_BANDWIDTH
16065  If you say Y here, the USB subsystem enforces USB bandwidth
16066  allocation and will prevent some device opens from succeeding
16067  if they would cause USB bandwidth usage to go above 90% of
16068  the bus bandwidth.
16069
16070  If you say N here, these conditions will cause warning messages
16071  about USB bandwidth usage to be logged and some devices or
16072  drivers may not work correctly.
16073
16074DABUSB driver
16075CONFIG_USB_DABUSB
16076  A Digital Audio Broadcasting (DAB) Receiver for USB and Linux
16077  brought to you by the DAB-Team (<http://dab.in.tum.de/>).  This
16078  driver can be taken as an example for URB-based bulk, control, and
16079  isochronous transactions. URB's are explained in
16080  <file:Documentation/usb/URB.txt>.
16081
16082  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
16083  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
16084  The module will be called dabusb.o.  If you want to compile it as a
16085  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
16086
16087Host-to-Host USB networking
16088CONFIG_USB_USBNET
16089  This driver supports network links over USB with USB "Network"
16090  or "data transfer" cables, often used to network laptops to PCs.
16091  Such cables have chips from suppliers such as Belkin/eTEK, GeneSys
16092  (GeneLink), NetChip and Prolific. Intelligent USB devices could also
16093  use this approach to provide Internet access, using standard USB
16094  cabling. You can find these chips also on some motherboards with
16095  USB PC2PC support.
16096
16097  These links will have names like "usb0", "usb1", etc.  They act
16098  like two-node Ethernets, so you can use 802.1d Ethernet Bridging
16099  (CONFIG_BRIDGE) to simplify your network routing.
16100
16101  This code is also available as a kernel module (code which can be
16102  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
16103  The module will be called usbnet.o. If you want to compile it as a
16104  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
16105
16106Freecom USB/ATAPI Bridge support
16107CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_FREECOM
16108  Support for the Freecom USB to IDE/ATAPI adaptor.
16109  Freecom has a web page at <http://www.freecom.de/>.
16110
16111Microtech CompactFlash/SmartMedia reader
16112CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_DPCM
16113  Say Y here to support the Microtech ZiO! CompactFlash/SmartMedia
16114  reader, details at <http://www.microtechint.com/zio/index.html>.
16115  This driver treats the flash card as a removable storage device.
16116
16117SanDisk SDDR-09 (and other SmartMedia) support
16118CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_SDDR09
16119  Say Y here to include additional code to support the Sandisk SDDR-09
16120  SmartMedia reader in the USB Mass Storage driver.
16121
16122SanDisk SDDR-55 SmartMedia support
16123CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_SDDR55
16124  Say Y here to include additional code to support the Sandisk SDDR-55
16125  SmartMedia reader in the USB Mass Storage driver.
16126
16127USB Diamond Rio500 support
16128CONFIG_USB_RIO500
16129  Say Y here if you want to connect a USB Rio500 mp3 player to your
16130  computer's USB port. Please read <file:Documentation/usb/rio.txt>
16131  for more information.
16132
16133  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
16134  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
16135  The module will be called rio500.o. If you want to compile it as
16136  a module, say M here and read <file:Documenatation/modules.txt>.
16137
16138Auerswald device support
16139CONFIG_USB_AUERSWALD
16140  Say Y here if you want to connect an Auerswald USB ISDN Device
16141  to your computer's USB port.
16142
16143  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
16144  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
16145  The module will be called auerswald.o. If you want to compile it as
16146  a module, say M here and read <file:Documenatation/modules.txt>
16147
16148USB Auerswald ISDN modem support
16149CONFIG_USB_AUERISDN
16150  Say Y here if you want to enable the ISDN modem option
16151  of your Auerswald ISDN devices.
16152
16153  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
16154  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
16155  The module will be called auerswald.o. If you want to compile it as
16156  a module, say M here and read <file:Documenatation/modules.txt>
16157
16158CONFIG_USB_TIGL
16159  If you own a Texas Instruments graphing calculator and use a
16160  TI-GRAPH LINK USB cable (aka SilverLink), then you might be
16161  interested in this driver.
16162
16163  If you enable this driver, you will be able to communicate with
16164  your calculator through a set of device nodes under /dev.
16165
16166  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
16167  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
16168  The module will be called tiglusb.o. If you want to compile it as a
16169  module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
16170
16171  If you don't know what the SilverLink cable is or what a Texas
16172  Instruments graphing calculator is, then you probably don't need this
16173  driver.
16174
16175  If unsure, say N.
16176
16177Texas Instruments parallel link cable support
16178CONFIG_TIPAR
16179  If you own a Texas Instruments graphing calculator and use a
16180  parallel link cable, then you might be interested in this driver.
16181
16182  If you enable this driver, you will be able to communicate with
16183  your calculator through a set of device nodes under /dev. The
16184  main advantage of this driver is that you don't have to be root
16185  to use this precise link cable (depending on the permissions on
16186  the device nodes, though).
16187
16188  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
16189  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
16190  The module will be called tipar.o. If you want to compile it as a
16191  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>
16192
16193  If you don't know what a parallel link cable is or what a Texas
16194  Instruments graphing calculator is, then you probably don't need this
16195  driver.
16196
16197  If unsure, say N.
16198
16199Tieman Voyager USB Braille display support
16200CONFIG_USB_BRLVOYAGER
16201  Say Y here if you want to use the Voyager USB Braille display from
16202  Tieman. See <file:Documentation/usb/brlvger.txt> for more
16203  information.
16204
16205  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
16206  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
16207  The module will be called brlvger.o. If you want to compile it as
16208  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
16209
16210USBLCD support
16211CONFIG_USB_LCD
16212  Say Y here if you want to connect an USBLCD to your computer's
16213  USB port. The USBLCD is a small USB interface board for
16214  alphanumeric LCD modules. See <http://www.usblcd.de> for more
16215  information.
16216
16217  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
16218  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
16219  The module will be called usblcd.o. If you want to compile it as
16220  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
16221
16222D-Link DSB-R100 FM radio support
16223CONFIG_USB_DSBR
16224  Say Y here if you want to connect this type of radio to your
16225  computer's USB port. Note that the audio is not digital, and
16226  you must connect the line out connector to a sound card or a
16227  set of speakers.
16228
16229  This driver uses the Video For Linux API.  You must enable
16230  (Y or M in config) Video For Linux (under Character Devices)
16231  to use this driver.  Information on this API and pointers to
16232  "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
16233  <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
16234
16235  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
16236  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
16237  The module will be called dsbr100.o. If you want to compile it as a
16238  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
16239
16240Alcatel Speedtouch USB support
16241CONFIG_USB_SPEEDTOUCH
16242  Say Y here if you have an Alcatel SpeedTouch USB or SpeedTouch 330
16243  modem.  In order to use your modem you will need to install some user
16244  space tools, see <http://www.linux-usb.org/SpeedTouch/> for details.
16245
16246  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
16247  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
16248  The module will be called speedtch.o. If you want to compile it as
16249  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
16250
16251CONFIG_USB_GADGET
16252  USB is a master/slave protocol, organized with one master
16253  host (such as a PC) controlling up to 127 peripheral devices.
16254  The USB hardware is asymmetric, which makes it easier to set up:
16255  you can't connect two "to-the-host" connectors to each other.
16256
16257  Linux can run in the host, or in the peripheral.  In both cases
16258  you need a low level bus controller driver, and some software
16259  talking to it.  Peripheral controllers are often discrete silicon,
16260  or are integrated with the CPU in a microcontroller.  The more
16261  familiar host side controllers have names like like "EHCI", "OHCI",
16262  or "UHCI", and are usually integrated into southbridges on PC
16263  motherboards.
16264
16265  Enable this configuration option if you want to run Linux inside
16266  a USB peripheral device.  Configure one hardware driver for your
16267  peripheral/device side bus controller, and a "gadget driver" for
16268  your peripheral protocol.  (If you use modular gadget drivers,
16269  you may configure more than one.)
16270
16271  If in doubt, say "N" and don't enable these drivers; most people
16272  don't have this kind of hardware (except maybe inside Linux PDAs).
16273
16274CONFIG_USB_NET2280
16275  NetChip 2280 is a PCI based USB peripheral controller which
16276  supports both full and high speed USB 2.0 data transfers.
16277
16278  It has six configurable endpoints, as well as endpoint zero
16279  (for control transfers) and several endpoints with dedicated
16280  functions.
16281
16282  Say "y" to link the driver statically, or "m" to build a
16283  dynamically linked module called "net2280" and force all
16284  gadget drivers to also be dynamically linked.
16285
16286CONFIG_USB_ZERO
16287  Gadget Zero is a two-configuration device.  It either sinks and
16288  sources bulk data; or it loops back a configurable number of
16289  transfers.  It also implements control requests, for "chapter 9"
16290  conformance.  The driver needs only two bulk-capable endpoints, so
16291  it can work on top of most device-side usb controllers.  It's
16292  useful for testing, and is also a working example showing how
16293  USB "gadget drivers" can be written.
16294
16295  Make this be the first driver you try using on top of any new
16296  USB peripheral controller driver.  Then you can use host-side
16297  test software, like the "usbtest" driver, to put your hardware
16298  and its driver through a basic set of functional tests.
16299
16300  Gadget Zero also works with the host-side "usb-skeleton" driver,
16301  and with many kinds of host-side test software.  You may need
16302  to tweak product and vendor IDs before host software knows about
16303  this device, and arrange to select an appropriate configuration.
16304
16305  Say "y" to link the driver statically, or "m" to build a
16306  dynamically linked module called "g_zero".
16307
16308CONFIG_USB_ETH
16309  This driver implements Ethernet style communication, in either
16310  of two ways:
16311
16312   - The "Communication Device Class" (CDC) Ethernet Control Model.
16313     That protocol is often avoided with pure Ethernet adapters, in
16314     favor of simpler vendor-specific hardware, but is widely
16315     supported by firmware for smart network devices.
16316
16317   - On hardware can't implement that protocol, a simpler approach
16318     is used, placing fewer demands on USB.
16319
16320   Within the USB device, this gadget driver exposes a network device
16321   "usbX", where X depends on what other networking devices you have.
16322   Treat it like a two-node Ethernet link:  host, and gadget.
16323
16324   The Linux-USB host-side "usbnet" driver interoperates with this
16325   driver, so that deep I/O queues can be supported.  On 2.4 kernels,
16326   use "CDCEther" instead, if you're using the CDC option. That CDC
16327   mode should also interoperate with standard CDC Ethernet class
16328   drivers on other host operating systems.
16329
16330   Say "y" to link the driver statically, or "m" to build a
16331   dynamically linked module called "g_ether".
16332
16333CONFIG_USB_ETH_RNDIS
16334  Microsoft Windows XP bundles the "Remote NDIS" (RNDIS) protocol,
16335  and Microsoft provides redistributable binary RNDIS drivers for
16336  older versions of Windows.
16337
16338  If you say "y" here, the Ethernet gadget driver will try to provide
16339  a second device configuration, supporting RNDIS to talk to such
16340  Microsoft USB hosts.
16341
16342CONFIG_USB_FILE_STORAGE
16343  The File-backed Storage Gadget acts as a USB Mass Storage
16344  disk drive.  As its storage repository it can use a regular
16345  file or a block device (in much the same way as the "loop"
16346  device driver), specified as a module parameter.
16347
16348CONFIG_USB_FILE_STORAGE_TEST
16349  Say "y" to generate the larger testing version of the
16350  File-backed Storage Gadget, useful for probing the
16351  behavior of USB Mass Storage hosts.  Not needed for
16352  normal operation.
16353
16354Always do synchronous disk IO for UBD
16355CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UBD_SYNC
16356  The User-Mode Linux port includes a driver called UBD which will let
16357  you access arbitrary files on the host computer as block devices.
16358  Writes to such a block device are not immediately written to the
16359  host's disk; this may cause problems if, for example, the User-Mode
16360  Linux 'Virtual Machine' uses a journalling file system and the host
16361  computer crashes.
16362
16363  Synchronous operation (i.e. always writing data to the host's disk
16364  immediately) is configurable on a per-UBD basis by using a special
16365  kernel command line option.  Alternatively, you can say Y here to
16366  turn on synchronous operation by default for all block.
16367
16368  If you're running a journalling file system (like reiserfs, for
16369  example) in your virtual machine, you will want to say Y here.  If
16370  you care for the safety of the data in your virtual machine, Y is a
16371  wise choice too.  In all other cases (for example, if you're just
16372  playing around with User-Mode Linux) you can choose N.
16373
16374Enable ptrace proxy
16375CONFIG_PT_PROXY
16376  This option enables a debugging interface which allows gdb to debug
16377  the kernel without needing to actually attach to kernel threads.
16378  If you want to do kernel debugging, say Y here; otherwise say N.
16379
16380Management console
16381CONFIG_MCONSOLE
16382  The user mode linux management console is a low-level interface to
16383  the kernel, somewhat like the i386 SysRq interface.  Since there is
16384  a full-blown operating system running under every user mode linux
16385  instance, there is much greater flexibility possible than with the
16386  SysRq mechanism.
16387
16388  If you answer 'Y' to this option, to use this feature, you need the
16389  mconsole client (called uml_mconsole) which is present in CVS in
16390  2.4.5-9um and later (path /tools/mconsole), and is also in the
16391  distribution RPM package in 2.4.6 and later.
16392
16393  It is safe to say 'Y' here.
16394
16395Enable kernel debugging symbols
16396CONFIG_DEBUGSYM
16397  When this is enabled, the User-Mode Linux binary will include
16398  debugging symbols.  This enlarges the binary by a few megabytes,
16399  but aids in tracking down kernel problems in UML.  It is required
16400  if you intend to do any kernel development.
16401
16402  If you're truly short on disk space or don't expect to report any
16403  bugs back to the UML developers, say N, otherwise say Y.
16404
16405Enable gcov support
16406CONFIG_GCOV
16407  This option allows developers to retrieve coverage data from a UML
16408  session.
16409
16410  See <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/gcov.html> for more
16411  details.
16412
16413  If you're involved in UML kernel development and want to use gcov,
16414  say Y.  If you're unsure, say N.
16415
16416Enable gprof support
16417CONFIG_GPROF
16418  This allows profiling of a User-Mode Linux kernel with the gprof
16419  utility.
16420
16421  See <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/gprof.html> for more
16422  details.
16423
16424  If you're involved in UML kernel development and want to use gprof,
16425  say Y.  If you're unsure, say N.
16426
16427Host filesystem
16428CONFIG_HOSTFS
16429  While the User-Mode Linux port uses its own root file system for
16430  booting and normal file access, this module lets the UML user
16431  access files stored on the host.  It does not require any
16432  network connection between the Host and UML.  An example use of
16433  this might be:
16434
16435  mount none /tmp/fromhost -t hostfs -o /tmp/umlshare
16436
16437  where /tmp/fromhost is an empty directory inside UML and
16438  /tmp/umlshare is a directory on the host with files the UML user
16439  wishes to access.
16440
16441  For more information, see
16442  <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/hostfs.html>.
16443
16444  If you'd like to be able to work with files stored on the host,
16445  say Y or M here; otherwise say N.
16446
16447Example IO Memory driver
16448CONFIG_MMAPPER
16449  The User-Mode Linux port can provide support for IO Memory
16450  emulation with this option.  This allows a host file to be
16451  specified as an I/O region on the kernel command line. That file
16452  will be mapped into UML's kernel address space where a driver can
16453  locate it and do whatever it wants with the memory, including
16454  providing an interface to it for UML processes to use.
16455
16456  For more information, see
16457  <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/iomem.html>.
16458
16459  If you'd like to be able to provide a simulated IO port space for
16460  User-Mode Linux processes, say Y.  If unsure, say N.
16461
16462Virtual Serial Line
16463CONFIG_SSL
16464  The User-Mode Linux environment allows you to create virtual serial
16465  lines on the UML that are usually made to show up on the host as
16466  ttys or ptys.
16467
16468  See <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/input.html> for more
16469  information and command line examples of how to use this facility.
16470
16471  Unless you have a specific reason for disabling this, say Y.
16472
16473Virtual network device
16474CONFIG_UML_NET
16475  While the User-Mode port cannot directly talk to any physical
16476  hardware devices, this choice and the following transport options
16477  provide one or more virtual network devices through which the UML
16478  kernels can talk to each other, the host, and with the host's help,
16479  machines on the outside world.
16480
16481  For more information, including explanations of the networking and
16482  sample configurations, see
16483  <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/networking.html>.
16484
16485  If you'd like to be able to enable networking in the User-Mode
16486  linux environment, say Y; otherwise say N.  Note that you must
16487  enable at least one of the following transport options to actually
16488  make use of UML networking.
16489
16490Daemon transport
16491CONFIG_UML_NET_DAEMON
16492  This User-Mode Linux network transport allows one or more running
16493  UMLs on a single host to communicate with each other, but not to
16494  the host.
16495
16496  To use this form of networking, you'll need to run the UML
16497  networking daemon on the host.
16498
16499  For more information, see
16500  <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/networking.html>  That site
16501  has examples of the UML command line to use to enable Daemon
16502  networking.
16503
16504  If you'd like to set up a network with other UMLs on a single host,
16505  say Y.  If you need a network between UMLs on multiple physical
16506  hosts, choose the Multicast Transport.  To set up a network with
16507  the host and/or other IP machines, say Y to the Ethertap or Slip
16508  transports.  You'll need at least one of them, but may choose
16509  more than one without conflict.  If you don't need UML networking,
16510  say N.
16511
16512Ethertap transport
16513CONFIG_UML_NET_ETHERTAP
16514  The Ethertap User-Mode Linux network transport allows a single
16515  running UML to exchange packets with its host over one of the
16516  host's Ethertap devices, such as /dev/tap0.  Additional running
16517  UMLs can use additional Ethertap devices, one per running UML.
16518  While the UML believes it's on a (multi-device, broadcast) virtual
16519  Ethernet network, it's in fact communicating over a point-to-point
16520  link with the host.
16521
16522  To use this, your host kernel must have support for Ethertap
16523  devices.  Also, if your host kernel is 2.4.x, it must have
16524  CONFIG_NETLINK_DEV configured as Y or M.
16525
16526  For more information, see
16527  <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/networking.html>  That site
16528  has examples of the UML command line to use to enable Ethertap
16529  networking.
16530
16531  If you'd like to set up an IP network with the host and/or the
16532  outside world, say Y to this, the Daemon Transport and/or the
16533  Slip Transport.  You'll need at least one of them, but may choose
16534  more than one without conflict.  If you don't need UML networking,
16535  say N.
16536
16537TUN/TAP transport
16538CONFIG_UML_NET_TUNTAP
16539  The UML TUN/TAP network transport allows a UML instance to exchange
16540  packets with the host over a TUN/TAP device.  This option will only
16541  work with a 2.4 host, unless you've applied the TUN/TAP patch to
16542  your 2.2 host kernel.
16543
16544  To use this transport, your host kernel must have support for TUN/TAP
16545  devices, either built-in or as a module.
16546
16547Multicast transport
16548CONFIG_UML_NET_MCAST
16549  This Multicast User-Mode Linux network transport allows multiple
16550  UMLs (even ones running on different host machines!) to talk to
16551  each other over a virtual ethernet network.  However, it requires
16552  at least one UML with one of the other transports to act as a
16553  bridge if any of them need to be able to talk to their hosts or any
16554  other IP machines.
16555
16556  To use this, your host kernel(s) must support IP Multicasting.
16557
16558  For more information, see
16559  <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/networking.html>  That site
16560  has examples of the UML command line to use to enable Multicast
16561  networking, and notes about the security of this approach.
16562
16563  If you need UMLs on multiple physical hosts to communicate as if
16564  they shared an Ethernet network, say Y.  If you need to communicate
16565  with other IP machines, make sure you select one of the other
16566  transports (possibly in addition to Multicast; they're not
16567  exclusive).  If you don't need to network UMLs say N to each of
16568  the transports.
16569
16570SLIP transport
16571CONFIG_UML_NET_SLIP
16572  The Slip User-Mode Linux network transport allows a running UML to
16573  network with its host over a point-to-point link.  Unlike Ethertap,
16574  which can carry any Ethernet frame (and hence even non-IP packets),
16575  the Slip transport can only carry IP packets.
16576
16577  To use this, your host must support Slip devices.
16578
16579  For more information, see
16580  <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/networking.html>.  That site
16581  has examples of the UML command line to use to enable Slip
16582  networking, and details of a few quirks with it.
16583
16584  The Ethertap Transport is preferred over Slip because of its
16585  limitation.  If you prefer Slip, however, say Y here.  Otherwise
16586  choose the Multicast transport (to network multiple UMLs on
16587  multiple hosts), Ethertap (to network with the host and the
16588  outside world), and/or the Daemon transport (to network multiple
16589  UMLs on a single host).  You may choose more than one without
16590  conflict.  If you don't need UML networking, say N.
16591
16592Microtek USB scanner support
16593CONFIG_USB_MICROTEK
16594  Say Y here if you want support for the Microtek X6USB and
16595  possibly the Phantom 336CX, Phantom C6 and ScanMaker V6U(S)L.
16596  Support for anything but the X6 is experimental.
16597  Please report failures and successes.
16598  The scanner will appear as a scsi generic device to the rest
16599  of the system. Scsi support is required for this driver to compile
16600  and work. SANE 1.0.4 or newer is needed to make use of your scanner.
16601  This driver can be compiled as a module.
16602
16603HP53xx and Minolta Dual Scanner support
16604CONFIG_USB_HPUSBSCSI
16605  Say Y here if you want support for the HP 53xx series of scanners
16606  and the Minolta Scan Dual. This driver is experimental.
16607  The scanner will be accessible as a SCSI device.
16608
16609USB Bluetooth support
16610CONFIG_USB_BLUETOOTH
16611  Say Y here if you want to connect a USB Bluetooth device to your
16612  computer's USB port. You will need the Bluetooth stack (available
16613  at <http://developer.axis.com/software>) to fully use the device.
16614
16615  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
16616  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
16617  The module will be called bluetooth.o. If you want to compile it as
16618  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
16619
16620USB MIDI support
16621CONFIG_USB_MIDI
16622  Say Y here if you want to connect a USB MIDI device to your
16623  computer's USB port. This driver is for devices that comply with
16624  'Universal Serial Bus Device Class Definition for MIDI Device'.
16625
16626  The following devices are known to work:
16627    * Steinberg USB2MIDI
16628    * Roland MPU64
16629    * Roland PC-300
16630    * Roland SC8850
16631    * Roland UM-1
16632    * Roland UM-2
16633    * Roland UA-100
16634    * Yamaha MU1000
16635
16636  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
16637  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
16638  The module will be called usb-midi.o. If you want to compile it as a
16639  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
16640
16641Minix fs support
16642CONFIG_MINIX_FS
16643  Minix is a simple operating system used in many classes about OS's.
16644  The minix file system (method to organize files on a hard disk
16645  partition or a floppy disk) was the original file system for Linux,
16646  but has been superseded by the second extended file system ext2fs.
16647  You don't want to use the minix file system on your hard disk
16648  because of certain built-in restrictions, but it is sometimes found
16649  on older Linux floppy disks.  This option will enlarge your kernel
16650  by about 28 KB. If unsure, say N.
16651
16652  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
16653  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
16654  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module
16655  will be called minix.o.  Note that the file system of your root
16656  partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot be compiled as
16657  a module.
16658
16659Reiserfs support
16660CONFIG_REISERFS_FS
16661  Stores not just filenames but the files themselves in a balanced
16662  tree.  Uses journalling.
16663
16664  Balanced trees are more efficient than traditional file system
16665  architectural foundations.
16666
16667  In general, ReiserFS is as fast as ext2, but is very efficient with
16668  large directories and small files.  It is much faster for writes,
16669  and slightly slower for reads than ext2.  It is much faster than
16670  ext3.  It will be obsoleted by Reiser4 in not too long, so keep
16671  an eye on our website for when Reiser4 ships.
16672
16673  Mount with the notail option if performance matters more to you than
16674  saving space (the design flaw underlying this is fixed in reiser4).
16675
16676  Read <http://www.namesys.com> to learn more about reiserfs.
16677
16678Enable extra Reiserfs consistency checks
16679CONFIG_REISERFS_CHECK
16680  If you set this to Y, then ReiserFS will perform every check it can
16681  possibly imagine of its internal consistency throughout its
16682  operation.  It will also go substantially slower.  More than once we
16683  have forgotten that this was on, and then gone despondent over the
16684  latest benchmarks.:-) Use of this option allows our team to go all
16685  out in checking for consistency when debugging without fear of its
16686  effect on end users.  If you are on the verge of sending in a bug
16687  report, say Y and you might get a useful error message.  Almost
16688  everyone should say N.
16689
16690Publish some reiserfs-specific info under /proc/fs/reiserfs
16691CONFIG_REISERFS_PROC_INFO
16692  Create under /proc/fs/reiserfs a hierarchy of files, displaying
16693  various ReiserFS statistics and internal data at the expense of making
16694  your kernel or module slightly larger (+8 KB). This also increases the
16695  amount of kernel memory required for each mount by 440 bytes.
16696  It isn't useful to average persons, and you probably can't measure the
16697  performance cost of it.  If you are fine-tuning reiserfs, say Y,
16698  otherwise say N.
16699
16700Second extended fs support
16701CONFIG_EXT2_FS
16702  This is the de facto standard Linux file system (method to organize
16703  files on a storage device) for hard disks.
16704
16705  You want to say Y here, unless you intend to use Linux exclusively
16706  from inside a DOS partition using the UMSDOS file system. The
16707  advantage of the latter is that you can get away without
16708  repartitioning your hard drive (which often implies backing
16709  everything up and restoring afterwards); the disadvantage is that
16710  Linux becomes susceptible to DOS viruses and that UMSDOS is somewhat
16711  slower than ext2fs. Even if you want to run Linux in this fashion,
16712  it might be a good idea to have ext2fs around: it enables you to
16713  read more floppy disks and facilitates the transition to a *real*
16714  Linux partition later. Another (rare) case which doesn't require
16715  ext2fs is a diskless Linux box which mounts all files over the
16716  network using NFS (in this case it's sufficient to say Y to "NFS
16717  file system support" below). Saying Y here will enlarge your kernel
16718  by about 44 KB.
16719
16720  The Ext2fs-Undeletion mini-HOWTO, available from
16721  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, gives information about
16722  how to retrieve deleted files on ext2fs file systems.
16723
16724  To change the behaviour of ext2 file systems, you can use the tune2fs
16725  utility ("man tune2fs"). To modify attributes of files and
16726  directories on ext2 file systems, use chattr ("man chattr").
16727
16728  Ext2fs partitions can be read from within DOS using the ext2tool
16729  command line tool package (available from
16730  <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/filesystems/ext2/>) and from
16731  within Windows NT using the ext2nt command line tool package from
16732  <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/utils/dos/>.  Explore2fs is a
16733  graphical explorer for ext2fs partitions which runs on Windows 95
16734  and Windows NT and includes experimental write support; it is
16735  available from
16736  <http://jnewbigin-pc.it.swin.edu.au/Linux/Explore2fs.htm>.
16737
16738  If you want to compile this file system as a module ( = code which
16739  can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
16740  want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The
16741  module will be called ext2.o.  Be aware however that the file system
16742  of your root partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot
16743  be compiled as a module, and so this could be dangerous.  Most
16744  everyone wants to say Y here.
16745
16746Ext3 journalling file system support (EXPERIMENTAL)
16747CONFIG_EXT3_FS
16748  This is the journalling version of the Second extended file system
16749  (often called ext3), the de facto standard Linux file system
16750  (method to organize files on a storage device) for hard disks.
16751
16752  The journalling code included in this driver means you do not have
16753  to run e2fsck (file system checker) on your file systems after a
16754  crash.  The journal keeps track of any changes that were being made
16755  at the time the system crashed, and can ensure that your file system
16756  is consistent without the need for a lengthy check.
16757
16758  Other than adding the journal to the file system, the on-disk format
16759  of ext3 is identical to ext2.  It is possible to freely switch
16760  between using the ext3 driver and the ext2 driver, as long as the
16761  file system has been cleanly unmounted, or e2fsck is run on the file
16762  system.
16763
16764  To add a journal on an existing ext2 file system or change the
16765  behaviour of ext3 file systems, you can use the tune2fs utility ("man
16766  tune2fs").  To modify attributes of files and directories on ext3
16767  file systems, use chattr ("man chattr").  You need to be using
16768  e2fsprogs version 1.20 or later in order to create ext3 journals
16769  (available at <http://sourceforge.net/projects/e2fsprogs/>).
16770
16771  If you want to compile this file system as a module ( = code which
16772  can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
16773  want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The
16774  module will be called ext3.o.  Be aware however that the file system
16775  of your root partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot
16776  be compiled as a module, and so this may be dangerous.
16777
16778Journal Block Device support (JBD for ext3) (EXPERIMENTAL)
16779CONFIG_JBD
16780  This is a generic journalling layer for block devices.  It is
16781  currently used by the ext3 file system, but it could also be used to
16782  add journal support to other file systems or block devices such as
16783  RAID or LVM.
16784
16785  If you are using the ext3 file system, you need to say Y here. If
16786  you are not using ext3 then you will probably want to say N.
16787
16788  If you want to compile this device as a module ( = code which can be
16789  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
16790  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
16791  will be called jbd.o.  If you are compiling ext3 into the kernel,
16792  you cannot compile this code as a module.
16793
16794JBD (ext3) debugging support
16795CONFIG_JBD_DEBUG
16796  If you are using the ext3 journalling file system (or potentially any
16797  other file system/device using JBD), this option allows you to
16798  enable debugging output while the system is running, in order to
16799  help track down any problems you are having.  By default the
16800  debugging output will be turned off.
16801
16802  If you select Y here, then you will be able to turn on debugging
16803  with "echo N > /proc/sys/fs/jbd-debug", where N is a number between
16804  1 and 5, the higher the number, the more debugging output is
16805  generated.  To turn debugging off again, do
16806  "echo 0 > /proc/sys/fs/jbd-debug".
16807
16808Buffer Head tracing (DEBUG)
16809CONFIG_BUFFER_DEBUG
16810  If you are a kernel developer working with file systems or in the
16811  block device layer, this buffer head tracing may help you to track
16812  down bugs in your code.  This enables some debugging macros
16813  (BUFFER_TRACE, etc.) which allow you to track the state of a buffer
16814  through various layers of code.  The debugging code is used
16815  primarily by ext3 and JBD code.
16816
16817  Because this option adds considerably to the size of each buffer,
16818  most people will want to say N here.
16819
16820BeOS filesystem support (BeFS) (read only)
16821CONFIG_BEFS_FS
16822  The BeOS File System (BeFS) is the native file system of Be, Inc's
16823  BeOS. Notable features include support for arbitrary attributes
16824  on files and directories, and database-like indices on selected
16825  attributes. (Also note that this driver doesn't make those features
16826  available at this time). It is a 64 bit filesystem, so it supports
16827  extremely large volumes and files.
16828
16829  If you use this filesystem, you should also say Y to at least one
16830  of the NLS (native language support) options below.
16831
16832  If you don't know what this is about, say N.
16833
16834  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
16835  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
16836  say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
16837  called befs.o.
16838
16839Debug BeFS
16840CONFIG_BEFS_DEBUG
16841  If you say Y here, you can use the 'debug' mount option to enable
16842  debugging output from the driver. This is unlike previous versions
16843  of the driver, where enabling this option would turn on debugging
16844  output automatically.
16845
16846  Example:
16847  mount -t befs /dev/hda2 /mnt -o debug
16848
16849BFS file system support
16850CONFIG_BFS_FS
16851  Boot File System (BFS) is a file system used under SCO UnixWare to
16852  allow the bootloader access to the kernel image and other important
16853  files during the boot process.  It is usually mounted under /stand
16854  and corresponds to the slice marked as "STAND" in the UnixWare
16855  partition.  You should say Y if you want to read or write the files
16856  on your /stand slice from within Linux.  You then also need to say Y
16857  to "UnixWare slices support", below.  More information about the BFS
16858  file system is contained in the file
16859  <file:Documentation/filesystems/bfs.txt>.
16860
16861  If you don't know what this is about, say N.
16862
16863  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
16864  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
16865  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
16866  will be called bfs.o.  Note that the file system of your root
16867  partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot be compiled as
16868  a module.
16869
16870Compressed ROM file system support
16871CONFIG_CRAMFS
16872  Saying Y here includes support for CramFs (Compressed ROM File
16873  System).  CramFs is designed to be a simple, small, and compressed
16874  file system for ROM based embedded systems.  CramFs is read-only,
16875  limited to 256MB file systems (with 16MB files), and doesn't support
16876  16/32 bits uid/gid, hard links and timestamps.
16877
16878  See <file:Documentation/filesystems/cramfs.txt> and
16879  <file:fs/cramfs/README> for further information.
16880
16881  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
16882  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
16883  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
16884  will be called cramfs.o.  Note that the root file system (the one
16885  containing the directory /) cannot be compiled as a module.
16886
16887  If unsure, say N.
16888
16889CMS file system support
16890CONFIG_CMS_FS
16891  Read only support for CMS minidisk file systems found on IBM
16892  mainframe systems.  Only the basic format is supported so far.  If
16893  you don't know what CMS is you probably don't want to know any more.
16894
16895# When the 2.5 version of configure.help goes away, the part of this that
16896# duplicates Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt can drop out.
16897Virtual memory file system support
16898CONFIG_TMPFS
16899  Tmpfs is a file system which keeps all files in virtual memory.
16900  Everything in tmpfs is temporary in the sense that no files will be
16901  created on your hard drive. If you reboot, everything in tmpfs will
16902  be lost.
16903
16904  In contrast to RAM disks, which get allocated a fixed amount of
16905  physical RAM, tmpfs grows and shrinks to accommodate the files it
16906  contains and is able to swap unneeded pages out to swap space.
16907
16908  Everything is "virtual" in the sense that no files will be created
16909  on your hard drive; if you reboot, everything in tmpfs will be
16910  lost.
16911
16912  You should mount the file system somewhere to be able to use
16913  POSIX shared memory. Adding the following line to /etc/fstab should
16914  take care of things:
16915
16916  tmpfs		/dev/shm	tmpfs		defaults	0 0
16917
16918  Remember to create the directory that you intend to mount tmpfs on
16919  if necessary (/dev/shm is automagically created if you use devfs).
16920
16921  You can set limits for the number of blocks and inodes used by the
16922  file system with the mount options "size", "nr_blocks" and
16923  "nr_inodes". These parameters accept a suffix k, m or g for kilo,
16924  mega and giga and can be changed on remount.
16925
16926  The initial permissions of the root directory can be set with the
16927  mount option "mode".
16928
16929  See <file:Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt> for details.
16930
16931Simple RAM-based file system support
16932CONFIG_RAMFS
16933  Ramfs is a file system which keeps all files in RAM. It allows
16934  read and write access.
16935
16936  It is more of an programming example than a usable file system.  If
16937  you need a file system which lives in RAM with limit checking use
16938  tmpfs.
16939
16940  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
16941  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
16942  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
16943  will be called ramfs.o.
16944
16945ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system support
16946CONFIG_ISO9660_FS
16947  This is the standard file system used on CD-ROMs.  It was previously
16948  known as "High Sierra File System" and is called "hsfs" on other
16949  Unix systems.  The so-called Rock-Ridge extensions which allow for
16950  long Unix filenames and symbolic links are also supported by this
16951  driver.  If you have a CD-ROM drive and want to do more with it than
16952  just listen to audio CDs and watch its LEDs, say Y (and read
16953  <file:Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt> and the CD-ROM-HOWTO,
16954  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>), thereby
16955  enlarging your kernel by about 27 KB; otherwise say N.
16956
16957  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
16958  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
16959  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
16960  will be called isofs.o.
16961
16962Microsoft Joliet CD-ROM extensions
16963CONFIG_JOLIET
16964  Joliet is a Microsoft extension for the ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system
16965  which allows for long filenames in unicode format (unicode is the
16966  new 16 bit character code, successor to ASCII, which encodes the
16967  characters of almost all languages of the world; see
16968  <http://www.unicode.org/> for more information).  Say Y here if you
16969  want to be able to read Joliet CD-ROMs under Linux.
16970
16971Transparent decompression extension
16972CONFIG_ZISOFS
16973  This is a Linux-specific extension to RockRidge which lets you store
16974  data in compressed form on a CD-ROM and have it transparently
16975  decompressed when the CD-ROM is accessed.  See
16976  <http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/fs/zisofs/> for the tools
16977  necessary to create such a filesystem.  Say Y here if you want to be
16978  able to read such compressed CD-ROMs.
16979
16980UDF file system support (read-only)
16981CONFIG_UDF_FS
16982  This is the new file system used on some CD-ROMs and DVDs. Say Y if
16983  you intend to mount DVD discs or CDRW's written in packet mode, or
16984  if written to by other UDF utilities, such as DirectCD. This UDF
16985  file system support is read-only. If you want to write to UDF
16986  file systems on some media, you need to say Y to "UDF read-write
16987  support" below in addition. Please read
16988  <file:Documentation/filesystems/udf.txt>.
16989
16990  This file system support is also available as a module ( = code
16991  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
16992  whenever you want). The module is called udf.o. If you want to
16993  compile it as a module, say M here and read
16994  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
16995
16996  If unsure, say N.
16997
16998UDF write support (DANGEROUS)
16999CONFIG_UDF_RW
17000  Say Y if you want to test write support for UDF file systems.
17001  Due to lack of support for writing to CDR/CDRW's, this option
17002  is only supported for hard discs, DVD-RAM, and loopback files.
17003
17004DOS FAT fs support
17005CONFIG_FAT_FS
17006  If you want to use one of the FAT-based file systems (the MS-DOS,
17007  VFAT (Windows 95) and UMSDOS (used to run Linux on top of an
17008  ordinary DOS partition) file systems), then you must say Y or M here
17009  to include FAT support. You will then be able to mount partitions or
17010  diskettes with FAT-based file systems and transparently access the
17011  files on them, i.e. MSDOS files will look and behave just like all
17012  other Unix files.
17013
17014  This FAT support is not a file system in itself, it only provides
17015  the foundation for the other file systems. You will have to say Y or
17016  M to at least one of "MSDOS fs support" or "VFAT fs support" in
17017  order to make use of it.
17018
17019  Another way to read and write MSDOS floppies and hard drive
17020  partitions from within Linux (but not transparently) is with the
17021  mtools ("man mtools") program suite. You don't need to say Y here in
17022  order to do that.
17023
17024  If you need to move large files on floppies between a DOS and a
17025  Linux box, say Y here, mount the floppy under Linux with an MSDOS
17026  file system and use GNU tar's M option. GNU tar is a program
17027  available for Unix and DOS ("man tar" or "info tar").
17028
17029  It is now also becoming possible to read and write compressed FAT
17030  file systems; read <file:Documentation/filesystems/fat_cvf.txt> for
17031  details.
17032
17033  The FAT support will enlarge your kernel by about 37 KB. If unsure,
17034  say Y.
17035
17036  If you want to compile this as a module however ( = code which can
17037  be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
17038  want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The
17039  module will be called fat.o.  Note that if you compile the FAT
17040  support as a module, you cannot compile any of the FAT-based file
17041  systems into the kernel -- they will have to be modules as well.
17042  The file system of your root partition (the one containing the
17043  directory /) cannot be a module, so don't say M here if you intend
17044  to use UMSDOS as your root file system.
17045
17046MSDOS fs support
17047CONFIG_MSDOS_FS
17048  This allows you to mount MSDOS partitions of your hard drive (unless
17049  they are compressed; to access compressed MSDOS partitions under
17050  Linux, you can either use the DOS emulator DOSEMU, described in the
17051  DOSEMU-HOWTO, available from
17052  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, or try dmsdosfs in
17053  <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/filesystems/dosfs/>. If you
17054  intend to use dosemu with a non-compressed MSDOS partition, say Y
17055  here) and MSDOS floppies. This means that file access becomes
17056  transparent, i.e. the MSDOS files look and behave just like all
17057  other Unix files.
17058
17059  If you want to use UMSDOS, the Unix-like file system on top of a
17060  DOS file system, which allows you to run Linux from within a DOS
17061  partition without repartitioning, you'll have to say Y or M here.
17062
17063  If you have Windows 95 or Windows NT installed on your MSDOS
17064  partitions, you should use the VFAT file system (say Y to "VFAT fs
17065  support" below), or you will not be able to see the long filenames
17066  generated by Windows 95 / Windows NT.
17067
17068  This option will enlarge your kernel by about 7 KB. If unsure,
17069  answer Y. This will only work if you said Y to "DOS FAT fs support"
17070  as well. If you want to compile this as a module however ( = code
17071  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
17072  whenever you want), say M here and read
17073  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
17074  The module will be called msdos.o.
17075
17076VFAT (Windows-95) fs support
17077CONFIG_VFAT_FS
17078  This option provides support for normal Windows file systems with
17079  long filenames.  That includes non-compressed FAT-based file systems
17080  used by Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, and the Unix
17081  programs from the mtools package.
17082
17083  You cannot use the VFAT file system for your Linux root partition
17084  (the one containing the directory /); use UMSDOS instead if you
17085  want to run Linux from within a DOS partition (i.e. say Y to
17086  "Unix like fs on top of std MSDOS fs", below).
17087
17088  The VFAT support enlarges your kernel by about 10 KB and it only
17089  works if you said Y to the "DOS FAT fs support" above.  Please read
17090  the file <file:Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt> for details.  If
17091  unsure, say Y.
17092
17093  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
17094  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
17095  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
17096  will be called vfat.o.
17097
17098Unix-like file system on top of standard MSDOS fs
17099CONFIG_UMSDOS_FS
17100  Say Y here if you want to run Linux from within an existing DOS
17101  partition of your hard drive. The advantage of this is that you can
17102  get away without repartitioning your hard drive (which often implies
17103  backing everything up and restoring afterwards) and hence you're
17104  able to quickly try out Linux or show it to your friends; the
17105  disadvantage is that Linux becomes susceptible to DOS viruses and
17106  that UMSDOS is somewhat slower than ext2fs.  Another use of UMSDOS
17107  is to write files with long unix filenames to MSDOS floppies; it
17108  also allows Unix-style soft-links and owner/permissions of files on
17109  MSDOS floppies.  You will need a program called umssync in order to
17110  make use of UMSDOS; read
17111  <file:Documentation/filesystems/umsdos.txt>.
17112
17113  To get utilities for initializing/checking UMSDOS file system, or
17114  latest patches and/or information, visit the UMSDOS home page at
17115  <http://www.voyager.hr/~mnalis/umsdos/>.
17116
17117  This option enlarges your kernel by about 28 KB and it only works if
17118  you said Y to both "DOS FAT fs support" and "MSDOS fs support"
17119  above.  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can
17120  be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
17121  want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The
17122  module will be called umsdos.o.  Note that the file system of your
17123  root partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot be a
17124  module, so saying M could be dangerous.  If unsure, say N.
17125
17126/proc file system support
17127CONFIG_PROC_FS
17128  This is a virtual file system providing information about the status
17129  of the system. "Virtual" means that it doesn't take up any space on
17130  your hard disk: the files are created on the fly by the kernel when
17131  you try to access them. Also, you cannot read the files with older
17132  version of the program less: you need to use more or cat.
17133
17134  It's totally cool; for example, "cat /proc/interrupts" gives
17135  information about what the different IRQs are used for at the moment
17136  (there is a small number of Interrupt ReQuest lines in your computer
17137  that are used by the attached devices to gain the CPU's attention --
17138  often a source of trouble if two devices are mistakenly configured
17139  to use the same IRQ). The program procinfo to display some
17140  information about your system gathered from the /proc file system.
17141
17142  Before you can use the /proc file system, it has to be mounted,
17143  meaning it has to be given a location in the directory hierarchy.
17144  That location should be /proc. A command such as "mount -t proc proc
17145  /proc" or the equivalent line in /etc/fstab does the job.
17146
17147  The /proc file system is explained in the file
17148  <file:Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt> and on the proc(5) manpage
17149  ("man 5 proc").
17150
17151  This option will enlarge your kernel by about 67 KB. Several
17152  programs depend on this, so everyone should say Y here.
17153
17154Support for PReP Residual Data
17155CONFIG_PREP_RESIDUAL
17156  Some PReP systems have residual data passed to the kernel by the
17157  firmware.  This allows detection of memory size, devices present and
17158  other useful pieces of information.  Sometimes this information is
17159  not present or incorrect.
17160
17161  Unless you expect to boot on a PReP system, there is no need to
17162  select Y.
17163
17164PReP residual data available in /proc/residual
17165CONFIG_PROC_PREPRESIDUAL
17166  Enabling this option will create a /proc/residual file which allows
17167  you to get at the residual data on PReP systems.  You will need a tool
17168  (lsresidual) to parse it.  If you aren't on a PReP system, you don't
17169  want this.
17170
17171/dev file system support
17172CONFIG_DEVFS_FS
17173  This is support for devfs, a virtual file system (like /proc) which
17174  provides the file system interface to device drivers, normally found
17175  in /dev. Devfs does not depend on major and minor number
17176  allocations. Device drivers register entries in /dev which then
17177  appear automatically, which means that the system administrator does
17178  not have to create character and block special device files in the
17179  /dev directory using the mknod command (or MAKEDEV script) anymore.
17180
17181  This is work in progress. If you want to use this, you *must* read
17182  the material in <file:Documentation/filesystems/devfs/>, especially
17183  the file README there.
17184
17185  If unsure, say N.
17186
17187Automatically mount devfs at boot time
17188CONFIG_DEVFS_MOUNT
17189  This option appears if you have CONFIG_DEVFS_FS enabled. Setting
17190  this to 'Y' will make the kernel automatically mount devfs onto /dev
17191  when the system is booted, before the init thread is started.
17192  You can override this with the "devfs=nomount" boot option.
17193
17194  If unsure, say N.
17195
17196Debug devfs
17197CONFIG_DEVFS_DEBUG
17198  If you say Y here, then the /dev file system code will generate
17199  debugging messages. See the file
17200  <file:Documentation/filesystems/devfs/boot-options> for more
17201  details.
17202
17203  If unsure, say N.
17204
17205NFS file system support
17206CONFIG_NFS_FS
17207  If you are connected to some other (usually local) Unix computer
17208  (using SLIP, PLIP, PPP or Ethernet) and want to mount files residing
17209  on that computer (the NFS server) using the Network File Sharing
17210  protocol, say Y. "Mounting files" means that the client can access
17211  the files with usual UNIX commands as if they were sitting on the
17212  client's hard disk. For this to work, the server must run the
17213  programs nfsd and mountd (but does not need to have NFS file system
17214  support enabled in its kernel). NFS is explained in the Network
17215  Administrator's Guide, available from
17216  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#guide>, on its man page: "man
17217  nfs", and in the NFS-HOWTO.
17218
17219  A superior but less widely used alternative to NFS is provided by
17220  the Coda file system; see "Coda file system support" below.
17221
17222  If you say Y here, you should have said Y to TCP/IP networking also.
17223  This option would enlarge your kernel by about 27 KB.
17224
17225  This file system is also available as a module ( = code which can be
17226  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
17227  The module is called nfs.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
17228  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
17229
17230  If you are configuring a diskless machine which will mount its root
17231  file system over NFS at boot time, say Y here and to "Kernel
17232  level IP autoconfiguration" above and to "Root file system on NFS"
17233  below. You cannot compile this driver as a module in this case.
17234  There are two packages designed for booting diskless machines over
17235  the net: netboot, available from
17236  <http://ftp1.sourceforge.net/netboot/>, and Etherboot,
17237  available from <http://ftp1.sourceforge.net/etherboot/>.
17238
17239  If you don't know what all this is about, say N.
17240
17241Provide NFSv3 client support
17242CONFIG_NFS_V3
17243  Say Y here if you want your NFS client to be able to speak the newer
17244  version 3 of the NFS protocol.
17245
17246  If unsure, say N.
17247
17248Allow direct I/O on files in NFS
17249CONFIG_NFS_DIRECTIO
17250  There are important applications whose performance or correctness
17251  depends on uncached access to file data.  Database clusters (multiple
17252  copies of the same instance running on separate hosts) implement their
17253  own cache coherency protocol that subsumes the NFS cache protocols.
17254  Applications that process datasets considerably larger than the client's
17255  memory do not always benefit from a local cache.  A streaming video
17256  server, for instance, has no need to cache the contents of a file.
17257
17258  This option enables applications to perform direct I/O on files in NFS
17259  file systems using the O_DIRECT open() flag.  When O_DIRECT is set for
17260  files, their data is not cached in the system's page cache.  Direct
17261  read and write operations are aligned to block boundaries.  Data is
17262  moved to and from user-level application buffers directly.
17263
17264  Unless your program is designed to use O_DIRECT properly, you are much
17265  better off allowing the NFS client to manage caching for you.  Misusing
17266  O_DIRECT can cause poor server performance or network storms.  This
17267  kernel build option defaults OFF to avoid exposing system administrators
17268  unwittingly to a potentially hazardous feature.
17269
17270  If unsure, say N.
17271
17272Root file system on NFS
17273CONFIG_ROOT_NFS
17274  If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root file system (the
17275  one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the
17276  net via NFS (presumably because your box doesn't have a hard disk),
17277  say Y. Read <file:Documentation/nfsroot.txt> for details. It is
17278  likely that in this case, you also want to say Y to "Kernel level IP
17279  autoconfiguration" so that your box can discover its network address
17280  at boot time.
17281
17282  Most people say N here.
17283
17284NFS server support
17285CONFIG_NFSD
17286  If you want your Linux box to act as an NFS *server*, so that other
17287  computers on your local network which support NFS can access certain
17288  directories on your box transparently, you have two options: you can
17289  use the self-contained user space program nfsd, in which case you
17290  should say N here, or you can say Y and use the kernel based NFS
17291  server. The advantage of the kernel based solution is that it is
17292  faster.
17293
17294  In either case, you will need support software; the respective
17295  locations are given in the file <file:Documentation/Changes> in the
17296  NFS section.
17297
17298  If you say Y here, you will get support for version 2 of the NFS
17299  protocol (NFSv2). If you also want NFSv3, say Y to the next question
17300  as well.
17301
17302  Please read the NFS-HOWTO, available from
17303  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
17304
17305  The NFS server is also available as a module ( = code which can be
17306  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
17307  The module is called nfsd.o.  If you want to compile it as a module,
17308  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure,
17309  say N.
17310
17311Provide NFSv3 server support
17312CONFIG_NFSD_V3
17313  If you would like to include the NFSv3 server as well as the NFSv2
17314  server, say Y here.  If unsure, say Y.
17315
17316Provide NFS over TCP server support
17317CONFIG_NFSD_TCP
17318  If you want your NFS server to support TCP connections, say Y here.
17319  TCP connections usually perform better than the default UDP when
17320  the network is lossy or congested.  If unsure, say Y.
17321
17322OS/2 HPFS file system support
17323CONFIG_HPFS_FS
17324  OS/2 is IBM's operating system for PC's, the same as Warp, and HPFS
17325  is the file system used for organizing files on OS/2 hard disk
17326  partitions. Say Y if you want to be able to read files from and
17327  write files to an OS/2 HPFS partition on your hard drive. OS/2
17328  floppies however are in regular MSDOS format, so you don't need this
17329  option in order to be able to read them. Read
17330  <file:Documentation/filesystems/hpfs.txt>.
17331
17332  This file system is also available as a module ( = code which can be
17333  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
17334  The module is called hpfs.o.  If you want to compile it as a module,
17335  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure,
17336  say N.
17337
17338NTFS file system support (read-only)
17339CONFIG_NTFS_FS
17340  NTFS is the file system of Microsoft Windows NT. Say Y if you want
17341  to get read access to files on NTFS partitions of your hard drive.
17342  The Linux NTFS driver supports most of the mount options of the VFAT
17343  driver, see <file:Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt>. Saying Y here
17344  will give you read-only access to NTFS partitions.
17345
17346  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
17347  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
17348  The module will be called ntfs.o. If you want to compile it as a
17349  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
17350
17351NTFS write support (DANGEROUS)
17352CONFIG_NTFS_RW
17353  If you say Y here, you will (maybe) be able to write to NTFS file
17354  systems as well as read from them. The read-write support in NTFS
17355  is far from being complete and is not well tested. If you say Y
17356  here, back up your NTFS volume first, since it will probably get
17357  damaged. Also, download the Linux-NTFS project distribution from
17358  Sourceforge at <http://linux-ntfs.sf.net/> and always run the
17359  included ntfsfix utility after writing to an NTFS partition from
17360  Linux to fix some of the damage done by the driver. You should run
17361  ntfsfix _after_ unmounting the partition in Linux but _before_
17362  rebooting into Windows. When Windows next boots, chkdsk will be
17363  run automatically to fix the remaining damage.
17364  Please note that write support is limited to Windows NT4 and
17365  earlier versions.
17366
17367  If unsure, say N.
17368
17369System V/Xenix/V7/Coherent file system support
17370CONFIG_SYSV_FS
17371  SCO, Xenix and Coherent are commercial Unix systems for Intel
17372  machines, and Version 7 was used on the DEC PDP-11. Saying Y
17373  here would allow you to read from their floppies and hard disk
17374  partitions.
17375
17376  If you have floppies or hard disk partitions like that, it is likely
17377  that they contain binaries from those other Unix systems; in order
17378  to run these binaries, you will want to install linux-abi which is a
17379  a set of kernel modules that lets you run SCO, Xenix, Wyse,
17380  UnixWare, Dell Unix and System V programs under Linux.  It is
17381  available via FTP (user: ftp) from
17382  <ftp://ftp.openlinux.org/pub/people/hch/linux-abi/>).
17383  NOTE: that will work only for binaries from Intel-based systems;
17384  PDP ones will have to wait until somebody ports Linux to -11 ;-)
17385
17386  If you only intend to mount files from some other Unix over the
17387  network using NFS, you don't need the System V file system support
17388  (but you need NFS file system support obviously).
17389
17390  Note that this option is generally not needed for floppies, since a
17391  good portable way to transport files and directories between unixes
17392  (and even other operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man
17393  tar" or preferably "info tar").  Note also that this option has
17394  nothing whatsoever to do with the option "System V IPC". Read about
17395  the System V file system in
17396  <file:Documentation/filesystems/sysv-fs.txt>.
17397  Saying Y here will enlarge your kernel by about 27 KB.
17398
17399  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
17400  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
17401  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
17402  will be called sysv.o.
17403
17404  If you haven't heard about all of this before, it's safe to say N.
17405
17406Amiga FFS file system support
17407CONFIG_AFFS_FS
17408  The Fast File System (FFS) is the common file system used on hard
17409  disks by Amiga(tm) systems since AmigaOS Version 1.3 (34.20).  Say Y
17410  if you want to be able to read and write files from and to an Amiga
17411  FFS partition on your hard drive.  Amiga floppies however cannot be
17412  read with this driver due to an incompatibility of the floppy
17413  controller used in an Amiga and the standard floppy controller in
17414  PCs and workstations. Read <file:Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt>
17415  and <file:fs/affs/Changes>.
17416
17417  With this driver you can also mount disk files used by Bernd
17418  Schmidt's Un*X Amiga Emulator
17419  (<http://www.freiburg.linux.de/~uae/>).
17420  If you want to do this, you will also need to say Y or M to "Loop
17421  device support", above.
17422
17423  This file system is also available as a module ( = code which can be
17424  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
17425  The module is called affs.o.  If you want to compile it as a module,
17426  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If unsure,
17427  say N.
17428
17429Apple HFS file system support
17430CONFIG_HFS_FS
17431  If you say Y here, you will be able to mount Macintosh-formatted
17432  floppy disks and hard drive partitions with full read-write access.
17433  Please read <file:fs/hfs/HFS.txt> to learn about the available mount
17434  options.
17435
17436  This file system support is also available as a module ( = code
17437  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
17438  whenever you want). The module is called hfs.o.  If you want to
17439  compile it as a module, say M here and read
17440  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
17441
17442Apple HFS+ (Extended HFS) file system support
17443CONFIG_HFSPLUS_FS
17444  If you say Y here, you will be able to mount extended format
17445  Macintosh-formatted hard drive partitions with full read-write access.
17446
17447  This file system is often called HFS+ and was introduced with
17448  MacOS 8. It includes all Mac specific filesystem data such as
17449  data forks and creator codes, but it also has several UNIX
17450  style features such as file ownership and permissions.
17451
17452  This file system is also available as a module ( = code which can
17453  be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
17454  want). The module is called hfsplus.o. If you want to compile it
17455  as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
17456
17457ROM file system support
17458CONFIG_ROMFS_FS
17459  This is a very small read-only file system mainly intended for
17460  initial ram disks of installation disks, but it could be used for
17461  other read-only media as well.  Read
17462  <file:Documentation/filesystems/romfs.txt> for details.
17463
17464  This file system support is also available as a module ( = code
17465  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
17466  whenever you want). The module is called romfs.o.  If you want to
17467  compile it as a module, say M here and read
17468  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  Note that the file system of your
17469  root partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot be a
17470  module.
17471
17472  If you don't know whether you need it, then you don't need it:
17473  answer N.
17474
17475QNX4 file system support (read only)
17476CONFIG_QNX4FS_FS
17477  This is the file system used by the real-time operating systems
17478  QNX 4 and QNX 6 (the latter is also called QNX RTP).
17479  Further information is available at <http://www.qnx.com/>.
17480  Say Y if you intend to mount QNX hard disks or floppies.
17481  Unless you say Y to "QNX4FS read-write support" below, you will
17482  only be able to read these file systems.
17483
17484  This file system support is also available as a module ( = code
17485  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
17486  whenever you want). The module is called qnx4.o. If you want to
17487  compile it as a module, say M here and read
17488  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
17489
17490  If you don't know whether you need it, then you don't need it:
17491  answer N.
17492
17493QNX4FS write support (DANGEROUS)
17494CONFIG_QNX4FS_RW
17495  Say Y if you want to test write support for QNX4 file systems.
17496
17497  It's currently broken, so for now:
17498  answer N.
17499
17500Kernel automounter support
17501CONFIG_AUTOFS_FS
17502  The automounter is a tool to automatically mount remote file systems
17503  on demand. This implementation is partially kernel-based to reduce
17504  overhead in the already-mounted case; this is unlike the BSD
17505  automounter (amd), which is a pure user space daemon.
17506
17507  To use the automounter you need the user-space tools from the autofs
17508  package; you can find the location in <file:Documentation/Changes>.
17509  You also want to answer Y to "NFS file system support", below.
17510
17511  If you want to use the newer version of the automounter with more
17512  features, say N here and say Y to "Kernel automounter v4 support",
17513  below.
17514
17515  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
17516  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
17517  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
17518  will be called autofs.o.
17519
17520  If you are not a part of a fairly large, distributed network, you
17521  probably do not need an automounter, and can say N here.
17522
17523Kernel automounter version 4 support (also supports v3)
17524CONFIG_AUTOFS4_FS
17525  The automounter is a tool to automatically mount remote file systems
17526  on demand. This implementation is partially kernel-based to reduce
17527  overhead in the already-mounted case; this is unlike the BSD
17528  automounter (amd), which is a pure user space daemon.
17529
17530  To use the automounter you need the user-space tools from
17531  <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/daemons/autofs/v4/>; you also
17532  want to answer Y to "NFS file system support", below.
17533
17534  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
17535  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
17536  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
17537  will be called autofs4.o.  You will need to add "alias autofs
17538  autofs4" to your modules configuration file.
17539
17540  If you are not a part of a fairly large, distributed network or
17541  don't have a laptop which needs to dynamically reconfigure to the
17542  local network, you probably do not need an automounter, and can say
17543  N here.
17544
17545EFS file system support (read-only)
17546CONFIG_EFS_FS
17547  EFS is an older file system used for non-ISO9660 CD-ROMs and hard
17548  disk partitions by SGI's IRIX operating system (IRIX 6.0 and newer
17549  uses the XFS file system for hard disk partitions however).
17550
17551  This implementation only offers read-only access. If you don't know
17552  what all this is about, it's safe to say N. For more information
17553  about EFS see its home page at <http://aeschi.ch.eu.org/efs/>.
17554
17555  If you want to compile the EFS file system support as a module ( =
17556  code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
17557  whenever you want), say M here and read
17558  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called efs.o.
17559
17560Journalling Flash File System (JFFS) support
17561CONFIG_JFFS_FS
17562  JFFS is the Journalling Flash File System developed by Axis
17563  Communications in Sweden, aimed at providing a crash/powerdown-safe
17564  file system for disk-less embedded devices. Further information is
17565  available at (<http://developer.axis.com/software/jffs/>).
17566
17567JFFS debugging verbosity (0 = quiet, 3 = noisy)
17568CONFIG_JFFS_FS_VERBOSE
17569  Determines the verbosity level of the JFFS debugging messages.
17570
17571Journalling Flash File System v2 (JFFS2) support
17572CONFIG_JFFS2_FS
17573  JFFS2 is the second generation of the Journalling Flash File System
17574  for use on diskless embedded devices. It provides improved wear
17575  levelling, compression and support for hard links. You cannot use
17576  this on normal block devices, only on 'MTD' devices.
17577
17578  Further information should be made available soon at
17579  <http://sources.redhat.com/jffs2/>.
17580
17581JFFS2 debugging verbosity (0 = quiet, 2 = noisy)
17582CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_DEBUG
17583  This controls the amount of debugging messages produced by the JFFS2
17584  code. Set it to zero for use in production systems. For evaluation,
17585  testing and debugging, it's advisable to set it to one. This will
17586  enable a few assertions and will print debugging messages at the
17587  KERN_DEBUG loglevel, where they won't normally be visible. Level 2
17588  is unlikely to be useful - it enables extra debugging in certain
17589  areas which at one point needed debugging, but when the bugs were
17590  located and fixed, the detailed messages were relegated to level 2.
17591
17592  If reporting bugs, please try to have available a full dump of the
17593  messages at debug level 1 while the misbehaviour was occurring.
17594
17595JFFS stats available in /proc filesystem
17596CONFIG_JFFS_PROC_FS
17597  Enabling this option will cause statistics from mounted JFFS file systems
17598  to be made available to the user in the /proc/fs/jffs/ directory.
17599
17600UFS file system support (read-only)
17601CONFIG_UFS_FS
17602  BSD and derivate versions of Unix (such as SunOS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
17603  OpenBSD and NeXTstep) use a file system called UFS. Some System V
17604  Unixes can create and mount hard disk partitions and diskettes using
17605  this file system as well. Saying Y here will allow you to read from
17606  these partitions; if you also want to write to them, say Y to the
17607  experimental "UFS file system write support", below. Please read the
17608  file <file:Documentation/filesystems/ufs.txt> for more information.
17609
17610  If you only intend to mount files from some other Unix over the
17611  network using NFS, you don't need the UFS file system support (but
17612  you need NFS file system support obviously).
17613
17614  Note that this option is generally not needed for floppies, since a
17615  good portable way to transport files and directories between unixes
17616  (and even other operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man
17617  tar" or preferably "info tar").
17618
17619  When accessing NeXTstep files, you may need to convert them from the
17620  NeXT character set to the Latin1 character set; use the program
17621  recode ("info recode") for this purpose.
17622
17623  If you want to compile the UFS file system support as a module ( =
17624  code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
17625  whenever you want), say M here and read
17626  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called ufs.o.
17627
17628  If you haven't heard about all of this before, it's safe to say N.
17629
17630UFS file system write support (DANGEROUS)
17631CONFIG_UFS_FS_WRITE
17632  Say Y here if you want to try writing to UFS partitions. This is
17633  experimental, so you should back up your UFS partitions beforehand.
17634
17635XFS filesystem support
17636CONFIG_XFS_FS
17637  XFS is a high performance journaling filesystem which originated
17638  on the SGI IRIX platform.  It is completely multi-threaded, can
17639  support large files and large filesystems, extended attributes,
17640  variable block sizes, is extent based, and makes extensive use of
17641  Btrees (directories, extents, free space) to aid both performance
17642  and scalability.
17643
17644  Refer to the documentation at <http://oss.sgi.com/projects/xfs/>
17645  for complete details.  This implementation is on-disk compatible
17646  with the IRIX version of XFS.
17647
17648  If you want to compile this file system as a module ( = code which
17649  can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
17650  want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The
17651  module will be called xfs.o.  Be aware, however, that if the file
17652  system of your root partition is compiled as a module, you'll need
17653  to use an initial ramdisk (initrd) to boot.
17654
17655Quota support
17656CONFIG_XFS_QUOTA
17657  If you say Y here, you will be able to set limits for disk usage on
17658  a per user and/or per group basis under XFS.  XFS considers quota
17659  information as filesystem metadata and uses journaling to provide a
17660  higher level guarantee of consistency.  The on-disk data format for
17661  quota is also compatible with the IRIX version of XFS, allowing a
17662  filesystem to be migrated between Linux and IRIX without any need
17663  for conversion.
17664
17665  If unsure, say N.  More comprehensive documentation can be found in
17666  README.quota in the xfsprogs package.  XFS quota can be used either
17667  with or without the generic quota support enabled (CONFIG_QUOTA) -
17668  they are completely independent subsystems.
17669
17670Realtime support (EXPERIMENTAL)
17671CONFIG_XFS_RT
17672  If you say Y here you will be able to mount and use XFS filesystems
17673  which contain a realtime subvolume. The realtime subvolume is a
17674  separate area of disk space where only file data is stored. The
17675  realtime subvolume is designed to provide very deterministic
17676  data rates suitable for media streaming applications.
17677
17678  See the xfs man page in section 5 for a bit more information.
17679
17680  This feature is unsupported at this time, is not yet fully
17681  functional, and may cause serious problems.
17682
17683  If unsure, say N.
17684
17685Tracing support (EXPERIMENTAL)
17686CONFIG_XFS_TRACE
17687  Say Y here to get an XFS build with activity tracing enabled.
17688  Enabling this option will attach historical information to XFS
17689  inodes, buffers, certain locks, the log, the IO path, and a
17690  few other key areas within XFS.  These traces can be examined
17691  using a kernel debugger.
17692
17693  Say N unless you are an XFS developer.
17694
17695Debugging support (EXPERIMENTAL)
17696CONFIG_XFS_DEBUG
17697  Say Y here to get an XFS build with many debugging features,
17698  including ASSERT checks, function wrappers around macros,
17699  and extra sanity-checking functions in various code paths.
17700
17701  Note that the resulting code will be HUGE and SLOW, and probably
17702  not useful unless you are debugging a particular problem.
17703
17704  Say N unless you are an XFS developer, or play one on TV.
17705
17706Advanced partition selection
17707CONFIG_PARTITION_ADVANCED
17708  Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
17709  were partitioned under an operating system running on a different
17710  architecture than your Linux system.
17711
17712  Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
17713  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
17714  the questions about foreign partitioning schemes.
17715
17716  If unsure, say N.
17717
17718Acorn partition support
17719CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION
17720  Support hard disks partitioned under Acorn operating systems.
17721
17722Native filecore partition support
17723CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_ADFS
17724  The Acorn Disc Filing System is the standard file system of the
17725  RiscOS operating system which runs on Acorn's ARM-based Risc PC
17726  systems and the Acorn Archimedes range of machines.  If you say
17727  `Y' here, Linux will support disk partitions created under ADFS.
17728
17729PowerTec partition support
17730CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_POWERTEC
17731  Support reading partition tables created on Acorn machines using
17732  the PowerTec SCSI drive.
17733
17734RISCiX partition support
17735CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_RISCIX
17736  Once upon a time, there was a native Unix port for the Acorn series
17737  of machines called RISCiX.  If you say 'Y' here, Linux will be able
17738  to read disks partitioned under RISCiX.
17739
17740ICS partition support
17741CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_ICS
17742  Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
17743  were partitioned using the ICS interface on Acorn machines.
17744
17745Alpha OSF partition support
17746CONFIG_OSF_PARTITION
17747  Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
17748  were partitioned on an Alpha machine.
17749
17750Macintosh partition map support
17751CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION
17752  Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
17753  were partitioned on a Macintosh.
17754
17755Windows Logical Disk Manager (Dynamic Disk) support (EXPERIMENTAL)
17756CONFIG_LDM_PARTITION
17757  Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
17758  were partitioned using Windows 2000's or XP's Logical Disk Manager.
17759  They are also known as "Dynamic Disks".
17760
17761  Windows 2000 introduced the concept of Dynamic Disks to get around
17762  the limitations of the PC's partitioning scheme.  The Logical Disk
17763  Manager allows the user to repartition a disk and create spanned,
17764  mirrored, striped or RAID volumes, all without the need for
17765  rebooting.
17766
17767  Normal partitions are now called Basic Disks under Windows 2000 and
17768  XP.
17769
17770  Technical documentation to accompany this driver is available from:
17771  <http://linux-ntfs.sf.net/ldm/>.
17772
17773  If unsure, say N.
17774
17775Windows LDM extra logging
17776CONFIG_LDM_DEBUG
17777  Say Y here if you would like LDM to log verbosely.  This could be
17778  helpful if the driver doesn't work as expected and you'd like to
17779  report a bug.
17780
17781  If unsure, say N.
17782
17783PC BIOS (MSDOS partition tables) support
17784CONFIG_MSDOS_PARTITION
17785  Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
17786  were partitioned on an x86 PC (not necessarily by DOS).
17787
17788Amiga partition table support
17789CONFIG_AMIGA_PARTITION
17790  Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
17791  were partitioned under AmigaOS.
17792
17793Atari partition table support
17794CONFIG_ATARI_PARTITION
17795  Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
17796  were partitioned under the Atari OS.
17797
17798BSD disklabel (FreeBSD partition tables) support
17799CONFIG_BSD_DISKLABEL
17800  FreeBSD uses its own hard disk partition scheme on your PC. It
17801  requires only one entry in the primary partition table of your disk
17802  and manages it similarly to DOS extended partitions, putting in its
17803  first sector a new partition table in BSD disklabel format. Saying Y
17804  here allows you to read these disklabels and further mount FreeBSD
17805  partitions from within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS
17806  file system support", above. If you don't know what all this is
17807  about, say N.
17808
17809Minix subpartition support
17810CONFIG_MINIX_SUBPARTITION
17811  Minix 2.0.0/2.0.2 subpartition table support for Linux.
17812  Say Y here if you want to mount and use Minix 2.0.0/2.0.2
17813  subpartitions.
17814
17815Sun partition table support
17816CONFIG_SUN_PARTITION
17817  Like most systems, SunOS uses its own hard disk partition table
17818  format, incompatible with all others. Saying Y here allows you to
17819  read these partition tables and further mount SunOS partitions from
17820  within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS file system support",
17821  above. This is mainly used to carry data from a SPARC under SunOS to
17822  your Linux box via a removable medium like magneto-optical or ZIP
17823  drives; note however that a good portable way to transport files and
17824  directories between unixes (and even other operating systems) is
17825  given by the tar program ("man tar" or preferably "info tar"). If
17826  you don't know what all this is about, say N.
17827
17828Solaris (x86) partition table support
17829CONFIG_SOLARIS_X86_PARTITION
17830  Like most systems, Solaris x86 uses its own hard disk partition
17831  table format, incompatible with all others. Saying Y here allows you
17832  to read these partition tables and further mount Solaris x86
17833  partitions from within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS
17834  file system support", above.
17835
17836SGI partition support
17837CONFIG_SGI_PARTITION
17838  Say Y here if you would like to be able to read the hard disk
17839  partition table format used by SGI machines.
17840
17841Intel EFI GUID partition support
17842CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION
17843  Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
17844  were partitioned using EFI GPT.  Presently only useful on the
17845  IA-64 platform.
17846
17847Ultrix partition table support
17848CONFIG_ULTRIX_PARTITION
17849  Say Y here if you would like to be able to read the hard disk
17850  partition table format used by DEC (now Compaq) Ultrix machines.
17851  Otherwise, say N.
17852
17853IBM disk label and partition support
17854CONFIG_IBM_PARTITION
17855  You have to say Y here if you would like to be able to read volume
17856  labels of IBM DASD disks. These can be ECKD DASD disks with
17857  compatible disk layout (cdl) and standard Linux disk layout (ldl),
17858  FBA DASD disks and CMS reserved minidisks.
17859  Otherwise, say N and you will not be able to access these disks.
17860
17861ADFS file system support
17862CONFIG_ADFS_FS
17863  The Acorn Disc Filing System is the standard file system of the
17864  RiscOS operating system which runs on Acorn's ARM-based Risc PC
17865  systems and the Acorn Archimedes range of machines. If you say Y
17866  here, Linux will be able to read from ADFS partitions on hard drives
17867  and from ADFS-formatted floppy discs. If you also want to be able to
17868  write to those devices, say Y to "ADFS write support" below.
17869
17870  The ADFS partition should be the first partition (i.e.,
17871  /dev/[hs]d?1) on each of your drives. Please read the file
17872  <file:Documentation/filesystems/adfs.txt> for further details.
17873
17874  This code is also available as a module called adfs.o ( = code which
17875  can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
17876  want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
17877  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
17878
17879  If unsure, say N.
17880
17881ADFS write support (DANGEROUS)
17882CONFIG_ADFS_FS_RW
17883  If you say Y here, you will be able to write to ADFS partitions on
17884  hard drives and ADFS-formatted floppy disks. This is experimental
17885  codes, so if you're unsure, say N.
17886
17887JFS filesystem support
17888CONFIG_JFS_FS
17889  This is a port of IBM's Journalling Filesystem .  More information is
17890  available in the file Documentation/filesystems/jfs.txt.
17891
17892  If you do not intend to use the JFS filesystem, say N.
17893
17894JFS Debugging
17895CONFIG_JFS_DEBUG
17896  If you are experiencing any problems with the JFS filesystem, say
17897  Y here.  This will result in additional debugging messages to be
17898  written to the system log.  Under normal circumstances, this
17899  results in very little overhead.
17900
17901JFS Statistics
17902CONFIG_JFS_STATISTICS
17903  Enabling this option will cause statistics from the JFS file system
17904  to be made available to the user in the /proc/fs/jfs/ directory.
17905
17906/dev/pts file system for Unix98 PTYs
17907CONFIG_DEVPTS_FS
17908  You should say Y here if you said Y to "Unix98 PTY support" above.
17909  You'll then get a virtual file system which can be mounted on
17910  /dev/pts with "mount -t devpts". This, together with the pseudo
17911  terminal master multiplexer /dev/ptmx, is used for pseudo terminal
17912  support as described in The Open Group's Unix98 standard: in order
17913  to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens /dev/ptmx; the number
17914  of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the process and the
17915  pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as /dev/pts/<number>. What was
17916  traditionally /dev/ttyp2 will then be /dev/pts/2, for example.
17917
17918  The GNU C library glibc 2.1 contains the requisite support for this
17919  mode of operation; you also need client programs that use the Unix98
17920  API. Please read <file:Documentation/Changes> for more information
17921  about the Unix98 pty devices.
17922
17923  Note that the experimental "/dev file system support"
17924  (CONFIG_DEVFS_FS)  is a more general facility.
17925
17926FreeVxFS file system support (VERITAS VxFS(TM) compatible)
17927CONFIG_VXFS_FS
17928  FreeVxFS is a file system driver that support the VERITAS VxFS(TM)
17929  file system format.  VERITAS VxFS(TM) is the standard file system
17930  of SCO UnixWare (and possibly others) and optionally available
17931  for Sunsoft Solaris, HP-UX and many other operating systems.
17932  Currently only readonly access is supported.
17933
17934  NOTE: the file system type as used by mount(1), mount(2) and
17935        fstab(5) is 'vxfs' as it describes the file system format, not
17936        the actual driver.
17937
17938  This file system is also available as a module ( = code which can be
17939  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
17940  The module is called freevxfs.o.  If you want to compile it as a
17941  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If
17942  unsure, say N.
17943
17944UnixWare slices support
17945CONFIG_UNIXWARE_DISKLABEL
17946  Like some systems, UnixWare uses its own slice table inside a
17947  partition (VTOC - Virtual Table of Contents). Its format is
17948  incompatible with all other OSes. Saying Y here allows you to read
17949  VTOC and further mount UnixWare partitions read-only from within
17950  Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS file system support" or
17951  "System V and Coherent file system support", above.
17952
17953  This is mainly used to carry data from a UnixWare box to your
17954  Linux box via a removable medium like magneto-optical, ZIP or
17955  removable IDE drives. Note, however, that a good portable way to
17956  transport files and directories between unixes (and even other
17957  operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man tar" or
17958  preferably "info tar").
17959
17960  If you don't know what all this is about, say N.
17961
17962SMB file system support (to mount Windows shares etc.)
17963CONFIG_SMB_FS
17964  SMB (Server Message Block) is the protocol Windows for Workgroups
17965  (WfW), Windows 95/98, Windows NT and OS/2 Lan Manager use to share
17966  files and printers over local networks.  Saying Y here allows you to
17967  mount their file systems (often called "shares" in this context) and
17968  access them just like any other Unix directory.  Currently, this
17969  works only if the Windows machines use TCP/IP as the underlying
17970  transport protocol, and not NetBEUI.  For details, read
17971  <file:Documentation/filesystems/smbfs.txt> and the SMB-HOWTO,
17972  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
17973
17974  Note: if you just want your box to act as an SMB *server* and make
17975  files and printing services available to Windows clients (which need
17976  to have a TCP/IP stack), you don't need to say Y here; you can use
17977  the program SAMBA (available from <ftp://ftp.samba.org/pub/samba/>)
17978  for that.
17979
17980  General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and
17981  Macs is on the WWW at <http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html>.
17982
17983  If you want to compile the SMB support as a module ( = code which
17984  can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
17985  want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The
17986  module will be called smbfs.o.  Most people say N, however.
17987
17988Use a default NLS
17989CONFIG_SMB_NLS_DEFAULT
17990  Enabling this will make smbfs use nls translations by default. You
17991  need to specify the local charset (CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT) in the nls
17992  settings and you need to give the default nls for the SMB server as
17993  CONFIG_SMB_NLS_REMOTE.
17994
17995  The nls settings can be changed at mount time, if your smbmount
17996  supports that, using the codepage and iocharset parameters.
17997
17998  smbmount from samba 2.2.0 or later supports this.
17999
18000Default Remote NLS Option
18001CONFIG_SMB_NLS_REMOTE
18002  This setting allows you to specify a default value for which
18003  codepage the server uses. If this field is left blank no
18004  translations will be done by default. The local codepage/charset
18005  default to CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT.
18006
18007  The nls settings can be changed at mount time, if your smbmount
18008  supports that, using the codepage and iocharset parameters.
18009
18010  smbmount from samba 2.2.0 or later supports this.
18011
18012Enable Unix Extensions
18013CONFIG_SMB_UNIX
18014  Enabling this will make smbfs use the CIFS Unix Extensions if
18015  supported by the server. These extensions allows use of unix user
18016  ids, permissions, file modes, symlinks, etc that normally do not
18017  work on smbfs.
18018
18019  Samba 3.0 servers supports these extensions.
18020
18021  If you don't know what all this is about, it is safe to say Y.
18022
18023Coda file system support (advanced network fs)
18024CONFIG_CODA_FS
18025  Coda is an advanced network file system, similar to NFS in that it
18026  enables you to mount file systems of a remote server and access them
18027  with regular Unix commands as if they were sitting on your hard
18028  disk.  Coda has several advantages over NFS: support for
18029  disconnected operation (e.g. for laptops), read/write server
18030  replication, security model for authentication and encryption,
18031  persistent client caches and write back caching.
18032
18033  If you say Y here, your Linux box will be able to act as a Coda
18034  *client*.  You will need user level code as well, both for the
18035  client and server.  Servers are currently user level, i.e. they need
18036  no kernel support.  Please read
18037  <file:Documentation/filesystems/coda.txt> and check out the Coda
18038  home page <http://www.coda.cs.cmu.edu/>.
18039
18040  If you want to compile the coda client support as a module ( = code
18041  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
18042  whenever you want), say M here and read
18043  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called coda.o.
18044
18045InterMezzo file system support (replicating fs)
18046CONFIG_INTERMEZZO_FS
18047  InterMezzo is a networked file system with disconnected operation
18048  and kernel level write back caching.  It is most often used for
18049  replicating potentially large trees or keeping laptop/desktop copies
18050  in sync.
18051
18052  If you say Y or M your kernel or module will provide InterMezzo
18053  support.  You will also need a file server daemon, which you can get
18054  from <http://www.inter-mezzo.org/>.
18055
18056NCP file system support (to mount NetWare volumes)
18057CONFIG_NCP_FS
18058  NCP (NetWare Core Protocol) is a protocol that runs over IPX and is
18059  used by Novell NetWare clients to talk to file servers.  It is to
18060  IPX what NFS is to TCP/IP, if that helps.  Saying Y here allows you
18061  to mount NetWare file server volumes and to access them just like
18062  any other Unix directory.  For details, please read the file
18063  <file:Documentation/filesystems/ncpfs.txt> in the kernel source and
18064  the IPX-HOWTO from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
18065
18066  You do not have to say Y here if you want your Linux box to act as a
18067  file *server* for Novell NetWare clients.
18068
18069  General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and
18070  Macs is on the WWW at <http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html>.
18071
18072  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
18073  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
18074  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
18075  will be called ncpfs.o.  Say N unless you are connected to a Novell
18076  network.
18077
18078Packet signatures
18079CONFIG_NCPFS_PACKET_SIGNING
18080  NCP allows packets to be signed for stronger security. If you want
18081  security, say Y.  Normal users can leave it off.  To be able to use
18082  packet signing you must use ncpfs > 2.0.12.
18083
18084Proprietary file locking
18085CONFIG_NCPFS_IOCTL_LOCKING
18086  Allows locking of records on remote volumes.  Say N unless you have
18087  special applications which are able to utilize this locking scheme.
18088
18089Clear remove/delete inhibit when needed
18090CONFIG_NCPFS_STRONG
18091  Allows manipulation of files flagged as Delete or Rename Inhibit.
18092  To use this feature you must mount volumes with the ncpmount
18093  parameter "-s" (ncpfs-2.0.12 and newer).  Say Y unless you are not
18094  mounting volumes with -f 444.
18095
18096Use NFS namespace if available
18097CONFIG_NCPFS_NFS_NS
18098  Allows you to utilize NFS namespace on NetWare servers.  It brings
18099  you case sensitive filenames.  Say Y.  You can disable it at
18100  mount-time with the `-N nfs' parameter of ncpmount.
18101
18102Use LONG (OS/2) namespace if available
18103CONFIG_NCPFS_OS2_NS
18104  Allows you to utilize OS2/LONG namespace on NetWare servers.
18105  Filenames in this namespace are limited to 255 characters, they are
18106  case insensitive, and case in names is preserved.  Say Y.  You can
18107  disable it at mount time with the -N os2 parameter of ncpmount.
18108
18109Lowercase DOS filenames on LONG namespace volume
18110CONFIG_NCPFS_SMALLDOS
18111  If you say Y here, every filename on a NetWare server volume using
18112  the OS2/LONG namespace and created under DOS or on a volume using
18113  DOS namespace will be converted to lowercase characters.
18114  Saying N here will give you these filenames in uppercase.
18115
18116  This is only a cosmetic option since the OS2/LONG namespace is case
18117  insensitive. The only major reason for this option is backward
18118  compatibility when moving from DOS to OS2/LONG namespace support.
18119  Long filenames (created by Win95) will not be affected.
18120
18121  This option does not solve the problem that filenames appear
18122  differently under Linux and under Windows, since Windows does an
18123  additional conversions on the client side. You can achieve similar
18124  effects by saying Y to "Allow using of Native Language Support"
18125  below.
18126
18127Use Native Language Support
18128CONFIG_NCPFS_NLS
18129  Allows you to use codepages and I/O charsets for file name
18130  translation between the server file system and input/output. This
18131  may be useful, if you want to access the server with other operating
18132  systems, e.g. Windows 95. See also NLS for more Information.
18133
18134  To select codepages and I/O charsets use ncpfs-2.2.0.13 or newer.
18135
18136Symbolic links and mode permission bits
18137CONFIG_NCPFS_EXTRAS
18138  This enables the use of symbolic links and an execute permission
18139  bit on NCPFS. The file server need not have long name space or NFS
18140  name space loaded for these to work.
18141
18142  To use the new attributes, it is recommended to use the flags
18143  '-f 600 -d 755' on the ncpmount command line.
18144
18145Default NLS Option
18146CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT
18147  The default NLS used when mounting file system. Note, that this is
18148  the NLS used by your console, not the NLS used by a specific file
18149  system (if different) to store data (filenames) on a disk.
18150  Currently, the valid values are:
18151  big5, cp437, cp737, cp775, cp850, cp852, cp855, cp857, cp860, cp861,
18152  cp862, cp863, cp864, cp865, cp866, cp869, cp874, cp932, cp936,
18153  cp949, cp950, cp1250, cp1251, cp1255, euc-jp, euc-kr, gb2312, iso8859-1,
18154  iso8859-2, iso8859-3, iso8859-4, iso8859-5, iso8859-6, iso8859-7,
18155  iso8859-8, iso8859-9, iso8859-13, iso8859-14, iso8859-15,
18156  koi8-r, koi8-ru, koi8-u, sjis, tis-620, utf8.
18157  If you specify a wrong value, it will use the built-in NLS;
18158  compatible with iso8859-1.
18159
18160  If unsure, specify it as "iso8859-1".
18161
18162Codepage 437 (United States, Canada)
18163CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_437
18164  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18165  native language character sets. These character sets are stored
18166  in so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18167  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18168  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18169  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18170  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used in
18171  the United States and parts of Canada. This is recommended.
18172
18173Codepage 737 (Greek)
18174CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_737
18175  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18176  native language character sets. These character sets are stored
18177  in so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18178  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18179  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18180  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18181  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used for
18182  Greek. If unsure, say N.
18183
18184Codepage 775 (Baltic Rim)
18185CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_775
18186  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18187  native language character sets. These character sets are stored
18188  in so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18189  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18190  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18191  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18192  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used
18193  for the Baltic Rim Languages (Latvian and Lithuanian). If unsure,
18194  say N.
18195
18196Codepage 850 (Europe)
18197CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_850
18198  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18199  native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
18200  so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18201  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18202  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18203  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18204  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used for
18205  much of Europe -- United Kingdom, Germany, Spain, Italy, and [add
18206  more countries here]. It has some characters useful to many European
18207  languages that are not part of the US codepage 437.
18208
18209  If unsure, say Y.
18210
18211Codepage 852 (Central/Eastern Europe)
18212CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_852
18213  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18214  native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
18215  so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18216  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18217  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18218  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18219  say Y here if you want to include the Latin 2 codepage used by DOS
18220  for much of Central and Eastern Europe. It has all the required
18221  characters for these languages: Albanian, Croatian, Czech, English,
18222  Finnish, Hungarian, Irish, German, Polish, Rumanian, Serbian (Latin
18223  transcription), Slovak, Slovenian, and Serbian.
18224
18225Codepage 855 (Cyrillic)
18226CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_855
18227  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18228  native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
18229  so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18230  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18231  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18232  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18233  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Cyrillic.
18234
18235Codepage 857 (Turkish)
18236CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_857
18237  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18238  native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
18239  so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18240  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18241  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18242  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18243  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Turkish.
18244
18245Codepage 860 (Portuguese)
18246CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_860
18247  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18248  native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
18249  so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18250  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18251  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18252  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18253  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Portuguese.
18254
18255Codepage 861 (Icelandic)
18256CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_861
18257  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18258  native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
18259  so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18260  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18261  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18262  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18263  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Icelandic.
18264
18265Codepage 862 (Hebrew)
18266CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_862
18267  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18268  native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
18269  so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18270  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18271  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18272  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18273  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Hebrew.
18274
18275Codepage 863 (Canadian French)
18276CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_863
18277  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18278  native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
18279  so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18280  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18281  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18282  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18283  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Canadian
18284  French.
18285
18286Codepage 864 (Arabic)
18287CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_864
18288  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18289  native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
18290  so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18291  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18292  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18293  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18294  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Arabic.
18295
18296Codepage 865 (Norwegian, Danish)
18297CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_865
18298  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18299  native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
18300  so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18301  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18302  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18303  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18304  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for the Nordic
18305  European countries.
18306
18307Codepage 866 (Cyrillic/Russian)
18308CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_866
18309  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18310  native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
18311  so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18312  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18313  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18314  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18315  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for
18316  Cyrillic/Russian.
18317
18318Codepage 869 (Greek)
18319CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_869
18320  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18321  native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
18322  so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18323  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18324  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18325  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18326  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Greek.
18327
18328Thai charset (CP874, TIS-620)
18329CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_874
18330  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18331  native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
18332  so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18333  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18334  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18335  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18336  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Thai.
18337
18338Windows CP1251 (Bulgarian, Belarusian)
18339CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_1251
18340  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18341  native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
18342  so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18343  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18344  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18345  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18346  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Russian and
18347  Bulgarian and Belarusian.
18348
18349Japanese charsets (Shift-JIS, EUC-JP)
18350CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_932
18351  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18352  native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
18353  so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18354  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18355  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18356  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18357  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Shift-JIS
18358  or EUC-JP. To use EUC-JP, you can use 'euc-jp' as mount option or
18359  NLS Default value during kernel configuration, instead of 'cp932'.
18360
18361Simplified Chinese charset (CP936, GB2312)
18362CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_936
18363  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18364  native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
18365  so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18366  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18367  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18368  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18369  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Simplified
18370  Chinese(GBK).
18371
18372Korean charset (CP949, EUC-KR)
18373CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_949
18374  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18375  native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
18376  so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18377  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18378  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18379  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18380  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for UHC.
18381
18382Traditional Chinese charset (Big5)
18383CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_950
18384  The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in
18385  native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
18386  so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
18387  codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
18388  DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
18389  only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
18390  say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Traditional
18391  Chinese(Big5).
18392
18393Central European (Codepage 1250)
18394CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_1250
18395  If you want to display filenames with native language characters
18396  from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CDROMs
18397  correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
18398  input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Windows CP-1250
18399  character set, which works for most Latin-written Slavic and Central
18400  European languages: Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish, Rumanian, Croatian,
18401  Slovak, Slovene.
18402
18403NLS ISO 8859-1 (Latin 1; Western European Languages)
18404CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_1
18405  If you want to display filenames with native language characters
18406  from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs
18407  correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
18408  input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 1 character
18409  set, which covers most West European languages such as Albanian,
18410  Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English, Faeroese, Finnish, French, German,
18411  Galician, Irish, Icelandic, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish,
18412  and Swedish. It is also the default for the US. If unsure, say Y.
18413
18414NLS ISO 8859-2 (Latin 2; Slavic/Central European Languages)
18415CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_2
18416  If you want to display filenames with native language characters
18417  from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs
18418  correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
18419  input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 2 character
18420  set, which works for most Latin-written Slavic and Central European
18421  languages: Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish, Rumanian, Croatian,
18422  Slovak, Slovene.
18423
18424NLS ISO 8859-3 (Latin 3; Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, Turkish)
18425CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_3
18426  If you want to display filenames with native language characters
18427  from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs
18428  correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
18429  input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 3 character
18430  set, which is popular with authors of Esperanto, Galician, Maltese,
18431  and Turkish.
18432
18433NLS ISO 8859-4 (Latin 4; old Baltic charset)
18434CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_4
18435  If you want to display filenames with native language characters
18436  from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs
18437  correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
18438  input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 4 character
18439  set which introduces letters for Estonian, Latvian, and
18440  Lithuanian. It is an incomplete predecessor of Latin 7.
18441
18442NLS ISO 8859-5 (Cyrillic)
18443CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_5
18444  If you want to display filenames with native language characters
18445  from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs
18446  correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
18447  input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-5, a Cyrillic
18448  character set with which you can type Bulgarian, Belarusian,
18449  Macedonian, Russian, Serbian, and Ukrainian. Note that the charset
18450  KOI8-R is preferred in Russia.
18451
18452NLS ISO 8859-6 (Arabic)
18453CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_6
18454  If you want to display filenames with native language characters
18455  from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs
18456  correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
18457  input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-6, the Arabic
18458  character set.
18459
18460NLS ISO 8859-7 (Modern Greek)
18461CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_7
18462  If you want to display filenames with native language characters
18463  from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs
18464  correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
18465  input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-7, the Modern
18466  Greek character set.
18467
18468Hebrew charsets (ISO-8859-8, CP1255)
18469CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_8
18470  If you want to display filenames with native language characters
18471  from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs
18472  correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
18473  input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-8, the Hebrew
18474  character set.
18475
18476NLS ISO 8859-9 (Latin 5; Turkish)
18477CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_9
18478  If you want to display filenames with native language characters
18479  from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs
18480  correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
18481  input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 5 character
18482  set, and it replaces the rarely needed Icelandic letters in Latin 1
18483  with the Turkish ones. Useful in Turkey.
18484
18485NLS ISO 8859-10 (Latin 6; Nordic)
18486CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_10
18487  If you want to display filenames with native language characters
18488  from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs
18489  correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
18490  input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 6 character
18491  set, which adds the last Inuit (Greenlandic) and Sami (Lappish)
18492  letters that were missing in Latin 4 to cover the entire Nordic
18493  area.
18494
18495NLS ISO 8859-13 (Latin 7; Baltic)
18496CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_13
18497  If you want to display filenames with native language characters
18498  from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs
18499  correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
18500  input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 7 character
18501  set, which supports modern Baltic languages including Latvian
18502  and Lithuanian.
18503
18504NLS ISO 8859-14 (Latin 8; Celtic)
18505CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_14
18506  If you want to display filenames with native language characters
18507  from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs
18508  correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
18509  input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 8 character
18510  set, which adds the last accented vowels for Welsh (aka Cymraeg)
18511  (and Manx Gaelic) that were missing in Latin 1.
18512  <http://linux.speech.cymru.org/> has further information.
18513
18514NLS ISO 8859-15 (Latin 9; Western European languages with Euro)
18515CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_15
18516  If you want to display filenames with native language characters
18517  from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs
18518  correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
18519  input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 9 character
18520  set, which covers most West European languages such as Albanian,
18521  Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English, Estonian, Faeroese, Finnish,
18522  French, German, Galician, Irish, Icelandic, Italian, Norwegian,
18523  Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish. Latin 9 is an update to
18524  Latin 1 (ISO 8859-1) that removes a handful of rarely used
18525  characters and instead adds support for Estonian, corrects the
18526  support for French and Finnish, and adds the new Euro character.
18527  If unsure, say Y.
18528
18529NLS KOI8-R (Russian)
18530CONFIG_NLS_KOI8_R
18531  If you want to display filenames with native language characters
18532  from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs
18533  correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
18534  input/output character sets. Say Y here for the preferred Russian
18535  character set.
18536
18537NLS KOI8-U/RU (Ukrainian, Belarusian)
18538CONFIG_NLS_KOI8_U
18539  If you want to display filenames with native language characters
18540  from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs
18541  correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
18542  input/output character sets. Say Y here for the preferred Ukrainian
18543  (koi8-u) and Belarusian (koi8-ru) character sets.
18544
18545NLS UTF8
18546CONFIG_NLS_UTF8
18547  If you want to display filenames with native language characters
18548  from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs
18549  correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
18550  input/output character sets. Say Y here for the UTF-8 encoding of
18551  the Unicode/ISO9646 universal character set.
18552
18553Virtual terminal
18554CONFIG_VT
18555  If you say Y here, you will get support for terminal devices with
18556  display and keyboard devices. These are called "virtual" because you
18557  can run several virtual terminals (also called virtual consoles) on
18558  one physical terminal. This is rather useful, for example one
18559  virtual terminal can collect system messages and warnings, another
18560  one can be used for a text-mode user session, and a third could run
18561  an X session, all in parallel. Switching between virtual terminals
18562  is done with certain key combinations, usually Alt-<function key>.
18563
18564  The setterm command ("man setterm") can be used to change the
18565  properties (such as colors or beeping) of a virtual terminal. The
18566  man page console_codes(4) ("man console_codes") contains the special
18567  character sequences that can be used to change those properties
18568  directly. The fonts used on virtual terminals can be changed with
18569  the setfont ("man setfont") command and the key bindings are defined
18570  with the loadkeys ("man loadkeys") command.
18571
18572  You need at least one virtual terminal device in order to make use
18573  of your keyboard and monitor. Therefore, only people configuring an
18574  embedded system would want to say N here in order to save some
18575  memory; the only way to log into such a system is then via a serial
18576  or network connection.
18577
18578  If unsure, say Y, or else you won't be able to do much with your new
18579  shiny Linux system :-)
18580
18581Support for console on virtual terminal
18582CONFIG_VT_CONSOLE
18583  The system console is the device which receives all kernel messages
18584  and warnings and which allows logins in single user mode. If you
18585  answer Y here, a virtual terminal (the device used to interact with
18586  a physical terminal) can be used as system console. This is the most
18587  common mode of operations, so you should say Y here unless you want
18588  the kernel messages be output only to a serial port (in which case
18589  you should say Y to "Console on serial port", below).
18590
18591  If you do say Y here, by default the currently visible virtual
18592  terminal (/dev/tty0) will be used as system console. You can change
18593  that with a kernel command line option such as "console=tty3" which
18594  would use the third virtual terminal as system console. (Try "man
18595  bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or
18596  loadlin) about how to pass options to the kernel at boot time.)
18597
18598  If unsure, say Y.
18599
18600STI console
18601CONFIG_STI_CONSOLE
18602  The STI console is the builtin display/keyboard on HP-PARISC
18603  machines.  Say Y here to build support for it into your kernel.
18604  The alternative is to use your primary serial port as a console.
18605
18606Use MDIO for PHY configuration
18607CONFIG_USE_MDIO
18608  On some boards the hardware configuration of the ethernet PHY can be
18609  used without any software interaction over the MDIO interface, so
18610  all MII code can be omitted. Say N here if unsure or if you don't
18611  need link status reports.
18612
18613860T FEC Ethernet
18614CONFIG_FEC_ENET
18615  Enable Ethernet support via the Fast Ethernet Controller (FCC) on
18616  the Motorola MPC8260.
18617
18618Ethernet on FCC1
18619CONFIG_FCC1_ENET
18620  Use MPC8260 fast Ethernet controller 1 to drive Ethernet (default).
18621
18622Ethernet on FCC2
18623CONFIG_FCC2_ENET
18624  Use MPC8260 fast Ethernet controller 2 to drive Ethernet.
18625
18626Ethernet on FCC3
18627CONFIG_FCC3_ENET
18628  Use MPC8260 fast Ethernet controller 3 to drive Ethernet.
18629
18630CPM SCC Ethernet
18631CONFIG_SCC_ENET
18632  Enable Ethernet support via the Motorola MPC8xx serial
18633  communications controller.
18634
18635# Choice: scc_ethernet
18636Ethernet on SCC1
18637CONFIG_SCC1_ENET
18638  Use MPC8xx serial communications controller 1 to drive Ethernet
18639  (default).
18640
18641Ethernet on SCC2
18642CONFIG_SCC2_ENET
18643  Use MPC8xx serial communications controller 2 to drive Ethernet.
18644
18645Ethernet on SCC3
18646CONFIG_SCC3_ENET
18647  Use MPC8xx serial communications controller 3 to drive Ethernet.
18648
18649Use Big CPM Ethernet Buffers
18650CONFIG_ENET_BIG_BUFFERS
18651  Allocate large buffers for MPC8xx Ethernet.  Increases throughput
18652  and decreases the likelihood of dropped packets, but costs memory.
18653
18654Apple Desktop Bus (ADB) support
18655CONFIG_ADB
18656  Apple Desktop Bus (ADB) support is for support of devices which
18657  are connected to an ADB port.  ADB devices tend to have 4 pins.
18658  If you have an Apple Macintosh prior to the iMac, or a
18659  "Blue and White G3", you probably want to say Y here.  Otherwise
18660  say N.
18661
18662Support for CUDA based PowerMacs
18663CONFIG_ADB_CUDA
18664  This provides support for CUDA based Power Macintosh systems.  This
18665  includes most OldWorld PowerMacs, the first generation iMacs, the
18666  Blue&White G3 and the Yikes G4 (PCI Graphics).  All later models
18667  should use CONFIG_ADB_PMU instead.
18668
18669  If unsure say Y.
18670
18671Support for PMU-based PowerMacs
18672CONFIG_ADB_PMU
18673  This provides support for PMU based Power Macintosh systems.  This
18674  includes all PowerBooks and all AGP-based machines.
18675
18676  If unsure say Y.
18677
18678Include MacIO ADB driver
18679CONFIG_ADB_MACIO
18680  Say Y here to include direct support for the ADB controller in the
18681  Hydra chip used on PowerPC Macintoshes of the CHRP type.  (The Hydra
18682  also includes a MESH II SCSI controller, DBDMA controller, VIA chip,
18683  OpenPIC controller and two RS422/Geoports.)
18684
18685Support for ADB keyboard (old driver)
18686CONFIG_ADB_KEYBOARD
18687  This option allows you to use an ADB keyboard attached to your
18688  machine. Note that this disables any other (ie. PS/2) keyboard
18689  support, even if your machine is physically capable of using both at
18690  the same time.
18691
18692  If you use an ADB keyboard (4 pin connector), say Y here.
18693  If you use a PS/2 keyboard (6 pin connector), say N here.
18694
18695HIL keyboard support
18696CONFIG_HIL
18697  The "Human Interface Loop" is a older, 8-channel USB-like controller
18698  used in Hewlett Packard PA-RISC based machines.  There are a few
18699  cases where it is seen on PC/MAC architectures as well, usually also
18700  manufactured by HP.  This driver is based off MACH and BSD drivers,
18701  and implements support for a keyboard attached to the HIL port.
18702  Full support for the USB-like functions and non-keyboard channels of
18703  the HIL is not provided for in this driver.  There are vestiges of
18704  mouse support in the driver, but it is probably not working.  The
18705  necessary hardware documentation to fully support the HIL controller
18706  and interface it to the linux-input API is lacking.
18707
18708  Enable this option if you intend to use a HIL keyboard.
18709
18710HP System Device Controller support
18711CONFIG_HP_SDC
18712  This option enables supports for the the "System Device Controller",
18713  an i8042 carrying microcode to manage a few miscellanous devices
18714  on some Hewlett Packard systems.  The SDC itself contains a 10ms
18715  resolution timer/clock capable of delivering interrupts on periodic
18716  and one-shot basis.  The SDC may also be connected to a battery-backed
18717  real-time clock, a basic audio waveform generator, and an HP-HIL
18718  Master Link Controller serving up to seven input devices.
18719
18720  By itself this option is rather useless, but enabling it will
18721  enable selection of drivers for the abovementioned devices.
18722  It is, however, incompatible with the old, reliable HIL keyboard
18723  driver, and the new HIL driver is experimental, so if you plan to
18724  use a HIL keyboard as your primary keyboard, you may wish to
18725  keep using that driver until the new HIL drivers have had more
18726  testing.
18727
18728Include IOP (IIfx/Quadra 9x0) ADB driver
18729CONFIG_ADB_IOP
18730  The I/O Processor (IOP) is an Apple custom IC designed to provide
18731  intelligent support for I/O controllers.  It is described at
18732  <http://www.angelfire.com/ca2/dev68k/iopdesc.html> to enable direct
18733  support for it, say 'Y' here.
18734
18735Mac II style Apple Desktop Bus support
18736CONFIG_ADB_MACII
18737  Say Y here if want your kernel to support Macintosh systems that use
18738  the Mac II style ADB.  This includes the II, IIx, IIcx, SE/30, IIci,
18739  Quadra 610, Quadra 650, Quadra 700, Quadra 800, Centris 610 and
18740  Centris 650.
18741
18742Mac IIsi style Apple Desktop Bus support
18743CONFIG_ADB_MACIISI
18744  Say Y here if want your kernel to support Macintosh systems that use
18745  the Mac IIsi style ADB.  This includes the IIsi, IIvi, IIvx, Classic
18746  II, LC, LC II, LC III, Performa 460, and the Performa 600.
18747
18748Apple 68K PowerBook Power Management and Desktop Bus support
18749CONFIG_ADB_PMU68K
18750  Say Y here if want your kernel to support the m68k based Powerbooks.
18751  This includes the PowerBook 140, PowerBook 145, PowerBook 150,
18752  PowerBook 160, PowerBook 165, PowerBook 165c, PowerBook 170,
18753  PowerBook 180, PowerBook, 180c, PowerBook 190cs, PowerBook 520,
18754  PowerBook Duo 210, PowerBook Duo 230, PowerBook Duo 250,
18755  PowerBook Duo 270c, PowerBook Duo 280 and PowerBook Duo 280c.
18756
18757Macintosh IIfx/Quadra 900/Quadra 950 floppy support
18758CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SWIM_IOP
18759  Say Y here to support the SWIM (Super Woz Integrated Machine) IOP
18760  floppy controller on the Macintosh IIfx and Quadra 900/950.
18761
18762Macintosh NS8390 based Ethernet support
18763CONFIG_MAC8390
18764  If you want to include a driver to support Nubus or LC-PDS
18765  Ethernet cards using an NS8390 chipset or its equivalent, say Y
18766  and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
18767  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
18768
18769Macintosh CS89x0 based Ethernet support
18770CONFIG_MAC89x0
18771  Support for CS89x0 chipset based Ethernet cards.  If you have a
18772  Nubus or LC-PDS network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and
18773  read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
18774  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
18775
18776  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
18777  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
18778  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
18779  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.  This module will
18780  be called mac89x0.o.
18781
18782Macintosh onboard AMD 79C940 MACE based Ethernet support
18783CONFIG_MACMACE
18784  Support for the onboard AMD 79C940 MACE Ethernet controller used in
18785  the 660AV and 840AV Macintosh.  If you have one of these Macintoshes
18786  say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
18787  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
18788
18789Macintosh SONIC based Ethernet support (onboard, NuBus, LC, CS)
18790CONFIG_MACSONIC
18791  Support for NatSemi SONIC based Ethernet devices.  This includes
18792  the onboard Ethernet in many Quadras as well as some LC-PDS,
18793  a few Nubus and all known Comm Slot Ethernet cards.  If you have
18794  one of these say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
18795  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
18796
18797  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
18798  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
18799  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as
18800  <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>.  This module will
18801  be called macsonic.o.
18802
18803Macintosh NCR5380 SCSI support
18804CONFIG_MAC_SCSI
18805  This is the NCR 5380 SCSI controller included on most of the 68030
18806  based Macintoshes.  If you have one of these say Y and read the
18807  SCSI-HOWTO, available from
18808  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
18809
18810Macintosh NCR53c9[46] SCSI support
18811CONFIG_SCSI_MAC_ESP
18812  This is the NCR 53c9x SCSI controller found on most of the 68040
18813  based Macintoshes.  If you have one of these say Y and read the
18814  SCSI-HOWTO, available from
18815  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
18816
18817  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
18818  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
18819  The module will be called mac_esp.o.  If you want to compile it as
18820  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
18821
18822Standard/generic (8250/16550 and compatible UARTs) serial support
18823CONFIG_SERIAL
18824  This selects whether you want to include the driver for the standard
18825  serial ports.  The standard answer is Y.  People who might say N
18826  here are those that are setting up dedicated Ethernet WWW/FTP
18827  servers, or users that have one of the various bus mice instead of a
18828  serial mouse and don't intend to use their machine's standard serial
18829  port for anything.  (Note that the Cyclades and Stallion multi
18830  serial port drivers do not need this driver built in for them to
18831  work.)
18832
18833  If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read
18834  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
18835  serial.o.
18836  [WARNING: Do not compile this driver as a module if you are using
18837  non-standard serial ports, since the configuration information will
18838  be lost when the driver is unloaded.  This limitation may be lifted
18839  in the future.]
18840
18841  BTW1: If you have a mouseman serial mouse which is not recognized by
18842  the X window system, try running gpm first.
18843
18844  BTW2: If you intend to use a software modem (also called Winmodem)
18845  under Linux, forget it.  These modems are crippled and require
18846  proprietary drivers which are only available under Windows.
18847
18848  Most people will say Y or M here, so that they can use serial mice,
18849  modems and similar devices connecting to the standard serial ports.
18850
18851Support for console on serial port
18852CONFIG_SERIAL_CONSOLE
18853  If you say Y here, it will be possible to use a serial port as the
18854  system console (the system console is the device which receives all
18855  kernel messages and warnings and which allows logins in single user
18856  mode). This could be useful if some terminal or printer is connected
18857  to that serial port.
18858
18859  Even if you say Y here, the currently visible virtual console
18860  (/dev/tty0) will still be used as the system console by default, but
18861  you can alter that using a kernel command line option such as
18862  "console=ttyS1". (Try "man bootparam" or see the documentation of
18863  your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to the
18864  kernel at boot time.)
18865
18866  If you don't have a VGA card installed and you say Y here, the
18867  kernel will automatically use the first serial line, /dev/ttyS0, as
18868  system console.
18869
18870  If unsure, say N.
18871
18872Support for serial port described by EFI HCDP table
18873CONFIG_SERIAL_HCDP
18874  If you wish to make the serial console port described by the EFI
18875  HCDP table available for use as serial console or general
18876  purpose port, say Y here. See
18877  <http://www.dig64.org/specifications/DIG64_HCDPv10a_01.pdf>.
18878
18879Support for PowerMac serial ports
18880CONFIG_MAC_SERIAL
18881  If you have Macintosh style serial ports (8 pin mini-DIN), say Y
18882  here. If you also have regular serial ports and enable the driver
18883  for them, you can't currently use the serial console feature.
18884
18885Comtrol Rocketport support
18886CONFIG_ROCKETPORT
18887  This is a driver for the Comtrol Rocketport cards which provide
18888  multiple serial ports. You would need something like this to connect
18889  more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance in order to
18890  become a dial-in server.
18891
18892  If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read
18893  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
18894  rocket.o.
18895
18896Digiboard Intelligent async support
18897CONFIG_DIGIEPCA
18898  This is a driver for Digi International's Xx, Xeve, and Xem series
18899  of cards which provide multiple serial ports. You would need
18900  something like this to connect more than two modems to your Linux
18901  box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server. This driver
18902  supports the original PC (ISA) boards as well as PCI, and EISA. If
18903  you have a card like this, say Y here and read the file
18904  <file:Documentation/digiepca.txt>.
18905
18906  NOTE: There is another, separate driver for the Digiboard PC boards:
18907  "Digiboard PC/Xx Support" below. You should (and can) only select
18908  one of the two drivers.
18909
18910  If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read
18911  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called epca.o.
18912
18913Digiboard PC/Xx Support
18914CONFIG_DIGI
18915  This is a driver for the Digiboard PC/Xe, PC/Xi, and PC/Xeve cards
18916  that give you many serial ports. You would need something like this
18917  to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance in
18918  order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that, say
18919  Y here and read the file <file:Documentation/digiboard.txt>.
18920
18921  If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read
18922  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called pcxx.o.
18923
18924SDL RISCom/8 card support
18925CONFIG_RISCOM8
18926  This is a driver for the SDL Communications RISCom/8 multiport card,
18927  which gives you many serial ports. You would need something like
18928  this to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance
18929  in order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that,
18930  say Y here and read the file <file:Documentation/riscom8.txt>.
18931
18932  Also it's possible to say M here and compile this driver as kernel
18933  loadable module; the module will be called riscom8.o.
18934
18935Computone IntelliPort Plus serial support
18936CONFIG_COMPUTONE
18937  This driver supports the entire family of Intelliport II/Plus
18938  controllers with the exception of the MicroChannel controllers and
18939  products previous to the Intelliport II. These are multiport cards,
18940  which give you many serial ports. You would need something like this
18941  to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance in
18942  order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that, say
18943  Y here and read <file:Documentation/computone.txt>.
18944
18945  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
18946  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
18947  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. You will get
18948  two modules called ip2.o and ip2main.o.
18949
18950Specialix IO8+ card support
18951CONFIG_SPECIALIX
18952  This is a driver for the Specialix IO8+ multiport card (both the
18953  ISA and the PCI version) which gives you many serial ports. You
18954  would need something like this to connect more than two modems to
18955  your Linux box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server.
18956
18957  If you have a card like that, say Y here and read the file
18958  <file:Documentation/specialix.txt>. Also it's possible to say M here
18959  and compile this driver as kernel loadable module which will be
18960  called specialix.o.
18961
18962Specialix DTR/RTS pin is RTS
18963CONFIG_SPECIALIX_RTSCTS
18964  The Specialix IO8+ card can only support either RTS or DTR. If you
18965  say N here, the driver will use the pin as "DTR" when the tty is in
18966  software handshake mode.  If you say Y here or hardware handshake is
18967  on, it will always be RTS.  Read the file
18968  <file:Documentation/specialix.txt> for more information.
18969
18970Specialix RIO system support
18971CONFIG_RIO
18972  This is a driver for the Specialix RIO, a smart serial card which
18973  drives an outboard box that can support up to 128 ports.  Product
18974  information is at <http://www.sphinxcst.co.uk/perle/multi.htm>.
18975  There are both ISA and PCI versions.
18976
18977Support really old RIO/PCI cards
18978CONFIG_RIO_OLDPCI
18979  Older RIO PCI cards need some initialization-time configuration to
18980  determine the IRQ and some control addresses.  If you have a RIO and
18981  this doesn't seem to work, try setting this to Y.
18982
18983Cyclades async mux support
18984CONFIG_CYCLADES
18985  This is a driver for a card that gives you many serial ports. You
18986  would need something like this to connect more than two modems to
18987  your Linux box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server.
18988  For information about the Cyclades-Z card, read
18989  <file:drivers/char/README.cycladesZ>.
18990
18991  As of 1.3.9x kernels, this driver's minor numbers start at 0 instead
18992  of 32.
18993
18994  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
18995  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
18996  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
18997  will be called cyclades.o.
18998
18999  If you haven't heard about it, it's safe to say N.
19000
19001Cyclades-Z interrupt mode operation
19002CONFIG_CYZ_INTR
19003  The Cyclades-Z family of multiport cards allows 2 (two) driver op
19004  modes: polling and interrupt. In polling mode, the driver will check
19005  the status of the Cyclades-Z ports every certain amount of time
19006  (which is called polling cycle and is configurable). In interrupt
19007  mode, it will use an interrupt line (IRQ) in order to check the
19008  status of the Cyclades-Z ports. The default op mode is polling. If
19009  unsure, say N.
19010
19011Stallion multiport serial support
19012CONFIG_STALDRV
19013  Stallion cards give you many serial ports.  You would need something
19014  like this to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for
19015  instance in order to become a dial-in server.  If you say Y here,
19016  you will be asked for your specific card model in the next
19017  questions.  Make sure to read <file:Documentation/stallion.txt> in
19018  this case.  If you have never heard about all this, it's safe to
19019  say N.
19020
19021Stallion EasyIO or EC8/32 support
19022CONFIG_STALLION
19023  If you have an EasyIO or EasyConnection 8/32 multiport Stallion
19024  card, then this is for you; say Y.  Make sure to read
19025  <file:Documentation/stallion.txt>.
19026
19027  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
19028  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
19029  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
19030  will be called stallion.o.
19031
19032Stallion EC8/64, ONboard, Brumby support
19033CONFIG_ISTALLION
19034  If you have an EasyConnection 8/64, ONboard, Brumby or Stallion
19035  serial multiport card, say Y here. Make sure to read
19036  <file:Documentation/stallion.txt>.
19037
19038  To compile it as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and
19039  removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and
19040  read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
19041  istallion.o.
19042
19043PDC software console support
19044CONFIG_PDC_CONSOLE
19045  Saying Y here will enable the software based PDC console to be
19046  used as the system console.  This is useful for machines in
19047  which the hardware based console has not been written yet.  The
19048  following steps must be competed to use the PDC console:
19049
19050    1. create the device entry (mknod /dev/ttyB0 c 60 0)
19051    2. Edit the /etc/inittab to start a getty listening on /dev/ttyB0
19052    3. Add device ttyB0 to /etc/securetty (if you want to log on as
19053         root on this console.)
19054    4. Change the kernel command console parameter to: console=ttyB0
19055
19056Microgate SyncLink adapter support
19057CONFIG_SYNCLINK
19058  Provides support for the SyncLink ISA and PCI multiprotocol serial
19059  adapters. These adapters support asynchronous and HDLC bit
19060  synchronous communication up to 10Mbps (PCI adapter).
19061
19062  This driver can only be built as a module ( = code which can be
19063  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
19064  The module will be called synclink.o.  If you want to do that, say M
19065  here.
19066
19067CONFIG_SYNCLINKMP
19068  Enable support for the SyncLink Multiport (2 or 4 ports)
19069  serial adapter, running asynchronous and HDLC communications up
19070  to 2.048Mbps. Each ports is independently selectable for
19071  RS-232, V.35, RS-449, RS-530, and X.21
19072
19073  This driver may be built as a module ( = code which can be
19074  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
19075  The module will be called synclinkmp.o.  If you want to do that, say M
19076  here.
19077
19078Synchronous HDLC line discipline support
19079CONFIG_N_HDLC
19080  Allows synchronous HDLC communications with tty device drivers that
19081  support synchronous HDLC such as the Microgate SyncLink adapter.
19082
19083  This driver can only be built as a module ( = code which can be
19084  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
19085  The module will be called n_hdlc.o. If you want to do that, say M
19086  here.
19087
19088Specialix SX (and SI) card support
19089CONFIG_SX
19090  This is a driver for the SX and SI multiport serial cards.
19091  Please read the file <file:Documentation/sx.txt> for details.
19092
19093  This driver can only be built as a module ( = code which can be
19094  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
19095  The module will be called sx.o. If you want to do that, say M here.
19096
19097Hayes ESP serial port support
19098CONFIG_ESPSERIAL
19099  This is a driver which supports Hayes ESP serial ports.  Both single
19100  port cards and multiport cards are supported.  Make sure to read
19101  <file:Documentation/hayes-esp.txt>.
19102
19103  To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in
19104  and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here
19105  and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be
19106  called esp.o.  If unsure, say N.
19107
19108Moxa Intellio support
19109CONFIG_MOXA_INTELLIO
19110  Say Y here if you have a Moxa Intellio multiport serial card.
19111
19112  This driver can also be built as a module ( = code which can be
19113  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
19114  The module will be called moxa.o. If you want to do that, say M
19115  here.
19116
19117Moxa SmartIO support
19118CONFIG_MOXA_SMARTIO
19119  Say Y here if you have a Moxa SmartIO multiport serial card.
19120
19121  This driver can also be built as a module ( = code which can be
19122  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
19123  The module will be called mxser.o. If you want to do that, say M
19124  here.
19125
19126Multi-Tech multiport card support
19127CONFIG_ISI
19128  This is a driver for the Multi-Tech cards which provide several
19129  serial ports.  The driver is experimental and can currently only be
19130  built as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from
19131  the running kernel whenever you want).  Please read
19132  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
19133  isicom.o.
19134
19135Unix98 PTY support
19136CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS
19137  A pseudo terminal (PTY) is a software device consisting of two
19138  halves: a master and a slave. The slave device behaves identical to
19139  a physical terminal; the master device is used by a process to
19140  read data from and write data to the slave, thereby emulating a
19141  terminal. Typical programs for the master side are telnet servers
19142  and xterms.
19143
19144  Linux has traditionally used the BSD-like names /dev/ptyxx for
19145  masters and /dev/ttyxx for slaves of pseudo terminals. This scheme
19146  has a number of problems. The GNU C library glibc 2.1 and later,
19147  however, supports the Unix98 naming standard: in order to acquire a
19148  pseudo terminal, a process opens /dev/ptmx; the number of the pseudo
19149  terminal is then made available to the process and the pseudo
19150  terminal slave can be accessed as /dev/pts/<number>. What was
19151  traditionally /dev/ttyp2 will then be /dev/pts/2, for example.
19152
19153  The entries in /dev/pts/ are created on the fly by a virtual
19154  file system; therefore, if you say Y here you should say Y to
19155  "/dev/pts file system for Unix98 PTYs" as well.
19156
19157  If you want to say Y here, you need to have the C library glibc 2.1
19158  or later (equal to libc-6.1, check with "ls -l /lib/libc.so.*").
19159  Read the instructions in <file:Documentation/Changes> pertaining to
19160  pseudo terminals. It's safe to say N.
19161
19162Maximum number of Unix98 PTYs in use (0-2048)
19163CONFIG_UNIX98_PTY_COUNT
19164  The maximum number of Unix98 PTYs that can be used at any one time.
19165  The default is 256, and should be enough for desktop systems. Server
19166  machines which support incoming telnet/rlogin/ssh connections and/or
19167  serve several X terminals may want to increase this: every incoming
19168  connection and every xterm uses up one PTY.
19169
19170  When not in use, each additional set of 256 PTYs occupy
19171  approximately 8 KB of kernel memory on 32-bit architectures.
19172
19173Parallel printer support
19174CONFIG_PRINTER
19175  If you intend to attach a printer to the parallel port of your Linux
19176  box (as opposed to using a serial printer; if the connector at the
19177  printer has 9 or 25 holes ["female"], then it's serial), say Y.
19178  Also read the Printing-HOWTO, available from
19179  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
19180
19181  It is possible to share one parallel port among several devices
19182  (e.g. printer and ZIP drive) and it is safe to compile the
19183  corresponding drivers into the kernel.  If you want to compile this
19184  driver as a module however ( = code which can be inserted in and
19185  removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and
19186  read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and
19187  <file:Documentation/parport.txt>.  The module will be called lp.o.
19188
19189  If you have several parallel ports, you can specify which ports to
19190  use with the "lp" kernel command line option.  (Try "man bootparam"
19191  or see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about
19192  how to pass options to the kernel at boot time.)  The syntax of the
19193  "lp" command line option can be found in <file:drivers/char/lp.c>.
19194
19195  If you have more than 8 printers, you need to increase the LP_NO
19196  macro in lp.c and the PARPORT_MAX macro in parport.h.
19197
19198Support for console on line printer
19199CONFIG_LP_CONSOLE
19200  If you want kernel messages to be printed out as they occur, you
19201  can have a console on the printer. This option adds support for
19202  doing that; to actually get it to happen you need to pass the
19203  option "console=lp0" to the kernel at boot time.
19204
19205  If the printer is out of paper (or off, or unplugged, or too
19206  busy..) the kernel will stall until the printer is ready again.
19207  By defining CONSOLE_LP_STRICT to 0 (at your own risk) you
19208  can make the kernel continue when this happens,
19209  but it'll lose the kernel messages.
19210
19211  If unsure, say N.
19212
19213Support for user-space parallel port device drivers
19214CONFIG_PPDEV
19215  Saying Y to this adds support for /dev/parport device nodes.  This
19216  is needed for programs that want portable access to the parallel
19217  port, for instance deviceid (which displays Plug-and-Play device
19218  IDs).
19219
19220  This is the parallel port equivalent of SCSI generic support (sg).
19221  It is safe to say N to this -- it is not needed for normal printing
19222  or parallel port CD-ROM/disk support.
19223
19224  This support is also available as a module.  If you want to compile
19225  it as a module, say M here and read
19226  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
19227  ppdev.o.
19228
19229  If unsure, say N.
19230
19231Cobalt Networks support
19232CONFIG_COBALT
19233  Support for Cobalt Networks x86-based servers.
19234
19235Gen III (3000 series) system support
19236CONFIG_COBALT_GEN_III
19237  This option enables support for the 3000 series of Cobalt Networks
19238  systems. This includes the RaQ 3, RaQ 4, and Qube 3 product lines.
19239
19240  This platform uses an AMD K6-2 processor, an ALI M1541/1533 chipset,
19241  an optional NCR 53c875 SCSI controller, and two Intel 82559ER or
19242  National Semiconductor DP83815 NICs.
19243
19244  Getting this option wrong will likely result in a kernel that does
19245  not boot. Selecting support for more than 1 system series will add
19246  bloat to your kernel, but will not cause anything bad to happen.
19247
19248  If you have a Cobalt Networks System, but aren't sure what kind,
19249  say Y here.
19250
19251Gen V (5000 series) system support
19252CONFIG_COBALT_GEN_V
19253  This option enables support for the 5000 series of Cobalt Networks
19254  systems. This includes the RaQ XTR product line.
19255
19256  This platform uses Intel Pentium III Coppermine FCPGA CPUs, the
19257  ServerWorks LE chipset (with registered ECC DIMMs only!), two
19258  HighPoint HPT370 IDE controllers, and two National Semiconductor
19259  DP83815 NICs.
19260
19261  Getting this option wrong will likely result in a kernel that does
19262  not boot. Selecting support for more than 1 system series will add
19263  bloat to your kernel, but will not cause anything bad to happen.
19264
19265  If you have a Cobalt Networks System, but aren't sure what kind,
19266  say Y here.
19267
19268Create legacy /proc files
19269CONFIG_COBALT_OLDPROC
19270  This option forces some Cobalt Networks drivers to support legacy
19271  files in /proc.  Older versions of these drivers exported files
19272  directly in /proc, as opposed to the newer /proc/cobalt.  If you say
19273  N to this option, the old filenames will no longer be exported.
19274  Regardless of your selection here, files in /proc/cobalt will be
19275  exported.  Of course, you have to include support for /proc fs, too.
19276
19277  It is safe to say Y here.
19278
19279Front panel LCD support
19280CONFIG_COBALT_LCD
19281  This enables support for the Cobalt Networks front panel.  This is
19282  for the LCD panel and buttons.  The primary method for connection is
19283  via the parallel port (IO base 0x370), but newer systems use an
19284  I2C bus.
19285
19286  If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here.
19287
19288Software controlled LED support
19289CONFIG_COBALT_LED
19290  This enables support for the software-controlled LEDs on Cobalt
19291  Networks systems.  This includes the fault light and front panel
19292  LEDs on the RaQ XTR, the lightbar on the Qube 3, and others.
19293
19294  If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here.
19295
19296Silicon serial number support
19297CONFIG_COBALT_SERNUM
19298  This enables support for the on-board serial number on Cobalt
19299  Networks systems.  This is a universally-unique 64-bit serial
19300  number.  Some systems use a Dallas DS2401 chip, others have an I2C
19301  based EEPROM.
19302
19303  If you select Y here, the files /proc/cobalt/hostid and
19304  /proc/cobalt/serialnumber will be created.  The hostid file contains
19305  a 32 bit integer generated from the serial number, in binary form.
19306  The serialnumber file contains the hexadecimal representation of the
19307  serial number, in ASCII.
19308
19309  If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here.
19310
19311Chipset watchdog timer support
19312CONFIG_COBALT_WDT
19313  This enables support for the watchdog timer built into Cobalt
19314  chipsets.  The timer wakes up periodically, to make find out if
19315  system has hung, or disabled interrupts too long.  The result of
19316  detecting a hang is a hard reboot.
19317
19318  If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here.
19319
19320Thermal sensor support
19321CONFIG_COBALT_THERMAL
19322  This enables support for the thermal sensor(s) built into Cobalt
19323  Networks systems.  This driver exports /proc/cobalt/thermal_sensors.
19324
19325  If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here.
19326
19327Fan tachometer support
19328CONFIG_COBALT_FANS
19329  This enables support for the fan tachometers built into some Cobalt
19330  Networks systems.  This driver exports /proc/cobalt/faninfo.  Some
19331  Cobalt software depends on this feature, and enabling it does not
19332  cause any risks.
19333
19334  If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here, unless
19335  you are absolutely sure.
19336
19337Disk drive ruler support
19338CONFIG_COBALT_RULER
19339  This enables support for the cobalt hard drive ruler, found on some
19340  Cobalt systems, including the RaQ XTR.  This is the device that
19341  enables swapping of drives.  It is not needed for basic disk
19342  operation. Enabling this on a system with no ruler will have no
19343  adverse effects.
19344
19345  If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here,
19346  unless you are absolutely sure.
19347
19348IT8172G Sound
19349CONFIG_SOUND_IT8172
19350  Say Y here to support the on-board sound generator on the Integrated
19351  Technology Express, Inc. ITE8172 SBC.  Vendor page at
19352  <http://www.ite.com.tw/ia/brief_it8172bsp.htm>; picture of the
19353  board at <http://www.mvista.com/partners/semiconductor/ite.html>.
19354
19355I2C support
19356CONFIG_I2C
19357  I2C (pronounce: I-square-C) is a slow serial bus protocol used in
19358  many micro controller applications and developed by Philips.  SMBus,
19359  or System Management Bus is a subset of the I2C protocol.  More
19360  information is contained in the directory <file:Documentation/i2c/>,
19361  especially in the file called "summary" there.
19362
19363  Both I2C and SMBus are supported here. You will need this for
19364  hardware sensors support, and also for Video For Linux support.
19365  Specifically, if you want to use a BT848 based frame grabber/overlay
19366  boards under Linux, say Y here and also to "I2C bit-banging
19367  interfaces", below.
19368
19369  If you want I2C support, you should say Y here and also to the
19370  specific driver for your bus adapter(s) below.  If you say Y to
19371  "/proc file system" below, you will then get a /proc interface which
19372  is documented in <file:Documentation/i2c/proc-interface>.
19373
19374  This I2C support is also available as a module.  If you want to
19375  compile it as a module, say M here and read
19376  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
19377  The module will be called i2c-core.o.
19378
19379UltraSPARC-III bootbus i2c controller driver
19380CONFIG_BBC_I2C
19381  The BBC devices on the UltraSPARC III have two I2C controllers.  The
19382  first I2C controller connects mainly to configuration PROMs (NVRAM,
19383  CPU configuration, DIMM types, etc.).  The second I2C controller
19384  connects to environmental control devices such as fans and
19385  temperature sensors.  The second controller also connects to the
19386  smartcard reader, if present.  Say Y to enable support for these.
19387
19388I2C bit-banging interfaces
19389CONFIG_I2C_ALGOBIT
19390  This allows you to use a range of I2C adapters called bit-banging
19391  adapters.  Say Y if you own an I2C adapter belonging to this class
19392  and then say Y to the specific driver for you adapter below.
19393
19394  This support is also available as a module.  If you want to compile
19395  it as a module, say M here and read
19396  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
19397  The module will be called i2c-algo-bit.o.
19398
19399Philips style parallel port adapter
19400CONFIG_I2C_PHILIPSPAR
19401  This supports parallel-port I2C adapters made by Philips.  Say Y if
19402  you own such an adapter.
19403
19404  This driver is also available as a module.  If you want to compile
19405  it as a module, say M here and read
19406  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
19407  The module will be called i2c-philips-par.o.
19408
19409  Note that if you want support for different parallel port devices,
19410  life will be much easier if you compile them all as modules.
19411
19412ELV adapter
19413CONFIG_I2C_ELV
19414  This supports parallel-port I2C adapters called ELV.  Say Y if you
19415  own such an adapter.
19416
19417  This driver is also available as a module.  If you want to compile
19418  it as a module, say M here and read
19419  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
19420  The module will be called i2c-elv.o.
19421
19422Velleman K8000 adapter
19423CONFIG_I2C_VELLEMAN
19424  This supports the Velleman K8000 parallel-port I2C adapter.  Say Y
19425  if you own such an adapter.
19426
19427  This driver is also available as a module.  If you want to compile
19428  it as a module, say M here and read
19429  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
19430  The module will be called i2c-velleman.o.
19431
19432I2C PCF 8584 interfaces
19433CONFIG_I2C_ALGOPCF
19434  This allows you to use a range of I2C adapters called PCF adapters.
19435  Say Y if you own an I2C adapter belonging to this class and then say
19436  Y to the specific driver for you adapter below.
19437
19438  This support is also available as a module.  If you want to compile
19439  it as a module, say M here and read
19440  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
19441  The module will be called i2c-algo-pcf.o.
19442
19443Elektor ISA card
19444CONFIG_I2C_ELEKTOR
19445  This supports the PCF8584 ISA bus I2C adapter.  Say Y if you own
19446  such an adapter.
19447
19448  This driver is also available as a module.  If you want to compile
19449  it as a module, say M here and read
19450  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
19451  The module will be called i2c-elektor.o.
19452
19453ITE I2C Algorithm
19454CONFIG_ITE_I2C_ALGO
19455  This supports the use the ITE8172 I2C interface found on some MIPS
19456  systems. Say Y if you have one of these. You should also say Y for
19457  the ITE I2C peripheral driver support below.
19458
19459  This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile
19460  it as a modules, say M here and read
19461  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
19462  The module will be called i2c-algo-ite.o.
19463
19464ITE I2C Adapter
19465CONFIG_ITE_I2C_ADAP
19466  This supports the ITE8172 I2C peripheral found on some MIPS
19467  systems. Say Y if you have one of these. You should also say Y for
19468  the ITE I2C driver algorithm support above.
19469
19470  This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile
19471  it as a module, say M here and read
19472  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
19473  The module will be called i2c-adap-ite.o.
19474
19475SiByte I2C Algorithm
19476CONFIG_I2C_ALGO_SIBYTE
19477  Supports the SiByte SOC on-chip I2C interfaces (2 channels).
19478
19479MAX1617 Temperature Sensor
19480CONFIG_I2C_MAX1617
19481  This builds a simple polling driver for the Maxim 1617 temperature
19482  sensor.  Currently the device is only supported on a SiByte I2C
19483  adapter, and the driver prints status updates to the system log.
19484
19485SGI I2C Algorithm
19486CONFIG_I2C_ALGO_SGI
19487  Supports the SGI interfaces like the ones found on SGI Indy VINO
19488  or SGI O2 MACE.
19489
19490I2C device interface
19491CONFIG_I2C_CHARDEV
19492  Say Y here to use i2c-* device files, usually found in the /dev
19493  directory on your system.  They make it possible to have user-space
19494  programs use the I2C bus.  Information on how to do this is
19495  contained in the file <file:Documentation/i2c/dev-interface>.
19496
19497  This code is also available as a module.  If you want to compile
19498  it as a module, say M here and read
19499  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
19500  The module will be called i2c-dev.o.
19501
19502I2C /proc interface (required for hardware sensors)
19503CONFIG_I2C_PROC
19504  This provides support for i2c device entries in the /proc filesystem.
19505  The entries will be found in /proc/sys/dev/sensors.
19506
19507  This code is also available as a module. If you want to compile
19508  it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
19509  The module will be called i2c-proc.o.
19510
19511Powermac Keywest I2C interface
19512CONFIG_I2C_KEYWEST
19513  This supports the use of the I2C interface in the combo-I/O
19514  chip on recent Apple machines.  Say Y if you have such a machine.
19515
19516  This driver is also available as a module.  If you want to compile
19517  it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
19518  The module will be called i2c-keywest.o.
19519
19520Bus Mouse Support
19521CONFIG_BUSMOUSE
19522  Say Y here if your machine has a bus mouse as opposed to a serial
19523  mouse. Most people have a regular serial MouseSystem or
19524  Microsoft mouse (made by Logitech) that plugs into a COM port
19525  (rectangular with 9 or 25 pins). These people say N here.
19526
19527  If you have a laptop, you either have to check the documentation or
19528  experiment a bit to find out whether the trackball is a serial mouse
19529  or not; it's best to say Y here for you.
19530
19531  This is the generic bus mouse driver code. If you have a bus mouse,
19532  you will have to say Y here and also to the specific driver for your
19533  mouse below.
19534
19535  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
19536  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
19537  The module will be called busmouse.o. If you want to compile it as a
19538  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
19539
19540Mouse Support (not serial and bus mice)
19541CONFIG_MOUSE
19542  This is for machines with a mouse which is neither a serial nor a
19543  bus mouse. Examples are PS/2 mice (such as the track balls on some
19544  laptops) and some digitizer pads. Most people have a regular serial
19545  MouseSystem or Microsoft mouse (made by Logitech) that plugs into a
19546  COM port (rectangular with 9 or 25 pins). These people say N here.
19547  If you have something else, read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from
19548  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. This HOWTO contains
19549  information about all non-serial mice, not just bus mice.
19550
19551  If you have a laptop, you either have to check the documentation or
19552  experiment a bit to find out whether the trackball is a serial mouse
19553  or not; it's best to say Y here for you.
19554
19555  Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
19556  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
19557  the questions about non-serial mice. If unsure, say Y.
19558
19559Logitech busmouse support
19560CONFIG_LOGIBUSMOUSE
19561  Logitech mouse connected to a proprietary interface card.  It's
19562  generally a round connector with 9 pins. Note that the newer mice
19563  made by Logitech don't use the Logitech protocol anymore; for those,
19564  you don't need this option.  You want to read the Busmouse-HOWTO,
19565  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
19566
19567  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
19568  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
19569  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
19570  will be called busmouse.o.  If you are unsure, say N and read the
19571  HOWTO nevertheless: it will tell you what you have.
19572
19573PS/2 mouse (aka "auxiliary device") support
19574CONFIG_PSMOUSE
19575  The PS/2 mouse connects to a special mouse port that looks much like
19576  the keyboard port (small circular connector with 6 pins). This way,
19577  the mouse does not use any serial ports. This port can also be used
19578  for other input devices like light pens, tablets, keypads. Compaq,
19579  AST and IBM all use this as their mouse port on currently shipping
19580  machines. The trackballs of some laptops are PS/2 mice also. In
19581  particular, the C&T 82C710 mouse on TI Travelmates is a PS/2 mouse.
19582
19583  Although PS/2 mice are not technically bus mice, they are explained
19584  in detail in the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from
19585  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
19586
19587  When using a PS/2 mouse, you can get problems if you want to use the
19588  mouse both on the Linux console and under X. Using the "-R" option
19589  of the Linux mouse managing program gpm (available from
19590  <ftp://gnu.systemy.it/pub/gpm/>) solves this problem, or you can get
19591  the "mconv2" utility from <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/mouse/>.
19592
19593C&T 82C710 mouse port support (as on TI Travelmate)
19594CONFIG_82C710_MOUSE
19595  This is a certain kind of PS/2 mouse used on the TI Travelmate. If
19596  you are unsure, try first to say N here and come back if the mouse
19597  doesn't work. Read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from
19598  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
19599
19600PC110 digitizer pad support
19601CONFIG_PC110_PAD
19602  This drives the digitizer pad on the IBM PC110 palmtop.  It can turn
19603  the digitizer pad into a PS/2 mouse emulation with tap gestures or
19604  into an absolute pad.
19605
19606  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
19607  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
19608  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
19609  will be called pc110pad.o.
19610
19611Microsoft busmouse support
19612CONFIG_MS_BUSMOUSE
19613  These animals (also called Inport mice) are connected to an
19614  expansion board using a round connector with 9 pins. If this is what
19615  you have, say Y and read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from
19616  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
19617
19618  If you are unsure, say N and read the HOWTO nevertheless: it will
19619  tell you what you have. Also be aware that several vendors talk
19620  about 'Microsoft busmouse' and actually mean PS/2 busmouse -- so
19621  count the pins on the connector.
19622
19623  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
19624  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
19625  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
19626  will be called msbusmouse.o.
19627
19628Apple Desktop Bus mouse support
19629CONFIG_ADBMOUSE
19630  Say Y here if you have this type of bus mouse (4 pin connector) as
19631  is common on Macintoshes.  You may want to read the Busmouse-HOWTO,
19632  available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
19633
19634  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
19635  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
19636  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
19637  will be called adbmouse.o.
19638
19639ATIXL busmouse support
19640CONFIG_ATIXL_BUSMOUSE
19641  This is a rare type of busmouse that is connected to the back of an
19642  ATI video card.  Say Y if you have one of those. Note however that
19643  most mice by ATI are actually Microsoft busmice; you should say Y to
19644  "Microsoft busmouse support" above if you have one of those.  Read
19645  the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from
19646  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
19647
19648  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
19649  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
19650  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
19651  will be called atixlmouse.o.
19652
19653  If you are unsure, say N and read the HOWTO nevertheless: it will
19654  tell you what you have.
19655
19656QIC-02 tape support
19657CONFIG_QIC02_TAPE
19658  If you have a non-SCSI tape drive like that, say Y. Or, if you want
19659  to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in
19660  and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here
19661  and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
19662  tpqic02.o.
19663
19664iSeries Virtual Tape Support
19665CONFIG_VIOTAPE
19666  If you are running Linux on an iSeries system and you want Linux
19667  to read and/or write a tape drive owned by OS/400, say Y here.
19668
19669Do you want runtime configuration for QIC-02
19670CONFIG_QIC02_DYNCONF
19671  You can either configure this driver once and for all by editing a
19672  header file (<file:include/linux/tpqic02.h>), in which case you
19673  should say N, or you can fetch a program via anonymous FTP which is
19674  able to configure this driver during runtime.  The program to do
19675  this is called 'qic02conf' and it is part of the
19676  tpqic02-support-X.Y.tar.gz support package.
19677
19678  If you want to use the qic02conf program, say Y.
19679
19680Floppy tape drive (QIC-80/40/3010/3020/TR-1/TR-2/TR-3) support
19681CONFIG_FTAPE
19682  If you have a tape drive that is connected to your floppy
19683  controller, say Y here.
19684
19685  Some tape drives (like the Seagate "Tape Store 3200" or the Iomega
19686  "Ditto 3200" or the Exabyte "Eagle TR-3") come with a "high speed"
19687  controller of their own. These drives (and their companion
19688  controllers) are also supported if you say Y here.
19689
19690  If you have a special controller (such as the CMS FC-10, FC-20,
19691  Mountain Mach-II, or any controller that is based on the Intel 82078
19692  FDC like the high speed controllers by Seagate and Exabyte and
19693  Iomega's "Ditto Dash") you must configure it by selecting the
19694  appropriate entries from the "Floppy tape controllers" sub-menu
19695  below and possibly modify the default values for the IRQ and DMA
19696  channel and the IO base in ftape's configuration menu.
19697
19698  If you want to use your floppy tape drive on a PCI-bus based system,
19699  please read the file <file:drivers/char/ftape/README.PCI>.
19700
19701  The ftape kernel driver is also available as a runtime loadable
19702  module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
19703  running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a
19704  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The
19705  module will be called ftape.o.
19706
19707  Note that the Ftape-HOWTO is out of date (sorry) and documents the
19708  older version 2.08 of this software but still contains useful
19709  information.  There is a web page with more recent documentation at
19710  <http://www.instmath.rwth-aachen.de/~heine/ftape/>.  This page
19711  always contains the latest release of the ftape driver and useful
19712  information (backup software, ftape related patches and
19713  documentation, FAQ).  Note that the file system interface has
19714  changed quite a bit compared to previous versions of ftape.  Please
19715  read <file:Documentation/ftape.txt>.
19716
19717VFS interface for ftape
19718CONFIG_ZFTAPE
19719  Normally, you want to say Y or M. DON'T say N here or you
19720  WON'T BE ABLE TO USE YOUR FLOPPY TAPE DRIVE.
19721
19722  The ftape module itself no longer contains the routines necessary
19723  to interface with the kernel VFS layer (i.e. to actually write data
19724  to and read data from the tape drive).  Instead the file system
19725  interface (i.e. the hardware independent part of the driver) has
19726  been moved to a separate module.
19727
19728  If you say M zftape will be compiled as a runtime loadable
19729  module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
19730  running kernel whenever you want).  In this case you should read
19731  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
19732  zftape.o.
19733
19734  Regardless of whether you say Y or M here, an additional runtime
19735  loadable module called `zft-compressor.o' which contains code to
19736  support user transparent on-the-fly compression based on Ross
19737  William's lzrw3 algorithm will be produced.  If you have enabled the
19738  kernel module loader (i.e. have said Y to "Kernel module loader
19739  support", above) then `zft-compressor.o' will be loaded
19740  automatically by zftape when needed.
19741
19742  Despite its name, zftape does NOT use compression by default.  The
19743  file <file:Documentation/ftape.txt> contains a short description of
19744  the most important changes in the file system interface compared to
19745  previous versions of ftape.  The ftape home page
19746  <http://www.instmath.rwth-aachen.de/~heine/ftape/> contains
19747  further information.
19748
19749  IMPORTANT NOTE: zftape can read archives created by previous
19750  versions of ftape and provide file mark support (i.e. fast skipping
19751  between tape archives) but previous version of ftape will lack file
19752  mark support when reading archives produced by zftape.
19753
19754Default block size for zftape
19755CONFIG_ZFT_DFLT_BLK_SZ
19756  If unsure leave this at its default value, i.e. 10240. Note that
19757  you specify only the default block size here. The block size can be
19758  changed at run time using the MTSETBLK tape operation with the
19759  MTIOCTOP ioctl (i.e. with "mt -f /dev/qft0 setblk #BLKSZ" from the
19760  shell command line).
19761
19762  The probably most striking difference between zftape and previous
19763  versions of ftape is the fact that all data must be written or read
19764  in multiples of a fixed block size. The block size defaults to
19765  10240 which is what GNU tar uses. The values for the block size
19766  should be either 1 or multiples of 1024 up to a maximum value of
19767  63488 (i.e. 62 K). If you specify `1' then zftape's builtin
19768  compression will be disabled.
19769
19770  Reasonable values are `10240' (GNU tar's default block size),
19771  `5120' (afio's default block size), `32768' (default block size some
19772  backup programs assume for SCSI tape drives) or `1' (no restriction
19773  on block size, but disables builtin compression).
19774
19775Number of DMA buffers
19776CONFIG_FT_NR_BUFFERS
19777  Please leave this at `3' unless you REALLY know what you are doing.
19778  It is not necessary to change this value. Values below 3 make the
19779  proper use of ftape impossible, values greater than 3 are a waste of
19780  memory. You can change the amount of DMA memory used by ftape at
19781  runtime with "mt -f /dev/qft0 setdrvbuffer #NUMBUFFERS". Each buffer
19782  wastes 32 KB of memory. Please note that this memory cannot be
19783  swapped out.
19784
19785Enable procfs status report (+2kb)
19786CONFIG_FT_PROC_FS
19787  Optional. Saying Y will result in creation of a directory
19788  `/proc/ftape' under the /proc file system. The files can be viewed
19789  with your favorite pager (i.e. use "more /proc/ftape/history" or
19790  "less /proc/ftape/history" or simply "cat /proc/ftape/history"). The
19791  file will contain some status information about the inserted
19792  cartridge, the kernel driver, your tape drive, the floppy disk
19793  controller and the error history for the most recent use of the
19794  kernel driver. Saying Y will enlarge the size of the ftape driver
19795  by approximately 2 KB.
19796
19797  WARNING: When compiling ftape as a module (i.e. saying M to "Floppy
19798  tape drive") it is dangerous to use ftape's /proc file system
19799  interface. Accessing `/proc/ftape' while the module is unloaded will
19800  result in a kernel Oops. This cannot be fixed from inside ftape.
19801
19802# Choice: ftdebug
19803Controlling the amount of debugging output of ftape
19804CONFIG_FT_NORMAL_DEBUG
19805  This option controls the amount of debugging output the ftape driver
19806  is ABLE to produce; it does not increase or diminish the debugging
19807  level itself. If unsure, leave this at its default setting,
19808  i.e. choose "Normal".
19809
19810  Ftape can print lots of debugging messages to the system console
19811  resp. kernel log files. Reducing the amount of possible debugging
19812  output reduces the size of the kernel module by some KB, so it might
19813  be a good idea to use "None" for emergency boot floppies.
19814
19815  If you want to save memory then the following strategy is
19816  recommended: leave this option at its default setting "Normal" until
19817  you know that the driver works as expected, afterwards reconfigure
19818  the kernel, this time specifying "Reduced" or "None" and recompile
19819  and install the kernel as usual. Note that choosing "Excessive"
19820  debugging output does not increase the amount of debugging output
19821  printed to the console but only makes it possible to produce
19822  "Excessive" debugging output.
19823
19824  Please read <file:Documentation/ftape.txt> for a short description
19825  how to control the amount of debugging output.
19826
19827Excessive
19828CONFIG_FT_FULL_DEBUG
19829  Extremely verbose output for driver debugging purposes.
19830
19831Reduced
19832CONFIG_FT_NO_TRACE
19833  Reduced tape driver debugging output.
19834
19835None
19836CONFIG_FT_NO_TRACE_AT_ALL
19837  Suppress all debugging output from the tape drive.
19838
19839# Choice: ftcontroller
19840The floppy drive controller for ftape
19841CONFIG_FT_STD_FDC
19842  Only change this setting if you have a special controller. If you
19843  didn't plug any add-on card into your computer system but just
19844  plugged the floppy tape cable into the already existing floppy drive
19845  controller then you don't want to change the default setting,
19846  i.e. choose "Standard".
19847
19848  Choose "MACH-2" if you have a Mountain Mach-2 controller.
19849  Choose "FC-10/FC-20" if you have a Colorado FC-10 or FC-20
19850  controller.
19851  Choose "Alt/82078" if you have another controller that is located at
19852  an IO base address different from the standard floppy drive
19853  controller's base address of `0x3f0', or uses an IRQ (interrupt)
19854  channel different from `6', or a DMA channel different from
19855  `2'. This is necessary for any controller card that is based on
19856  Intel's 82078 FDC such as Seagate's, Exabyte's and Iomega's "high
19857  speed" controllers.
19858
19859  If you choose something other than "Standard" then please make
19860  sure that the settings for the IO base address and the IRQ and DMA
19861  channel in the configuration menus below are correct. Use the manual
19862  of your tape drive to determine the correct settings!
19863
19864  If you are already successfully using your tape drive with another
19865  operating system then you definitely should use the same settings
19866  for the IO base, the IRQ and DMA channel that have proven to work
19867  with that other OS.
19868
19869  Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for
19870  the hardware setup. The hardware configuration can be changed at
19871  boot time (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you
19872  have said Y to "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you
19873  have said M to "Floppy tape drive").
19874
19875  Please read also the file <file:Documentation/ftape.txt> which
19876  contains a short description of the parameters that can be set at
19877  boot or load time. If you want to use your floppy tape drive on a
19878  PCI-bus based system, please read the file
19879  <file:drivers/char/ftape/README.PCI>.
19880
19881IO base for the floppy disk controller used with Ftape
19882CONFIG_FT_FDC_BASE
19883  You don't need to specify a value if the following default
19884  settings for the base IO address are correct:
19885  <<< MACH-2     : 0x1E0 >>>
19886  <<< FC-10/FC-20: 0x180 >>>
19887  <<< Secondary  : 0x370 >>>
19888  Secondary refers to a secondary FDC controller like the "high speed"
19889  controllers delivered by Seagate or Exabyte or Iomega's Ditto Dash.
19890  Please make sure that the setting for the IO base address
19891  specified here is correct. USE THE MANUAL OF YOUR TAPE DRIVE OR
19892  CONTROLLER CARD TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT SETTING. If you are already
19893  successfully using the tape drive with another operating system then
19894  you definitely should use the same settings for the IO base that has
19895  proven to work with that other OS.
19896
19897  Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for
19898  the IO base. The hardware configuration can be changed at boot time
19899  (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you specified Y to
19900  "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you have said M to
19901  "Floppy tape drive").
19902
19903  Please read also the file <file:Documentation/ftape.txt> which
19904  contains a short description of the parameters that can be set at
19905  boot or load time.
19906
19907IRQ channel for the floppy disk controller used with Ftape
19908CONFIG_FT_FDC_IRQ
19909  You don't need to specify a value if the following default
19910  settings for the interrupt channel are correct:
19911  <<< MACH-2     : 6 >>>
19912  <<< FC-10/FC-20: 9 >>>
19913  <<< Secondary  : 6 >>>
19914  Secondary refers to secondary a FDC controller like the "high speed"
19915  controllers delivered by Seagate or Exabyte or Iomega's Ditto Dash.
19916  Please make sure that the setting for the IO base address
19917  specified here is correct. USE THE MANUAL OF YOUR TAPE DRIVE OR
19918  CONTROLLER CARD TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT SETTING. If you are already
19919  successfully using the tape drive with another operating system then
19920  you definitely should use the same settings for the IO base that has
19921  proven to work with that other OS.
19922
19923  Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for
19924  the IRQ channel. The hardware configuration can be changed at boot
19925  time (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you said Y to
19926  "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you said M to
19927  "Floppy tape drive").
19928
19929  Please read also the file <file:Documentation/ftape.txt> which
19930  contains a short description of the parameters that can be set at
19931  boot or load time.
19932
19933DMA channel for the floppy disk controller used with Ftape
19934CONFIG_FT_FDC_DMA
19935  You don't need to specify a value if the following default
19936  settings for the DMA channel are correct:
19937  <<< MACH-2     : 2 >>>
19938  <<< FC-10/FC-20: 3 >>>
19939  <<< Secondary  : 2 >>>
19940  Secondary refers to a secondary FDC controller like the "high speed"
19941  controllers delivered by Seagate or Exabyte or Iomega's Ditto Dash.
19942  Please make sure that the setting for the IO base address
19943  specified here is correct. USE THE MANUAL OF YOUR TAPE DRIVE OR
19944  CONTROLLER CARD TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT SETTING. If you are already
19945  successfully using the tape drive with another operating system then
19946  you definitely should use the same settings for the IO base that has
19947  proven to work with that other OS.
19948
19949  Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for
19950  the DMA channel. The hardware configuration can be changed at boot
19951  time (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you said Y to
19952  "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you said M to
19953  "Floppy tape drive").
19954
19955  Please read also the file <file:Documentation/ftape.txt> which
19956  contains a short description of the parameters that can be set at
19957  boot or load time.
19958
19959FDC FIFO Threshold before requesting DMA service
19960CONFIG_FT_FDC_THR
19961  Set the FIFO threshold of the FDC. If this is higher the DMA
19962  controller may serve the FDC after a higher latency time. If this is
19963  lower, fewer DMA transfers occur leading to less bus contention.
19964  You may try to tune this if ftape annoys you with "reduced data
19965  rate because of excessive overrun errors" messages. However, this
19966  doesn't seem to have too much effect.
19967
19968  If unsure, don't touch the initial value, i.e. leave it at "8".
19969
19970FDC maximum data rate
19971CONFIG_FT_FDC_MAX_RATE
19972  With some motherboard/FDC combinations ftape will not be able to
19973  run your FDC/tape drive combination at the highest available
19974  speed. If this is the case you'll encounter "reduced data rate
19975  because of excessive overrun errors" messages and lots of retries
19976  before ftape finally decides to reduce the data rate.
19977
19978  In this case it might be desirable to tell ftape beforehand that
19979  it need not try to run the tape drive at the highest available
19980  speed. If unsure, leave this disabled, i.e. leave it at 2000
19981  bits/sec.
19982
19983Direct Rendering Manager (XFree86 DRI support)
19984CONFIG_DRM
19985  Kernel-level support for the Direct Rendering Infrastructure (DRI)
19986  introduced in XFree86 4.0. If you say Y here, you need to select
19987  the module that's right for your graphics card from the list below.
19988  These modules provide support for synchronization, security, and
19989  DMA transfers. Please see <http://dri.sourceforge.net/> for more
19990  details.  You should also select and configure AGP
19991  (/dev/agpgart) support.
19992
19993Build drivers for new (XFree 4.1) DRM
19994CONFIG_DRM_NEW
19995  If you set this option, the new DRM version needed by XFree86 4.1
19996  will be used.  Otherwise, the old DRM version will be used,
19997  appropriate for XFree86 4.0.
19998
199993dfx Banshee/Voodoo3+
20000CONFIG_DRM_TDFX
20001  Choose this option if you have a 3dfx Banshee or Voodoo3 (or later),
20002  graphics card.  If M is selected, the module will be called tdfx.o.
20003
200043dlabs GMX 2000
20005CONFIG_DRM_GAMMA
20006  Choose this option if you have a 3dlabs GMX 2000 graphics card.
20007  If M is selected, the module will be called gamma.o.
20008
20009ATI Rage 128
20010CONFIG_DRM_R128
20011  Choose this option if you have an ATI Rage 128 graphics card.  If M
20012  is selected, the module will be called r128.o.  AGP support for
20013  this card is strongly suggested (unless you have a PCI version).
20014
20015ATI Radeon
20016CONFIG_DRM_RADEON
20017  Choose this option if you have an ATI Radeon graphics card.  There
20018  are both PCI and AGP versions.  You don't need to choose this to
20019  run the Radeon in plain VGA mode.  There is a product page at
20020  <http://www.ati.com/na/pages/products/pc/radeon32/index.html>.
20021  If M is selected, the module will be called radeon.o.
20022
20023Intel I810
20024CONFIG_DRM_I810
20025  Choose this option if you have an Intel I810 graphics card.  If M is
20026  selected, the module will be called i810.o.  AGP support is required
20027  for this driver to work.
20028
20029Intel 830M, 845G, 852GM, 855GM, 865G
20030CONFIG_DRM_I830
20031  Choose this option if you have a system that has Intel 830M, 845G,
20032  852GM, 855GM or 865G integrated graphics.  If M is selected, the
20033  module will be called i830.o.  AGP support is required for this driver
20034  to work.
20035
20036Matrox G200/G400/G450
20037CONFIG_DRM_MGA
20038  Choose this option if you have a Matrox G200, G400 or G450 graphics
20039  card.  If M is selected, the module will be called mga.o.  AGP
20040  support is required for this driver to work.
20041
200423dfx Banshee/Voodoo3+
20043CONFIG_DRM40_TDFX
20044  Choose this option if you have a 3dfx Banshee or Voodoo3 (or later),
20045  graphics card.  If M is selected, the module will be called tdfx.o.
20046
200473dlabs GMX 2000
20048CONFIG_DRM40_GAMMA
20049  Choose this option if you have a 3dlabs GMX 2000 graphics card.
20050  If M is selected, the module will be called gamma.o.
20051
20052ATI Rage 128
20053CONFIG_DRM40_R128
20054  Choose this option if you have an ATI Rage 128 graphics card.  If M
20055  is selected, the module will be called r128.o.  AGP support for
20056  this card is strongly suggested (unless you have a PCI version).
20057
20058ATI Radeon
20059CONFIG_DRM40_RADEON
20060  Choose this option if you have an ATI Radeon graphics card.  There
20061  are both PCI and AGP versions.  You don't need to choose this to
20062  run the Radeon in plain VGA mode.  There is a product page at
20063  <http://www.ati.com/na/pages/products/pc/radeon32/index.html>.
20064  If M is selected, the module will be called radeon.o.
20065
20066Intel I810
20067CONFIG_DRM40_I810
20068  Choose this option if you have an Intel I810 graphics card.  If M is
20069  selected, the module will be called i810.o.  AGP support is required
20070  for this driver to work.
20071
20072Matrox G200/G400/G450
20073CONFIG_DRM40_MGA
20074  Choose this option if you have a Matrox G200, G400 or G450 graphics
20075  card.  If M is selected, the module will be called mga.o.  AGP
20076  support is required for this driver to work.
20077
20078Creator/Creator3D/Elite3D
20079CONFIG_DRM_FFB
20080  Choose this option if you have one of Sun's Creator3D-based graphics
20081  and frame buffer cards.  Product page at
20082  <http://www.sun.com/desktop/products/Graphics/creator3d.html>.
20083
20084MTRR (Memory Type Range Register) support
20085CONFIG_MTRR
20086  On Intel P6 family processors (Pentium Pro, Pentium II and later)
20087  the Memory Type Range Registers (MTRRs) may be used to control
20088  processor access to memory ranges. This is most useful if you have
20089  a video (VGA) card on a PCI or AGP bus. Enabling write-combining
20090  allows bus write transfers to be combined into a larger transfer
20091  before bursting over the PCI/AGP bus. This can increase performance
20092  of image write operations 2.5 times or more. Saying Y here creates a
20093  /proc/mtrr file which may be used to manipulate your processor's
20094  MTRRs. Typically the X server should use this.
20095
20096  This code has a reasonably generic interface so that similar
20097  control registers on other processors can be easily supported
20098  as well:
20099
20100  The Cyrix 6x86, 6x86MX and M II processors have Address Range
20101  Registers (ARRs) which provide a similar functionality to MTRRs. For
20102  these, the ARRs are used to emulate the MTRRs.
20103  The AMD K6-2 (stepping 8 and above) and K6-3 processors have two
20104  MTRRs. The Centaur C6 (WinChip) has 8 MCRs, allowing
20105  write-combining. All of these processors are supported by this code
20106  and it makes sense to say Y here if you have one of them.
20107
20108  Saying Y here also fixes a problem with buggy SMP BIOSes which only
20109  set the MTRRs for the boot CPU and not for the secondary CPUs. This
20110  can lead to all sorts of problems, so it's good to say Y here.
20111
20112  You can safely say Y even if your machine doesn't have MTRRs, you'll
20113  just add about 9 KB to your kernel.
20114
20115  See <file:Documentation/mtrr.txt> for more information.
20116
20117CPU clock frequency of your DEC Alpha
20118CONFIG_FT_ALPHA_CLOCK
20119  On some DEC Alpha machines the CPU clock frequency cannot be
20120  determined automatically, so you need to specify it here ONLY if
20121  running a DEC Alpha, otherwise this setting has no effect.
20122
20123Double Talk PC internal speech card support
20124CONFIG_DTLK
20125  This driver is for the DoubleTalk PC, a speech synthesizer
20126  manufactured by RC Systems (<http://www.rcsys.com/>).  It is also
20127  called the `internal DoubleTalk'.  If you want to compile this as a
20128  module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
20129  running kernel whenever you want), say M here and read
20130  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called dtlk.o.
20131
20132Siemens R3964 serial protocol support
20133CONFIG_R3964
20134  This driver allows synchronous communication with devices using the
20135  Siemens R3964 packet protocol. Unless you are dealing with special
20136  hardware like PLCs, you are unlikely to need this.
20137
20138  To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in
20139  and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here
20140  and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
20141  n_r3964.o.
20142
20143  If unsure, say N.
20144
20145Applicom intelligent fieldbus card support
20146CONFIG_APPLICOM
20147  This driver provides the kernel-side support for the intelligent
20148  fieldbus cards made by Applicom International. More information
20149  about these cards can be found on the WWW at the address
20150  <http://www.applicom-int.com/>, or by email from David Woodhouse
20151  <dwmw2@infradead.org>.
20152
20153  To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in
20154  and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here
20155  and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
20156  applicom.o.
20157
20158  If unsure, say N.
20159
20160Sony Vaio Programmable I/O Control Device support
20161CONFIG_SONYPI
20162  This driver enables access to the Sony Programmable I/O Control
20163  Device which can be found in many (all ?) Sony Vaio laptops.
20164
20165  If you have one of those laptops, read
20166  <file:Documentation/sonypi.txt>, and say Y or M here.
20167
20168  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
20169  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
20170  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
20171  will be called sonypi.o.
20172
20173Intel Random Number Generator support
20174CONFIG_INTEL_RNG
20175  This driver provides kernel-side support for the Random Number
20176  Generator hardware found on Intel i8xx-based motherboards.
20177
20178  Both a character driver, used to read() entropy data, and a timer
20179  function which automatically adds entropy directly into the
20180  kernel pool, are exported by this driver.
20181
20182  To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in
20183  and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here
20184  and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
20185  i810_rng.o.
20186
20187  If unsure, say N.
20188
20189Intel/AMD/VIA HW Random Number Generator support
20190CONFIG_HW_RANDOM
20191  This driver provides kernel-side support for the
20192  Random Number Generator hardware found on Intel i8xx-based motherboards,
20193  AMD 76x-based motherboards, and Via Nehemiah CPUs.
20194
20195  Provides a character driver, used to read() entropy data.
20196
20197  To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in
20198  and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here
20199  and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
20200  hw_random.
20201
20202  If unsure, say N.
20203
20204AMD Geode LX HW Random Number Generator support
20205CONFIG_GEODE_RNG
20206  This driver provides kernel-side support for the Random Number
20207  Generator hardware found on the AMD Geode LX.
20208
20209  It runs a timer function which automatically adds entropy directly
20210  into the kernel pool. You may need this driver if your system runs
20211  headless and has no other source of entropy.
20212
20213  To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in
20214  and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here
20215  and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
20216  hw_random.
20217
20218  If unsure, say N.
20219
20220Power Management support
20221CONFIG_PM
20222  "Power Management" means that parts of your computer are shut
20223  off or put into a power conserving "sleep" mode if they are not
20224  being used.  There are two competing standards for doing this: APM
20225  and ACPI.  If you want to use either one, say Y here and then also
20226  to the requisite support below.
20227
20228  Power Management is most important for battery powered laptop
20229  computers; if you have a laptop, check out the Linux Laptop home
20230  page on the WWW at
20231  <http://www.cs.utexas.edu/users/kharker/linux-laptop/> and the
20232  Battery Powered Linux mini-HOWTO, available from
20233  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
20234
20235  Note that, even if you say N here, Linux on the x86 architecture
20236  will issue the hlt instruction if nothing is to be done, thereby
20237  sending the processor to sleep and saving power.
20238
20239ACPI support
20240CONFIG_ACPI
20241  ACPI/OSPM support for Linux is currently under development. As such,
20242  this support is preliminary and EXPERIMENTAL.  Configuring ACPI
20243  support enables kernel interfaces that allow higher level software
20244  (OSPM) to manipulate ACPI defined hardware and software interfaces,
20245  including the evaluation of ACPI control methods.  If unsure, choose
20246  N here.  Note, this option will enlarge your kernel by about 120K.
20247
20248  This support requires an ACPI compliant platform (hardware/firmware).
20249  If both ACPI and Advanced Power Management (APM) support are
20250  configured, whichever is loaded first shall be used.
20251
20252  This code DOES NOT currently provide a complete OSPM implementation
20253  -- it has not yet reached APM's level of functionality.  When fully
20254  implemented, Linux ACPI/OSPM will provide a more robust functional
20255  replacement for legacy configuration and power management
20256  interfaces, including the Plug-and-Play BIOS specification (PnP
20257  BIOS), the Multi-Processor Specification (MPS), and the Advanced
20258  Power Management specification (APM).
20259
20260  Linux support for ACPI/OSPM is based on Intel Corporation's ACPI
20261  Component Architecture (ACPI CA). The latest ACPI CA source code,
20262  documentation, debug builds, and implementation status information
20263  can be downloaded from:
20264  <http://developer.intel.com/technology/iapc/acpi/downloads.htm>.
20265
20266  The ACPI Sourceforge project may also be of interest:
20267  <http://sf.net/projects/acpi/>
20268
20269  Note that "acpi=off" can be used to disable all ACPI code in the kernel.
20270
20271ACPI kernel configuration manager
20272CONFIG_ACPI_KERNEL_CONFIG
20273  If you say `Y' here, Linux's ACPI support will use the
20274  hardware-level system descriptions found on IA64 machines.
20275
20276ACPI Debug Statements
20277CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG
20278  The ACPI driver can optionally report errors with a great deal
20279  of verbosity. Saying Y enables these statements. This will increase
20280  your kernel size by around 50K.
20281
20282ACPI Button
20283CONFIG_ACPI_BUTTON
20284  This driver registers for events based on buttons, such as the
20285  power, sleep, and lid switch.  In the future, a daemon will read
20286  /proc/acpi/event and perform user-defined actions such as shutting
20287  down the system.  Until then, you can cat it, and see output when
20288  a button is pressed.
20289
20290CONFIG_ACPI_BATTERY
20291  This driver adds support for battery information through
20292  /proc/acpi/battery. If you have a mobile system with a battery,
20293  say Y.
20294
20295CONFIG_ACPI_FAN
20296  This driver adds support for ACPI fan devices, allowing user-mode
20297  applications to perform basic fan control (on, off, status).
20298
20299CONFIG_ACPI_PROCESSOR
20300  This driver installs ACPI as the idle handler for Linux, and uses
20301  ACPI C2 and C3 processor states to save power, on systems that
20302  support it.
20303
20304ACPI AC Adapter
20305CONFIG_ACPI_AC
20306  This driver adds support for the AC Adapter object, which indicates
20307  whether a system is on AC, or not.  Typically, only laptops have
20308  this object, since desktops are always on AC.
20309
20310ACPI Embedded Controller
20311CONFIG_ACPI_EC
20312  This driver is required on some systems for the proper operation of
20313  the battery and thermal drivers.  If you are compiling for a laptop,
20314  say Y.
20315
20316ACPI Thermal
20317CONFIG_ACPI_THERMAL
20318  This driver handles overheating conditions on laptops. It is HIGHLY
20319  recommended, as your laptop CPU may be damaged without it.
20320
20321ACPI ASUS/Medion Laptop Extras
20322CONFIG_ACPI_ASUS
20323  This driver provides support for extra features of ACPI-compatible
20324  ASUS laptops. As some of Medion laptops are made by ASUS, it may also
20325  support some Medion laptops (such as 9675 for example).  It makes all
20326  the extra buttons generate standard ACPI events that go through
20327  /proc/acpi/events, and (on some models) adds support for changing the
20328  display brightness and output, switching the LCD backlight on and off,
20329  and most importantly, allows you to blink those fancy LEDs intended
20330  for reporting mail and wireless status.
20331
20332  Note: the display switching code is currently considered EXPERIMENTAL,
20333  toying with these values may even lock your machine.
20334
20335  All settings are changed via /proc/acpi/asus directory entries. Owner
20336  and group for these entries can be set with asus_uid and asus_gid
20337  parameters.
20338
20339  More information and a userspace daemon for handling the extra buttons
20340  at <http://sourceforge.net/projects/acpi4asus/>.
20341
20342  If you have an ACPI-compatible ASUS laptop, say Y or M here. This
20343  driver is still under development, so if your laptop is unsupported or
20344  something works not quite as expected, please use the mailing list
20345  available on the above page (acpi4asus-user@lists.sourceforge.net)
20346
20347ACPI Toshiba Laptop Extras
20348CONFIG_ACPI_TOSHIBA
20349  This driver adds support for access to certain system settings
20350  on "legacy free" Toshiba laptops.  These laptops can be recognized by
20351  their lack of a BIOS setup menu and APM support.
20352
20353  On these machines, all system configuration is handled through the
20354  ACPI.  This driver is required for access to controls not covered
20355  by the general ACPI drivers, such as LCD brightness, video output,
20356  etc.
20357
20358  This driver differs from the non-ACPI Toshiba laptop driver (located
20359  under "Processor type and features") in several aspects.
20360  Configuration is accessed by reading and writing text files in the
20361  /proc tree instead of by program interface to /dev.  Furthermore, no
20362  power management functions are exposed, as those are handled by the
20363  general ACPI drivers.
20364
20365  More information about this driver is available at
20366  <http://memebeam.org/toys/ToshibaAcpiDriver>.
20367
20368  If you have a legacy free Toshiba laptop (such as the Libretto L1
20369  series), say Y.
20370
20371Advanced Power Management BIOS support
20372CONFIG_APM
20373  APM is a BIOS specification for saving power using several different
20374  techniques. This is mostly useful for battery powered laptops with
20375  APM compliant BIOSes. If you say Y here, the system time will be
20376  reset after a RESUME operation, the /proc/apm device will provide
20377  battery status information, and user-space programs will receive
20378  notification of APM "events" (e.g. battery status change).
20379
20380  If you select "Y" here, you can disable actual use of the APM
20381  BIOS by passing the "apm=off" option to the kernel at boot time.
20382
20383  Note that the APM support is almost completely disabled for
20384  machines with more than one CPU.
20385
20386  In order to use APM, you will need supporting software. For location
20387  and more information, read <file:Documentation/pm.txt> and the
20388  Battery Powered Linux mini-HOWTO, available from
20389  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
20390
20391  This driver does not spin down disk drives (see the hdparm(8)
20392  manpage ("man 8 hdparm") for that), and it doesn't turn off
20393  VESA-compliant "green" monitors.
20394
20395  This driver does not support the TI 4000M TravelMate and the ACER
20396  486/DX4/75 because they don't have compliant BIOSes. Many "green"
20397  desktop machines also don't have compliant BIOSes, and this driver
20398  may cause those machines to panic during the boot phase.
20399
20400  Generally, if you don't have a battery in your machine, there isn't
20401  much point in using this driver and you should say N. If you get
20402  random kernel OOPSes or reboots that don't seem to be related to
20403  anything, try disabling/enabling this option (or disabling/enabling
20404  APM in your BIOS).
20405
20406  Some other things you should try when experiencing seemingly random,
20407  "weird" problems:
20408
20409   1) make sure that you have enough swap space and that it is
20410      enabled.
20411   2) pass the "no-hlt" option to the kernel
20412   3) switch on floating point emulation in the kernel and pass
20413      the "no387" option to the kernel
20414   4) pass the "floppy=nodma" option to the kernel
20415   5) pass the "mem=4M" option to the kernel (thereby disabling
20416      all but the first 4 MB of RAM)
20417   6) make sure that the CPU is not over clocked.
20418   7) read the sig11 FAQ at <http://www.bitwizard.nl/sig11/>
20419   8) disable the cache from your BIOS settings
20420   9) install a fan for the video card or exchange video RAM
20421   10) install a better fan for the CPU
20422   11) exchange RAM chips
20423   12) exchange the motherboard.
20424
20425  To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in
20426  and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here
20427  and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
20428  apm.o.
20429
20430Ignore USER SUSPEND
20431CONFIG_APM_IGNORE_USER_SUSPEND
20432  This option will ignore USER SUSPEND requests. On machines with a
20433  compliant APM BIOS, you want to say N. However, on the NEC Versa M
20434  series notebooks, it is necessary to say Y because of a BIOS bug.
20435
20436Enable APM at boot time
20437CONFIG_APM_DO_ENABLE
20438  Enable APM features at boot time. From page 36 of the APM BIOS
20439  specification: "When disabled, the APM BIOS does not automatically
20440  power manage devices, enter the Standby State, enter the Suspend
20441  State, or take power saving steps in response to CPU Idle calls."
20442  This driver will make CPU Idle calls when Linux is idle (unless this
20443  feature is turned off -- see "Do CPU IDLE calls", below). This
20444  should always save battery power, but more complicated APM features
20445  will be dependent on your BIOS implementation. You may need to turn
20446  this option off if your computer hangs at boot time when using APM
20447  support, or if it beeps continuously instead of suspending. Turn
20448  this off if you have a NEC UltraLite Versa 33/C or a Toshiba
20449  T400CDT. This is off by default since most machines do fine without
20450  this feature.
20451
20452Make CPU Idle calls when idle
20453CONFIG_APM_CPU_IDLE
20454  Enable calls to APM CPU Idle/CPU Busy inside the kernel's idle loop.
20455  On some machines, this can activate improved power savings, such as
20456  a slowed CPU clock rate, when the machine is idle. These idle calls
20457  are made after the idle loop has run for some length of time (e.g.,
20458  333 mS). On some machines, this will cause a hang at boot time or
20459  whenever the CPU becomes idle. (On machines with more than one CPU,
20460  this option does nothing.)
20461
20462Enable console blanking using APM
20463CONFIG_APM_DISPLAY_BLANK
20464  Enable console blanking using the APM. Some laptops can use this to
20465  turn off the LCD backlight when the screen blanker of the Linux
20466  virtual console blanks the screen. Note that this is only used by
20467  the virtual console screen blanker, and won't turn off the backlight
20468  when using the X Window system. This also doesn't have anything to
20469  do with your VESA-compliant power-saving monitor. Further, this
20470  option doesn't work for all laptops -- it might not turn off your
20471  backlight at all, or it might print a lot of errors to the console,
20472  especially if you are using gpm.
20473
20474RTC stores time in GMT
20475CONFIG_APM_RTC_IS_GMT
20476  Say Y here if your RTC (Real Time Clock a.k.a. hardware clock)
20477  stores the time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time). Say N if your RTC
20478  stores localtime.
20479
20480  It is in fact recommended to store GMT in your RTC, because then you
20481  don't have to worry about daylight savings time changes. The only
20482  reason not to use GMT in your RTC is if you also run a broken OS
20483  that doesn't understand GMT.
20484
20485Allow interrupts during APM BIOS calls
20486CONFIG_APM_ALLOW_INTS
20487  Normally we disable external interrupts while we are making calls to
20488  the APM BIOS as a measure to lessen the effects of a badly behaving
20489  BIOS implementation.  The BIOS should reenable interrupts if it
20490  needs to.  Unfortunately, some BIOSes do not -- especially those in
20491  many of the newer IBM Thinkpads.  If you experience hangs when you
20492  suspend, try setting this to Y.  Otherwise, say N.
20493
20494Use real mode APM BIOS call to power off
20495CONFIG_APM_REAL_MODE_POWER_OFF
20496  Use real mode APM BIOS calls to switch off the computer. This is
20497  a work-around for a number of buggy BIOSes. Switch this option on if
20498  your computer crashes instead of powering off properly.
20499
20500Watchdog Timer Support
20501CONFIG_WATCHDOG
20502  If you say Y here (and to one of the following options) and create a
20503  character special file /dev/watchdog with major number 10 and minor
20504  number 130 using mknod ("man mknod"), you will get a watchdog, i.e.:
20505  subsequently opening the file and then failing to write to it for
20506  longer than 1 minute will result in rebooting the machine. This
20507  could be useful for a networked machine that needs to come back
20508  online as fast as possible after a lock-up. There's both a watchdog
20509  implementation entirely in software (which can sometimes fail to
20510  reboot the machine) and a driver for hardware watchdog boards, which
20511  are more robust and can also keep track of the temperature inside
20512  your computer. For details, read <file:Documentation/watchdog.txt>
20513  in the kernel source.
20514
20515  The watchdog is usually used together with the watchdog daemon
20516  which is available from
20517  <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/daemons/watchdog/>. This daemon can
20518  also monitor NFS connections and can reboot the machine when the process
20519  table is full.
20520
20521  If unsure, say N.
20522
20523Disable watchdog shutdown on close
20524CONFIG_WATCHDOG_NOWAYOUT
20525  The default watchdog behaviour (which you get if you say N here) is
20526  to stop the timer if the process managing it closes the file
20527  /dev/watchdog. It's always remotely possible that this process might
20528  get killed. If you say Y here, the watchdog cannot be stopped once
20529  it has been started.
20530
20531WDT Watchdog timer
20532CONFIG_WDT
20533  If you have a WDT500P or WDT501P watchdog board, say Y here,
20534  otherwise N. It is not possible to probe for this board, which means
20535  that you have to inform the kernel about the IO port and IRQ using
20536  the "wdt=" kernel option (try "man bootparam" or see the
20537  documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to
20538  pass options to the kernel at boot time).
20539
20540  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
20541  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
20542  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
20543  will be called wdt.o.
20544
20545WDT PCI Watchdog timer
20546CONFIG_WDTPCI
20547  If you have a PCI WDT500/501 watchdog board, say Y here, otherwise
20548  N.  It is not possible to probe for this board, which means that you
20549  have to inform the kernel about the IO port and IRQ using the "wdt="
20550  kernel option (try "man bootparam" or see the documentation of your
20551  boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to the
20552  kernel at boot time).
20553
20554  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
20555  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
20556  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
20557  will be called wdt_pci.o.
20558
20559W83627HF/F/HG/G Watchdog
20560CONFIG_WDT_W83627
20561  This is a driver for the hardware watchdog on the W83627HF chipset.
20562  To compile this driver as a module say M here. The module will be
20563  named wdt83627.o
20564  Most people will say N.
20565
20566WDT501 features
20567CONFIG_WDT_501
20568  Saying Y here and creating a character special file /dev/temperature
20569  with major number 10 and minor number 131 ("man mknod") will give
20570  you a thermometer inside your computer: reading from
20571  /dev/temperature yields one byte, the temperature in degrees
20572  Fahrenheit. This works only if you have a WDT501P watchdog board
20573  installed.
20574
20575Fan Tachometer
20576CONFIG_WDT_501_FAN
20577  Enable the Fan Tachometer on the WDT501. Only do this if you have a
20578  fan tachometer actually set up.
20579
20580Software Watchdog
20581CONFIG_SOFT_WATCHDOG
20582  A software monitoring watchdog. This will fail to reboot your system
20583  from some situations that the hardware watchdog will recover
20584  from. Equally it's a lot cheaper to install.
20585
20586  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20587  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20588  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
20589  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
20590   softdog.o.
20591
20592Berkshire Products PC Watchdog
20593CONFIG_PCWATCHDOG
20594  This is the driver for the Berkshire Products PC Watchdog card.
20595  This card simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze,
20596  and if it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of
20597  time. This driver is like the WDT501 driver but for different
20598  hardware. Please read <file:Documentation/pcwd-watchdog.txt>. The PC
20599  watchdog cards can be ordered from <http://www.berkprod.com/>.
20600
20601  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20602  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20603  The module is called pcwd.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
20604  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
20605
20606  Most people will say N.
20607
20608Acquire SBC Watchdog Timer
20609CONFIG_ACQUIRE_WDT
20610  This is the driver for the hardware watchdog on the PSC-6x86 Single
20611  Board Computer produced by Acquire Inc (and others).  This watchdog
20612  simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze, and if
20613  it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of time.
20614
20615  This driver is like the WDT501 driver but for different hardware.
20616  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20617  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20618  The module is called pscwdt.o.  If you want to compile it as a
20619  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  Most
20620  people will say N.
20621
20622Advantech SBC Watchdog Timer
20623CONFIG_ADVANTECH_WDT
20624  If you are configuring a Linux kernel for the Advantech single-board
20625  computer, say `Y' here to support its built-in watchdog timer
20626  feature.  See the help for CONFIG_WATCHDOG for discussion.
20627
20628ALi M7101 Watchdog Timer
20629CONFIG_ALIM7101_WDT
20630  This is the driver for the hardware watchdog on the ALi M7101 PMU
20631  as used in the x86 Cobalt servers.
20632
20633  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20634  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20635  The module is called alim7101_wdt.o.  If you want to compile it as a
20636  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  Most
20637  people will say N.
20638
20639IB700 SBC Watchdog Timer
20640CONFIG_IB700_WDT
20641  This is the driver for the hardware watchdog on the IB700 Single
20642  Board Computer produced by TMC Technology (www.tmc-uk.com). This watchdog
20643  simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze, and if
20644  it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of time.
20645
20646  This driver is like the WDT501 driver but for slightly different hardware.
20647
20648  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20649  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20650  The module is called ib700wdt.o. If you want to compile it as a
20651  module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. Most people
20652  will say N.
20653
20654Mixcom Watchdog
20655CONFIG_MIXCOMWD
20656  This is a driver for the Mixcom hardware watchdog cards.  This
20657  watchdog simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze,
20658  and if it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of
20659  time.
20660
20661  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20662  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20663  The module is called mixcomwd.o.  If you want to compile it as a
20664  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  Most
20665  people will say N.
20666
20667ZF MachZ Watchdog
20668CONFIG_MACHZ_WDT
20669  If you are using a ZF Micro MachZ processor, say Y here, otherwise
20670  N.  This is the driver for the watchdog timer builtin on that
20671  processor using ZF-Logic interface.  This watchdog simply watches
20672  your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze, and if it does, it
20673  reboots your computer after a certain amount of time.
20674
20675  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20676  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20677  The module is called machzwd.o.  If you want to compile it as a
20678  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
20679
20680CONFIG_SC1200_WDT
20681  This is a driver for National Semiconductor PC87307/PC97307 hardware
20682  watchdog cards as found on the SC1200. This watchdog is mainly used
20683  for power management purposes and can be used to power down the device
20684  during inactivity periods (includes interrupt activity monitoring).
20685
20686  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20687  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20688  The module is called sc1200wdt.o.  If you want to compile it as a
20689  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  Most
20690  people will say N.
20691
20692AMD/NSC Geode Hardware Watchdog
20693CONFIG_GEODE_WDT
20694  This driver enables a watchdog capability built into the
20695  CS5535/CS5536 companion chips for the AMD Geode GX and LX
20696  processors.  This watchdog watches your kernel to make sure
20697  it doesn't freeze, and if it does, it reboots your computer after
20698  a certain amount of time.
20699
20700  This driver depends on CONFIG_MGEODE_LX.
20701
20702  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20703  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20704  The module is called geodewdt.o.  If you want to compile it as a
20705  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  Most
20706  people will say N.
20707
20708SuperH Watchdog
20709CONFIG_SH_WDT
20710  This driver adds watchdog support for the integrated watchdog in the
20711  SuperH 3, 4 and 5 processors. If you have one of these processors, say
20712  Y, otherwise say N.
20713
20714  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20715  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20716  The module is called shwdt.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
20717  say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
20718
20719Wafer 5823 Watchdog
20720CONFIG_WAFER_WDT
20721  This is a driver for the hardware watchdog on the ICP Wafer 5823
20722  Single Board Computer (and probably other similar models).
20723
20724  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20725  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20726  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
20727  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
20728  wafer5823wdt.o
20729
20730Machine Check Exception
20731CONFIG_X86_MCE
20732  Machine Check Exception support allows the processor to notify the
20733  kernel if it detects a problem (e.g. overheating, component failure).
20734  The action the kernel takes depends on the severity of the problem,
20735  ranging from a warning message on the console, to halting the machine.
20736  You can safely select this on machines that do not support this feature.
20737
20738  For pentium machines the mce support defaults to off as the mainboard
20739  support is not always present. You must activate it as a boot option.
20740
20741Toshiba Laptop support
20742CONFIG_TOSHIBA
20743  This adds a driver to safely access the System Management Mode of
20744  the CPU on Toshiba portables with a genuine Toshiba BIOS. It does
20745  not work on models with a Phoenix BIOS. The System Management Mode
20746  is used to set the BIOS and power saving options on Toshiba portables.
20747
20748  For information on utilities to make use of this driver see the
20749  Toshiba Linux utilities web site at:
20750  <http://www.buzzard.org.uk/toshiba/>.
20751
20752  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20753  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20754  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
20755  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
20756  toshiba.o
20757
20758  Say Y if you intend to run this kernel on a Toshiba portable.
20759  Say N otherwise.
20760
20761Dell laptop support
20762CONFIG_I8K
20763  This adds a driver to safely access the System Management Mode
20764  of the CPU on the Dell Inspiron and Latitude laptops. The System
20765  Management Mode is used to read cpu temperature, cooling fan
20766  status and Fn-keys status on Dell laptops. It can also be used
20767  to switch the fans on and off.
20768
20769  The driver has been developed and tested on an Inspiron 8000
20770  but it should work on any Dell Inspiron or Latitude laptop.
20771  You can force loading on unsupported models by passing the
20772  parameter `force=1' to the module. Use at your own risk.
20773
20774  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20775  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20776  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
20777  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
20778  i8k.o
20779
20780  For more information on this driver and for utilities that make
20781  use of the module see the I8K Linux Utilities web site at:
20782  <http://www.debian.org/~dz/i8k/>.
20783
20784  Say Y if you intend to run this kernel on a Dell laptop.
20785  Say N otherwise.
20786
20787/dev/cpu/microcode - Intel IA32 CPU microcode support
20788CONFIG_MICROCODE
20789  If you say Y here and also to "/dev file system support" in the
20790  'File systems' section, you will be able to update the microcode on
20791  Intel processors in the IA32 family, e.g. Pentium Pro, Pentium II,
20792  Pentium III, Pentium 4, Xeon etc.  You will obviously need the
20793  actual microcode binary data itself which is not shipped with the
20794  Linux kernel.
20795
20796  For latest news and information on obtaining all the required
20797  ingredients for this driver, check:
20798  <http://www.urbanmyth.org/microcode/>.
20799
20800  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20801  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20802  The module will be called microcode.o.  If you want to compile it as
20803  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  If
20804  you use modprobe or kmod you may also want to add the line
20805  'alias char-major-10-184 microcode' to your /etc/modules.conf file.
20806
20807/dev/cpu/*/msr - Model-specific register support
20808CONFIG_X86_MSR
20809  This device gives privileged processes access to the x86
20810  Model-Specific Registers (MSRs).  It is a character device with
20811  major 202 and minors 0 to 31 for /dev/cpu/0/msr to /dev/cpu/31/msr.
20812  MSR accesses are directed to a specific CPU on multi-processor
20813  systems.
20814
20815  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20816  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20817  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
20818  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
20819  msr.o
20820
20821/dev/cpu/*/cpuid - CPU information support
20822CONFIG_X86_CPUID
20823  This device gives processes access to the x86 CPUID instruction to
20824  be executed on a specific processor.  It is a character device
20825  with major 203 and minors 0 to 31 for /dev/cpu/0/cpuid to
20826  /dev/cpu/31/cpuid.
20827
20828  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20829  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20830  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
20831  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
20832  cpuid.o
20833
20834x86 BIOS Enhanced Disk Drive support
20835CONFIG_EDD
20836  Say Y or M here if you want to enable BIOS Enhanced Disk Drive
20837  Services real mode BIOS calls to determine which disk
20838  BIOS tries boot from.  This information is then exported via /proc.
20839
20840  This option is experimental, but believed to be safe,
20841  and most disk controller BIOS vendors do not yet implement this feature.
20842
20843SBC-60XX Watchdog Timer
20844CONFIG_60XX_WDT
20845 This driver can be used with the watchdog timer found on some
20846 single board computers, namely the 6010 PII based computer.
20847 It may well work with other cards.  It reads port 0x443 to enable
20848 and re-set the watchdog timer, and reads port 0x45 to disable
20849 the watchdog.  If you have a card that behave in similar ways,
20850 you can probably make this driver work with your card as well.
20851
20852 You can compile this driver directly into the kernel, or use
20853 it as a module.  The module will be called sbc60xxwdt.o.
20854
20855Eurotech CPU-1220/1410 Watchdog Timer
20856CONFIG_EUROTECH_WDT
20857  Enable support for the watchdog timer on the Eurotech CPU-1220 and
20858  CPU-1410 cards.  These are PC/104 SBCs. Spec sheets and product
20859  information are at <http://www.eurotech.it/>.
20860
20861W83877F Watchdog Timer
20862CONFIG_W83877F_WDT
20863 This is the driver for the hardware watchdog on the W83877F chipset
20864 as used in EMACS PC-104 motherboards (and may work on others). This
20865 watchdog simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze,
20866 and if it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of
20867 time.
20868
20869 You can compile this driver directly into the kernel, or use
20870 it as a module.  The module will be called w83877f_wdt.o.
20871
20872SC520 (AMD Elan) Watchdog Timer
20873CONFIG_SC520_WDT
20874 This is the driver for the hardware watchdog built in to the
20875 AMD "Elan" SC520 microcomputer commonly used in embedded systems.
20876 This watchdog simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't
20877 freeze, and if it does, it reboots your computer after a certain
20878 amount of time.
20879
20880 You can compile this driver directly into the kernel, or use
20881 it as a module.  The module will be called sc520_wdt.o.
20882
20883Enhanced Real Time Clock Support
20884CONFIG_RTC
20885  If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/rtc with
20886  major number 10 and minor number 135 using mknod ("man mknod"), you
20887  will get access to the real time clock (or hardware clock) built
20888  into your computer.
20889
20890  Every PC has such a clock built in. It can be used to generate
20891  signals from as low as 1Hz up to 8192Hz, and can also be used
20892  as a 24 hour alarm. It reports status information via the file
20893  /proc/driver/rtc and its behaviour is set by various ioctls on
20894  /dev/rtc.
20895
20896  If you run Linux on a multiprocessor machine and said Y to
20897  "Symmetric Multi Processing" above, you should say Y here to read
20898  and set the RTC in an SMP compatible fashion.
20899
20900  If you think you have a use for such a device (such as periodic data
20901  sampling), then say Y here, and read <file:Documentation/rtc.txt>
20902  for details.
20903
20904  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20905  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20906  The module is called rtc.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
20907  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
20908
20909Generic MIPS RTC Support
20910CONFIG_MIPS_RTC
20911
20912  If your machine is a MIPS machine, this option provides a simple,
20913  generic RTC driver for /dev/rtc device.  It only implements two IOCTL
20914  operations of the standard PC RTC driver: RTC_RD_TIME and RTC_SET_TIME.
20915  It is sufficient to run hwclock program.
20916
20917  You should say Y here if there is no machine-specific RTC driver for your
20918  MIPS machine but you do want a simple RTC driver for your RTC device.
20919
20920Generic Real Time Clock Support
20921CONFIG_GEN_RTC
20922  If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/rtc with
20923  major number 10 and minor number 135 using mknod ("man mknod"), you
20924  will get access to the real time clock (or hardware clock) built
20925  into your computer.
20926
20927  In 2.4 and later kernels this is the only way to set and get rtc
20928  time on m68k systems so it is highly recommended.
20929
20930  It reports status information via the file /proc/driver/rtc and its
20931  behaviour is set by various ioctls on /dev/rtc. If you enable the
20932  "extended RTC operation" below it will also provide an emulation
20933  for RTC_UIE which is required by some programs and may improve
20934  precision in some cases.
20935
20936  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20937  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20938  The module is called genrtc.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
20939  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. To load the
20940  module automatically add 'alias char-major-10-135 genrtc' to your
20941  /etc/modules.conf
20942
20943Extended RTC operation
20944CONFIG_GEN_RTC_X
20945  Provides an emulation for RTC_UIE which is required by some programs
20946  and may improve precision of the generic RTC support in some cases.
20947
20948Tadpole ANA H8 Support
20949CONFIG_H8
20950  The Hitachi H8/337 is a microcontroller used to deal with the power
20951  and thermal environment. If you say Y here, you will be able to
20952  communicate with it via a character special device.
20953
20954  If unsure, say N.
20955
20956/dev/nvram support
20957CONFIG_NVRAM
20958  If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/nvram
20959  with major number 10 and minor number 144 using mknod ("man mknod"),
20960  you get read and write access to the extra bytes of non-volatile
20961  memory in the real time clock (RTC), which is contained in every PC
20962  and most Ataris.  The actual number of bytes varies, depending on the
20963  nvram in the system, but is usually 114 (128-14 for the RTC).
20964
20965  This memory is conventionally called "CMOS RAM" on PCs and "NVRAM"
20966  on Ataris. /dev/nvram may be used to view settings there, or to
20967  change them (with some utility). It could also be used to frequently
20968  save a few bits of very important data that may not be lost over
20969  power-off and for which writing to disk is too insecure. Note
20970  however that most NVRAM space in a PC belongs to the BIOS and you
20971  should NEVER idly tamper with it. See Ralf Brown's interrupt list
20972  for a guide to the use of CMOS bytes by your BIOS.
20973
20974  On Atari machines, /dev/nvram is always configured and does not need
20975  to be selected.
20976
20977  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
20978  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
20979  The module will be called nvram.o. If you want to compile it as a
20980  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
20981
20982Joystick support
20983CONFIG_JOYSTICK
20984  If you have a joystick, 6dof controller, gamepad, steering wheel,
20985  weapon control system or something like that you can say Y here to
20986  enable generic support for these controllers. You will also need to
20987  say Y or M to at least one of the hardware specific drivers. This
20988  will make the controllers available as /dev/input/jsX devices.
20989  Please read the file <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt> which
20990  contains more information and the location of the joystick package
20991  that you'll need.
20992
20993Game port support
20994CONFIG_INPUT_GAMEPORT
20995  Gameport support is for the standard 15-pin PC gameport.  If you
20996  have a joystick, gamepad, gameport card, a soundcard with a gameport
20997  or anything else that uses the gameport, say Y or M here and also to
20998  at least one of the hardware specific drivers.
20999  Please read the file <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt> which
21000  contains more information and the location of the joystick package
21001  that you'll need if you use the gameport with a joystick.
21002
21003  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21004  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21005  The module will be called gameport.o.  If you want to compile it as
21006  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21007
21008Classic ISA/PnP gameports
21009CONFIG_INPUT_NS558
21010  Say Y here if you have an ISA or PnP gameport.
21011  For more information on how to use the driver please read
21012  <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21013
21014  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21015  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21016  The module will be called ns558.o.  If you want to compile it as a
21017  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21018
21019PDPI Lightning 4 gamecard
21020CONFIG_INPUT_LIGHTNING
21021  Say Y here if you have a PDPI Lightning 4 gamecard. For more
21022  information on how to use the driver please read
21023  <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21024
21025  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21026  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21027  The module will be called lightning.o.  If you want to compile it as
21028  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21029
21030Crystal SoundFusion gameports
21031CONFIG_INPUT_CS461X
21032  Say Y here if you have a Cirrus CS461x aka "Crystal SoundFusion"
21033  PCI audio accelerator.  A product page for the CS4614 is at
21034  <http://www.cirrus.com/design/products/overview/index.cfm?ProductID=40>.
21035
21036  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21037  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21038  The module will be called cs461x.o.  If you want to compile it as a
21039  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21040
21041Aureal Vortex, Trident 4DWave, and ALi 5451 gameports
21042CONFIG_INPUT_PCIGAME
21043  Say Y here if you have a Trident 4DWave DX/NX or Aureal Vortex 1/2
21044  card or an ALi 5451 chip on your motherboard. For more information
21045  on how to use the driver please read
21046  <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21047
21048  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21049  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21050  The module will be called pcigame.o. If you want to compile it as a
21051  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21052
21053SoundBlaster Live! gameports
21054CONFIG_INPUT_EMU10K1
21055  Say Y here if you have a SoundBlaster Live! card and want to use
21056  its gameport.  For more information on how to use the driver
21057  please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21058
21059  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21060  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21061  The module will be called emu10k1-gp.o. If you want to compile it as
21062  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21063
21064Classic PC analog joysticks and gamepads
21065CONFIG_INPUT_ANALOG
21066  Say Y here if you have a controller that connects to the PC
21067  gameport.  This supports many different types, including joysticks
21068  with throttle control, with rudders, or with extensions like
21069  additional hats and buttons compatible with CH Flightstick Pro,
21070  ThrustMaster FCS, 6 and 8 button gamepads, or Saitek Cyborg
21071  joysticks.  For more information on how to use the driver please
21072  read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21073
21074  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21075  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21076  The module will be called analog.o.  If you want to compile it as a
21077  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21078
21079Assassin 3D and MadCatz Panther devices
21080CONFIG_INPUT_A3D
21081  Say Y here if you have an FPGaming or MadCatz controller using the
21082  A3D protocol over the PC gameport.  For more information on how to
21083  use the driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21084
21085  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21086  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21087  The module will be called a3d.o.  If you want to compile it as a
21088  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21089
21090Logitech ADI digital joysticks and gamepads
21091CONFIG_INPUT_ADI
21092  Say Y here if you have a Logitech controller using the ADI
21093  protocol over the PC gameport. For more information on how to use
21094  the driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21095
21096  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21097  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21098  The module will be called adi.o.  If you want to compile it as a
21099  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21100
21101Creative Labs Blaster Cobra gamepad
21102CONFIG_INPUT_COBRA
21103  Say Y here if you have a Creative Labs Blaster Cobra gamepad.
21104  For more information on how to use the driver please read
21105  <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21106
21107  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21108  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21109  The module will be called cobra.o.  If you want to compile it as a
21110  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21111
21112Genius Flight2000 Digital joysticks and gamepads
21113CONFIG_INPUT_GF2K
21114  Say Y here if you have a Genius Flight2000 or MaxFighter digitally
21115  communicating joystick or gamepad.  For more information on how to
21116  use the driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21117
21118  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21119  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21120  The module will be called gf2k.o.  If you want to compile it as a
21121  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21122
21123Gravis GrIP joysticks and gamepads
21124CONFIG_INPUT_GRIP
21125  Say Y here if you have a Gravis controller using the GrIP protocol
21126  over the PC gameport.  For more information on how to use the driver
21127  please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21128
21129  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21130  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21131  The module will be called grip.o.  If you want to compile it as a
21132  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21133
21134InterAct digital joysticks and gamepads
21135CONFIG_INPUT_INTERACT
21136  Say Y hereif you have an InterAct gameport or joystick
21137  communicating digitally over the gameport.  For more information on
21138  how to use the driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21139
21140  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21141  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21142  The module will be called interact.o.  If you want to compile it as
21143  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21144
21145ThrustMaster DirectConnect joysticks and gamepads
21146CONFIG_INPUT_TMDC
21147  Say Y here if you have a ThrustMaster controller using the
21148  DirectConnect (BSP) protocol over the PC gameport.  For more
21149  information on how to use the driver please read
21150  <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21151
21152  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21153  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21154  The module will be called tmdc.o.  If you want to compile it as a
21155  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21156
21157Microsoft SideWinder digital joysticks and gamepads
21158CONFIG_INPUT_SIDEWINDER
21159  Say Y here if you have a Microsoft controller using the Digital
21160  Overdrive protocol over PC gameport.  For more information on how to
21161  use the driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21162
21163  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21164  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21165  The module will be called sidewinder.o.  If you want to compile it
21166  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21167
21168Serial port device support
21169CONFIG_INPUT_SERIO
21170  Say Y here and to the Serial port input line discipline option if
21171  you plan to use a joystick that communicates over the serial (COM)
21172  port.  For more information on how to use the driver please read
21173  <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21174
21175  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21176  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21177  The module will be called sidewinder.o.  If you want to compile it
21178  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21179
21180Serial port input line discipline
21181CONFIG_INPUT_SERPORT
21182  Say Y here if you plan to use a joystick that communicates over the
21183  serial (COM) port.  For more information on how to use the driver
21184  please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21185
21186  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21187  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21188  The module will be called serport.o.  If you want to compile it as a
21189  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21190
21191Logitech WingMan Warrior joystick
21192CONFIG_INPUT_WARRIOR
21193  Say Y here if you have a Logitech WingMan Warrior joystick connected
21194  to your computer's serial port.  For more information on how to use
21195  the driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21196
21197  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21198  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21199  The module will be called warrior.o.  If you want to compile it as a
21200  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21201
21202LogiCad3d Magellan/SpaceMouse 6dof controller
21203CONFIG_INPUT_MAGELLAN
21204  Say Y here if you have a Magellan or Space Mouse 6DOF controller
21205  connected to your computer's serial port.  For more information on
21206  how to use the driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21207
21208  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21209  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21210  The module will be called magellan.o.  If you want to compile it as
21211  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21212
21213SpaceTec SpaceOrb/Avenger 6dof controller
21214CONFIG_INPUT_SPACEORB
21215  Say Y here if you have a SpaceOrb 360 or SpaceBall Avenger 6DOF
21216  controller connected to your computer's serial port.  For more
21217  information on how to use the driver please read
21218  <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21219
21220  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21221  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21222  The module will be called spaceorb.o.  If you want to compile it as
21223  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21224
21225SpaceTec SpaceBall 4000 FLX 6dof controller
21226CONFIG_INPUT_SPACEBALL
21227  Say Y here if you have a SpaceTec SpaceBall 4000 FLX controller
21228  connected to your computer's serial port.  For more information on
21229  how to use the driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21230
21231  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21232  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21233  The module will be called spaceball.o.  If you want to compile it as
21234  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21235
21236Gravis Stinger gamepad
21237CONFIG_INPUT_STINGER
21238  Say Y here if you have a Gravis Stinger connected to one of your
21239  serial ports.  For more information on how to use the driver please
21240  read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21241
21242  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21243  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21244  The module will be called stinger.o.  If you want to compile it as a
21245  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21246
21247I-Force joysticks/wheels
21248CONFIG_INPUT_IFORCE_232
21249  Say Y here if you have an I-Force joystick or steering wheel
21250  connected to your serial (COM) port.  For more information on how
21251  to use the driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21252
21253  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21254  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21255  The module will be called iforce.o.  If you want to compile it as a
21256  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21257
21258I-Force joysticks/wheels
21259CONFIG_INPUT_IFORCE_USB
21260  Say Y here if you have an I-Force joystick or steering wheel
21261  connected to your USB port.  For more information on how to use the
21262  driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21263
21264  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21265  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21266  The module will be called iforce.o.  If you want to compile it as a
21267  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21268
21269Multisystem, Sega Genesis, Saturn joysticks and gamepads
21270CONFIG_INPUT_DB9
21271  Say Y here if you have a Sega Master System gamepad, Sega Genesis
21272  gamepad, Sega Saturn gamepad, or a Multisystem -- Atari, Amiga,
21273  Commodore, Amstrad CPC joystick connected to your parallel port.
21274  For more information on how to use the driver please read
21275  <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt> and
21276  <file:Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt>.
21277
21278  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21279  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21280  The module will be called db9.o.  If you want to compile it as a
21281  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21282
21283Multisystem, NES, SNES, N64, PSX joysticks and gamepads
21284CONFIG_INPUT_GAMECON
21285  Say Y here if you have a Nintendo Entertainment System gamepad,
21286  Super Nintendo Entertainment System gamepad, Nintendo 64 gamepad,
21287  Sony PlayStation gamepad or a Multisystem -- Atari, Amiga,
21288  Commodore, Amstrad CPC joystick connected to your parallel port.
21289  For more information on how to use the driver please read
21290  <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt> and
21291  <file:Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt>.
21292
21293  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21294  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21295  The module will be called gamecon.o. If you want to compile it as a
21296  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21297
21298Multisystem joysticks via TurboGraFX device
21299CONFIG_INPUT_TURBOGRAFX
21300  Say Y here if you have the TurboGraFX interface by Steffen Schwenke,
21301  and want to use it with Multisystem -- Atari, Amiga, Commodore,
21302  Amstrad CPC joystick.  For more information on how to use the driver
21303  please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt> and
21304  <file:Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt>.
21305
21306  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21307  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21308  The module will be called turbografx.o.  If you want to compile it
21309  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21310
21311Amiga joysticks
21312CONFIG_INPUT_AMIJOY
21313  Say Y here if you have an Amiga with a digital joystick connected
21314  to it.  For more information on how to use the driver please read
21315  <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>.
21316
21317  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21318  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21319  The module will be called joy-amiga.o.  If you want to compile it as
21320  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
21321
21322Atomwide serial port support
21323CONFIG_ATOMWIDE_SERIAL
21324  If you have an Atomwide Serial card for an Acorn system, say Y to
21325  this option.  The driver can handle 1, 2, or 3 port cards.
21326  If unsure, say N.
21327
21328Dual serial port support
21329CONFIG_DUALSP_SERIAL
21330  If you have the Serial Port's dual serial card for an Acorn system,
21331  say Y to this option.  If unsure, say N.
21332
21333NetWinder Button
21334CONFIG_NWBUTTON
21335  If you say Y here and create a character device node /dev/nwbutton
21336  with major and minor numbers 10 and 158 ("man mknod"), then every
21337  time the orange button is pressed a number of times, the number of
21338  times the button was pressed will be written to that device.
21339
21340  This is most useful for applications, as yet unwritten, which
21341  perform actions based on how many times the button is pressed in a
21342  row.
21343
21344  Do not hold the button down for too long, as the driver does not
21345  alter the behaviour of the hardware reset circuitry attached to the
21346  button; it will still execute a hard reset if the button is held
21347  down for longer than approximately five seconds.
21348
21349  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
21350  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
21351  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
21352  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
21353  nwbutton.o.
21354
21355  Most people will answer Y to this question and "Reboot Using Button"
21356  below to be able to initiate a system shutdown from the button.
21357
21358Reboot Using Button
21359CONFIG_NWBUTTON_REBOOT
21360  If you say Y here, then you will be able to initiate a system
21361  shutdown and reboot by pressing the orange button a number of times.
21362  The number of presses to initiate the shutdown is two by default,
21363  but this can be altered by modifying the value of NUM_PRESSES_REBOOT
21364  in nwbutton.h and recompiling the driver or, if you compile the
21365  driver as a module, you can specify the number of presses at load
21366  time with "insmod button reboot_count=<something>".
21367
21368Sound card support
21369CONFIG_SOUND
21370  If you have a sound card in your computer, i.e. if it can say more
21371  than an occasional beep, say Y.  Be sure to have all the information
21372  about your sound card and its configuration down (I/O port,
21373  interrupt and DMA channel), because you will be asked for it.
21374
21375  You want to read the Sound-HOWTO, available from
21376  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. General information about
21377  the modular sound system is contained in the files
21378  <file:Documentation/sound/Introduction>.  The file
21379  <file:Documentation/sound/README.OSS> contains some slightly
21380  outdated but still useful information as well.
21381
21382  If you have a PnP sound card and you want to configure it at boot
21383  time using the ISA PnP tools (read
21384  <http://www.roestock.demon.co.uk/isapnptools/>), then you need to
21385  compile the sound card support as a module ( = code which can be
21386  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want)
21387  and load that module after the PnP configuration is finished.  To do
21388  this, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well
21389  as <file:Documentation/sound/README.modules>; the module will be
21390  called soundcore.o.
21391
21392  I'm told that even without a sound card, you can make your computer
21393  say more than an occasional beep, by programming the PC speaker.
21394  Kernel patches and supporting utilities to do that are in the pcsp
21395  package, available at <ftp://ftp.infradead.org/pub/pcsp/>.
21396
21397OSS sound modules
21398CONFIG_SOUND_OSS
21399  OSS is the Open Sound System suite of sound card drivers.  They make
21400  sound programming easier since they provide a common API.  Say Y or
21401  M here (the module will be called sound.o) if you haven't found a
21402  driver for your sound card above, then pick your driver from the
21403  list below.
21404
21405Persistent DMA buffers
21406CONFIG_SOUND_DMAP
21407  Linux can often have problems allocating DMA buffers for ISA sound
21408  cards on machines with more than 16MB of RAM. This is because ISA
21409  DMA buffers must exist below the 16MB boundary and it is quite
21410  possible that a large enough free block in this region cannot be
21411  found after the machine has been running for a while. If you say Y
21412  here the DMA buffers (64Kb) will be allocated at boot time and kept
21413  until the shutdown. This option is only useful if you said Y to
21414  "OSS sound modules", above. If you said M to "OSS sound modules"
21415  then you can get the persistent DMA buffer functionality by passing
21416  the command-line argument "dmabuf=1" to the sound.o module.
21417
21418  Say Y unless you have 16MB or less RAM or a PCI sound card.
21419
21420Support for Aztech Sound Galaxy (non-PnP) cards
21421CONFIG_SOUND_SGALAXY
21422  This module initializes the older non Plug and Play sound galaxy
21423  cards from Aztech. It supports the Waverider Pro 32 - 3D and the
21424  Galaxy Washington 16.
21425
21426  If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add
21427  "sgalaxy=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>,<sgbase>" to the kernel command
21428  line.
21429
21430Support for AD1816(A) based cards
21431CONFIG_SOUND_AD1816
21432  Say M here if you have a sound card based on the Analog Devices
21433  AD1816(A) chip.
21434
21435  If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add
21436  "ad1816=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>" to the kernel command line.
21437
21438Yamaha OPL3-SA1 audio controller
21439CONFIG_SOUND_OPL3SA1
21440  Say Y or M if you have a Yamaha OPL3-SA1 sound chip, which is
21441  usually built into motherboards. Read
21442  <file:Documentation/sound/OPL3-SA> for details.
21443
21444  If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add
21445  "opl3sa=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>,<mpuio>,<mpuirq>" to the kernel
21446  command line.
21447
21448ProAudioSpectrum 16 support
21449CONFIG_SOUND_PAS
21450  Answer Y only if you have a Pro Audio Spectrum 16, ProAudio Studio
21451  16 or Logitech SoundMan 16 sound card. Answer N if you have some
21452  other card made by Media Vision or Logitech since those are not
21453  PAS16 compatible. Please read <file:Documentation/sound/PAS16>.
21454  It is not necessary to add Sound Blaster support separately; it
21455  is included in PAS support.
21456
21457  If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add
21458  "pas2=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>,<sbio>,<sbirq>,<sbdma>,<sbdma2>
21459  to the kernel command line.
21460
21461Enable PAS16 joystick port
21462CONFIG_PAS_JOYSTICK
21463  Say Y here to enable the Pro Audio Spectrum 16's auxiliary joystick
21464  port.
21465
21466100% Sound Blaster compatibles (SB16/32/64, ESS, Jazz16) support
21467CONFIG_SOUND_SB
21468  Answer Y if you have an original Sound Blaster card made by Creative
21469  Labs or a 100% hardware compatible clone (like the Thunderboard or
21470  SM Games). For an unknown card you may answer Y if the card claims
21471  to be Sound Blaster-compatible.
21472
21473  Please read the file <file:Documentation/sound/Soundblaster>.
21474
21475  You should also say Y here for cards based on the Avance Logic
21476  ALS-007 and ALS-1X0 chips (read <file:Documentation/sound/ALS>) and
21477  for cards based on ESS chips (read
21478  <file:Documentation/sound/ESS1868> and
21479  <file:Documentation/sound/ESS>). If you have an SB AWE 32 or SB AWE
21480  64, say Y here and also to "AWE32 synth" below and read
21481  <file:Documentation/sound/INSTALL.awe>. If you have an IBM Mwave
21482  card, say Y here and read <file:Documentation/sound/mwave>.
21483
21484  If you compile the driver into the kernel and don't want to use
21485  isapnp, you have to add "sb=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>" to the kernel
21486  command line.
21487
21488  You can say M here to compile this driver as a module; the module is
21489  called sb.o.
21490
21491Gravis Ultrasound support
21492CONFIG_SOUND_GUS
21493  Say Y here for any type of Gravis Ultrasound card, including the GUS
21494  or GUS MAX.  See also <file:Documentation/sound/ultrasound> for more
21495  information on configuring this card with modules.
21496
21497  If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add
21498  "gus=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>" to the kernel command line.
21499
21500MPU-401 support (NOT for SB16)
21501CONFIG_SOUND_MPU401
21502  Be careful with this question.  The MPU401 interface is supported by
21503  all sound cards.  However, some natively supported cards have their
21504  own driver for MPU401.  Enabling this MPU401 option with these cards
21505  will cause a conflict.  Also, enabling MPU401 on a system that
21506  doesn't really have a MPU401 could cause some trouble.  If your card
21507  was in the list of supported cards, look at the card specific
21508  instructions in the <file:Documentation/sound/README.OSS> file.  It
21509  is safe to answer Y if you have a true MPU401 MIDI interface card.
21510
21511  If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add
21512  "mpu401=<io>,<irq>" to the kernel command line.
21513
215146850 UART support
21515CONFIG_SOUND_UART6850
21516  This option enables support for MIDI interfaces based on the 6850
21517  UART chip. This interface is rarely found on sound cards. It's safe
21518  to answer N to this question.
21519
21520  If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add
21521  "uart6850=<io>,<irq>" to the kernel command line.
21522
21523PSS (AD1848, ADSP-2115, ESC614) support
21524CONFIG_SOUND_PSS
21525  Answer Y or M if you have an Orchid SW32, Cardinal DSP16, Beethoven
21526  ADSP-16 or some other card based on the PSS chipset (AD1848 codec +
21527  ADSP-2115 DSP chip + Echo ESC614 ASIC CHIP). For more information on
21528  how to compile it into the kernel or as a module see the file
21529  <file:Documentation/sound/PSS>.
21530
21531  If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add
21532  "pss=<io>,<mssio>,<mssirq>,<mssdma>,<mpuio>,<mpuirq>" to the kernel
21533  command line.
21534
21535Enable PSS mixer (Beethoven ADSP-16 and other compatible)
21536CONFIG_PSS_MIXER
21537  Answer Y for Beethoven ADSP-16. You may try to say Y also for other
21538  cards if they have master volume, bass, treble, and you can't
21539  control it under Linux. If you answer N for Beethoven ADSP-16, you
21540  can't control master volume, bass, treble and synth volume.
21541
21542  If you said M to "PSS support" above, you may enable or disable this
21543  PSS mixer with the module parameter pss_mixer. For more information
21544  see the file <file:Documentation/sound/PSS>.
21545
21546Have DSPxxx.LD firmware file
21547CONFIG_PSS_HAVE_BOOT
21548  If you have the DSPxxx.LD file or SYNTH.LD file for you card, say Y
21549  to include this file. Without this file the synth device (OPL) may
21550  not work.
21551
21552Full pathname of DSPxxx.LD firmware file
21553CONFIG_PSS_BOOT_FILE
21554  Enter the full pathname of your DSPxxx.LD file or SYNTH.LD file,
21555  starting from /.
21556
21557Microsoft Sound System support
21558CONFIG_SOUND_MSS
21559  Again think carefully before answering Y to this question.  It's
21560  safe to answer Y if you have the original Windows Sound System card
21561  made by Microsoft or Aztech SG 16 Pro (or NX16 Pro).  Also you may
21562  say Y in case your card is NOT among these:
21563
21564     ATI Stereo F/X, AdLib, Audio Excell DSP16, Cardinal DSP16,
21565     Ensoniq SoundScape (and compatibles made by Reveal and Spea),
21566     Gravis Ultrasound, Gravis Ultrasound ACE, Gravis Ultrasound Max,
21567     Gravis Ultrasound with 16 bit option, Logitech Sound Man 16,
21568     Logitech SoundMan Games, Logitech SoundMan Wave, MAD16 Pro (OPTi
21569     82C929), Media Vision Jazz16, MediaTriX AudioTriX Pro, Microsoft
21570     Windows Sound System (MSS/WSS), Mozart (OAK OTI-601), Orchid
21571     SW32, Personal Sound System (PSS), Pro Audio Spectrum 16, Pro
21572     Audio Studio 16, Pro Sonic 16, Roland MPU-401 MIDI interface,
21573     Sound Blaster 1.0, Sound Blaster 16, Sound Blaster 16ASP, Sound
21574     Blaster 2.0, Sound Blaster AWE32, Sound Blaster Pro, TI TM4000M
21575     notebook, ThunderBoard, Turtle Beach Tropez, Yamaha FM
21576     synthesizers (OPL2, OPL3 and OPL4), 6850 UART MIDI Interface.
21577
21578  For cards having native support in VoxWare, consult the card
21579  specific instructions in <file:Documentation/sound/README.OSS>.
21580  Some drivers have their own MSS support and saying Y to this option
21581  will cause a conflict.
21582
21583  If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add
21584  "ad1848=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>[,<type>]" to the kernel command
21585  line.
21586
21587SGI Visual Workstation on-board audio
21588CONFIG_SOUND_VWSND
21589  Say Y or M if you have an SGI Visual Workstation and you want to be
21590  able to use its on-board audio.  Read
21591  <file:Documentation/sound/vwsnd> for more info on this driver's
21592  capabilities.
21593
21594NEC Vrc5477 AC97 sound
21595CONFIG_SOUND_VRC5477
21596  Say Y here to enable sound support for the NEC Vrc5477 chip, an
21597  integrated, multi-function controller chip for MIPS CPUs.  Works
21598  with the AC97 codec.
21599
21600Ensoniq SoundScape support
21601CONFIG_SOUND_SSCAPE
21602  Answer Y if you have a sound card based on the Ensoniq SoundScape
21603  chipset. Such cards are being manufactured at least by Ensoniq, Spea
21604  and Reveal (Reveal makes also other cards).
21605
21606  If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add
21607  "sscape=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<mpuio>,<mpuirq>" to the kernel command
21608  line.
21609
21610MediaTriX AudioTriX Pro support
21611CONFIG_SOUND_TRIX
21612  Answer Y if you have the AudioTriX Pro sound card manufactured
21613  by MediaTrix.
21614
21615Have TRXPRO.HEX firmware file
21616CONFIG_TRIX_HAVE_BOOT
21617  The MediaTrix AudioTrix Pro has an on-board microcontroller which
21618  needs to be initialized by downloading the code from the file
21619  TRXPRO.HEX in the DOS driver directory. If you don't have the
21620  TRXPRO.HEX file handy you may skip this step. However, the SB and
21621  MPU-401 modes of AudioTrix Pro will not work without this file!
21622
21623Full pathname of TRXPRO.HEX firmware file
21624CONFIG_TRIX_BOOT_FILE
21625  Enter the full pathname of your TRXPRO.HEX file, starting from /.
21626
21627Support for OPTi MAD16 and/or Mozart based cards
21628CONFIG_SOUND_MAD16
21629  Answer Y if your card has a Mozart (OAK OTI-601) or MAD16 (OPTi
21630  82C928 or 82C929 or 82C931) audio interface chip. These chips are
21631  quite common so it's possible that many no-name cards have one of
21632  them. In addition the MAD16 chip is used in some cards made by known
21633  manufacturers such as Turtle Beach (Tropez), Reveal (some models)
21634  and Diamond (latest ones). Note however that the Tropez sound cards
21635  have their own driver; if you have one of those, say N here and Y or
21636  M to "Full support for Turtle Beach WaveFront", below.
21637
21638  If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add
21639  "mad16=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>,<mpuio>,<mpuirq>" to the
21640  kernel command line.
21641
21642  See also <file:Documentation/sound/Opti> and
21643  <file:Documentation/sound/MAD16> for more information on setting
21644  these cards up as modules.
21645
21646Full support for Turtle Beach WaveFront (Tropez Plus, Tropez, Maui) synth/sound cards
21647CONFIG_SOUND_WAVEFRONT
21648  Answer Y or M if you have a Tropez Plus, Tropez or Maui sound card
21649  and read the files <file:Documentation/sound/Wavefront> and
21650  <file:Documentation/sound/Tropez+>.
21651
21652Support MIDI in older MAD16 based cards (requires SB)
21653CONFIG_MAD16_OLDCARD
21654  Answer Y (or M) if you have an older card based on the C928 or
21655  Mozart chipset and you want to have MIDI support. If you enable this
21656  option you also need to enable support for Sound Blaster.
21657
21658Support for Crystal CS4232 based (PnP) cards
21659CONFIG_SOUND_CS4232
21660  Say Y here if you have a card based on the Crystal CS4232 chip set,
21661  which uses its own Plug and Play protocol.
21662
21663  If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add
21664  "cs4232=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>,<mpuio>,<mpuirq>" to the kernel
21665  command line.
21666
21667  See <file:Documentation/sound/CS4232> for more information on
21668  configuring this card.
21669
21670Support for Crystal CS4297a on SiByte syncser
21671CONFIG_SOUND_BCM_CS4297A
21672  The BCM91250A has a Crystal CS4297a on synchronous serial port B (in
21673  addition to the DB-9 serial port).  Say Y or M here to enable the
21674  sound chip instead of the UART.  Also note that CONFIG_KGDB should
21675  not be enabled at the same time, since it also attempts to use this
21676  UART port.
21677
21678Support for Yamaha OPL3-SA2 and SA3 based PnP cards
21679CONFIG_SOUND_OPL3SA2
21680  Say Y or M if you have a card based on one of these Yamaha sound
21681  chipsets or the "SAx", which is actually a SA3. Read
21682  <file:Documentation/sound/OPL3-SA2> for more information on
21683  configuring these cards.
21684
21685  If you compile the driver into the kernel and do not also
21686  configure in the optional ISA PnP support, you will have to add
21687  "opl3sa2=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>,<mssio>,<mpuio>" to the kernel
21688  command line.
21689
21690Support for Turtle Beach Wave Front (Maui, Tropez) synthesizers
21691CONFIG_SOUND_MAUI
21692  Say Y here if you have a Turtle Beach Wave Front, Maui, or Tropez
21693  sound card.
21694
21695  If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add
21696  "maui=<io>,<irq>" to the kernel command line.
21697
21698Have OSWF.MOT firmware file
21699CONFIG_MAUI_HAVE_BOOT
21700  Turtle Beach Maui and Tropez sound cards have a microcontroller
21701  which needs to be initialized prior to use. OSWF.MOT is a file
21702  distributed with the card's DOS/Windows drivers. Answer Y if you
21703  have this file.
21704
21705Full pathname of OSWF.MOT firmware file
21706CONFIG_MAUI_BOOT_FILE
21707  Enter the full pathname of your OSWF.MOT file, starting from /.
21708
21709Support for Turtle Beach MultiSound Classic, Tahiti, Monterey
21710CONFIG_SOUND_MSNDCLAS
21711  Say M here if you have a Turtle Beach MultiSound Classic, Tahiti or
21712  Monterey (not for the Pinnacle or Fiji).
21713
21714  See <file:Documentation/sound/MultiSound> for important information
21715  about this driver.  Note that it has been discontinued, but the
21716  Voyetra Turtle Beach knowledge base entry for it is still available
21717  at <http://www.voyetra-turtle-beach.com/site/kb_ftp/790.asp>.
21718
21719MSND Classic I/O
21720CONFIG_MSNDCLAS_IO
21721  I/O port address for the MultiSound Classic and related cards.
21722
21723MSND Classic IRQ
21724CONFIG_MSNDCLAS_IRQ
21725  Interrupt Request line for the MultiSound Classic and related cards.
21726
21727MSND Classic memory address
21728CONFIG_MSNDCLAS_MEM
21729  Memory-mapped I/O base address for the MultiSound Classic and
21730  related cards.
21731
21732Full pathname of MSNDINIT.BIN firmware file
21733CONFIG_MSNDCLAS_INIT_FILE
21734  The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required for
21735  operation, and are not currently included. These files can be
21736  obtained from Turtle Beach. See
21737  <file:Documentation/sound/MultiSound> for information on how to
21738  obtain this.
21739
21740Full pathname of MSNDPERM.BIN firmware file
21741CONFIG_MSNDCLAS_PERM_FILE
21742  The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required for
21743  operation, and are not currently included. These files can be
21744  obtained from Turtle Beach. See
21745  <file:Documentation/sound/MultiSound> for information on how to
21746  obtain this.
21747
21748Support for Turtle Beach MultiSound Pinnacle, Fiji
21749CONFIG_SOUND_MSNDPIN
21750  Say M here if you have a Turtle Beach MultiSound Pinnacle or Fiji.
21751  See <file:Documentation/sound/MultiSound> for important information
21752  about this driver. Note that it has been discontinued, but the
21753  Voyetra Turtle Beach knowledge base entry for it is still available
21754  at <http://www.voyetra-turtle-beach.com/site/kb_ftp/600.asp>.
21755
21756MSND Pinnacle IDE I/O 0
21757CONFIG_MSNDPIN_IDE_IO0
21758  CD-ROM drive 0 memory-mapped I/O base address for the MultiSound
21759  Pinnacle and Fiji sound cards.
21760
21761MSND Pinnacle IDE I/O 1
21762CONFIG_MSNDPIN_IDE_IO1
21763  CD-ROM drive 1 memory-mapped I/O base address for the MultiSound
21764  Pinnacle and Fiji sound cards.
21765
21766MSND Pinnacle IDE IRQ
21767CONFIG_MSNDPIN_IDE_IRQ
21768  Interrupt request number for the IDE CD-ROM interface on the
21769  MultiSound Pinnacle and Fiji sound cards.
21770
21771MSND Pinnacle I/O
21772CONFIG_MSNDPIN_IO
21773  Memory-mapped I/O base address for the primary synthesizer on
21774  MultiSound Pinnacle and Fiji sound cards.
21775
21776MSND Pinnacle MPU I/O
21777CONFIG_MSNDPIN_MPU_IO
21778  Memory-mapped I/O base address for the Kurzweil daughterboard
21779  synthesizer on MultiSound Pinnacle and Fiji sound cards.
21780
21781MSND Pinnacle MPU IRQ
21782CONFIG_MSNDPIN_MPU_IRQ
21783  Iinterrupt request number for the Kurzweil daughterboard
21784  synthesizer on MultiSound Pinnacle and Fiji sound cards.
21785
21786MSND Pinnacle IRQ
21787CONFIG_MSNDPIN_IRQ
21788  Interrupt request line for the primary synthesizer on MultiSound
21789  Pinnacle and Fiji sound cards.
21790
21791MSND Pinnacle joystick I/O
21792CONFIG_MSNDPIN_JOYSTICK_IO
21793  Memory-mapped I/O base address for the joystick port on MultiSound
21794  Pinnacle and Fiji sound cards.
21795
21796MSND Pinnacle memory
21797CONFIG_MSNDPIN_MEM
21798  Memory-mapped I/O base address for the primary synthesizer on
21799  MultiSound Pinnacle and Fiji sound cards.
21800
21801Full pathname of PNDSPINI.BIN firmware file
21802CONFIG_MSNDPIN_INIT_FILE
21803  The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required
21804  for operation, and are not currently included. These files can be
21805  obtained from Turtle Beach. See
21806  <file:Documentation/sound/MultiSound> for information on how to
21807  obtain this.
21808
21809Full pathname of PNDSPERM.BIN firmware file
21810CONFIG_MSNDPIN_PERM_FILE
21811  The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required for
21812  operation, and are not currently included. These files can be
21813  obtained from Turtle Beach. See
21814  <file:Documentation/sound/MultiSound> for information on how to
21815  obtain this.
21816
21817MSND Pinnacle has S/PDIF I/O
21818CONFIG_MSNDPIN_DIGITAL
21819  If you have the S/PDIF daughter board for the Pinnacle or Fiji,
21820  answer Y here; otherwise, say N. If you have this, you will be able
21821  to play and record from the S/PDIF port (digital signal). See
21822  <file:Documentation/sound/MultiSound> for information on how to make
21823  use of this capability.
21824
21825MSND Pinnacle non-PnP Mode
21826CONFIG_MSNDPIN_NONPNP
21827  The Pinnacle and Fiji card resources can be configured either with
21828  PnP, or through a configuration port. Say Y here if your card is NOT
21829  in PnP mode. For the Pinnacle, configuration in non-PnP mode allows
21830  use of the IDE and joystick peripherals on the card as well; these
21831  do not show up when the card is in PnP mode. Specifying zero for any
21832  resource of a device will disable the device. If you are running the
21833  card in PnP mode, you must say N here and use isapnptools to
21834  configure the card's resources.
21835
21836MSND Pinnacle config port
21837CONFIG_MSNDPIN_CFG
21838  This is the port which the Pinnacle and Fiji uses to configure the
21839  card's resources when not in PnP mode. If your card is in PnP mode,
21840  then be sure to say N to the previous option, "MSND Pinnacle Non-PnP
21841  Mode".
21842
21843MSND buffer size (kB)
21844CONFIG_MSND_FIFOSIZE
21845  Configures the size of each audio buffer, in kilobytes, for
21846  recording and playing in the MultiSound drivers (both the Classic
21847  and Pinnacle). Larger values reduce the chance of data overruns at
21848  the expense of overall latency. If unsure, use the default.
21849
21850Yamaha FM synthesizer (YM3812/OPL-3) support
21851CONFIG_SOUND_YM3812
21852  Answer Y if your card has a FM chip made by Yamaha (OPL2/OPL3/OPL4).
21853  Answering Y is usually a safe and recommended choice, however some
21854  cards may have software (TSR) FM emulation. Enabling FM support with
21855  these cards may cause trouble (I don't currently know of any such
21856  cards, however). Please read the file
21857  <file:Documentation/sound/OPL3> if your card has an OPL3 chip.
21858
21859  If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add
21860  "opl3=<io>" to the kernel command line.
21861
21862  If unsure, say Y.
21863
21864ACI mixer (miroSOUND PCM1-pro/PCM12/PCM20 radio)
21865CONFIG_SOUND_ACI_MIXER
21866  ACI (Audio Command Interface) is a protocol used to communicate with
21867  the microcontroller on some sound cards produced by miro and
21868  Cardinal Technologies.  The main function of the ACI is to control
21869  the mixer and to get a product identification.
21870
21871  This VoxWare ACI driver currently supports the ACI functions on the
21872  miroSOUND PCM1-pro, PCM12 and PCM20 radio. On the PCM20 radio, ACI
21873  also controls the radio tuner. This is supported in the video4linux
21874  miropcm20 driver (say M or Y here and go back to "Multimedia
21875  devices" -> "Radio Adapters").
21876
21877  This driver is also available as a module and will be called aci.o.
21878
21879SB32/AWE support
21880CONFIG_SOUND_AWE32_SYNTH
21881  Say Y here if you have a Sound Blaster SB32, AWE32-PnP, SB AWE64 or
21882  similar sound card. See <file:Documentation/sound/README.awe>,
21883  <file:Documentation/sound/AWE32> and the Soundblaster-AWE
21884  mini-HOWTO, available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>
21885  for more info.
21886
21887Gallant Audio Cards (SC-6000 and SC-6600 based)
21888CONFIG_SOUND_AEDSP16
21889  Answer Y if you have a Gallant's Audio Excel DSP 16 card. This
21890  driver supports Audio Excel DSP 16 but not the III nor PnP versions
21891  of this card.
21892
21893  The Gallant's Audio Excel DSP 16 card can emulate either an SBPro or
21894  a Microsoft Sound System card, so you should have said Y to either
21895  "100% Sound Blaster compatibles (SB16/32/64, ESS, Jazz16) support"
21896  or "Microsoft Sound System support", above, and you need to answer
21897  the "MSS emulation" and "SBPro emulation" questions below
21898  accordingly. You should say Y to one and only one of these two
21899  questions.
21900
21901  Read the <file:Documentation/sound/README.OSS> file and the head of
21902  <file:drivers/sound/aedsp16.c> as well as
21903  <file:Documentation/sound/AudioExcelDSP16> to get more information
21904  about this driver and its configuration.
21905
21906Audio Excel DSP 16 (SBPro emulation)
21907CONFIG_AEDSP16_SBPRO
21908  Answer Y if you want your audio card to emulate Sound Blaster Pro.
21909  You should then say Y to "100% Sound Blaster compatibles
21910  (SB16/32/64, ESS, Jazz16) support" and N to "Audio Excel DSP 16 (MSS
21911  emulation)".
21912
21913  If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add
21914  "aedsp16=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<mssio>,<mpuio>,<mouirq>" to the kernel
21915  command line.
21916
21917Audio Excel DSP 16 (MSS emulation)
21918CONFIG_AEDSP16_MSS
21919  Answer Y if you want your audio card to emulate Microsoft Sound
21920  System. You should then say Y to "Microsoft Sound System support"
21921  and say N to "Audio Excel DSP 16 (SBPro emulation)".
21922
21923SC-6600 based audio cards (new Audio Excel DSP 16)
21924CONFIG_SC6600
21925  The SC6600 is the new version of DSP mounted on the Audio Excel DSP
21926  16 cards. Find in the manual the FCC ID of your audio card and
21927  answer Y if you have an SC6600 DSP.
21928
21929SC-6600 Joystick Interface
21930CONFIG_SC6600_JOY
21931  Say Y here in order to use the joystick interface of the Audio Excel
21932  DSP 16 card.
21933
21934SC-6600 CD-ROM Interface
21935CONFIG_SC6600_CDROM  (4=None, 3=IDE, 1=Panasonic, 0=Sony)
21936  This is used to activate the CD-ROM interface of the Audio Excel
21937  DSP 16 card. Enter: 0 for Sony, 1 for Panasonic, 2 for IDE, 4 for no
21938  CD-ROM present.
21939
21940SC-6600 CD-ROM Interface I/O Address
21941CONFIG_SC6600_CDROMBASE
21942  Base I/O port address for the CD-ROM interface of the Audio Excel
21943  DSP 16 card.
21944
21945Audio Excel DSP 16 (MPU401 emulation)
21946CONFIG_AEDSP16_MPU401
21947  Answer Y if you want your audio card to emulate the MPU-401 midi
21948  interface. You should then also say Y to "MPU-401 support".
21949
21950  Note that the I/O base for MPU-401 support of aedsp16 is the same
21951  you have selected for "MPU-401 support". If you are using this
21952  driver as a module you have to specify the MPU I/O base address with
21953  the parameter 'mpu_base=0xNNN'.
21954
21955SC-6600 CDROM Interface (4=None, 3=IDE, 1=Panasonic, 0=?Sony?)
21956CONFIG_SC6600_CDROM
21957  This is used to activate the CD-ROM interface of the Audio Excel
21958  DSP 16 card. Enter: 0 for Sony, 1 for Panasonic, 2 for IDE, 4 for no
21959  CD-ROM present.
21960
21961C-Media PCI (CMI8338/8738)
21962CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI
21963  Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card using the CMI8338
21964  or the CMI8738 chipset.  Data on these chips are available at
21965  <http://www.cmedia.com.tw/>.
21966
21967  A userspace utility to control some internal registers of these
21968  chips is available at
21969  <http://member.nifty.ne.jp/Breeze/softwares/unix/cmictl-e.html>.
21970
21971Support CMI8738 based audio cards
21972CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_CM8738
21973  Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card using the CMI8338
21974  or the CMI8378 chipset.  Data on this chip is available at
21975  <http://www.cmedia.com.tw/doc8738.htm>.
21976
21977  A userspace utility to control some internal registers of these
21978  chips is available at
21979  <http://member.nifty.ne.jp/Breeze/softwares/unix/cmictl-e.html>.
21980
21981Enable joystick
21982CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_JOYSTICK
21983  Say here in order to enable the joystick port on a sound crd using
21984  the CMI8338 or the CMI8738 chipset.  Data on these chips are
21985  available at <http://www.cmedia.com.tw/>.
21986
21987Number of speakers (2, 4, 5, 6)
21988CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_SPEAKERS
21989  Specify the number of speaker channels you want the card to drive,
21990  as an integer.
21991
21992Enable S/PDIF loop for CMI8738
21993CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_SPDIFLOOP
21994  Enable loopback from SPDIF in to SPDIF out.  For discussion, see
21995  "The 8738 Audio SPDIF In/Out Technical Data" on the technical
21996  support page at <http://www.cmedia.com.tw/>.
21997
21998  A userspace utility to control even more internal registers of these
21999  chips is available at
22000  <http://member.nifty.ne.jp/Breeze/softwares/unix/cmictl-e.html>.
22001  This package will among other things help you enable SPDIF
22002  out/in/loop/monitor.
22003
22004Enable legacy FM
22005CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_FM
22006  Say Y here to enable the legacy FM (frequency-modulation) synthesis
22007  support on a card using the CMI8338 or CMI8378 chipset.
22008
22009FM I/O 388, 3C8, 3E0, 3E8
22010CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_FMIO
22011  Set the base I/O address for FM synthesis control on a card using
22012  the CMI8338 or CMI8378 chipset.
22013
22014Enable legacy MPU-401
22015CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_MIDI
22016  Say Y here to enable the legacy MP401 MIDI synthesis support on a
22017  card using the CMI8338 or CMI8378 chipset.
22018
22019MPU-401 I/O 330, 320, 310, 300
22020CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_MPUIO
22021  Set the base I/O address for MP401 MIDI synthesis control on a card
22022  using the CMI8338 or CMI8378 chipset.
22023
22024Inverse S/PDIF in for CMI8738
22025CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_SPDIFINVERSE
22026  Say Y here to have the driver invert the signal presented on SPDIF IN
22027  of a card using the CMI8338 or CMI8378 chipset.
22028
22029Use Line-in as Read-out
22030CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_LINE_REAR
22031  Say Y here to enable using line-in jack as an output jack for a rear
22032  speaker.
22033
22034Use Line-in as Bass
22035CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_LINE_BASS
22036  Say Y here to enable using line-in jack as an output jack for a bass
22037  speaker.
22038
22039Creative SBLive! (EMU10K1) based PCI sound cards
22040CONFIG_SOUND_EMU10K1
22041  Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card using the EMU10K1 chipset,
22042  such as the Creative SBLive!, SB PCI512 or Emu-APS.
22043
22044  For more information on this driver and the degree of support for
22045  the different card models please check:
22046
22047	<http://sourceforge.net/projects/emu10k1/>
22048
22049  It is now possible to load dsp microcode patches into the EMU10K1
22050  chip.  These patches are used to implement real time sound
22051  processing effects which include for example: signal routing,
22052  bass/treble control, AC3 passthrough, ...
22053  Userspace tools to create new patches and load/unload them can be
22054  found in the emu-tools package at the above URL.
22055
22056Creative SBLive! (EMU10K1) MIDI
22057CONFIG_MIDI_EMU10K1
22058  Say Y if you want to be able to use the OSS /dev/sequencer
22059  interface.  This code is still experimental.
22060
22061Crystal SoundFusion (CS4280/461x)
22062CONFIG_SOUND_FUSION
22063  This module drives the Crystal SoundFusion devices (CS4280/46xx
22064  series) when wired as native sound drivers with AC97 codecs.  If
22065  this driver does not work try the CS4232 driver.
22066
22067Ensoniq AudioPCI (ES1370) based PCI sound cards
22068CONFIG_SOUND_ES1370
22069  Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the Ensoniq
22070  ES1370 chipset, such as Ensoniq's AudioPCI (non-97). To find
22071  out if your sound card uses an ES1370 without removing your
22072  computer's cover, use lspci -n and look for the PCI ID
22073  1274:5000. Since Ensoniq was bought by Creative Labs,
22074  Sound Blaster 64/PCI models are either ES1370 or ES1371 based.
22075  This driver differs slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ
22076  <file:Documentation/sound/es1370>.
22077
22078Ensoniq AudioPCI 97 (ES1371) based sound cards
22079CONFIG_SOUND_ES1371
22080  Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the Ensoniq
22081  ES1371 chipset, such as Ensoniq's AudioPCI97. To find out if
22082  your sound card uses an ES1371 without removing your computer's
22083  cover, use lspci -n and look for the PCI ID 1274:1371. Since
22084  Ensoniq was bought by Creative Labs, Sound Blaster 64/PCI
22085  models are either ES1370 or ES1371 based. This driver differs
22086  slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ
22087  <file:Documentation/sound/es1371>.
22088
22089ESS Solo1 based PCI sound cards (eg. SC1938)
22090CONFIG_SOUND_ESSSOLO1
22091  Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the ESS Technology
22092  Solo1 chip. To find out if your sound card uses a
22093  Solo1 chip without removing your computer's cover, use
22094  lspci -n and look for the PCI ID 125D:1969. This driver
22095  differs slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ
22096  <file:Documentation/sound/solo1>.
22097
22098S3 SonicVibes based PCI sound cards
22099CONFIG_SOUND_SONICVIBES
22100  Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the S3
22101  SonicVibes chipset. To find out if your sound card uses a
22102  SonicVibes chip without removing your computer's cover, use
22103  lspci -n and look for the PCI ID 5333:CA00. This driver
22104  differs slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ
22105  <file:Documentation/sound/sonicvibes>.
22106
22107Trident 4DWave DX/NX, SiS 7018 or ALi 5451 PCI Audio Core
22108CONFIG_SOUND_TRIDENT
22109  Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the Trident
22110  4DWave-DX/NX chipset or your mother board chipset has SiS 7018
22111  or ALi 5451 built-in. The SiS 7018 PCI Audio Core is embedded
22112  in SiS960 Super South Bridge and SiS540/630 Single Chipset.
22113  The ALi 5451 PCI Audio Core is embedded in ALi M1535, M1535D,
22114  M1535+ or M1535D+ South Bridge.
22115
22116  Use lspci -n to find out if your sound card or chipset uses
22117  Trident 4DWave or SiS 7018. PCI ID 1023:2000 or 1023:2001 stands
22118  for Trident 4Dwave. PCI ID 1039:7018 stands for SiS7018. PCI ID
22119  10B9:5451 stands for ALi5451.
22120
22121  This driver supports S/PDIF in/out (record/playback) for ALi 5451
22122  embedded in ALi M1535+ and M1535D+. Note that they aren't all
22123  enabled by default; you can enable them by saying Y to "/proc file
22124  system support" and "Sysctl support", and after the /proc file
22125  system has been mounted, executing the command
22126
22127	command			what is enabled
22128
22129  echo 0>/proc/ALi5451	pcm out is also set to S/PDIF out. (Default).
22130
22131  echo 1>/proc/ALi5451	use S/PDIF out to output pcm data.
22132
22133  echo 2>/proc/ALi5451	use S/PDIF out to output non-pcm data.
22134                        (AC3...).
22135
22136  echo 3>/proc/ALi5451	record from Ac97 in(MIC, Line in...).
22137                        (Default).
22138
22139  echo 4>/proc/ALi5451	no matter Ac97 settings, record from S/PDIF
22140                        in.
22141
22142
22143  This driver differs slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ the
22144  comments at the top of <file:drivers/sound/trident.c>.
22145
22146Rockwell WaveArtist
22147CONFIG_SOUND_WAVEARTIST
22148  Say Y here to include support for the Rockwell WaveArtist sound
22149  system.  This driver is mainly for the NetWinder.
22150
22151VIA 82Cxxx Audio Codec
22152CONFIG_SOUND_VIA82CXXX
22153  Say Y here to include support for the audio codec found on VIA
22154  82Cxxx-based chips. Typically these are built into a motherboard.
22155
22156  DO NOT select Sound Blaster or Adlib with this driver, unless
22157  you have a Sound Blaster or Adlib card in addition to your VIA
22158  audio chip.
22159
22160VIA 82C686 MIDI
22161CONFIG_MIDI_VIA82CXXX
22162  Answer Y to use the MIDI interface of the Via686. You may need to
22163  enable this in the BIOS before it will work. This is for connection
22164  to external MIDI hardware, and is not required for software playback
22165  of MIDI files.
22166
22167NeoMagic 256AV/256ZX sound chipsets
22168CONFIG_SOUND_NM256
22169  Say M here to include audio support for the NeoMagic 256AV/256ZX
22170  chipsets. These are the audio chipsets found in the Sony
22171  Z505S/SX/DX, some Sony F-series, and the Dell Latitude CPi and CPt
22172  laptops. It includes support for an AC97-compatible mixer and an
22173  apparently proprietary sound engine.
22174
22175  See <file:Documentation/sound/NM256> for further information.
22176
22177ESS Maestro, Maestro2, Maestro2E driver
22178CONFIG_SOUND_MAESTRO
22179  Say Y or M if you have a sound system driven by ESS's Maestro line
22180  of PCI sound chips.  These include the Maestro 1, Maestro 2, and
22181  Maestro 2E.  See <file:Documentation/sound/Maestro> for more
22182  details.
22183
22184ESS Maestro3/Allegro driver
22185CONFIG_SOUND_MAESTRO3
22186  Say Y or M if you have a sound system driven by ESS's Maestro 3
22187  PCI sound chip.
22188
22189ForteMedia FM801 driver
22190CONFIG_SOUND_FORTE
22191  Say Y or M if you want driver support for the ForteMedia FM801 PCI
22192  audio controller (Abit AU10, Genius Sound Maker, HP Workstation
22193  zx2000, and others).
22194
22195Adlib Cards
22196CONFIG_SOUND_ADLIB
22197  Includes ASB 64 4D. Information on programming AdLib cards is
22198  available at <http://www.itsnet.com/home/ldragon/Specs/adlib.html>.
22199
22200Crystal Sound CS4281
22201CONFIG_SOUND_CS4281
22202  Picture and feature list at
22203  <http://www.pcbroker.com/crystal4281.html>.
22204
2220516 bit sampling option of GUS (_NOT_ GUS MAX)
22206CONFIG_SOUND_GUS16
22207  Support for Gravis Ulstrasound (GUS) cards (other than the GUS),
22208  sampling at 16-bit width.
22209
22210GUS MAX support
22211CONFIG_SOUND_GUSMAX
22212  Support for Gravis Ulstrasound MAX.
22213
22214Intel ICH audio support
22215CONFIG_SOUND_ICH
22216  Supports the following chipsets:
22217
22218  Intel ICH 82801AA
22219  Intel ICH 82901AB
22220  Intel 440 MX
22221  Intel ICH2
22222  Intel ICH3
22223  SiS 7012
22224  NVidia nForce
22225  AMD 768
22226
22227  These are audio drivers for integral audio in chipsets of motherboards.
22228
22229  Intel's I/O Controller Hub (ICH) is used on 810/815/820/840/845/845D/850 motherboards.
22230  SiS 7012 is used on 645/735/745 motherboards.
22231
22232Verbose initialization
22233CONFIG_SOUND_TRACEINIT
22234  Verbose soundcard initialization -- affects the format of autoprobe
22235  and initialization messages at boot time.
22236
22237TV card (bt848) mixer support
22238CONFIG_SOUND_TVMIXER
22239  Support for audio mixer facilities on the BT848 TV frame-grabber
22240  card.
22241
22242VIDC 16-bit sound
22243CONFIG_SOUND_VIDC
22244  16-bit support for the VIDC onboard sound hardware found on Acorn
22245  machines.
22246
22247Loopback MIDI device support
22248CONFIG_SOUND_VMIDI
22249  Support for MIDI loopback on port 1 or 2.
22250
22251Yamaha YMF7xx PCI audio (native mode)
22252CONFIG_SOUND_YMFPCI
22253  Support for Yamaha cards with the following chipsets: YMF724,
22254  YMF724F, YMF740, YMF740C, YMF744, and YMF754.
22255
22256  Two common cards that use this type of chip are Waveforce 192XG,
22257  and Waveforce 192 Digital.
22258
22259Yamaha PCI legacy ports support
22260CONFIG_SOUND_YMFPCI_LEGACY
22261  Support for YMF7xx PCI cards emulating an MP401.
22262
22263RME Hammerfall (RME96XX) support
22264CONFIG_SOUND_RME96XX
22265  Say Y or M if you have a Hammerfall or Hammerfall light multichannel card
22266  from RME. If you want to acess advanced features of the card, read
22267  Documentation/sound/rme96xx.
22268
22269Are you using a crosscompiler
22270CONFIG_CROSSCOMPILE
22271  Say Y here if you are compiling the kernel on a different
22272  architecture than the one it is intended to run on.
22273
22274Kernel support for Linux/MIPS 32-bit binary compatibility
22275CONFIG_MIPS32_COMPAT
22276  Select this option if you want Linux/MIPS 32-bit binary
22277  compatibility. Since all software available for Linux/MIPS is
22278  currently 32-bit you should say Y here.
22279
22280Kernel support for o32 binaries
22281CONFIG_MIPS32_O32
22282  Select this option if you want to run o32 binaries.  These are pure
22283  32-bit binaries as used by the 32-bit Linux/MIPS port.  Most of
22284  existing binaries are in this format.
22285
22286  If unsure, say Y.
22287
22288Kernel support for n32 binaries
22289CONFIG_MIPS32_N32
22290  Select this option if you want to run n32 binaries.  These are
22291  64-bit binaries using 32-bit quantities for addressing and certain
22292  data that would normally be 64-bit.  They are used in special
22293  cases.
22294
22295  If unsure, say N.
22296
22297Build fp exception handler module
22298CONFIG_MIPS_FPE_MODULE
22299  Build the floating point exception handler module. This option is
22300  only useful for people working on the floating point exception
22301  handler. If you don't, say N.
22302
22303Galileo EV64120 Evaluation board
22304CONFIG_MIPS_EV64120
22305  This is an evaluation board based on the Galileo GT-64120
22306  single-chip system controller that contains a MIPS R5000 compatible
22307  core running at 75/100MHz.  Their website is located at
22308  <http://www.marvell.com/>.  Say Y here if you wish to build a
22309  kernel for this platform.
22310
22311Galileo EV96100 Evaluation board
22312CONFIG_MIPS_EV96100
22313  This is an evaluation board based on the Galielo GT-96100 LAN/WAN
22314  communications controllers containing a MIPS R5000 compatible core
22315  running at 83MHz. Their website is <http://www.marvell.com/>. Say Y
22316  here if you wish to build a kernel for this platform.
22317
22318Support for ITE 8172G board
22319CONFIG_MIPS_ITE8172
22320  Ths is an evaluation board made by ITE <http://www.ite.com.tw/>
22321  with ATX form factor that utilizes a MIPS R5000 to work with its
22322  ITE8172G companion internet appliance chip. The MIPS core can be
22323  either a NEC Vr5432 or QED RM5231. Say Y here if you wish to build
22324  a kernel for this platform.
22325
22326Support for Globespan IVR board
22327CONFIG_MIPS_IVR
22328  This is an evaluation board built by Globespan to showcase their
22329  iVR (Internet Video Recorder) design. It utilizes a QED RM5231
22330  R5000 MIPS core. More information can be found out their website
22331  located at <http://www.globespan.net/>. Say Y here if you wish to
22332  build a kernel for this platform.
22333
22334Support for Alchemy Semi PB1000 board
22335CONFIG_MIPS_PB1000
22336  This is an evaluation board built by Alchemy Semiconductor to
22337  showcase their Au1000 Internet Edge Processor. It is SOC design
22338  containing a MIPS32 core running at 266/400/500MHz with many
22339  integrated peripherals. Further information can be found at their
22340  website, <http://www.alchemysemi.com/>. Say Y here if you wish to
22341  build a kernel for this platform.
22342
22343Support for Philips Nino
22344CONFIG_NINO
22345  Say Y here to select a kernel for the Philips Nino Palm PC. The
22346  website at <http://www.realitydiluted.com/projects/nino/index.html>
22347  will have more information.
22348
22349# Choice: nino_model
22350CONFIG_NINO_4MB
22351  Say Y here to build a kernel specifically for Nino Palm PCs with
22352  4MB of memory. These include models 300/301/302/319.
22353
22354Model-200/210/312/320/325/350/390
22355CONFIG_NINO_8MB
22356  Say Y here to build a kernel specifically for Nino Palm PCs with
22357  8MB of memory. These include models 200/210/312/320/325/350/390.
22358
22359Model-500/510
22360CONFIG_NINO_16MB
22361  Say Y here to build a kernel specifically for Nino 500/501 color
22362  Palm PCs from Philips (INCOMPLETE).
22363Model-300/301/302/319
22364
22365Enable run-time debugging
22366CONFIG_RUNTIME_DEBUG
22367  If you say Y here, some debugging macros will do run-time checking.
22368  If you say N here, those macros will mostly turn to no-ops.  Currently
22369  supported by MIPS arch.  See include/asm-mips/debug.h for debuging macros.
22370  If unsure, say N.
22371
22372Run uncached
22373CONFIG_MIPS_UNCACHED
22374  If you say Y here there kernel will disable all CPU caches.  This will
22375  reduce the system's performance dramatically but can help finding
22376  otherwise hard to track bugs.  It can also useful if you're doing
22377  hardware debugging with a logic analyzer and need to see all traffic
22378  on the bus.
22379
22380AU1000 ethernet controller on SGI MIPS system
22381CONFIG_MIPS_AU1000_ENET
22382  If you have an Alchemy Semi AU1000 ethernet controller
22383  on an SGI MIPS system, say Y.  Otherwise, say N.
22384
22385WD93 SCSI Controller on SGI MIPS system
22386CONFIG_SGIWD93_SCSI
22387  If you have a Western Digital WD93 SCSI controller on
22388  an SGI MIPS system, say Y.  Otherwise, say N.
22389
22390Magic System Request Key support
22391CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ
22392  If you say Y here, you will have some control over the system even
22393  if the system crashes for example during kernel debugging (e.g., you
22394  will be able to flush the buffer cache to disk, reboot the system
22395  immediately or dump some status information). This is accomplished
22396  by pressing various keys while holding SysRq (Alt+PrintScreen). It
22397  also works on a serial console (on PC hardware at least), if you
22398  send a BREAK and then within 5 seconds a command keypress. The
22399  keys are documented in <file:Documentation/sysrq.txt>. Don't say Y
22400  unless you really know what this hack does.
22401
22402ISDN support
22403CONFIG_ISDN
22404  ISDN ("Integrated Services Digital Networks", called RNIS in France)
22405  is a special type of fully digital telephone service; it's mostly
22406  used to connect to your Internet service provider (with SLIP or
22407  PPP).  The main advantage is that the speed is higher than ordinary
22408  modem/telephone connections, and that you can have voice
22409  conversations while downloading stuff.  It only works if your
22410  computer is equipped with an ISDN card and both you and your service
22411  provider purchased an ISDN line from the phone company.  For
22412  details, read <http://alumni.caltech.edu/~dank/isdn/> on the WWW.
22413
22414  This driver allows you to use an ISDN-card for networking
22415  connections and as dialin/out device.  The isdn-tty's have a built
22416  in AT-compatible modem emulator.  Network devices support autodial,
22417  channel-bundling, callback and caller-authentication without having
22418  a daemon running.  A reduced T.70 protocol is supported with tty's
22419  suitable for German BTX.  On D-Channel, the protocols EDSS1
22420  (Euro-ISDN) and 1TR6 (German style) are supported.  See
22421  <file:Documentation/isdn/README> for more information.
22422
22423  If you want to compile the ISDN code as a module ( = code which can
22424  be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
22425  want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The
22426  module will be called isdn.o. If unsure, say N.
22427
22428Support synchronous PPP
22429CONFIG_ISDN_PPP
22430  Over digital connections such as ISDN, there is no need to
22431  synchronize sender and recipient's clocks with start and stop bits
22432  as is done over analog telephone lines. Instead, one can use
22433  "synchronous PPP". Saying Y here will include this protocol. This
22434  protocol is used by Cisco and Sun for example. So you want to say Y
22435  here if the other end of your ISDN connection supports it. You will
22436  need a special version of pppd (called ipppd) for using this
22437  feature. See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.syncppp> and
22438  <file:Documentation/isdn/syncPPP.FAQ> for more information.
22439
22440PPP filtering for ISDN
22441CONFIG_IPPP_FILTER
22442  Say Y here if you want to be able to filter the packets passing over
22443  IPPP interfaces.  This allows you to control which packets count as
22444  activity (i.e. which packets will reset the idle timer or bring up
22445  a demand-dialled link) and which packets are to be dropped entirely.
22446  You need to say Y here if you wish to use the pass-filter and
22447  active-filter options to ipppd.
22448
22449  If unsure, say N.
22450
22451Support generic MP (RFC 1717)
22452CONFIG_ISDN_MPP
22453  With synchronous PPP enabled, it is possible to increase throughput
22454  by bundling several ISDN-connections, using this protocol. See
22455  <file:Documentation/isdn/README.syncppp> for more information.
22456
22457Use VJ-compression with synchronous PPP
22458CONFIG_ISDN_PPP_VJ
22459  This enables Van Jacobson header compression for synchronous PPP.
22460  Say Y if the other end of the connection supports it.
22461
22462Support BSD compression
22463CONFIG_ISDN_PPP_BSDCOMP
22464  Support for the BSD-Compress compression method for PPP, which uses
22465  the LZW compression method to compress each PPP packet before it is
22466  sent over the wire. The machine at the other end of the PPP link
22467  (usually your ISP) has to support the BSD-Compress compression
22468  method as well for this to be useful. Even if they don't support it,
22469  it is safe to say Y here.
22470
22471  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
22472  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
22473  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
22474  will be called isdn_bsdcomp.o.
22475
22476Support audio via ISDN
22477CONFIG_ISDN_AUDIO
22478  If you say Y here, the modem-emulator will support a subset of the
22479  EIA Class 8 Voice commands. Using a getty with voice-support
22480  (mgetty+sendfax by gert@greenie.muc.de with an extension, available
22481  with the ISDN utility package for example), you will be able to use
22482  your Linux box as an ISDN-answering machine. Of course, this must be
22483  supported by the lowlevel driver also. Currently, the HiSax driver
22484  is the only voice-supporting driver. See
22485  <file:Documentation/isdn/README.audio> for more information.
22486
22487X.25 PLP on top of ISDN
22488CONFIG_ISDN_X25
22489  This feature provides the X.25 protocol over ISDN connections.
22490  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.x25> for more information
22491  if you are thinking about using this.
22492
22493ISDN diversion services support
22494CONFIG_ISDN_DIVERSION
22495  This option allows you to use some supplementary diversion
22496  services in conjunction with the HiSax driver on an EURO/DSS1
22497  line.
22498
22499  Supported options are CD (call deflection), CFU (Call forward
22500  unconditional), CFB (Call forward when busy) and CFNR (call forward
22501  not reachable). Additionally the actual CFU, CFB and CFNR state may
22502  be interrogated.
22503
22504  The use of CFU, CFB, CFNR and interrogation may be limited to some
22505  countries. The keypad protocol is still not implemented. CD should
22506  work in all countries if the service has been subscribed to.
22507
22508  Please read the file <file:Documentation/isdn/README.diversion>.
22509
22510  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
22511  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
22512  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
22513  will be called dss1_divert.o.
22514
22515ICN 2B and 4B support
22516CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_ICN
22517  This enables support for two kinds of ISDN-cards made by a German
22518  company called ICN.  2B is the standard version for a single ISDN
22519  line with two B-channels, 4B supports two ISDN lines.  For running
22520  this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has to be
22521  downloaded into the card using a utility which is distributed
22522  separately.  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README> and
22523  <file:Documentation/isdn/README.icn> for more
22524  information.
22525
22526  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
22527  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
22528  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
22529  will be called icn.o.
22530
22531isdnloop support
22532CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_LOOP
22533  This driver provides a virtual ISDN card. Its primary purpose is
22534  testing of linklevel features or configuration without getting
22535  charged by your service-provider for lots of phone calls.
22536  You need will need the loopctrl utility from the latest isdn4k-utils
22537  package to set up this driver.
22538
22539  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
22540  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
22541  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
22542  will be called isdnloop.o.
22543
22544HiSax SiemensChipSet driver support
22545CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_HISAX
22546  This is a driver supporting the Siemens chipset on various
22547  ISDN-cards (like AVM A1, Elsa ISDN cards, Teles S0-16.0, Teles
22548  S0-16.3, Teles S0-8, Teles/Creatix PnP, ITK micro ix1 and many
22549  compatibles).
22550
22551  HiSax is just the name of this driver, not the name of any hardware.
22552
22553  If you have a card with such a chipset, you should say Y here and
22554  also to the configuration option of the driver for your particular
22555  card, below.
22556
22557  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
22558  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
22559  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
22560  will be called hisax.o.  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax>
22561  for more information on using this driver.
22562
22563HiSax Support for EURO/DSS1
22564CONFIG_HISAX_EURO
22565  Say Y or N according to the D-channel protocol which your local
22566  telephone service company provides.
22567
22568  The call control protocol E-DSS1 is used in most European countries.
22569  If unsure, say Y.
22570
22571Support for German chargeinfo
22572CONFIG_DE_AOC
22573  If you want that the HiSax hardware driver sends messages to the
22574  upper level of the isdn code on each AOCD (Advice Of Charge, During
22575  the call -- transmission of the fee information during a call) and
22576  on each AOCE (Advice Of Charge, at the End of the call --
22577  transmission of fee information at the end of the call), say Y here.
22578  This works only in Germany.
22579
22580Disable sending complete
22581CONFIG_HISAX_NO_SENDCOMPLETE
22582  If you have trouble with some ugly exchanges or you live in
22583  Australia select this option.
22584
22585Disable sending low layer compatibility
22586CONFIG_HISAX_NO_LLC
22587  If you have trouble with some ugly exchanges try to select this
22588  option.
22589
22590Disable keypad protocol option
22591CONFIG_HISAX_NO_KEYPAD
22592  If you like to send special dial strings including * or # without
22593  using the keypad protocol, select this option.
22594
22595HiSax Support for German 1TR6
22596CONFIG_HISAX_1TR6
22597  Say Y or N according to the D-channel protocol which your local
22598  telephone service company provides.
22599
22600  1TR6 is an old call control protocol which was used in Germany
22601  before E-DSS1 was established. Nowadays, all new lines in Germany
22602  use E-DSS1.
22603
22604HiSax Support for US NI1
22605CONFIG_HISAX_NI1
22606  Enable this if you like to use ISDN in US on a NI1 basic rate
22607  interface.
22608
22609Maximum number of cards supported by HiSax
22610CONFIG_HISAX_MAX_CARDS
22611  This is used to allocate a driver-internal structure array with one
22612  entry for each HiSax card on your system.
22613
22614Teles 16.0/8.0
22615CONFIG_HISAX_16_0
22616  This enables HiSax support for the Teles ISDN-cards S0-16.0, S0-8
22617  and many compatibles.
22618
22619  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22620  using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or
22621  non-standard IRQ/port/shmem settings.
22622
22623Teles 16.3 or PNP or PCMCIA
22624CONFIG_HISAX_16_3
22625  This enables HiSax support for the Teles ISDN-cards S0-16.3 the
22626  Teles/Creatix PnP and the Teles PCMCIA.
22627
22628  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22629  using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or
22630  non-standard IRQ/port settings.
22631
22632Teles PCI
22633CONFIG_HISAX_TELESPCI
22634  This enables HiSax support for the Teles PCI.
22635  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it.
22636
22637Teles S0Box
22638CONFIG_HISAX_S0BOX
22639  This enables HiSax support for the Teles/Creatix parallel port
22640  S0BOX.  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to
22641  configure it.
22642
22643AVM A1 (Fritz)
22644CONFIG_HISAX_AVM_A1
22645  This enables HiSax support for the AVM A1 (aka "Fritz").
22646
22647  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22648  using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or
22649  non-standard IRQ/port settings.
22650
22651AVM PnP/PCI (Fritz!PnP/PCI)
22652CONFIG_HISAX_FRITZPCI
22653  This enables HiSax support for the AVM "Fritz!PnP" and "Fritz!PCI".
22654  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it.
22655
22656AVM A1 PCMCIA (Fritz)
22657CONFIG_HISAX_AVM_A1_PCMCIA
22658  This enables HiSax support for the AVM A1 "Fritz!PCMCIA").
22659  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it.
22660
22661Elsa cards
22662CONFIG_HISAX_ELSA
22663  This enables HiSax support for the Elsa Mircolink ISA cards, for the
22664  Elsa Quickstep series cards and Elsa PCMCIA.
22665
22666  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22667  using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or
22668  non-standard IRQ/port settings.
22669
22670ITK ix1-micro Revision 2
22671CONFIG_HISAX_IX1MICROR2
22672  This enables HiSax support for the ITK ix1-micro Revision 2 card.
22673
22674  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22675  using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or
22676  non-standard IRQ/port settings.
22677
22678Eicon.Diehl Diva cards
22679CONFIG_HISAX_DIEHLDIVA
22680  This enables HiSax support for the Eicon.Diehl Diva none PRO
22681  versions passive ISDN cards.
22682
22683  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22684  using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or
22685  non-standard IRQ/port settings.
22686
22687ASUSCOM ISA cards
22688CONFIG_HISAX_ASUSCOM
22689  This enables HiSax support for the AsusCom and their OEM versions
22690  passive ISDN ISA cards.
22691
22692  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22693  using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or
22694  non-standard IRQ/port settings.
22695
22696TELEINT cards
22697CONFIG_HISAX_TELEINT
22698  This enables HiSax support for the TELEINT SA1 semiactiv ISDN card.
22699
22700  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22701  using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or
22702  non-standard IRQ/port settings.
22703
22704HFC-S based cards
22705CONFIG_HISAX_HFCS
22706  This enables HiSax support for the HFC-S 2BDS0 based cards, like
22707  teles 16.3c.
22708
22709  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22710  using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or
22711  non-standard IRQ/port settings.
22712
22713Sedlbauer cards
22714CONFIG_HISAX_SEDLBAUER
22715  This enables HiSax support for the Sedlbauer passive ISDN cards.
22716
22717  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22718  using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or
22719  non-standard IRQ/port settings.
22720
22721USR Sportster internal TA
22722CONFIG_HISAX_SPORTSTER
22723  This enables HiSax support for the USR Sportster internal TA card.
22724
22725  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22726  using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port
22727  settings.
22728
22729MIC card
22730CONFIG_HISAX_MIC
22731  This enables HiSax support for the ITH MIC card.
22732
22733  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22734  using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port
22735  settings.
22736
22737NETjet card
22738CONFIG_HISAX_NETJET
22739  This enables HiSax support for the NetJet from Traverse
22740  Technologies.
22741
22742  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22743  using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port
22744  settings.
22745
22746NETspider U card
22747CONFIG_HISAX_NETJET_U
22748  This enables HiSax support for the Netspider U interface ISDN card
22749  from Traverse Technologies.
22750  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22751  using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port
22752  settings.
22753
22754Niccy PnP/PCI card
22755CONFIG_HISAX_NICCY
22756  This enables HiSax support for the Dr. Neuhaus Niccy PnP or PCI.
22757
22758  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22759  using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port
22760  settings.
22761
22762Siemens I-Surf card
22763CONFIG_HISAX_ISURF
22764  This enables HiSax support for the Siemens I-Talk/I-Surf card with
22765  ISAR chip.
22766  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22767  using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port
22768  settings.
22769
22770HST Saphir card
22771CONFIG_HISAX_HSTSAPHIR
22772  This enables HiSax support for the HST Saphir card.
22773
22774  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22775  using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port
22776  settings.
22777
22778Telekom A4T card
22779CONFIG_HISAX_BKM_A4T
22780  This enables HiSax support for the Telekom A4T card.
22781
22782  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22783  using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port
22784  settings.
22785
22786Scitel Quadro card
22787CONFIG_HISAX_SCT_QUADRO
22788  This enables HiSax support for the Scitel Quadro card.
22789
22790  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22791  using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port
22792  settings.
22793
22794Gazel cards
22795CONFIG_HISAX_GAZEL
22796  This enables HiSax support for the Gazel cards.
22797
22798  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22799  using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port
22800  settings.
22801
22802HFC PCI-Bus cards
22803CONFIG_HISAX_HFC_PCI
22804  This enables HiSax support for the HFC-S PCI 2BDS0 based cards.
22805
22806  For more informations see under
22807  <file:Documentation/isdn/README.hfc-pci>.
22808
22809Winbond W6692 based cards
22810CONFIG_HISAX_W6692
22811  This enables HiSax support for Winbond W6692 based PCI ISDN cards.
22812
22813  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it
22814  using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port
22815  settings.
22816
22817HFC-S+, HFC-SP, HFC-PCMCIA cards
22818CONFIG_HISAX_HFC_SX
22819  This enables HiSax support for the HFC-S+, HFC-SP and HFC-PCMCIA
22820  cards. This code is not finished yet.
22821
22822Formula-n enter:now PCI card (EXPERIMENTAL)
22823CONFIG_HISAX_ENTERNOW_PCI
22824  This enables HiSax support for the Formula-n enter:now PCI
22825  ISDN card.
22826
22827Am7930
22828CONFIG_HISAX_AMD7930
22829  This enables HiSax support for the AMD7930 chips on some SPARCs.
22830  This code is not finished yet.
22831
22832HiSax debugging
22833CONFIG_HISAX_DEBUG
22834  This enables debugging code in the new-style HiSax drivers, i.e.
22835  the ST5481 USB driver currently.
22836  If in doubt, say yes.
22837
22838ELSA PCMCIA MicroLink cards
22839CONFIG_HISAX_ELSA_CS
22840  This enables the PCMCIA client driver for the Elsa PCMCIA MicroLink
22841  card.
22842
22843  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
22844  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
22845  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
22846  will be called elsa_cs.o.
22847
22848Sedlbauer PCMCIA cards
22849CONFIG_HISAX_SEDLBAUER_CS
22850  This enables the PCMCIA client driver for the Sedlbauer Speed Star
22851  and Speed Star II cards.
22852
22853  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
22854  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
22855  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
22856  will be called sedlbauer_cs.o.
22857
22858CONFIG_HISAX_AVM_A1_CS
22859  This enables the PCMCIA client driver for the AVM A1 / Fritz!Card
22860  PCMCIA cards.
22861
22862  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
22863  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
22864  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
22865  will be called avma1_cs.o.
22866
22867ST5481 USB ISDN modem
22868CONFIG_HISAX_ST5481
22869  This enables the driver for ST5481 based USB ISDN adapters,
22870  e.g. the BeWan Gazel 128 USB
22871
22872PCBIT-D support
22873CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_PCBIT
22874  This enables support for the PCBIT ISDN-card.  This card is
22875  manufactured in Portugal by Octal.  For running this card,
22876  additional firmware is necessary, which has to be downloaded into
22877  the card using a utility which is distributed separately.  See
22878  <file:Documentation/isdn/README> and
22879  <file:Documentation/isdn/README.pcbit> for more information.
22880
22881  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
22882  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
22883  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
22884  will be called pcbit.o.
22885
22886Spellcaster support
22887CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_SC
22888  This enables support for the Spellcaster BRI ISDN boards.  This
22889  driver currently builds only in a modularized version ( = code which
22890  can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
22891  want, details in <file:Documentation/modules.txt>); the module will
22892  be called sc.o.  See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.sc> and
22893  <http://www.spellcast.com/> for more information.
22894
22895Eicon active card support
22896CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_EICON
22897  Say Y here if you have an Eicon active ISDN card. In order to use
22898  this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has to be loaded
22899  into the card using the eiconctrl utility which is part of the
22900  latest isdn4k-utils package. Please read the file
22901  <file:Documentation/isdn/README.eicon> for more information.
22902
22903Legacy Eicon driver
22904CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_EICON_OLD
22905  Say Y here to use your Eicon active ISDN card with ISDN4Linux
22906  isdn module.
22907
22908  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
22909  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
22910  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
22911  will be called eicon.o.
22912
22913Eicon PCI DIVA Server BRI/PRI/4BRI support
22914CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_EICON_PCI
22915  Say Y here if you have an Eicon Diva Server (BRI/PRI/4BRI) ISDN
22916  card.  Please read <file:Documentation/isdn/README.eicon> for more
22917  information.
22918
22919Eicon old-type (S,SX,SCOM,Quadro,S2M) card support
22920CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_EICON_ISA
22921  Say Y here if you have an old-type Eicon active ISDN card. In order
22922  to use this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has to be
22923  loaded into the card using the eiconctrl utility which is part of
22924  the latest isdn4k-utils package. Please read the file
22925  <file:Documentation/isdn/README.eicon> for more information.
22926
22927Eicon driver type standalone
22928CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_EICON_DIVAS
22929  Enable this option if you want the eicon driver as standalone
22930  version with no interface to the ISDN4Linux isdn module. If you
22931  say Y here, the eicon module only supports the Diva Server PCI
22932  cards and will provide its own IDI interface. You should say N
22933  here.
22934
22935  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
22936  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
22937  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
22938  will be called divas.o.
22939
22940Support AT-Fax Class 1 and 2 commands
22941CONFIG_ISDN_TTY_FAX
22942  If you say Y here, the modem-emulator will support a subset of the
22943  Fax Class 1 and 2 commands. Using a getty with fax-support
22944  (mgetty+sendfax, hylafax), you will be able to use your Linux box as
22945  an ISDN-fax-machine. This must be supported by the lowlevel driver
22946  also. See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.fax> for more information.
22947
22948CAPI2.0 support
22949CONFIG_ISDN_CAPI
22950  This provides the CAPI (Common ISDN Application Programming
22951  Interface, a standard making it easy for programs to access ISDN
22952  hardware, see <http://www.capi.org/>.  This is needed for AVM's set
22953  of active ISDN controllers like B1, T1, M1.
22954
22955  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
22956  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
22957  The modules will be called capi.o and kernelcapi.o. If you want to
22958  compile it as a module, say M here and read
22959  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
22960
22961CAPI2.0 /dev/capi20 support
22962CONFIG_ISDN_CAPI_CAPI20
22963  This option will provide the CAPI 2.0 interface to userspace
22964  applications via /dev/capi20. Applications should use the
22965  standardized libcapi20 to access this functionality.  You should say
22966  Y/M here.
22967
22968  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
22969  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
22970  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
22971  will be called capi.o.
22972
22973CAPI2.0 Middleware support
22974CONFIG_ISDN_CAPI_MIDDLEWARE
22975  This option will enhance the capabilities of the /dev/capi20
22976  interface.  It will provide a means of moving a data connection,
22977  established via the usual /dev/capi20 interface to a special tty
22978  device.  If you want to use pppd with pppdcapiplugin to dial up to
22979  your ISP, say Y here.
22980
22981CAPI2.0 filesystem support
22982CONFIG_ISDN_CAPI_CAPIFS
22983  This option provides a special file system, similar to /dev/pts with
22984  device nodes for the special ttys established by using the
22985  middleware extension above. If you want to use pppd with
22986  pppdcapiplugin to dial up to your ISP, say Y here.
22987
22988CAPI2.0 capidrv interface support
22989CONFIG_ISDN_CAPI_CAPIDRV
22990  This option provides the glue code to hook up CAPI driven cards to
22991  the legacy isdn4linux link layer.  If you have a card which is
22992  supported by a CAPI driver, but still want to use old features like
22993  ippp interfaces or ttyI emulation, say Y/M here.
22994
22995  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
22996  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
22997  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
22998  will be called capidrv.o.
22999
23000AVM B1 ISA support
23001CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_B1ISA
23002  Enable support for the ISA version of the AVM B1 card.
23003
23004  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
23005  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
23006  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
23007  will be called b1isa.o.
23008
23009AVM B1 PCI support
23010CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_B1CICI
23011  Enable support for the PCI version of the AVM B1 card.
23012
23013AVM B1 PCI V4 support
23014CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_B1PCIV4
23015  Enable support for the V4 version of AVM B1 PCI card.
23016
23017AVM T1/T1-B ISA support
23018CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_T1ISA
23019  Enable support for the AVM T1 T1B card.
23020  Note: This is a PRI card and handle 30 B-channels.
23021
23022  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
23023  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
23024  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
23025  will be called t1isa.o.
23026
23027AVM B1/M1/M2 PCMCIA support
23028CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_B1PCMCIA
23029  Enable support for the PCMCIA version of the AVM B1 card.
23030
23031  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
23032  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
23033  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
23034  will be called b1pcmcia.o.
23035
23036AVM B1/M1/M2 PCMCIA cs module
23037CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_AVM_CS
23038  Enable the PCMCIA client driver for the AVM B1/M1/M2
23039  PCMCIA cards.
23040
23041  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
23042  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
23043  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
23044  will be called avm_cs.o.
23045
23046AVM T1/T1-B PCI support
23047CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_T1PCI
23048  Enable support for the AVM T1 T1B card.
23049  Note: This is a PRI card and handle 30 B-channels.
23050
23051  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
23052  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
23053  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
23054  will be called t1pci.o.
23055
23056AVM C4/C2 support
23057CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_C4
23058  Enable support for the AVM C4/C2 PCI cards.
23059  These cards handle 4/2 BRI ISDN lines (8/4 channels).
23060
23061  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
23062  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
23063  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
23064  will be called c4.o.
23065
23066Verbose reason code reporting (kernel size +=7K)
23067CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_VERBOSE_REASON
23068  If you say Y here, the AVM B1 driver will give verbose reasons for
23069  disconnecting. This will increase the size of the kernel by 7 KB. If
23070  unsure, say Y.
23071
23072IBM Active 2000 support
23073CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_ACT2000
23074  Say Y here if you have an IBM Active 2000 ISDN card. In order to use
23075  this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has to be loaded
23076  into the card using a utility which is part of the latest
23077  isdn4k-utils package. Please read the file
23078  <file:Documentation/isdn/README.act2000> for more information.
23079
23080  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
23081  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
23082  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
23083  will be called act2000.o.
23084
23085Auvertech TurboPAM support
23086CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_TPAM
23087  This enables support for the Auvertech TurboPAM ISDN-card.
23088  For running this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has
23089  to be downloaded into the card using a utility which is distributed
23090  separately from the Auvertech's web site: <http://www.auvertech.fr/>.
23091
23092  Please redirect all support questions to support@auvertech.fr.
23093
23094  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
23095  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
23096  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
23097  will be called tpam.o.
23098
23099Hypercope HYSDN cards (Champ, Ergo, Metro) support (module)
23100CONFIG_HYSDN
23101  Say Y here if you have one of Hypercope's active PCI ISDN cards
23102  Champ, Ergo and Metro. You will then get a module called hysdn.o.
23103  Please read the file <file:Documentation/isdn/README.hysdn> for more
23104  information.
23105
23106  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
23107  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
23108  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
23109  will be called hysdn.o.
23110
23111HYSDN CAPI 2.0 support
23112CONFIG_HYSDN_CAPI
23113  Say Y here if you like to use Hypercope's CAPI 2.0 interface.
23114
23115Support for SUN4 machines (disables SUN4[CDM] support)
23116CONFIG_SUN4
23117  Say Y here if, and only if, your machine is a Sun4. Note that
23118  a kernel compiled with this option will run only on Sun4.
23119  (And the current version will probably work only on sun4/330.)
23120
23121SPARC ESP SCSI support
23122CONFIG_SCSI_SUNESP
23123  This is the driver for the Sun ESP SCSI host adapter. The ESP
23124  chipset is present in most SPARC SBUS-based computers.
23125
23126  This support is also available as a module called esp.o ( = code
23127  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
23128  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
23129  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
23130
23131PTI Qlogic, ISP Driver
23132CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGICPTI
23133  This driver supports SBUS SCSI controllers from PTI or QLogic. These
23134  controllers are known under Solaris as qpti and in the openprom as
23135  PTI,ptisp or QLGC,isp. Note that PCI QLogic SCSI controllers are
23136  driven by a different driver.
23137
23138  This support is also available as a module called qlogicpti.o ( =
23139  code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
23140  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
23141  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
23142
23143Sun PROM console
23144CONFIG_PROM_CONSOLE
23145  Say Y to build a console driver for Sun machines that uses the
23146  terminal emulation built into their console PROMS.
23147
23148/dev/openprom device support
23149CONFIG_SUN_OPENPROMIO
23150  This driver provides user programs with an interface to the SPARC
23151  PROM device tree. The driver implements a SunOS-compatible
23152  interface and a NetBSD-compatible interface.
23153
23154  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
23155  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
23156  say M and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say Y.
23157
23158Openprom tree appears in /proc/openprom
23159CONFIG_SUN_OPENPROMFS
23160  If you say Y, the OpenPROM device tree will be available as a
23161  virtual file system, which you can mount to /proc/openprom by "mount
23162  -t openpromfs none /proc/openprom".
23163
23164  If you want to compile the /proc/openprom support as a module ( =
23165  code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
23166  whenever you want), say M here and read
23167  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
23168  The module will be called openpromfs.o.  If unsure, say M.
23169
23170Kernel support for Linux/Sparc 32bit binary compatibility
23171CONFIG_SPARC32_COMPAT
23172  This allows you to run 32-bit binaries on your Ultra.
23173  Everybody wants this; say Y.
23174
23175Kernel support for 32-bit ELF binaries
23176CONFIG_BINFMT_ELF32
23177  This allows you to run 32-bit Linux/ELF binaries on your machine.
23178  Everybody wants this; say Y.
23179
23180Kernel support for 32-bit (ie. SunOS) a.out binaries
23181CONFIG_BINFMT_AOUT32
23182  This allows you to run 32-bit a.out format binaries on your Ultra.
23183  If you want to run SunOS binaries (see SunOS binary emulation below)
23184  or other a.out binaries, say Y. If unsure, say N.
23185
23186SunOS binary emulation
23187CONFIG_SUNOS_EMUL
23188  This allows you to run most SunOS binaries.  If you want to do this,
23189  say Y here and place appropriate files in /usr/gnemul/sunos. See
23190  <http://www.ultralinux.org/faq.html> for more information.  If you
23191  want to run SunOS binaries on an Ultra you must also say Y to
23192  "Kernel support for 32-bit a.out binaries" above.
23193
23194Mostek real time clock support
23195CONFIG_SUN_MOSTEK_RTC
23196  The Mostek RTC chip is used on all known Sun computers except
23197  some JavaStations. For a JavaStation you need to say Y both here
23198  and to "Enhanced Real Time Clock Support".
23199
23200  Say Y here unless you are building a special purpose kernel.
23201
23202OBP Flash Device support
23203CONFIG_OBP_FLASH
23204  The OpenBoot PROM on Ultra systems is flashable. If you want to be
23205  able to upgrade the OBP firmware, say Y here.
23206
23207JavaStation OS Flash SIMM
23208CONFIG_SUN_JSFLASH
23209  If you say Y here, you will be able to boot from your JavaStation's
23210  Flash memory.
23211
23212Siemens SAB82532 serial support
23213CONFIG_SAB82532
23214  This driver supports the serial ports on newer (PCI) Ultra systems.
23215  Say Y if you want to be able to use your serial ports.
23216
23217Videopix Frame Grabber
23218CONFIG_SUN_VIDEOPIX
23219  Say Y here to support the Videopix Frame Grabber from Sun
23220  Microsystems, commonly found on SPARCstations.  This card, which is
23221  based on the Phillips SAA9051, can handle NTSC and PAL/SECAM and
23222  SVIDEO signals.
23223
23224Sun bidirectional parallel port support
23225CONFIG_SUN_BPP
23226  Say Y here to support Sun's obsolete variant of IEEE1284
23227  bidirectional parallel port protocol as /dev/bppX.  Can be built on
23228  x86 machines.
23229
23230Aurora Multiboard 1600se
23231CONFIG_SUN_AURORA
23232  The Aurora Multiboard is a multi-port high-speed serial controller.
23233  If you have one of these, say Y.
23234
23235Tadpole TS102 Microcontroller support
23236CONFIG_TADPOLE_TS102_UCTRL
23237  Say Y here to directly support the TS102 Microcontroller interface
23238  on the Tadpole Sparcbook 3.  This device handles power-management
23239  events, and can also notice the attachment/detachment of external
23240  monitors and mice.
23241
23242Audio support
23243CONFIG_SPARCAUDIO
23244  This driver provides support for the build-in sound devices on most
23245  Sun machines. If you want to be able to use this, select this option
23246  and one or more of the lowlevel drivers below. See
23247  <http://www.dementia.org/~shadow/sparcaudio.html> for more
23248  information.
23249
23250AMD7930 Lowlevel Driver
23251CONFIG_SPARCAUDIO_AMD7930
23252  This driver supports the AMD 7930 chip found on sun4c, 4/6xx, and
23253  SparcClassic systems.
23254
23255CS4231 Lowlevel Driver
23256CONFIG_SPARCAUDIO_CS4231
23257  This driver supports the Crystal Semiconductor CS4231 chip found on
23258  the SS4, SS5, and Ultras.
23259
23260DBRI Lowlevel Driver
23261CONFIG_SPARCAUDIO_DBRI
23262  This driver supports the DBRI audio interface found on the SS10,
23263  SS20, LX, Sparcbook 3, and Voyager systems.
23264
23265Dummy Lowlevel Driver
23266CONFIG_SPARCAUDIO_DUMMY
23267  This is a pseudo-driver used for debugging and testing the
23268  sparcaudio subsystem. Say N unless you want to work on this
23269  subsystem.
23270
23271Sparc hardware
23272CONFIG_PARPORT_SUNBPP
23273  This driver provides support for the bidirectional parallel port
23274  found on many Sun machines. Note that many of the newer Ultras
23275  actually have pc style hardware instead.
23276
23277SPARC power management support
23278CONFIG_SUN_PM
23279  Enable power management and CPU standby features on supported
23280  SPARC platforms.
23281
23282/proc/hardware support
23283CONFIG_PROC_HARDWARE
23284  Say Y here to support the /proc/hardware file, which gives you
23285  access to information about the machine you're running on,
23286  including the model, CPU, MMU, clock speed, BogoMIPS rating,
23287  and memory size.
23288
23289Bluetooth subsystem support
23290CONFIG_BLUEZ
23291  Bluetooth is low-cost, low-power, short-range wireless technology.
23292  It was designed as a replacement for cables and other short-range
23293  technologies like IrDA.  Bluetooth operates in personal area range
23294  that typically extends up to 10 meters.  More information about
23295  Bluetooth can be found at <http://www.bluetooth.com/>.
23296
23297  Linux Bluetooth subsystem consist of several layers:
23298               BlueZ Core (HCI device and connection manager, scheduler)
23299               HCI Device drivers (Interface to the hardware)
23300               SCO Module (SCO audio links)
23301               L2CAP Module (Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol)
23302               RFCOMM Module (RFCOMM Protocol)
23303               BNEP Module (Bluetooth Network Encapsulation Protocol)
23304               CMTP Module (CAPI Message Transport Protocol)
23305
23306  Say Y here to compile Bluetooth support into the kernel or say M to
23307  compile it as module (bluez.o).
23308
23309  To use Linux Bluetooth subsystem, you will need several user-space
23310  utilities like hciconfig and hcid.  These utilities and updates to
23311  Bluetooth kernel modules are provided in the BlueZ package.
23312  For more information, see <http://www.bluez.org/>.
23313
23314L2CAP protocol support
23315CONFIG_BLUEZ_L2CAP
23316  L2CAP (Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol) provides
23317  connection oriented and connection-less data transport.  L2CAP
23318  support is required for most Bluetooth applications.
23319
23320  Say Y here to compile L2CAP support into the kernel or say M to
23321  compile it as module (l2cap.o).
23322
23323SCO links support
23324CONFIG_BLUEZ_SCO
23325  SCO link provides voice transport over Bluetooth.  SCO support is
23326  required for voice applications like Headset and Audio.
23327
23328  Say Y here to compile SCO support into the kernel or say M to
23329  compile it as module (sco.o).
23330
23331RFCOMM protocol support
23332CONFIG_BLUEZ_RFCOMM
23333  RFCOMM provides connection oriented stream transport.  RFCOMM
23334  support is required for Dialup Networking, OBEX and other Bluetooth
23335  applications.
23336
23337  Say Y here to compile RFCOMM support into the kernel or say M to
23338  compile it as module (rfcomm.o).
23339
23340RFCOMM TTY emulation support
23341CONFIG_BLUEZ_RFCOMM_TTY
23342  This option enables TTY emulation support for RFCOMM channels.
23343
23344BNEP protocol support
23345CONFIG_BLUEZ_BNEP
23346  BNEP (Bluetooth Network Encapsulation Protocol) is Ethernet
23347  emulation layer on top of Bluetooth.  BNEP is required for
23348  Bluetooth PAN (Personal Area Network).
23349
23350  Say Y here to compile BNEP support into the kernel or say M to
23351  compile it as module (bnep.o).
23352
23353BNEP multicast filter support
23354CONFIG_BLUEZ_BNEP_MC_FILTER
23355  This option enables the multicast filter support for BNEP.
23356
23357BNEP protocol filter support
23358CONFIG_BLUEZ_BNEP_PROTO_FILTER
23359  This option enables the protocol filter support for BNEP.
23360
23361CMTP protocol support
23362CONFIG_BLUEZ_CMTP
23363  CMTP (CAPI Message Transport Protocol) is a transport layer
23364  for CAPI messages.  CMTP is required for the Bluetooth Common
23365  ISDN Access Profile.
23366
23367  Say Y here to compile CMTP support into the kernel or say M to
23368  compile it as module (cmtp.o).
23369
23370HCI UART driver
23371CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIUART
23372  Bluetooth HCI UART driver.
23373  This driver is required if you want to use Bluetooth devices with
23374  serial port interface. You will also need this driver if you have
23375  UART based Bluetooth PCMCIA and CF devices like Xircom Credit Card
23376  adapter and BrainBoxes Bluetooth PC Card.
23377
23378  Say Y here to compile support for Bluetooth UART devices into the
23379  kernel or say M to compile it as module (hci_uart.o).
23380
23381HCI UART (H4) protocol support
23382CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIUART_H4
23383  UART (H4) is serial protocol for communication between Bluetooth
23384  device and host. This protocol is required for most Bluetooth devices
23385  with UART interface, including PCMCIA and CF cards.
23386
23387  Say Y here to compile support for HCI UART (H4) protocol.
23388
23389HCI BCSP protocol support
23390CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIUART_BCSP
23391  BCSP (BlueCore Serial Protocol) is serial protocol for communication
23392  between Bluetooth device and host. This protocol is required for non
23393  USB Bluetooth devices based on CSR BlueCore chip, including PCMCIA and
23394  CF cards.
23395
23396  Say Y here to compile support for HCI BCSP protocol.
23397
23398HCI BCSP transmit CRC with every BCSP packet
23399CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIUART_BCSP_TXCRC
23400  If you say Y here, a 16-bit CRC checksum will be transmitted along with
23401  every BCSP (BlueCore Serial Protocol) packet sent to the Bluetooth chip.
23402  This increases reliability, but slightly reduces efficiency.
23403
23404HCI USB driver
23405CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIUSB
23406  Bluetooth HCI USB driver.
23407  This driver is required if you want to use Bluetooth devices with
23408  USB interface.
23409
23410  Say Y here to compile support for Bluetooth USB devices into the
23411  kernel or say M to compile it as module (hci_usb.o).
23412
23413HCI USB SCO (voice) support
23414CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIUSB_SCO
23415  This option enables the SCO support in the HCI USB driver. You need this
23416  to transmit voice data with your Bluetooth USB device. And your device
23417  must also support sending SCO data over the HCI layer, because some of
23418  them sends the SCO data to an internal PCM adapter.
23419
23420  Say Y here to compile support for HCI SCO data.
23421
23422HCI VHCI Virtual HCI device driver
23423CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIVHCI
23424  Bluetooth Virtual HCI device driver.
23425  This driver is required if you want to use HCI Emulation software.
23426
23427  Say Y here to compile support for virtual HCI devices into the
23428  kernel or say M to compile it as module (hci_vhci.o).
23429
23430HCI BFUSB device driver
23431CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIBFUSB
23432  Bluetooth HCI BlueFRITZ! USB driver.
23433  This driver provides support for Bluetooth USB devices with AVM
23434  interface:
23435     AVM BlueFRITZ! USB
23436
23437  Say Y here to compile support for HCI BFUSB devices into the
23438  kernel or say M to compile it as module (bfusb.o).
23439
23440HCI DTL1 (PC Card) device driver
23441CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIDTL1
23442  Bluetooth HCI DTL1 (PC Card) driver.
23443  This driver provides support for Bluetooth PCMCIA devices with
23444  Nokia DTL1 interface:
23445     Nokia Bluetooth Card
23446     Socket Bluetooth CF Card
23447
23448  Say Y here to compile support for HCI DTL1 devices into the
23449  kernel or say M to compile it as module (dtl1_cs.o).
23450
23451HCI BT3C (PC Card) device driver
23452CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIBT3C
23453  Bluetooth HCI BT3C (PC Card) driver.
23454  This driver provides support for Bluetooth PCMCIA devices with
23455  3Com BT3C interface:
23456     3Com Bluetooth Card (3CRWB6096)
23457     HP Bluetooth Card
23458
23459  Say Y here to compile support for HCI BT3C devices into the
23460  kernel or say M to compile it as module (bt3c_cs.o).
23461
23462HCI BlueCard (PC Card) device driver
23463CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIBLUECARD
23464  Bluetooth HCI BlueCard (PC Card) driver.
23465  This driver provides support for Bluetooth PCMCIA devices with
23466  Anycom BlueCard interface:
23467     Anycom Bluetooth PC Card
23468     Anycom Bluetooth CF Card
23469
23470  Say Y here to compile support for HCI BlueCard devices into the
23471  kernel or say M to compile it as module (bluecard_cs.o).
23472
23473HCI UART (PC Card) device driver
23474CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIBTUART
23475  Bluetooth HCI UART (PC Card) driver.
23476  This driver provides support for Bluetooth PCMCIA devices with
23477  an UART interface:
23478     Xircom CreditCard Bluetooth Adapter
23479     Xircom RealPort2 Bluetooth Adapter
23480     Sphinx PICO Card
23481     H-Soft blue+Card
23482     Cyber-blue Compact Flash Card
23483
23484  Say Y here to compile support for HCI UART devices into the
23485  kernel or say M to compile it as module (btuart_cs.o).
23486
23487# The following options are for Linux when running on the Hitachi
23488# SuperH family of RISC microprocessors.
23489
23490SuperH RTC support
23491CONFIG_SH_RTC
23492  Selecting this option will allow the Linux kernel to emulate
23493  PC's RTC.
23494
23495  If unsure, say N.
23496
23497SuperH peripheral clock frequency
23498CONFIG_SH_PCLK_FREQ
23499  Set this value or add "sh_pclk=" command line option to tell
23500  peripheral clock frequency to kernel, if your system has no RTC.
23501  Otherwise leave it 0, and kernel measures peripheral clock frequency
23502  using TMU and RTC while system startup.
23503
23504  If unsure, set 0.
23505
23506Wakeup UBC on startup
23507CONFIG_UBC_WAKEUP
23508  Selecting this option will wakeup the User Break Controller (UBC) on
23509  startup. Although the UBC is left in an awake state when the processor
23510  comes up, some boot loaders misbehave by putting the UBC to sleep in a
23511  power saving state, which causes issues with things like ptrace().
23512
23513  If unsure, say N.
23514
23515SuperH DMAC support
23516CONFIG_SH_DMA
23517  Selecting this option will provide same API as PC's Direct Memory
23518  Access Controller(8237A) for SuperH DMAC.
23519
23520  If unsure, say N.
23521
23522# Choice: cf_area
23523CompactFlash Connection Area
23524CONFIG_CF_AREA5
23525  If your board has "Directly Connected" CompactFlash, You should
23526  select the area where your CF is connected to.
23527
23528  - "Area5" if CompactFlash is connected to Area 5 (0x14000000)
23529  - "Area6" if it is connected to Area 6 (0x18000000)
23530
23531  "Area6" will work for most boards. For ADX, select "Area5".
23532
23533Disable data cache
23534CONFIG_DCACHE_DISABLE
23535  This option allows you to run the kernel with data cache disabled.
23536  Say Y if you experience CPM lock-ups.
23537
23538#
23539# m68k-specific kernel options
23540# Documented by Chris Lawrence <mailto:quango@themall.net> et al.
23541#
23542Amiga support
23543CONFIG_AMIGA
23544  This option enables support for the Amiga series of computers. If
23545  you plan to use this kernel on an Amiga, say Y here and browse the
23546  material available in <file:Documentation/m68k>; otherwise say N.
23547
23548Commodore A2232 serial support
23549CONFIG_A2232
23550  This option supports the 2232 7-port serial card shipped with the
23551  Amiga 2000 and other Zorro-bus machines, dating from 1989.  At
23552  a max of 19,200 bps, the ports are served by a 6551 ACIA UART chip
23553  each, plus a 8520 CIA, and a master 6502 CPU and buffer as well. The
23554  ports were connected with 8 pin DIN connectors on the card bracket,
23555  for which 8 pin to DB25 adapters were supplied. The card also had
23556  jumpers internally to toggle various pinning configurations.
23557
23558  This driver can be built as a module; but then "generic_serial.o"
23559  will also be built as a module. This has to be loaded before
23560  "ser_a2232.o". If you want to do this, answer M here and read
23561  "<file:Documentation/modules.txt>".
23562
23563Amiga NCR53c710 SCSI support
23564CONFIG_SCSI_AMIGA7XX
23565  Support for various NCR53c710-based SCSI controllers on the Amiga.
23566  This includes:
23567    - the builtin SCSI controller on the Amiga 4000T,
23568    - the Amiga 4091 Zorro III SCSI-2 controller,
23569    - the MacroSystem Development's WarpEngine Amiga SCSI-2 controller
23570      (info at
23571       <http://www.lysator.liu.se/amiga/ar/guide/ar310.guide?FEATURE5>),
23572    - the SCSI controller on the Phase5 Blizzard PowerUP 603e+
23573      accelerator card for the Amiga 1200,
23574    - the SCSI controller on the GVP Turbo 040/060 accelerator.
23575  Note that all of the above SCSI controllers, except for the builtin
23576  SCSI controller on the Amiga 4000T, reside on the Zorro expansion
23577  bus, so you also have to enable Zorro bus support if you want to use
23578  them.
23579
23580Atari support
23581CONFIG_ATARI
23582  This option enables support for the 68000-based Atari series of
23583  computers (including the TT, Falcon and Medusa). If you plan to use
23584  this kernel on an Atari, say Y here and browse the material
23585  available in <file:Documentation/m68k>; otherwise say N.
23586
23587Hades support
23588CONFIG_HADES
23589  This option enables support for the Hades Atari clone. If you plan
23590  to use this kernel on a Hades, say Y here; otherwise say N.
23591
23592Macintosh support
23593CONFIG_MAC
23594  This option enables support for the Apple Macintosh series of
23595  computers (yes, there is experimental support now, at least for part
23596  of the series).
23597
23598  Say N unless you're willing to code the remaining necessary support.
23599  ;)
23600
23601HP9000/300 support
23602CONFIG_HP300
23603  This option enables support for the HP9000/300 series of
23604  workstations. Support for these machines is still very experimental.
23605  If you plan to try to use the kernel on such a machine say Y here.
23606  Everybody else says N.
23607
23608Q40/Q60 support
23609CONFIG_Q40
23610  The Q40 is a Motorola 68040-based successor to the Sinclair QL
23611  manufactured in Germany.  There is an official Q40 home page at
23612  <http://www.q40.de/>.  This option enables support for the Q40 and
23613  Q60. Select your CPU below.  For 68LC060 don't forget to enable FPU
23614  emulation.
23615
23616Q40/Q60 IDE interface support
23617CONFIG_BLK_DEV_Q40IDE
23618  Enable the on-board IDE controller in the Q40/Q60.  This should
23619  normally be on; disable it only if you are running a custom hard
23620  drive subsystem through an expansion card.
23621
23622Sun 3 support
23623CONFIG_SUN3
23624  This option enables support for the Sun 3 series of workstations.
23625  Note that if this option is enabled, support for all other m68k
23626  platforms above must be disabled in order to produce a working
23627  kernel.
23628
23629  Also, you will want to enable 68020 support below, and disable
23630  all other CPU types.  General Linux information on the Sun 3x series
23631  (now discontinued) is at
23632  <http://www.angelfire.com/ca2/tech68k/sun3.html>.
23633
23634  If you don't want to compile a kernel for a Sun 3, say N.
23635
23636Sun 3X support
23637CONFIG_SUN3X
23638  This option enables support for the Sun 3x series of workstations.
23639  Currently, only the Sun 3/80 is supported within the Sun 3x family.
23640  You will also want to enable 68030 support below
23641  General Linux information on the Sun 3x series (now discontinued)
23642  is at <http://www.angelfire.com/ca2/tech68k/sun3.html>.
23643
23644  If you don't want to compile a kernel for a Sun 3x, say N.
23645
23646Sun3x builtin serial support
23647CONFIG_SUN3X_ZS
23648  ZS refers to a type of asynchronous serial port built in to the Sun3
23649  and Sun3x workstations; if you have a Sun 3, you probably have
23650  these.  Say 'Y' to support ZS ports directly.  This option must be
23651  enabled in order to support the keyboard and mouse ports.
23652
23653Sun keyboard support
23654CONFIG_SUN_KEYBOARD
23655  Say Y here to support the keyboard found on Sun 3 and 3x
23656  workstations.  It can also be used support Sun Type-5 keyboards
23657  through an adaptor.  See
23658  <http://www.suse.cz/development/input/adapters.html> and
23659  <http://sourceforge.net/projects/linuxconsole/> for details on the
23660  latter.
23661
2366268020 support
23663CONFIG_M68020
23664  If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68020
23665  processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N. Note that the 68020 requires a
23666  68851 MMU (Memory Management Unit) to run Linux/m68k, except on the
23667  Sun 3, which provides its own version.
23668
2366968030 support
23670CONFIG_M68030
23671  If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68030
23672  processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N. Note that a MC68EC030 will not
23673  work, as it does not include an MMU (Memory Management Unit).
23674
2367568040 support
23676CONFIG_M68040
23677  If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68LC040
23678  or MC68040 processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N. Note that an
23679  MC68EC040 will not work, as it does not include an MMU (Memory
23680  Management Unit).
23681
2368268060 support
23683CONFIG_M68060
23684  If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68060
23685  processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N.
23686
23687Math emulation support
23688CONFIG_M68KFPU_EMU
23689  At some point in the future, this will cause floating-point math
23690  instructions to be emulated by the kernel on machines that lack a
23691  floating-point math coprocessor.  Thrill-seekers and chronically
23692  sleep-deprived psychotic hacker types can say Y now, everyone else
23693  should probably wait a while.
23694
23695Math emulation only kernel
23696CONFIG_M68KFPU_EMU_ONLY
23697  This option prevents any floating-point instructions from being
23698  compiled into the kernel, thereby the kernel doesn't save any
23699  floating point context anymore during task switches, so this
23700  kernel will only be usable on machines without a floating-point
23701  math coprocessor. This makes the kernel a bit faster as no tests
23702  needs to be executed whether a floating-point instruction in the
23703  kernel should be executed or not.
23704
23705Math emulation extra precision
23706CONFIG_M68KFPU_EMU_EXTRAPREC
23707  The fpu uses normally a few bit more during calculations for
23708  correct rounding, the emulator can (often) do the same but this
23709  extra calculation can cost quite some time, so you can disable
23710  it here. The emulator will then "only" calculate with a 64 bit
23711  mantissa and round slightly incorrect, what is more then enough
23712  for normal usage.
23713
23714Advanced configuration options
23715CONFIG_ADVANCED
23716  This gives you access to some advanced options for the CPU. The
23717  defaults should be fine for most users, but these options may make
23718  it possible for you to improve performance somewhat if you know what
23719  you are doing.
23720
23721  Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
23722  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
23723  the questions about these options.
23724
23725  Most users should say N to this question.
23726
23727Use one physical chunk of memory only
23728CONFIG_SINGLE_MEMORY_CHUNK
23729  Ignore all but the first contiguous chunk of physical memory for VM
23730  purposes.  This will save a few bytes kernel size and may speed up
23731  some operations.  Say N if not sure.
23732
23733Use read-modify-write instructions
23734CONFIG_RMW_INSNS
23735  This allows to use certain instructions that work with indivisible
23736  read-modify-write bus cycles. While this is faster than the
23737  workaround of disabling interrupts, it can conflict with DMA
23738  ( = direct memory access) on many Amiga systems, and it is also said
23739  to destabilize other machines. It is very likely that this will
23740  cause serious problems on any Amiga or Atari Medusa if set. The only
23741  configuration where it should work are 68030-based Ataris, where it
23742  apparently improves performance. But you've been warned! Unless you
23743  really know what you are doing, say N. Try Y only if you're quite
23744  adventurous.
23745
23746Amiga Zorro (AutoConfig) bus support
23747CONFIG_ZORRO
23748  This enables support for the Zorro bus in the Amiga. If you have
23749  expansion cards in your Amiga that conform to the Amiga
23750  AutoConfig(tm) specification, say Y, otherwise N. Note that even
23751  expansion cards that do not fit in the Zorro slots but fit in e.g.
23752  the CPU slot may fall in this category, so you have to say Y to let
23753  Linux use these.
23754
23755Zorro device name database
23756CONFIG_ZORRO_NAMES
23757  By default, the kernel contains a database of all known Zorro device
23758  names to make the information in /proc/iomem comprehensible to the
23759  user. This database increases the size of the kernel image by about
23760  15KB, but it gets freed after the system boots up, so it doesn't
23761  take up kernel memory. Anyway, if you are building an installation
23762  floppy or kernel for an embedded system where kernel image size
23763  really matters, you can disable this feature and you'll get device
23764  ID numbers instead of names.
23765
23766  When in doubt, say Y.
23767
23768Amiga 1200/600 PCMCIA support
23769CONFIG_AMIGA_PCMCIA
23770  Include support in the kernel for pcmcia on Amiga 1200 and Amiga
23771  600. If you intend to use pcmcia cards say Y; otherwise say N.
23772
23773Hisoft Whippet PCMCIA serial support
23774CONFIG_WHIPPET_SERIAL
23775  HiSoft has a web page at <http://www.hisoft.co.uk/>, but there
23776  is no listing for the Whippet in their Amiga section.
23777
23778Amiga Zorro II ramdisk support
23779CONFIG_AMIGA_Z2RAM
23780  This enables support for using Chip RAM and Zorro II RAM as a
23781  ramdisk or as a swap partition. Say Y if you want to include this
23782  driver in the kernel. This driver is also available as a module
23783  ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running
23784  kernel whenever you want). The module is called z2ram.o. If you want
23785  to compile it as a module, say M here and read
23786  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
23787
23788Support for ST-RAM as swap space
23789CONFIG_STRAM_SWAP
23790  Some Atari 68k machines (including the 520STF and 1020STE) divide
23791  their addressable memory into ST and TT sections.  The TT section
23792  (up to 512MB) is the main memory; the ST section (up to 4MB) is
23793  accessible to the built-in graphics board, runs slower, and is
23794  present mainly for backward compatibility with older machines.
23795
23796  This enables support for using (parts of) ST-RAM as swap space,
23797  instead of as normal system memory. This can first enhance system
23798  performance if you have lots of alternate RAM (compared to the size
23799  of ST-RAM), because executable code always will reside in faster
23800  memory. ST-RAM will remain as ultra-fast swap space. On the other
23801  hand, it allows much improved dynamic allocations of ST-RAM buffers
23802  for device driver modules (e.g. floppy, ACSI, SLM printer, DMA
23803  sound). The probability that such allocations at module load time
23804  fail is drastically reduced.
23805
23806ST-RAM statistics in /proc
23807CONFIG_STRAM_PROC
23808  Say Y here to report ST-RAM usage statistics in /proc/stram.  See
23809  the help for CONFIG_STRAM_SWAP for discussion of ST-RAM and its
23810  uses.
23811
23812Atari ACSI support
23813CONFIG_ATARI_ACSI
23814  This enables support for the Atari ACSI interface. The driver
23815  supports hard disks and CD-ROMs, which have 512-byte sectors, or can
23816  be switched to that mode. Due to the ACSI command format, only disks
23817  up to 1 GB are supported. Special support for certain ACSI to SCSI
23818  adapters, which could relax that, isn't included yet. The ACSI
23819  driver is also the basis for certain other drivers for devices
23820  attached to the ACSI bus: Atari SLM laser printer, BioNet-100
23821  Ethernet, and PAMsNet Ethernet. If you want to use one of these
23822  devices, you need ACSI support, too.
23823
23824  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
23825  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
23826  The module will be called acsi.o.
23827
23828Probe all LUNs on each ACSI device
23829CONFIG_ACSI_MULTI_LUN
23830  If you have a ACSI device that supports more than one LUN (Logical
23831  Unit Number), e.g. a CD jukebox, you should say Y here so that all
23832  will be found by the ACSI driver. An ACSI device with multiple LUNs
23833  acts logically like multiple ACSI devices. The vast majority of ACSI
23834  devices have only one LUN, and so most people can say N here and
23835  should in fact do so, because it is safer.
23836
23837Atari SLM laser printer support
23838CONFIG_ATARI_SLM
23839  If you have an Atari SLM laser printer, say Y to include support for
23840  it in the kernel. Otherwise, say N. This driver is also available as
23841  a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
23842  running kernel whenever you want). The module will be called
23843  acsi_slm.o. Be warned: the driver needs much ST-RAM and can cause
23844  problems due to that fact!
23845
23846A3000 WD33C93A support
23847CONFIG_A3000_SCSI
23848  If you have an Amiga 3000 and have SCSI devices connected to the
23849  built-in SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise, say N. This driver is
23850  also available as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and
23851  removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The module is
23852  called wd33c93.o. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
23853  and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
23854
23855A2091 WD33C93A support
23856CONFIG_A2091_SCSI
23857  If you have a Commodore A2091 SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise,
23858  say N. This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can
23859  be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
23860  want). The module is called wd33c93.o. If you want to compile it as
23861  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
23862
23863GVP Series II WD33C93A support
23864CONFIG_GVP11_SCSI
23865  If you have a Great Valley Products Series II SCSI controller,
23866  answer Y. Also say Y if you have a later model of GVP SCSI
23867  controller (such as the GVP A4008 or a Combo board). Otherwise,
23868  answer N. This driver does NOT work for the T-Rex series of
23869  accelerators from TekMagic and GVP-M.
23870
23871  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
23872  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
23873  want). The module will be called gvp11.o. If you want to compile it
23874  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
23875
23876CyberStorm SCSI support
23877CONFIG_CYBERSTORM_SCSI
23878  If you have an Amiga with an original (MkI) Phase5 Cyberstorm
23879  accelerator board and the optional Cyberstorm SCSI controller,
23880  answer Y. Otherwise, say N.
23881
23882CyberStorm II SCSI support
23883CONFIG_CYBERSTORMII_SCSI
23884  If you have an Amiga with a Phase5 Cyberstorm MkII accelerator board
23885  and the optional Cyberstorm SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise,
23886  answer N.
23887
23888Blizzard 2060 SCSI support
23889CONFIG_BLZ2060_SCSI
23890  If you have an Amiga with a Phase5 Blizzard 2060 accelerator board
23891  and want to use the onboard SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise,
23892  answer N.
23893
23894Blizzard 1230IV/1260 SCSI support
23895CONFIG_BLZ1230_SCSI
23896  If you have an Amiga 1200 with a Phase5 Blizzard 1230IV or Blizzard
23897  1260 accelerator, and the optional SCSI module, say Y. Otherwise,
23898  say N.
23899
23900Fastlane SCSI support
23901CONFIG_FASTLANE_SCSI
23902  If you have the Phase5 Fastlane Z3 SCSI controller, or plan to use
23903  one in the near future, say Y to this question. Otherwise, say N.
23904
23905BSC Oktagon SCSI support
23906CONFIG_OKTAGON_SCSI
23907  If you have the BSC Oktagon SCSI disk controller for the Amiga, say
23908  Y to this question.  If you're in doubt about whether you have one,
23909  see the picture at
23910  <http://amiga.resource.cx/exp/search.pl?product=oktagon>.
23911
23912Atari native SCSI support
23913CONFIG_ATARI_SCSI
23914  If you have an Atari with built-in NCR5380 SCSI controller (TT,
23915  Falcon, ...) say Y to get it supported. Of course also, if you have
23916  a compatible SCSI controller (e.g. for Medusa).  This driver is also
23917  available as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed
23918  from the running kernel whenever you want).  The module is called
23919  atari_scsi.o.  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and
23920  read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  This driver supports both
23921  styles of NCR integration into the system: the TT style (separate
23922  DMA), and the Falcon style (via ST-DMA, replacing ACSI).  It does
23923  NOT support other schemes, like in the Hades (without DMA).
23924
23925Long delays for Toshiba CD-ROMs
23926CONFIG_ATARI_SCSI_TOSHIBA_DELAY
23927  This option increases the delay after a SCSI arbitration to
23928  accommodate some flaky Toshiba CD-ROM drives. Say Y if you intend to
23929  use a Toshiba CD-ROM drive; otherwise, the option is not needed and
23930  would impact performance a bit, so say N.
23931
23932Reset SCSI-devices at boottime
23933CONFIG_ATARI_SCSI_RESET_BOOT
23934  Reset the devices on your Atari whenever it boots.  This makes the
23935  boot process fractionally longer but may assist recovery from errors
23936  that leave the devices with SCSI operations partway completed.
23937
23938Hades SCSI DMA emulator
23939CONFIG_TT_DMA_EMUL
23940  This option enables code which emulates the TT SCSI DMA chip on the
23941  Hades. This increases the SCSI transfer rates at least ten times
23942  compared to PIO transfers.
23943
23944Sun3x ESP SCSI
23945CONFIG_SUN3X_ESP
23946  This option will enable support for the ESP SCSI controller found
23947  onboard the Sun 3/80.
23948
23949Ariadne support
23950CONFIG_ARIADNE
23951  If you have a Village Tronic Ariadne Ethernet adapter, say Y.
23952  Otherwise, say N.
23953
23954  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
23955  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
23956  want). The module is called ariadne.o. If you want to compile it as
23957  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
23958
23959Zorro NS8390-based Ethernet support
23960CONFIG_ZORRO8390
23961  This driver is for Zorro Ethernet cards using an NS8390-compatible
23962  chipset, like the Village Tronic Ariadne II and the Individual
23963  Computers X-Surf Ethernet cards. If you have such a card, say Y.
23964  Otherwise, say N.
23965
23966  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
23967  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
23968  The module is called zorro8390.o. If you want to compile it as
23969  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
23970
23971A2065 support
23972CONFIG_A2065
23973  If you have a Commodore A2065 Ethernet adapter, say Y. Otherwise,
23974  say N.
23975
23976  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
23977  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
23978  want). The module is called a2065.o. If you want to compile it as a
23979  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
23980
23981Hydra support
23982CONFIG_HYDRA
23983  If you have a Hydra Ethernet adapter, say Y. Otherwise, say N.
23984
23985  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
23986  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
23987  want). The module is called hydra.o. If you want to compile it as a
23988  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
23989
23990Sun3 NCR5380 SCSI
23991CONFIG_SUN3_SCSI
23992  This option will enable support for the OBIO (onboard io) NCR5380
23993  SCSI controller found in the Sun 3/50 and 3/60, as well as for
23994  "Sun3" type VME scsi controllers also based on the NCR5380.
23995  General Linux information on the Sun 3 series (now discontinued)
23996  is at <http://www.angelfire.com/ca2/tech68k/sun3.html>.
23997
23998PCMCIA NE2000 and compatibles support
23999CONFIG_APNE
24000  If you have a PCMCIA NE2000 compatible adapter, say Y.  Otherwise,
24001  say N.
24002
24003  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
24004  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
24005  want). The module is called apne.o. If you want to compile it as a
24006  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24007
24008Atari Lance support
24009CONFIG_ATARILANCE
24010  Say Y to include support for several Atari Ethernet adapters based
24011  on the AMD Lance chipset: RieblCard (with or without battery), or
24012  PAMCard VME (also the version by Rhotron, with different addresses).
24013
24014BioNet-100 support
24015CONFIG_ATARI_BIONET
24016  Say Y to include support for BioData's BioNet-100 Ethernet adapter
24017  for the ACSI port. The driver works (has to work...) with a polled
24018  I/O scheme, so it's rather slow :-(
24019
24020PAMsNet support
24021CONFIG_ATARI_PAMSNET
24022  Say Y to include support for the PAMsNet Ethernet adapter for the
24023  ACSI port ("ACSI node"). The driver works (has to work...) with a
24024  polled I/O scheme, so it's rather slow :-(
24025
24026Amiga mouse support
24027CONFIG_AMIGAMOUSE
24028  If you want to be able to use an Amiga mouse in Linux, say Y.
24029
24030  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
24031  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
24032  The module is called amigamouse.o. If you want to compile it as a
24033  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24034
24035Atari mouse support
24036CONFIG_ATARIMOUSE
24037  If you want to be able to use an Atari mouse in Linux, say Y.
24038
24039  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
24040  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
24041  The module is called atarimouse.o. If you want to compile it as a
24042  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24043
24044Atari MFP serial support
24045CONFIG_ATARI_MFPSER
24046  If you like to use the MFP serial ports ("Modem1", "Serial1") under
24047  Linux, say Y. The driver equally supports all kinds of MFP serial
24048  ports and automatically detects whether Serial1 is available.
24049
24050  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
24051  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
24052  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
24053  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24054
24055  Note for Falcon users: You also have an MFP port, it's just not
24056  wired to the outside... But you could use the port under Linux.
24057
24058Atari SCC serial support
24059CONFIG_ATARI_SCC
24060  If you have serial ports based on a Zilog SCC chip (Modem2, Serial2,
24061  LAN) and like to use them under Linux, say Y. All built-in SCC's are
24062  supported (TT, MegaSTE, Falcon), and also the ST-ESCC. If you have
24063  two connectors for channel A (Serial2 and LAN), they are visible as
24064  two separate devices.
24065
24066  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
24067  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
24068  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
24069  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24070
24071Atari SCC serial DMA support
24072CONFIG_ATARI_SCC_DMA
24073  This enables DMA support for receiving data on channel A of the SCC.
24074  If you have a TT you may say Y here and read
24075  drivers/char/atari_SCC.README. All other users should say N here,
24076  because only the TT has SCC-DMA, even if your machine keeps claiming
24077  so at boot time.
24078
24079Atari MIDI serial support
24080CONFIG_ATARI_MIDI
24081  If you want to use your Atari's MIDI port in Linux, say Y.
24082
24083  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
24084  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
24085  want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
24086  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24087
24088Atari DSP56k Digital Signal Processor support
24089CONFIG_ATARI_DSP56K
24090  If you want to be able to use the DSP56001 in Falcons, say Y. This
24091  driver is still experimental, and if you don't know what it is, or
24092  if you don't have this processor, just say N.
24093
24094  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
24095  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
24096  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
24097  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24098
24099Support for early boot text console
24100CONFIG_BOOTX_TEXT
24101  Say Y here to see progress messages from the boot firmware in text
24102  mode. Requires either BootX or Open Firmware.
24103
24104Amiga builtin serial support
24105CONFIG_AMIGA_BUILTIN_SERIAL
24106  If you want to use your Amiga's built-in serial port in Linux,
24107  answer Y.
24108
24109  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
24110  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
24111  want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
24112  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24113
24114GVP IO-Extender support
24115CONFIG_GVPIOEXT
24116  If you want to use a GVP IO-Extender serial card in Linux, say Y.
24117  Otherwise, say N.
24118
24119GVP IO-Extender parallel printer support
24120CONFIG_GVPIOEXT_LP
24121  Say Y to enable driving a printer from the parallel port on your
24122  GVP IO-Extender card, N otherwise.
24123
24124GVP IO-Extender PLIP support
24125CONFIG_GVPIOEXT_PLIP
24126  Say Y to enable doing IP over the parallel port on your GVP
24127  IO-Extender card, N otherwise.
24128
24129Multiface Card III serial support
24130CONFIG_MULTIFACE_III_TTY
24131  If you want to use a Multiface III card's serial port in Linux,
24132  answer Y.
24133
24134  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
24135  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
24136  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
24137  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24138
24139Amiga/Atari/PowerMac DMA sound support
24140CONFIG_DMASOUND
24141  Support built-in audio chips accessible by DMA on various machines
24142  that have them.  Note that this symbol does not affect the kernel
24143  directly; rather, it controls whether configuration questions
24144  enabling DMA sound drivers for various specific machine
24145  architectures will be used.
24146
24147Atari DMA sound support
24148CONFIG_DMASOUND_ATARI
24149  If you want to use the internal audio of your Atari in Linux, answer
24150  Y to this question. This will provide a Sun-like /dev/audio,
24151  compatible with the Linux/i386 sound system. Otherwise, say N.
24152
24153  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
24154  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
24155  want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
24156  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24157
24158PowerMac DMA sound support
24159CONFIG_DMASOUND_PMAC
24160  If you want to use the internal audio of your PowerMac in Linux,
24161  answer Y to this question. This will provide a Sun-like /dev/audio,
24162  compatible with the Linux/i386 sound system. Otherwise, say N.
24163
24164  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
24165  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
24166  want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
24167  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24168
24169Amiga DMA sound support
24170CONFIG_DMASOUND_PAULA
24171  If you want to use the internal audio of your Amiga in Linux, answer
24172  Y to this question. This will provide a Sun-like /dev/audio,
24173  compatible with the Linux/i386 sound system. Otherwise, say N.
24174
24175  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
24176  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
24177  want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
24178  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24179
24180Q40 sound support
24181CONFIG_DMASOUND_Q40
24182  If you want to use the internal audio of your Q40 in Linux, answer
24183  Y to this question. This will provide a Sun-like /dev/audio,
24184  compatible with the Linux/i386 sound system. Otherwise, say N.
24185
24186  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
24187  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
24188  want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
24189  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24190
24191HP DCA serial support
24192CONFIG_HPDCA
24193  If you want to use the internal "DCA" serial ports on an HP300
24194  machine, say Y here.
24195
24196HP on-board LANCE support
24197CONFIG_HPLANCE
24198  If you want to use the builtin "LANCE" Ethernet controller on an
24199  HP300 machine, say Y here.
24200
24201DIO bus support
24202CONFIG_DIO
24203  Say Y here to enable support for the "DIO" expansion bus used in
24204  HP300 machines. If you are using such a system you almost certainly
24205  want this.
24206
24207# Choice: ppctype
24208Processor Type
24209CONFIG_6xx
24210  There are four types of PowerPC chips supported.  The more common
24211  types (601, 603, 604, 740, 750, 7400), the Motorola embedded
24212  versions (821, 823, 850, 855, 860, 8260), the IBM embedded versions
24213  (403 and 405) and the high end 64 bit Power processors (Power 3,
24214  Power 4).  Unless you are building a kernel for one of the embedded
24215  processor systems, or a 64 bit IBM RS/6000, choose 6xx.  Note that
24216  the kernel runs in 32-bit mode even on 64-bit chips.  Also note that
24217  because the 82xx family has a 603e core, specific support for that
24218  chipset is asked later on.
24219
24220Motorola MPC8260 CPM support
24221CONFIG_8260
24222  The MPC8260 CPM (Communications Processor Module) is a typical
24223  embedded CPU made by Motorola.  Selecting this option means that
24224  you wish to build a kernel for a machine with specifically an 8260
24225  for a CPU.
24226
24227  If in doubt, say N.
24228
24229# Choice: ppc4xxtype
24230Oak
24231CONFIG_OAK
24232  Select Oak if you have an IBM 403GCX "Oak" Evaluation Board.
24233
24234  Select Walnut if you have an IBM 405GP "Walnut" Evaluation Board.
24235
24236  More information on these boards is available at:
24237  <http://www.chips.ibm.com/products/powerpc/tools/evk_pn.html#GCX>.
24238
24239Walnut
24240CONFIG_WALNUT
24241  Select Walnut if you have an IBM 405GP "Walnut" Evaluation Board.
24242
24243Workarounds for PPC601 bugs
24244CONFIG_PPC601_SYNC_FIX
24245  Some versions of the PPC601 (the first PowerPC chip) have bugs which
24246  mean that extra synchronization instructions are required near
24247  certain instructions, typically those that make major changes to the
24248  CPU state.  These extra instructions reduce performance slightly.
24249  If you say N here, these extra instructions will not be included,
24250  resulting in a kernel which will run faster but may not run at all
24251  on some systems with the PPC601 chip.
24252
24253  If in doubt, say Y here.
24254
242558xx Cache (Copy-Back or Writethrough)
24256CONFIG_8xx_COPYBACK
24257  Saying Y here will cause the cache on an MPC8xx processor to be used
24258  in Copy-Back mode.  If you say N here, it is used in Writethrough
24259  mode.
24260
24261  If in doubt, say Y here.
24262
24263MPC860 (Pre Rev. C) CPU6 Silicon Errata
24264CONFIG_8xx_CPU6
24265  MPC860 CPUs, prior to Rev C have some bugs in the silicon, which
24266  require workarounds for Linux (and most other OSes to work).  If you
24267  get a BUG() very early in boot, this might fix the problem.  For
24268  more details read the document entitled "MPC860 Family Device Errata
24269  Reference" on Motorola's website.  This option also incurs a
24270  performance hit.
24271
24272  If in doubt, say N here.
24273
24274MPC8xx direct IDE support on PCMCIA port
24275CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MPC8xx_IDE
24276  This option provides support for IDE on Motorola MPC8xx Systems.
24277  Please see 'Type of MPC8xx IDE interface' for details.
24278
24279  If unsure, say N.
24280
24281# Choice: mpc8xxtype
24282Type of MPC8xx IDE interface
24283CONFIG_IDE_8xx_PCCARD
24284  Select how the IDE devices are connected to the MPC8xx system:
24285
24286  8xx_PCCARD uses the 8xx internal PCMCIA interface in combination
24287             with a PC Card (e.g. ARGOSY portable Hard Disk Adapter),
24288             ATA PC Card HDDs or ATA PC Flash Cards (example: TQM8xxL
24289             systems)
24290
24291  8xx_DIRECT is used for directly connected IDE devices using the 8xx
24292             internal PCMCIA interface (example: IVMS8 systems)
24293
24294  EXT_DIRECT is used for IDE devices directly connected to the 8xx
24295             bus using some glue logic, but _not_ the 8xx internal
24296             PCMCIA interface (example: IDIF860 systems)
24297
24298Use SMC2 for UART
24299CONFIG_8xx_SMC2
24300  If you would like to use SMC2 as a serial port, say Y here.
24301
24302  If in doubt, say Y here.
24303
24304Use SMC2 for Console
24305CONFIG_CONS_SMC2
24306  If you are going to have a serial console on your device and are
24307  using SMC2 for your serial port, say Y here, else say N.
24308
24309Use the alternate SMC2 I/O
24310CONFIG_ALTSMC2
24311  If you have an MPC823 or MPC850 and would like to use the alternate
24312  SMC2 for I/O, say Y here.
24313
24314  If in doubt, say N here.
24315
24316Enable SCC2 and SCC3 for UART
24317CONFIG_USE_SCC_IO
24318  If your MPC8xx board has other SCC ports that you would like to use
24319  for for a serial port, say Y here.
24320
24321  If in doubt, say N here.
24322
24323# Choice: ppc6xxtype
24324Machine Type
24325CONFIG_ALL_PPC
24326  Linux currently supports several different kinds of PowerPC-based
24327  machines: Apple Power Macintoshes and clones (such as the Motorola
24328  Starmax series), PReP (PowerPC Reference Platform) machines (such
24329  as the Motorola PowerStacks, Motorola cPCI/VME embedded systems,
24330  and some IBM RS/6000 systems), CHRP (Common Hardware Reference
24331  Platform), and several embedded PowerPC systems containing 4xx, 6xx,
24332  7xx, 8xx, 74xx, and 82xx processors.  Currently, the default option
24333  is to build a kernel which works on the first three.
24334
24335  Select PowerMac/PReP/MTX/CHRP if configuring for any of the above.
24336
24337  Select Gemini if configuring for a Synergy Microsystems' Gemini
24338  series Single Board Computer.  More information is available at:
24339  <http://www.synergymicro.com/PressRel/97_10_15.html>.
24340
24341  Select APUS if configuring for a PowerUP Amiga.  More information is
24342  available at: <http://linux-apus.sourceforge.net/>.
24343
24344  Note that Total Impact briQ is handled as a CHRP machine.
24345
24346Synergy-Gemini
24347CONFIG_GEMINI
24348  Select Gemini if configuring for a Synergy Microsystems' Gemini
24349  series Single Board Computer.  More information is available at:
24350  <http://www.synergymicro.com/PressRel/97_10_15.html>.
24351
24352Amiga-Apus
24353CONFIG_APUS
24354  Select APUS if configuring for a PowerUP Amiga.
24355  More information is available at:
24356  <http://linux-apus.sourceforge.net/>.
24357
24358AltiVec kernel support
24359CONFIG_ALTIVEC
24360  This option enables kernel support for the Altivec extensions to the
24361  PowerPC processor. The kernel currently supports saving and restoring
24362  altivec registers, and turning on the 'altivec enable' bit so user
24363  processes can execute altivec instructions.
24364
24365  This option is only usefully if you have a processor that supports
24366  altivec (G4, otherwise known as 74xx series), but does not have
24367  any affect on a non-altivec cpu (it does, however add code to the
24368  kernel).
24369
24370  If in doubt, say Y here.
24371
24372Thermal Management Support
24373CONFIG_TAU
24374  G3 and G4 processors have an on-chip temperature sensor called the
24375  'Thermal Assist Unit (TAU)', which, in theory, can measure the on-die
24376  temperature within 2-4 degrees Celsius. This option shows the current
24377  on-die temperature in /proc/cpuinfo if the cpu supports it.
24378
24379  Unfortunately, on some chip revisions, this sensor is very inaccurate
24380  and in some cases, does not work at all, so don't assume the cpu
24381  temp is actually what /proc/cpuinfo says it is.
24382
24383Interrupt driven TAU driver
24384CONFIG_TAU_INT
24385  The TAU supports an interrupt driven mode which causes an interrupt
24386  whenever the temperature goes out of range. This is the fastest way
24387  to get notified the temp has exceeded a range. With this option off,
24388  a timer is used to re-check the temperature periodically.
24389
24390  However, on some cpus it appears that the TAU interrupt hardware
24391  is buggy and can cause a situation which would lead unexplained hard
24392  lockups.
24393
24394  Unless you are extending the TAU driver, or enjoy kernel/hardware
24395  debugging, leave this option off.
24396
24397Average high and low temp
24398CONFIG_TAU_AVERAGE
24399  The TAU hardware can compare the temperature to an upper and lower bound.
24400  The default behaviour is to show both the upper and lower bound in
24401  /proc/cpuinfo. If the range is large, the temperature is either changing
24402  a lot, or the TAU hardware is broken (likely on some G4's). If the range
24403  is small (around 4 degrees), the temperature is relatively stable.
24404
24405Power management support for PowerBooks
24406CONFIG_PMAC_PBOOK
24407  This provides support for putting a PowerBook to sleep; it also
24408  enables media bay support.  Power management works on the
24409  PB2400/3400/3500, Wallstreet, Lombard, and Bronze PowerBook G3. You
24410  must get the power management daemon, pmud, to make it work and you
24411  must have the /dev/pmu device (see the pmud README).
24412
24413  Get pmud from <ftp://ftp.samba.org/pub/ppclinux/pmud/>.
24414
24415  If you have a PowerBook, you should say Y.
24416
24417  You may also want to compile the dma sound driver as a module and
24418  have it autoloaded. The act of removing the module shuts down the
24419  sound hardware for more power savings.
24420
24421APM emulation
24422CONFIG_PMAC_APM_EMU
24423  This driver provides an emulated /dev/apm_bios and /proc/apm. The
24424  first one is mostly intended for XFree to sleep & wakeup properly,
24425  the second ones provides some battery informations to allow existing
24426  APM utilities to work. It provides less useful informations than
24427  tools specifically designed for PowerBooks or /proc/pmu/battery_x
24428
24429Backlight control for LCD screens
24430CONFIG_PMAC_BACKLIGHT
24431  Say Y here to build in code to manage the LCD backlight on a
24432  Macintosh PowerBook.  With this code, the backlight will be turned
24433  on and off appropriately on power-management and lid-open/lid-closed
24434  events; also, the PowerBook button device will be enabled so you can
24435  change the screen brightness.
24436
24437# Choice: ppc8xxtype
24438Embedded 8xx Board Type
24439CONFIG_RPXLITE
24440  Single-board computers based around the PowerPC MPC8xx chips and
24441  intended for embedded applications.  The following types are
24442  supported:
24443
24444  RPX-Lite:
24445    Embedded Planet RPX Lite. PC104 form-factor SBC based on the MPC823.
24446
24447  RPX-Classic:
24448    Embedded Planet RPX Classic Low-fat. Credit-card-size SBC based on
24449    the MPC 860
24450
24451  BSE-IP:
24452    Bright Star Engineering ip-Engine.
24453
24454  TQM823L:
24455  TQM850L:
24456  TQM855L:
24457  TQM860L:
24458    MPC8xx based family of mini modules, half credit card size,
24459    up to 64 MB of RAM, 8 MB Flash, (Fast) Ethernet, 2 x serial ports,
24460    2 x CAN bus interface, ...
24461      Manufacturer: TQ Components, www.tq-group.de
24462      Date of Release: October (?) 1999
24463      End of Life: not yet :-)
24464      URL:
24465      - module: <http://www.denx.de/PDF/TQM8xxLHWM201.pdf>
24466      - starter kit: <http://www.denx.de/PDF/STK8xxLHWM201.pdf>
24467      - images: <http://www.denx.de/embedded-ppc-en.html>
24468
24469  FPS850L:
24470    FingerPrint Sensor System (based on TQM850L)
24471      Manufacturer: IKENDI AG, <http://www.ikendi.com/>
24472      Date of Release: November 1999
24473      End of life: end 2000 ?
24474      URL: see TQM850L
24475
24476  SPD823TS:
24477    MPC823 based board used in the "Tele Server" product
24478    Manufacturer: Speech Design, <http://www.speech-design.de/>
24479    Date of Release: Mid 2000 (?)
24480    End of life: -
24481    URL: <http://www.speech-design.de/>
24482         select "English", then "Teleteam Solutions", then "TeleServer"
24483
24484  IVMS8:
24485    MPC860 based board used in the "Integrated Voice Mail System",
24486    Small Version (8 voice channels)
24487    Manufacturer: Speech Design, <http://www.speech-design.de/>
24488    Date of Release: December 2000 (?)
24489    End of life: -
24490    URL: <http://www.speech-design.de/>
24491
24492  IVML24:
24493    MPC860 based board used in the "Integrated Voice Mail System",
24494    Large Version (24 voice channels)
24495    Manufacturer: Speech Design, <http://www.speech-design.de/>
24496    Date of Release: March 2001  (?)
24497    End of life: -
24498    URL: <http://www.speech-design.de/>
24499
24500  SM850:
24501    Service Module (based on TQM850L)
24502    Manufacturer: Dependable Computer Systems, <http://www.decomsys.com/>
24503    Date of Release: end 2000 (?)
24504    End of life: mid 2001 (?)
24505    URL: <http://www.tz-mikroelektronik.de/ServiceModule/index.html>
24506
24507  HERMES_PRO:
24508    Hermes-Pro ISDN/LAN router with integrated 8 x hub
24509    Manufacturer: Multidata Gesellschaft f�r Datentechnik und Informatik
24510      <http://www.multidata.de/>
24511    Date of Release: 2000 (?)
24512    End of life: -
24513    URL: <http://www.multidata.de/english/products/hpro.htm>
24514
24515  IP860:
24516    VMEBus IP (Industry Pack) carrier board with MPC860
24517    Manufacturer: MicroSys GmbH, <http://www.microsys.de/>
24518    Date of Release: ?
24519    End of life: -
24520    URL: <http://www.microsys.de/html/ip860.html>
24521
24522  PCU_E:
24523    PCU = Peripheral Controller Unit, Extended
24524    Manufacturer: Siemens AG, ICN (Information and Communication Networks)
24525    	<http://www.siemens.de/page/1,3771,224315-1-999_2_226207-0,00.html>
24526    Date of Release: April 2001
24527    End of life: August 2001
24528    URL: n. a.
24529
24530RPX-Classic
24531CONFIG_RPXCLASSIC
24532  The RPX-Classic is a single-board computer based on the Motorola
24533  MPC860.  It features 16MB of DRAM and a variable amount of flash,
24534  I2C EEPROM, thermal monitoring, a PCMCIA slot, a DIP switch and two
24535  LEDs.  Variants with Ethernet ports exist.  Say Y here to support it
24536  directly.
24537
24538BSE-IP
24539CONFIG_BSEIP
24540  Say Y here to support the Bright Star Engineering ipEngine SBC.
24541  This is a credit-card-sized device featuring a MPC823 processor,
24542  26MB DRAM, 4MB flash, Ethernet, a 16K-gate FPGA, USB, an LCD/video
24543  controller, and two RS232 ports.
24544
24545TQM823L
24546CONFIG_TQM823L
24547  Say Y here to support the TQM823L, one of an MPC8xx-based family of
24548  mini SBCs (half credit-card size) from TQ Components first released
24549  in late 1999.  Technical references are at
24550  <http://www.denx.de/PDF/TQM8xxLHWM201.pdf>, and
24551  <http://www.denx.de/PDF/STK8xxLHWM201.pdf>, and an image at
24552  <http://www.denx.de/embedded-ppc-en.html>.
24553
24554TQM850L
24555CONFIG_TQM850L
24556  Say Y here to support the TQM850L, one of an MPC8xx-based family of
24557  mini SBCs (half credit-card size) from TQ Components first released
24558  in late 1999.  Technical references are at
24559  <http://www.denx.de/PDF/TQM8xxLHWM201.pdf>, and
24560  <http://www.denx.de/PDF/STK8xxLHWM201.pdf>, and an image at
24561  <http://www.denx.de/embedded-ppc-en.html>.
24562
24563TQM855L
24564CONFIG_TQM855L
24565  Say Y here to support the TQM855L, one of an MPC8xx-based family of
24566  mini SBCs (half credit-card size) from TQ Components first released
24567  in late 1999.  Technical references are at
24568  <http://www.denx.de/PDF/TQM8xxLHWM201.pdf>, and
24569  <http://www.denx.de/PDF/STK8xxLHWM201.pdf>, and an image at
24570  <http://www.denx.de/embedded-ppc-en.html>.
24571
24572TQM860L
24573CONFIG_TQM860L
24574  Say Y here to support the TQM860L, one of an MPC8xx-based family of
24575  mini SBCs (half credit-card size) from TQ Components first released
24576  in late 1999.  Technical references are at
24577  <http://www.denx.de/PDF/TQM8xxLHWM201.pdf>, and
24578  <http://www.denx.de/PDF/STK8xxLHWM201.pdf>, and an image at
24579  <http://www.denx.de/embedded-ppc-en.html>.
24580
24581FPS850
24582CONFIG_FPS850
24583  Say Y here to support the FingerPrint Sensor from AKENDI IG, based
24584  on the TQ Components TQM850L module, released November 1999 and
24585  discontinued a year later.
24586
24587TQM860
24588CONFIG_TQM860
24589  Say Y here to support the TQM860, one of an MPC8xx-based family of
24590  SBCs (credit-card size) from TQ Components first released in
24591  mid-1999 and discontinued mid-2000.
24592
24593SM850
24594CONFIG_SM850
24595  Say Y here to support the Service Module 850 from Dependable
24596  Computer Systems, an SBC based on the TQM850L module by TQ
24597  Components.  This board is no longer in production.  The
24598  manufacturer's website is at <http://www.decomsys.com/>.
24599
24600SPD823TS
24601CONFIG_SPD823TS
24602  Say Y here to support the Speech Design 823 Tele-Server from Speech
24603  Design, released in 2000.  The manufacturer's website is at
24604  <http://www.speech-design.de/>.
24605
24606IVMS8
24607CONFIG_IVMS8
24608  Say Y here to support the Integrated Voice-Mail Small 8-channel SBC
24609  from Speech Design, released March 2001.  The manufacturer's website
24610  is at <http://www.speech-design.de/>.
24611
24612# IVML24 is not yet active
24613IVML24
24614CONFIG_IVML24
24615  Say Y here to support the Integrated Voice-Mail Large 24-channel SBC
24616  from Speech Design, released March 2001.  The manufacturer's website
24617  is at <http://www.speech-design.de/>.
24618
24619MBX
24620CONFIG_MBX
24621  MBX is a line of Motorola single-board computer based around the
24622  MPC821 and MPC860 processors, and intended for embedded-controller
24623  applications.  Say Y here to support these boards directly.
24624
24625WinCept
24626CONFIG_WINCEPT
24627  The Wincept 100/110 is a Motorola single-board computer based on the
24628  MPC821 PowerPC, introduced in 1998 and designed to be used in
24629  thin-client machines.  Say Y to support it directly.
24630
24631# More systems that will be supported soon, according to
24632# Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>:
24633#
24634# TQM8260:
24635#         MPC8260 based module
24636#
24637#         Manufacturer: TQ Components, www.tq-group.de
24638#         Date of Release: June 2001
24639#         End of Life: not yet :-)
24640#         URL: <http://www.denx.de/PDF/TQM82xx_SPEC_Rev003.pdf>
24641#
24642# IP860:
24643#         VMEBus IP (Industry Pack) carrier board with MPC860
24644#
24645#         Manufacturer: MicroSys GmbH, <http://www.microsys.de/>
24646#         Date of Release: ?
24647#         End of life: -
24648#         URL: <http://www.microsys.de/html/ip860.html>
24649#
24650# CU824:
24651#         VMEBus Board with PCI extension with MPC8240 CPU
24652#
24653#         Manufacturer: MicroSys GmbH, <http://www.microsys.de/>
24654#         Date of Release: early 2001 (?)
24655#         End of life: -
24656#         URL: <http://www.microsys.de/html/cu824.html>
24657#
24658# PM826:
24659#         Modular system with MPC8260 CPU
24660#
24661#         Manufacturer: MicroSys GmbH, <http://www.microsys.de/>
24662#         Date of Release: mid 2001
24663#         End of life: -
24664#         URL: <http://www.microsys.de/html/pm826.html>
24665#
24666# PCU_E:
24667#         PCU = Peripheral Controller Unit; E = extended (?)
24668#
24669#         Mfr: Siemens AG, ICN (Information and Communication Networks)
24670#         <http://www.siemens.de/page/1,3771,224315-1-999_2_226207-0,00.html>
24671#         Date of Release: April 2001
24672#         End of life: -
24673#         URL: n. a.o
24674
24675# Choice: ppc82xxtype
24676Embedded 82xx Board Type
24677CONFIG_EST8260
24678  EST8260:
24679    The EST8260 is a single-board computer manufactured by Wind River
24680    Systems, Inc. (formerly Embedded Support Tools Corp.) and based on
24681    the MPC8260.  Wind River Systems has a website at
24682    <http://www.windriver.com/>, but the EST8260 cannot be found on it
24683    and has probably been discontinued or rebadged.
24684
24685  TQM8260:
24686    MPC8260 based module, little larger than credit card,
24687    up to 128 MB global + 64 MB local RAM, 32 MB Flash,
24688    32 kB EEPROM, 256 kB L@ Cache, 10baseT + 100baseT Ethernet,
24689    2 x serial ports, ...
24690      Manufacturer: TQ Components, www.tq-group.de
24691      Date of Release: June 2001
24692      End of Life: not yet :-)
24693      URL: <http://www.denx.de/PDF/TQM82xx_SPEC_Rev005.pdf>
24694
24695  PM826:
24696    Modular system with MPC8260 CPU
24697    Manufacturer: MicroSys GmbH, <http://www.microsys.de/>
24698    Date of Release: mid 2001
24699    End of life: -
24700    URL: <http://www.microsys.de/html/pm826.html>
24701
24702  CU824:
24703    VMEBus Board with PCI extension with MPC8240 CPU
24704    Manufacturer: MicroSys GmbH, <http://www.microsys.de/>
24705    Date of Release: early 2001 (?)
24706    End of life: -
24707    URL: <http://www.microsys.de/html/cu824.html>
24708
24709ADB raw keycode support
24710CONFIG_MAC_ADBKEYCODES
24711  This provides support for sending raw ADB keycodes to console
24712  devices.  This is the default up to 2.4.0, but in future this may be
24713  phased out in favor of generic Linux keycodes.  If you say Y here,
24714  you can dynamically switch via the
24715      /proc/sys/dev/mac_hid/keyboard_sends_linux_keycodes
24716  sysctl and with the "keyboard_sends_linux_keycodes=" kernel
24717  argument.
24718
24719  This option is now deprecated and will be removed in a future
24720  kernel release.
24721
24722  If unsure, say N here.
24723
24724I2C/SPI Microcode Patch
24725CONFIG_UCODE_PATCH
24726  Motorola releases microcode updates for their 8xx CPM modules.  The
24727  microcode update file has updates for IIC, SMC and USB.  Currently only
24728  the USB update is available by default, if the MPC8xx USB option is
24729  enabled.  If in doubt, say 'N' here.
24730
24731Mouse button 2+3 emulation support
24732CONFIG_MAC_EMUMOUSEBTN
24733  This provides generic support for emulating the 2nd and 3rd mouse
24734  button with keypresses.  If you say Y here, the emulation is still
24735  disabled by default.  The emulation is controlled by these sysctl
24736  entries:
24737      /proc/sys/dev/mac_hid/mouse_button_emulation
24738      /proc/sys/dev/mac_hid/mouse_button2_keycode
24739      /proc/sys/dev/mac_hid/mouse_button3_keycode
24740
24741Set high memory pool address
24742CONFIG_HIGHMEM_START_BOOL
24743  Unless you know what you are doing you *should not* set this option.
24744
24745  It can be used to override the default PKMAP_BASE address which
24746  is the location of the high memory pool.  This can be useful in
24747  optimizing virtual memory usage in a system.
24748
24749Set maximum low memory
24750CONFIG_LOWMEM_SIZE_BOOL
24751  Unless you know what you are doing you *should not* set this option.
24752
24753  It can be used to override the standard calculated value of
24754  MAX_LOW_MEM. This can be useful in optimizing virtual memory usage
24755  in a system.
24756
24757Set custom kernel base address
24758CONFIG_KERNEL_START_BOOL
24759  Unless you know what you are doing you *should not* set this option.
24760
24761  It can be used to override the standard PAGE_OFFSET/KERNELBASE
24762  value used by the kernel.  This can be useful in controlling
24763  amount of virtual address space available to the kernel.
24764
24765Set custom user task size
24766CONFIG_TASK_SIZE_BOOL
24767  Unless you know what you are doing you *should not* set this option.
24768
24769  It can be used to override the standard TASK_SIZE value used
24770  by the kernel.  This can be useful in controlling amount of
24771  virtual address space available to user tasks.
24772
24773Enhanced Real Time Clock Support (/dev/rtc)
24774CONFIG_PPC_RTC
24775  If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/rtc with
24776  major number 10 and minor number 135 using mknod ("man mknod"), you
24777  will get access to the real time clock (or hardware clock) built
24778  into your computer.
24779
24780  If unsure, say Y here.
24781
24782Support for Open Firmware device tree in /proc
24783CONFIG_PROC_DEVICETREE
24784  This option adds a device-tree directory under /proc which contains
24785  an image of the device tree that the kernel copies from Open
24786  Firmware. If unsure, say Y here.
24787
24788RTAS (RunTime Abstraction Services) in /proc
24789CONFIG_PPC_RTAS
24790  When you use this option, you will be able to use RTAS from
24791  userspace.
24792
24793  RTAS stands for RunTime Abstraction Services and should
24794  provide a portable way to access and set system information. This is
24795  commonly used on RS/6000 (pSeries) computers.
24796
24797  You can access RTAS via the special proc file system entry rtas.
24798  Don't confuse this rtas entry with the one in /proc/device-tree/rtas
24799  which is readonly.
24800
24801  If you don't know if you can use RTAS look into
24802  /proc/device-tree/rtas. If there are some entries, it is very likely
24803  that you will be able to use RTAS.
24804
24805  You can do cool things with rtas. To print out information about
24806  various sensors in the system, just do a
24807
24808    $ cat /proc/rtas/sensors
24809
24810  or if you power off your machine at night but want it running when
24811  you enter your office at 7:45 am, do a
24812
24813    # date -d 'tomorrow 7:30' +%s > /proc/rtas/poweron
24814
24815  and shutdown.
24816
24817  If unsure, say Y.
24818
24819Support for Lpar Configuration data in /proc
24820CONFIG_LPARCFG
24821  This option adds lparcfg entry as /proc/ppc64/lparcfg which returns
24822  system configuration info in <key word>=<value> pairs.
24823
24824MESH (Power Mac internal SCSI) support
24825CONFIG_SCSI_MESH
24826  Many Power Macintoshes and clones have a MESH (Macintosh Enhanced
24827  SCSI Hardware) SCSI bus adaptor (the 7200 doesn't, but all of the
24828  other Power Macintoshes do). Say Y to include support for this SCSI
24829  adaptor. This driver is also available as a module called mesh.o
24830  ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running
24831  kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module,
24832  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24833
24834Maximum synchronous transfer rate (MB/s) (0 = async)
24835CONFIG_SCSI_MESH_SYNC_RATE
24836  On Power Macintoshes (and clones) where the MESH SCSI bus adaptor
24837  drives a bus which is entirely internal to the machine (such as the
24838  7500, 7600, 8500, etc.), the MESH is capable of synchronous
24839  operation at up to 10 MB/s. On machines where the SCSI bus
24840  controlled by the MESH can have external devices connected, it is
24841  usually rated at 5 MB/s. 5 is a safe value here unless you know the
24842  MESH SCSI bus is internal only; in that case you can say 10. Say 0
24843  to disable synchronous operation.
24844
2484553C94 (Power Mac external SCSI) support
24846CONFIG_SCSI_MAC53C94
24847  On Power Macintoshes (and clones) with two SCSI buses, the external
24848  SCSI bus is usually controlled by a 53C94 SCSI bus adaptor. Older
24849  machines which only have one SCSI bus, such as the 7200, also use
24850  the 53C94. Say Y to include support for the 53C94.
24851
24852  This driver is also available as a module called mac53c94.o ( = code
24853  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
24854  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
24855  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24856
24857MACE (Power Mac Ethernet) support
24858CONFIG_MACE
24859  Power Macintoshes and clones with Ethernet built-in on the
24860  motherboard will usually use a MACE (Medium Access Control for
24861  Ethernet) interface. Say Y to include support for the MACE chip.
24862
24863  This driver is also available as a module called mace.o ( = code
24864  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
24865  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
24866  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24867
24868Use AAUI port instead of TP by default
24869CONFIG_MACE_AAUI_PORT
24870  Some Apple machines (notably the Apple Network Server) which use the
24871  MACE ethernet chip have an Apple AUI port (small 15-pin connector),
24872  instead of an 8-pin RJ45 connector for twisted-pair ethernet.  Say
24873  Y here if you have such a machine.  If unsure, say N.
24874  The driver will default to AAUI on ANS anyway, and if you use it as
24875  a module, you can provide the port_aaui=0|1 to force the driver.
24876
24877BMAC (G3 Ethernet) support
24878CONFIG_BMAC
24879  Say Y for support of BMAC Ethernet interfaces. These are used on G3
24880  computers.
24881
24882  This driver is also available as a module called bmac.o ( = code
24883  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
24884  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
24885  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24886
24887GMAC (G4/iBook Ethernet) support
24888CONFIG_GMAC
24889  Say Y for support of GMAC Ethernet interfaces. These are used on G4
24890  and iBook computers.
24891
24892  This driver is also available as a module called gmac.o ( = code
24893  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
24894  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
24895  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24896
24897National DP83902AV (Oak Ethernet) support
24898CONFIG_OAKNET
24899  Say Y if your machine has this type of Ethernet network card.
24900
24901  This driver is also available as a module called oaknet.o ( = code
24902  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
24903  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
24904  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24905
24906Video For Linux
24907CONFIG_VIDEO_DEV
24908  Support for audio/video capture and overlay devices and FM radio
24909  cards. The exact capabilities of each device vary. User tools for
24910  this are available from
24911  <ftp://ftp.uk.linux.org/pub/linux/video4linux/>.
24912
24913  If you are interested in writing a driver for such an audio/video
24914  device or user software interacting with such a driver, please read
24915  the file <file:Documentation/video4linux/API.html>.
24916
24917  This driver is also available as a module called videodev.o ( = code
24918  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
24919  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
24920  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
24921
24922Video For Linux /proc file system information
24923CONFIG_VIDEO_PROC_FS
24924  If you say Y here, you are able to access video device information
24925  in /proc/video.
24926
24927  To use this option, you have to check, that the "/proc file system
24928  support" (CONFIG_PROC_FS) is enabled too.
24929
24930AIMSlab RadioTrack (aka RadioReveal) support
24931CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK
24932  Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
24933  in the port address below.
24934
24935  Note that newer AIMSlab RadioTrack cards have a different chipset
24936  and are not supported by this driver.  For these cards, use the
24937  RadioTrack II driver below.
24938
24939  If you have a GemTeks combined (PnP) sound- and radio card you must
24940  use this driver as a module and setup the card with isapnptools.
24941  You must also pass the module a suitable io parameter, 0x248 has
24942  been reported to be used by these cards.
24943
24944  In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
24945  that are compatible with the Video For Linux API.  Information on
24946  this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
24947  <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.  More
24948  information is contained in the file
24949  <file:Documentation/video4linux/radiotrack.txt>.
24950
24951  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
24952  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
24953  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
24954  will be called radio-aimslab.o.
24955
24956RadioTrack I/O port
24957CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK_PORT
24958  Enter either 0x30f or 0x20f here.  The card default is 0x30f, if you
24959  haven't changed the jumper setting on the card.
24960
24961AIMSlab RadioTrack II support
24962CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK2
24963  Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card, and then fill in the
24964  port address below.
24965
24966  In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
24967  that are compatible with the Video For Linux API.  Information on
24968  this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
24969  <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
24970
24971  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
24972  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
24973  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
24974  will be called radio-rtrack2.o.
24975
24976RadioTrack II I/O port
24977CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK2_PORT
24978  Enter either 0x30c or 0x20c here.  The card default is 0x30c, if you
24979  haven't changed the jumper setting on the card.
24980
24981Aztech/Packard Bell Radio
24982CONFIG_RADIO_AZTECH
24983  Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
24984  in the port address below.
24985
24986  In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
24987  that are compatible with the Video For Linux API.  Information on
24988  this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
24989  <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
24990
24991  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
24992  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
24993  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
24994  will be called radio-aztech.o.
24995
24996Aztech/Packard Bell radio card I/O port
24997CONFIG_RADIO_AZTECH_PORT
24998  Enter either 0x350 or 0x358 here.  The card default is 0x350, if you
24999  haven't changed the setting of jumper JP3 on the card.  Removing the
25000  jumper sets the card to 0x358.
25001
25002ADS Cadet AM/FM Radio Tuner Card
25003CONFIG_RADIO_CADET
25004  Choose Y here if you have one of these AM/FM radio cards, and then
25005  fill in the port address below.
25006
25007  In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
25008  that are compatible with the Video For Linux API.  Information on
25009  this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
25010  <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
25011
25012  Further documentation on this driver can be found on the WWW at
25013  <http://linux.blackhawke.net/cadet.html>.
25014
25015  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
25016  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
25017  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
25018  will be called radio-cadet.o.
25019
25020SF16FMI Radio
25021CONFIG_RADIO_SF16FMI
25022  Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards.  If you
25023  compile the driver into the kernel and your card is not PnP one, you
25024  have to add "sf16fm=<io>" to the kernel command line (I/O address is
25025  0x284 or 0x384).
25026
25027  In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
25028  that are compatible with the Video For Linux API.  Information on
25029  this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
25030  <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
25031
25032  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
25033  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
25034  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
25035  will be called radio-sf16fmi.o.
25036
25037SF16FMR2 Radio
25038CONFIG_RADIO_SF16FMR2
25039  Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards.  If you
25040  compile the driver into the kernel and your card is not PnP one, you
25041  have to add "sf16fmr2=<io>" to the kernel command line (I/O address is
25042  0x284 or 0x384, default 0x384).
25043
25044  In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
25045  that are compatible with the Video For Linux API.  Information on
25046  this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
25047  <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
25048
25049  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
25050  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
25051  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
25052  will be called radio-sf16fmr2.o.
25053
25054Typhoon Radio (a.k.a. EcoRadio)
25055CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON
25056  Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
25057  in the port address and the frequency used for muting below.
25058
25059  In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
25060  that are compatible with the Video For Linux API.  Information on
25061  this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
25062  <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
25063
25064  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
25065  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
25066  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
25067  will be called radio-typhoon.o.
25068
25069Support for /proc/radio-typhoon
25070CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON_PROC_FS
25071  Say Y here if you want the typhoon radio card driver to write
25072  status information (frequency, volume, muted, mute frequency,
25073  base address) to /proc/radio-typhoon. The file can be viewed with
25074  your favorite pager (i.e. use "more /proc/radio-typhoon" or "less
25075  /proc/radio-typhoon" or simply "cat /proc/radio-typhoon").
25076
25077Typhoon I/O port (0x316 or 0x336)
25078CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON_PORT
25079  Enter the I/O port of your Typhoon or EcoRadio radio card.
25080
25081Typhoon frequency set when muting the device (kHz)
25082CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON_MUTEFREQ
25083  Enter the frequency used for muting the radio. The device is never
25084  completely silent. If the volume is just turned down, you can still
25085  hear silent voices and music. For that reason, the frequency of the
25086  radio device is set to the frequency you can enter here whenever
25087  the device is muted. There should be no local radio station at that
25088  frequency.
25089
25090Zoltrix Radio
25091CONFIG_RADIO_ZOLTRIX
25092  Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
25093  in the port address below.
25094
25095  In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
25096  that are compatible with the Video For Linux API.  Information on
25097  this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
25098  <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
25099
25100  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
25101  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
25102  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
25103  will be called radio-zoltrix.o.
25104
25105ZOLTRIX I/O port (0x20c or 0x30c)
25106CONFIG_RADIO_ZOLTRIX_PORT
25107  Enter the I/O port of your Zoltrix radio card.
25108
25109I2C on parallel port
25110CONFIG_I2C_PARPORT
25111  I2C is a simple serial bus system used in many micro controller
25112  applications.  Saying Y here will allow you to use your parallel
25113  port as an I2C interface.
25114
25115  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
25116  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
25117  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
25118  will be called i2c-parport.o.
25119
25120miroSOUND PCM20 radio
25121CONFIG_RADIO_MIROPCM20
25122  Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card. You also need to say Y
25123  to "ACI mixer (miroSOUND PCM1-pro/PCM12/PCM20 radio)" (in "Sound")
25124  for this to work.
25125
25126  In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
25127  that are compatible with the Video For Linux API.  Information on
25128  this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
25129  <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
25130
25131  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
25132  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
25133  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
25134  will be called miropcm20.o.
25135
25136miroSOUND PCM20 radio RDS user interface (EXPERIMENTAL)
25137CONFIG_RADIO_MIROPCM20_RDS
25138  Choose Y here if you want to see RDS/RBDS information like
25139  RadioText, Programme Service name, Clock Time and date, Programme
25140  TYpe and Traffic Announcement/Programme identification.  You also
25141  need to say Y to "miroSOUND PCM20 radio" and devfs!
25142
25143  It's not possible to read the raw RDS packets from the device, so
25144  the driver cant provide an V4L interface for this.  But the
25145  availability of RDS is reported over V4L by the basic driver
25146  already.  Here RDS can be read from files in /dev/v4l/rds.
25147
25148  As module the driver will be called miropcm20-rds.o.
25149
25150Maestro on board radio
25151CONFIG_RADIO_MAESTRO
25152  Say Y here to directly support the on-board radio tuner on the
25153  Maestro 2 or 2E sound card.
25154
25155  In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
25156  that are compatible with the Video For Linux API.  Information on
25157  this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
25158  <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
25159
25160  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
25161  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
25162  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
25163  will be called radio-maestro.o.
25164
25165Guillemot MAXI Radio FM 2000 Radio Card
25166CONFIG_RADIO_MAXIRADIO
25167  Choose Y here if you have this radio card.  This card may also be
25168  found as GemTek PCI FM.
25169
25170  In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
25171  that are compatible with the Video For Linux API.  Information on
25172  this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
25173  <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
25174
25175  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
25176  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
25177  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
25178  will be called radio-maxiradio.o.
25179
25180GemTek Radio Card support
25181CONFIG_RADIO_GEMTEK
25182  Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card, and then fill in the
25183  port address below.
25184
25185  In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
25186  that are compatible with the Video For Linux API.  Information on
25187  this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
25188  <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
25189
25190  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
25191  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
25192  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
25193  will be called radio-gemtek.o.
25194
25195GemTek I/O port
25196CONFIG_RADIO_GEMTEK_PORT
25197  Enter either 0x20c, 0x30c, 0x24c or 0x34c here. The card default is
25198  0x34c, if you haven't changed the jumper setting on the card. On
25199  Sound Vision 16 Gold PnP with FM Radio (ESS1869+FM GemTek), the I/O
25200  port is 0x28c.
25201
25202GemTek PCI Radio Card support
25203CONFIG_RADIO_GEMTEK_PCI
25204  Choose Y here if you have this PCI FM radio card.
25205
25206  In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
25207  that are compatible with the Video for Linux API.  Information on
25208  this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
25209  <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
25210
25211  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
25212  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
25213  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
25214  will be called radio-gemtek-pci.o.
25215
25216PlanB Video-In for PowerMacs
25217CONFIG_VIDEO_PLANB
25218  PlanB is the V4L driver for the PowerMac 7x00/8x00 series video
25219  input hardware. If you want to experiment with this, say Y.
25220  Otherwise, or if you don't understand a word, say N.
25221  See <http://www.cpu.lu/~mlan/planb.html> for more info.
25222
25223  Saying M will compile this driver as a module (planb.o).
25224
25225TerraTec ActiveRadio
25226CONFIG_RADIO_TERRATEC
25227  Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card, and then fill in the
25228  port address below. (TODO)
25229
25230  Note: This driver is in its early stages.  Right now volume and
25231  frequency control and muting works at least for me, but
25232  unfortunately I have not found anybody who wants to use this card
25233  with Linux.  So if it is this what YOU are trying to do right now,
25234  PLEASE DROP ME A NOTE!!  Rolf Offermanns (rolf@offermanns.de)
25235
25236  In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
25237  that are compatible with the Video For Linux API.  Information on
25238  this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
25239  <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>.
25240
25241  If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
25242  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
25243  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
25244  will be called radio-terratec.o.
25245
25246Terratec I/O port (normally 0x590)
25247CONFIG_RADIO_TERRATEC_PORT
25248  Fill in the I/O port of your TerraTec FM radio card. If unsure, go
25249  with the default.
25250
25251Trust FM radio card
25252CONFIG_RADIO_TRUST
25253  This is a driver for the Trust FM radio cards. Say Y if you have
25254  such a card and want to use it under Linux.
25255
25256  This driver is also available as a module called radio-trust.o ( =
25257  code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
25258  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
25259  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
25260
25261Trust I/O port (usually 0x350 or 0x358)
25262CONFIG_RADIO_TRUST_PORT
25263  Enter the I/O port of your Trust FM radio card. If unsure, try the
25264  values "0x350" or "0x358".
25265
25266BT848 Video For Linux
25267CONFIG_VIDEO_BT848
25268  Support for BT848 based frame grabber/overlay boards. This includes
25269  the Miro, Hauppauge and STB boards. Please read the material in
25270  <file:Documentation/video4linux/bttv> for more information.
25271
25272  If you say Y or M here, you need to say Y or M to "I2C support" and
25273  "I2C bit-banging interfaces" in the character device section.
25274
25275  This driver is available as a module called bttv.o ( = code
25276  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
25277  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
25278  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
25279
25280BT878 audio DMA
25281CONFIG_SOUND_BT878
25282  Audio DMA support for bt878 based grabber boards.  As you might have
25283  already noticed, bt878 is listed with two functions in /proc/pci.
25284  Function 0 does the video stuff (bt848 compatible), function 1 does
25285  the same for audio data.  This is a driver for the audio part of
25286  the chip.  If you say 'Y' here you get a oss-compatible dsp device
25287  where you can record from.  If you want just watch TV you probably
25288  don't need this driver as most TV cards handle sound with a short
25289  cable from the TV card to your sound card's line-in.
25290
25291  This driver is available as a module called btaudio.o ( = code
25292  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
25293  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
25294  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
25295
25296SGI Vino Video For Linux
25297CONFIG_VIDEO_VINO
25298  Say Y here to include support for SGI VINO (Video In No Out) system
25299  found on SGI Indy workstations.
25300
25301Stradis 4:2:2 MPEG-2 video driver
25302CONFIG_VIDEO_STRADIS
25303  Say Y here to enable support for the Stradis 4:2:2 MPEG-2 video
25304  driver for PCI.  There is a product page at
25305  <http://www.stradis.com/decoder.html>.
25306
25307Zoran ZR36057/36060 Video For Linux
25308CONFIG_VIDEO_ZORAN
25309  Say Y here to include support for video cards based on the Zoran
25310  ZR36057/36060 encoder/decoder chip (including the Iomega Buz and the
25311  Miro DC10 and DC30 video capture cards).
25312
25313Include support for Iomega Buz
25314CONFIG_VIDEO_ZORAN_BUZ
25315  Say Y here to include support for the Iomega Buz video card.  There
25316  is a Buz/Linux homepage at <http://www.lysator.liu.se/~gz/buz/>.
25317
25318Miro DC10(+) support
25319CONFIG_VIDEO_ZORAN_DC10
25320  Say Y to support the Pinnacle Systems Studio DC10 plus TV/Video
25321  card.  Linux page at
25322  <http://lhd.datapower.com/db/dispproduct.php3?DISP?1511>.  Vendor
25323  page at <http://www.pinnaclesys.com/>.
25324
25325Linux Media Labs LML33 support
25326CONFIG_VIDEO_ZORAN_LML33
25327  Say Y here to support the Linux Media Labs LML33 TV/Video card.
25328  Resources page is at <http://www.linuxmedialabs.com/lml33doc.html>.
25329
25330Zoran ZR36120/36125 Video For Linux
25331CONFIG_VIDEO_ZR36120
25332  Support for ZR36120/ZR36125 based frame grabber/overlay boards.
25333  This includes the Victor II, WaveWatcher, Video Wonder, Maxi-TV,
25334  and Buster boards. Please read the material in
25335  <file:Documentation/video4linux/zr36120.txt> for more information.
25336
25337  This driver is also available as a module called zr36120.o ( = code
25338  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
25339  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
25340  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
25341
25342SAA5249 Teletext processor
25343CONFIG_VIDEO_SAA5249
25344  Support for I2C bus based teletext using the SAA5249 chip. At the
25345  moment this is only useful on some European WinTV cards.
25346
25347  This driver is also available as a module called saa5249.o ( = code
25348  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
25349  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
25350  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
25351
25352QuickCam BW Video For Linux
25353CONFIG_VIDEO_BWQCAM
25354  Say Y have if you the black and white version of the QuickCam
25355  camera. See the next option for the color version.
25356
25357  This driver is also available as a module called bw-qcam.o ( = code
25358  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
25359  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
25360  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
25361
25362QuickCam Colour Video For Linux
25363CONFIG_VIDEO_CQCAM
25364  This is the video4linux driver for the colour version of the
25365  Connectix QuickCam.  If you have one of these cameras, say Y here,
25366  otherwise say N.  This driver does not work with the original
25367  monochrome QuickCam, QuickCam VC or QuickClip.  It is also available
25368  as a module (c-qcam.o).
25369  Read <file:Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt> for more information.
25370
25371W9966 Webcam (FlyCam Supra and others) Video For Linux
25372CONFIG_VIDEO_W9966
25373  Video4linux driver for Winbond's w9966 based Webcams.
25374  Currently tested with the LifeView FlyCam Supra.
25375  If you have one of these cameras, say Y here
25376  otherwise say N.
25377  This driver is also available as a module (w9966.o).
25378
25379  Check out <file:drivers/media/video4linux/w9966.txt> and
25380  <file:drivers/media/video/w9966.c> for more information.
25381
25382Philips SAA7114H for SiByte BCM91250A
25383CONFIG_VIDEO_SWARM_7114H
25384  Say Y or M to build the video4linux driver for the Philips SAA7114H
25385  video decoder on Broadcom SWARM board (BCM91250A).  The decoder chip
25386  is on the BCM1250's "E2" 8-bit FIFO port.
25387
25388CPiA Video For Linux
25389CONFIG_VIDEO_CPIA
25390  This is the video4linux driver for cameras based on Vision's CPiA
25391  (Colour Processor Interface ASIC), such as the Creative Labs Video
25392  Blaster Webcam II. If you have one of these cameras, say Y here
25393  and select parallel port and/or USB lowlevel support below,
25394  otherwise say N. This will not work with the Creative Webcam III.
25395
25396  Please read <file:Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia> for more
25397  information.
25398
25399  This driver is also available as a module (cpia.o).
25400
25401CPiA Parallel Port Lowlevel Support
25402CONFIG_VIDEO_CPIA_PP
25403  This is the lowlevel parallel port support for cameras based on
25404  Vision's CPiA (Colour Processor Interface ASIC), such as the
25405  Creative Webcam II. If you have the parallel port version of one
25406  of these cameras, say Y here, otherwise say N. It is also available
25407  as a module (cpia_pp.o).
25408
25409CPiA USB Lowlevel Support
25410CONFIG_VIDEO_CPIA_USB
25411  This is the lowlevel USB support for cameras based on Vision's CPiA
25412  (Colour Processor Interface ASIC), such as the Creative Webcam II.
25413  If you have the USB version of one of these cameras, say Y here,
25414  otherwise say N. This will not work with the Creative Webcam III.
25415  It is also available as a module (cpia_usb.o).
25416
25417Mediavision Pro Movie Studio Video For Linux
25418CONFIG_VIDEO_PMS
25419  Say Y if you have such a thing.  This driver is also available as a
25420  module called pms.o ( = code which can be inserted in and removed
25421  from the running kernel whenever you want).  If you want to compile
25422  it as a module, say M here and read
25423  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
25424
25425Sony Vaio Picturebook Motion Eye Video For Linux
25426CONFIG_VIDEO_MEYE
25427  This is the video4linux driver for the Motion Eye camera found
25428  in the Vaio Picturebook laptops. Please read the material in
25429  <file:Documentation/video4linux/meye.txt> for more information.
25430
25431  If you say Y or M here, you need to say Y or M to "Sony Programmable
25432  I/O Control Device" in the character device section.
25433
25434  This driver is available as a module called meye.o ( = code
25435  which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
25436  whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
25437  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
25438
25439IBM's S/390 architecture
25440CONFIG_ARCH_S390
25441  Select this option, if you want to run the Kernel on one of IBM's
25442  mainframes of the S/390 generation. You should have installed the
25443  s390-compiler released by IBM (based on gcc-2.95.1) before.
25444
25445Merge some code into the kernel to make the image IPLable
25446CONFIG_IPL
25447  If you want to use the produced kernel to IPL directly from a
25448  device, you have to merge a bootsector specific to the device
25449  into the first bytes of the kernel. You will have to select the
25450  IPL device on another question, that pops up, when you select
25451  CONFIG_IPL.
25452
25453IPL from a S/390 tape unit
25454CONFIG_IPL_TAPE
25455  Select this option if you want to IPL the image from a Tape.
25456
25457IPL from a virtual card reader emulated by VM/ESA
25458CONFIG_IPL_VM
25459  Select this option if you are running under VM/ESA and want
25460  to IPL the image from the emulated card reader.
25461
25462CONFIG_PFAULT
25463  Select this option, if you want to use PFAULT pseudo page fault
25464  handling under VM. If running native or in LPAR, this option
25465  has no effect. If your VM does not support PFAULT, PAGEEX
25466  pseudo page fault handling will be used.
25467  Note that VM 4.2 supports PFAULT but has a bug in its
25468  implementation that causes some problems.
25469  Everybody who wants to run Linux under VM != VM4.2 should select
25470  this option.
25471
25472CONFIG_SHARED_KERNEL
25473  Select this option, if you want to share the text segment of the
25474  Linux kernel between different VM guests. This reduces memory
25475  usage with lots of guests but greatly increases kernel size.
25476  You should only select this option if you know what you are
25477  doing and want to exploit this feature.
25478
25479Support for IBM-style disk-labels (S/390)
25480CONFIG_S390_PARTITION
25481  Enable this option to assure standard IBM labels on the DASDs.
25482  You must enable it, if you are planning to access DASDs also
25483  attached to another IBM mainframe operation system (OS/390,
25484  VM/ESA, VSE/ESA).
25485
25486Support for DASD hard disks
25487CONFIG_DASD
25488  Enable this option if you want to access DASDs directly utilizing
25489  S/390's or zSeries' channel subsystem commands. This is necessary for running
25490  natively on a single image or an LPAR.
25491
25492Support for ECKD hard disks
25493CONFIG_DASD_ECKD
25494  ECKD (Extended Count Key Data) devices are the most commonly used
25495  devices on zSeries and S/390. You should enable this option unless you are
25496  very sure you have no ECKD device.
25497
25498ECKD demand loading
25499CONFIG_DASD_AUTO_ECKD
25500  This option enables demand loading of the ECKD module.
25501
25502Support for FBA hard disks
25503CONFIG_DASD_FBA
25504  Select this option if you want to use FBA (Fixed Block) devices.
25505  If you are not sure what it is, say "Y".
25506
25507FBA demand loading
25508CONFIG_DASD_AUTO_FBA
25509  This option enables demand loading of the FBA module.
25510
25511Support for DIAG access to CMS reserved Disks
25512CONFIG_DASD_DIAG
25513  Select this option if you want to use CMS reserved Disks under VM
25514  with the Diagnose250 command.  If you are not running under VM or
25515  unsure what it is, say "N".
25516
25517DIAG demand loading
25518CONFIG_DASD_AUTO_DIAG
25519  This option enables demand loading of the DIAG module.
25520
25521Merge some code into the kernel to make the image IPLable
25522CONFIG_IPLABLE
25523  If you want to use the produced kernel to IPL directly from a
25524  device, you have to merge a bootsector specific to the device
25525  into the first bytes of the kernel. You will have to select the
25526  IPL device on another question, that pops up, when you select
25527  CONFIG_IPLABE.
25528
25529Support for 3215 line mode terminal
25530CONFIG_TN3215
25531  Include support for IBM 3215 line-mode terminals.
25532
25533Support for console on 3215 line mode terminal
25534CONFIG_TN3215_CONSOLE
25535  Include support for using an IBM 3215 line-mode terminal as a
25536  Linux system console.
25537
25538Support for 3270 line mode terminal
25539CONFIG_TN3270
25540  Include support for IBM 3270 line-mode terminals.
25541
25542Support for console on 3270 line mode terminal
25543CONFIG_TN3270_CONSOLE
25544  Include support for using an IBM 3270 line-mode terminal as a Linux
25545  system console.  Available only if 3270 support is compiled in
25546  statically.
25547
25548Support for HWC line mode terminal
25549CONFIG_HWC
25550  Include support for IBM HWC line-mode terminals.
25551
25552Console on HWC line mode terminal
25553CONFIG_HWC_CONSOLE
25554  Include support for using an IBM HWC line-mode terminal as the Linux
25555  system console.
25556
25557Control Program Identification
25558CONFIG_HWC_CPI
25559  Allows for Control Program Identification via the HWC interface,
25560  i.e. provides a mean to pass an OS instance name (system name)
25561  to the machine.
25562
25563  This option should only be selected as a module since the
25564  system name has to be passed as module parameter. The module
25565  will be called hwc_cpi.o.
25566
25567S/390 tape device support
25568CONFIG_S390_TAPE
25569  Select this option if you want to access channel-attached tape
25570  devices on IBM S/390 or zSeries.
25571  If you select this option you will also want to select at
25572  least one of the tape interface options and one of the tape
25573  hardware options in order to access a tape device.
25574  This option is also available as a module. The module will be
25575  called tape390.o and include all selected interfaces.
25576  The hardware drivers will be seperate modules.
25577  If unsure, say "Y".
25578
25579Support for tape character devices
25580CONFIG_S390_TAPE_CHAR
25581  Select this option if you want to access your channel-attached
25582  tape devices using the character device interface.
25583  This interface is similar to other Linux tape devices like
25584  SCSI-Tapes (st) and the floppy tape device (ftape).
25585  If unsure, say "Y".
25586
25587Support for tape block devices
25588CONFIG_S390_TAPE_BLOCK
25589  Select this option if you want to access your channel-attached tape
25590  devices using the block device interface.  This interface is similar
25591  to CD-ROM devices on other platforms.  The tapes can only be
25592  accessed read-only when using this interface.  Have a look at
25593  Documentation/s390/TAPE for further information about creating
25594  volumes for and using this interface.  It is safe to say "Y" here.
25595
25596Support for 3490 tape hardware
25597CONFIG_S390_TAPE_3490
25598  Select this option if you want to access IBM 3490 magnetic
25599  tape subsystems and 100% compatibles.
25600  This option is also available as a module. The module will be
25601  called tape3490.o. If CONFIG_S390_TAPE is selected as a module,
25602  this hardware driver cannot be built-in but is only available
25603  as a module.
25604  It is safe to say "Y" here.
25605
25606Support for 3480 tape hardware
25607CONFIG_S390_TAPE_3480
25608  Select this option if you want to access IBM 3480 magnetic
25609  tape subsystems and 100% compatibles.
25610  This option is also available as a module. The module will be
25611  called tape3480.o. If CONFIG_S390_TAPE is selected as a module,
25612  this hardware driver cannot be built-in but is only available
25613  as a module.
25614  It is safe to say "Y" here.
25615
25616CTC device support
25617CONFIG_CTC
25618  Select this option if you want to use channel-to-channel networking
25619  on IBM S/390 or zSeries. This device driver supports real CTC
25620  coupling using ESCON. It also supports virtual CTCs when running
25621  under VM. It will use the channel device configuration if this is
25622  available.  This option is also available as a module which will be
25623  called ctc.o.  If you do not know what it is, it's safe to say "Y".
25624
25625XPRAM disk support
25626CONFIG_BLK_DEV_XPRAM
25627  Select this option if you want to use your expanded storage on S/390
25628  or zSeries as a disk.  This is useful as a _fast_ swap device if you
25629  want to access more than 2G of memory when running in 31 bit mode.
25630  This option is also available as a module which will be called
25631  xpram.o.  If unsure, say "N".
25632
25633Fast IRQ handling
25634CONFIG_FAST_IRQ
25635  Select this option in order to get the interrupts processed faster
25636  on your S/390 or zSeries machine.  If selected, after an interrupt
25637  is processed, the channel subsystem will be asked for other pending
25638  interrupts which will also be processed before leaving the interrupt
25639  context.  This speeds up the I/O a lot. Say "Y".
25640
25641IUCV device support (VM only)
25642CONFIG_IUCV
25643  Select this option if you want to use inter-user communication
25644  vehicle networking under VM or VIF.  This option is also available
25645  as a module which will be called iucv.o. If unsure, say "Y".
25646
25647Process warning machine checks
25648CONFIG_MACHCHK_WARNING
25649  Select this option if you want the machine check handler on IBM S/390 or
25650  zSeries to process warning machine checks (e.g. on power failures).
25651  If unsure, say "Y".
25652
25653Use chscs for Common I/O
25654CONFIG_CHSC
25655  Select this option if you want the s390 common I/O layer to use information
25656  obtained by channel subsystem calls. This will enable Linux to process link
25657  failures and resource accessibility events. Moreover, if you have procfs
25658  enabled, you'll be able to toggle chpids logically offline and online. Even
25659  if you don't understand what this means, you should say "Y".
25660
25661Process warning machine checks
25662CONFIG_MACHCHK_WARNING
25663  Select this option if you want the machine check handler on IBM S/390 or
25664  zSeries to process warning machine checks (e.g. on power failures).
25665  If unsure, say "Y".
25666
25667Use chscs for Common I/O
25668CONFIG_CHSC
25669  Select this option if you want the s390 common I/O layer to use information
25670  obtained by channel subsystem calls. This will enable Linux to process link
25671  failures and resource accessibility events. Moreover, if you have procfs
25672  enabled, you'll be able to toggle chpids logically offline and online. Even
25673  if you don't understand what this means, you should say "Y".
25674
25675Kernel support for 31 bit ELF binaries
25676CONFIG_S390_SUPPORT
25677  Select this option if you want to enable your system kernel to
25678  handle system-calls from ELF binaries for 31 bit ESA.  This option
25679  (and some other stuff like libraries and such) is needed for
25680  executing 31 bit applications.  It is safe to say "Y".
25681
25682Channel Device Configuration
25683CONFIG_CHANDEV
25684  The channel device layer is a layer to provide a consistent
25685  interface for configuration & default machine check (devices
25686  appearing & disappearing) handling on Linux for s/390 & z/Series
25687  channel devices.
25688
25689  s/390 & z/Series channel devices include among others
25690
25691  lcs (the most common ethernet/token ring/fddi standard on
25692  zSeries)
25693  ctc/escon hi speed like serial link standard on zSeries
25694  claw used to talk to cisco routers.
25695  qeth gigabit ethernet.
25696
25697  These devices use two channels one read & one write for
25698  configuration & communication (& a third channel, the data
25699  channel the case of gigabit ethernet). The motivation
25700  behind developing this layer was that there was a lot of
25701  duplicate code among the channel device drivers for
25702  configuration.
25703
25704  Also the lcs & ctc drivers tended to fight over
25705  3088/08's & 3088/1F's which could be either 2216/3172
25706  channel attached lcs compatible devices or escon/ctc pipes
25707  had to be configured separately as they couldn't autodetect,
25708  this is now simplified by doing the configuration in a single
25709  place (the channel device layer).
25710
25711  This layer isn't invasive & it is quite okay to use channel
25712  drivers which don't use the channel device layer in
25713  conjunction with drivers which do.
25714
25715  For more info see the chandev manpage usually distributed in
25716  <file:Documentation/s390/chandev.8> in the Linux source tree.
25717
25718SAB3036 tuner support
25719CONFIG_TUNER_3036
25720  Say Y here to include support for Philips SAB3036 compatible tuners.
25721  If in doubt, say N.
25722
25723Compaq SMART2 support
25724CONFIG_BLK_CPQ_DA
25725  This is the driver for Compaq Smart Array controllers.  Everyone
25726  using these boards should say Y here.  See the file
25727  <file:Documentation/cpqarray.txt> for the current list of boards
25728  supported by this driver, and for further information on the use of
25729  this driver.
25730
25731  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
25732  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
25733  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
25734  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called
25735  cpqarray.o
25736
25737Show crashed user process info
25738CONFIG_PROCESS_DEBUG
25739  Say Y to print all process fault locations to the console.  This is
25740  a debugging option; you probably do not want to set it unless you
25741  are an S390 port maintainer.
25742
25743#
25744# ARM options
25745#
25746# CML2 transition note: CML1 asks ARCH_ARCA5K, then has ARCH_A5K and ARCH_ARK
25747# as subquestions.  CML2 asks the subquestions in the armtype menu and makes
25748# ARCH_ARCA5K a derived symbol.
25749ARM System type
25750CONFIG_ARCH_ARCA5K
25751  This selects what ARM system you wish to build the kernel for. It
25752  also selects to some extent the CPU type. If you are unsure what
25753  to set this option to, please consult any information supplied with
25754  your system.
25755
25756# Choice: armtype
25757A5000
25758CONFIG_ARCH_A5K
25759  Say Y here to to support the Acorn A5000.  Linux can support the
25760  internal IDE disk and CD-ROM interface, serial and parallel port,
25761  and the floppy drive.  Note that on some A5000s the floppy is
25762  plugged into the wrong socket on the motherboard.
25763
25764Archimedes
25765CONFIG_ARCH_ARC
25766  The Acorn Archimedes was an personal computer based on an 8K ARM2
25767  processor, released in 1987.  It supported 512K of RAM and 2 800K
25768  floppy disks.  Picture and more detailed specifications at
25769  <http://www.computingmuseum.com/museum/archi.htm>.
25770
25771EBSA-110
25772CONFIG_ARCH_EBSA110
25773  This is an evaluation board for the StrongARM processor available
25774  from Digital. It has limited hardware on-board, including an onboard
25775  Ethernet interface, two PCMCIA sockets, two serial ports and a
25776  parallel port.
25777
25778RiscPC
25779CONFIG_ARCH_RPC
25780  On the Acorn Risc-PC, Linux can support the internal IDE disk and
25781  CD-ROM interface, serial and parallel port, and the floppy drive.
25782
257832MB physical memory
25784CONFIG_PAGESIZE_16
25785  Say Y here if your Archimedes or A5000 system has only 2MB of
25786  memory, otherwise say N.  The resulting kernel will not run on a
25787  machine with 4MB of memory.
25788
25789CATS
25790CONFIG_ARCH_CATS
25791  Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on the CATS.
25792
25793  Saying N will reduce the size of the Footbridge kernel.
25794
25795EBSA285 (addin mode)
25796CONFIG_ARCH_EBSA285_ADDIN
25797  Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on the EBSA285 card
25798  in addin mode.
25799
25800  Saying N will reduce the size of the Footbridge kernel.
25801
25802EBSA285 (host mode)
25803CONFIG_ARCH_EBSA285_HOST
25804  Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on the EBSA285 card
25805  in host ("central function") mode.
25806
25807  Saying N will reduce the size of the Footbridge kernel.
25808
25809LinkUp Systems L7200 SDB
25810CONFIG_ARCH_L7200
25811  Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on a LinkUp Systems
25812  L7200 Software Development Board which uses an ARM720T processor.
25813  Information on this board can be obtained at:
25814
25815  <http://www.linkupsys.com/>
25816
25817  If you have any questions or comments about the Linux kernel port
25818  to this board, send e-mail to sjhill@cotw.com.
25819
25820NetWinder
25821CONFIG_ARCH_NETWINDER
25822  Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on the Rebel.COM
25823  NetWinder.  Information about this machine can be found at:
25824
25825  <http://www.netwinder.org/>
25826
25827  Saying N will reduce the size of the Footbridge kernel.
25828
25829P720T
25830CONFIG_ARCH_P720T
25831  Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on the ARM Prospector
25832  720T.
25833
25834Compaq Personal Server
25835CONFIG_ARCH_PERSONAL_SERVER
25836  Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on the Compaq
25837  Personal Server.
25838
25839  Saying N will reduce the size of the Footbridge kernel.
25840
25841  The Compaq Personal Server is not available for purchase.
25842  There are no product plans beyond the current research
25843  prototypes at this time.  Information is available at:
25844
25845  <http://crl.research.compaq.com/projects/personalserver/>
25846
25847  If you have any questions or comments about the  Compaq Personal
25848  Server, send e-mail to skiff@crl.dec.com.
25849
25850Cirrus Logic EDB-7211 evaluation board
25851CONFIG_ARCH_EDB7211
25852  Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on a Cirrus Logic EDB-7211
25853  evaluation board.
25854
25855EP7211 infrared support
25856CONFIG_EP7211_IR
25857  Say Y here if you wish to use the infrared port on the EP7211. Note
25858  that you can't use the first UART and the infrared port at the same
25859  time, and that the EP7211 only supports SIR mode, at speeds up to
25860  115.2 kbps. To use the I/R port, you will need to get the source to
25861  irda-utils and apply the patch at
25862  <http://lists.arm.linux.org.uk/pipermail/linux-arm-kernel/2001-June/003510.html>.
25863
25864Assabet
25865CONFIG_SA1100_ASSABET
25866  Say Y here if you are using the Intel(R) StrongARM(R) SA-1110
25867  Microprocessor Development Board (also known as the Assabet).
25868
25869Neponset
25870CONFIG_ASSABET_NEPONSET
25871  Say Y here if you are using the Intel(R) StrongARM(R) SA-1110
25872  Microprocessor Development Board (Assabet)  with the SA-1111
25873  Development Board (Nepon).
25874
25875Compaq iPAQ H3600
25876CONFIG_SA1100_H3600
25877  Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on the Compaq iPAQ
25878  H3600 handheld computer.  Information about this machine and the
25879  Linux port to this machine can be found at:
25880
25881  <http://www.handhelds.org/Compaq/index.html#iPAQ_H3600>
25882  <http://www.compaq.com/products/handhelds/pocketpc/>
25883
25884Brutus
25885CONFIG_SA1100_BRUTUS
25886  Say Y here if you are using the Intel(R) StrongARM(R) SA-1100
25887  Microprocessor Development Board (also known as the Brutus).
25888
25889LART
25890CONFIG_SA1100_LART
25891  Say Y here if you are using the Linux Advanced Radio Terminal
25892  (also known as the LART).  See <http://www.lart.tudelft.nl/> for
25893  information on the LART.
25894
25895GraphicsClient
25896CONFIG_SA1100_GRAPHICSCLIENT
25897  Say Y here if you are using an Applied Data Systems Intel(R)
25898  StrongARM(R) SA-1100 based Graphics Client SBC.  See
25899  <http://www.applieddata.net/> for information on this system.
25900
25901GraphicsMaster
25902CONFIG_SA1100_GRAPHICSMASTER
25903  Say Y here if you are using an Applied Data Systems Intel(R)
25904  StrongARM(R) SA-1100 based Graphics Master SBC with SA-1111
25905  StrongARM companion chip.  See
25906  <http://www.applieddata.net/products_masterSpec.asp> for information
25907  on this system.
25908
25909ADSBitsy
25910CONFIG_SA1100_ADSBITSY
25911  Say Y here if you are using Applied Data Systems Intel(R)
25912  StrongARM(R) 1110 based Bitsy, 3 x 5 inches in size, Compaq - IPAQ -
25913  like platform. See
25914  <http://www.applieddata.net/products_bitsySpec.asp> for more
25915  information.
25916
25917ITSY
25918CONFIG_SA1100_ITSY
25919  Say Y here if you are using the Compaq Itsy experimental pocket
25920  computer. See <http://research.compaq.com/wrl/projects/itsy/> for
25921  more information.
25922
25923PLEB
25924CONFIG_SA1100_PLEB
25925  Say Y here if you are using a Portable Linux Embedded Board
25926  (also known as PLEB). See <http://www.cse.unsw.edu.au/~pleb/>
25927  for more information.
25928
25929CerfBoard
25930CONFIG_SA1100_CERF
25931  The Intrinsyc CerfBoard is based on the StrongARM 1110.
25932  More information is available at:
25933  <http://www.intrinsyc.com/products/referenceplatforms/cerfboard.html>.
25934
25935  Say Y if configuring for an Intrinsyc CerfBoard.
25936  Say N otherwise.
25937
25938FlexaNet
25939CONFIG_SA1100_FLEXANET
25940  Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on the FlexaNet
25941  handheld instruments. Information about this machine can be
25942  found at: <http://www.flexanet.com/>.
25943
25944nanoEngine
25945CONFIG_SA1100_NANOENGINE
25946  The nanoEngine is a StrongARM 1110-based single board computer
25947  from Bright Star Engineering. More information is available at:
25948  <http://www.brightstareng.com/arm/nanoeng.htm>.
25949
25950  Say Y if configuring for a nanoEngine.
25951  Say N otherwise.
25952
25953Pangolin
25954CONFIG_SA1100_PANGOLIN
25955  Pangolin is a StrongARM 1110-based evaluation platform produced
25956  by Dialogue Technology.  It has EISA slots for ease of configuration
25957  with SDRAM/Flash memory card, USB/Serial/Audio card, Compact Flash
25958  card, and TFT-LCD card.
25959
25960  Say Y if configuring for a Pangolin.
25961  Say N otherwise.
25962
25963Victor
25964CONFIG_SA1100_VICTOR
25965  Say Y here if you are using a Visu Aide Intel(R) StrongARM(R)
25966  SA-1100 based Victor Digital Talking Book Reader.  See
25967  <http://www.visuaide.com/pagevictor.en.html> for information on
25968  this system.
25969
25970# Choice: cerf_ram
25971Cerf on-board RAM size
25972CONFIG_SA1100_CERF_8MB
25973   Declare the size of the CerfBoard's on-board RAM.
25974   Alternatives are 8, 16, 32, and 64MB.
25975
2597616MB
25977CONFIG_SA1100_CERF_16MB
25978   Declare that the CerfBoard has 16MB RAM.
25979
2598032MB
25981CONFIG_SA1100_CERF_32MB
25982   Declare that the CerfBoard has 32MB RAM.
25983
2598464MB
25985CONFIG_SA1100_CERF_64MB
25986   Declare that the CerfBoard has 64MB RAM.
25987
25988# Choice: cerf_flash
25989Cerf flash memory size
25990CONFIG_SA1100_CERF_FLASH_8MB
25991  Tell the Cerf kernel the size of on-board memory.  The choices
25992  are 8MB, 16MB, or 32MB.
25993
2599416MB
25995CONFIG_SA1100_CERF_FLASH_16MB
25996  Configure the Cerf kernel to expect 16MB of flash memory.
25997
2599832MB
25999CONFIG_SA1100_CERF_FLASH_32MB
26000  Configure the Cerf kernel to expect 32MB of flash memory.
26001
26002Support ARM610 processor
26003CONFIG_CPU_ARM610
26004  The ARM610 is the successor to the ARM3 processor
26005  and was produced by VLSI Technology Inc.
26006
26007  Say Y if you want support for the ARM610 processor.
26008  Otherwise, say N.
26009
26010Support ARM710 processor
26011CONFIG_CPU_ARM710
26012  A 32-bit RISC microprocessor based on the ARM7 processor core
26013  designed by Advanced RISC Machines Ltd. The ARM710 is the
26014  successor to the ARM610 processor. It was released in
26015  July 1994 by VLSI Technology Inc.
26016
26017  Say Y if you want support for the ARM710 processor.
26018  Otherwise, say N.
26019
26020Support ARM720T processor
26021CONFIG_CPU_ARM720T
26022  A 32-bit RISC processor with 8kByte Cache, Write Buffer and
26023  MMU built around an ARM7TDMI core.
26024
26025  Say Y if you want support for the ARM720T processor.
26026  Otherwise, say N.
26027
26028Support ARM920T processor
26029CONFIG_CPU_ARM920T
26030  The ARM920T is licensed to be produced by numerous vendors,
26031  and is used in the Maverick EP9312.  More information at
26032  <http://linuxdevices.com/products/PD2382866068.html>.
26033
26034  Say Y if you want support for the ARM920T processor.
26035  Otherwise, say N.
26036
26037Support ARM1020 processor
26038CONFIG_CPU_ARM1020
26039  The ARM1020 is the cached version of the ARM10 processor,
26040  with an addition of a floating-point unit.
26041
26042  Say Y if you want support for the ARM1020 processor.
26043  Otherwise, say N.
26044
26045Disable I-Cache
26046CONFIG_CPU_ICACHE_DISABLE
26047  Say Y here to disable the processor instruction cache. Unless
26048  you have a reason not to or are unsure, say N.
26049
26050Disable D-Cache
26051CONFIG_CPU_DCACHE_DISABLE
26052  Say Y here to disable the processor data cache. Unless
26053  you have a reason not to or are unsure, say N.
26054
26055Force write through D-cache
26056CONFIG_CPU_DCACHE_WRITETHROUGH
26057  Say Y here to use the data cache in write-through mode. Unless you
26058  specifically require this or are unsure, say N.
26059
26060Round robin I and D cache replacement algorithm
26061CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_ROUND_ROBIN
26062  Say Y here to use the predictable round-robin cache replacement
26063  policy.  Unless you specifically require this or are unsure, say N.
26064
26065Disable branch prediction
26066CONFIG_CPU_BPREDICT_DISABLE
26067  Say Y here to disable branch prediction.  If unsure, say N.
26068
26069Compressed boot loader in ROM/flash
26070CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM
26071  Say Y here if you intend to execute your compressed kernel image (zImage)
26072  directly from ROM or flash.  If unsure, say N.
26073
26074Compressed ROM boot loader base address
26075CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_TEXT
26076  The base address for zImage.  Unless you have special requirements, you
26077  should not change this value.
26078
26079Compressed ROM boot loader BSS address
26080CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_BSS
26081  The base address of 64KiB of read/write memory, which must be available
26082  while the decompressor is running.  Unless you have special requirements,
26083  you should not change this value.
26084
26085Support StrongARM SA-110 processor
26086CONFIG_CPU_SA110
26087  The Intel StrongARM(R) SA-110 is a 32-bit microprocessor and
26088  is available at five speeds ranging from 100 MHz to 233 MHz.
26089  More information is available at
26090  <http://developer.intel.com/design/strong/sa110.htm>.
26091
26092  Say Y if you want support for the SA-110 processor.
26093  Otherwise, say N.
26094
26095Tulsa
26096CONFIG_SA1100_PFS168
26097  The Radisys Corp. PFS-168 (aka Tulsa) is an Intel� StrongArm� SA-1110 based
26098  computer which includes the SA-1111 Microprocessor Companion Chip and other
26099  custom I/O designed to add connectivity and multimedia features for vending
26100  and business machine applications. Say Y here if you require support for
26101  this target.
26102
26103HP Jornada 720
26104CONFIG_SA1100_JORNADA720
26105  Say Y here if you want to build a kernel for the HP Jornada 720
26106  handheld computer.  See <http://www.hp.com/jornada/products/720>
26107  for details.
26108
26109InHand Electronics OmniMeter
26110CONFIG_SA1100_OMNIMETER
26111  Say Y here if you are using the inhand electronics OmniMeter.  See
26112  <http://www.inhandelectronics.com/html/omni1.html> for details.
26113
26114Load kernel using Angel Debug Monitor
26115CONFIG_ANGELBOOT
26116  Say Y if you plan to load the kernel using Angel, ARM Ltd's target
26117  debug stub.  If you are not using Angel, you must say N.  It is
26118  important to get this setting correct.
26119
26120CDB89712
26121CONFIG_ARCH_CDB89712
26122  This is an evaluation board from Cirrus for the CS89712 processor.  The
26123  board includes 2 serial ports, Ethernet, IRDA, and expansion headers.
26124  It comes with 16 MB SDRAM and 8 MB flash ROM.
26125
26126CLPS-711X internal ROM bootstrap
26127CONFIG_EP72XX_ROM_BOOT
26128  If you say Y here, your CLPS711x-based kernel will use the bootstrap
26129  mode memory map instead of the normal memory map.
26130
26131  Processors derived from the Cirrus CLPS-711X core support two boot modes.
26132  Normal mode boots from the external memory device at CS0.  Bootstrap mode
26133  rearranges parts of the memory map, placing an internal 128 byte bootstrap
26134  ROM at CS0.  This option performs the address map changes required to
26135  support booting in this mode.
26136
26137  You almost surely want to say N here.
26138
26139Math emulation
26140CONFIG_FPE_NWFPE
26141  Say Y to include the NWFPE floating point emulator in the kernel.
26142  This is necessary to run most binaries. Linux does not currently
26143  support floating point hardware so you need to say Y here even if
26144  your machine has an FPA or floating point co-processor podule.
26145
26146  It is also possible to say M to build the emulator as a module
26147  (nwfpe.o) or indeed to leave it out altogether. However, unless you
26148  know what you are doing this can easily render your machine
26149  unbootable. Saying Y is the safe option.
26150
26151  You may say N here if you are going to load the Acorn FPEmulator
26152  early in the bootup.
26153
26154FastFPE math emulation
26155CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE
26156  Say Y here to include the FAST floating point emulator in the kernel.
26157  This is an experimental much faster emulator which has only 32 bit
26158  precision for the mantissa.  It does not support any exceptions.
26159  This makes it very simple, it is approximately 4-8 times faster than
26160  NWFPE.
26161
26162  It should be sufficient for most programs.  It is definitely not
26163  suitable if you do scientific calculations that need double
26164  precision for iteration formulas that sum up lots of very small
26165  numbers.  If you do not feel you need a faster FP emulation you
26166  should better choose NWFPE.
26167
26168  It is also possible to say M to build the emulator as a module
26169  (fastfpe.o).  But keep in mind that you should only load the FP
26170  emulator early in the bootup.  You should never change from NWFPE to
26171  FASTFPE or vice versa in an active system!
26172
26173DS1620 thermometer support
26174CONFIG_DS1620
26175  Say Y here to include support for the thermal management hardware
26176  found in the NetWinder. This driver allows the user to control the
26177  temperature set points and to read the current temperature.
26178
26179  It is also possible to say M here to build it as a module (ds1620.o)
26180  It is recommended to be used on a NetWinder, but it is not a
26181  necessity.
26182
26183Check for stack overflows
26184CONFIG_DEBUG_STACKOVERFLOW
26185  This option make do_IRQ() check for enough stack space beeing left.
26186  This is safe to enable.
26187
26188Debug high memory support
26189CONFIG_DEBUG_HIGHMEM
26190  This options enables addition error checking for high memory systems.
26191  Disable for production systems.
26192
26193Verbose kernel error messages
26194CONFIG_DEBUG_ERRORS
26195  This option controls verbose debugging information which can be
26196  printed when the kernel detects an internal error. This debugging
26197  information is useful to kernel hackers when tracking down problems,
26198  but mostly meaningless to other people. It's safe to say Y unless
26199  you are concerned with the code size or don't want to see these
26200  messages.
26201
26202Compile kernel with frame pointer
26203CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER
26204  If you say Y here, the resulting kernel will be slightly larger and
26205  slower, but it will give very useful debugging information. If you
26206  don't debug the kernel, you can say N, but we may not be able to
26207  solve problems without frame pointers.
26208
26209Verbose user fault messages
26210CONFIG_DEBUG_USER
26211  When a user program crashes due to an exception, the kernel can
26212  print a brief message explaining what the problem was. This is
26213  sometimes helpful for debugging but serves no purpose on a
26214  production system. Most people should say N here.
26215
26216Include gdb debugging information in kernel binary
26217CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO
26218  Say Y here to include source-level debugging information in the
26219  `vmlinux' binary image. This is handy if you want to use gdb or
26220  addr2line to debug the kernel. It has no impact on the in-memory
26221  footprint of the running kernel but it can increase the amount of
26222  time and disk space needed for compilation of the kernel. If in
26223  doubt say N.
26224
26225Kernel low-level debugging functions
26226CONFIG_DEBUG_LL
26227  Say Y here to include definitions of printascii, printchar, printhex
26228  in the kernel.  This is helpful if you are debugging code that
26229  executes before the console is initialized.
26230
26231Kernel low-level debugging messages via footbridge serial port
26232CONFIG_DEBUG_DC21285_PORT
26233  Say Y here if you want the debug print routines to direct their
26234  output to the serial port in the DC21285 (Footbridge). Saying N
26235  will cause the debug messages to appear on the first 16550
26236  serial port.
26237
26238Kernel low-level debugging messages via UART2
26239CONFIG_DEBUG_CLPS711X_UART2
26240  Say Y here if you want the debug print routines to direct their
26241  output to the second serial port on these devices.  Saying N will
26242  cause the debug messages to appear on the first serial port.
26243
26244Kernel log buffer length shift
26245CONFIG_LOG_BUF_SHIFT
26246  The kernel log buffer has a fixed size of :
26247      64 kB (2^16) on MULTIQUAD and IA64,
26248     128 kB (2^17) on S390
26249      32 kB (2^15) on SMP systems
26250      16 kB (2^14) on UP systems
26251
26252  You have the ability to change this size with this paramter which
26253  fixes the bit shift of to get the buffer length (which must be a
26254  power of 2). Eg: a value of 16 sets the buffer to 64 kB (2^16).
26255  The default value of 0 uses standard values above.
26256
26257Disable pgtable cache
26258CONFIG_NO_PGT_CACHE
26259  Normally the kernel maintains a `quicklist' of preallocated
26260  pagetable structures in order to increase performance. On machines
26261  with very few pages this may however be a loss. Say Y here to
26262  disable the pgtable cache.
26263
26264RISC OS personality
26265CONFIG_ARTHUR
26266  Say Y here to include the kernel code necessary if you want to run
26267  Acorn RISC OS/Arthur binaries under Linux. This code is still very
26268  experimental; if this sounds frightening, say N and sleep in peace.
26269  You can also say M here to compile this support as a module (which
26270  will be called arthur.o).
26271
26272Initial kernel command line
26273CONFIG_CMDLINE
26274  On some architectures (EBSA110 and CATS), there is currently no way
26275  for the boot loader to pass arguments to the kernel. For these
26276  architectures, you should supply some command-line options at build
26277  time by entering them here. As a minimum, you should specify the
26278  memory size and the root device (e.g., mem=64M root=/dev/nfs).
26279
26280Kernel-mode alignment trap handler
26281CONFIG_ALIGNMENT_TRAP
26282  ARM processors can not fetch/store information which is not
26283  naturally aligned on the bus, i.e., a 4 byte fetch must start at an
26284  address divisible by 4. On 32-bit ARM processors, these non-aligned
26285  fetch/store instructions will be emulated in software if you say
26286  here, which has a severe performance impact. This is necessary for
26287  correct operation of some network protocols. With an IP-only
26288  configuration it is safe to say N, otherwise say Y.
26289
26290DC21285 serial port support
26291CONFIG_SERIAL_21285
26292  If you have a machine based on a 21285 (Footbridge) StrongARM(R)/
26293  PCI bridge you can enable its onboard serial port by enabling this
26294  option. The device has major ID 4, minor 64.
26295
26296Console on DC21285 serial port
26297CONFIG_SERIAL_21285_CONSOLE
26298  If you have enabled the serial port on the 21285 footbridge you can
26299  make it the console by answering Y to this option.
26300
26301SA1100 serial port support
26302CONFIG_SERIAL_SA1100
26303  * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Russell King       *
26304  * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact *
26305  * the Configure.help maintainers.                             *
26306  If you have a machine based on a SA1100/SA1110 StrongARM CPU you can
26307  enable its onboard serial port by enabling this option.
26308  Please read <file:Documentation/arm/SA1100/serial_UART> for further
26309  info.
26310
26311Console on SA1100 serial port
26312CONFIG_SERIAL_SA1100_CONSOLE
26313  * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Russell King       *
26314  * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact *
26315  * the Configure.help maintainers.                             *
26316  If you have enabled the serial port on the SA1100/SA1110 StrongARM
26317  CPU you can make it the console by answering Y to this option.
26318
26319L7200 serial port support
26320CONFIG_SERIAL_L7200
26321  * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Russell King       *
26322  * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact *
26323  * the Configure.help maintainers.                             *
26324  If you have a LinkUp Systems L7200 board you can enable its two
26325  onboard serial ports by enabling this option. The device numbers
26326  are major ID 4 with minor 64 and 65 respectively.
26327
26328Console on L7200 serial port
26329CONFIG_SERIAL_L7200_CONSOLE
26330  * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Russell King       *
26331  * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact *
26332  * the Configure.help maintainers.                             *
26333  If you have enabled the serial ports on the L7200 development board
26334  you can make the first serial port the console by answering Y to
26335  this option.
26336
26337L7200 SDB keyboard support
26338CONFIG_KEYBOARD_L7200
26339  * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Russell King       *
26340  * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact *
26341  * the Configure.help maintainers.                             *
26342  Enable this option if you would like to be able to use a keyboard
26343  on a LinkUp Systems L7200 board.
26344
26345L7200 SDB Fujitsu keyboard support
26346CONFIG_KEYBOARD_L7200_NORM
26347  * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Russell King       *
26348  * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact *
26349  * the Configure.help maintainers.                             *
26350  Select the Fujitsu keyboard if you want a normal QWERTY style
26351  keyboard on the LinkUp SDB.
26352
26353L7200 SDB Prototype keyboard support
26354CONFIG_KEYBOARD_L7200_DEMO
26355  * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Russell King       *
26356  * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact *
26357  * the Configure.help maintainers.                             *
26358  Select the prototype keyboard if you want to play with the
26359  LCD/keyboard combination on the LinkUp SDB.
26360
26361Footbridge Mode
26362CONFIG_HOST_FOOTBRIDGE
26363  * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Russell King       *
26364  * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact *
26365  * the Configure.help maintainers.                             *
26366  The 21285 Footbridge chip can operate in either `host mode' or
26367  `add-in' mode.  Say Y if your 21285 is in host mode, and therefore
26368  is the configuration master, otherwise say N. This must not be
26369  set to Y if the card is used in 'add-in' mode.
26370
26371MFM hard disk support
26372CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MFM
26373  Support the MFM hard drives on the Acorn Archimedes both
26374  on-board the A4x0 motherboards and via the Acorn MFM modules.
26375  Drives up to 64MB are supported. If you haven't got one of these
26376  machines or drives just say N.
26377
26378Old Archimedes floppy (1772) support
26379CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FD1772
26380  Support the floppy drive on the Acorn Archimedes (A300, A4x0, A540,
26381  R140 and R260) series of computers; it supports only 720K floppies
26382  at the moment. If you don't have one of these machines just answer
26383  N.
26384
26385Autodetect hard drive geometry
26386CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MFM_AUTODETECT
26387  If you answer Y, the MFM code will attempt to automatically detect
26388  the cylinders/heads/sectors count on your hard drive. WARNING: This
26389  sometimes doesn't work and it also does some dodgy stuff which
26390  potentially might damage your drive.
26391
26392NetWinder /dev/flash support
26393CONFIG_NWFLASH
26394  If you say Y here and create a character device /dev/flash with
26395  major 10 and minor 160 you can manipulate the flash ROM containing
26396  the NetWinder firmware. Be careful as accidentally overwriting the
26397  flash contents can render your computer unbootable. On no account
26398  allow random users access to this device. :-)
26399
26400  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
26401  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
26402  The module will be called nwflash.o. If you want to compile it as a
26403  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
26404
26405  If you're not sure, say N.
26406
26407SRM environment variables in procfs
26408CONFIG_SRM_ENV
26409  If you enable this option, a subdirectory inside /proc called
26410  /proc/srm_environment will give you access to the all important
26411  SRM environment variables (those which have a name) and also
26412  to all others (by their internal number).
26413
26414  SRM is something like a BIOS for Alpha machines. There are some
26415  other such BIOSes, like AlphaBIOS, which this driver cannot
26416  support (hey, that's not SRM!).
26417
26418  Despite the fact that this driver doesn't work on all Alphas (but
26419  only on those which have SRM as their firmware), it's save to
26420  build it even if your particular machine doesn't know about SRM
26421  (or if you intend to compile a generic kernel). It will simply
26422  not create those subdirectory in /proc (and give you some warning,
26423  of course).
26424
26425  This driver is also available as a module and will be called
26426  srm_env.o then.
26427
26428Footbridge internal watchdog
26429CONFIG_21285_WATCHDOG
26430  The Intel Footbridge chip contains a builtin watchdog circuit. Say Y
26431  here if you wish to use this. Alternatively say M to compile the
26432  driver as a module, which will be called wdt285.o.
26433
26434  This driver does not work on all machines. In particular, early CATS
26435  boards have hardware problems that will cause the machine to simply
26436  lock up if the watchdog fires.
26437
26438  "If in doubt, leave it out" - say N.
26439
26440NetWinder WB83C977 watchdog
26441CONFIG_977_WATCHDOG
26442  Say Y here to include support for the WB977 watchdog included in
26443  NetWinder machines. Alternatively say M to compile the driver as
26444  a module, which will be called wdt977.o.
26445
26446  Not sure? It's safe to say N.
26447
26448IrDA subsystem support
26449CONFIG_IRDA
26450  Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrDA (TM) protocols.
26451  The Infrared Data Associations (tm) specifies standards for wireless
26452  infrared communication and is supported by most laptops and PDA's.
26453
26454  To use Linux support for the IrDA (tm) protocols, you will also need
26455  some user-space utilities like irattach.  For more information, see
26456  the file <file:Documentation/networking/irda.txt>.  You also want to
26457  read the IR-HOWTO, available at
26458  <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
26459
26460  If you want to exchange bits of data (vCal, vCard) with a PDA, you
26461  will need to install some OBEX application, such as OpenObex :
26462  <http://sourceforge.net/projects/openobex/>
26463
26464  This support is also available as a module called irda.o.  If you
26465  want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
26466  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
26467
26468Ultra (connectionless) protocol
26469CONFIG_IRDA_ULTRA
26470  Say Y here to support the connectionless Ultra IRDA protocol.
26471  Ultra allows to exchange data over IrDA with really simple devices
26472  (watch, beacon) without the overhead of the IrDA protocol (no handshaking,
26473  no management frames, simple fixed header).
26474  Ultra is available as a special socket : socket(AF_IRDA, SOCK_DGRAM, 1);
26475
26476IrDA cache last LSAP
26477CONFIG_IRDA_CACHE_LAST_LSAP
26478  Say Y here if you want IrLMP to cache the last LSAP used.  This
26479  makes sense since most frames will be sent/received on the same
26480  connection.  Enabling this option will save a hash-lookup per frame.
26481
26482  If unsure, say Y.
26483
26484IrDA Fast RRs
26485CONFIG_IRDA_FAST_RR
26486  Say Y here is you want IrLAP to send fast RR (Receive Ready) frames
26487  when acting as a primary station.
26488  Disabling this option will make latency over IrDA very bad. Enabling
26489  this option will make the IrDA stack send more packet than strictly
26490  necessary, thus reduce your battery life (but not that much).
26491
26492  Fast RR will make IrLAP send out a RR frame immediately when
26493  receiving a frame if its own transmit queue is currently empty. This
26494  will give a lot of speed improvement when receiving much data since
26495  the secondary station will not have to wait the max. turn around
26496  time (usually 500ms) before it is allowed to transmit the next time.
26497  If the transmit queue of the secondary is also empty, the primary will
26498  start backing-off before sending another RR frame, waiting longer
26499  each time until the back-off reaches the max. turn around time.
26500  This back-off increase in controlled via
26501  /proc/sys/net/irda/fast_poll_increase
26502
26503  If unsure, say Y.
26504
26505IrDA debugging information
26506CONFIG_IRDA_DEBUG
26507  Say Y here if you want the IrDA subsystem to write debug information
26508  to your syslog. You can change the debug level in
26509  /proc/sys/net/irda/debug .
26510  When this option is enabled, the IrDA also perform many extra internal
26511  verifications which will usually prevent the kernel to crash in case of
26512  bugs.
26513
26514  If unsure, say Y (since it makes it easier to find the bugs).
26515
26516IrLAN protocol
26517CONFIG_IRLAN
26518  Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrLAN protocol.  If
26519  you want to compile it as a module (irlan.o), say M here and read
26520  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  IrLAN emulates an Ethernet and
26521  makes it possible to put up a wireless LAN using infrared beams.
26522
26523  The IrLAN protocol can be used to talk with infrared access points
26524  like the HP NetbeamIR, or the ESI JetEye NET.  You can also connect
26525  to another Linux machine running the IrLAN protocol for ad-hoc
26526  networking!
26527
26528IrNET protocol
26529CONFIG_IRNET
26530  Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrNET protocol.  If
26531  you want to compile it as a module (irnet.o), say M here and read
26532  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  IrNET is a PPP driver, so you
26533  will also need a working PPP subsystem (driver, daemon and
26534  config)...
26535
26536  IrNET is an alternate way to transfer TCP/IP traffic over IrDA.  It
26537  uses synchronous PPP over a set of point to point IrDA sockets.  You
26538  can use it between Linux machine or with W2k.
26539
26540IrCOMM protocol
26541CONFIG_IRCOMM
26542  Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrCOMM protocol.  If
26543  you want to compile it as a module (you will get ircomm.o and
26544  ircomm-tty.o), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
26545  IrCOMM implements serial port emulation, and makes it possible to
26546  use all existing applications that understands TTY's with an
26547  infrared link.  Thus you should be able to use application like PPP,
26548  minicom and others.  Enabling this option will create two modules
26549  called ircomm and ircomm_tty.
26550
26551IrTTY IrDA Device Driver
26552CONFIG_IRTTY_SIR
26553  Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrTTY line
26554  discipline.  If you want to compile it as a module (irtty.o), say M
26555  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  IrTTY makes it
26556  possible to use Linux's own serial driver for all IrDA ports that
26557  are 16550 compatible.  Most IrDA chips are 16550 compatible so you
26558  should probably say Y to this option.  Using IrTTY will however
26559  limit the speed of the connection to 115200 bps (IrDA SIR mode).
26560
26561  If unsure, say Y.
26562
26563IrPORT IrDA serial driver
26564CONFIG_IRPORT_SIR
26565  Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrPORT IrDA device
26566  driver. If you want to compile it as a module (irport.o), say M here
26567  and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  IrPORT can be used
26568  instead of IrTTY and sometimes this can be better.  One example is
26569  if your IrDA port does not have echo-canceling, which will work OK
26570  with IrPORT since this driver is working in half-duplex mode only.
26571  You don't need to use irattach with IrPORT, but you just insert it
26572  the same way as FIR drivers (insmod irport io=0x3e8 irq=11).  Notice
26573  that IrPORT is a SIR device driver which means that speed is limited
26574  to 115200 bps.
26575
26576  If unsure, say Y.
26577
26578USB IrDA FIR dongle Device Driver
26579CONFIG_USB_IRDA
26580  Say Y here if you want to build support for the USB IrDA FIR Dongle
26581  device driver.  If you want to compile it as a module (irda-usb.o),
26582  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  IrDA-USB
26583  support the various IrDA USB dongles available and most of their
26584  peculiarities.  Those dongles plug in the USB port of your computer,
26585  are plug and play, and support SIR and FIR (4Mbps) speeds.  On the
26586  other hand, those dongles tend to be less efficient than a FIR
26587  chipset.
26588
26589  Please note that the driver is still experimental.  And of course,
26590  you will need both USB and IrDA support in your kernel...
26591
26592Datafab MDCFE-B Compact Flash Reader support
26593CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_DATAFAB
26594  This option enables a sub-driver of the USB Mass Storage driver.  These
26595  sub-drivers are considered experimental, and should only be used by very
26596  brave people.  System crashes and other bad things are likely to occur if
26597  you use this driver.  If in doubt, select N.
26598
26599HP CD-Writer 82xx support
26600CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_HP8200e
26601  This option enables a sub-driver of the USB Mass Storage driver.  These
26602  sub-drivers are considered experimental, and should only be used by very
26603  brave people.  System crashes and other bad things are likely to occur if
26604  you use this driver.  If in doubt, select N.
26605
26606Lexar Jumpshot Compact Flash Reader
26607CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_JUMPSHOT
26608  This option enables a sub-driver of the USB Mass Storage driver.  These
26609  sub-drivers are considered experimental, and should only be used by very
26610  brave people.  System crashes and other bad things are likely to occur if
26611  you use this driver.  If in doubt, select N.
26612
26613Tieman Voyager USB Braille display support (EXPERIMENTAL)
26614CONFIG_USB_BRLVGER
26615  Say Y here if you want to use the Voyager USB Braille display from
26616  Tieman. See <file:Documentation/usb/brlvger.txt> for more
26617  information.
26618
26619  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
26620  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
26621  The module will be called brlvger.o. If you want to compile it as
26622  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
26623
26624KB Gear JamStudio tablet support
26625CONFIG_USB_KBTAB
26626  Say Y here if you want to use the USB version of the KB Gear
26627  JamStudio tablet.  Make sure to say Y to "Mouse support"
26628  (CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV) and/or "Event interface support"
26629  (CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV) as well.
26630
26631  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
26632  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
26633  The module will be called kbtab.o.  If you want to compile it as a
26634  module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
26635
26636USB Inside Out Edgeport Serial Driver (TI devices)
26637CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_EDGEPORT_TI
26638  Say Y here if you want to use any of the devices from Inside Out
26639  Networks (Digi) that are not supported by the io_edgeport driver.
26640  This includes the Edgeport/1 device.
26641
26642  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
26643  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
26644  The module will be called io_ti.o.  If you want to compile it
26645  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
26646
26647USB Keyspan MPR Firmware
26648CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_MPR
26649  Say Y here to include firmware for the Keyspan MPR converter.
26650
26651Winbond W83977AF IrDA Device Driver
26652CONFIG_WINBOND_FIR
26653  Say Y here if you want to build IrDA support for the Winbond
26654  W83977AF super-io chipset.  This driver should be used for the IrDA
26655  chipset in the Corel NetWinder.  The driver supports SIR, MIR and
26656  FIR (4Mbps) speeds.
26657
26658  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
26659  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
26660  w83977af_ir.o.
26661
26662NSC PC87108/PC87338 IrDA Device Driver
26663CONFIG_NSC_FIR
26664  Say Y here if you want to build support for the NSC PC87108 and
26665  PC87338 IrDA chipsets.  This driver supports SIR,
26666  MIR and FIR (4Mbps) speeds.
26667
26668  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
26669  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
26670  nsc-ircc.o.
26671
26672National Semiconductor DP83820 support
26673CONFIG_NS83820
26674  This is a driver for the National Semiconductor DP83820 series
26675  of gigabit ethernet MACs.  Cards using this chipset include:
26676
26677        SMC 9452TX          SMC SMC9462TX
26678        D-Link DGE-500T     PureData PDP8023Z-TG
26679        SOHO-GA2000T        SOHO-GA2500T.
26680        NetGear GA621
26681
26682  This driver supports the use of zero copy on tx, checksum
26683  validation on rx, and 64 bit addressing.
26684
26685  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
26686  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
26687  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
26688  will be called ns83820.o.
26689
26690Toshiba Type-O IR Port device driver (old driver)
26691CONFIG_TOSHIBA_OLD
26692  Say Y here if you want to build support for the Toshiba Type-O IR
26693  chipset.  This chipset is used by the Toshiba Libretto 100CT, and
26694  many more laptops. This driver is obsolete, will no more be
26695  maintained and will be removed in favor of the new driver.
26696  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
26697  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
26698  The module will be called toshoboe.o.
26699
26700Toshiba Type-O IR Port device driver
26701CONFIG_TOSHIBA_FIR
26702  Say Y here if you want to build support for the Toshiba Type-O IR
26703  and Donau oboe chipsets. These chipsets are used by the Toshiba
26704  Libretto 100/110CT, Tecra 8100, Portege 7020 and many more laptops.
26705  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
26706  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
26707  The module will be called donauboe.o.
26708
26709SMC IrCC
26710CONFIG_SMC_IRCC_FIR
26711  Say Y here if you want to build support for the SMC Infrared
26712  Communications Controller.  It is used in the Fujitsu Lifebook 635t
26713  and Sony PCG-505TX.  If you want to compile it as a module, say M
26714  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be
26715  called smc-ircc.o.
26716
26717VIA IrCC
26718CONFIG_VIA_IRCC_FIR
26719  Say Y here if you want to build support for the VIA Fast Infrared
26720  Communications Controller.  It is used in all sorts of VIA686a- and
26721  VT1211-based notebooks. If you want to compile it as a module, say M
26722  here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be
26723  called via-ircc.o.
26724
26725ALi M5123 FIR controller driver
26726CONFIG_ALI_FIR
26727  Say Y here if you want to build support for the ALi M5123 FIR
26728  Controller.  The ALi M5123 FIR Controller is embedded in ALi M1543C,
26729  M1535, M1535D, M1535+, M1535D Sourth Bridge.  This driver supports
26730  SIR, MIR and FIR (4Mbps) speeds.
26731
26732  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
26733  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be called
26734  ali-ircc.o.
26735
26736VLSI 82C147 PCI-IrDA SIR/MIR/FIR Controller driver
26737CONFIG_VLSI_FIR
26738  Say Y here if you want to build support for the VLSI 82C147
26739  PCI-IrDA Controller. This controller is used by the HP OmniBook 800
26740  and 5500 notebooks. The driver provides support for SIR, MIR and
26741  FIR (4Mbps) speeds.
26742
26743  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
26744  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called vlsi_ir.o.
26745
26746Serial dongle support
26747CONFIG_DONGLE
26748  Say Y here if you have an infrared device that connects to your
26749  computer's serial port. These devices are called dongles. Then say Y
26750  or M to the driver for your particular dongle below.
26751
26752  Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
26753  kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
26754  the questions about serial dongles.
26755
26756ESI JetEye PC dongle
26757CONFIG_ESI_DONGLE
26758  Say Y here if you want to build support for the Extended Systems
26759  JetEye PC dongle.  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
26760  and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The ESI dongle attaches
26761  to the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be
26762  used by IrTTY.  To activate support for ESI dongles you will have to
26763  start irattach like this: "irattach -d esi".
26764
26765  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
26766  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
26767  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
26768  will be called esi.o.
26769
26770ACTiSYS IR-220L and IR220L+ dongle
26771CONFIG_ACTISYS_DONGLE
26772  Say Y here if you want to build support for the ACTiSYS IR-220L and
26773  IR220L+ dongles.  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
26774  and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The ACTiSYS dongles
26775  attaches to the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can
26776  currently only be used by IrTTY.  To activate support for ACTiSYS
26777  dongles you will have to start irattach like this:
26778  "irattach -d actisys" or "irattach -d actisys+".
26779
26780  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
26781  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
26782  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
26783  will be called actisys.o.
26784
26785Tekram IrMate 210B dongle
26786CONFIG_TEKRAM_DONGLE
26787  Say Y here if you want to build support for the Tekram IrMate 210B
26788  dongle.  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
26789  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The Tekram dongle attaches to the
26790  normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be used
26791  by IrTTY.  To activate support for Tekram dongles you will have to
26792  start irattach like this: "irattach -d tekram".
26793
26794  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
26795  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
26796  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
26797  will be called tekram.o.
26798
26799Greenwich GIrBIL dongle
26800CONFIG_GIRBIL_DONGLE
26801  Say Y here if you want to build support for the Greenwich GIrBIL
26802  dongle.  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
26803  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The Greenwich dongle attaches to
26804  the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be
26805  used by IrTTY.  To activate support for Greenwich dongles you will
26806  have to insert "irattach -d girbil" in the /etc/irda/drivers script.
26807
26808  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
26809  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
26810  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
26811  will be called girbil.o.
26812
26813Parallax LiteLink dongle
26814CONFIG_LITELINK_DONGLE
26815  Say Y here if you want to build support for the Parallax Litelink
26816  dongle.  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
26817  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The Parallax dongle attaches to
26818  the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be
26819  used by IrTTY.  To activate support for Parallax dongles you will
26820  have to start irattach like this "irattach -d litelink".
26821
26822  If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
26823  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
26824  say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module
26825  will be called litelink.o.
26826
26827Microchip MCP2120 dongle
26828CONFIG_MCP2120_DONGLE
26829  Say Y here if you want to build support for the Microchip MCP2120
26830  dongle.  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
26831  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The MCP2120 dongle attaches to
26832  the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be
26833  used by IrTTY.  To activate support for MCP2120 dongles you will
26834  have to insert "irattach -d mcp2120" in the /etc/irda/drivers script.
26835
26836  You must build this dongle yourself.  For more information see:
26837  <http://www.eyetap.org/~tangf/irda_sir_linux.html>
26838
26839Old Belkin dongle
26840CONFIG_OLD_BELKIN_DONGLE
26841  Say Y here if you want to build support for the Adaptec Airport 1000
26842  and 2000 dongles.  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
26843  and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The module will be
26844  called old_belkin.o.  Some information is contained in the comments
26845  at the top of <file:drivers/net/irda/old_belkin.c>.
26846
26847ACTiSYS IR-200L dongle (Experimental)
26848CONFIG_ACT200L_DONGLE
26849  Say Y here if you want to build support for the ACTiSYS IR-200L
26850  dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
26851  Documentation/modules.txt. The ACTiSYS IR-200L dongle attaches to
26852  the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be
26853  used by IrTTY. To activate support for ACTiSYS IR-200L dongles
26854  you will have to start irattach like this: "irattach -d act200l".
26855
26856Mobile Action MA600 dongle (Experimental)
26857CONFIG_MA600_DONGLE
26858  Say Y here if you want to build support for the Mobile Action MA600
26859  dongle.  If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
26860  <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.  The MA600 dongle attaches to
26861  the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be
26862  tested on IrCOMM.  To activate support for MA600 dongles you will
26863  have to insert "irattach -d ma600" in the /etc/irda/drivers script.
26864  Note: irutils 0.9.15 requires no modification. irutils 0.9.9 needs
26865  modification. For more information, download the following tar gzip
26866  file.
26867
26868  There is a pre-compiled module on
26869  <http://engsvr.ust.hk/~eetwl95/download/ma600-2.4.x.tar.gz>
26870
26871VME (Motorola and BVM) support
26872CONFIG_VME
26873  Say Y here if you want to build a kernel for a 680x0 based VME
26874  board.  Boards currently supported include Motorola boards MVME147,
26875  MVME162, MVME166, MVME167, MVME172, and MVME177.  BVME4000 and
26876  BVME6000 boards from BVM Ltd are also supported.
26877
26878MVME147 support
26879CONFIG_MVME147
26880  Say Y to include support for early Motorola VME boards.  This will
26881  build a kernel which can run on MVME147 single-board computers.  If
26882  you select this option you will have to select the appropriate
26883  drivers for SCSI, Ethernet and serial ports later on.
26884
26885MVME162, 166 and 167 support
26886CONFIG_MVME16x
26887  Say Y to include support for Motorola VME boards.  This will build a
26888  kernel which can run on MVME162, MVME166, MVME167, MVME172, and
26889  MVME177 boards.  If you select this option you will have to select
26890  the appropriate drivers for SCSI, Ethernet and serial ports later
26891  on.
26892
26893BVME4000 and BVME6000 support
26894CONFIG_BVME6000
26895  Say Y to include support for VME boards from BVM Ltd.  This will
26896  build a kernel which can run on BVME4000 and BVME6000 boards.  If
26897  you select this option you will have to select the appropriate
26898  drivers for SCSI, Ethernet and serial ports later on.
26899
26900Use write-through caching for 68060 supervisor accesses
26901CONFIG_060_WRITETHROUGH
26902  The 68060 generally uses copyback caching of recently accessed data.
26903  Copyback caching means that memory writes will be held in an on-chip
26904  cache and only written back to memory some time later.  Saying Y
26905  here will force supervisor (kernel) accesses to use writethrough
26906  caching.  Writethrough caching means that data is written to memory
26907  straight away, so that cache and memory data always agree.
26908  Writethrough caching is less efficient, but is needed for some
26909  drivers on 68060 based systems where the 68060 bus snooping signal
26910  is hardwired on.  The 53c710 SCSI driver is known to suffer from
26911  this problem.
26912
26913WD33C93 SCSI driver for MVME147
26914CONFIG_MVME147_SCSI
26915  Support for the on-board SCSI controller on the Motorola MVME147
26916  single-board computer.
26917
26918SCC support for MVME147 serial ports
26919CONFIG_MVME147_SCC
26920  This is the driver for the serial ports on the Motorola MVME147
26921  boards.  Everyone using one of these boards should say Y here.
26922
26923NCR53C710 SCSI driver for MVME16x
26924CONFIG_MVME16x_SCSI
26925  The Motorola MVME162, 166, 167, 172 and 177 boards use the NCR53C710
26926  SCSI controller chip.  Almost everyone using one of these boards
26927  will want to say Y to this question.
26928
26929NCR53C710 SCSI driver for BVME6000
26930CONFIG_BVME6000_SCSI
26931  The BVME4000 and BVME6000 boards from BVM Ltd use the NCR53C710
26932  SCSI controller chip.  Almost everyone using one of these boards
26933  will want to say Y to this question.
26934
26935MVME147 (Lance) Ethernet support
26936CONFIG_MVME147_NET
26937  Support for the on-board Ethernet interface on the Motorola MVME147
26938  single-board computer.  Say Y here to include the
26939  driver for this chip in your kernel.   If you want to compile it as
26940  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
26941
26942MVME16x Ethernet support
26943CONFIG_MVME16x_NET
26944  This is the driver for the Ethernet interface on the Motorola
26945  MVME162, 166, 167, 172 and 177 boards.  Say Y here to include the
26946  driver for this chip in your kernel.   If you want to compile it as
26947  a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
26948
26949BVME6000 Ethernet support
26950CONFIG_BVME6000_NET
26951  This is the driver for the Ethernet interface on BVME4000 and
26952  BVME6000 VME boards.  Say Y here to include the driver for this chip
26953  in your kernel.   If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
26954  and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
26955
26956CD2401 support for MVME166/7 serial ports
26957CONFIG_SERIAL167
26958  This is the driver for the serial ports on the Motorola MVME166,
26959  167, and 172 boards.  Everyone using one of these boards should say
26960  Y here.
26961
26962SCC support for MVME162 serial ports
26963CONFIG_MVME162_SCC
26964  This is the driver for the serial ports on the Motorola MVME162 and
26965  172 boards.  Everyone using one of these boards should say Y here.
26966
26967SCC support for BVME6000 serial ports
26968CONFIG_BVME6000_SCC
26969  This is the driver for the serial ports on the BVME4000 and BVME6000
26970  boards from BVM Ltd.  Everyone using one of these boards should say
26971  Y here.
26972
269737-Segment Display support
26974CONFIG_DISPLAY7SEG
26975  This is the driver for the 7-segment display and LED present on
26976  Sun Microsystems CompactPCI models CP1400 and CP1500.
26977
26978  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
26979  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
26980  The module will be called display7seg.o. If you want to compile it
26981  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
26982
26983  If you do not have a CompactPCI model CP1400 or CP1500, or
26984  another UltraSPARC-IIi-cEngine boardset with a 7-segment display,
26985  you should say N to this option.
26986
26987# Choice: cristype
26988Etrax-100-LX-v1
26989CONFIG_ETRAX100LX
26990  Support version 1 of the Etrax 100LX.
26991
26992Etrax-100-LX-v2
26993CONFIG_ETRAX100LX_V2
26994  Support version 2 of the Etrax 100LX.
26995
26996Etrax-100-LX-for-xsim-simulator
26997CONFIG_SVINTO_SIM
26998  Support the xsim ETRAX Simulator.
26999
27000DRAM size (dec, in MB)
27001CONFIG_ETRAX_DRAM_SIZE
27002  Size of DRAM (decimal in MB) typically 2, 8 or 16.
27003
27004ETRAX Flash Memory configuration
27005CONFIG_ETRAX_FLASH_BUSWIDTH
27006  Width in bytes of the Flash bus (1, 2 or 4). Is usually 2.
27007
27008# Choice: crisleds
27009LED configuration on PA
27010CONFIG_ETRAX_PA_LEDS
27011  The Etrax network driver is responsible for flashing LED's when
27012  packets arrive and are sent.  It uses macros defined in
27013  <file:include/asm-cris/io.h>, and those macros are defined after what
27014  YOU choose in this option.  The actual bits used are configured
27015  separately.  Select this if the LEDs are on port PA.  Some products
27016  put the leds on PB or a memory-mapped latch (CSP0) instead.
27017
27018LED configuration on PB
27019CONFIG_ETRAX_PB_LEDS
27020  The Etrax network driver is responsible for flashing LED's when
27021  packets arrive and are sent.  It uses macros defined in
27022  <file:include/asm-cris/io.h>, and those macros are defined after what
27023  YOU choose in this option.  The actual bits used are configured
27024  separately.  Select this if the LEDs are on port PB.  Some products
27025  put the leds on PA or a memory-mapped latch (CSP0) instead.
27026
27027LED configuration on CSP0
27028CONFIG_ETRAX_CSP0_LEDS
27029  The Etrax network driver is responsible for flashing LED's when
27030  packets arrive and are sent. It uses macros defined in
27031  <file:include/asm-cris/io.h>, and those macros are defined after what
27032  YOU choose in this option.  The actual bits used are configured
27033  separately.  Select this if the LEDs are on a memory-mapped latch
27034  using chip select CSP0, this is mapped at 0x90000000.
27035  Some products put the leds on PA or PB instead.
27036
27037No LED at all
27038CONFIG_ETRAX_NO_LEDS
27039  Select this option if you don't have any LED at all.
27040
27041First green LED bit
27042CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G
27043  Bit to use for the first green LED.
27044  Most Axis products use bit 2 here.
27045
27046First red LED bit
27047CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1R
27048  Bit to use for the first red LED.
27049  Most Axis products use bit 3 here.
27050  For products with only one controllable LED,
27051  set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2).
27052
27053Second green LED bit
27054CONFIG_ETRAX_LED2G
27055  Bit to use for the second green LED. The "Active" LED.
27056  Most Axis products use bit 4 here.
27057  For products with only one controllable LED,
27058  set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2).
27059
27060Second red LED bit
27061CONFIG_ETRAX_LED2R
27062  Bit to use for the second red LED.
27063  Most Axis products use bit 5 here.
27064  For products with only one controllable LED,
27065  set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2).
27066
27067Third green LED bit
27068CONFIG_ETRAX_LED3G
27069  Bit to use for the third green LED. The "Drive" LED.
27070  For products with only one or two controllable LEDs,
27071  set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2).
27072
27073Third red LED bit
27074CONFIG_ETRAX_LED3R
27075  Bit to use for the third red LED.
27076  For products with only one or two controllable LEDs,
27077  set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2).
27078
27079Fourth green LED bit
27080CONFIG_ETRAX_LED4G
27081  Bit to use for the fourth green LED.
27082  For products with only one or two controllable LEDs,
27083  set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2).
27084
27085Fourth red LED bit
27086CONFIG_ETRAX_LED4R
27087  Bit to use for the fourth red LED.
27088  For products with only one or two controllable LEDs,
27089  set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2).
27090
27091Fifth green LED bit
27092CONFIG_ETRAX_LED5G
27093  Bit to use for the fifth green LED.
27094  For products with only one or two controllable LEDs,
27095  set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2).
27096
27097Fifth red LED bit
27098CONFIG_ETRAX_LED5R
27099  Bit to use for the fifth red LED.
27100  For products with only one or two controllable LEDs,
27101  set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2).
27102
27103Sixth green LED bit
27104CONFIG_ETRAX_LED6G
27105  Bit to use for the sixth green LED. The "Drive" LED.
27106  For products with only one or two controllable LEDs,
27107  set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2).
27108
27109Sixth red LED bit
27110CONFIG_ETRAX_LED6R
27111  Bit to use for the sixth red LED.
27112  For products with only one or two controllable LEDs,
27113  set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2).
27114
27115Seventh green LED bit
27116CONFIG_ETRAX_LED7G
27117  Bit to use for the seventh green LED.
27118  For products with only one or two controllable LEDs,
27119  set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2).
27120
27121Seventh red LED bit
27122CONFIG_ETRAX_LED7R
27123  Bit to use for the seventh red LED.
27124  For products with only one or two controllable LEDs,
27125  set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2).
27126
27127Eighth yellow LED bit
27128CONFIG_ETRAX_LED8Y
27129  Bit to use for the eighth yellow LED. The "Drive" LED.
27130  For products with only one or two controllable LEDs,
27131  set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2).
27132
27133Ninth yellow LED bit
27134CONFIG_ETRAX_LED9Y
27135  Bit to use for the ninth yellow LED.
27136  For products with only one or two controllable LEDs,
27137  set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2).
27138
27139Tenth yellow LED bit
27140CONFIG_ETRAX_LED10Y
27141  Bit to use for the tenth yellow LED.
27142  For products with only one or two controllable LEDs,
27143  set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2).
27144
27145Eleventh yellow LED bit
27146CONFIG_ETRAX_LED11Y
27147  Bit to use for the eleventh yellow LED.
27148  For products with only one or two controllable LEDs,
27149  set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2).
27150
27151Twelfth red LED bit
27152CONFIG_ETRAX_LED12R
27153  Bit to use for the twelfth red LED.
27154  For products with only one or two controllable LEDs,
27155  set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2).
27156
27157Flash LED off during activity
27158CONFIG_ETRAX_LED_OFF_DURING_ACTIVITY
27159  This option allows you to decide whether the network LED (and
27160  Bluetooth LED in case you use Bluetooth) will be on or off when
27161  the network is connected, and whether it should flash off or on
27162  when there is activity. If you say y to this option the network
27163  LED will be lit when there is a connection, and will flash off
27164  when there is activity.
27165
27166PA button configuration
27167CONFIG_ETRAX_PA_BUTTON_BITMASK
27168  This is a bitmask with information about what bits on PA that
27169  are used for buttons.
27170  Most products has a so called TEST button on PA1, if that's true
27171  use 02 here.
27172  Use 00 if there are no buttons on PA.
27173  If the bitmask is <> 00 a button driver will be included in the gpio
27174  driver. Etrax general I/O support must be enabled.
27175
27176PA changeable direction bits
27177CONFIG_ETRAX_PA_CHANGEABLE_DIR
27178  This is a bitmask with information of what bits in PA that a user
27179  can change direction on using ioctl's.
27180  Bit set = changeable.
27181  You probably want 00 here.
27182
27183PA changeable data bits
27184CONFIG_ETRAX_PA_CHANGEABLE_BITS
27185  This is a bitmask with information of what bits in PA that a user
27186  can change change the value on using ioctl's.
27187  Bit set = changeable.
27188  You probably want 00 here.
27189
27190PA changeable direction bits
27191CONFIG_ETRAX_PB_CHANGEABLE_DIR
27192  This is a bitmask with information of what bits in PB that a user
27193  can change direction on using ioctl's.
27194  Bit set = changeable.
27195  You probably want 00 here.
27196
27197PB changeable data bits
27198CONFIG_ETRAX_PB_CHANGEABLE_BITS
27199  This is a bitmask with information of what bits in PB that a user
27200  can change the value on using ioctl's.
27201  Bit set = changeable.
27202  You probably want 00 here.
27203
27204Kernel debugger (kgdb)
27205CONFIG_ETRAX_KGDB
27206  The CRIS version of gdb can be used to remotely debug a running
27207  Linux kernel via the serial debug port.  Provided you have gdb-cris
27208  installed, run gdb-cris vmlinux, then type
27209
27210  (gdb) set remotebaud 115200           <- kgdb uses 115200 as default
27211  (gdb) target remote /dev/ttyS0        <- maybe you use another port
27212
27213  This should connect you to your booted kernel (or boot it now if you
27214  didn't before).  The kernel halts when it boots, waiting for gdb if
27215  this option is turned on!
27216
27217Etrax bus waitstates
27218CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_WAITSTATES
27219  Waitstates for SRAM, Flash and peripherals (not DRAM).  95f8 is a
27220  good choice for most Axis products...
27221
27222Etrax bus configuration
27223CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_BUS_CONFIG
27224  Assorted bits controlling write mode, DMA burst length etc.  104 is
27225  a good choice for most Axis products...
27226
27227Etrax SDRAM configuration
27228CONFIG_ETRAX_SDRAM
27229  Enable this if you use SDRAM chips and configure
27230  R_SDRAM_CONFIG and R_SDRAM_TIMING as well.
27231
27232DRAM size (dec, in MB)
27233CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_DRAM_CONFIG
27234  The R_DRAM_CONFIG register specifies everything on how the DRAM
27235  chips in the system are connected to the Etrax CPU.  This is
27236  different depending on the manufacturer, chip type and number of
27237  chips.  So this value often needs to be different for each Axis
27238  product.
27239
27240Etrax DRAM timing
27241CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_DRAM_TIMING
27242  Different DRAM chips have different speeds.  Current Axis products
27243  use 50ns DRAM chips which can use the timing: 5611.
27244
27245Etrax SDRAM configuration
27246CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_SDRAM_CONFIG
27247  The R_SDRAM_CONFIG register specifies everything on how the SDRAM
27248  chips in the system are connected to the Etrax CPU.  This is
27249  different depending on the manufacturer, chip type and number of
27250  chips.  So this value often needs to be different for each Axis
27251  product.
27252
27253Etrax SDRAM timing
27254CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_SDRAM_TIMING
27255  Different SDRAM chips have different timing.
27256
27257Etrax General port A direction
27258CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_PORT_PA_DIR
27259  Configures the direction of general port A bits.  1 is out, 0 is in.
27260  This is often totally different depending on the product used.
27261  There are some guidelines though - if you know that only LED's are
27262  connected to port PA, then they are usually connected to bits 2-4
27263  and you can therefore use 1c.  On other boards which don't have the
27264  LED's at the general ports, these bits are used for all kinds of
27265  stuff.  If you don't know what to use, it is always safe to put all
27266  as inputs, although floating inputs isn't good.
27267
27268Etrax General port A data
27269CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_PORT_PA_DATA
27270  Configures the initial data for the general port A bits.  Most
27271  products should use 00 here.
27272
27273Etrax General port B config
27274CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_PORT_PB_CONFIG
27275  Configures the type of the general port B bits.  1 is chip select,
27276  0 is port.  Most products should use 00 here.
27277
27278Etrax General port B direction
27279CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_PORT_PB_DIR
27280  Configures the direction of general port B bits. 1 is out, 0 is in.
27281  This is often totally different depending on the product used.  Bits
27282  0 and 1 on port PB are usually used for I2C communication, but the
27283  kernel I2C driver sets the appropriate directions itself so you
27284  don't need to take that into consideration when setting this option.
27285  If you don't know what to use, it is always safe to put all as
27286  inputs.
27287
27288Etrax General port B data
27289CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_PORT_PB_DATA
27290  Configures the initial data for the general port A bits.  Most
27291  products should use FF here.
27292
27293Etrax General port device
27294CONFIG_ETRAX_GPIO
27295  Enables the Etrax general port device (major 120, minors 0 and 1).
27296  You can use this driver to access the general port bits. It supports
27297  these ioctl's:
27298        #include <linux/etraxgpio.h>
27299       fd = open("/dev/gpioa", O_RDWR); // or /dev/gpiob
27300       ioctl(fd, _IO(ETRAXGPIO_IOCTYPE, IO_SETBITS), bits_to_set);
27301       ioctl(fd, _IO(ETRAXGPIO_IOCTYPE, IO_CLRBITS), bits_to_clear);
27302       val = ioctl(fd, _IO(ETRAXGPIO_IOCTYPE, IO_READBITS), NULL);
27303  Remember that you need to setup the port directions appropriately in
27304  the General configuration.
27305
27306Etrax parallel data support
27307CONFIG_ETRAX_PARDATA
27308  Adds support for writing data to the parallel port par0 of the ETRAX
27309  100.  If you create a character special file with major number 126,
27310  you can write to the data bits of par0.
27311  Note: you need to disable Etrax100 parallel port support.
27312
27313Etrax parallel LCD (HD44780) Driver
27314CONFIG_ETRAX_LCD_HD44780
27315  Adds support for a HD44780 controlled LCD connected to the parallel
27316  port par0 of the Etrax.
27317
27318Etrax Serial port ser0 support
27319CONFIG_ETRAX_SERIAL
27320  Enables the ETRAX 100 serial driver for ser0 (ttyS0)
27321  You probably want this enabled.
27322
27323/proc/serial entry
27324CONFIG_ETRAX_SERIAL_PROC_ENTRY
27325  Enables /proc/serial entry where errors and statistics can be
27326  viewed.  CONFIG_PROC_FS must also be set for this to work.
27327
27328Etrax Serial port fast flush of DMA using fast timer API
27329CONFIG_ETRAX_SERIAL_FAST_TIMER
27330  Select this to have the serial DMAs flushed at a higher rate than
27331  normally, possible by using the fast timer API, the timeout is
27332  approx. 4 character times.
27333  If unsure, say N.
27334
27335Etrax Serial port fast flush of DMA
27336CONFIG_ETRAX_SERIAL_FLUSH_DMA_FAST
27337  Select this to have the serial DMAs flushed at a higher rate than
27338  normally possible through a fast timer interrupt (currently at
27339  15360 Hz).
27340  If unsure, say N.
27341
27342Etrax Serial port receive flush timeout
27343CONFIG_ETRAX_SERIAL_RX_TIMEOUT_TICKS
27344  Number of timer ticks between flush of receive fifo (1 tick = 10ms).
27345  Try 0-3 for low latency applications.  Approx 5 for high load
27346  applications (e.g. PPP).  Maybe this should be more adaptive some
27347  day...
27348
27349Etrax Serial port ser0 DTR, RI, DSR and CD support on PB
27350CONFIG_ETRAX_SER0_DTR_RI_DSR_CD_ON_PB
27351  Enables the status and control signals DTR, RI, DSR and CD on PB for
27352  ser0.
27353
27354Serial port 1 enabled
27355CONFIG_ETRAX_SERIAL_PORT1
27356  Enables the ETRAX 100 serial driver for ser1 (ttyS1).
27357
27358Etrax Serial port ser1 DTR, RI, DSR and CD support on PB
27359CONFIG_ETRAX_SER1_DTR_RI_DSR_CD_ON_PB
27360  Enables the status and control signals DTR, RI, DSR and CD on PB for
27361  ser1.
27362
27363Serial port 2 enabled
27364CONFIG_ETRAX_SERIAL_PORT2
27365  Enables the ETRAX 100 serial driver for ser2 (ttyS2).
27366
27367Etrax Serial port ser2 DTR, RI, DSR and CD support on PA
27368CONFIG_ETRAX_SER2_DTR_RI_DSR_CD_ON_PA
27369  Enables the status and control signals DTR, RI, DSR and CD on PA for
27370  ser2.
27371
27372Serial port 3 enabled
27373CONFIG_ETRAX_SERIAL_PORT3
27374  Enables the ETRAX 100 serial driver for ser3 (ttyS3).
27375
27376Etrax100 RS-485 support
27377CONFIG_ETRAX_RS485
27378  Enables support for RS-485 serial communication.  For a primer on
27379  RS-485, see <http://www.hw.cz/english/docs/rs485/rs485.html>.
27380
27381Etrax100 RS-485 mode on PA
27382CONFIG_ETRAX_RS485_ON_PA
27383  Control Driver Output Enable on RS485 transceiver using a pin on PA
27384  port:
27385          Axis 2400/2401 uses PA 3.
27386
27387Etrax100 RS-485 mode on PA bit
27388CONFIG_ETRAX_RS485_ON_PA_BIT
27389  Control Driver Output Enable on RS485 transceiver using a this bit
27390  on PA port.
27391
27392Ser0 DTR on PB bit
27393CONFIG_ETRAX_SER0_DTR_ON_PB_BIT
27394  Specify the pin of the PB port to carry the DTR signal for serial
27395  port 0.
27396
27397Ser0 RI  on PB bit
27398CONFIG_ETRAX_SER0_RI_ON_PB_BIT
27399  Specify the pin of the PB port to carry the RI signal for serial
27400  port 0.
27401
27402Ser0 DSR on PB bit
27403CONFIG_ETRAX_SER0_DSR_ON_PB_BIT
27404  Specify the pin of the PB port to carry the DSR signal for serial
27405  port 0.
27406
27407Ser0 CD  on PB bit
27408CONFIG_ETRAX_SER0_CD_ON_PB_BIT
27409  Specify the pin of the PB port to carry the CD signal for serial
27410  port 0.
27411
27412Ser1 DTR on PB bit
27413CONFIG_ETRAX_SER1_DTR_ON_PB_BIT
27414  Specify the pin of the PB port to carry the DTR signal for serial
27415  port 1.
27416
27417Ser1 RI  on PB bit
27418CONFIG_ETRAX_SER1_RI_ON_PB_BIT
27419  Specify the pin of the PB port to carry the RI signal for serial
27420  port 1.
27421
27422Ser1 DSR on PB bit
27423CONFIG_ETRAX_SER1_DSR_ON_PB_BIT
27424  Specify the pin of the PB port to carry the DSR signal for serial
27425  port 1.
27426
27427Ser1 CD  on PB bit
27428CONFIG_ETRAX_SER1_CD_ON_PB_BIT
27429  Specify the pin of the PB port to carry the CD signal for serial
27430  port 1.
27431
27432Ser2 DTR on PA bit
27433CONFIG_ETRAX_SER2_DTR_ON_PA_BIT
27434  Specify the pin of the PA port to carry the DTR signal for serial
27435  port 2.
27436
27437Ser2 RI  on PA bit
27438CONFIG_ETRAX_SER2_RI_ON_PA_BIT
27439  Specify the pin of the PA port to carry the RI signal for serial
27440  port 2.
27441
27442Ser2 DSR on PA bit
27443CONFIG_ETRAX_SER2_DSR_ON_PA_BIT
27444  Specify the pin of the PA port to carry the DTR signal for serial
27445  port 2.
27446
27447Ser2 CD  on PA bit
27448CONFIG_ETRAX_SER2_CD_ON_PA_BIT
27449  Specify the pin of the PA port to carry the CD signal for serial
27450  port 2.
27451
27452Etrax100 RS-485 disable receiver
27453CONFIG_ETRAX_RS485_DISABLE_RECEIVER
27454  It's necessary to disable the serial receiver to avoid serial
27455  loopback.  Not all products are able to do this in software only.
27456  Axis 2400/2401 must disable receiver.
27457
27458Etrax100 I2C Support
27459CONFIG_ETRAX_I2C
27460  Enables an I2C driver on PB0 and PB1 on ETRAX100.
27461  EXAMPLE usage:
27462        i2c_arg = I2C_WRITEARG(STA013_WRITE_ADDR, reg, val);
27463       ioctl(fd, _IO(ETRAXI2C_IOCTYPE, I2C_WRITEREG), i2c_arg);
27464       i2c_arg = I2C_READARG(STA013_READ_ADDR, reg);
27465       val = ioctl(fd, _IO(ETRAXI2C_IOCTYPE, I2C_READREG), i2c_arg);
27466
27467Etrax100 I2C configuration
27468CONFIG_ETRAX_I2C_USES_PB_NOT_PB_I2C
27469  Select whether to use the special I2C mode in the PB I/O register or
27470  not.  This option needs to be selected in order to use some drivers
27471  that access the I2C I/O pins directly instead of going through the
27472  I2C driver, like the DS1302 realtime-clock driver.  If you are
27473  uncertain, choose Y here.
27474
27475Etrax100 I2C EEPROM (NVRAM) support
27476CONFIG_ETRAX_I2C_EEPROM
27477  Enables I2C EEPROM (non-volatile RAM) on PB0 and PB1 using the I2C
27478  driver.  Select size option: Probed, 2k, 8k, 16k.
27479  (Probing works for 2k and 8k but not that well for 16k)
27480
27481Etrax100 I2C EEPROM (NVRAM) size/16kB
27482CONFIG_ETRAX_I2C_EEPROM_16KB
27483  Use a 16kB EEPROM.
27484
27485Etrax100 I2C EEPROM (NVRAM) size/2kB
27486CONFIG_ETRAX_I2C_EEPROM_2KB
27487  Use a 2kB EEPROM.
27488
27489Etrax100 I2C EEPROM (NVRAM) size/8kB
27490CONFIG_ETRAX_I2C_EEPROM_8KB
27491  Use a 8kB EEPROM.
27492
27493# Choice: etrax_eeprom
27494Etrax100 I2C EEPROM (NVRAM) size/probe
27495CONFIG_ETRAX_I2C_EEPROM_PROBE
27496  Specifies size or auto probe of the EEPROM size.
27497  Options: Probed, 2k, 8k, 16k.
27498  (Probing works for 2k and 8k but not that well for 16k)
27499
27500Etrax DS1302 Real-Time Clock driver
27501CONFIG_ETRAX_DS1302
27502  Enables the driver for the DS1302 Real-Time Clock battery-backed
27503  chip on some products.  The kernel reads the time when booting, and
27504  the date can be set using ioctl(fd, RTC_SET_TIME, &rt) with rt a
27505  rtc_time struct (see <file:include/asm-cris/rtc.h>) on the /dev/rtc
27506  device, major 121.  You can check the time with cat /proc/rtc, but
27507  normal time reading should be done using libc function time and
27508  friends.
27509
27510Etrax DS1302 RST on the Generic Port
27511CONFIG_ETRAX_DS1302_RST_ON_GENERIC_PORT
27512  If your product has the RST signal line for the DS1302 RTC on the
27513  Generic Port then say Y here, otherwise leave it as N in which
27514  case the RST signal line is assumed to be connected to Port PB
27515  (just like the SCL and SDA lines).
27516
27517Etrax DS1302 RST bit number
27518CONFIG_ETRAX_DS1302_RSTBIT
27519  This is the bit number for the RST signal line of the DS1302 RTC on
27520  the selected port. If you have selected the generic port then it
27521  should be bit 27, otherwise your best bet is bit 5.
27522
27523Etrax DS1302 SCL bit number
27524CONFIG_ETRAX_DS1302_SCLBIT
27525  This is the bit number for the SCL signal line of the DS1302 RTC on
27526  Port PB. This is probably best left at 3.
27527
27528Etrax DS1302 SDA bit number
27529CONFIG_ETRAX_DS1302_SDABIT
27530  This is the bit number for the SDA signal line of the DS1302 RTC on
27531  Port PB. This is probably best left at 2.
27532
27533Etrax 100 IDE Reset
27534CONFIG_ETRAX_IDE_CSP0_8_RESET
27535  Configures the pin used to reset the IDE bus.
27536
27537Etrax 100 IDE Reset
27538CONFIG_ETRAX_IDE_CSPE1_16_RESET
27539  Configures the pin used to reset the IDE bus.
27540
27541Delay for drives to regain consciousness
27542CONFIG_ETRAX_IDE_DELAY
27543  Sets the time to wait for disks to regain consciousness after reset.
27544
27545Etrax 100 IDE Reset
27546CONFIG_ETRAX_IDE_G27_RESET
27547  Configures the pin used to reset the IDE bus.
27548
27549# Choice: ide_reset
27550IDE reset on PB Bit 7
27551CONFIG_ETRAX_IDE_PB7_RESET
27552  Configures the pin used to reset the IDE bus.
27553
27554USB 1.1 host
27555CONFIG_ETRAX_USB_HOST
27556  This option enables the host functionality of the ETRAX 100LX
27557  built-in USB controller. In host mode the controller is designed
27558  for CTRL and BULK traffic only, INTR traffic may work as well
27559  however (depending on the requirements of timeliness).
27560
27561USB 1.1 host port 1 enabled
27562CONFIG_ETRAX_USB_HOST_PORT1
27563  This option enables port 1 of the ETRAX 100LX USB root hub (RH).
27564
27565USB 1.1 host port 2 enabled
27566CONFIG_ETRAX_USB_HOST_PORT2
27567  This option enables port 2 of the ETRAX 100LX USB root hub (RH).
27568
27569ETRAX 100LX 10/100Mbit Ethernet controller
27570CONFIG_ETRAX_ETHERNET
27571  This option enables the ETRAX 100LX built-in 10/100Mbit Ethernet
27572  controller.
27573
27574ETRAX 100LX Synchronous serial ports
27575CONFIG_ETRAX_SYNCHRONOUS_SERIAL
27576  This option enables support for the ETRAX 100LX built-in
27577  synchronous serial ports. These ports are used for continuous
27578  streamed data like audio. The default setting is compatible
27579  with the STA 013 MP3 decoder, but can easily be tuned to fit
27580  any other audio encoder/decoder and SPI.
27581
27582ETRAX 100LX Synchronous serial port 0 enabled
27583CONFIG_ETRAX_SYNCHRONOUS_SERIAL_PORT0
27584  Enables the ETRAX 100LX synchronous serial port 0 (syncser0).
27585
27586ETRAX 100LX Synchronous serial port 0 uses DMA
27587CONFIG_ETRAX_SYNCHRONOUS_SERIAL0_DMA
27588  Makes synchronous serial port 0 use DMA.
27589
27590ETRAX 100LX Synchronous serial port 1 enabled
27591CONFIG_ETRAX_SYNCHRONOUS_SERIAL_PORT1
27592  Enables the ETRAX 100LX synchronous serial port 1 (syncser1).
27593
27594ETRAX 100LX Synchronous serial port 1 uses DMA
27595CONFIG_ETRAX_SYNCHRONOUS_SERIAL1_DMA
27596  Makes synchronous serial port 1 use DMA.
27597
27598Delay for drives to regain consciousness
27599CONFIG_IDE_DELAY
27600  Number of seconds to wait for IDE drives to spin up after an IDE
27601  reset.
27602
27603ARTPEC-1 support
27604CONFIG_JULIETTE
27605  The ARTPEC-1 is a video-compression chip used in the AXIS 2100
27606  network camera, which is built around an ETRAX-100 board.  With this
27607  option selected, the ETRAX kernel configures a DMA channel at boot
27608  time to talk to the chip.
27609
27610Axis flash-map support
27611CONFIG_ETRAX_AXISFLASHMAP
27612  This option enables MTD mapping of flash devices.  Needed to use
27613  flash memories.  If unsure, say Y.
27614
27615Byte-offset of partition table sector
27616CONFIG_ETRAX_PTABLE_SECTOR
27617  Byte-offset of the partition table in the first flash chip.
27618  The default value is 64kB and should not be changed unless
27619  you know exactly what you are doing. The only valid reason
27620  for changing this is when the flash block size is bigger
27621  than 64kB (e.g. when using two parallel 16 bit flashes).
27622
27623Enable Etrax100 watchdog
27624CONFIG_ETRAX_WATCHDOG
27625  Enable the built-in watchdog timer support on Etrax100 embedded
27626  network computers.
27627
27628# Choice: crisdebug
27629Serial-0
27630CONFIG_ETRAX_DEBUG_PORT0
27631  Choose a serial port for the ETRAX debug console.  Default to
27632  port 0.
27633
27634Etrax debug port on ser1
27635CONFIG_ETRAX_DEBUG_PORT1
27636  Use serial port 1 for the console.
27637
27638Etrax debug port on ser2
27639CONFIG_ETRAX_DEBUG_PORT2
27640  Use serial port 2 for the console.
27641
27642Etrax debug port on ser3
27643CONFIG_ETRAX_DEBUG_PORT3
27644  Use serial port 3 for the console.
27645
27646No Etrax debug port
27647CONFIG_ETRAX_DEBUG_PORT_NULL
27648  Disable serial-port debugging.
27649
27650Parallel port support
27651CONFIG_ETRAX_PARPORT
27652  Say Y here to enable the ETRAX on-board parallel ports.
27653
27654Parallel port 0 enabled
27655CONFIG_ETRAX_PARALLEL_PORT0
27656  Say Y here to enable parallel port 0.
27657
27658Parallel port 1 enabled
27659CONFIG_ETRAX_PARALLEL_PORT1
27660  Say Y here to enable parallel port 1.
27661
27662# Choice: crisrescue
27663Select a product rescue port
27664CONFIG_ETRAX_RESCUE_SER0
27665  Select one of the four serial ports as a rescue port.  The default
27666  is port 0.
27667
27668Serial-1
27669CONFIG_ETRAX_RESCUE_SER1
27670  Use serial port 1 as the rescue port.
27671
27672Serial-2
27673CONFIG_ETRAX_RESCUE_SER2
27674  Use serial port 2 as the rescue port.
27675
27676Serial-3
27677CONFIG_ETRAX_RESCUE_SER3
27678  Use serial port 3 as the rescue port.
27679
27680RIO Hardware Watchdog support
27681CONFIG_WATCHDOG_RIO
27682  Say Y here to support the hardware watchdog capability on Sun RIO
27683  machines.  The watchdog timeout period is normally one minute but
27684  can be changed with a boot-time parameter.
27685
27686CP1XXX Hardware Watchdog support
27687CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CP1XXX
27688  This is the driver for the hardware watchdog timers present on
27689  Sun Microsystems CompactPCI models CP1400 and CP1500.
27690
27691  This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
27692  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
27693  The module will be called cpwatchdog.o. If you want to compile it
27694  as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>.
27695
27696  If you do not have a CompactPCI model CP1400 or CP1500, or
27697  another UltraSPARC-IIi-cEngine boardset with hardware watchdog,
27698  you should say N to this option.
27699
27700# Choice: ia64type
27701Itanium
27702CONFIG_ITANIUM
27703  Select your IA-64 processor type.  The default is Intel Itanium.
27704  This choice is safe for all IA-64 systems, but may not perform
27705  optimally on systems with, say, Itanium 2 or newer processors.
27706
27707Itanium 2
27708CONFIG_MCKINLEY
27709  Select this to configure for an Itanium 2 (McKinley) processor.
27710
27711# Choice: ia64system
27712IA-64 system type
27713CONFIG_IA64_GENERIC
27714  This selects the system type of your hardware.  A "generic" kernel
27715  will run on any supported IA-64 system.  However, if you configure
27716  a kernel for your specific system, it will be faster and smaller.
27717
27718  generic        For any supported IA-64 system
27719  DIG-compliant  For DIG ("Developer's Interface Guide") compliant systems
27720  HP             For HP systems
27721  SGI-SN2        For SGI SN2 systems
27722  Ski-simulator  For the HP simulator (<http://www.hpl.hp.com/research/linux/ski/>)
27723
27724  If you don't know what to do, choose "generic".
27725
27726CONFIG_IA64_HP_ZX1
27727  Build a kernel that runs on HP zx1-based systems.  This adds support
27728  for the zx1 IOMMU and makes root bus bridges appear in PCI config space
27729  (required for zx1 agpgart support).
27730
27731# Choice: pagesize
27732Kernel page size
27733CONFIG_IA64_PAGE_SIZE_4KB
27734  This lets you select the page size of the kernel.  For best IA-64
27735  performance, a page size of 8KB or 16KB is recommended.  For best
27736  IA-32 compatibility, a page size of 4KB should be selected (the vast
27737  majority of IA-32 binaries work perfectly fine with a larger page
27738  size).  For Itanium systems, do NOT chose a page size larger than
27739  16KB.
27740
27741  4KB                For best IA-32 compatibility
27742  8KB                For best IA-64 performance
27743  16KB               For best IA-64 performance
27744  64KB               Not for Itanium.
27745
27746  If you don't know what to do, choose 8KB.
27747
27748Enable Itanium B-step specific code
27749CONFIG_ITANIUM_BSTEP_SPECIFIC
27750  Select this option to build a kernel for an Itanium prototype system
27751  with a B-step CPU.  Only B3 step CPUs are supported.  You have a B3-step
27752  CPU if the "revision" field in /proc/cpuinfo is equal to 4.  If the
27753  "revision" field shows a number bigger than 4, you do not have to turn
27754  on this option.
27755
27756Enable IA-64 Machine Check Abort
27757CONFIG_IA64_MCA
27758  Say Y here to enable machine check support for IA-64.  If you're
27759  unsure, answer Y.
27760
27761Use PAL_HALT_LIGHT in idle loop
27762CONFIG_IA64_PAL_IDLE
27763  Say Y here to enable use of PAL_HALT_LIGHT in the cpu_idle loop.
27764  This allows the CPU to enter a low power state when idle.  You
27765  can enable CONFIG_IA64_PALINFO and check /proc/pal/cpu0/power_info
27766  to see the power consumption and latency for this state.  If you're
27767  unsure your firmware supports it, answer N.
27768
27769Disable IA-64 Virtual Hash Page Table
27770CONFIG_DISABLE_VHPT
27771  The Virtual Hash Page Table (VHPT) enhances virtual address
27772  translation performance.  Normally you want the VHPT active but you
27773  can select this option to disable the VHPT for debugging.  If you're
27774  unsure, answer N.
27775
27776Turn on compare-and-exchange bug checking (slow!)
27777CONFIG_IA64_DEBUG_CMPXCHG
27778  Selecting this option turns on bug checking for the IA64
27779  compare-and-exchange instructions.  This is slow!  Itaniums
27780  from step B3 or later don't have this problem. If you're unsure,
27781  select N.
27782
27783IA64 IRQ bug checking
27784CONFIG_IA64_DEBUG_IRQ
27785  Selecting this option turns on bug checking for the IA64 irq_save
27786  and restore instructions.  It's useful for tracking down spinlock
27787  problems, but slow!  If you're unsure, select N.
27788
27789Early printk support
27790CONFIG_IA64_EARLY_PRINTK
27791  Selecting this option uses a UART or VGA screen (or both) for
27792  printk() output before the consoles are initialised.  It is useful
27793  for debugging problems early in the boot process, but only if you
27794  have a serial terminal or a VGA screen attached.  If you're unsure,
27795  select N.
27796
27797Early printk on serial port
27798CONFIG_IA64_EARLY_PRINTK_UART
27799  Select this option to use a serial port for early printk() output.
27800  You must also select either CONFIG_IA64_EARLY_PRINTK_UART_BASE or
27801  CONFIG_SERIAL_HCDP.  If you select CONFIG_SERIAL_HCDP, early
27802  printk() output will appear on the first console device described by
27803  the HCDP.  If you set CONFIG_IA64_EARLY_PRINTK_UART_BASE, the HCDP
27804  will be ignored.
27805
27806UART base address
27807CONFIG_IA64_EARLY_PRINTK_UART_BASE
27808  The physical MMIO address of the UART to use for early printk().
27809  This overrides any UART located using the EFI HCDP table.
27810
27811Early printk on VGA
27812CONFIG_IA64_EARLY_PRINTK_VGA
27813  Select this option to use VGA for early printk() output.
27814
27815Print possible IA64 hazards to console
27816CONFIG_IA64_PRINT_HAZARDS
27817  Selecting this option prints more information for Illegal Dependency
27818  Faults, that is, for Read after Write, Write after Write or Write
27819  after Read violations.  If you're unsure, select Y.
27820
27821Performance monitor support
27822CONFIG_PERFMON
27823  Selects whether support for the IA-64 performance monitor hardware
27824  is included in the kernel.  This makes some kernel data-structures a
27825  little bigger and slows down execution a bit, but it is still
27826  usually a good idea to turn this on.  If you're unsure, say N.
27827
27828/proc/pal support
27829CONFIG_IA64_PALINFO
27830  If you say Y here, you are able to get PAL (Processor Abstraction
27831  Layer) information in /proc/pal.  This contains useful information
27832  about the processors in your systems, such as cache and TLB sizes
27833  and the PAL firmware version in use.
27834
27835  To use this option, you have to check that the "/proc file system
27836  support" (CONFIG_PROC_FS) is enabled, too.
27837
27838PPC4xx DMA controller support
27839CONFIG_PPC4xx_DMA
27840  Select this to enable support for the PPC4xx general purpose DMA
27841  controller.
27842
27843ttyS0 device
27844CONFIG_UART0_TTYS0
27845  This option reverses the mapping between the hardware UART and software
27846  device.  Selecting UART0 gives the normal mapping of UART0=ttyS0 and
27847  UART1=ttyS1.  Selecting UART1 gives the reverse mapping of UART0=ttyS1
27848  and UART1=ttyS0.  Most people will use UART0.
27849
27850PowerPC 405 on-chip ethernet
27851CONFIG_IBM_OCP_ENET
27852  If you want to use the 405 built-in ethernet select this.
27853
27854CONFIG_IBM_OCP_ENET_ERROR_MSG
27855  Enable this option to print verbose debug messages for troubleshooting.
27856
27857PowerPC 405 on-chip ethernet -- Number of receive buffers
27858CONFIG_IBM_OCP_ENET_RX_BUFF
27859  Number of ethernet receive (read) buffers.  Unless you know what you
27860  are doing the default should be fine.
27861
27862PowerPC 405 on-chip ethernet -- Number of transmit buffers
27863CONFIG_IBM_OCP_ENET_TX_BUFF
27864  Number of ethernet transmit (write) buffers.  Unless you know what
27865  you are doing the default should be fine.
27866
27867PowerPC 405 on-chip ethernet -- Amount of bytes to Reserve on a skb
27868CONFIG_IBM_OCP_ENET_SKB_RES
27869  Many standard ethernet drivers need to reserve 2 bytes of data
27870  on the skb before giving the data ptr to the hardware. This is
27871  so the IP data will be 16-byte aligned when it goes up the stack.
27872  This is a requirement for some processors and it can cause major
27873  slow downs on others. The 405GP dose not have problems with the
27874  misaligned data so the default is 0. If you need to route the
27875  incoming ethernet packets to another device that has alignment
27876  requirements this can help remove a data copy. A value of 2 can
27877  help at getting 16-byte aligned IP data for another device. A
27878  larger value can be used when routing to a IP tunnel device.
27879  Make sure XXX_DESC_SIZE - XXX_SKB_RES >= 1514, or larger if VLANS
27880  are used.
27881
27882PPC 405 I2C Algorithm
27883CONFIG_PPC405_I2C_ALGO
27884  Enable this option to use the built-in I2C on your 405.
27885
27886PPC 405 I2C Adapter
27887CONFIG_PPC405_I2C_ADAP
27888  Enable this option to use the built-in I2C on your 405.
27889
27890/proc/efi/vars support
27891CONFIG_EFI_VARS
27892  If you say Y here, you are able to get EFI (Extensible Firmware
27893  Interface) variable information in /proc/efi/vars.  You may read,
27894  write, create, and destroy EFI variables through this interface.
27895
27896  To use this option, you have to check that the "/proc file system
27897  support" (CONFIG_PROC_FS) is enabled, too.
27898
27899Kernel support for IA-32 emulation
27900CONFIG_IA32_SUPPORT
27901  IA64 processors can run IA32 (that is, x86) binaries by emulating
27902  the IA32 instruction set.  Say Y here to build in kernel support for
27903  this.  If in doubt, say Y.
27904
27905Physical memory granularity (16 MB)
27906CONFIG_IA64_GRANULE_16MB
27907  IA64 identity-mapped regions use a large page size.  We'll call such
27908  large pages "granules".  If you can think of a better name that's
27909  unambiguous, let us know...  Unless your identity-mapped regions are
27910  very large, select a granule size of 16MB.
27911
27912Physical memory granularity (64 MB)
27913CONFIG_IA64_GRANULE_64MB
27914  IA64 identity-mapped regions use a large page size.  We'll call such
27915  large pages "granules".  If you can think of a better name that's
27916  unambiguous, let us know...  Unless your identity-mapped regions are
27917  very large, select a granule size of 16MB.  (This is the "large" choice.)
27918
27919Enable SGI SN extra debugging code
27920CONFIG_IA64_SGI_SN_DEBUG
27921  Turns on extra debugging code in the SGI SN (Scalable NUMA) platform
27922  for IA64.  Unless you are debugging problems on an SGI SN IA64 box,
27923  say N.
27924
27925Enable SGI Medusa Simulator Support
27926CONFIG_IA64_SGI_SN_SIM
27927  If you are compiling a kernel that will run under SGI's IA64
27928  simulator (Medusa) then say Y, otherwise say N.
27929
27930PCIBA Support
27931CONFIG_PCIBA
27932  IRIX PCIBA-inspired user mode PCI interface for the SGI SN (Scalable
27933  NUMA) platform for IA64.  Unless you are compiling a kernel for an              SGI SN IA64 box, say N.
27934
27935Enable protocol mode for the L1 console
27936SERIAL_SGI_L1_PROTOCOL
27937  Uses protocol mode instead of raw mode for the level 1 console on the
27938  SGI SN (Scalable NUMA) platform for IA64.  If you are compiling for
27939  an SGI SN box then Y is the recommended value, otherwise say N.
27940
27941Directly Connected Compact Flash support
27942CONFIG_CF_ENABLER
27943  Compact Flash is a small, removable mass storage device introduced
27944  in 1994 originally as a PCMCIA device.  If you say `Y' here, you
27945  compile in support for Compact Flash devices directly connected to
27946  a SuperH processor.  A Compact Flash FAQ is available at
27947  <http://www.compactflash.org/faqs/faq.htm>.
27948
27949  If your board has "Directly Connected" CompactFlash at area 5 or 6,
27950  you may want to enable this option.  Then, you can use CF as
27951  primary IDE drive (only tested for SanDisk).
27952
27953  If in doubt, select 'N'.
27954
27955Kernel debugging
27956CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL
27957  Say Y here if you are developing drivers or trying to debug and
27958  identify kernel problems.
27959
27960Debug memory allocations
27961CONFIG_DEBUG_SLAB
27962  Say Y here to have the kernel do limited verification on memory
27963  allocation as well as poisoning memory on free to catch use of freed
27964  memory.
27965
27966Memory mapped I/O debugging
27967CONFIG_DEBUG_IOVIRT
27968  Say Y here to get warned whenever an attempt is made to do I/O on
27969  obviously invalid addresses such as those generated when ioremap()
27970  calls are forgotten.  Memory mapped I/O will go through an extra
27971  check to catch access to unmapped ISA addresses, an access method
27972  that can still be used by old drivers that are being ported from
27973  2.0/2.2.
27974
27975Spinlock debugging
27976CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK
27977  Say Y here and build SMP to catch missing spinlock initialization
27978  and certain other kinds of spinlock errors commonly made.  This is
27979  best used in conjunction with the NMI watchdog so that spinlock
27980  deadlocks are also debuggable.
27981
27982Additional run-time checks
27983CONFIG_CHECKING
27984  Enables some internal consistency checks for kernel debugging.
27985  You should normally say N.
27986
27987Read-write spinlock debugging
27988CONFIG_DEBUG_RWLOCK
27989  If you say Y here then read-write lock processing will count how many
27990  times it has tried to get the lock and issue an error message after
27991  too many attempts.  If you suspect a rwlock problem or a kernel
27992  hacker asks for this option then say Y.  Otherwise say N.
27993
27994Semaphore debugging
27995CONFIG_DEBUG_SEMAPHORE
27996  If you say Y here then semaphore processing will issue lots of
27997  verbose debugging messages.  If you suspect a semaphore problem or a
27998  kernel hacker asks for this option then say Y.  Otherwise say N.
27999
28000Verbose BUG() reporting (adds 70K)
28001CONFIG_DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE
28002  Say Y here to make BUG() panics output the file name and line number
28003  of the BUG call as well as the EIP and oops trace.  This aids
28004  debugging but costs about 70-100K of memory.
28005
28006Include kgdb kernel debugger
28007CONFIG_KGDB
28008  Include in-kernel hooks for kgdb, the Linux kernel source level
28009  debugger.  For i386 architecture there is project page at
28010  <http://kgdb.sourceforge.net/>.
28011
28012Include xmon kernel debugger
28013CONFIG_XMON
28014  Include in-kernel hooks for the xmon kernel monitor/debugger
28015  supported by the PPC port.
28016
28017Include BDI2000 debugger support
28018CONFIG_BDI_SWITCH
28019  Include in-kernel support for the Abatron BDI2000 debugger.  To
28020  learn more about the Abatron BDI2000, visit the web page at
28021  <http://www.abatron.ch/>.
28022
28023Add additional CFLAGS to the kernel build
28024CONFIG_MORE_COMPILE_OPTIONS
28025  If you want to add additional CFLAGS to the kernel build, such as
28026  -g for KGDB, XMON or the BDI2000, enable this option and then
28027  enter what you would like to add in the next question.
28028
28029Include kgdb kernel debugger
28030CONFIG_KWDB
28031  Include in-kernel hooks for kdb, the source level debugger for the
28032  PA-RISC port.
28033
28034IODC console
28035CONFIG_IODC_CONSOLE
28036  IODC is HP's pre-PCI standard for device identification (a la PCI
28037  vendor, device IDs), detection, configuration, initialization and so
28038  on.  It also can provide firmware function to do the actual IO,
28039  which are slow, not really defined for runtime usage and generally
28040  not desirable.
28041
28042  See <http://www.linuxhq.com/kernel/v2.4/doc/parisc/IODC.txt.html>
28043  for the gory details.
28044
28045  Say Y here to enable use of the IODC firmware functions for console
28046  I/O.  This is only useful on older PA-RISC workstations.  If in
28047  doubt, say Y.
28048
28049U2/Uturn I/O MMU
28050CONFIG_IOMMU_CCIO
28051  Say Y here to enable DMA management routines for the first
28052  generation of PA-RISC cache-coherent machines.  Programs the
28053  U2/Uturn chip in "Virtual Mode" and use the I/O MMU.
28054
28055LBA/Elroy PCI support
28056CONFIG_PCI_LBA
28057  Say Y here to give the PA-RISC kernel access to PCI configuration
28058  and IO-port space on PA-RISC workstations equipped with a Lower Bus
28059  Adapter (LBA).  This includes A, B, C, J, L, and N-class machines
28060  with 4-digit model numbers, also the A300.
28061
28062LASI I/O support
28063CONFIG_GSC_LASI
28064  Say Y here to directly support the LASI controller chip found on
28065  PA-RISC workstations.  Linux-oriented documentation for this chip
28066  can be found at <http://www.parisc-linux.org/documentation/>.
28067
28068LASI/ASP builtin parallel-port
28069CONFIG_PARPORT_GSC
28070  Say Y here to build in low-level parallel-support for PC-style
28071  hardware integrated in the LASI-Controller (on the GSC Bus) for
28072  HP-PARISC workstations.
28073
28074Fujitsu Vendor Specific
28075CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK_FUJITSU
28076  Enable vendor-specific code for Fujitsu IDE disks.  Unless you are
28077  the IDE maintainer, you probably do not want to mess with this.
28078
28079IBM Vendor Specific
28080CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK_IBM
28081  Enable vendor-specific code for IBM IDE disks.  Unless you are the
28082  IDE maintainer, you probably do not want to mess with this.
28083
28084Maxtor Vendor Specific
28085CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK_MAXTOR
28086  Enable vendor-specific code for Maxtor IDE disks.  Unless you are
28087  the IDE maintainer, you probably do not want to mess with this.
28088
28089Quantum Vendor Specific
28090CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK_QUANTUM
28091  Enable vendor-specific code for Quantum IDE disks.  Unless you are
28092  the IDE maintainer, you probably do not want to mess with this.
28093
28094Seagate Vendor Specific
28095CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK_SEAGATE
28096  Enable vendor-specific code for Seagate IDE disks.  Unless you are
28097  the IDE maintainer, you probably do not want to mess with this.
28098
28099Western Digital Vendor Specific
28100CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK_WD
28101  Enable vendor-specific code for Western Digital IDE disks.  Unless
28102  you are the IDE maintainer, you probably do not want to mess with
28103  this.
28104
28105TiVo Commerial Application Specific
28106CONFIG_BLK_DEV_TIVO
28107  Enable vendor-specific code for TiVo IDE disks.  Unless you are the
28108  IDE maintainer, you probably do not want to mess with this.
28109
28110# Choice: superhsys
28111Generic
28112CONFIG_SH_GENERIC
28113  Select Generic if configuring for a generic SuperH system.
28114  The "generic" option compiles in *all* the possible hardware
28115  support and relies on the sh_mv= kernel command option to choose
28116  at runtime which routines to use.  "MV" stands for "machine vector";
28117  each of the machines below is described by a machine vector.
28118
28119  Select SolutionEngine if configuring for a Hitachi SH7709
28120  or SH7750/7750S evaluation board.
28121
28122  Select SHMobileSolutionEngine if configuring for SH-Mobile Solution
28123  Engine.
28124
28125  Select Overdrive if configuring for a ST407750 Overdrive board.
28126  More information at
28127  <http://linuxsh.sourceforge.net/docs/7750overdrive.php3>.
28128
28129  Select HP620 if configuring for a HP Jornada HP620.
28130  More information (hardware only) at
28131  <http://www.hp.com/jornada/>.
28132
28133  Select HP680 if configuring for a HP Jornada HP680.
28134  More information (hardware only) at
28135  <http://www.hp.com/jornada/products/680/>.
28136
28137  Select HP690 if configuring for a HP Jornada HP690.
28138  More information (hardware only) at
28139  <http://www.hp.com/jornada/products/680/>.
28140
28141  Select CqREEK if configuring for a CqREEK SH7708 or SH7750.
28142  More information at
28143  <http://sources.redhat.com/ecos/hardware.html#SuperH>.
28144
28145  Select DMIDA if configuring for a DataMyte 4000 Industrial
28146  Digital Assistant. More information at <http://www.dmida.com/>.
28147
28148  Select EC3104 if configuring for a system with an Eclipse
28149  International EC3104 chip, e.g. the Harris AD2000 or Compaq Aero 8000.
28150
28151  Select Dreamcast if configuring for a SEGA Dreamcast.
28152  More information at
28153  <http://www.m17n.org/linux-sh/dreamcast/>.  There is a
28154  Dreamcast project is at <http://linuxdc.sourceforge.net/>.
28155
28156  Select BareCPU if you know what this means, and it applies
28157  to your system.
28158
28159# These may have to be merged in when we go to CML2:
28160#  - "SolutionEngine7751" for Hitachi SolutionEngine (7751)
28161#  - "STB1_Harp" for STMicroelectronics HARP
28162#  - "CqREEK" for CQ Publishing CqREEK SH-4
28163#  - "CAT68701" for CAT 68701 Evaluation Board (SH7708)
28164#  - "BigSur" for Big Sur Evaluation Board
28165#  - "SH2000" for SH2000 Evaluation Board (SH7709A)
28166#  - "ADX" for A&D ADX
28167
28168SolutionEngine
28169CONFIG_SH_SOLUTION_ENGINE
28170  Select SolutionEngine if configuring for a Hitachi SH7709
28171  or SH7750 evaluation board.
28172
281737751 SolutionEngine
28174CONFIG_SH_7751_SOLUTION_ENGINE
28175  Select 7751 SolutionEngine if configuring for a Hitachi SH7751
28176  evaluation board.
28177
28178SHMobileSolutionEngine
28179CONFIG_SH_MOBILE_SOLUTION_ENGINE
28180  Select SHMobileSolutionEngine if configuring for SH-Mobile Solution
28181  Engine.
28182
28183Overdrive
28184CONFIG_SH_OVERDRIVE
28185  Select Overdrive if configuring for a ST407750 Overdrive board.
28186  More information at
28187  <http://linuxsh.sourceforge.net/docs/7750overdrive.php3>.
28188
28189HP620
28190CONFIG_SH_HP620
28191  Select HP620 if configuring for a HP jornada HP620.
28192  More information (hardware only) at
28193  <http://www.hp.com/jornada/>.
28194
28195HP680
28196CONFIG_SH_HP680
28197  Select HP680 if configuring for a HP Jornada HP680.
28198  More information (hardware only) at
28199  <http://www.hp.com/jornada/products/680/>.
28200
28201HP690
28202CONFIG_SH_HP690
28203  Select HP690 if configuring for a HP Jornada HP690.
28204  More information (hardware only)
28205  at <http://www.hp.com/jornada/products/680/>.
28206
28207CqREEK
28208CONFIG_SH_CQREEK
28209  Select CqREEK if configuring for a CqREEK SH7708 or SH7750.
28210  More information at
28211  <http://sources.redhat.com/ecos/hardware.html#SuperH>.
28212
28213DMIDA
28214CONFIG_SH_DMIDA
28215  Select DMIDA if configuring for a DataMyte 4000 Industrial
28216  Digital Assistant. More information at <http://www.dmida.com/>.
28217
28218EC3104
28219CONFIG_SH_EC3104
28220  Select EC3104 if configuring for a system with an Eclipse
28221  International EC3104 chip, e.g. the Harris AD2000.
28222
28223Dreamcast
28224CONFIG_SH_DREAMCAST
28225  Select Dreamcast if configuring for a SEGA Dreamcast.
28226  More information at
28227  <http://www.m17n.org/linux-sh/dreamcast/>.  There is a
28228  Dreamcast project is at <http://linuxdc.sourceforge.net/>.
28229
28230SH-2000
28231CONFIG_SH_SH2000
28232  SH-2000 is a single-board computer based around SH7709A chip
28233  intended for embedded applications.
28234  It has an Ethernet interface (CS8900A), direct connected
28235  Compact Flash socket, three serial ports and PC-104 bus.
28236  More information at <http://sh2000.sh-linux.org>.
28237
28238BareCPU
28239CONFIG_SH_UNKNOWN
28240  "Bare CPU" aka "unknown" means an SH-based system which is not one
28241  of the specific ones mentioned above, which means you need to enter
28242  all sorts of stuff like CONFIG_MEMORY_START because the config
28243  system doesn't already know what it is.  You get a machine vector
28244  without any platform-specific code in it, so things like the RTC may
28245  not work.
28246
28247  This option is for the early stages of porting to a new machine.
28248
28249# Choice: superhtype
28250SH7707
28251CONFIG_CPU_SUBTYPE_SH7707
28252  Select the type of SuperH processor you have. This information is
28253  used for optimizing and configuration purposes.
28254
28255  Select SH7707 if you have a  60 Mhz SH-3 HD6417707 CPU.
28256
28257  Select SH7708 if you have a  60 Mhz SH-3 HD6417708S or
28258                if you have a 100 Mhz SH-3 HD6417708R CPU.
28259
28260  Select SH7709 if you have a  80 Mhz SH-3 HD6417709 CPU.
28261
28262  Select SH7750 if you have a 200 Mhz SH-4 HD6417750 CPU.
28263
28264  Select SH7751 if you have a SH7751
28265
28266  Select ST40STB1 if you have a ST40STB1
28267  Select ST40RA/ST40STB1 if you have a ST40RA
28268                         (previously known as ST40STB1).
28269
28270  Select ST40GX1 if you have an ST40GX1.
28271
28272  Select SH7300 if you have a HD6417300 CPU.
28273
28274SH7708
28275CONFIG_CPU_SUBTYPE_SH7708
28276  Select SH7708 if you have a  60 Mhz SH-3 HD6417708S or
28277                if you have a 100 Mhz SH-3 HD6417708R CPU.
28278
28279SH7709
28280CONFIG_CPU_SUBTYPE_SH7709
28281  Select SH7709 if you have a  80 Mhz SH-3 HD6417709 CPU.
28282
28283SH7750
28284CONFIG_CPU_SUBTYPE_SH7750
28285  Select SH7750 if you have a 200 Mhz SH-4 HD6417750 CPU.
28286
28287SH7751
28288CONFIG_CPU_SUBTYPE_SH7751
28289  Select SH7751 if you have a 166 Mhz SH-4 HD6417751 CPU.
28290
28291ST40RA/ST40STB1
28292CONFIG_CPU_SUBTYPE_ST40STB1
28293  Select ST40RA/ST40STB1 if you have a ST40RA. This chip was
28294  previously called the ST40STB1. Early versions were also
28295  erronously labelled ST40AR166.
28296
28297ST40GX1
28298CONFIG_CPU_SUBTYPE_ST40GX1
28299  Select ST40GX1 if you have a ST40GX1 CPU.
28300
28301SH7300
28302CONFIG_CPU_SUBTYPE_SH7300
28303  Select SH7300 if you have a HD6417300 CPU.
28304
28305Memory on LMI
28306CONFIG_ST40_LMI_MEMORY
28307  Currently all ST40 CPUs have two external buses the
28308  'Local Memory Interface' (LMI) which supports SDRAM and
28309  DDR SDRAM, and the 'Enhanced flash Memory Interface' (EMI),
28310  which supports SDRAM, Flash, peripherials and MPX. Linux
28311  can support memory on either of these buses, it is simply
28312  necessary to specify its base address. This option is simply
28313  a shortcut method of specifying that RAM starts from the
28314  bottom of the LMI.
28315
28316Physical memory start address
28317CONFIG_MEMORY_START
28318  Computers built with Hitachi SuperH processors always
28319  map the ROM starting at address zero.  But the processor
28320  does not specify the range that RAM takes.
28321
28322  The physical memory (RAM) start address will be automatically
28323  set to 08000000, unless you selected one of the following
28324  processor types: SolutionEngine, Overdrive, HP620, HP680, HP690,
28325  in which case the start address will be set to 0c000000.
28326
28327  Tweak this only when porting to a new machine which is not already
28328  known by the config system.  Changing it from the known correct
28329  value on any of the known systems will only lead to disaster.
28330
28331Hitachi HD64461 companion chip support
28332CONFIG_HD64461
28333  The Hitachi HD64461 provides an interface for
28334  the SH7709 CPU, supporting a LCD controller,
28335  CRT color controller, IrDA up to 4 Mbps, and a
28336  PCMCIA controller supporting 2 slots.
28337
28338  More information is available at
28339  <http://semiconductor.hitachi.com/windowsce/superh/sld013.htm>.
28340
28341  Say Y if you want support for the HD64461.
28342  Otherwise, say N.
28343
28344HD64461 PCMCIA enabler
28345CONFIG_HD64461_ENABLER
28346  Say Y here if you want to enable PCMCIA support
28347  via the HD64461 companion chip.
28348  Otherwise, say N.
28349
28350HD64461 virtualized IRQ number
28351CONFIG_HD64461_IRQ
28352  The default setting of the HD64461 IRQ is 36.
28353
28354  Do not change this unless you know what you are doing.
28355
28356Hitachi HD64465 companion chip support
28357CONFIG_HD64465
28358  The Hitachi HD64465 provides an interface for
28359  the SH7750 CPU, supporting a LCD controller,
28360  CRT color controller, IrDA, USB, PCMCIA,
28361  keyboard controller, and a printer interface.
28362
28363  More information is available at
28364  <http://global.hitachi.com/New/cnews/E/1998/981019B.html>.
28365
28366  Say Y if you want support for the HD64465.
28367  Otherwise, say N.
28368
28369HD64465 virtualized IRQ number
28370CONFIG_HD64465_IRQ
28371  The default setting of the HD64465 IRQ is 5.
28372
28373  Do not change this unless you know what you are doing.
28374
28375HD64465 start address
28376CONFIG_HD64465_IOBASE
28377  The default setting of the HD64465 IO base address is 0xb0000000.
28378
28379  Do not change this unless you know what you are doing.
28380
28381Early printk support
28382CONFIG_SH_EARLY_PRINTK
28383  Say Y here to redirect kernel printk messages to the serial port
28384  used by the SH-IPL bootloader, starting very early in the boot
28385  process and ending when the kernel's serial console is initialised.
28386  This option is only useful porting the kernel to a new machine,
28387  when the kernel may crash or hang before the serial console is
28388  initialised. If unsure, say N.
28389
28390SuperH SCI (serial) support
28391CONFIG_SH_SCI
28392  Selecting this option will allow the Linux kernel to transfer data
28393  over SCI (Serial Communication Interface) and/or SCIF (Serial
28394  Communication Interface with FIFO) which are built into the Hitachi
28395  SuperH processor.  The option provides 1 to 3 (depending
28396  on the CPU model) standard Linux tty devices, /dev/ttySC[012]; one
28397  of these is normally used as the system console.
28398
28399  If in doubt, press "y".
28400
28401Use LinuxSH standard BIOS
28402CONFIG_SH_STANDARD_BIOS
28403  Say Y here if your target has the gdb-sh-stub
28404  package from www.m17n.org (or any conforming standard LinuxSH BIOS)
28405  in FLASH or EPROM.  The kernel will use standard BIOS calls during
28406  boot for various housekeeping tasks (including calls to read and
28407  write characters to a system console, get a MAC address from an
28408  on-board Ethernet interface, and shut down the hardware).  Note this
28409  does not work with machines with an existing operating system in
28410  mask ROM and no flash (WindowsCE machines fall in this category).
28411  If unsure, say N.
28412
28413GDB Stub kernel debug
28414CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL_WITH_GDB_STUB
28415  If you say Y here, it will be possible to remotely debug the SuperH
28416  kernel using gdb, if you have the gdb-sh-stub package from
28417  www.m17n.org (or any conforming standard LinuxSH BIOS) in FLASH or
28418  EPROM.  This enlarges your kernel image disk size by several
28419  megabytes but allows you to load, run and debug the kernel image
28420  remotely using gdb.  This is only useful for kernel hackers.  If
28421  unsure, say N.
28422
28423Console output to GDB
28424CONFIG_GDB_CONSOLE
28425  If you are using GDB for remote debugging over a serial port and
28426  would like kernel messages to be formatted into GDB $O packets so
28427  that GDB prints them as program output, say 'Y'.
28428
28429802.1Q VLAN Support
28430CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q
28431  Select this and you will be able to create 802.1Q VLAN interfaces on your
28432  ethernet interfaces.  802.1Q VLAN supports almost everything a regular
28433  ethernet interface does, including firewalling, bridging, and of course
28434  IP traffic.  You will need the 'vconfig' tool from the VLAN project in
28435  order to effectively use VLANs.  See the VLAN web page for more
28436  information:  <http://www.candelatech.com/~greear/vlan.html>  If unsure,
28437  you can safely say 'N'.
28438
28439ARC console support
28440CONFIG_ARC_CONSOLE
28441  Support for the PROM-based console on MIPS machines built according
28442  to the Advanced Risc Computing specification, which is now (2001)
28443  dead.  These included boxes from Deskstation, Acer, Olivetti and
28444  NEC.  There is a history at <http://www.openbsd.org/arc.html>.
28445
28446AUTCPU12
28447CONFIG_ARCH_AUTCPU12
28448  Say Y if you intend to run the kernel on the autronix autcpu12
28449  board. This board is based on a Cirrus Logic CS89712.
28450
28451IT8172 IDE support
28452CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IT8172
28453  Say Y here to support the on-board IDE controller on the Integrated
28454  Technology Express, Inc. ITE8172 SBC.  Vendor page at
28455  <http://www.ite.com.tw/ia/brief_it8172bsp.htm>; picture of the
28456  board at <http://www.mvista.com/partners/semiconductor/ite.html>.
28457
28458Support ARM926T processor
28459CONFIG_CPU_ARM926T
28460  This is a variant of the ARM920.  It has slightly different
28461  instruction sequences for cache and TLB operations.  Curiously,
28462  there is no documentation on it at the ARM corporate website.
28463
28464  Say Y if you want support for the ARM926T processor.
28465  Otherwise, say N.
28466
28467Support CPU clock change (EXPERIMENTAL)
28468CONFIG_CPU_FREQ
28469  CPU clock scaling allows you to change the clock speed of the
28470  running CPU on the fly. This is a nice method to save battery power,
28471  because the lower the clock speed, the less power the CPU
28472  consumes. Note that this driver doesn't automatically change the CPU
28473  clock speed, you need some userland tools (which still have to be
28474  written) to implement the policy. If you don't understand what this
28475  is all about, it's safe to say 'N'.
28476
28477SiS
28478CONFIG_DRM_SIS
28479  Choose this option if you have a SIS graphics card. AGP support is
28480  required for this driver to work.
28481
28482Etrax Ethernet slave support (over lp0/1)
28483CONFIG_ETRAX_ETHERNET_LPSLAVE
28484  This option enables a slave ETRAX 100 or ETRAX 100LX, connected to a
28485  master ETRAX 100 or ETRAX 100LX through par0 and par1, to act as an
28486  Ethernet controller.
28487
28488Slave has its own LEDs
28489CONFIG_ETRAX_ETHERNET_LPSLAVE_HAS_LEDS
28490  Enable if the slave has it's own LEDs.
28491
28492ATA/IDE support
28493CONFIG_ETRAX_IDE
28494  Enable this to get support for ATA/IDE.  You can't use parallel
28495  ports or SCSI ports at the same time.
28496
28497LED on when link
28498CONFIG_ETRAX_NETWORK_LED_ON_WHEN_LINK
28499
28500  Selecting LED_on_when_link will light the LED when there is a
28501  connection and will flash off when there is activity.
28502
28503  Selecting LED_on_when_activity will light the LED only when
28504  there is activity.
28505
28506  This setting will also affect the behaviour of other activity LEDs
28507  e.g. Bluetooth.
28508
28509Power button bit on port G
28510CONFIG_ETRAX_POWERBUTTON_BIT
28511  Configure where power button is connected.
28512
28513Root device name
28514CONFIG_ETRAX_ROOT_DEVICE
28515  Specifies the device that should be mounted as root file system
28516  when booting from flash. The axisflashmap driver adds an additional
28517  mtd partition for the appended root file system image, so this option
28518  should normally be the mtdblock device for the partition after the
28519  last partition in the partition table.
28520
28521Serial port 0 enabled
28522CONFIG_ETRAX_SERIAL_PORT0
28523  Enables the ETRAX 100 serial driver for ser0 (ttyS0)
28524  Normally you want this on, unless you use external DMA 1 that uses
28525  the same DMA channels.
28526
28527Shutdown bit on port CSP0
28528CONFIG_ETRAX_SHUTDOWN_BIT
28529  Configure what pin on CSPO-port that is used for controlling power
28530  supply.
28531
28532Software Shutdown Support
28533CONFIG_ETRAX_SOFT_SHUTDOWN
28534  Enable this if Etrax is used with a power-supply that can be turned
28535  off and on with PS_ON signal. Gives the possibility to detect
28536  powerbutton and then do a power off after unmounting disks.
28537
28538Disable watchdog during Oops printouts
28539CONFIG_ETRAX_WATCHDOG_NICE_DOGGY
28540  By enabling this you make sure that the watchdog does not bite while
28541  printing oopses. Recommended for development systems but not for
28542  production releases.
28543
28544Compaq iPAQ Handheld sleeve support
28545CONFIG_H3600_SLEEVE
28546  Choose this option to enable support for extension packs (sleeves)
28547  for the Compaq iPAQ H3XXX series of handheld computers.  This option
28548  is required for the CF, PCMCIA, Bluetooth and GSM/GPRS extension
28549  packs.
28550
28551AVM Fritz!Card PCI/PCIv2/PnP support (EXPERIMENTAL)
28552CONFIG_HISAX_FRITZ_PCIPNP
28553  This enables the driver for the AVM Fritz!Card PCI, Fritz!Card PCI v2
28554  and Fritz!Card PnP.
28555  (the latter also needs you to select "ISA Plug and Play support"
28556  from the menu "Plug and Play configuration")
28557
28558IBM PCI Hotplug driver
28559CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_IBM
28560  Say Y here if you have a motherboard with a IBM PCI Hotplug
28561  controller.
28562
28563  This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
28564  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
28565  The module will be called cpqphp.o. If you want to compile it
28566  as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
28567
28568  When in doubt, say N.
28569
28570Enable autotest (llsc). Option to run cache test instead of booting
28571CONFIG_IA64_SGI_AUTOTEST
28572  Build a kernel used for hardware validation. If you include the
28573  keyword "autotest" on the boot command line, the kernel does NOT boot.
28574  Instead, it starts all cpus and runs cache coherency tests instead.
28575
28576  If unsure, say N.
28577
28578IEC61883-6 (Audio transmission) support
28579CONFIG_IEEE1394_AMDTP
28580  This option enables the Audio & Music Data Transmission Protocol
28581  (IEC61883-6) driver, which implements audio transmission over
28582  IEEE1394.
28583
28584  The userspace interface is documented in amdtp.h.
28585
28586  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
28587  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
28588  say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.  The module
28589  will be called amdtp.o.
28590
28591IEC61883-1 Plug support
28592CONFIG_IEEE1394_CMP
28593  This option enables the Connection Management Procedures
28594  (IEC61883-1) driver, which implements input and output plugs.
28595
28596  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
28597  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
28598  say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.  The module
28599  will be called cmp.o.
28600
28601OHCI-DV I/O support
28602CONFIG_IEEE1394_DV1394
28603  This driver allows you to transmit and receive DV (digital video)
28604  streams on an OHCI-1394 card using a simple frame-oriented
28605  interface.
28606
28607  The user-space API for dv1394 is documented in dv1394.h.
28608
28609  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
28610  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
28611  say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.  The module
28612  will be called dv1394.o.
28613
28614Ethernet over 1394
28615CONFIG_IEEE1394_ETH1394
28616  Extremely Experimental! This driver is a Linux specific way to use your
28617  IEEE1394 Host as an Ethernet type device. This is _NOT_ IP1394.
28618
28619Support for older IT8172 (Rev C)
28620CONFIG_IT8172_REVC
28621  Say Y here to support the older, Revision C version of the Integrated
28622  Technology Express, Inc. ITE8172 SBC.  Vendor page at
28623  <http://www.ite.com.tw/ia/brief_it8172bsp.htm>; picture of the
28624  board at <http://www.mvista.com/partners/semiconductor/ite.html>.
28625
28626Enable Smart Card Reader 0 Support
28627CONFIG_IT8172_SCR0
28628  Say Y here to support smart-card reader 0 (SCR0) on the Integrated
28629  Technology Express, Inc. ITE8172 SBC.  Vendor page at
28630  <http://www.ite.com.tw/ia/brief_it8172bsp.htm>; picture of the
28631  board at <http://www.mvista.com/partners/semiconductor/ite.html>.
28632
28633Enable Smart Card Reader 1 Support
28634CONFIG_IT8172_SCR1
28635  Say Y here to support smart-card reader 1 (SCR1) on the Integrated
28636  Technology Express, Inc. ITE8172 SBC.  Vendor page at
28637  <http://www.ite.com.tw/ia/brief_it8172bsp.htm>; picture of the
28638  board at <http://www.mvista.com/partners/semiconductor/ite.html>.
28639
28640IT8172 IDE Tuning support
28641CONFIG_IT8172_TUNING
28642  Say Y here to support tuning the ITE8172's IDE interface.  This makes
28643  it possible to set DMA channel or PIO opration and the transfer rate.
28644
28645Enable protocol mode for the L1 console
28646CONFIG_SERIAL_SGI_L1_PROTOCOL
28647  Uses protocol mode instead of raw mode for the level 1 console on the
28648  SGI SN (Scalable NUMA) platform for IA64.  If you are compiling for
28649  an SGI SN box then Y is the recommended value, otherwise say N.
28650
28651New bus configuration (EXPERIMENTAL)
28652CONFIG_TULIP_MWI
28653  This configures your Tulip card specifically for the card and
28654  system cache line size type you are using.
28655
28656  This is experimental code, not yet tested on many boards.
28657
28658  If unsure, say N.
28659
28660Hotplug firmware loading support (EXPERIMENTAL)
28661CONFIG_FW_LOADER
28662  This option is provided for the case where no in-kernel-tree modules require
28663  hotplug firmware loading support, but a module built outside the kernel tree
28664  does.
28665
28666NatSemi SCx200 support
28667CONFIG_SCx200
28668  This provides basic support for the National Semiconductor SCx200
28669  processor.  Right now this is just a driver for the GPIO pins.
28670
28671  If you don't know what to do here, say N.
28672
28673  This support is also available as a module.  If compiled as a
28674  module, it will be called scx200.o.
28675
28676NatSemi SCx200 GPIO support
28677CONFIG_SCx200_GPIO
28678  Give userspace access to the GPIO pins on the National
28679  Semiconductor SCx200 processors.
28680
28681  This support is also available as a module.  If compiled as a
28682  module, it will be called scx200_gpio.o.
28683
28684NatSemi SCx200 Watchdog
28685CONFIG_SCx200_WDT
28686  Enable the built-in watchdog timer support on the National
28687  Semiconductor SCx200 processors.
28688
28689  If compiled as a module, it will be called scx200_watchdog.o.
28690
28691Flash device mapped with DOCCS on NatSemi SCx200
28692CONFIG_MTD_SCx200_DOCFLASH
28693  Enable support for a flash chip mapped using the DOCCS signal on a
28694  National Semiconductor SCx200 processor.
28695
28696  If you don't know what to do here, say N.
28697
28698  If compiled as a module, it will be called scx200_docflash.o.
28699
28700BIOS flash chip on AMD76x southbridge
28701CONFIG_MTD_AMD76XROM
28702  Support for treating the BIOS flash chip on AMD76x motherboards
28703  as an MTD device - with this you can reprogram your BIOS.
28704
28705  BE VERY CAREFUL.
28706
28707  If compiled as a module, it will be called amd76xrom.o.
28708
28709BIOS flash chip on Intel Hub Controller 2
28710CONFIG_MTD_ICH2ROM
28711  Support for treating the BIOS flash chip on ICH2 motherboards
28712  as an MTD device - with this you can reprogram your BIOS.
28713
28714  BE VERY CAREFUL.
28715
28716  If compiled as a module, it will be called ich2rom.o.
28717
28718BIOS flash chip on Intel SCB2 boards
28719CONFIG_MTD_SCB2_FLASH
28720  Support for treating the BIOS flash chip on Intel SCB2 boards
28721  as an MTD device - with this you can reprogram your BIOS.
28722
28723  BE VERY CAREFUL.
28724
28725  If compiled as a module, it will be called scb2_flash.o.
28726
28727Flash chips on Tsunami TIG bus
28728CONFIG_MTD_TSUNAMI
28729  Support for the flash chip on Tsunami TIG bus.
28730
28731  If compiled as a module, it will be called tsunami_flash.o.
28732
28733Flash chips on LASAT board
28734CONFIG_MTD_LASAT
28735  Support for the flash chips on the Lasat 100 and 200 boards.
28736
28737  If compiled as a module, it will be called lasat.o.
28738
28739CFI flash device on SnapGear/SecureEdge
28740CONFIG_MTD_NETtel
28741  Support for flash chips on NETtel/SecureEdge/SnapGear boards.
28742
28743  If compiled as a module, it will be called nettel.o.
28744
28745CFI Flash device mapped on DIL/Net PC
28746CONFIG_MTD_DILNETPC
28747  MTD map driver for SSV DIL/Net PC Boards "DNP" and "ADNP".
28748  For details, see <http://www.ssv-embedded.de/ssv/pc104/p169.htm>
28749   and <http://www.ssv-embedded.de/ssv/pc104/p170.htm>
28750
28751  If compiled as a module, it will be called dilnetpc.o.
28752
28753Size of DIL/Net PC flash boot partition
28754CONFIG_MTD_DILNETPC_BOOTSIZE
28755  The amount of space taken up by the kernel or Etherboot
28756  on the DIL/Net PC flash chips.
28757
28758CFI Flash device mapped on Epxa10db
28759CONFIG_MTD_EPXA10DB
28760  This enables support for the flash devices on the Altera
28761  Excalibur XA10 Development Board. If you are building a kernel
28762  for on of these boards then you should say 'Y' otherwise say 'N'.
28763
28764  If compiled as a module, it will be called epxa10db-flash.o.
28765
28766CFI Flash device mapped on the FortuNet board
28767CONFIG_MTD_FORTUNET
28768  This enables access to the Flash on the FortuNet board.  If you
28769  have such a board, say 'Y'.
28770
28771  If compiled as a module, it will be called fortunet.o.
28772
28773NV-RAM mapping AUTCPU12 board
28774CONFIG_MTD_AUTCPU12
28775  This enables access to the NV-RAM on autronix autcpu12 board.
28776  If you have such a board, say 'Y'.
28777
28778  If compiled as a module, it will be called autcpu12-nvram.o.
28779
28780CFI Flash device mapped on EDB7312
28781CONFIG_MTD_EDB7312
28782  This enables access to the CFI Flash on the Cogent EDB7312 board.
28783  If you have such a board, say 'Y' here.
28784
28785  If compiled as a module, it will be called edb7312.o.
28786
28787JEDEC Flash device mapped on impA7
28788CONFIG_MTD_IMPA7
28789  This enables access to the NOR Flash on the impA7 board of
28790  implementa GmbH. If you have such a board, say 'Y' here.
28791
28792  If compiled as a module, it will be called impa7.o.
28793
28794JEDEC Flash device mapped on Ceiva/Polaroid PhotoMax Digital Picture Frame
28795CONFIG_MTD_CEIVA
28796  This enables access to the flash chips on the Ceiva/Polaroid
28797  PhotoMax Digital Picture Frame.
28798  If you have such a device, say 'Y'.
28799
28800  If compiled as a module, it will be called ceiva.o.
28801
28802System flash on MBX860 board
28803CONFIG_MTD_MBX860
28804  This enables access routines for the flash chips on the Motorola
28805  MBX860 board. If you have one of these boards and would like
28806  to use the flash chips on it, say 'Y'.
28807
28808  If compiled as a module, it will be called mbx860.o.
28809
28810PCI MTD driver
28811CONFIG_MTD_PCI
28812  Mapping for accessing flash devices on add-in cards like the Intel XScale
28813  IQ80310 card, and the Intel EBSA285 card in blank ROM programming mode
28814  (please see the manual for the link settings).
28815
28816  If compiled as a module, it will be called pci.o.
28817
28818  If you are not sure, say N.
28819
28820PCMCIA MTD driver
28821CONFIG_MTD_PCMCIA
28822  Map driver for accessing PCMCIA linear flash memory cards. These
28823  cards are usually around 4-16MiB in size. This does not include
28824  Compact Flash cards which are treated as IDE devices.
28825
28826  If compiled as a module, it will be called pcmciamtd.o.
28827
28828Generic uClinux RAM/ROM filesystem support
28829CONFIG_MTD_UCLINUX
28830  Map driver to support image based filesystems for uClinux.
28831
28832  If compiled as a module, it will be called uclinux.o.
28833
28834NatSemi SCx200 I2C using GPIO pins
28835CONFIG_SCx200_I2C
28836  Enable the use of two GPIO pins of a SCx200 processor as an I2C bus.
28837
28838  If you don't know what to do here, say N.
28839
28840  If compiled as a module, it will be called scx200_i2c.o.
28841
28842GPIO pin used for SCL
28843CONFIG_SCx200_I2C_SCL
28844  Enter the GPIO pin number used for the SCL signal.  This value can
28845  also be specified with a module parameter.
28846
28847GPIO pin used for SDA
28848CONFIG_SCx200_I2C_SDA
28849  Enter the GPIO pin number used for the SSA signal.  This value can
28850  also be specified with a module parameter.
28851
28852NatSemi SCx200 ACCESS.bus
28853CONFIG_SCx200_ACB
28854  Enable the use of the ACCESS.bus controllers of a SCx200 processor.
28855  It also enables the I2C controller found on Geode GX/LX processors.
28856
28857  If you don't know what to do here, say N.
28858
28859  If compiled as a module, it will be called scx200_acb.o.
28860
28861IPMI top-level message handler
28862CONFIG_IPMI_HANDLER
28863  This enables the central IPMI message handler, required for IPMI
28864  to work.  Note that you must have this enabled to do any other IPMI
28865  things.
28866
28867  IPMI is a standard for managing sensors (temperature,
28868  voltage, etc.) in a system.
28869
28870  See Documentation/IPMI.txt for more details on the driver.
28871
28872  If unsure, say N.
28873
28874Generate a panic event to all BMCs on a panic
28875CONFIG_IPMI_PANIC_EVENT
28876  When a panic occurs, this will cause the IPMI message handler to
28877  generate an IPMI event describing the panic to each interface
28878  registered with the message handler.
28879
28880Device interface for IPMI
28881CONFIG_IPMI_DEVICE_INTERFACE
28882  This provides an IOCTL interface to the IPMI message handler so
28883  userland processes may use IPMI.  It supports poll() and select().
28884
28885IPMI KCS handler
28886CONFIG_IPMI_KCS
28887  Provides a driver for a KCS-style interface to a BMC.
28888
28889IPMI Watchdog Timer
28890CONFIG_IPMI_WATCHDOG
28891  This enables the IPMI watchdog timer.
28892
28893CRC32 functions
28894CONFIG_CRC32
28895  This option is provided for the case where no in-kernel-tree
28896  modules require CRC32 functions, but a module built outside the
28897  kernel tree does. Such modules that use library CRC32 functions
28898  require that you say M or Y here.
28899
28900Chassis LCD and LED support
28901CONFIG_CHASSIS_LCD_LED
28902  Say Y here if you want to enable support for the Heartbeat,
28903  Disk/Network activities LEDs on some PA-RISC machines,
28904  or support for the LCD that can be found on recent material.
28905
28906  This has nothing to do with LED State support for A, J and E class.
28907
28908  If unsure, say Y.
28909
28910VSC/GSC/HSC bus support
28911CONFIG_GSC
28912  The VSC, GSC and HSC busses were used from the earliest 700-series
28913  workstations up to and including the C360/J2240 workstations.  They
28914  were also used in servers from the E-class to the K-class.  They
28915  are not found in B1000, C3000, J5000, A500, L1000, N4000 and upwards.
28916  If in doubt, say "Y".
28917
28918Wax I/O support
28919CONFIG_GSC_WAX
28920  Say Y here to support the Wax multifunction chip found in some
28921  older systems, including B/C/D/R class and 715/64, 715/80 and
28922  715/100.  Wax includes an EISA adapter, a serial port (not always
28923  used), a HIL interface chip and is also known to be used as the
28924  GSC bridge for an X.25 GSC card.
28925
28926GSCtoPCI/Dino PCI support
28927CONFIG_GSC_DINO
28928  Say Y here to support the Dino & Cujo GSC to PCI bridges found in
28929  machines from the B132 to the C360, the J2240 and the A180.  Some
28930  GSC/HSC cards (eg gigabit & dual 100 Mbit Ethernet) have a Dino on
28931  the card, and you also need to say Y here if you have such a card.
28932  Note that Dino also supplies one of the serial ports on certain
28933  machines.  If in doubt, say Y.
28934
28935HPET timers
28936CONFIG_HPET_TIMER
28937  Use the IA-PC HPET (High Precision Event Timer) to manage
28938  time in preference to the PIT and RTC, if a HPET is
28939  present.  The HPET provides a stable time base on SMP
28940  systems, unlike the RTC, but it is more expensive to access,
28941  as it is off-chip.  You can find the HPET spec at
28942  <http://www.intel.com/labs/platcomp/hpet/hpetspec.htm>.
28943
28944  If unsure, say Y.
28945
28946IOMMU support
28947CONFIG_GART_IOMMU
28948  Support the K8 IOMMU. Needed to run systems with more than 4GB of memory
28949  properly with 32-bit PCI devices that do not support DAC (Double Address
28950  Cycle). The IOMMU can be turned off at runtime with the iommu=off parameter.
28951  Normally the kernel will take the right choice by itself.
28952  If unsure say Y
28953
28954Debug __init statements
28955CONFIG_INIT_DEBUG
28956  Fill __init and __initdata at the end of boot. This helps debugging
28957  invalid uses of __init and __initdata after initialization.
28958
28959Force IOMMU to on
28960CONFIG_IOMMU_DEBUG
28961  Force the IOMMU to on even when you have less than 4GB of memory and add
28962  debugging code.
28963  Can be disabled at boot time with iommu=noforce.
28964
28965IOMMU leak tracing
28966CONFIG_IOMMU_LEAK
28967  Add a simple leak tracer to the IOMMU code. This is useful when you
28968  are debugging a buggy device driver that leaks IOMMU mappings.
28969
28970pSeries Hypervisor Virtual Console support
28971CONFIG_HVC_CONSOLE
28972  pSeries machines when partitioned support a hypervisor virtual
28973  console. This driver allows each pSeries partition to have a console
28974  which is accessed via the HMC.
28975
28976CONFIG_CRYPTO
28977  This option provides the core Cryptographic API.
28978
28979CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC
28980  HMAC: Keyed-Hashing for Message Authentication (RFC2104).
28981  This is required for IPSec.
28982
28983CONFIG_CRYPTO_NULL
28984  These are 'Null' algorithms, used by IPsec, which do nothing.
28985
28986CONFIG_CRYPTO_MD4
28987  MD4 message digest algorithm (RFC1320).
28988
28989CONFIG_CRYPTO_MD5
28990  MD5 message digest algorithm (RFC1321).
28991
28992CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA1
28993  SHA-1 secure hash standard (FIPS 180-1/DFIPS 180-2).
28994
28995CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256
28996  SHA256 secure hash standard (DFIPS 180-2).
28997
28998  This version of SHA implements a 256 bit hash with 128 bits of
28999  security against collision attacks.
29000
29001CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA512
29002  SHA512 secure hash standard (DFIPS 180-2).
29003
29004  This version of SHA implements a 512 bit hash with 256 bits of
29005  security against collision attacks.
29006
29007  This code also includes SHA-384, a 384 bit hash with 192 bits
29008  of security against collision attacks.
29009
29010CONFIG_CRYPTO_WP512
29011  Whirlpool hash algorithm 512, 384 and 256-bit hashes
29012
29013  Whirlpool-512 is part of the NESSIE cryptographic primitives.
29014  Whirlpool will be part of the ISO/IEC 10118-3:2003(E) standard
29015
29016  See also:
29017  http://planeta.terra.com.br/informatica/paulobarreto/WhirlpoolPage.html
29018
29019CONFIG_CRYPTO_DES
29020  DES cipher algorithm (FIPS 46-2), and Triple DES EDE (FIPS 46-3).
29021
29022CONFIG_CRYPTO_BLOWFISH
29023  Blowfish cipher algorithm, by Bruce Schneier.
29024
29025  This is a variable key length cipher which can use keys from 32
29026  bits to 448 bits in length.  It's fast, simple and specifically
29027  designed for use on "large microprocessors".
29028
29029  See also <http://www.counterpane.com/blowfish.html>.
29030
29031CONFIG_CRYPTO_TWOFISH
29032  Twofish cipher algorithm.
29033
29034  Twofish was submitted as an AES (Advanced Encryption Standard)
29035  candidate cipher by researchers at CounterPane Systems.  It is a
29036  16 round block cipher supporting key sizes of 128, 192, and 256
29037  bits.
29038
29039  See also:
29040  http://www.counterpane.com/twofish.html
29041
29042CONFIG_CRYPTO_SERPENT
29043  Serpent cipher algorithm, by Anderson, Biham & Knudsen.
29044
29045  Keys are allowed to be from 0 to 256 bits in length, in steps
29046  of 8 bits. Also includes the 'Tnepres' algorithm, a reversed
29047  variant of Serpent for compatibility with old kerneli code.
29048
29049  See also:
29050  http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~rja14/serpent.html
29051
29052CONFIG_CRYPTO_AES
29053  AES cipher algorithms (FIPS-197). AES uses the Rijndael
29054  algorithm.
29055
29056  Rijndael appears to be consistently a very good performer in
29057  both hardware and software across a wide range of computing
29058  environments regardless of its use in feedback or non-feedback
29059  modes. Its key setup time is excellent, and its key agility is
29060  good. Rijndael's very low memory requirements make it very well
29061  suited for restricted-space environments, in which it also
29062  demonstrates excellent performance. Rijndael's operations are
29063  among the easiest to defend against power and timing attacks.
29064
29065  The AES specifies three key sizes: 128, 192 and 256 bits
29066
29067  See http://csrc.nist.gov/encryption/aes/ for more information.
29068
29069CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAST5
29070  CAST5 (CAST-128) cipher algorithm.
29071
29072  The CAST5 encryption algorithm (synonymous with CAST-128) is
29073  described in RFC2144.
29074
29075CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAST6
29076  CAST6 (CAST-256) cipher algorithm.
29077
29078  The CAST6 encryption algorithm (synonymous with CAST-256) is
29079  described in RFC2612.
29080
29081CONFIG_CRYPTO_TEA
29082  TEA cipher algorithm.
29083
29084  Tiny Encryption Algorithm is a simple cipher that uses
29085  many rounds for security.  It is very fast and uses
29086  little memory.
29087
29088  Xtendend Tiny Encryption Algorithm is a modification to
29089  the TEA algorithm to address a potential key weakness
29090  in the TEA algorithm.
29091
29092  Xtendend Encryption Tiny Algorithm is a mis-implementation
29093  of the XTEA algorithm for compatibility purposes.
29094
29095CONFIG_CRYPTO_ARC4
29096  ARC4 cipher algorithm.
29097
29098  ARC4 is a stream cipher using keys ranging from 8 bits to 2048
29099  bits in length.  This algorithm is required for driver-based
29100  WEP, but it should not be for other purposes because of the
29101  weakness of the algorithm.
29102
29103CONFIG_CRYPTO_KHAZAD
29104  Khazad cipher algorithm.
29105
29106  Khazad was a finalist in the initial NESSIE competition.  It is
29107  an algorithm optimized for 64-bit processors with good performance
29108  on 32-bit processors.  Khazad uses an 128 bit key size.
29109
29110  See also:
29111  http://planeta.terra.com.br/informatica/paulobarreto/KhazadPage.html
29112
29113CONFIG_CRYPTO_ANUBIS
29114  Anubis cipher algorithm.
29115
29116  Anubis is a variable key length cipher which can use keys from
29117  128 bits to 320 bits in length.  It was evaluated as a entrant
29118  in the NESSIE competition.
29119
29120  See also:
29121  https://www.cosic.esat.kuleuven.ac.be/nessie/reports/
29122  http://planeta.terra.com.br/informatica/paulobarreto/AnubisPage.html
29123
29124CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEFLATE
29125  This is the Deflate algorithm (RFC1951), specified for use in
29126  IPSec with the IPCOMP protocol (RFC3173, RFC2394).
29127
29128  You will most probably want this if using IPSec.
29129
29130CONFIG_CRYPTO_MICHAEL_MIC
29131  Michael MIC is used for message integrity protection in TKIP
29132  (IEEE 802.11i). This algorithm is required for TKIP, but it
29133  should not be used for other purposes because of the weakness
29134  of the algorithm.
29135
29136CONFIG_CRYPTO_TEST
29137  Quick & dirty crypto test module.
29138
29139CONFIG_SOUND_WM97XX
29140  Say Y here to support the Wolfson WM9705 and WM9712 touchscreen
29141  controllers. These controllers are mainly found in PDA's
29142  i.e. Dell Axim and Toshiba e740
29143
29144  This is experimental code.
29145  Please see Documentation/wolfson-touchscreen.txt for
29146  a complete list of parameters.
29147
29148  In order to use this driver, a char device called wm97xx with a major
29149  number of 10 and minor number 16 will have to be created under
29150  /dev/touchscreen.
29151
29152  e.g.
29153  mknod /dev/touchscreen/wm97xx c 10 16
29154
29155  If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
29156  inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
29157  say M here.  The module will be called ac97_plugin_wm97xx.o.
29158
29159  If unsure, say N.
29160
29161#
29162# A couple of things I keep forgetting:
29163#   capitalize: AppleTalk, Ethernet, DOS, DMA, FAT, FTP, Internet,
29164#               Intel, IRQ, ISDN, Linux, MSDOS, NetWare, NetWinder,
29165#               NFS, PCI, SCSI, SPARC
29166#   two words:  file system, hard drive, hard disk, home page,
29167#               user space, web site
29168#   other:      it's safe to save; daemon; use --, not - or ---;
29169#               use KB for 1024 bytes, not kB or K.
29170#
29171#
29172# This is used by Emacs' spell checker ispell.el:
29173#
29174# LocalWords:  CONFIG coprocessor DX Pentium SX lilo loadlin HOWTO ftp ibiblio
29175# LocalWords:  unc edu docs emu README kB BLK DEV FD Thinkpad fd MFM RLL IDE gz
29176# LocalWords:  cdrom diskless netboot nfs xzvf ATAPI MB ide pavia rubini pl pd
29177# LocalWords:  HD CD-ROMs IDECD NEC MITSUMI filesystem XT XD PCI BIOS cezar ATEN
29178# LocalWords:  ISA EISA Microchannel VESA BIOSes IPC SYSVIPC ipc Ctrl dmesg hlt
29179# LocalWords:  BINFMT Linkable http ac uk jo html GCC SPARC AVANTI CABRIOLET EB
29180# LocalWords:  netscape gcc LD CC toplevel MODVERSIONS insmod rmmod modprobe IP
29181# LocalWords:  genksyms INET loopback gatewaying Ethernet PPP ARP Arp MEMSIZE
29182# LocalWords:  howto multicasting MULTICAST MBONE firewalling ipfw ACCT resp ip
29183# LocalWords:  proc acct IPIP encapsulator decapsulator klogd RARP EXT PS
29184# LocalWords:  telnetting subnetted NAGLE rlogin NOSR ttyS TGA techinfo mbone nl
29185# LocalWords:  Mb SKB IPX Novell dosemu DDP ATALK vmalloc visar ehome
29186# LocalWords:  SD CHR scsi thingy SG CD LUNs LUN jukebox Adaptec BusLogic EATA
29187# LocalWords:  buslogic DMA DPT ATT eata dma PIO UltraStor fdomain umsdos ext
29188# LocalWords:  QLOGIC qlogic TMC seagate Trantor ultrastor FASST wd NETDEVICES
29189# LocalWords:  unix BBS linux CSLIP PLIP Kirch's LDP CSlip SL SCC IRQ csustan
29190# LocalWords:  Turbo Laplink plip NCSA port's ReQuest IRQs EQL SMC AMD PCnet NE
29191# LocalWords:  COM ELPLUS Com EtherLinkIII VLB Arcnet Cabletron DEPCA DE carlos
29192# LocalWords:  depca EtherWorks EWRK ewrk SEEQ EtherExpress EEXPRESS NI xxx dia
29193# LocalWords:  EtherExpress WaveLAN wavelan PCLAN HPLAN VG SK Ansel Xen de ZNET
29194# LocalWords:  PCMCIA cb stanford LAN TEC RealTek ATP atp DLINK NetTools VISWS
29195# LocalWords:  TR Sony CDU caddyless cdu Mitsumi MCD cd mcd XA MultiSession CDA
29196# LocalWords:  Matsushita Panasonic SBPCD Soundblaster Longshine sbpcd Aztech
29197# LocalWords:  Okano Wearnes AZTCD CDD SE aztcd sonycd Goldstar GSCD Philips fs
29198# LocalWords:  LMS OPTCD Sanyo SJCD minix faqs xiafs XIA msdos mtools Cichocki
29199# LocalWords:  std softlinks umssync NetworkFileSharing nfsd mountd CDs HPFS TI
29200# LocalWords:  hpfs SYSV SCO iBCS Wyse WordPerfect tsx mit unixes sysv NR irisa
29201# LocalWords:  SMB WfW Cyclades async mux Logitech busmouse MouseSystem aka AST
29202# LocalWords:  PSMOUSE Compaq trackballs Travelmate Inport ATIXL ATI busmice ld
29203# LocalWords:  gpm config QIC DYNCONF FTAPE Stor Ftape ftape pcsndrv manpage NT
29204# LocalWords:  readprofile diskdrives org com masq EtherTalk tcp netrom sunacm
29205# LocalWords:  misc AIC aic pio scc Portmaster eql GIS PhotoCDs MCDX Perell PG
29206# LocalWords:  mcdx gscd optcd sjcd ISP hdparm Workgroups Lan samba PARIDE PCD
29207# LocalWords:  filesystems smbfs ATA ppp PCTech RZ www powerquest txt CMD ESDI
29208# LocalWords:  chipset FB multicast MROUTE appletalk ifconfig IBMTR multiport
29209# LocalWords:  Multisession STALDRV EasyIO EC EasyConnection ISTALLION ONboard
29210# LocalWords:  Brumby pci TNC cis ohio faq usenet NETLINK dev hydra ca Tyne mem
29211# LocalWords:  carleton DECstation SUNFD JENSEN Noname XXXM SLiRP LILO's amifb
29212# LocalWords:  pppd Zilog ZS SRM bootloader ez mainmenu rarp ipfwadm paride pcd
29213# LocalWords:  RTNETLINK mknod xos MTU lwared Macs netatalk macs cs Wolff
29214# LocalWords:  dartmouth flowerpt MultiMaster FlashPoint tudelft etherexpress
29215# LocalWords:  ICL EtherTeam ETH IDESCSI TXC SmartRAID SmartCache httpd sjc dlp
29216# LocalWords:  thesphere TwoServers BOOTP DHCP ncpfs BPQETHER BPQ MG HIPPI cern
29217# LocalWords:  bsd comp SPARCstation le SunOS ie Gracilis PackeTwin PT pt LU FX
29218# LocalWords:  FX TEAC CR LCS mS ramdisk IDETAPE cmd fperllo encis tcfs unisa
29219# LocalWords:  Vertos Genoa Funai hsfs NCP NetWare tgz APM apm ioctls UltraLite
29220# LocalWords:  TravelMate CDT LCD backlight VC RPC Mips AXP barlow cdrtools pg
29221# LocalWords:  PMAX MILO Alphas Multia Tseng linuxelf endian mipsel mips drv HT
29222# LocalWords:  kerneld callouts AdvanSys advansys Admin WDT DataStor EP verden
29223# LocalWords:  wdt hdb hdc bugfix SiS vlb Acculogic CSA DTC dtc Holtek ht QDI
29224# LocalWords:  QD qd UMC umc ALI ali lena fnet fr azstarnet cdr fb MDA ps esdi
29225# LocalWords:  Avanti XL AlphaStations Jensen DECpc AXPpci UDB Cabriolet MCA RC
29226# LocalWords:  AlphaPC mca AOUT OUTput PPro sipx gwdg lo nwe FourPort Boca unm
29227# LocalWords:  Keepalive linefill RELCOM keepalive analogue CDR conf CDI INIT
29228# LocalWords:  OPTi isp irq noisp VFAT vfat NTFS losetup dmsdosfs dosfs ISDN MP
29229# LocalWords:  NOWAYOUT behaviour dialin isdn callback BTX Teles  XXXX LVM lvm
29230# LocalWords:  ICN EDSS Cisco
29231# LocalWords:  ipppd syncppp RFC MPP VJ downloaded icn NICCY Creatix shmem ufr
29232# LocalWords:  ibp md ARCnet ether encap NDIS arcether ODI Amigas AmiTCP NetBSD
29233# LocalWords:  initrd tue util DES funet des OnNet BIOSP smc Travan Iomega CMS
29234# LocalWords:  FC DC dc PPA IOMEGA's ppa RNFS FMV Fujitsu ARPD arpd loran layes
29235# LocalWords:  FRAD indiana framerelay DLCI DCLIs Sangoma SDLA mrouted sync sec
29236# LocalWords:  Starmode Metricom MosquitoNet mosquitonet kbit nfsroot Digiboard
29237# LocalWords:  DIGI Xe Xeve digiboard UMISC touchscreens mtu Ethernets HBAs MEX
29238# LocalWords:  Shifflett netcom js jshiffle WIC DECchip ELCP EtherPower dst RTC
29239# LocalWords:  rtc SMP lp Digi Intl RightSwitch DGRS dgrs AFFS Amiga UFS SDL AP
29240# LocalWords:  Solaris RISCom riscom syncPPP PCBIT pcbit sparc anu au artoo MFB
29241# LocalWords:  hitchcock Crynwr cnam pktdrvr NCSA's CyDROM CyCD-ROM FreeBSD NeXT
29242# LocalWords:  NeXTstep disklabel disklabels SMD FFS tm AmigaOS diskfiles Un IQ
29243# LocalWords:  Bernd informatik rwth aachen uae affs multihosting bytecode java
29244# LocalWords:  applets applet JDK ncsa cabi SNI Alphatronix readme LANs scarab
29245# LocalWords:  winsock RNIS caltech OSPF honour Honouring Mbit LocalTalk DEFRAG
29246# LocalWords:  localtalk download Packetwin Baycom baycom interwork ASCII JNT
29247# LocalWords:  Camtec proxying indyramp defragment defragmented UDP FAS FASXX
29248# LocalWords:  FastSCSI SIO FDC qlogicfas QLogic qlogicisp setbaycom ife ee LJ
29249# LocalWords:  ethz ch Travelmates ProAudioSpectrum ProAudio SoundMan SB SBPro
29250# LocalWords:  Thunderboard SM OPL FM ADLIB TSR Gravis MPU PSS ADI SW DSP codec
29251# LocalWords:  ADSP ESC ASIC daughtercard GUSMAX MSS NX AdLib Excell Ensoniq YM
29252# LocalWords:  SoundScape Spea MediaTriX AudioTriX WSS OTI ThunderBoard VoxWare
29253# LocalWords:  Soundscape SSCAPE TRIX MediaTrix PnP Maui dsp midixx EIA getty
29254# LocalWords:  mgetty sendfax gert greenie muc lowlevel Lasermate LanManager io
29255# LocalWords:  OOPSes trackball binghamton mobileip ncr IOMAPPED settags ns ser
29256# LocalWords:  setsync NEGO MPARITY autotuning prefetch PIIX cdwrite utils rc
29257# LocalWords:  PCWATCHDOG berkprod bitgate boldt ucsb jf kyoto jp euc Tetsuyasu
29258# LocalWords:  YAMADA tetsu cauchy nslab ntt nevod perm su doc kaf kheops wsc
29259# LocalWords:  traduc Bourgin dbourgin menuconfig kfill READMEs HOWTOs Virge WA
29260# LocalWords:  IDEDISK IDEFLOPPY EIDE firewalls QMAGIC ZMAGIC LocalWords opti
29261# LocalWords:  SVGATextMode vga svga Xkernel syr jmwobus comfaqs dhcp flakey GD
29262# LocalWords:  IPv IPng interoperability ipng ipv radio's tapr pkthome PLP nano
29263# LocalWords:  Ses Mhz sethdlc SOUNDMODEM WindowsSoundSystem smdiag pcf inka ES
29264# LocalWords:  smmixer ptt circ soundmodem MKISS FDDI DEFEA DEFPA DEFXX redhat
29265# LocalWords:  HyperNews khg mconv sed lina wuftpd MicroChannel netlink irc cum
29266# LocalWords:  raudio RealAudio PPROP NETBIOS GUI IBMMCA ELMC Racal Interlan fi
29267# LocalWords:  eth shapecfg src esp PCWD PREVSTAT bootparam sig bitwizard SBC
29268# LocalWords:  downloads AFSK TCM FP Karn KA FSK RUH LinkSys cron mouseman LLC
29269# LocalWords:  SyQuest SyQuest's CCITT MicroSolutions BPCD bpcd ESPSERIAL PROM
29270# LocalWords:  SUNESP openprom OPENPROMIO quango themall al TT MC MMU LC RMW AA
29271# LocalWords:  INSNS Ataris AutoConfig ZORRO OCS AMIFB Agnus Denise ECS CDTV GB
29272# LocalWords:  AGA Cybervision CYBER GSP TMS DMI Zorro ACSI ROMs SLM BioNet GVP
29273# LocalWords:  PAMsNet TekMagic Cyberstorm MkI CYBERSTORMII MkII BLZ onboard cx
29274# LocalWords:  Village Tronic ATARILANCE RieblCard PAMCard VME MFP sangoma LAPB
29275# LocalWords:  Rhotron BioData's Multiface AMIGAMOUSE COPCON Amiga's bitplanes
29276# LocalWords:  ATARIMOUSE MFPSER SCC's MegaSTE ESCC Atari's GVPIOEXT DMASOUND
29277# LocalWords:  fdutils cisco univercd rpcg htm iface lapb LAPBETHER tpqic qic
29278# LocalWords:  SYNTH xd en binfmt aout ipip terra ipx sd sr sg wic framebuffer
29279# LocalWords:  ibmmca lapbether mkiss dlci sdla fmv eepro eexpress ni hp ne es
29280# LocalWords:  ibmtr isofs ROMFS romfs pcxx cyclades istallion psaux msbusmouse
29281# LocalWords:  atixlmouse sbin softdog pcwd USS Lite ACI miroSOUND PCM miroPCM
29282# LocalWords:  microcontroller miro Voxware downloading teles acsi slm gvp ltpc
29283# LocalWords:  atari ariadne amigamouse atarimouse builtin IPDDP maths bradford
29284# LocalWords:  AppleTalk Farallon PhoneNet Zubkoff lnz SCCB HAPN WANs vesafb nt
29285# LocalWords:  wanrouter WANPIPE multiprotocol Mbps wanpipe EtherWORKS nodma SC
29286# LocalWords:  smp HiSax SiemensChipSet Siemens AVM Elsa ITK hisax PCC MICROR
29287# LocalWords:  Mircolink EURO DSS Spellcaster BRI sc spellcast Digiboards GPIO
29288# LocalWords:  SYMBIOS COMPAT SDMS rev ASUS Tekram HX VX API ibmmcascsi ASY asy
29289# LocalWords:  loader's PCnetPCI automounter AUTOFS amd autofs VT Gallant's Pnp
29290# LocalWords:  AEDSP aedsp enskip tik Sysctl sysctl PARPORT parport pnp IDs EPP
29291# LocalWords:  Autoprobe bart patrickr HDLS READBACK AB usr DAMA DS SparQ aten
29292# LocalWords:  Symbios PCscsi tmscsim RoamAbout GHz Hinds contrib mathematik ok
29293# LocalWords:  darmstadt okir DIGIEPCA International's Xem digiepca epca bootup
29294# LocalWords:  zorro CAPI AVMB capi avmb VP SYN syncookies EM em pc Ethertalk
29295# LocalWords:  Dayna DL Daynatalk LT PhoneNET ATB Daystar queueing CMDS SCBs ls
29296# LocalWords:  SCB STATS Thinnet ThunderLAN TLAN Netelligent NetFlex tlan james
29297# LocalWords:  caldera Preload Preloading slowdowns schoebel uni NBD nbd prog
29298# LocalWords:  stuttgart rdist TRANS hostnames mango jukeboxes ESS userland PD
29299# LocalWords:  hardlinked NAMETRANS env mtab fstab umount nologin runlevel gid
29300# LocalWords:  adm Nodename hostname uname Kernelname bootp nmi DI OV StegFS
29301# LocalWords:  KERNNAME kname ktype kernelname Kerneltype KERNTYPE Alt RX mdafb
29302# LocalWords:  dataless kerneltype SYSNAME Comtrol Rocketport palmtop fbset EGS
29303# LocalWords:  nvram SYSRQ SysRq PrintScreen sysrq NVRAMs NvRAM Shortwave RTTY
29304# LocalWords:  Sitor Amtor Pactor GTOR hayes TX TMOUT JFdocs BIGMEM DAC IRQ's
29305# LocalWords:  IDEPCI IDEDMA PDC pdc TRM trm raidtools luthien nuclecu BAGET VR
29306# LocalWords:  unam mx miguel koobera uic EMUL solaris pp ieee lpsg co DMAs TOS
29307# LocalWords:  BLDCONFIG preloading jumperless BOOTINIT modutils multipath GRE
29308# LocalWords:  misconfigured autoconfiguration IPGRE ICMP tracert ipautofw PIM
29309# LocalWords:  netis rlynch autofw ipportfw monmouth ipsubs portforwarding pimd
29310# LocalWords:  portfw PIMSM netweb usc pim pf EUI aggregatable PB decapsulate
29311# LocalWords:  ipddp Decapsulation DECAP bool HAMRADIO tcpdump af CDs tx FBCON
29312# LocalWords:  ethertap multisession PPC MMIO GDT GDTH ICP gdth hamradio  bpp
29313# LocalWords:  lmh weejock AIMSlab RadioTrack RTRACK HZP OptoSCC TRX rx TRXECHO
29314# LocalWords:  DMASCC paccomm dmascc addr cfg oevsv oe kib picpar FDX baudrate
29315# LocalWords:  baudrates fdx HDX hdx PSK kanren frforum QoS SCHED CBQ SCH sched
29316# LocalWords:  sch cbq CSZ Shenker Zhang csz SFQ sfq TBF tbf PFIFO fifo PRIO RW
29317# LocalWords:  prio Micom xIO dwmw rimi OMIRR omirr omirrd unicode ntfs cmu NIC
29318# LocalWords:  Braam braam Schmidt's freiburg nls codepages codepage Romanian
29319# LocalWords:  Slovak Slovenian Sorbian Nordic iso Catalan Faeroese Galician SZ
29320# LocalWords:  Valencian Slovene Esperanto Estonian Latvian Belarusian KOI mt
29321# LocalWords:  charset Inuit Greenlandic Sami Lappish koi Alexey Kuznetsov's sa
29322# LocalWords:  Specialix specialix DTR RTS RTSCTS cycladesZ Exabyte ftape's inr
29323# LocalWords:  Iomega's LBFM claus ZFTAPE VFS zftape zft William's lzrw DFLT kb
29324# LocalWords:  MTSETBLK MTIOCTOP qft setblk zftape's tar's afio's setdrvbuffer
29325# LocalWords:  Procfs Exabyte's THR FCD sysvinit init PSC pscwdt VMIDI Euro SAB
29326# LocalWords:  Mostek Fastlane PowerMac PReP PMAC PowerPC Macintoshes Starmax
29327# LocalWords:  PowerStack Starmaxes MCOMMON DEVICETREE ATY IMS IMSTT videodev
29328# LocalWords:  BT Hauppauge STB bttv Quickcam BW BWQCAM bw qcam Mediavision PMS
29329# LocalWords:  pms Avatar Freecom Imation Superdisk BPCK bpck COMM comm DSTR ru
29330# LocalWords:  dstr EPAT EPEZ epat EPIA epia FreeCom FRPW frpw KingByte KBIC HW
29331# LocalWords:  KingByte's kbic OnSpec ValuStore FASTROUTE fastroute FLOWCONTROL
29332# LocalWords:  struct APIC realtime OSs LynxOS CNC tmp cvf HFS hfs ADFS Risc os
29333# LocalWords:  adfs ncpmount namespace SUBDIR reexport NDS kcore FT SPX spx DAT
29334# LocalWords:  interserver BLKSZ NUMBUFFERS apmd Tadpole ANA roestock QuickCam
29335# LocalWords:  isapnptools Colour CQCAM colour Connectix QuickClip prive mentre
29336# LocalWords:  KMOD kmod conformant utexas kharker UnixWare Mwave cgi cl ts ibm
29337# LocalWords:  eXchange threepio oakland simtel pre ULTRAMCA EtherLink isa luik
29338# LocalWords:  EtherLink OpenBSD pts DEVPTS devpts ptmx ttyp glibc readback SA
29339# LocalWords:  mwave OLDCARD isdnloop linklevel loopctrl Eicon Diehl DIEHLDIVA
29340# LocalWords:  ASUSCOM AsusCom TELEINT semiactiv Sedlbauer Sportster TA MIC ITH
29341# LocalWords:  NETjet NetJet Niccy Neuhaus sparcs AOC AOCD AOCE Microlink SAA
29342# LocalWords:  teletext WinTV saa iproute tc Quadra Performa PowerBook tor AUN
29343# LocalWords:  setserial compsoc steve Econet econet AUNUDP psched TEQL TLE CLS
29344# LocalWords:  teql FW Ingres TwistedPair MTRR MTRRs mtrr cfs crypto TD ktti KT
29345# LocalWords:  PHd ICS ipchains adelaide rustcorp syslog Cumana steganography
29346# LocalWords:  AcornSCSI EcoSCSI EESOX EESOXSCSI Powertec POWERTECSCSI dec SF
29347# LocalWords:  RadioReveal gatekeeper aimslab aztech FMI sf fmi RTL rtl cesdis
29348# LocalWords:  Yellowfin gsfc nasa gov yellowfin pcnet Mylex LNE lne EtherH hs
29349# LocalWords:  EBSA chattr RiscOS Winmodem AGP Atomwide DUALSP pcsp robinson CT
29350# LocalWords:  SGALAXY Waverider DSPxxx TRXPRO AudioTrix OSWF MOT CFB DSY kbps
29351# LocalWords:  tuwien kkudielk LVD mega lun MAXTAGS Gbps arcnet Olicom SNA PAE
29352# LocalWords:  SysKonnect tms sna etherboot ufs NetBEUI MultiSound MSNDCLAS GX
29353# LocalWords:  MSNDINIT MSNDPERM MSNDPIN PNDSPINI PNDSPERM Ensoniq's RetinaZ SS
29354# LocalWords:  AudioPCI lspci SonicVibes sonicvibes SPARCs roadrunner CLgen UPA
29355# LocalWords:  swansea shtml Zoltrix zoltrix BINUTILS EGCS binutils VIDC DACs
29356# LocalWords:  CyberVision Cirrus PowerBooks Topcat SBUS CGsix TurboGX BWtwo SS
29357# LocalWords:  CGthree TCX unswappable vfb fbcon hicolor truecolor AFB ILBM SOC
29358# LocalWords:  IPLAN gracilis Fibre SBus SparcSTORAGE SV jnewbigin swin QNX qnx
29359# LocalWords:  PTY PTYS ptyxx ttyxx PTYs ssh sb Avance ALS pss pvv kerneli hd
29360# LocalWords:  synth WaveFront MSND NONPNP AudioExcelDSP STRAM APUS CHRP MBX Nx
29361# LocalWords:  PowerMac's BMAC radiotrack rtrack miropcm OFFBOARD HPT UDMA DVD
29362# LocalWords:  hpt fokus gmd Cyrix DXL SLC DLC NexGen MediaGX GXm IDT WinChip
29363# LocalWords:  MMX MII valkyrie mdacon vdolive VDOLive cuseeme CU hippi rrunner
29364# LocalWords:  SeeMe ipmasqadm juanjox ipmarkfw markfw TNCs Microdyne rhine lib
29365# LocalWords:  libc jsX gamepad gameport CHF FCS FPGaming MadCatz ASSASIN GrIP
29366# LocalWords:  Assasin gamepads GamePad PDPI gamecards gamecard WingMan BSP WCS
29367# LocalWords:  ThunderPad CyberMan SideWinder ThrustMaster DirectConnect NES XF
29368# LocalWords:  Millenium SNES PSX Multisystem Nintendo PlayStation Amstrad CPC
29369# LocalWords:  Sega TurboGraFX Steffen Schwenke Multiststem PDIF FIFOSIZE EPLUS
29370# LocalWords:  PowerUP RoadRunner tahallah dos functionkey setterm imladris Woz
29371# LocalWords:  PowerMacs Winbond Algorithmics ALGOR algor ECOFF IRIX SGI SGI's
29372# LocalWords:  gfx virtualized Xpmac mklinux XFree FBDev Woodhouse mvhi Seeq fp
29373# LocalWords:  SGISEEQ HIgh ADB ADBMOUSE crosscompiler CROSSCOMPILE FPE GDB gdb
29374# LocalWords:  JOYPORT rp spoofing DawiControl NOGENSUPP EEPROM HSSI Alessandro
29375# LocalWords:  singleprocessor tex MATHEMU FRIQ Maxell friq Alcor XLT AlphaBook
29376# LocalWords:  AlphaPCI DP LX Miata Mikasa Noritake RPX UX BX Takara EV PRIMO
29377# LocalWords:  TSC Matrox Productiva matroxfb matrox multihead ia linuxhq MFW
29378# LocalWords:  mfw AAA MCS Initio XXU initio imm AutoDetect IZIP CTR usec HDLC
29379# LocalWords:  COSA SRP muni cz kas cosa Alteon AceNIC acenic VTOC OSes GMT SAx
29380# LocalWords:  Inspiron localtime INTS Thinkpads Ralf Brown's Flightstick NNN
29381# LocalWords:  Xterminator Blackhawk NN mpu ioports DCA HPDCA HPLANCE DIO Corel
29382# LocalWords:  GemTek gemtek CMDLINE IrDA PDA's irmanager irattach RR AVA DN rg
29383# LocalWords:  uit dagb irda LSAP IrLMP RR's IrLAP IR alloc skb's kfree skb's
29384# LocalWords:  GZIP IrLAN NetbeamIR ESI JetEye IrOBEX IrCOMM TTY's minicom dti
29385# LocalWords:  ircomm ircomm pluto thiguchi IrTTY Linux's bps NetWinder MIR NSC
29386# LocalWords:  ACTiSYS dongle dongles esi actisys IrMate tekram BVM MVME
29387# LocalWords:  BVME BVME WRITETHROUGH copyback writethrough fwmark syncookie tu
29388# LocalWords:  alphalinux GOBIOS csn chemnitz nat ACARD AMI MegaRAID megaraid
29389# LocalWords:  QNXFS ISI isicom xterms Apollos VPN RCPCI rcpci sgi visws pcmcia
29390# LocalWords:  IrLPT UIRCC Tecra Strebel jstrebel suse Eichwalder ke INI INIA
29391# LocalWords:  FCP qlogicfc sym isapnp DTLK DoubleTalk rcsys dtlk DMAP SGIVW ar
29392# LocalWords:  dmabuf EcoRadio MUTEFREQ GIrBIL girbil tepkom vol mha diplom PQS
29393# LocalWords:  bmac Microgate SyncLink synclink hdlc excl ioaddr Tane tanep TCQ
29394# LocalWords:  PDS SMALLDOS charsets bigfoot kernelfr mcs cls fw rsvp SKnet sk
29395# LocalWords:  SKMC USB UHCI OHCI intel compaq usb ohci HCD Virt Compaq's hcd
29396# LocalWords:  VROOTHUB KBD ARRs MCRs NWBUTTON nwbutton NUM WaveArtist APNE cpu
29397# LocalWords:  apne blackhawke PlanB lu mlan planb NWFPE FPA nwfpe unbootable
29398# LocalWords:  FPEmulator ds vmlinux initialization discardable pgtable PGT mdw
29399# LocalWords:  quicklist pagetable arthur StrongARM podule podules Autodetect
29400# LocalWords:  dodgy IrPORT irport Litelink litelink SuSE rtfm internet hda CY
29401# LocalWords:  multmode DriveReady SeekComplete DriveStatusError miscompile AEC
29402# LocalWords:  mainboard's Digital's alim FastTrak aec PIIXn piix Gayle Eyetech
29403# LocalWords:  Catweasel IDEDOUBLER Powerbook Centris ICSIDE RapIDE OSM HDM IOP
29404# LocalWords:  HDM's OSM's lan FibreChannel ECP autoprobe itg lbl ipmasq cjb IC
29405# LocalWords:  bieringer Caulfield's dreamtime decnet SIOCFIGCONF SIOCGIFCONF
29406# LocalWords:  rtnetlink Endnode Aironet Arlan Telxon ylenurme arlan ACB aeschi
29407# LocalWords:  Sealevel sealevel Cyclom br wanconfig tarball conectiva cycsyn
29408# LocalWords:  devel bazar cyclomx NetGear GA IBMOL Lanstreamer uhci eu efs CYZ
29409# LocalWords:  olympic linuxtr usbcore acm EZUSB downloader EFS XFS INTR op IIC
29410# LocalWords:  heine soundcore JavaStations JavaStation GemTeks TerraTec TODO
29411# LocalWords:  ActiveRadio Standalone terratec Rolf Offermanns rolf offermanns
29412# LocalWords:  Zoran ZR Buz LML CPQ DA cpqarray PPDEV deviceid vlp ppdev atyfb
29413# LocalWords:  AcceleRAID eXtremeRAID NETFILTER Netfilter masqueraded netfilter
29414# LocalWords:  kernelnotes Cardbus PCMCIA's CardBus clgenfb Permedia YAM MMAP
29415# LocalWords:  mmapped ATM atm PVCs SVCs InARP ATMARP neighbour neighbours MPOA
29416# LocalWords:  VCs ENI FPGA Tonga MMF MF UTP printks ZeitNet ZN ZATM uPD SAR PN
29417# LocalWords:  approx NICStAR NICs ForeRunnerLE Madge Collage ATMizer Dxxxx VCI
29418# LocalWords:  ServeRAID IPS ips ipslinux gzip BSDCOMP LZW RAYCS Interphase app
29419# LocalWords:  Tachyon IPHASE Surfboard NextLevel SURFboard jacksonville Tigon
29420# LocalWords:  fventuri adelphia siglercm linuxpower AceNICs Starfire starfire
29421# LocalWords:  ISOC CPiA cpia uss ACPI UDF DirectCD udf CDRW's OSF Manx acpi DM
29422# LocalWords:  Unixware cymru Computone IntelliPort Intelliport computone SI sx
29423# LocalWords:  adbmouse DRI DRM dlabs GMX PLCs Applicom fieldbus applicom int
29424# LocalWords:  VWSND eg ESSSOLO CFU CFNR scribed eiconctrl eicon hylafax KFPU
29425# LocalWords:  EXTRAPREC fpu mainboards KHTTPD kHTTPd khttpd Xcelerator SBNI tw
29426# LocalWords:  LOGIBUSMOUSE Granch granch sbni Raylink NOHIGHMEM Athlon SIM sim
29427# LocalWords:  hpl Tourrilhes DuraLAN starfire Davicom davicom dmfe auk tms tr
29428# LocalWords:  TokenExpress Belkin Peracom eTek DVDs infradead Cxxx Adlib AV ZX
29429# LocalWords:  NeoMagic CPi CPt Celeron decapsulation Undeletion BFS bfs nVidia
29430# LocalWords:  OnStream Irongate Riva phonedev QuickNet LineJack PhoneJack IXJ
29431# LocalWords:  Quicknet PhoneJACK LineJACK ixj pnpdump Quicknet's Joandi SSID
29432# LocalWords:  aironet quickconfig adhoc btw bap NONCS cardservices Xircom lin
29433# LocalWords:  Netwave AirSurfer netwave HomePNA failover MVP iMacs ALi aktual
29434# LocalWords:  Aladin HIDBP usbkbd KEYBDEV MOUSEDEV JOYDEV EVDEV UAB WhiteHEAT
29435# LocalWords:  Handspring ov DABUSB URB URB's dabusb CRAMFS NFSv ELV IOAPIC WIP
29436# LocalWords:  NLMv SMBus ALGOBIT algo PHILIPSPAR philips elv Velleman velleman
29437# LocalWords:  ALGOPCF Elektor elektor CHARDEV dfx TDFX tdfx Extensa dof gravis
29438# LocalWords:  assasin logitech Overdrive thrustmaster DWave Aureal magellan db
29439# LocalWords:  SpaceTec SpaceOrb SpaceBall spaceorb FLX spaceball turbografx zr
29440# LocalWords:  amiga ESS's WaveWatcher Maxi belkin RW's ata glx GART MPV Baget
29441# LocalWords:  OpenGL Xserver agpgart HOTPLUG CyberPro Integraphics Netwinder
29442# LocalWords:  aty FONTWIDTH eni zatm nicstar ForeRunner OC DECstations DEC's
29443# LocalWords:  PHYsical SUNI reinsertion ChipSAR KVC PHY ClassID iphase iadbg
29444# LocalWords:  DEVS FireWire PCILynx pcilynx LOCALRAM miro's DV RAWIO GRED Mk
29445# LocalWords:  Diffserv DSMARK Ingress Qdisc TCINDEX TMSPCI tmspci Ringode JE
29446# LocalWords:  MADGEMC madgemc TokenRing SMCTR TokenCard smctr Wacom Graphire
29447# LocalWords:  mousedev ConnectTech HandSpring Xirlink IBMCAM ibmcam SN
29448# LocalWords:  DEVICEFS yyy Cymraeg Dwave SIMM JSFLASH JavaStation's multilink
29449# LocalWords:  nsc ircc DDB Vrc CMN TB PROMs Vino rivafb DDC Matroxes MGA TVO
29450# LocalWords:  MAVEN fbdev crtc maven matroxset NTSC PCA SBA AAL SKFP DAS SAS
29451# LocalWords:  skfp Intuos ADMtek's pegasus PLUSB plusb pointopoint mp rio Xeon
29452# LocalWords:  DEVFS devfs dd bs EDSS german TELESPCI FRITZPCI HFC HFCS BDS HST
29453# LocalWords:  ISURF ISAR Saphir HSTSAPHIR Telekom BKM Scitel Quadro SCT Gazel
29454# LocalWords:  SP PRI Hypercope HYSDN Hypercope's hysdn IbssJoinNetTimeout FTDI
29455# LocalWords:  ARCNet Keyspan PDA ADMtek sgalaxy sgbase opl mpuio mpuirq sbio
29456# LocalWords:  sbirq sbdma gus uart mssio mssirq mssdma sscape maui mouirq iph
29457# LocalWords:  CHDLC UPS's usbmouse wacom wmforce keybdev joydev fibre Trunking
29458# LocalWords:  Etherchannel IOC Moxa Intellio moxa SmartIO mxser Mixcom EFI ir
29459# LocalWords:  MIXCOMWD mixcomwd SENDCOMPLETE GMAC iBook gmac OAKNET oaknet PCG
29460# LocalWords:  diffserv irlan irtty toshoboe IrCC Lifebook idex AUTODMA FIP Cxx
29461# LocalWords:  Yenta Databook TCIC FMVJ fmvj NMCLAN LiveWire nmclan XIRC xirc
29462# LocalWords:  loadkeys setfont shm SuperIO soc SOCAL socal FCAL fc fcal COMX
29463# LocalWords:  MultiGate ITConsult comx CMX HiCOMX downloadable hw LoCOMX PROTO
29464# LocalWords:  locomx MixCOM mixcom proto MyriCOM MYRI Sbus myri sbus IBMLS hme
29465# LocalWords:  lanstreamer baseT HAPPYMEAL qfe sunhme SUNLANCE sunlance BigMAC
29466# LocalWords:  SUNBMAC sunbmac QuadEthernet SUNQE qe FastEthernet sunqe DSB PTI
29467# LocalWords:  DSBR dsbr procinfo QLOGICPTI qpti ptisp QLGC qlogicpti se LBA NF
29468# LocalWords:  OPENPROMFS OpenPROM openpromfs OBP OpenBoot flashable Multiboard
29469# LocalWords:  SPARCAUDIO SparcClassic Ultras DBRI Sparcbook sparcaudio SUNBPP
29470# LocalWords:  UltraDMA WDC CRC CONNTRACK IPTABLES iptables nfmark interface's
29471# LocalWords:  tdfxfb TNTx HGA hgafb VERBOSEDEBUG SunTrunking SunSoft XIRTULIP
29472# LocalWords:  ethercards PNIC Macronix MXIC ASIX xircom Mustek MDC gphoto mdc
29473# LocalWords:  CramFs Cramfs uid cramfs AVM's kernelcapi PCIV cdrdao Cdparanoia
29474# LocalWords:  DMX Domex dmx wellington ftdi sio Accton Billington Corega FEter
29475# LocalWords:  MELCO LUA PNA Linksys SNC chkdsk AWACS Webcam RAMFS Ramfs ramfs
29476# LocalWords:  ramfiles MAKEDEV pty WDTPCI APA apa
29477#
29478# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS
29479# Local Variables:
29480# case-fold-search:nil
29481# fill-prefix:"  "
29482# adaptive-fill:nil
29483# fill-column:70
29484# End:
29485